Ae | re
Dene ya tte
Wet hE sete
Nolet stale Qa reliant
May Fons qpekoae ree nated §
set keoateten gga a AD
J
YO Get Oe
Gath hug kar get
Pare ware eo Aw on
AOR ASHI KITE RPA RL air
ARORA WECM CON ven
Wika ed weer
PL FU eae eee i! Bt
PO LH ria BG
perce OU
NER TON Ei, cpa
path hayys Om te "'
nae
Ae Ap re te Red DOTS
yok gt
a
say aye NEMS 8
Arerenictre:
Asano rb
ht a
yee
wes
gee Qaiee ws ‘
te Wt ae pH te se
Sua ald eee Coe ey veo DUA feet
wee ya eh aye we era) Wepre PC mon
aR a tes a F Pen OH ik Gor Ra vi Ace? iy ware RSS. FS
Parris Rien ce Le ov get re ded eee recep pure weganee@aty ll i ap beatae
‘ seer : ey bee ee a Ba hehehe et deals OG S Ser tnieen Wy Datla Societe Ramet he
ari wy ' F ere RCC MOR eA veoh ete eta eta Tete Og apuaiet rare mend ooran h \
Peta ie A Pe Vib ba ee at lh ee a Aosget geyt neth oe Apa ibea ae be ru pe vageh Vee eRe eb ate teh
runes 2 er TAT D NCIC RURAL Pr CT SCL Weer rts eowe arp oeeteete att a7 Ve cee
\ ALP SAN aha LPL Be AL PPT NCW ICE 8 Dt H an sheteeibe delat Die eet
AC OU DRL ALA Ain eueh te PRURCIET EMT LA ee
on ah ae Leen PURO OL L L
erate eey bet Gee en es
vey he
Vein hte
VN AG
Noongih dootse toed
Veove
row as
ve ‘
ee ee COE EG TL
ALPer Te a ee DLN Pee ve ee ab tetera Fete at
Va tae yy PUTER AAEM ERA Roe
ier Un a gtk 8 Cas swe eo ee the
A are eC Vinee mere we
Aye RO MCE ie
Hee iH
WN ae Pesta lte ips goth
Siiaslategiesas tng!
‘
ee
Ten Re We a
ove ee enn
‘ Pe ek aon Va tt
Voie SONY
oV rh he
Meee as
poet
AP ca egies
Pe rarer al Ae tas veyed tee be Wa Hef see oh AWS Fh
whee Um th Saget bet
PAH RUNWAN SCS. PC TA aos Oh Peo re oh
aby bade Be trtt elt et Voom be Gy act ata
Cathe te met et Beg ERENT
et i yu
ve
MU a eo Ss ek
eC a
sie say ay HN
Lede tits
Wel FED
yan
ens
pty Lemp O48
Pa rarer etre it by
Vea Deh
Aga
CMT PS oe a ’
ue
"
epee
vee Tete retrtal
Pea MRT aC a
re ne) Ve yeaa te eo AT
PReROL UTE KH ie Teal Ana A Praeger
vee ALBA TON OG OSL ARUP
Sey ip ied arte ret Aanert, Re ROL eg irate he ate
Te any Bye B Oe Sr Tecan ae reste eH © Pea egarn ends
Wang tevtgig Ite UHI IRE Ce RAN
forecnn
fete
eC)
sie ae Ne ted Gite
oomeipe ated
v
mae ee
Pe
yet
LOL eg arhaeh >
eure
tte Ihe
WN tens ty
ep den at
Peres ee
Oe ae
Ae a
vauy ret
Haars toate Oe ure
FOr rhe Tete ho ata
ate gettefek
mas bobs nieny eter ROD LAE
ey Pb at
peeve |P
wera ed)
yao
in
Week hs
ryt '
pone ON TPT ee VU ea
pat aah ta vaste Ret Tee S arve
seg eq a DES Ae teat eb adap ate b ye teen
ike bal tel eed ora) &
yeh yoda teat
Soe bag OYE aged
steygaey, eo
SPICER RL
RL DAM ti ie ie SoH Ts
VN shea ie a ke
Ph te eet
Niece RT)
yeaiae} eet
ooo ny get
etek?
Pree
yejeanastultet
Vey as: yeh?
ee a AY
Take Bethe de!
gtd pete syne e hte
on
a
MN apt eb bee
Medea dS
ath Ate rey elt
Pete ERO SL
CM PAM
VU eh
pe he ety
a)
rate
Vepreg yy eats
af
Ra vety
Lea eee ity eh woe!
Vs Daag
A Dekihs Brite aro:
Mees bag
Hii
Nelo eb) byte te &
Sette
vanes ake
ys ito te
ah PO
Pre RR
PUY TAYE 4h |
Stk
aA RCS be)
SY |
ne eS 4 ere:
fae 4 oy
sar
Paar Tanta a
MVa eri sged
Bunsen
ee he Bale NSD
bee rym arn ayy
wud
ae oes
Ae eat or
Ht PUR LR
"Cn a) a :
i dbo
ae , A
APR CH at
Ceres
oe petri
shit errr rar
dina k ri
eu ohwl bebe
ashe
Wer ee ED
ihe
PGR aren NS Rue
wat ae se RO
ald
poh
mine
wert
4
sow doth
woe
CEE Sa
ai pe bod Beane ed
New aoe aa
Pie
sided
Byanld’
rons
wee
YG veiw wah ee
wees
ear te
Wi
ieteaea Or Gee
nero
Teg rie weed
ferers
We gle
vets
fren ete to
ited
Ve ita fal
coral
yihaiond
a ua
renee hii wtih
ot
roeor
rece
RAN honey
vat
vation yale
ik Gwe
od ph kee Ge Vert
Pe Lead
”
“
Phanieugi ee
rete ont de yee
Pree rn
a
mesh
wen
Roby Die bel
Vea bat ty
Perey
lana
Best ah
bade oe ee
Pare re vai
Pee Seen bebe
Ted ae
oe das Re
yaw
woes
vesie qa
few
PeCrue ee
so een
t
i
Pee ke peiteg Bayt Bate
ards hg ep Bt
ate® bent
a
oo bk
Veh ei Beth
dong eo wae
tag)
Een adi, be tets, ®
vat pete EY wie Bee We aed ands Hark seal 0
Martie We ie AL aa Tat gota ae Whe he
Lege: tase, tht AM BOF VN dg yee spayed Heat we
Deen Oh Be LAL Sada she eet aed
“ alee wei
Weyer
feted outs
ga rae
woe
Or E
: Arachne Mua
oe nde
sya
alte BRIER S CAL Ua
Mee Lt ater des de® ‘
wi
RUPP ar ees i Mcrek oe KURA feb bly
sa ube’ got Aste ok @ te pt
ee ea te sod,
Wve aeles
Wid i
vesitetea he @ jhe wells
eon
i
i
!
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS LLE 2
OF THE
ZVOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1906, pp. 1-462.
(JANUARY—APRIL.)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE,
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
eel
4
| gas bes te B
OF THE
QV!
£3
COUNCIE AND “OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1906,
COUNCIL.
His Grace THe DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., President.
Srr ALEXANDER BatirD, Br.
JoHN Rose Braprorp, Esq.,
M.D., “D.8c., > F.RS., Vice-
President.
Major The Hon. Wruuiam E.
CAVENDISH.
F, Dawtrey Drewirtr, Esq., |
M.A., M.D.
CHARLES DrumMmonn, EsqQ.,
Treasurer.
Sir Epwarp DuraAnp, Br., C.B.
FREDERICK GILLETT, Esq., Vice-
President.
W. R. Ociivie-Grant, Esq.
Major Tur Marquis oF
Hamitron, M.P.
| JosepH Jackson Lister, EsqQ.,
M.A, ERS.
Sir Epmunb Gives Loper, Br.,
Vice-President.
_ E.G. B. Mrapre-Watpo, Esq.
P. Cuatmers MircuHetty, Ksq.,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
E. Lort Puiturrs, Esa.
Howarp SAunpers, Esq., Vice-
President.
Davin Seru-Smiru, Esq.
| OLDFIELD Tuomas, Esq., F.R.S.
CHARLES 8. Tomes, Esq., M.A.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Aveustus F, WIENER, Esq.
Henry Woopwarp, Esq.,LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P, CHaLMErs MircueEtt, Esq., M.A.,D.8c., F.R.S., Secretary.
FrANK E. BeppArp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.
R. I. Pococr, Esq., F.LS., Superintendent of the Gardens.
CHARLES GABRIEL SELIGMANN, Esq., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
Pathologist.
Mer. F. H. Wavernouse, Librarian.
Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. H. Coxz, Chief Clerk.
Mr. Georce ArtuHur Douptepay, Clerk of Publications.
Mr.
Gardens.
Artuur THOMSON, Assistant Superintendent of the
|
ate
fy [i
A
mH Af
A, say
/
LIST OF CONTENTS.
January 16, 1906.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of December 1905 .........
Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.8. © Exhibition of a living specimen
of a Lemur (Galago) from Uganda ............ cece
Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a white variety
Ge TN Olorananoray IWIN: Sor seeeuabatodneson sbecoaonsarueceocpe dud
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, the skull of a new Forest-Pig ......-++-1seeeeseee es
1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected
by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By J. Lewis Bonuore, M.A.,,
B.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plate LD.) 2... eee cee eee ee cee ee teen eee nees
2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Frank
EB. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society
3 On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with
especial reference to their suggested resemblance to
Marsupials, By Cuarues 8. Tomes, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-
[DISS WAAS | senddablbrbausadcdocrane sogbeeec psdnapameaucosbaneneaesn
Page
1
bo
bo
bo
iv
Page
4, Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Vectophryne B. & P.,
with special Remarks on some known Species and
Description of a new Species from German East Africa.
By Dr. Jean Roux, Curator in the Basle Museum of
Natural History. (Plate IT.) ............:.eeseeeeeeeeeneeeees 58
5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire.
By W. Storrs Fox, M.A., F.Z.8. .......0.0-seeeesnereteonee 65
February 6, 1906.
Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a case of mounted
cubs ot the “Timber Wolfie ce tackess or cdaneaceer eee eee 73
Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some models of
the skulls and mandibles of Meritheriwm and Paleo-
PUDSEOMONG © sides Bae CaP TOT ONS Se RT ee 73
Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of lantern-
slides of sections of skin from the palmar and plantar
surfaces of Mammals:amnd) Birdsis.cucac<nn- eo aaeccwdesoeeenen 73
1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in
Ungulata. By J. W. Jenxryson, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant
to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy,
Oxford. (Plate III.) 73
i a a)
2. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living
Specimens of D. salinicola. By Sir Epmunp Loprr,
Bt; EZ. CP Leelee) neces dec eet anidcc SduGeioe ganenen: ae 96
3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Zabanide. By
GERTRUDE RICARDO%.3.stce tes sinme deeepiies « seeheiees. See eee 97
4, On Trichorliza, a new Hydroid Genus. By E.S. Russext.
(RUBE Win) evn as cian eos oe: sedaneintewaseweegmeehai anaes eee eee 99
1
. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B.
Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland. By Haroip
NCHWANN, 2:8. (Plate: Vil.) i. ti. P ees eee eee 101
W
6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. By
ie dbyaniaicdtaisy A(eTeNes TTS) cadendoposos checcepaumerreaano:
7. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw. By H. Gzorcr
IAS PUR RETR eal yen ees 2 Mice ly Rs kd Sal Sb ale klk i,
February 20, 1906.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of January 1906
Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B. Extract from a letter from,
concerning the supposed breeding of a Mule...............
My. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a photograph of a
Ring-tailed Lemur carrying its young on its back ......
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a
drawing of the skeleton of Rhynchosaurus articeps ......
1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By L. Don-
casTER, M.A., F.Z.S., Mackinnon Student of the Royal
Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A., F.E.S.
(ETN reo Yi GEIL) Se ered Seren eae Ante einen Ae
2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The
‘““'Tracheophone ” Passeres; with Remarks on Families
allied thereto. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8., A.LS., &e..
3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna. By Oxp-
FIELD THomAsS, F.R.S., and HAarotp ScHWANN, F.Z.S. ...
4, Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-
fish, Ceratodus forstert, in the Zoological Society’s
Collection, By BasHrorp Dean, Ph.D, (Plate IX.)...
March 6, 1906.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S8., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of a
specimen of, and remarks upon, a giant Frog from
Cameroon
Se eee eee sees eee rere saeeaeeeeseaseesessereeroeserseosseoes
114
168
vi
Tage
Mr. R. T. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
Meduse from Lake Tanganyika o......cccsccsceseetencnceees ies)
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir
entitled “‘ Report on the Collection of Fishes made by
Dr. W, A. Cunnington during the Third Tanganyika
Hxpedition, 1904-05” ........secsecreceerseecececsevererenscees 180
1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—-1905.—
Report on the Mollusca. By Epear A. Sirs, 1.8.0.,
BEZE Ss (Plate X.)i 5. sdosner seerenmanenene rahe rere ee teem 180
2. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—
Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. By W. T.
Carman, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History).
(Plates 08 =X PV) aise Foe Saeco ate do tae cts tite raed ae eee 187
3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905,—
Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank EK. Brpparp,
K.RS., Prosector to the S0eeby a. ...1 pecs. wocccinmesee eoeeee 206
4. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—
Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from
the Nile and Zambesi. By R. Kirxparricn, F.Z8.
(Plates XV Vp rset rae ce oe eer paar 218
5. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. SHetrorp, M.A.,
CIMLASS. us ctecotet picts o2 sop nesetaphehacGeateceavsune cs eee 227
March 20, 1906.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of February 1906 ......... 230
The Secretary. Exhibition of a paper cutting representing
the print of the foot of an Indian Elephant ............... 230
Mr. John Bowes, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a tooth of the
Mammoth from near Herne Bay
Dr.
Myr.
vil
Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides of
sections of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces
of Mammals
<} ah Scale] eis} ekehele)6iais)(e) ela iajalel™ielaleialelelaie|alsleisielalels\e/ujslelulaisyai vis) afefele)ete)s
r. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description of a new sub-
species of Bear, Ursus arctos shanorwm
soe ees ees see eeess ene
R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
specimens illustrating anomalies and variations in teeth. ‘
1. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens during
1905. By C. G. Szniemann, M.B., M.R.C.P.
ee ce eer ec ooe
2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius
Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. Marsuwatt, F.Z.S.
(GE TGs a NG V/AISTOIE she ONUIONG: i aU eal a tee aaeene se raei tf ae a
3. A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the
Mr.
Mr.
Mexican Species of Cnemidophorus. By Hans Ganow,
F.RS., F.Z.8. (Plate XX.)
Soe eee ees e reese esse ee eeeosaseecns
April 10, 1906.
F. KE. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, a dissected specimen of the Lizard Trachysawrus
rugosus showing abdominal ribs
Peer eceee cores se erases cesseees
R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skull of a
Horse showing preorbital pits
feces eeeseceeesosoesoesoeesere
1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based
on the collection, notes, and sketches made by Mr. Lech-
mere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tare Reean, B.A., F.Z.S.
(OPT HHES) 2. 0-1 =P, GYD Men OA nea cactopMeenGoane sh qubn Anne Dag
2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc.,
F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902. — Alcyonaria.
By Prof. J. ArrHur Tuomson, M.A., University of
Aberdeen, and W. A. Henprrson, M.A., B.Sc., Car-
negie Fellow, University of Aberdeen. (Plates XX VI.-
OX aes BPP so uBE SOS COs abt Ont de 6 .Ue meu ana e ne HA GaIP na:
236
376
307
378
393.
. vill
Page
3. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes, By James F, Gemma,
A AED PP ae PORTE, NV et ee ae ae. 443
4. Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Local Deficiency and
Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos.
By James E. Gemuitzt, M.A., M.D. (Plate XXXIII.). 449
5. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heli-
conius. By Prrcy I. Larny, F.Z.8., F.E.S. (Plate
SET 2) RL @ 452
PIG IP Tel A IB INI OWA I WAL Syl
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
Page
Anprews, CHARLES WiLi1AM, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., of the
British Museum (Natural History).
Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles
of Meritheriwm and Palccomastodon .............eeceeee seen (33
Bepparp, FRANK E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.
Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia ......... 12
Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report
on the Oligocheeta ...........ccccceeeceeeee ee et eee ec ete eneneenens 206
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dissected specimen
of the Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus showing abdominal
x
Bonuote, J. Lewis, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S.
On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore
collected by Mr. °C. B. Kloss. (Plate £.)...c0.s2sc:cn.s.senes 4
Bou.Eencer, Grorcr ALBERT, F.R.S., V.P.ZS.
Exhibition of a specimen of, and remarks upon, a giant
Brom Troms CAMOLOON a 4.)a..5-<e~ orn an: Ween = eae eee 179
Notice of a Memoir entitled ‘‘ Report on the Collection
of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the
Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05” .............0.... 180
Bowss, Joun, F.Z.S8.
Exhibition of a tooth of the Mammoth from near
erie Hay i. (2 fais. cis « ve ane ae ne eaplep eee Reee ae eee ene: eee 231
Catman, WituiAm TuHomas, D.Sc., F.Z.8S., of the British
Museum (Natural History).
Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—-1905.— Report
on the Macrurous Crustacea. (Plates XI—XIV.)......... 187
DEAN, BasHrorp, Ph.D., of Columbia University, New York.
Notes on, the Living Specimens of the Australian
Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the Zoological Society’s
Collection, > (Plate Lee). he SUA aes. Peas Weasenees : see ehiene 168
Doncaster, Lronarp, M.A., F.Z.8., Mackinnon Student of
the Royal Society, and Raynor, Rev. G. H., M.A.,
On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera.
MP la bemVabInl 2), i515. sich tian e'aese states s seh ep aes peek eee eet Ree 125
X1
Page
Drewitt, Freperic Gxrorce Dawtrey, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.C.P., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a white variety of the Common Mole ... 2
Fox, Wiutram Storrs, M.A., F.Z.8,
On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. 65
Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon
the Mexican Species of Cnemidophorus. (Plate XX.) ... 277
GemMiLL, JAMES F., M.A., M.D., Embryological Laboratory,
University, Glasgow.
On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. (Plate XX XIT.)...... 443
Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Local Deficiency
and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos.
GET Gp NO NONCTNIET tes eed a re rae canes Sian oisarad ap dalccrts aie ours 449
GiLuerT, FreDErRIcK, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs of the Timber-
INO liver ieaca te tice caer t Cr Aan SM eth ae Se hace ations 73
Gtntuer, R. T., of Magdalen College, Oxford.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Medusze from Lake
pibeinne crmnivallicaye sy tee snc store caine wiacaietcal Caden sales ecient caine su uelenas 79
Henperson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, Uni-
versity of Aberdeen, and Tuomson, Prof. J. ARTHUR,
M.A., University of Aberdeen.
The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc.,
F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria.
(Plaites ; NEKCVi LRN IRET eRe aie WON he et eda ck 393
Ho.pine, R. E.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating
anomalies ang variatlons ane teeull wes. serene eeeeenenetets
JENKINSON, J. W., M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre
Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Oxford.
Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta
miUnoulate. (Plate: VEE.) 0). o.cacsasece ces scoeaenea eens
Kipp, Watter, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of sections of
skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals
Bnd: Birds. es fico Pokacecosne tle acok oe RE Ee eee
Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin from the
palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals ..................
Kirkpatrick, Ranpoten, F.Z.S., of the British Museum
(Natural History).
Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.—
Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the
Nile and Zambesi. (Plates XV.-XVIT.) .............0.08.
Larry, Percy I., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus
Heliconius.’. (Plate XXORTV,.) fig. wet ad 8, Mieke
Lover, Sir Epmunp Gites, Bt., V.P.Z.S.
Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on
Living Specimens of D. salinicola. (Plate IV.)..........4.
Page
233
73
73
231
218
452
96
X1li
Page
LyprkKeEr, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On a Central African evel and Water-Chevrotain.
GE TeIbe RAV NIE) i. Sits k era eaten teh anrat ae ei acre MEM at ch hana rt le 112
MarsHatt, Guy A. K., F.Z.8.
A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius
Schh. (Curculionide). (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) ......... 236
Mincuin, Prof. E. A., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur (Galago)
HOT MU SATAC AN cco cic sete aa oe sermon yy hee Sa nn yee 2
Mircuet, P. Cuautmers, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary to
the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of December 1905 ....................000. 1
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
durine; the month of January 1906 235342022. ae.. we see atin e un 123
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of February 1906........................005 230
Exhibition of a paper cutting representing the print of
ihe oot omanpe indian Mlephamteneneeene ee kaccsnecnaee 230
Pocock, Recinaup Innes, F.L.8., Superintendent of the
Society’s Gardens.
Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur
GRAMMING THES, OMT? OO. TUES IORVOLS! Soon ronedeboncudecdsodscchoonono 124
Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital
POUUSE face cece sage a serene sath cei eee seen He a cweM aI EI aaa 377
PycraFrr, WitLiAM Puane, F.Z.8., A.L.S., of the British
Museum (Natural History).
Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII.
The ‘‘ Tracheophone” Passeres ; with Remarks on Families
Cullbvevd le Maver He ROME BAM RCH ACHSS GaSe SBS aaron Tee tet Sere era iaaers NBS
XIV
Page
Raynor, The Rev. G. H., M.A., F.E.S., and Doncaster,
Leonarp, M.A., F.Z.S., Mackinnon Student of the
Royal Society.
On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera.
(Plate VIII.)
Recan, C. Tate, B.A., F.ZS., of the British Museum
(Natural History).
On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad,
based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by
Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. (Plates XXI.-XXV.)...... 378
Ricarpo, Miss GERTRUDE,
Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide...... 97
toux, Dr. Jean, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural
History.
Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Vectophryne B. & P.,
with special Remarks on some known Species and
Description of a new Species from German East Africa.
(Binte Te)! 1). Se aera oe oe eee 58
RusseEtL, E.S8., of the Embryological Laboratory, University
of Glasgow.
On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. (Plate V.)... 99
Scuwann, Haroun, F.Z.8.
A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B.
Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland. (Plate VI.) 101
ScHWANN, Haroxp, F.Z.S., and Tuomas, O_priexp, F.R.S.,
F.Z.8.
The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—IV. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna
XV
Senigmann, C. G., M.B., M.R.C.P., Pathologist to the
Society.
Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens
Gunmen rT OO OAS ae Hata tales sl aehiceen Men iows ciate te alvaln ats crolsaualdeee ole ;
SuELFoRD, Ropert, M.A., F.L.8., C.M.Z.S,
AWNotesome cr Rilivamoy aS nallcess ies tyee jaar es He leraclle eres :
Smira, Epear A., 1.8.0., F.Z.8.
Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—-1905.—Re-
monureny thes Miolimsceale = CE labewNe)) Mace acteetlrtctnsetete eects
SPURRELL, H. GuorGE F.
The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw ...............--.
Tasor, Maj.-Gen. Sir Rueryatp, K.C.B., F.Z.S8., Governor
of Victoria.
Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed
oreedimonotra MVNULG Suse aaclacom cepacia sweats e woe ceeiaceule
THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new
INESUAPUS | wadancecscsnodar suo sboe UbouseocrEnDes auconpeycotocuconu:
Description of a new subspecies of Bear, Ursus arctos
STOTT ee ee get AES ELTON MARGIE AST Rania
Tomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuwann, Haroxp,
1a Ags),
The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna ...............
Page
234
bo
bo
~]
180
114
bo
XV1
Tuomson, Prof. J. ArtHur, M.A., University of Aberdeen,
and HeEnpEerson, W. A., M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie
Fellow, University of Aberdeen.
The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc.,
F.Z.8., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria.
(ares ee VL OKC) Gs sees ace odes telee cea ee
Tomes, CHARLES S., M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts,
with especial reference to their suggested resemblance to
Marsupials cists: stitid.). -ics seep sieeehoks-n die watt nc eds ea Re
Woopwarp, ArtHuR Situ, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of Rhyncho-
SUUPUS GLUCADS: «.. a cichs' wearer ake tee te edee eee rere
Page
393
45
LIST OF PLATES.
1906, pp. 1-462.
Plate Page
Il, Dg Wis cis, Bs HIS INGBSO ado Go ob am oaedo Ks eoddue c 4
ll. 1. Nectophryne hosti. 2. N. everetti. 3. N. macrotis.
ASW INE CORI Ue Te PNA al 6 ROE ua LSA eR 58
Ill. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ...... 73
IW, JDOUCeORS SHULTWOOUD, osbcobobvoncosondoocoeuDeoodnOEs 96
Wo Spear OMI cosh ecood ec osupoceoonaoodueDuGaNS 99
WIL) WWE WOOSMGHRD occoo sb oBmgDooCoOURS Op Or Hededisy aeons snaps 101
VII. The Black Ituri Ratel (Welhvora cottont) ..........+. 112
VIII. Figs. 1-8. Angerona prunaria and var. sordiata. Figs. 4,5.
Abraxas grossulariata and var. lacticolor .......+.04. 125
IDK, | CORTON ORE ooooosebooddccgnaycace aun gooodoUdE 168
X. Mollusca from Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria ........ 180
XI. 1-1a. Palemon mooret. 2-8. Limnocaridina retiarius. }
QL JL, WU saccsccdbceseaouHcooadsbenaopuOK
XII. 15-22. Limnocaridina similis, 23-29. L. latipes. 30-37. |
PS SOCTUS Has elee Cy eierst serene eehey ovskel cued Me eiiekehstey ish eto 187
XI. 38-44. Limnocaridina spinipes. 45-52. Caridella cunning-
ois SBS; Ch OMI cchoonedodondpangoevobocec
XIV. 57-64. Atyella brevirostris, 65-72. A. longirostris .... )
XV.
XVI. | African Freshwater Sponges ......00..:-5.05-s.0500- 218
XVII.
ae Coleoptera of the Genus Sctobius ............-.+00- 236
XX. Distribution of Cremidophorus in Mexico..........++.- 277
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. b
XVill
Plate Page
XXI. Tetragonopterus guppyt. 2. Haplochilus harti. 3. Curi-)\
matus argenteus....... Be sm fost ool atin =i nlisodee to RetelloRe le
XXII. Girardinus guppyi, d. 1a. Q. 2. Chirodon pulcher.
3. Corynopoma risiit, 6. 3a. 2. 4. Letragonopterus (378
LENTUTUS AOS ENUM ALLS, eicea a ee
KOM .cPanducheniplerus PUSEE 20%. hase ate, hen keke eee
MXIUV., Peeudauchentpterus Guppy? <...02200% osaeen oe ene |
XXV. 1. Acara pulchra. 2. Polycentrus schomburghkii ...... y)
XXVI. )
XXVII.
ae >Alcyonarians from Zanzibar ............0...00eeee 393
D.OO.F
XXXII.
XXX. Cyclopia in Osseons Wishes .0)52.). Mase caseeee eee 443
XXXII. Supernumerary Myes and absence of Notochord in Trout 449
MAATY..” New forms of Hehcontas.. Fe 0: «swe oon eee 452
LS) J
bo bo bo bo b&b bb
LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.
1906, pp. 1-462
Page
a, upper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylocherus rimator .... 3
Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus) 13
Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (unectes noteus).. 14
Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes
TOECUS Ae eM A eran ie esaqetisl oleeUmar ata scaysts Covet ene tes sta ce Mea eee lay
Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections in
newly-born Anaconda (HLumectes not@us)........-......... 17
Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Lwnectes noteus) .......... 23
Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus) .. 23
Region of umbilicus in newly-born Bitis nastcornis ......,... 35
we)
f)
Veins of neck of newly-born Bites nastcornis ......0..+0..005 OF
Veins in region of kidney of newly-born Bitis nasicornis ...... 38
Portal veins of newly-born Brtis nasicornis.................. 40
Hypsiprymnus. Longitudinal section of dentine and ener! 48
Thylacinus. enpicuainal section of dentine and enamel...... 49
. Dasyurus. Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel ...... 49
5. Hyena. Longitudinal section near apex of cusp ...... Eo elie eke)
Hyzena. Transverse SINC BICIN AE ies A RARE 6 GUO BO aa eo 6 51
Ocelot. The enamel-prisms are not shown, Pom some dle fine!
tubes pass a little way into the enamel .................. 51
ishyenodoD, MV ORORECHON Sedan abodobbosabadsocseasnes OF
9. Mesonyx. Longitudinal section ........ yest aan HE Ah oo 53
0, nanos Deming ISIN Gass donde sie tooo ccs id the Rane .. 64
le O rycen Wentinoswellamresenye dur gee tear irri et 54
2. Sinopa. Dentine perished wexcepian: wlacesuin tne me nario)
3. Borhyena. Dentine perished, enamel well preserved ........ 55
4. Borhyena. WDentine well preserved in places................ 56
Dy Cy Modiclis.) PeOneitudinal SeCrOl et ene ining a ony. ors Salo
6. Remains of Felis lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire .......... 67
xx
Page
27. Details of the formation of an accessory cotyledon in a Cow’s
placenta of the 6th month. .........--. sees cece eee eeee 77
28. Sheep.—Detail of cotyledonary crypt ..........++ Uinatans Chews 79
29, Sheep.—Formation of new crypt-cavities by the downgrowth
Wteris of SHEGp ©... /tabmuels stele wie tie siecle ste :
. Rhomboidal and lanceolate crystals of bilirubin obtained from
of cell-masses from patches of unmodified—not flattened—
GPIGHOl ia Ke sis ai. Wp selec sikle Siaiare dys ote vp ole ne Meas ek iet 81
. Section through one side of the chorionic ring and base of the
diverticulum allantoidis of the Sheep .............- arnt 82
aand 6. Amniotic epithelial thickening, c. Glycogenic epithelium
of the allantoic stalk, and d, e. Glycogenic connective-tissue
cells, of Cow of 4 months ...... el Col UAT es ede tere fete eens 84
eda ciate Ree 91
a chloroform solution of the dried allantoic bodies of the
PET aia igiia’s alee yore eye ote toupee erate ete wisn Serna we tigate povelefenaetee 93
BGS It tICOl WW Gly 2 cig tity epsteearetr tere wiaiarnyey cveretefe lel encl cre oret vc ener 115
Bb PARLE EM MDATG), oe 1 2fe taxa eterene fotse mighelnt ovareywielotm eierelayaze\'oca teeth eee 115
SG aSTAM OL {AWS.) CYC.) Wesuee cio steintee eee ieeiake creme ote vie rele 115
37. Skull of Dog. A. Glenoid fossa pepe by a process of the
squamosal bone. B. Cylindrical condyle of lower jaw .... 116
38. Diagram of jaws. Type2..... Berets cater! tote i eee tn v LLG
39. Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing fen crowns of he eth
set in a plane at right angles to the greatest pressure ...... Ly.
40, Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showinp the emenentia articularis . 117
41, Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing lengthening of jaws in
order that incisors may be widely separated, &c. .......... 118
. Diagram of jaws. Type2. Showing the introduction of a second
angle to procure wide separation of the incisors, &e. ...... 119
AS, lull ‘of Draguls Javanvens’ versie seve a'eleighs si0s) Hot ieee pila genaheck gi)
44, Diagram of Snake’s jaws...........- majeteai Vien Siselols bales teaotcea tate 120
45, Skull of Iguanodon bernissartensis ....... sah tavbog uae eve Rae 121
46, Diagram of jaws. Type2R..... se nee als dices *\ «are ste
47. Skull of Batagur Tortoise ...... SEAES Soret erico ety ee CLE Reith dec 122
48. Ring-tailed Lemur and young .......... sia unalimeaads shomenate’ 124
49. Lateral aspect of the skulls of :-—a. Pseudocoluptes boissineauti.
b. Hylactes megapodius. c. Batara cmerea. d. Dendroco-
laptes picumnuUs voc cccrecseos Tease pecbsle tuys Cal ua ob eae eae ae 136
. Ventral aspects of the skulls of :—a. Hylactes megapodius.
b. Philepitta jala. ¢. Pseudocolaptes boissineaut?. d. Den-
drocolaptes picumnus. e. Batara cinerea. f. Xiphorhynchus
trochilirostris. g. Dorsal aspect of skull of Psewdocolaptes .. 140
. Form of the posterior border of the sternum and the relations of
the articulations of the bones of the Shoulder-girdle at the
FOFAMIGN GOSSELIN. 6.2 wicvalae sie yer a erijione amt talet aetna 148
. Phylogenetic tree indicating the probable relationships of the
soTracheoplione” Passeres’.':... ai. s . ccsrieie ena eeeene aes
. Ceratodus forsteri in various positions of rest and movement .. 173
. Ceratodus forstert in various positions of rest and movement .. 175
72.
75
76,
ilies
79.
82.
85.
84.
80.
. a, skull, and 0, last lower molar of Ursus arctos Shera OHO. > Se
XX1
Ceratodus forstert in various positions at the time of its coming
(RO) Hae) SATE TKO) LONNIE Ge Seon as dblons cou 6 Mea snaveln hoa MHid
A ventral scale of Chrysopelea ornata Shaw ..........+..... 228
Diagrammatic transverse sections of the body of Chry aeoreiee
OPMWHEE soboavdookooongbo6os soodoooe s0do000Db OAD OO DOD
Skull of Ursus arctos shanorum, lateral view ............0.08
bo bo
Co bo
me ©
bo
(SG)
i)
Front and nde views of skull of Cercopithecus patas bearing
SUPCRMMNIMenany prem Olarsw sew esa a eerste coatsay ate hag
Lepidosis of the front of the left forearm of Ooamidanion us
MELUCANUS 5 ss) -lt Ser aeeh sued ttebaley ofedeoctoyerot aencieree uate) ialeiitary ts ZOO)
Lepidosis of the under surface of the left forearm of Cnemido-
PBLORUSLUIUICUCROU IS WC CoE Valve inveneh yyy ota tac ere aie 55) kei
Lepidosis of the under surface of the forearm of Cnemedophorus
TIA WOT EDN Mob E REG bin's 4 ONO OG Bb 8 bs SMB OIE h dace Hebi olia neter
Bepidosks of the collar and throat of Sa ae ie tessellatus,
Lepidosi of the collar and throat of Oncaninionl on us pommel,
Bye linigion of Pattern of Coamiioutar us deppet, sien 6 to 11 ale
StLIpess ... Hn OIG BROS OE SIGS I he ety enue a Wg met oes RSMO YZ 0)
Evolution of Pattern of Cnemidophorus immutabilis A to 1, and
of C. guttatus from youth F to old agel ............:... 291
Evolution of Pattern of ne scalaris from youth to
co
ize)
EXOUUN Bary sa joys) ener el eee Ie le Sapetialndar aneraeie) ohana eter
Evolution of Pattern of Cnemidophorus communis from A to D
anGUOriC wer tears fromm AGtO PW Elune rei: Were ee Woks eh eae
Hvolution of Pattern of Cnemedophorus tessellatus A to D and of
CRD ides hl asie clertineh nese tee Hea shes ot ee Pew niia Materayos
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus and C. denne RAR Mapai etenetc ol saretKoO
Cnenudophorus deppet ......... BSEsTeR Ci Re MIRIAM Bas eS Ca Td
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus aud C. ile sane ANA SN metab Shoo uD
Cnemidophorus immutabilis 1... ce. ee ee TON Pera ebotl 2.3 Oe
Cnemudophorus immutabilis and C. guttatus........0+eee ee ees S24
GCremidop ors SCalanismraiers sade erate hs ele niee LOOO
Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis ..c.ccrceccceeercceess OA
Cnemidophorus communis ..........005 Pe fear eI voce IIE lie ee
Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis and C. c. australis...... 353
Cnemidophorus bocourt: from Oaxaca .............1..++..+- SOU
Cnemidophorus mexicanus typicus, C. m. irae, and C. tmmuta-
(BLOT GOS AOR Cidan OES BOVE On BU Te Re DANS sooeclabouDovecgbes, Boe)
Cnennidophorus mexicans Cypicusy Ws he seen as SO
Cnemidophorus mericanus var. balsas ......... OER Scio NIG Pane Se:
Portion of ventral surface of Trachysaurus rugosus .......... 3876
STOUR RIAIOHUES BUSY Soo ge sobawoeooneee mreberapae a ateyey ere sar Aelia)
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou I. C
LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS
PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (pp. 1-462).
Atyella (Crustacea) ......... 187, 201 Melissomorpha (Insecta) ......... (
Caridella (Crustacea) ...... 187, 198
fe PROCEEDINGS |.
1
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF LONDON.
7, (0G!
‘Pagus .f—17.8.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
JANUARY ann FEBRUARY.
JUNE 1906.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
ene LONDON :
| ' MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co.,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. | Gites \ \, &e K be a S
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1906, pp. 1-178.
January 16, 1906.
The Seeretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
December, LOOM se leisayes! tetera cvs cr wictogaiate ls ele ovavevescestateie ts miate ar tate ee
Pee eenre eceee
Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a living specimen of a Lemur (Gadago) from
Uganda 1
Ce i ee a ay
Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a white variety of the Common Mole
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new
Forest-Pig
ee i er ran y
1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By
J. Lewis Bonnorn, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8. (Plate I.)
i ey
to
. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By Franx E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
Prosector £0 the Socteo yrs cin eleyeiaielereledn eiiece eel elm icurtela) ait |x'steh a ae elevalela aivie: detieherere regi
i)
. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Oreodonts, with especial reference to their
suggested resemblance to Marsupials. By Cuartes 8. Tomuus, M.A., F.RS.,
Vice-Pres.Z.8.
4. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Nectophryne B. & P., with special Remarks on
some known Species and Description of a new Species from German East Africa,
By Dr. Jean Rovx, Curator in the Basle Museum of Natural History, (Plate II.) ..
5
. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire. By W. Srorrs Fox, M.A.,
BZA 55 Yoiais alo aiayStuccha a eoaiatogecetesertpeua leva sey eletak olen tant atts fala cr sie relia neRt taint agra een
February 6, 1906.
Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a case of mounted cubs of the Timber-Wolf .
Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some models of the skulls and mandibles of
Meritheriunt and Paleomastodon
Cr ee eee ner ae i cer re ea
Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides of sections of skin from
the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals and Birds............-.e0eceecucees
Page :
1
bo
12
45
58
65
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS
OF TIIE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF TIIE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1906, Vol. I. (January to April).
January 16, 1906.
Howarp SAunvErRS, Esq., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made is the Society’s Menagerie in December 1905 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December were 203 innumber. Of these 26 were acquired
by presentation and 25 by purchase, 108 were received on deposit,
42 by exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 182.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
An Agile Gibbon (Hylobates agilis), from Sumatra, deposited on
Dec. 16th.
A Cross’s Guenon (Cercopithecus crossi), from the Cameroons,
deposited on Dec. 29th. New to the Collection.
A Grysbok (Vototragus melanotis), from South Africa, deposited
on Dec. 18th.
A Snowy Owl (Vyctea seandiaca), from Arctic Europe, purchased
on Dec. 16th.
A Madagascar Tree-Boa (Corallus madagascariensis), deposited
on Dec. 19th.
The Secretary also exhibited a series of photographs of the Red
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vor. I. No. I. 1
2 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Jan. 16,
Deer illustrating the growth of the antlers, which had been pre-
sented to the Society by Mr. Walter Winans, F.Z.S.
Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.S., exhibited a living specimen of a
Lemur (Galago) which he had brought home with him from
Entebbe, Uganda.
Dr. F. G. D. Drewitt, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks upon,
a white variety of the Common Mole.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited the skull of a female
Forest-Pig (Hylocharus), which had been received from Mr. G. L.
Bates, who had obtained it from natives of the Ja River, Cameroons,
thus confirming ¢ the reports already published * as to the occurrence
of H: ylocherus on the west side of Africa. It was to be noticed,
however, that the Ja River was not on the West Coast watershed,
but rose some 150 miles inland and flowed eastwards to join the
general Congo system by way of the Nyoko and Sanga tributaries ;
so that this place was the furthest westward point of the true
Congo basin, slightly further west in lat, 3° N. than even the
main mouth in 6° 8. It was therefore quite likely to be the
western limit of the genus Hylocherus.
On comparing the ‘skull of the Ja pig with those from Central
and East Africa alr eady in the Museum, now numbering five of
different ages and sexes t, Mr. Thomas had come to the conclusion
that it could not be assigned to the same species, on account of its
much smaller teeth, and therefore proposed to call it Hylocherus
rimator { (Thomas, Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 25, p. 1, Jan. 23, 1906).
For while the general shape of the skull appeal to be similar,
the teeth thr oughout were very mar kedly narrower, the difference
being especially noticeable in the large posterior tooth, m°* (text-
fig. T, a). This tooth was not only narrower at its broadest,
anterior, point, but tapered poster iorly much more strongly and
ended in a point, while in the Eastern form the tooth was broad,
tapered but shghtly, and had a broadly rounded end. Throughout,
the enamel of the teeth appeared to be much less heavily coated
with cement, so that they had a markedly lighter and more
delicate appearance. In the lower jaw the same characters were
observable, m, (text-fig. 1, 6) being especially long and narrow, its
length more than three times fe greatest breadth. while in ‘the
allied forms the length was barely 22 times the Pode
There was also a portenn difference in the detailed structure of
* P.Z.S. 1904, ii. p. 196.
+ The Museum was indebted to Mr. C. W. Haywood for one young skull and two
skeletons, and to Col. Harrison for a fine pair of adult skulls.
{ [The complete account of the new species described in this communication
appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the
‘Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—Ep1Tor. |
1906. | A NEW FOREST-PIG. 3
the teeth, as might be seen by a comparison of the figures (text-
fig. 1) now given with those formerly published.
The skull itself was comparatively light and delicate, with a
low muzzle and slender zygomata. Its dimensions were as
follows :—
Basal length (approximate) 325 mm. ; zygomatic breadth 176 ;
nasals, length 191, breadth 42; interorbital breadth 88; height
of muzzle in front of premolars 57; least breadth of maxillary
zygomatic processes, below orbit, 42; least vertical breadth of
zygomata, behind true orbit, 36; palatal length 232; breadth
across sockets of canines 98; breadth between tips of canines 181;
greatest diameter of canines 24; length of upper tooth-row, from
front of p* 97; m’, length 42°3, breadth 17:5; length of lower
tooth-row, from front of p,, 99; m, 48°2 x 16.
Text-fig. 1.
a, wpper, and 4, lower right molars of Hylocherus rimator.
Type. Old female skull. B.M. No. 6.2.21.1. Collected by
Mr. G. L. Bates.
Native name ‘“ Engak” (G. L. Bates).
The remarkable character of the suppression of p* and persistence
of mp’, described in the typical specimens of HH. meinertzhageni,
was present in this specimen, as in other examples of the genus
since received, and was evidently normal.
Another interesting point to be noticed was that the prenasal
bone in all fully adult specimens of Hylocherus was firmly united
to an ossified mesethmoid.
The following papers were read :—
1*
4 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16,
1. On Mammals from South Johore and Singapore collected
by Mr. C. B. Kloss. By 8. Lewis Bonyorz, M.A.,
PvE Shes:
[Received December 7, 1905. |
(Plate I.*)
The following is an account of a small collection of mammals
collected by Mr. C. B. Kloss in the southern part of Johore and
the island of Singapore. From the latter place, which has been
for long the emporium of that portion of the East, and from
which many new species have been described, genuine wild collected
ecimens are most welcome, and up to the present but few
ecimens have been received from Johore. During the last few
years several collections from the Malay Region have been received
in both London and Washington, so that the number of novelties
in the present collection is not so large as it might otherwise have
been, but nevertheless, of the 17 species sent home, two are new
and represent J/us ochraceiventer and M. whiteheadi of Borneo. In
my former paper on Messrs. Annandale and Robinson’s collection,
the synonymy of the various species was brought up to date, and
in the present paper reference is given only to those papers that
have been published since.
TUPAIA FERRUGINEA Rafiles.
Tupaa ferruginea Rafiles, Trans. Linn, Soe. xiii. p. 256 (1822) ;
Flower, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 336; Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii.
p. 193 (1900); id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1903).
a-e. $. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905,
S-h. 2. Pulai, S.W. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1905.
i-l. 2. Johore Bahru, Feb. & March 1904.
m. 2. Woodlands, Singapore, 2nd Aug., 1904.
This species occurs as far north as Tenasserim, where it meets
with 7. f. belangeri, a paler form.
TUPAIA MALACCANA Anders.
Tupaia malaccana Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 134 (1879);
Bonhote, Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 13 (1903); Miller, Proc.
Wash. Acad. Sci. il. p. 230 (1900) ; id. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
1902, p. 157; id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxvi. p. 472 (1908).
a. S$. Kangka Aming, 3rd June, 1905.
by Oe Kaneka Kuli, 25th Nov., 1904.
c. 2. S&S. Malaya, 24th June, 1904,
A series of very typical specimens.
RATUFA AFFINIS (Raffl.).
Seiurus affinis Rati. (nec Horsf.) Trans. Linn, Soc. xiii. p. 259
(1822).
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 11.
dort AT LOSS USIG »® Be"
Titel WO" SOGI “SZ al
LSSOUM
Qa
2)
NIN 2
SVNI
SH
Sel
alc)
18P proauor:
1906. ] FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 5
Ratufa affinis typica (Ratiles) Bonh. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7)
vol. v. p. 495 (1900).
Ratufa affinis (Rafiles) Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. voi. ii.
pp. 73 & 77 (1900).
a,b. 3 2. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905.
With reference to a note by Mr. Miller (Joc. cit. supra), I
believe that his &. affinis is undoubtedly the same as my R?. affinis
typica. In my description of this species I noted that the hairs
“when newly-grown” were annulated; but this annulation dis-
appears extremely quickly, so that itis very seldom that a specimen
in annulated pelage is procured.
With regard to Miller's 2. pyrsonota described in the same paper,
this is the Malayan form of 2. ephippiwm from Borneo and is, as
Mr. Miller notes, quite distinct from 2. afinis. It should really
be known as &. ephippium pyrsonota, which saves any possibility
of confusion. Mr. Miller has since 1900 described many new
species representing island forms or local races of F. affinis or
ephippium, but, from his strict adherence to binomial nomenclature,
which has prevented him from recognising the true specific
difference between affinis and ephippiwm, it is impossible to tell to
which of these species his new races belong, and in consequence
to determine the true specific range. Jam, however, inclined to
believe that they are all races of 2. ephippiwm, and that the true
R. affinis will be found to have a very restricted range, confined
to the Malay Peninsula and possibly Java.
Sciurus TENuIS Horsf.
Seiurus tenuis Horsf. Zool. Res. (1824); Thos. P.Z. 8. 1886,
p. (6; Flower, P.Z.S. 1900, p.357; Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.
ego 2 ele (900) iids Proc) eatcads Nat. Sci Philad) 1902) p: 5;
id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 452 (1903).
a-b. 2. Gunong Pulai, 1500’, Nov. & Dec. 1904.
ce. Qimm. Mt. Austin, 8. Johore, 3lst Aug., 1904.
d. 2. SS. Malaya, 8S. Johore, 24th June, 1904.
e, f. 2. Woodlands, Singapore, June & Aug. 1904.
These specimens, which are practically topotypes, are therefore
of the typical form. This species, however, appears to be a
remarkably stable one, Mr. Miller stating that specimens from
Sumatra were indistinguishable from topotypes. At the same
time S. tenwis surdus Mill., from the north of the Peninsula, is
distinctly paler and greyer.
SCIURUS VITTATUS Raffles.
Sciurus vittatus Rafiles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 259 (1822) ;
Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. 1. p. 22 (1903).
Sciurus notatus miniatus Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sei. ii.
p. 79 (1909).
Sciurus penirsularis Miller, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll. vol. xlv.
p. 10 (1903).
6 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [ Jan. 16
a,b. § @. Pelepak, Johore, 27th March, 1905.
ce. 9. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905.
d. $. Mount Austin, Johore, 3lst Aug., 1905.
e. 9. Johore Bahru, 10th May, 1904.
ft. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 26th Feb., 1904.
g. 2. Pasir Gudang, Johore, 11th May, 1905.
h. 2. Woodlands, Singapore I., 15th Aug., 1904.
i,k. 6 2. Singapore I., June & Aug. 1904.
Mr. Miller has made two new species of the Peninsula forms
of Se. vittatus. He first separated the N. Malayan form from
those in the south under the name miniatus, and more recently
the Southern Peninsula form has been named peninsularis, to
distinguish it from the typical Sumatran race.
The series sent home by Mr. Kloss has enabled me to re-
consider the matter very thoroughly, and has still further confirmed
my opinion that this very variable species cannot be split up
into the geographical races proposed by Mr. Miller.
To take the case of S. v. miniatus first of all. Itis characterised,
compared with specimens from Singapore Island, by having the
ved of the under parts much darker and the terminal pencil or
sometimes the entire distal half of the tail uniform red beneath.
The type locality of this subspecies is given as Trong in Lower
Siam, but its exact distribution is not stated.
In the British Museum there are specimens answering to this
description from various localities along the whole length of the
Peninsula including Singapore Island, so that its distribution
would appear to be identical with that of the paler form, as in
many localities they are found side by side.
S. miniatus therefore can on no account be considered as a
geographical race or true subspecies, and it must be either a
distinct species or a mere colour-variety. The fact that inter-
mediates in all stages occur renders its status as a true species
impossible; and there are specimens showing on the under parts
the deep red of miniatus as well as the lighter orange of true
vittatus. ‘These, then, are the reasons for regarding miniatus
merely as a colour-variety of S. vittatus.
Now as regards S. peninsularis. The characters distinguishing
it from the true S. vittatus of Sumatra are said to be as follows:
“more yellowish under parts, less yellowish cheeks,” ¢.e. a paler
variety.
The types of SN. vittatus, which are in the British Museum, are
absolutely indistinguishable from specimens taken in the Penin-
sula. It should, of course, be noted that Tapanuli Bay, whence
Mr. Miller procured his series, which he regarded as typical of
S. vittatus, is a considerable distance from Bencoolen, the type
locality ; and the Tapanuli Bay specimens may represent a distinct
race, but this is most improbable, as this species also varies con-
siderably in Sumatra, since darker specimens with the red tail are
also to be found there.
The fact therefore emains that Malay specimens may be
1906. | FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 0
identical in all respects with the types of vittatus, and since this
is the case Mr. Miller’s peninsaularis cannot stand.
‘It should always be remembered that among truly variable
Species, of which there are not many, but of canal S. finlaysont
is another good example, geographical forms are very unlikely to
be found: for the fact that it is variable means (i) that natural
selection does not restrict it to a particular type; (ii) that in
consequence it almost certainly does not breed true. So that,
although the majority of individuals in any one place may show
a tendency to a particular form of coloration, other varieties will
be so frequently appearing as to prevent the fixin g of any particular
character. Now a true geographic race, to which forms alone
trinomials should be restricted, should be the only race found in
its type locality, intermediates being found only in the country
approaching that of another race. It is therefore evident that
S. vittatus is, as regards colour, a very variable species, and as
such it behoves all systematists to be extremely cautious before
naming any races thereof.
It is only fair to add that the type of miniatus came from the
hills at an altitude of about 1000 feet, and may represent
a hill form; but at present there is no evidence of this, and such
evidence as there is, namely the dark and light under parts being
found on the same individual, tends to disprove it.
SCIURUS NIGROVITTATUS BILIMITATUS Mill.
Sceiurus biimitatus Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 8
(1903).
Sciurus nigrovittatus Horsf., Bonh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(7) vii. p. 452 (1901); id. Fase. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 23 (1903).
a. 2. Pelepak, Johore, 24th March, 1905.
b,c. 3. Kangka Aming, Johore, 26th May, 1905.
d. 3. Johore Bahru, 20th Feb., 1905.
es 9. - oF 18th June, 1904.
Mr. Miller has separated the Peninsula and Javan forms
chiefly on account of the almost entire absence of the light stripe
in the latter. I have been able to examine only one specimen
from Java, in which the stripe is certainly almost obliterated.
This is, however, by no means the case with the Sumatran form,
in which the stripe is very well marked.
FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS PENINSULE Miller.
Funambulus peninsule Mill. Smithsonian Mise. Coll. vol. xlv.
p- 25 (1903).
a,b. 62. Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905.
I have placed these examples under Mr. Miller’s name, al-
though his description does not exactly agree with specimens
from the Peninsula, and it is probable that his single specimen
is hardly typical of the Malay form. I was, however, in error
§ MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [Jan. 16,
when I stated (Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 26) that the Malay
and Sumatran animals were indistinguishable, since they are
undoubtedly distinct, the former being of a much yellower
and warmer tint. On the other hand, Messrs. Stone and Rehn
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1902, p. 133) mention a Sumatran
specimen as approaching /’. 7. diversws Thos., in which the colours
generally are much brighter and the sides of the body nearly pure
chestnut. Further Sumatran material is, however, necessary
before this matter can be satisfactorily settled.
The following are the races of Funambulus insignis hitherto
described :—
F. insignis typicus F. Cuv. Mamm. 1821, pl. 233. Sumatra.
F. i. diversus Thos. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. ii. p. 248 (1898).
Baram, Sarawak.
», niobe Thos. ibid. p. 249 (1898). Pajo, Sumatra.
,, castaneus Mill. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. vol. ii. p. 217 (1900).
Anambas I.
,, jalorensis Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vel. i. p. 25 (1908).
Bukit Besar, Jalor.
» peninsule Mill. Smithson. Mise. Coll. vol. xlv. p. 25 (1903).
Trong, L. Siam.
» rostratus Mill. ibid. p. 24 (1903). Tina Balu, Batu I.
», obscurus Mill. ibid. p. 23 (1903). S. Pagi I., Sumatra.
Mus vocirerans, Miller.
Mus vociferans Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xii. p. 138
(1900); Bonhote, Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 33.
a-k.73,492. Mt. Pulai S. Johore, Nov. & Dec. 1904 and
Jan. 1905.
As stated by Mr. Miller in his original description, this species
is similar to Jus sabanus Thos., but brighter and with a very
long tail. The extreme length of the tail is sufficient to distinguish
it from all other members of the jerdoni group. It would appear
to be somewhat local, as the specimens in this collection are all
from Mount Pulai. The following is a short description that
may enable this species to be recognised :—
Colour of upper and under parts sharply divided. Above rufous
buff, thickly grizzled with black, the black being almost absent on.
the flanks. Under parts white. Feet brownish with white
margins. ‘Tail bicolor and with its terminal portion white.
Skull of typical jerdoni group, 7. e. rather elongated, small for
size of animal, bullee very small.
Dimensions. Head and body 229 mm.; tail 382; hind foot
45; ear 24.
Skull—greatest length 56 mm.; zygomatic breadth 26.
Since the publication of my paper quoted above, Mr. Miller has
described several island forms of this species in Smithsonian
Misc. Coll. vol. xlv. pp. 28 et seq. (1903).
1906. | FROM JOHORE AND SINGAPORE. 9
Mus surirer Mili,
Mus surifer Mill., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 148 (1900) ;
Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 26 (1903).
236,79. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905.
129,18 2. Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904 to March 1905.
39. Kangka Kuh, Johore, 28th Nov., 1904.
. Kangka Aming, Johore, 29th May, 1905.
Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, 13th May, 1905.
Johore Bahru, 21st May, 1905.
Kangka Keteho, Tebraun.
This large series of Mus surifer calls for. little comment; the
examples show a slight variation in size, and the young are much
duller in colour, being of a uniform brown (hair-brown, Ridgw.).
The adult pelage first appears along the flanks. Mr. Miller’s
distinction of the white of the foot being cut off from the white of
the inside of the thighs owing to the brown colour encircling the
ankle, appears to be a perfectly constant feature.
OS
Mts INAS, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 1.)
Mus whiteheadi Thos., Bonh. P. Z.8. 1900, p. 880.
The Malayan representative of Mus ochraceiventer Thos. Fur
long and thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above
uniform grizzled rufous (ochraceous rufous, Ridgw.), fading to pale
ochraceous (pinkish buff, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and
hands brownish white. Tail rather shorter than the head and
body, almost naked and bicolor.
Skull. The only skull available is in such a bad state of
preservation that a description is impossible.
Dimensions of type (in flesh). Head and body 162 mm.; tail
5 2es hindstoob sl.
Habitat. Gunong Inas, Perak. Also found in Johore.
Type. B.M. 2.11.15.2. Adult 9. Gunong Inas, December
1899.
The type specimen of this species was erroneously referred by
me some years ago to MW. whiteheadi. The advent of another
specimen in the present collection proves it to be sufficiently
distinct from the Bornean form to merit description. It may be
distinguished from Jus ochraceiventer by its more rufous colour
above and paler colour beneath, while the tail 1s very much more
markedly bicolor. It is distinguishable from J/. whiteheadi by its
larger size.
Mus Kuossi, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 2.)
The Malayan representative of Jus whiteheadi Thos. Fur
short, thickly interspersed with spines. General colour above
rufous-buff (orange-buff, Ridgw.), grizzled with dark brown, the buff
colour becoming purer on the flanks and shading to pale ochraceous
(cream-buft, Ridgw.) on the under parts. Feet and hands white.
Tail shorter than the head and body, almost naked and bicoler.
10 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON MAMMALS [ Jan. 16,
Skull of the Mus jerdont type with small bulle, very similar to
that of Mus whiteheadi but smaller.
Dimensions (of type in flesh), Head and body 120 mm. ; tail
105; hind foot 26; ear 17.
Skull. Greatest length 32 mm.; basilar length 24; palatal
length 7; diastema 8; length of incisive foramina 5; length of
nasals 11 ; ; zygomatic breadth 9 ; interorbital breadth 5:5 ; breadth
of brain- eS at roots of zy gomata 13; length of molar series 5.
Habitat. Johore, Malay Peninsula.
Type. Coll. C. B. Kloss, No. 218. Adult 2. Collected on
Mount Pulai, 8. Johore, 1600’, on the 31st December, 1904.
This species may-be easily distinguished from Mus whiteheadi,
the only species with which it might be confused, by its paler and
yellowish coloration and slightly smaller size. Mr. Kloss has sent
over 5 specimens altogether, viz.
abs a. Pelepak, etious) Mandl 1905.
ce. 6. Mt. Lun Chu, Johore, May 1905.
d,e. 2 (one the type). Mount Pulai, Johore, Dec. 1904.
Mus vaurpus Mill.
Mus validus Mill. Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xii. p. 141
(1900); Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. pp. 34 & 37 (1903).
a,b. 6 2. Kangka Kuli, Johore, 24th Nov., 1905.
This species is probably the Malay form of Jus muelleri.
Mr. Miller in his original description states that this species bears
a great external resemblance to J/us bowersi; but this is hardly
the case, for the general colour of Mus bowersi is greyish and its
fur is fairly soft, whereas in the species under consideration the
general colour is dark brown, each hair having lighter annulations,
Sa the fur is very harsh. Mus bowerst has in Seon the ter site|
portion of the tail white, whilst in Mus validus the tail is uni-
colorous and dark.
There are no skulls with these specimens, but the cranial
characters have been carefully given by Mr. Miller.
Mus gArAk Bonh.
Mus jarak* Bonh. Journ. Fed. Mal. States, vol. 1. no. 3
(1905),
a. 9. Pelepak, Johore, 6th Jan. 1905.
b,c. 6 2. Kangka, Senibong, 8.W. Johore, 10th July, 1905,
and 12th Sept., 1904.
d-h. 3. Pasir Gudang, 8.W. Johore, 10th May, 1905.
A series of eight skins sent home by Mr. Kloss proves this
species, which I had supposed to be an island form, to occur in
* Mus jarak nearly allied to Mus jalorensis, but darker on the upper parts, the
fulvous tips being browner and greatly diminished in size. Type locality, Pulau,
Jarak, Str. of Malacca. A full description of this species is published by the
Selangor Museum.
1906. | FROM JOHORS AND SINGAPORE. Tal
the south of the Peninsula. Individuals vary somewhat amongst
themselves, some being rather lighter in their general coloration
than others, but the lightest havea considerably darker appearance
than Jus jalorensis.
They belong, as I pointed out in my former paper, to the
Pyctoris sub-group of Mus rattus, and may be distinguished by
their soft fur, medium size, short tail, and pure white under parts,
the hairs being white to their bases.
MUS GRISEIVENTER Bonh.
Mus grisewenter Bonh. Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 30 (1903).
a-c.2 36,1 2. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905.
d-g.3 6,1 9. Pulai, S.W. Johore, Nov. 1904 and Jan.
1905.
h. 3. Johore Bahru, 3rd April, 1905.
in. 3 ¢,2 9. Kangka Senibong, Johore, Sept. 1905.
o. 3. Pasir Gudang, Johore, llth May, 1905.
This is the really common House-rat of the Peninsula; its greyish
or yellowish under parts enable it to be easily recognised from
M., jalorensis or M. jarak, the hill forms of Mus rattus. In size,
too, it is rather larger than the preceding species.
Mus norvecicus Erxl.
Mus norvegicus Erxleben.
Mus decumanus Pall., Flower, P. Z.S8. 1900, p. 362.
73,9 2. Johore Bahru, April, June, and August, 1904.
So far as can be judged, this Rat is apparently found only on
the Peninsula in the neighbourhood of shipping.
Mus concotor Blyth.
Mus concolor Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xxviii. p. 295 (1859); Bonh.
Fasc. Malay., Zool. vol. i. p. 38 (1903).
a-c. 6. Pelepak, Johore, March 1905.
d. $. Tebraun, Johore, Sept. 1905.
e. d. Johore Bahru, July 1904.
fig. 62. Kangka Senibong, Sept. 1905.
h. 2. Pasir Gudang, May 1905.
Mus muscuuus Linn.
Mus musculus Linn. Syst. Nat. xu. p. 83 (1776); Flower,
IP Assi OOS Fos BOM,
a. 6. Johore Bahru, Feb. 1904.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Mus inas, p. 9.
Mus klossi, p. 9.
12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia. By
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A. F.R.S., Prosector to the
Society.
[Received Decembez 7th, 1905. |
(Text-figures 2-11.)
CONTENTS.
(1) On the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the Characters of the newly-born
Young of Hunectes noteus, and on the Differences between the two Species of
the Genus Hunectes, viz. FE. murinus and EF. noteus: p. 12.
(2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebe: p. 27.
(3) Some Notes upon the Anatomy of I/ysia scytale, bearing upon its systematic
position: p. 31.
(4) The Structure of the Young Bitis nasicornis, with Notes on other Vipers: p. 34.
(5) Considerations respecting the Primitive Structure of the Lungs in the Sqnamata:
p. 41.
(1) Notes on the Vascular System of the Anaconda, on the
Characters of the newly-born Young of Kunectes noteeus,
and on the Differences between the two Species of the
Genus Kunectes, viz. KE. murinus and E. noteus.
The opportunity of examining two newly-born* examples of a
little-known species of Anaconda, viz. Hunectes noteus, is so
unlikely to be of frequent occurrence, that I have thought it
desirable to make as detailed a study as possible of the veins,
while the fact that comparatively little is known of the venous
system in the genus Hunectes seemed to me to render this study
still more desirable. So far as [ am aware, some notes by myself f
upon the intercostal arteries and the anterior abdominal vein are
all that has been published upon this genus of Boine snakes so
far as concerns the vascular system.
On the other hand, there is abundant material for comparison
with the anatomy of the vascular system of Python, and less with
that of Hry«wS and Boa
External characters of Young.—The newly-born young of this
snake retain some of the embryonic veins and the yolk-sac is not
completely absorbed. This woulda ppear to be a great disadvantage
until we reflect that the Anaconda is so very aquatic an animal
that the young are possi bly born in the water 4]. The navel ‘is a
very large aperture in the ventral median line, measuring 14 mm.
x9 mm. orl2mm.x7mm. It lies 44 or 54 mm. from ‘the vent.
* These young Anacondas were born on Sept. 27, 1905, and one of them was just
living when it came into my hands.
+ “Notes upon the Anatomy of certain Snakes of the Family Boide,” P. Z.S. 1904,
vol. 11. p. 107.
a6 ailopiingon & Pancoat, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. v. 1837, p. 121; Jacquart, Ann.
Sci. D Nat. ® iv. 1855, p. 321; Retzius, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1830; Beddard, Paves:
1904, vol. i. p. 362; Panizza, ‘Sopra il systema linfatico dei Rettili,’ Pavia, 1833
(I ave hi seen this memoir).
§ Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107.
i Gadow, incorporated i in Bronn’s Thier. vi. Abth. iii.
§{ Lam indebted to Mr. Pocock for reminding me of this.
1906. ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 13
The whole lengths of the two specimens which I have examined
were as follows :—Specimen A, 21] inches; Specimen B, 192 inches.
The distance between umbilicus and vent was naturally greater
in the larger specimen, and the umbilicus itself larger.
In the above given measurements I regard as the navel not merely
the actual aperture in the skin through which the yolk-plug* pro-
trudes, but the whole area which is devoid of scaling. The yolk-
plug in the interior of the body extends from the gall-bladder
anteriorly to the end of the kidneys posteriorly, and lies above the
fat-body. It is a dense solid plug. Meckel’s diverticulum arises
from it just behind the umbilicus, and enters the small intestine
about an inch behind the pancreas.
The umbilicus itself is so exactly median in position (text-fig. 2
that it has divided the epigastric vein, which, instead of lying to
one side or the other, forms a loop surrounding it. As elsewhere
this vein is single, the position of the umbilicus could, I imagine,
be detected in a more fully adult snake by this splitting and
rejoining of the epigastric vein.
Text-fig. 2.
Region of umbilicus in newly-born Anaconda (Eunectes noteus).
umb, Umbilical area; 7.S. Ventral scales anterior to umbilicus, which are still
divided into two; V.S’. Similar ventral scales behind the umbilicus.
In the two newly-born Anacondas the area of the navel em-
braced nine of the ventral scales, which are split into halves, each
half lying on either side of the soft median area. Anteriorly and
posteriorly two scales showed a median groove, indicating, it is to
** Messrs. Mole & Urich (P. Z. S. 1894, p. 505) mention the existence of ‘traces
of the umbilical cord” in newly-born Hunectes murinus.
14 MR F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
be presumed, that they had been originally split, but that the two
halves had come together in the course of the gradual obliteration
of the area of the navel. Both specimens were practically identical
in the disposition of the scales. It is remarkable, however, that
in an individual of the same brood measuring 22+ inches long,
and older by three weeks (it died on Oct. 17), the median furrowing
of the ventral scales was continued for a long way behind the
navel (text-fig. 3). The actual area of the navel, much narrower
in this specimen, corresponds to seven scales. ‘This older individual
is a male, as shown by the shape of the cloacal claws; I did not
dissect it.
Text-fig. 3.
Region of umbilicus in a young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus).
Lettering as in text-fig. 2.
Current treatises on Zoology have largely ignored the fact that
among the Boide the rudiments of hind limbs offer sexual
characters which are unmistakable. They are obvious, for
instance, in the genus Eryx, and in the species with which I am
concerned, viz. Hunectes noteus. That this fact is obviously not
generally known is perhaps due to Duméril and Bibron. These
1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 15
authors, in their classical ‘ Erpétologie Générale, vol. vi. 1844,
remark, in a general sketch of the Pythons and Boas, upon the
investigations of Mayer on the rudimentary hind limb, but
say nothing as to sexual differences in form of the ‘ ergots,” 7. e¢.,
claws in which these limbs terminate. Later on they write of
Hunectes murinus (p. 531) :—‘* Ergots coniques, courts, recourbés
et pointus,” stating also that they are “d'une trés petite dimension
chez des femelles ayant plus d’un metre de long.” In Sow again
(p. 503) it is said that these claws are present, but ‘“ néanmoins
plus développés chez les males chez les femelles.”. The inference
from these observations would surely be that while sexual differ-
ences exist between individuals in respect of those claws, they are
merely a matter of varying magnitude. It was possibly for this
reason that text-books, at least those which I have referred to,
have not noticed the matter. In the adult male Humectes notewus
there is a very conspicuous pair of claws, which are sharply pointed,
compressed, and curved, the lower surface being ridged. In the
adult female there is not a claw at all, but a bluntly conical
straight process, quite unlike the claw of the male. In both cases,
however, this terminal process is ensheathed in two bract-like
scales. In the young individuals the differences are as well
marked as in the adult.
The mental groove in the young Anacondas differs from that of
theadult male. In both adults the mental groove was bordered by
five scales on each side. ‘The two individuals, a maleand a female,
appeared to be identical in the disposition of these scales.
In the two youngest individuals, which died immediately on
birth, the conditions were as follows :—In one snake, on the right
side the mental groove was bordered by only three scales; but
the middle one was very large, and indentations appeared to show
that it was in reality composed of three. On the left side there
were only fom: scales bordering the mental groove, but the
anterior one of these was partly divided into two; thus the total
on both sides is really five as in the adult. The second specimen
was identical on the right side, but on the left the second scale,
and not the first, was obviously composed of two. In the young
Anaconda which lived for three weeks* there is a still closer
approximation to the conditions observable in the adult. On the
left side of the mental groove all five scales are separated ; on
the right there were four scales, the second being much the largest
and obviously representing two.
Kidneys.—Vhe kidneys of these young Hunectes have a form
which is remarkable. It is illustrated in the accompanying figure
(text-fig. 4,p.17). The part of the kidney which apparently corre-
sponds to the whole kidney of other Snakes has the usual form
which is characteristic of Serpents and needs no particular remark.
The kidney does not, however, end off in front without much
diminution of diameter. It suddenly narrows to form a slender
* This specimen shed its skin at any rate once, which doubtless accounts for the
change, not therefore referable to individual variation.
16 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
forward prolongation, which is as long as, or longer than, the
posterior region of the kidney.. There is no break whatever
between these two sections; and their appearance as regards
texture and colour is identical. The thinner anterior part of
the kidney may pehaps be a mesonephros, persistent in these young
forms. On the two sides of the body the two kidneys differed
very considerably in dimensions. The right kidney is, as in other
Snakes, more advanced than the left kidney, and its anterior end
actually passes a trifle beyond the gall-bladder and all but reaches
theliver. This kidney is altogether 108 mm. long, of which 44 mm.
belong to the posterior bro vad region of the gland, the slender
anterior portion being thus much the longer. The right-hand
kidney is altogether only 92 mm. long, and the broader posterior
region is here the longer of the two sections, measuring as it does
48 mm.
The slender anterior prolongation of each kidney is not, of course,
to be confounded with the adrenal body. This latter is plainly
distinguishable from the kidney-tissue by its yellow colour and
different texture. It les in the middle section of the. anterior
region of the kidney.
The gonads were not visible in either specimen. But I believe
them both to be females. This conclusion was arrived at owing
to the nature of the gonad-ducts. These ducts were of com-
paratively large calibre and without the close windings of the
male ducts Moreover they were prolonged forward in the case
of the right-hand one to a point anterior to the gall-bladder where
the duct appeared to end freely. In the region of the anterior
portion of the kidney the duct was attached by an evident though
narrow mesentery to the substance of the kidney. The actual
course of the gonad- duct of the right side is shown in the figure
annexed (text-fig. 4, p. 17). Anter iorly it lies to the outside of the
kidney. At the junction between the anterior more slender and
the posterior stouter region of the kidney it crosses over and lies
to the inside of the kidney.
The diameter of this tube appears to me to be too great to allow
of its being identified with the sperm-duct. Another and, as [
believe, very strong reason forbids this identification. To the
inside of each kidney, along the anterior thinner region of that
organ only, is a more slender duct than the gonad-duct, which,
however, presents the same general appearance. This duct com-
mences some way in front of each kidney, but the exact mode of
its commencement [I have been unable to ascertain. It follows
the kidney fairly closely, lying on the opposite side to that occupied
by the gonad-duct, to a point some little way in front of the
junction between the anterior and posterior sections of the gland,
and there gradually disappears. It seems to me that this str ucture
must be unquestionably homologised with the mesonephric duct ;
and if so, the gonad-duct can hardly be the sperm-duct. That it
is the mesonephric duct seems to be necessary from the impossi-
bility of identifying it with anything else; and if so, then the
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 17
section of kidney along which it lies is possibly to be looked upon
as mesonephros, the incorporation of which with the metanephros
has perhaps caused the withering of the end of the tube, no longer
needed as a secretory conduit.
Text-fig. 5.
ue
—y se
~~ OS
=
Ss
SBE SS
Text-fig. 4.— Kidney and adjacent organs in newly-born Anaconda
(Eunectes noteus).
gob. Gall-bladder ; . Kidney ; WM. Mesentery attaching oviduct to mn, mesonephros ;
Od. Oviduct ; P.c. Posterior cardinal vein arising on kidney (?) ; Sr. Suprarenal
portal veins: U. Ureter; v.c.i. Vena cava posterior or renal efferent vein ;
Wd. Wolffian duct. :
Text-fig. 5.—Renal afferent vein of left side of body and its connections
in newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes noteus).
Ant. Abd. Anterior abdominal veins; F'.B. Fat-bodies from one of which the right
anterior abdominal seems to arise; Int. Intestine; P. Parictal branches of
R.aff., renal afferent, which is seen to reach kidney anteriorly.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. II. 2
18 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 16,
I have had the opportunity of comparing the structure of the
kidneys in the two young Hunectes noteus with the structure of
those of an adult male of the same species. There is in the adult
no forward prolongation of a narrower region of the kidney. The
organs are of the normal Ophidian form, of equal diameter
throughout, and ending anteriorly in a blunt rounded extremity.
That there may have been some microscopic traces in the tissues
surrounding the sperm-duct is of course possible ; but there was
nothing obvious to the naked eye. This state of affairs in the
adult snake confirms, as I think, my opinion that the narrow
anterior region of the renal organ in the newly-born young is to
be looked upon as mesonephros. I may observe that the testes are
very long bodies, and that that of the right side extends as far
forward as the gall-bladder. The growth of the testis may account
for the disappearance of the mesonephric portion of the renal organ.
With the disappearance of the supposed mesonephros there is
correlated, perhaps in this species but not in some other Boids,
the disappearance of the posterior cardinal vein, which, as I
describe in this paper, accompanies that gland in the young
snakes.
Umbilical Vein.—The umbilical vein was not absorbed in either
specimen. I was able to trace it along its whole course in the
body from the navel onwards to the anterior end. The conditions
which obtain in this snake show that Prof. Hochstetter’s discovery
of the independence of the umbilical vein from the anterior abdo-
minal of the adult applies to Hwnectes as well as to the reptiles
(Lacerta and Tropidonotus) whose development he studied. There
were two veins to be seen running from the umbilical aperture.
The right-hand vein had the longest course, and is, I take it, the
representative of the right umbilical vein. The second vein was
traced along Meckel’s diverticulum to the alimentary canal, where
it joined the portal system. This vein is, as I think, the omphalo-
meseraic. The umbilical vein pursues a straight course between
the two fat-bodies and over the gall-bladder. Arrived at the liver,
it passes beneath this organ, between it and the ventral body-wall.
There were no branches to be detected anywhere, and there was
certainly no connection between the vein and the two anterior
abdominal veins at any point that I could ascertain. Indeed it
was easy to observe the umbilical vein running across the anterior
abdominals. The vein is fairly closely attached to the ventral
parietes in the region of the liver. It gives off no branches to the
liver, with which it has no relations save those of superposition.
At the extreme anterior end of the liver the umbilical vein joins
the vena cava posterior just where the latter emerges from the
liver. The two then run as one vessel to the heart. It is for the
reason that the umbilical vein joins the vena cava that I regard
it as the right-hand of the two primitive umbilicals. For in
Hochstetter’s figure* illustrating the relation of these various veins
* Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvii. fig. 15, V.u.d. and V.u.s.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 19
in the feetal snake, the right-hand vein is depicted as joining the
vena cava, while the left-hand vein is lost in the liver plexus.
The umbilical vein was turgid with blood and of equal calibre
with the efferent renals or other principal blood-vessels of the
reptile. It is noteworthy that the umbilical vein until it
reaches the region of the liver appears to run in an accurately
median course. This clearly suggests that only one umbilical
vein is present. In any case only this vein is obvious, unless the
vein identified by me above with the ophalomeseraic be really the
left umbilical.
In any case it is clear that this vein belongs to the fetal circu-
lation, inasmuch as it passes through the navel to the fetal
membranes, and that it has nothing to do with what are usually
held to be the equivalents in the Ophidia of the anterior abdominal
vein or veins in other reptiles. A remarkable fact about this
vein is not merely its presence in the young when born and able
to feed for themselves, but its persistence in the fully adult
snake. In an Anaconda* (Hunectes murinus 3) dissected in
May 1904, which was acquired by the Society in 1899 as an
adult, I found a vein ending on the fat-body posteriorly which ran
over the liver (2. e. ventrally of it), but did not draw blood from
that organ anywhere, and emptied itself into the vena cava
anteriorly shortly after that vein had freed itself from the liver.
It is plain that this vein is that which I call umbilical in the
young Anacondas. I have no record of such a vein in Python,
nor is one figured by Jacquart + nor by Gadow ¢ in Boa.
It seems quite certain that this vein is the homologue of that
vein in Birds which passes between the lobes of the liver, recurring
in the falciform ligament. Hochstetter has proved § that the
vein in question, variously termed ‘anterior abdominal,” ‘“ epi-
gastric,” and “umbilical,” is the persistent umbilical vein of the
embryo. It follows therefore that it cannot be the homologue of
the anterior abdominal vein of the Lacertilia, which has been shown
to bea new structure, having nothing to do with the fetal umbilical
vein. Thereare therefore among Sauropsida two morphologically
distinct veins or systems of veins which convey blood along the
ventral surface from the posterior region of the abdomen to the
liver or to the hepatic vein, and which are undoubtedly super-
ficially similar, so much so that embryology alone has been able
to decide the question of their distinctness.
The coincidence of these two veins in Hunectes solves the problem
so far as concerns that species. At present so little is known of
the venous system in the Ophidia, so few types have been
examined from this point of view, that so far the Anaconda is
the only snake in which the two forms of abdominal vein have
been met with together. It is impossible therefore to build up
* Since this paper was written I have found the vein in a second adult male
E. murinus.
+ Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. 1855.
+ Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Rept. Abth. iii. Schlangen.
§ Morph. Jahrb. xiii. 1888, p. 575.
a*
20 MR. F E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
much in the way of an attempted explanation without further
facts. In the meantime the facts suggest that Hunectes offers a
transitional state of affairs between the retention of the umbilical
vein as the vein of the abdomen and its replacement by the sub-
sequently developed anterior abdominal. It is exactly analogous
to the relations between the posterior cardinals and the vena cava.
In the primitive Ceratodus we have one cardinal persisting in its
entirety and at the same time an undoubted vena cava posterior *.
In higher types the posterior cardinals are more or less rudi-
mentary, and the vena cava alone is concerned with the circulation
of the region of the body formerly served by the cardinals.
Replacements of this kind are familiar to morphologists in
connection with many organs.
It is not without significance, in my opinion, that this state of
affairs has been discovered in a snake, and especially in an un-
doubtedly primitive snake. That the Squamata form one group is
probably the opinion of every zoologist at present. It is further
clear that no existing group of Lizards is much nearer to the
snakes than any other. The origin of the Ophidia must have
been from some earlier type. This may land us some way back
in the history of a group which with Hatteria appears to me to
represent the archaic reptilian structure more than any existing
group of Reptiles. It is possible that in the extensive fat-body
of snakes we have the cause of the origin of the double anterior
abdominal veins. The only fragment of evidence, however, which
points to a large fat-body as a character of the ancestral Squamata
is its large size in Amphisbenat. But this evidence is not to be
neglected. The growth of the abdominal veins would render the
umbilical superfluous, they taking on its function of drawing blood
from the body-walls.
System of Anterior Venee Cave.—The veins of the anterior
region of the body consist of four main trunks, which of course
unite in pairs to form the two superior cave. The left tracheal
unites with the left anterior vertebral and each right-hand vessel.
It is noteworthy that the two anterior vertebral veins run super-
ficially at equal distances from the median anterior vertebral
artery. Each vessel lies in a furrow between longitudinal bands of
musculature. The vertebral vein receives a large branch from the
parietes just before joining the tracheal vein; the conjoined vein
then receives just before its entrance into the heart the azygos,
which is only present upon this side of the body. The azygos is
short, and only collects blood from four intercostal spaces. Of
the four branches which constitute it, one is especially large, and
comes off exactly opposite to the point of entrance of the azygos
into the Ductus Cuvieri. In the second specimen the azygos
was much the same.
Epigastric Vein.—This vein has already been referred to in
* See W. B. Spencer, in “The Macleay Memorial Volume”’ published by the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, 1893.
+ v. Bedriaga, Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 50, 1885, pl. iv. fig. 2, Fk.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 21
connection with its perforation by the umbilical aperture.
It is as well developed as in the Ophidia generally, and lies, as in
other snakes, immediately above the middle line of the body. Its
posterior connection I did not see in either of the specimens. In
the region of the liver, this vein has two connections with the
hepatic portal system, and two only that were visible, which were
identical in both specimens and which therefore may be looked
upon as distinctive of the species. One branch from the vein
joined the main portal stem a little behind the point where it
reaches the liver. The other branch of the epigastric connected
with the hepatic portal system lies a long way anteriorly and
enters the liver-substance approximately in the middle line, a
very little way behind the anterior termination of the liver. I
saw no other veins passing from the epigastric to the liver. But
in an adult Hunectes murinus there were four or five veins
entering the liver between these two. It may be that the
existence of two only in the young Hunectes noteus is a mark of
immaturity.
Afferent Renal Veins—The caudal vein emerging from the
tail receives branches from the cloaca, of which I am not able to
give a particular account, as this region got damaged in displaying
the course of the main trunk of the vein. The vein runs close to
the large intestine on the left side, and receives in its course to the
left kidney a series of veins from the parietes to the left of the
dorsal median line (text-fig. 5, p.17). I counted altogether twelve
of these before the vein enters the kidney, of which it is the afferent
renal. On the right side the afferent renal seems to have no direct
connection with the caudal vein, but the anastomoses between
veins in this region are so numerous that there is doubtless an
actual connection between them. Still there is no such direct.
continuity as obtains on the left side. It is also to be remarked
that the right renal afferent vein is a very distinctly smaller vein
than its fellow of the left side, and in correspondence with this the
affluents from the parietes which join it are much less conspicuous
than those of the left side.
The figure (text-fig. 5, p. 17) shows the series of veins from
the parietes which enter the left renal afferent vein. And an
inspection of this figure will render unnecessary a detailed de-
scription of the veins in question. It may be remarked, however,
that there is a tendency for them to be connected together by a
longitudinal trunk which is not present throughout the whole
extent of the series, but gets to be more pronounced anteriorly.
These parietal veins moreover vary in importance, some being
much more slender than others. The most prominent of the
whole series enters the afferent renal just before the latter enters
the left kidney. This vein is connected with a very conspicuous
longitudinal trunk (text-fig. 6, p. 23) which runs along the whole
length of the kidney, being stouter at the two ends of that organ
and more slender in the middle; it is, however, nowhere deficient.
There is a general correspondence between the numbers of these
22 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
parietal veins on the two sides of the body; but, as has been
remarked, the most noteworthy difference is that the veins of the
right side are more slender than those of the left, and this applies
also to the section of the parietal system which runs along the
outer border of the kidney.
In the second specimen, the longitudinal vessel running to the
outside of each kidney was not marked, at least on the right side
of the body. ‘The same large vein enters the afferent renal just
before the latter reaches the kidney. Towards the anterior
end of the kidney the veins of five or six intercostal spaces
join together and form a single trunk, which does not extend
beyond the kidney but appears to plunge into the substance of that
organ, There is thus an accessory renal portal system formed
which is exactly like that which characterises Amphisbena*.
These vessels are represented in the first of the two specimens
which I dissected; but in that individual they are connected with
the thinner anterior section of the kidney and with a vein which
runs along that region of the kidney. In the second specimen, the
vein distinctly opens into the posterior thicker region of the kidney
and some way behind its anterior termination, In this example,
moreover, the right afferent renal is traceable back along the
intestine for a much shorter distance than in the other specimen.
The posterior continuation indeed assumes the form of an in-
conspicuous branch of the stout parietal vein which joins the renal
afferent just before its entrance into the kidney.
The afferent renal trunk is also partly fed from the intestinal
walls. Slender branches enter the transversely running affluents
of that vein.
it is evident that the renal afferent system shows the same
asymmetry that we see in the hepatic-portal system ; that is to say,
that the system of longitudinal parietal vessels connected with
the afferent veins are developed only upon the left side of the
body.
Afferent Suprarenal Veins.—These veins arise, as in other
reptiles, from the dorsal parietes, near to the middle, and are a
continuation of the series which supply the liver in front and the
kidneys behind. They are, however, unlike the hepatic series,
developed upon both sides of the body. These vessels are con-
nected with a slender vein which runs from the anterior end of
the broader region of the kidney along the ‘‘ mesonephros” to the
neighbourhood of, and behind, the gall-bladder. This vessel,
which exists in other reptilest, is, as [ think, a portion of the
right posterior cardinal, the corresponding vessel on the left side
of the body being of course the left cardinal vein. I am not
positive that this vessel is continuous all the way along the
mesonephros ; but it is to be found at any rate for considerable
stretches. Into this longitudinal vein open the afferent
vessels from the parietes. I counted five of them altogether, of
* P.Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 485.
t+ E.g. Amphisbena, cf. Beddard, P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 486.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 23
which two at any rate are fed each from two intercostal spaces.
Inasmuch as the actual suprarenal body does not extend along
Text-fig. 7.
Text-fig. 6.
MN
Sy eS iii
Text-fig. 6.—Kidneys of newly-born Anaconda (Hunectes noteus), showing their
lobulation and veins (a & a), which run parallel with each, receiving affluents
from body-wall.
L.R.aff., R.R.aff. Left and right renal afferent veins.
Text-fig. 7—Liver and portal veins of young Anaconda (Hunectes noteus).
L. Liver; P. Portal vein running along surface of liver and receiving, p, branches
from parietes, which unite on their own account to form a continuous lon-
gitudinal trunk, and branches, St., from stomach.
24 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
the whole of the mesonephros, and as the blood-vessels arising
from the parietes do extend along at any rate very nearly the
whole of the mesonephros, as does the longitudinal vein into which
they pour their contents, it would appear that these suprarenal
afferent portals are also concerned with the blood-supply of the
mesonephros, vid the remains of the posterior cardinal. The
suprarenal portals are thus not veins especially destined for the
suprarenal circulation, but originally merely the parietal branches
of the cardinal. On the left side I found only three of these
veins.
Precisely the same series of modifications appear to have pro-
ceeded in the case of the liver and of the parieto-hepatic portals.
In the Anaconda for example, and for the matter of that in all
snakes, as it appears, that have been hitherto examined ana-
tomically, the portal vein extends along the liver nearly to its
anterior end. This is shown plainly in the figure of the
circulatory system of the Python given by Jacquart*. Into this
portal, which runs along the lower surface of the liver, open all
or most of the vessels bringing blood to the liver from the parietes.
In the same way in certain Lizards (for instance, Amphisbena,
Ophisaurus, and Hatteria) there are at least considerable traces
of the same forward extension of the portal. Finally we get the
stage which characterises the majority of the Lacertilia, so far as
existing knowledge allows us to say, in which the portal enters
the liver at its posterior extremity and is not continued forward
as a continuous trunk. In these lizards the parieto-hepatic portal
veins enter the liver directly, instead of indirectly through the
portal vein.
Dorsal Parieto-hepatic Veins.—These veins are entirely developed
upon the left side of the body in both specimens. They are, as in
other snakes, very highly developed, and a great portion of the
blood of the whole body must be contained in them. I describe
them only in one specimen; they appeared to be much the same
in the other. The first of these veins, advancing from behind
forwards, joins the portal vein about on a level with the extreme
end of the liver, one lobe of which reaches considerably further
back than the other. It is one of the largest of the dorsal parieto-
hepatic veinsand on reaching the neighbourhood of the body-wall
divides into a forwardly running and a backwardly running branch.
Just before this division the vein receives twigs from the stomach.
The backwardly running branch supplies seven intercostal spaces.
The forwardly running branch supplies nine intercostal spaces
before the second trunk arises which joins the portal vein just in
front of the end of the shorter liver-lobe. Asin other snakes, the
portal vein runs superficially along the liver, giving off twigs right
and left to the liver itself and receiving the dorsal parieto-hepatic
vessels. Of these vessels (see text-fig. 7, p. 23) I counted nine in
addition to the two that have already been described. At their
* Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv. p. 321.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 25
dorsal extremities these vessels are put into communication with
each other by a continuous longitudinal vessel which is an extension
forwards of the first dorsal parieto-hepatic already mentioned.
Some, if not all, of the dorsal parieto-hepatic veins (which vary
considerably in calibre) are joined by branches from the stomach.
In addition to these special branches reach the stomach from the
parietal longitudinal trunk. Although the parietal longitudinal
trunk which collects blood from the parietes and transmits it to
the liver runs on the left side only and has no fellow on the right
side, it receives intercostal twigs from the right side. _It is to be
noted that the continuous longitudinal trunk lying on the parietes
is characteristic of the Boide in general, though I am not able at
present to assert that it differentiates them from other snakes.
Note upon certain Structural Differences between the Species
of Anaconda, Kunectes murinus ard Kunectes notzeus.
Hitherto the species Hunectes noteus, the Southern Anaconda,
has been distinguished from its ally the more common form by
its lighter colour and by the markings generally, into which I
have no occasion to enter, as they have been dealt with by its
describer, the late Prof. Cope *.
I have found in dissecting examples of the two species that there
are certain differences in the viscera which seem to distinguish also
the two species from each other. Upon one of these differences
T lay more stress than upon the other, because I have been able
to verify it in two examples of Hunectes murinus and three
examples of Hunectes noteus, including among the three the two
young specimens which form the subject of the present communi-
cation. ‘This difference concerns the pancreas and spleen. In
Eunectes noicus the pancreas is a large bilobed gland which lies
in close contact with the duodenum and remote from the spleen,
which is on a level with the front end of the gall-bladder.
In two specimens of Hunectes murinus I find the following
arrangement of these two viscera:—In both the pancreas 1s
divided into two parts, of which one is situated, as is the whole
pancreas in H. noteus, close to the intestine. There is also another
piece of pancreas lying in front of and in contact with the spleen,
which itself has much the same position that it has in £. notceus.
The duct from the anterior part of the pancreas runs to and
buries itself in that piece of the pancreas which lies in juxta-
position to the gut. In addition to this difference, I find in both
specimens of H. mewrinus one or two splenculi in the neighbourhood
of the spleen and anterior portion of the pancreas. I presume
these to be splenculi on account of their colour and general
appearance. A dissociation therefore of the pancreas into discrete
portions is accompanied by that of the spleen. Upon this
anatomical difference I lay some stress, inasmuch as it is to be
found in more than one example of each species.
* P, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1862, p. 70.
26 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
Another apparent difference I mention, although I have only
noted it in one specimen of each of the two species under consider-
ation, as it could hardly be ascertained in the case of the newly-born
young. This fact concerns the gall-bladder. In Humnectes noteus
the gall-bladder gives rise to two ducts lying side by side and arising
independently from the bladder, These branch and anastomose in
a moderate way with each other and with the hepatic duct. The
latter is single, but in the neighbourhood of its junction with the
cystic ducts it gives off twigs which forma network alongside of the
main duct which is obviousassuch. Threeducts pierce the pancreas
on theirway to open intothegut. In #. murinus, onthe otherhand,
four cystic ducts arise from the bladder and form in the same way
but a slight rete. There are, however, two distinct hepatic ducts
running side by side from the liver. Three of the cystic ducts join
almost immediately to forma single duct, so that the difference
from #. noteus is not so very marked.
In showing difference in the structure of the pancreas between
different species this genus is like Python, where the discrete
multilobate pancreas of “ P, bivitiatus”* contrasts with that of
some other species.
Résumé.
It may be convenient to briefly recapitulate the main facts
in the foregoing pages.
(1) The young of Hunectes noteus are produced alive and with
considerable remains of the yolk-sac.
(2) They possess a mesonephros quite continuous with the
kidney, and (female) a mesonephric duct extending along the
greater part of the mesonephros and reaching beyond it anteriorly.
(3) The umbilical vein of the newly-born young persists in the
adult (Hunectes murinus) and is quite independent of the
anterior abdominals.
(4) The anal “claws” in Hunectes noteus (and in some other
Boide) offer distinct sexual characters, differing in form in the
two sexes. These characters are recognisable in the newly-born
young.
(5) The suprarenal portal vessels open into a continuous
slender trunk running along the mesonephros and ending on the
kidney posteriorly. Their “ portal” character is thus secondary.
(6) The vessels which collect blood from the parietes and join
the portal systems, whether of the liver, kidneys, or suprarenal
bodies, are mainly, and in the case of the liver exclusively, affluents
of the left-hand system of veins and arise exclusively or almost so
from the left parietes.
(7) Both the liver and the left kidney are supplied from a
continuous longitudinal parietal vessel which receives the branches
from the body-wall and transmits the blood by a series of branches
to the portal vein or to a longitudinal vein connected with the
* See fig.in Bronn’s Thierreich, Bd. vi. Abth. iii. pl. exxxii. fig. 6 (copied from
Poelman). The identity of the species seems uncertain.
1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 27
kidney. These longitudinal parietal vessels are upon the left
side of the body.
(8) As in Hunectes murinus, the left anterior abdominal trunk
only is connected with the afferent renal of its side*. The
right-hand trunk arises from a plexus on the gut.
(9) The azygos vein is short and developed on the right side
only.
(10) Attention is called to anatomical differences between the
two species of Hunectes, which concern the division of the pancreas
and spleen in #. murinus, these organs being in one piece in
E. noteus.
(2) Some Notes upon the Venous System of Python sebe.
It might perhaps be supposed that after the apparently
exhaustive survey of Jacquart t hardly anything concerning the
venous system of Python remained for description. Nevertheless
M. Jacquart has not dealt fully with a few points of which the
importance was perhaps less apparent at the time when he wrote
than at present. Since M. Jacquart’s memoir, which is abun-
dantly illustrated, nothing concerning the vascular system in this
genus has been published except a few notes by myself = ina
paper dealing mainly with the arteries of a number of genera of
Ophidia. Those notes, however, refer to Python spilotes. My
present communication refers, as did the memoir of Jacquart, to
Python sebe. -
L have dissected during the past year or two three individuals
of this snake, of which one only was specially favourable for the
study of the venous system, owing to its fresh condition and the
turgescence of the veins. It was possible in this individual to
follow the smaller branches of the veins with ease, and no injection
could have produced so favourable a state of affairs for examining
the relations of veins.
Having so recently studied in detail the anatomy of the venous
system of the Anaconda §, my object has been to compare and is
to set down the differences and resemblances between these two
genera of Boidse—types as they are of the two subfamilies,
Boine and Pythonine, into which systematists have divided the
family. The validity of comparisons having a purely classificatory
aim is of course to some extent affected by the undoubted
fact that species of the same genus among the Boide may show
rather important differences in their veins, as I have been able
to demonstrate in the case of Hryzx ||.
Afferent Renal Veins and Posterior Cardinals.—In Amphisbena 4
* It is necessary to emphasise this agreement between two species of the same
genus, since in Eryx there are specific differences in this respect between Hryx
jaculus and E. conicus, as | have shown (P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. ii. p. 119).
+ Ann. Sci. Nat. loc. cit.
+ P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 1. p. 362.
§ See above. || P. ZS. 1904, vol. ii. p. 107.
@ P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 485.
28 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Jan. 16,
and Hunectes* I have described a vein running along the sperm-
duct and receiving branches fromthe parietes which are the
equivalents of the supra-renal portal vessels of other Reptiles.
This vein in the two genera mentioned is no doubt the equivalent
of a vein described and figured by Hochstetter in Varanus T
which also accompanies the sperm-duct. In both Amphisbena
and Hunectes, as it appeared to me, the vein gradually died away
anteriorly and arose posteriorly from the substance of the kidney,
being not in any direct communication with any of the principal
longitudinal veins of the body. It appeared to me nevertheless
to be probably the homologue of the posterior cardinal veins of
the embryo, diminished in size and functionally replaced by the
renal efferent veins or ven cave posteriores or inferiores. It
was the general relations of this vein on either side to the
mesonephric region and to the parietes which led to this opinion.
The conditions which obtain in Python sebe amply confirm this
point of view, and, as I think, settle the matter as certainly as it
can be settled in the absence of embryological data.
The surface of the kidney shows in this specimen the course of
the various vessels which traverse it in the clearest fashion. The
single renal artery comes to lie on the kidney close to the anterior
end, and can be traced back beyond the kidney to the ureter.
The efferent renal vein begins quite near to the posterior end of
the kidney, and runs forward, increasing in volume. It is quite
distinct, of course, from the afferent renal, which runs not only
to the extreme anterior end of the kidney, diminishing in volume
as it proceeds, but is continued beyond ; it becomes, in fact, the
vein which I have already spoken of as the probable equivalent
of part of the posterior cardinal. The anatomical facts which
have just been detailed seem to me to prove that this inter-
pretation of the vein is the just one. It is quite possible that
the examination of rather better material of the two genera to
which I have referred in comparison with Python might show a
continuity in their case also. In any case it is quite obvious in
Python sebe and beyond the possibility of error. The only
instance of this forward extension of the afferent renal in another
snake (Zamenis gemonensis) has been recorded by myself =, where,
however, it is short and plunges at once into the body-wall, this
portion being, of course, the equivalent of the parietal branches of
Python and Hunectes.
Umbilical Vein.—I have pointed out that in Hwunectes the
umbilical vein is not merely a vein of the fcetal circulation, but
that it persists in the adult, at least in Hunectes murinus, where
T noted the existence of the vein before the study of the newly-
born LHunectes noteus enabled me to fix its homologies. It
becomes, therefore, a matter of interest to enquire how far this
vein is represented in other Snakes. I have found in Python
* See above p. 21.
+ Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1892, pl. xvi. fig. 17.
{f P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 117.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA, 29
sebe what I believe to be the remains of this vein. Along the
course of the vena cava posterior, about midway from the anterior
termination of the liver and the entrance of the vein into the
auricle, is a branch of the vena cava, which is of some thickness
and runs for a very short distance ventrally. Here its calibre
lessens abruptly, and it becomes continuous with slender veins
which run to the ventral parietes and are a part of the epigastric
system. It is the large size and the sudden alteration in the
calibre of the part of this affluent of the epigastric which joins
the vena cava which lead me to infer that this end portion is the
persistent umbilical. It is, however, further away from the liver
than the umbilical vein is in Hwnectes. I am not able, therefore,
at present to do more than suggest the homology which further
facts may substantiate *.
Anterior Abdominal Vein.—The condition of this vein in Python
sebe presents one feature of considerable interest. In an earlier
communication T I pointed out that the observations of Jacquart
as well as myself tended to show that it is only among the Boine
Snakes that the anterior abdominal vein is directly connected
with the renal afferent veins, as they always are among the
Lacertilia. In Humnectes (both H. murinus and EH. notewus) it is
only one of the two roots of the anterior abdominal which is thus
connected, and that of the left side. The right origin of the
anterior abdominal is from a plexus of venules upon the gut. 1
quoted Jacquart to the effect that this also is the arrangement in
Python. Waving examined Python sebe with great attention
in regard to this important matter, I am able to state that that
snake differs from Hunectes and agrees with Hryx jaculus in that
both roots of the anterior abdominal are connected each with one
of the two renal afferents. The veins in question can be easily
observed on dissection to lie dorsally of the forwardly-directed
rudiment of the pelvic arch, which thus conceals a portion of each
vein when seen after the serpent is opened in the usual way from
the ventral surface. Python, at least P. sebe, is therefore quite
Lacertilian in the disposition of these vessels, and the opinion
that the Boide generally come nearer to the common starting-
point of both Ophidia and Lacertilia is strengthened by this
observation.
In view of accumulating facts concerning the venous system
of Snakes, it is important to notice all variations so as to
arrive at the normal characteristics. I may therefore mention
that, as Jacquart and I have previously stated, the anterior
abdominal of Python sebw divided to form two tubes during its
course. In the individual upon which I report here, the division
commenced at a point about opposite to the middle of the left
kidney. The tubes reunited behind the gall-bladder. The
anterior abdominal, as in other individuals, unites with the
portal a little way in front of the gall-bladder It is to be
* See below, p. 35.
+ P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 116.
30 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
noted, therefore, that Python differs from Hunectes in that the
anterior abdominal of the latter remains double for some distance
forwards after its origin, while in Python the roots join at once to
separate and rejoin later.
Azygos Vein.—As in Eumectes, the azygos vein of Python sebe
is retained upon the right side only, but it is less extensive in the
former than in the latter snake. The azygos vein just before it
enters the right heart receives a stout branch running up verti-
cally from the parietes and a thinner branch coming from the
neck-region. Posteriorly the vein passes backwards, and soon
divides into two trunks which are thin. The more dorsal of
these runs close to the body-wall and receives twigs from each
intercostal space. The upper branch runs in close connection, or
rather contact, with the lung, for it does not appear to receive
any branches from that viscus. After the termination on the
parietes of the lower branch of the azygos, this upper branch
bends down and supplies, or rather receives, blood from the inter-
costal spaces some way down the body, though not so far as the
region of the hepatic parietal vessels, which will be dealt with
immediately. It takes up blood from the next intercostal space
to that which furnishes the last branch to the lower of the main
branches of the azygos. Thereis thus no break in the circulation
of this region of the body.
Vessels of Neck.—Although the facts concerning the vessels of
the neck have been made known by Jacquart, 1 may take this
opportunity of pointing out that in their disposition there is an
obvious difference from the corresponding vessels of Hwnectes. In
the latter snake all the four typical vessels are present *, viz.,
two running along the trachea, and two anterior vertebrals ;
whereas in Python (at least in P. seb) there are only three
of these main venous trunks present, the left vertebral being
absent. There is also a disproportion between the two tracheal
or jugular trunks, the left being very much smaller in Python.
T did not observe such a difference in Hwnectes. This series of
facts shows that it is not possible to place the two genera of
Boide in ascending relations to each other in respect of the
venous system; for while L’wnectes is more primitive in the
arrangement of the main veins of the neck, this genus is less
primitive in the fact that the anterior abdominal has only one
posterior connection with the veins of the posterior region of the
body, whereas both are present in Python.
Hepatic Portal Veins.—These veins are constituted in Python
sebe upon the plan which is to be found in Hunectes and Hrya.
In all of these genera the parietal system (7. e. longitudinal veins
running along the parietes and collecting the blood from the
several intercostal branches before rendering it up to the liver
circulation) is much developed. There are, however, differences
in the way in which this system is formed in these various Boine
* Only three are figured by Gadow in Boa madagascariensis (loc. cit. pl. cxxxv.).
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 31
Snakes. I have already dealt with Hryx* and Hunectest. I do
not find that Jacquart’s illustrations conform absolutely to my own
observations; but it may be, of course, that this system shows
some variations. I find that, as in other Boide, the system of
longitudinal parietal vessels is chiefly developed upon the left side
of the body, but not so exclusively so in Python as in Hunectes.
The left parietal vessel commences posteriorly at about the end of
the lung, that is to say very considerably behind the liver.
Anteriorly it ends at about the level of the bifurcation of the
aorta into its right and left moieties.
Between these two points the vessel is almost, if not absolutely,
continuous. It receives the intercostals as they emerge from the
parietes, and sends off branches to the liver and to the alimentary
canal in this region. These branches are at least partly in-
dependent of each other; that is, separate branches pass to each
viscus or perhaps rather from one to the other. The veins which
pass to the liver enter the anterior extension of the portal vein
lying upon the liver, and there are at any rate nine of them.
Anteriorly the longitudinal parietal ends in a bifurcation, and
behind this there is another branch, which, like one half of the
anterior bifurcation, lies upon the right side of the body, distri-
buting its branches to the intercostal spaces of that side of the
body. In Humectes, although the left longitudinal parietal vessel
is the only one developed, it receives twigs from both sides of the
body, but there is no development of a longitudinal trunk or
trunks upon the right side. As in other Snakes, a particularly
strong branch from the longitudinal parietal passes up to the
portal trunk just before the latter reaches the liver.
The main points in the foregoing notes upon the veins of Python
sebe to which I desire to call attention are the following :—
(1) The double origin of the anterior abdominal vein, one root
from each renal afferent vein, as in Arya jaculus and in
the Lacertilia without exception.
(2) The prolongation of the renal afferent vein beyond the
kidney along the sperm-duct, this region being, like the
renal afferent, a persistent posterior cardinal.
(3) The existence of a trace of the umbilical vein, which persists
in its entirety in Hunectes.
(4) The paired main trunks of the neck distinguish Hunectes
from Python, where, as has been also shown by others,
there are only three trunks and the paired jugulars are
not symmetrical in size.
(3) Some Notes upon Ilysia scytale.
The following notes are the result of the examination of a
single specimen of Jlysia seytale which has been in my possession
for some time.
# P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 118. + Above, p. 24.
32 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
It measures 19? inches in length.
The base of the heart lies 44 inches from the tip of the snout.
The liver, which is 7 inches long, commences just at the heart as
in Vipers. The gall-bladder lies 14 inches behind the tip of
the snout. The kidneys are elongated, and not particularly
shortened as in Eryx. The right kidney, 23 mm. long, ends
21 mm. in front of cloaca. The left kidney, 21 mm. long, ends
11 mm. in front of cloaca. The right testis begins 10 mm. behind
the gall-bladder; the left testis begins 9 mm. behind end of right
testis.
The lung of Jlysia is single*, and the vascular part, which is
of considerable thickness, extends for a considerable way down
the liver, being some 2} inches in length. The windpipe, as is
usual, is formed of incomplete rings, a fibrous fold connecting
them along its entire length. Just before the trachea opens into
the lung there is a minute orifice which represents the 2nd
bronchus; but there is no approximation to an equality between
the two bronchi such as exists in the Boine snakes. The end of
the trachea, that is, of course, of the only functional bronchus,
extends some little way into the lung before it disappears. This
disappearance is not quite abrupt; the rings of the bronchus
cease just before the end to be circular, transversely-arranged
cartilages ; they anastomose with each other, and finally assume
a honeycomb disposition, precisely like the lining-membrane of
the ensuing lung. Still the bronchial region can be distinguished
from the pulmonary by its bluish colour.
Alimentary Canal.—The condition of preservation of the spe-
cimen which I have dissected, and the comparatively empty
alimentary canal, render it possible to give an accurate account of
the ruge and plications of the different regions, which is not
always so easy. There are, moreover, obvious differences between
Llysia and some other snakes, both in the structure and pro-
portions of the several regions of the alimentary tube. The
wsophagus extends to the posterior end of the liver, where it more
or less suddenly passes into the stomach. Internally the demar-
cation is quite abrupt. It is shown, in fact, by the different
nature of the folds of mucous membrane which line the two
sections of the anterior part of the alimentary canal. The
stomach in its anterior part is lined by three, and three only, thick
longitudinally-running folds. At the junction of stomach and
cesophagus these thick folds disappear as such, and are either
nearly or quite continuous, with at least six similar but much
smaller folds. There is thus a perfectly obvious demarcation
between cesophagus and stomach. The stomach itself is 56 mm.
(or about 2 inches) long, and is plainly divisible into two regions :
the first of these is much the larger and measures 48 mm.; the
second is about coextensive with the gall-bladder, which is attached
to it and measures 8 mm. The larger anterior region of the
* As Mr. Butler (P. Z.S. 1895, p. 704) and others have noted.
1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 33
stomach is, as already mentioned, traversed by three thick folds,
which show here and there an interesting trace of a reticular
arrangement. There are occasional short branches of the folds,
which, although they do not reach another fold, indicate an
approach towards, or a reminiscence of, a reticular arrangement.
Towards the posterior end of the anterior part of the stomach the
folds lose their importance and smaller folds between them
appear. But the whole series of folds dies out upon a cushion-
like elevation. Then follows the shorter posterior region of the
stomach, which is entirely free from ruge of any kind. The
small intestine is short as compared with that of some other
serpents. Not counting its windings, it measures in a straight
line from the end of the stomach to the beginning of the large
intestine 51 mm., or 2 inches. About half of this consists of a
closely-folded section, which commences immediately after the
circular valve separating the stomach from the intestine. Then
follows a straight section, which just before its opening into the
dilated commencement of the large intestine bends once or twice
abruptly upon itself, thus constituting another shorter coiled
region. The intestine is lined with fine wavy folds. The large
intestine is also 51 mm. in length to the anus.
Vascular System.—Though it is impossible to elucidate the
arrangement of the vascular trunks in a spirit-preserved specimen
in a thorough fashion, I have nevertheless been able to ascertain
certain facts which are of importance from a systematic point of
view. Ihave been able to follow the abdominal branches of the
aorta, and find that the first hepatic branches are disposed as
follows:—The first branch which arises supplies the stomach, and
reaches that organ at about its middle. On a level with the gall-
bladder a second equally stout branch is given off which divides
into two trunks: one of these runs forward and is gastric ; the
other has a posterior course and is intestinal. The next branch
of the aorta is that of the right testis; it is of course very slender.
T did not discover the corresponding branch to the other testis.
The next artery to arise is the right renal, which enters the
kidney near to its anterior end. A rectal artery comes next and
is followed by the left renal, which is also the only artery of this
kidney and enters it near to its anterior end. Then follow three
rectal arteries.
Intercostal Arteries—In the arrangement of these arteries
Tlysia plainly shows its affinities to the Boide. In the last-
mentioned family * the intercostal arteries are paired structures,
which is not the case with, at any rate, many Colubride and
Viperidee. In Jlysia the same paired structure is plainly visible;
furthermore, it is to be noted that the intercostal arteries are
regular in their arrangement—that is, that they supply the inter-
costal spaces continuously, a pair of arteries corresponding to
each vertebra. This is, of course, also a Boine character. It is
* Jacquart, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) iv.; and Beddard, P. Z. S. 1904, vol. i. p. 388, &
P. Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 108.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. III. 3
34 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE (Jan. 16,
important also to note that the intercostal arteries arise from the
aorta as single trunks and bifurcate later, The arrangement of
these arteries, in fact, is precisely 4s in Python, as figured by
Jacquart.
Among the Lacertilia it is very general, if not universal, for
the mesenteries to contain muscular strands, which in the case of
the dorsal mesentery arise from the vertebral musculature and are
often inserted on to viscera. These bands of muscle are made up
in all cases where they have been examined of unstriped fibres.
I find in /lysia a structure which is to be regarded as the equivalent
of these bands of muscle in the Lacertilia. This consists of a single
band of fibres of about the same calibre as one of the larger
arteries—for which indeed, or for a vein, I at first mistook
it. The nacreous glitter, however, of the strand shows its
muscular nature, which appearance was confirmed by microscopic
examination. The fibres of which it is composed are plain fibres.
This band of muscle arises from the centra of two vertebra by
strands from each near to the posterior end of the liver. It runs
obliquely forwards, and ends in an attachment tothe upper surface
of the liver. It avoids the alimentary canal, passing to the right
of that tube. The existence of only this one straight band of
fibres of unvarying calibre throughout is different in detail from
what is found among the Lacertilia.
From this necessarily imperfect survey of the anatomy of
Llysia, it is possible to abstract two characters in which this genus,
placed in a Family of its own, resembles the Boide, and one other
in which it departs from the structure of that group.
Liysia agrees with the Boide in the following points :—
(1) In the regularity and paired character of the intercostal
arteries.
2) In the fact that each kidney is supplied by a single renal
; y Py y s
artery.
On the other hand, /lysia differs from the Boide (excepting
Ungalia*) chiefly in the fact that the lungs are not normal paired
structures but that one is rudimentary.
The other features which I have been able to note in this
survey of certain points in the anatomy of this genus are, in the
present state of our knowledge, indecisive of the affinities of the
genus.
(4) Zhe Structure of the Young Bitis nasicornis, with
Notes on other Vipers.
A considerable number of young Vipers of this species were
born in the Gardens in November last, some of which were alive,
whilst some had been born dead. J examined several of the latter.
The young snakes were enveloped in the amnion, and the other
* See Cope, On the Lungs of the Ophidia,” Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii. 1894,
E. 220
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 35
foetal membranes were in much the same condition as in the ease
of the newly-born Hwmnectes noteus described above. The “ navel”
(text-fig. 8) is, however, in this Viper much smaller than in the
Anaconda, The actual patch of skin uncovered by scales only
occupied the extent of two of the ventral scales, which were here
divided into two. On either side a small number of the ventral
scales were divided in the middle line, but there was no interval
between the two halves of each scale. Moreover, only two scales
anterior to the navel and four behind it were thus divided. The
conditions, therefore, are distinctly different from those obtaining
in Hunectes. Furthermore, the position of the navel differs. In
Bitis only 10-14 scales intervened between the navel and the
cloacal orifice: the actual distance was 14 mm., the whole snake
measuring some 92 inches*, The embryonic veins were apparent,
Text-fig. 8.
Region of umbilicus in newly-born Bitis nasicornis.
U. Umbilical sac.
as in Hunectes. The umbilical vein can easily be traced from the
“navel” to the vena cava inferior, which it enters towards the
anterior extremity of the liver. As in Hunectes, this vein has no
relation whatsoever to the anterior abdominal vein that I could
discover. It has, however, an obvious connection with the epi-
gastric vein, which leads me to introduce the matter here, not as
a contribution to the anatomy of the Vipers, but as explanatory of
the anatomical facts which I have just referred to in the Python *.
Close to the union of the umbilical vein with the vena cava a branch
ascends from the epigastric to join the umbilical. This seems to
me to be a fact supporting the inference which I have put forward
* In Vipera berus also the navel is close to the cloacal aperture
+ Above, p. 29.
3”
36 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
as to the partial persistence in the adult Python of the embryonic
umbilical vein.
Trachea and Lung.—tin this Viper the tracheal lung is not in
any way marked off from the ensuing thoraco-abdominal portion
of the lung. The latter extends as an efficient respiratory organ
for some distance down the liver. The tracheal or bronchial gutter
ends at a level with about the middle of the heart. There is no
trace of a second lung. 1t is necessary to emphasise these various
facts, since they differ among the Viperide. The total absence of
a second rudimentary lung in this species has been already noted
by Butler*. In addition to the species which he mentions, | may
note here that Lachesis gramineus has a rudimentary left lung.
In Ancistrodon piscivorus the lung is vascular for about an inch
behind the heart, and the tracheal gutter is continued for about
the same distance, being thus more extensive than in itis nasi-
cornis. In Lachesis gramineus the vascular part of the lung is less
extensive posteriorly. Cawsus rhombeatus differs in some respects
from these other Vipers. Like all other Solenoglypha, it possesses
the tracheal lung; but it differs from some other Vipers in the
fact that the tracheal section of the lung is the only part which
is vascular, the rest being anangious. The trachea is continued
down the lung from the very beginning of the tracheal lung as a
gutter down to near the end of the liver.
Intercostal Arteries.—In dealing with certain facts concerning
the vascular system in Lachesis gramineust, | pointed out that,
contrary to what is to be found in many Snakes, the intercostal
arteries perforate the body-wall accurately in the middle line and
singly. This feature, I am now inclined to believe, is distinctive
of the Viperide, for I have since found a similar state of affairs
in Causus rhombeatus and Ancistrodon piscwwvorus.
Veins and Arteries of Lung.—Dr. Gadow, in a figure{ of the
pulmonary arteries and vein of Crotalus, represents these vessels
as passing forward from the heart. This direction is of course in
conformity with the tracheal lung of that snake, where possibly
the respiratory organ lies entirely in front of the heart. In the
young itis both artery and vein bifurcate. The artery bifurcates
some little way after its origin, and the anterior branch supplies
the tracheal lung, while the posterior branch supplies that
portion of the lung which lies behind the heart. The pulmonary
vein shows the same general distribution. There were two main
branches, one anterior and one posterior. The direction of
emergence from or of entry into the heart, as the case may be, was
rather lateral than definitely anterior or posterior. I deal ona
later page $ with these facts with reference to the original form of
the lung in the Squamate reptiles.
Veins of Neck (text-fig. 9, p. 38).—Contrary to what is to be found
in many Snakes, there are only two main veins of the neck in Bitis
* P. Z.S. 1895, p. 705. + P.Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 366.
f In Bronn’s Thierreich, Rept. Bd. vi. Abth. iii, Taf. exxxvi. fig. 2.
§ Below, p. 41.
1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 37
nasicornis. Hach of these two is closely accompanied by an artery.
The larger enters the heart in common with the azygos, and runs
forward on the right side of the body as far as the head. It is
much more slender in its most anterior region than near the heart.
This vein gives off to the right a series (I counted seven in the
most fully developed specimen) of branches to the parietes, which
immediately plunge into the thickness of the body-wall after a
very short free course. From the left arise a smaller number of
veins which have a longer course. Of these I found not more
than three. They arise at right angles from the main trunk, and
cross the body to the left side of the dorsal median line. Here
they appear to become continuous with a longitudinal trunk which
runs a considerable way towards the head and posteriorly as far
as a little way down the liver. This vein runs much further from
the dorsal middle line than the right jugular and the right azygos.
The branches, soon after leaving the jugular, send off a twig to the
cesophagus.
The longitudinal vein of the left side of the body, supplied by
branches from the right jugular, represents, as I imagine, the left
anterior cardinal, the right vein being the persistent right anterior
cardinal. Their mutual asymmetry with reference to the median
lines of the body is remarkable. It is possibly to be accounted for
by the pressure exerted by the trachea and lung pushing the vein
further away from the middle line. The right azygos vein appears
at first sight to be of less extent than a more careful examination
shows it to be. In three of the specimens which I examined this
vein, which is of considerable calibre, appeared to end at about the
level of the ventricular apex; but in a fourth example it was
distinctly continued back by a very slender prolongation to a
point quite on a level with the middle of the liver. It is note-
worthy that the azygos not only gives off branches to the intercostal
spaces along which it runs, but that close to its origin—or rather
debouchement into the auricle—it sends out a forwardly-running
branch, which ought, so to speak, have been furnished by the
anterior cardinal of that side of the body.
In addition to the right jugular, which is a vessel as thick as
any in the body, and the rudimentary left jugular, which is prac-
tically a branch of it, though morphologically, as I imagine, a
distinct vein, an internal jugular runs along the trachea, This
vein, like the right jugular or anterior cardinal, is closely
accompanied by an artery. The artery, however, like the vein, is
thinner than are the pair which run along the body-wall on the
right side. Whether there is a corresponding and less developed
vein for the opposite side of the trachea, I am unable to say.
In the arrangement of these anterior veins Bitis stands at the
opposite pole from the Anaconda, whose anterior veins have been
considered above. In the latter serpent all four veins, viz. both
anterior cardinals and two internal jugulars, exist. In the Viper
the reduction is striking. Intermediate conditions are offered by
Boa, in which, according to Gadow’s figures, the veins of the neck
38 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
are three. This reduction is in consonance with the generally
received opinion as to the much modified character of the Viperide
as compared with other Serpents.
Text-fig. 9. Text-fig. 10.
Text-fig. 9.—Veins of neck of newly-born Bitis nasicornis.
Az. Azygos vein; H. Heart; R.V.V., L.V.V. Right and left vertebral veins.
Text-fig. 10.—Veins in region of kidney of newly-born Bitis nasicornis.
a. Anterior termination of testis in a fibrous band; Z.K. Left kidney. Sr.v.
Suprarenal portal vein; Sy. Suprarenal body; 7. Testis; V.R.aff. Afferent
renal; V.R.eff. Efferent renal.
1906. | ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 39
Veins of Kidney, Suprarenal Bodies, and adjacent region.—The
kidneys measure from 29 mm, to 32 mm. in length, and are divided
into about 20 lobules. The afferent renal vein extends to within
3 mm. or so of the anterior end of the kidney, giving off a branch
between each lobule. In one specimen, at any rate, the renal
afferent vein gives rise to a large branch (see text-fig. 10, p. 38)
which leaves the surface of the kidney some way before its anterior
end, so that the rest of the renal afferent anterior to this point
of origin appears to be a branch of this, the main trunk. This
vessel is clearly a persistent posterior cardinal, which runs forward
in close contiguity to the suprarenal gland. It extends beyond this
gland and ends in two branches to the parietes. These latter seem
to me to be the afferent suprarenal veins. There is furthermore
another afferent suprarenal vein, which also joins the cardinal, but
towards the posterior end of the suprarenal body. This vein collects
blood from the lateral parietes, and runs parallel with the kidney.
Whether it does or does not communicate with the afferent renal
behind the kidney, I do not know. In another specimen this
vein was quite as well or even better developed; but it was con-
tinued directly into the vein running along the suprarenal body,
which I have presumed to be the posterior cardinal vein of this
side of the body. There was no connection, that I could ascertain,
with the afferent renal.
The suprarenal veins are very conspicuous and two in number ;
they run from the anterior part of the suprarenal body over the
testis, and open into the efferent renal vein.
It will be seen that thé vein which runs along the parietes
beside the kidney is precisely that of Hunectes described above™ ;
but in Bitis I have not been able to ascertain the presence of a
posterior connection with the afferent renal. It is, furthermore,
plainly to be compared with the vein occupying a similar situation
in Chameleo, which has been described by Hochstetter ap cnaxel
myself ¢, and which I have figured §.
Hepatic Veins.—So many of the observations upon the veins of
Reptiles have been made upon a single example, that it is not
always certain how far the appearances described represent the
normal. Iam therefore careful here to describe the course of
the veins in all of the specimens of this Viper that I have had the
opportunity of studying. The result is to show that the variations
are not very great (so far, of course, as the small number of
examples allows of such a statement), and that therefore the
arrangement of these veins at any rate is of use for systematic
purposes. The portal vein (text-fig. 11, p. 40) offers no remarkable
features. It reaches the liver at the junction of right and left
lobes, as in other Serpents ; and from that point until the anterior
end of the liver it runs superficially, receiving branches from both
the dorsal and ventral parietes. Of the dorsal parieto-hepatic
veins, one is absolutely constant throughout the whole series of
* p. 22. + Morph. Jahrb. xix. p, 462.
t P.Z.S. 1904, vol. ii. p. 8. § Loe. cit. fig. 14, p. 8.
bo
bo
40 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
individuals. This vein reaches the portal shortly after it has
reached the liver, collects blood from several intercostal spaces,
and runs back to nearly the level of the posterior end of the liver.
Itis apparently generally present in the Ophidia and is not merely
a characteristic vein of the Vipers.
Text-fig. 11.
Portal veins of newly-born Bitis nasicornis.
Ep. Epigastric ; H. Heart ; L. Liver ; p. Parieto-hepatic veins, two of which receive
branches from stomach (S¢.), represented as cut oft at the end; P.V. Portal
vein; U. Umbilical vein; V.c.7. Vena cava posterior.
This vein received, in the most fully-developed specimen which
I examined, two veins from the stomach. There were in this
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. Al
example three other veins of the same kind, of which two received
branches from the gut; there was also an independent gastro-
hepatic vessel, as is shown in the accompanying figure (text-
fig. 11, p. 40), which represents the liver-veins of this example. The
epigastric vein sends, at any rate, two branches to the liver, which
are very anterior in position: one of these receives a branch from
the stomach before entering the liver. In another example there
were only three dorsal parieto-hepatics. It was in this example
that a branch from the epigastric joined the umbilical vein, as
referred to above. In a third specimen, I saw only two parieto-
hepatic vessels, arising, as in the others, from the left side of the
dorsal median line. In this and other cases the differences may
not be real, but due to absence of blood in the vessels at the time
of examination.
The origin of the hinder mesenteric vein in the Ophidia has
been variously stated, the different modes of origin described
possibly corresponding to the different species and genera
examined. Hochstetter* describes and figures Yropidonotus
natrie (with which he finds Coluber wesculapiz to agree) as
possessing a mesenteric vein which arises from both afferent
renals, the two branches combining to form the single vein.
T have not been able to ascertain to my satisfaction the arrange-
ment of these veins in Bitis nasicornis; but in another Viper,
Ancistrodon piscivorus, 1 have found that each renal afferent vein
gives off a branch, and that these join to form the mesenteric
vein running along the lower surface of the large intestine. The
arrangement characteristic of this Viper is therefore precisely that
of Tropidonotus and Coluber.
(5) Considerations respecting the Primitive Structure
of the Lungs in the Squamata.
Hatteria (or, indeed, most Lacertilians) on the one hand, and
such a snake as Causus rhombeatus on the other, represent the two
extremes of modification of the Squamate lung. In the former
the lungs are paired and equal, and are effective breathing-organs
throughout : they are separated from the glottis by a long stretch of
trachea, and by two equisized bronchi into which the trachea divides
some way in front of the lungs. In the Viper, on the other
hand, the trachea opens into the lung but a short way behind the
glottis, down which it is continued as an open gutter; at, or about,
the level of the heart the lung becomes anangious and is a mere
air-sac; while there is no trace of a second lung, or of a division
of the tracheal gutter into two bronchial tubes. It is undoubtedly
the prevalent opinion that of these two extremes, that represented
by Hatteria is near to the primitive Sauropsidan lung, while the
lung of Oausus represents the most modified type. Paradoxical
though it will appear, there are reasons founded upon anatomical
* Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 489, pl. xvi. fig. 19.
42 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 16,
facts which necessitate a reconsideration of this view, and which
tend to destroy its apparent obviousness.
Cope *, to whom our knowledge of the headwards extension of
the lung is mainly due, though the fact of this extension in the
Viper was known fifty or sixty years earlier, terms this section of
the lung the ‘tracheal lung,” and after a survey of the leading
groups of Ophidians found it to occur in the principal subdivisions
of the order or suborder. He found this tracheal lung in Ungalia
among the Boide, ‘in the Solenoglypha without exception,” and
in several Colubrines, to which I myself have added the
Hamadryadt. The occurrence of these tracheal lungs so widely
among the Ophidia suggests a retention of a character rather
than its independent development in the several groups. So far,
however, one can do no more than incline to the former view.
There are, however, other facts. In the first place, among Snakes
generally the rings of the trachea, where there is no tracheal lung,
are incomplete posteriorly, leaving a gap filled in with soft tissue.
This soft tissue is continuous with the lung-tissue where the latter
commences, in these cases near to the heart.
it might be held—if the matter ended here—that the non-
junction of the tracheal rings posteriorly had no more significance
than the failure to join posteriorly of the tracheal rings in the
Cassowary ¢ or in Man§. But a few cases seem to show that this
failure to join is of meaning as the last term in a series. For in
some Serpents, e.g. in Lioheterodon, there is not merely a failure
to unite posteriorly among the tracheal rings, but the membranous
space left is of wide dimensions, much wider than the actual
trachea, and fully as wide as the tracheal lung where that organ
is developed. Moreover, in this snake there are traces of a develop-
ment of diverticula of the cavity such as are to be met with in a
much more fully developed condition in the Hamadrya
These facts therefore afford some evidence that the tracheal lung
was formerly more widely spread among the Ophidia than it is now;
that 1t is not a new structure in those forms where it occurs, but
an archaic structure so far, at any rate, as Snakes are concerned.
Jt will be observed, moreover, that there is a distinct relation
between the development of the neck part of the lung and the
asymmetry of the lungs. This relationship, however, does not
after all amount to a great deal; for the only Serpents in which
there are a pair of well-developed thoracic lungs are the Boide.
It is nevertheless noteworthy that among these primitive Snakes,
as they are held to be, the genus Ungalia, which possesses the
tracheal lung, is, like the Colubrine Snakes, without more than
a rudiment of one of the lungs. The only allied form in which
this asymmetry of the lungs is known to exist is J/ysia; but in
Tlysia there is no development of the tracheal lung. My object,
* Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1894, p. 217.
+ P.Z.S. 1903, vol. 11. p. 319. t Forbes, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 783.
§ Treatises on aman Anatomy.
|| Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1903, vol. ti. p. 319.
1906. ] ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. 43
however, being rather anatomical than physiological, this mode of
compensation—as it may be considered to be—will be left aside.
For it is, I think, impossible to hold, in the present state of our
knowledge at any rate, that the unpaired condition of the lung is
the primitive one for Snakes, and that the minute rudiment of the
second lung in many Vipers and Colubrines is an incipium of a
second lung. Still the question does not appear to me to be
absolutely settled, for reasons which I hope to investigate more
fully later.
But although it may be said that there is some evidence that
among the Ophidia the existence of a tracheal lung is not an
innovation but an inheritance, the case would seem at first sight
to be quite different among the Lacertilia. If the assumption
that the Lacertilia form one order with the Ophidia, and the
theory which I seek to prove concerning the origin of the lungs
in the Squamata be probable, there should be evidence of a
positive kind among the Lacertilia of the existence of traces of a
tracheallung. The most positive piece of evidence is that furnished
by Prof. Wiedersheim, who has described in Amphisbena fuliginosa
what appears to be a persistent tracheal lung *, the existence of
which, however, has not been confirmed for other speciest. It is
noteworthy, too, that in various Lizards the tracheal rings are far
from meeting posteriorly ; in Lacerta, for instance, there is a very
wide membranous interval posteriorly, at the edge of which only
appear the tips of the tracheal rings. Furthermore, in many
Lizards—this is particularly well seen in Varanus—the lung ex-
tends forward a good way beyond the entrance of the bronchi into
the lung. The arrangement in such a lizard as Varanus is quite
reminiscent of the disposition of that organ to be seen in Heterodon
platyrrhinos, where the tracheal lung is not traversed by a tracheal
gutter, but extends forward along the intact trachea as a con-
tinuation forwards of the thoracic lung.
Were it not for the numerous cases of a tracheal lung attached
to the trachea throughout, this condition in Heterodon would
probably have been compared merely with the slight forward
extension of the lung in many Lacertilians, in which the bronchus
enters at the side rather than at the base of the lung. Such a
comparison would indeed be correct, but it would not be so far-
reaching as I believe there are grounds for regarding it. Besides,
this incomplete comparison of facts, as I regard it, would leave it
an open question as to whether the lungs in the Squamata were
not derivable from the type shown in Hatteria, and to which a
forward extension had been afterwards added. As it is, there
are further facts which enforce the position taken up by me
in this communication. I have pointed out, in describing the
* ‘Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere.’
+ Beddard on Amphisbena, P. Z.S. 1905, vol. 11. p. 489.
t This statement of course assumes the validity of Prof. Cope’s view that the
headward extension of the lung in Hetevodon is the homologue of the tracheal lung
in, €. g., the Viperide.
44 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE OPHIDIA. [Jan. 16,
pulmonary artery and vein of Sitis nasicornis*, that both artery
and vein bifurcate soon after leaving, or just before entering, the
heart. One branch goes to, or comes from, the anterior tracheal
part of the lung, while the other branch has a similar relation to
the thoracic part of the continuous lung. It seems to me that this
anatomical fact explains two other facts which have been a little
difficult to me hitherto.
The trachea in Snakes, and in certain Lizards at any rate, is closely
accompanied by arteries or an artery which is one of the systemic
branches. This carotid artery is concerned with the blood-supply
of the windpipe and adjacent organs and regions. In some cases,
however (probably much more generally than I am at present in
a position to know), the trachea is accompanied by arteries which
arise not from the systemic arteries but from the pulmonary. Ihave
shown this to be the case in Gerrhosaurus tT and more recently
in Hatteriat. In both of these Saurians the artery in question
is most clearly a branch of the pulmonary, and equally clearly
lies alongside of the windpipe anteriorly. A careless dissection
would fail to show this, as I consider it, highly important point.
It is, however, plain when the artery is ‘properly followed out in
an injected specimen.
Now the pulmonary artery is, it is hardly necessary to say, a
respiratory artery: it is concerned, that is to say, not with the
nutritive supply of the lung-tissue ‘but with the oxygenation of
the blood. The tissues of the lung receive their nutritive supply
from elsewhere. Branches from the aorta supply this need which
have no relation whatever to the special respiratory arteries and
veins. This is, of course, universally true of the higher vertebrates.
It seems therefore that the persistence of a branch of the pulmonary
artery supplying the trachea, taken in conjunction with the
bifurcating pulmonary artery of the Viper with its tracheal and
thoracic portions of the lung, is a fact which decidedly points in
the direction of a previous respiratory function of that part of
the respiratory passage which it now supplies.
The assumption upon the various facts which have been briefly
dealt with in the course of the preceding remarks, that the most
primitive type of Squamate lung is most nearly preserved in
certain Serpents, is recommended by certain general considerations.
Whatever may be the views as to the phylogeny of the Squamata,
it can hardly be disallowed that Reptiles generally have emerged
from an Amphibian or Dipnoan form. On this view, the com-
mencement of the lung far forward in the body is intelligible, for
the earliest condition known, that represented in the Dipnoi,
shows a lung at first (or always, Ceratodus) unpaired communicating
directly with the exterior through the glottis and mouth-cavity.
* Above p. 36.
t+ “On the Anatomy of the Yellow-throated Lizard,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 263,
text-fig. 37.
t “On the Vascular System of Hatteria &c.,” P. Z.S. 1905, vol. ii. p. 462.
1906. ON THE TEETH OF CREODONTS. 45
3. On the Minute Structure of the Teeth of Creodonts, with
especial reference to their suggested resemblance to
Marsupials. By CHartes 8. Toms, M.A., F.R.S.,
Vice-Pres.Z.S.
[Received January 15, 1906.}
(Text-figures 12-25.)
hat the Creodonts, though obviously not Marsupials, never-
theless present resemblances to them has been noted by many
observers. Filhol (1) has discussed the question, and Matthew (2)
uses the expression ‘“‘ pseudo-marsupial characters of the Mes-
onychidze,” while he also says of Pachycena that “in its dentition
this species approximates the Marsupial dental formula.”
liydekker (3) goes a little further, and says ‘these and other
fossil forms, such as Sorhywna, seem to indicate an intimate
relationship between the Polyprotodont Marsupials and the
Creodont Carnivores represented by Hyenodon.” Wortman (4)
also speaks explicitly upon the same point; whilst frequently
alluding to marsupial resemblances in their osteology and den-
titions, he says: “ By taking the more primitive members of the
existing marsupials as the basis of our comparisons, I am
convinced we shall be able to arrive at a very much clearer
understanding of what the ancestors of the Creodonts were like ” ;
and “ Present evidence points to the fact that the two groups of
the Creodonts probably arose side by side from Mesozoic Marsu-
pials,” and further “that they were derivatives or offshoots of
any pre-existing group of Placentals is exceedingly unlikely.”
Such speculations being rife, 1t occurred to me that it would be
interesting to ascertain what evidences of affinity the minute
structure of their teeth might afford, and by the kindness of
Dr. Matthew, of the American Museum of Natural History,
i have been enabled to make sections of the teeth of a number of
representative species of Creodonts, whilst Dr. Smith Woodward
has kindly furnished me with a fragment of a premolar of
Borhyena.
But, before detailing the results of an examination of these
teeth, it seems desirable to say a few words upon the nature and
value of the evidence to be derived from the histological structure
of teeth, the more so because this line of investigation has been
but partially pursued and its results appear to be not well known
to the majority of naturalists.
It might have been expected that there would be but little
variety of structure in the teeth of animals belonging to the same
great groups, for it is not easy to see how this should be affected
by the ordinary processes of selection. It might have been
thought that so long as a tooth was strong enough, sharp enough,
and well adapted in external form to its work, its structure would
46 MR, C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16,
matter little and would remain constant. But it was shown by
my father, the late Sir John Tomes (5), that by a mere examina-
tion of sections of the enamel it was possible in the case of
Rodents not merely to pronounce that the enamel was that of a
Rodent, but in a large number of instances to refer it correctly to
a particular family of Rodents, or to a group of families.
Tn the more simple forms of enamel, the enamel prisms all pass
outwards from the surface of the dentine to the outer surface of
the enamel, and are, with very slight exception, exactly parallel
with one another.
But in the Rodents contiguous layers of enamel prisms start off
from the dentine at different angles, the layers alternating in this
respect, so that if the section embraces in its thickness more than
one layer, as such sections almost invariably do, patterns are
produced by the crossing of the prisms, and these patterns are
constant and characteristic of many of the families.
Similarly, my father showed that the enamel of Marsupials (6)
presented characters very unusual in Placental mammals, and
therefore almost characteristic of Marsupials, whilst the Carnivora
also presented well-marked enamel characteristics.
It therefore seemed to be well worth while, in view of the
uncertainty of the position of the Creodonts and of their relation
to recent Carnivora, and possibly to the Marsupials, to apply this
test of their affinities.
As bearing upon the subject generally, I may mention that I
myself examined the teeth of a number of genera of the Gadide
(7), a family selected as being both fairly numerous and at the
same time compact, with the result that I found that the enamel
was alike in all, but that the dentine presented marked variations
upon a common type of vasodentine, and that these peculiarities
coincided with their zoological arrangement, and not with the
functional development of the dentition. Thus some of the
largest teeth presented the simplest, and almost degraded, struc-
ture common to them and their immediate relations, whilst some
teeth, reduced so as to be almost rudimentary, retained the com-
plexity of structure characteristic of their zoological relations.
These, however, are the only papers I have met with in which
this line of research had been followed out to any extent.
In what may be termed the normal arrangement of the dental
tissues of placental mammals, the tubes of the dentine end by
branching and becoming very fine, or by entering minute globular
or angular spaces within the boundaries of the dentine (see
text-figs. 15, 16, & 19, pp. 50, 51, 53); but it was shown by my
father that in Marsupials the greater number of the dentinal
tubes, instead of so ending, became continuous with tubes
which traverse the enamel. This is true of all Marsupials,
recent or extinct, which were examined by him or by myself
at later dates, with the solitary exception of the Wombat, in
which this does not happen, though, as might be expected from
what has already been said, the precise extent to which it happens
1906. TEETH OF CREODONTS. 47
and the patterns produced vary in different families of the
Marsupials.
Were there no more than this to be said, we should be pro-
vided with a criterion of marsupial affinity both certain and easy
of application. But unfortunately the case cannot be fully stated
quite so simply. Whilst it remains quite true that all marsupial
enamels present this character of penetration by the dentinal
tubes, the converse is not quite true. Thus Hyrax has an enamel
so richly penetrated by dentinal tubes that it might be easily
taken to be a marsupial enamel, though in this respect it stands
quite alone among placental mammals. But traces of this
peculiarity are to be found in much reduced degree in certain
Insectivora, notably in the Shrews; this occurrence in Insectivora
may possibly be interpreted as a survival from some marsupial
form of ancestor. But this explanation is not available for all
cases: in very reduced degree the character has been found in the
Jerboa, in some Carnivora, and even in Man, though in Man the
rarity of the occurrence and its irregularity when it does occur
suggest that it is pathological, or at least that it is a reversion
towards something which has disappeared longago. And investi-
gations of my own (8) into the development of enamel, and
especially of marsupial enamel, distinctly point to this penetration
of the epiblastic enamel by tubes continuous with those of the
mesoblastic dentine being a primitive character, to which some
slight tendency to revert has not been quite lost by placental
mamuals.
Hence, in the interpretation of the occurrence of this character
a different value appears to attach to negative and _ positive
results : if we find no tubes at all in the enamel, we shall, I think,
be quite justified in saying that no near affinity with the Marsupials
canexist. On the other hand, if we find rudimentary traces of this
penetration, we shall not be justified in attaching great importance
to it as an evidence of marsupial affinity, though if we find an
abundant penetration we shall have a character which, so far as
is known, is peculiar to Marsupials and to Hyrax.
Having thus cleared the ground as to the value of the evidence,
it remains to describe in slightly greater detail what is met with
in the Marsupials, in Carnivora, and in Creodonts.
MarsupraAt ENAMEL.
A general character of marsupial enamels is the simplicity of
the course pursued by the enamel prisms; each prism pursues, as
a rule, an almost straight course from the dentine to the enamel
surface, and where marked curvatures do occur, all of the
contiguous prisms pursue the same curve, so that no patterns are
produced by neighbouring prisms crossing one another. Where,
however, the tubes are very abundant, the enamel prisms can
hardly be seen at all, and we have to take the tubes as indicative
of their course.
48 MR. C. S. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16,
The enamel is most richly tubular in the Diprotodont group ;
though it must not be thought that the tubes are sparse in the
Polyprotodonts. In a large number*of instances there is a slight
dilatation at the point of junction of the dentinal tube with the
enamel tube, a sort of clumsy joint in fact (text-fig. 12); but this
is not an invariable character, the tube sometimes passing on with
no mark at the point of junction. Where, however, the enamel
thins out towards the neck of the tooth, the tubes in it, whether
it be that of a Diprotodont or a Polyprotodont, become few or none,
so that it is necessary to be careful not to select the enamel to
be examined from this situation.
As illustrations of typical marsupial enamels I have selected that
of Hypsiprymnus (text-fig. 12), of Thylacinus (text-fig. 18, p. 49),
and of Dasyurus (text-fig. 14, p. 49); those interested in the subject
All the figures, though drawn from actual slides, are semi-diagrammatic.
Hypsiprymnus.—Longitudinal section of dentine (D) and enamel (KE). The tubes in
the enamel reach its outer surface, or nearly reach it. Slight dilatations mark
the passage from the dentine to the enamel.
will find figures from other genera in the paper of my father’s
already referred to. With regard to these and the other figures
illustrating this paper, I may say that for the sake of clearness
they are semi-diagrammatic. Though all have been drawn from
actual sections, fewer tubes have been drawn than actually exist in
a given area, and all indications of structure, other than those
with which we are immediately concerned, have been left out.
In the Diprotodont Hypsiprymnus (text-fig. 12) the enamel tubes
are seen in their greatest development. Starting, usually with a
dilatation at that point, from the dentinal tubes they traverse
the entire thickness of the enamel, turning a little to one side as
they approach its periphery, and some of them branching off
almost at right angles. It must, however, be understood that
had the section been taken from the thin enamel near the neck
of the tooth, fewer tubes, and finally no tubes at all, would have
been seen. Where the tubes are very abundant, as in this case,
1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. AQ
it is difficult to see the outline of the enamel prisms, which,
however, where traceable pursue a nearly straight course.
When, however, we come to the enamel of Zhylacinus (text-
fig. 13), we find that the tubes thin out and are lost before they
reach the exterior of the enamel, even where this is thickest,
though sections may be found in which they penetrate further
Text-fig. 13.
Thylacinus.—Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel. ‘The tubes reach
halfway through the enamel.
Text-fig. 14.
Dasyurus.—Longitudinal section of dentine and enamel.
than in that figured. And where there is a tolerably abundant
passage of tubes, the so-called granular layer, which marks the
exterior of Placental dentines (cf. text-fig. 15, p. 50), is absent or
but little conspicuous. Outside the region of the tubes the enamel
prisms are fairly distinct and are seen to be straight; the straight
prisms may also be traced by careful illumination right in to the
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. IV. 4
50 MR. ¢. S, TOMES ON THE [ Jan. 16,
dentine surface. Towards the neck of the tooth enamel without
tubes is, as in the Diprotodonts, to be found.
Dasyurus enamel resembles that of Thylacinus pretty closely,
though the tubes generally reach further through the enamel
(text-fig. 14, p. 49).
Tar ENAMEL OF CARNIVORA.
As an illustration I have selected that of the Hyzna (text-
figs. 15 & 16), though it may be premised that the enamel
patterns of Carnivora are fairly constant. As one would expect
from analogy, they are not quite identical in all: thus in the Dog
group they are simpler, and where the enamel is thin the prisms
become quite straight. Where, however, the enamel is thicker, the
patterns are easily identifiable as similar to those found in, for
example, the Felidee, though the curvatures are less pronounced,
Text-fig. 15.
Hyena.—Longitudinal section near apex of cusp. A few dentinal tubes pass a
little way into the enamel. Most of the dentinal tubes branch and terminate
in the minute spaces of the granular layer. The enamel prisms are arranged in
alternating bundles, and pass nearly at right angles to one another.
Two figures are given to show the difference in pattern when
the enamel is viewed in a longitudinal and in a transverse section
of the tooth; hence any obliquity in the plane of the section will
alter the appearances. But, after a little experience, it is not
difficult to discriminate between differences due to differences of
plane and those due to real differences in arrangement.
It will be noticed that no prisms in this, the thicker portion of
the enamel, pursue a straight course, and that all do not pursue
the same course. They are, however, grouped into bundles or
sheaves of prisms pursuing an approximately parallel course, whilst
towards the exterior of the enamel all the bundles become parallel
1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. Bil
and straight. They are thus interwoven with one another in a
way that is not found in any known marsupial.
Text-fig. 16.
Hyena.—Transverse section.
Text-fig. 17.
Ocelot.—The enamel prisms are not shown, but some dentinal tubes pass a
little way into the enamel.
As regards the other character, namely, that of the enamel
being penetrated by tubes running in from the dentine. none are
4*
52, MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16,
seen to do so in text-fig. 16; in text-fig. 15 one or two penetrate
a very little way.
In text-fig. 17, the enamel of an Ocelot, I have drawn an
example of a greater penetration of the enamel by dentine tubes:
this, | may say, is the section which shows this to the greatest
extent out of some sixty sections taken from different genera of
Carnivora. But though, on the whole, this shght rudimentary
degree of penetration is perhaps rather more frequent in Carnivora
than in most mammalian orders, in none does it occur to an extent
in the least comparable with that found in Marsupials.
THe ENAMEL OF CREODONTS.
The examination of fossil teeth presents greater difficulties
than that of recent teeth. Structurally, the enamel is always
well preserved, but it has in the process of mineralisation often
become unduly transparent, so that careful illumination is even
more essential in deciphering its structure. And the teeth are
Text-fig. 18.
Hyenodon.—Transverse section. The enamel prisms are arranged in bundles
radiating so as to present a goblet form. In the dentine, not very well preserved,
the excavations of a fungus are seen.
often exceedingly brittle and friable, so that it is difficult to get
good sections; this can be partly overcome by imbedding the
teeth in desiccated Canada balsam before grinding them down.
The dentine, however, being richer in organic matter, is often
very badly preserved, so that sometimes all structure has dis-
appeared ; a fact which handicaps the observer in tracing the
passage of tubes from it, and sometimes leaves him only able to
look for characteristic appearances of tubes in the enamel itself.
Moreover, many of the teeth being rare, only small bits or
1906.] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 533
damaged teeth were available for examination, so that it was not
always possible to select the plane in which a section was most
desirable: one had to take what one could get.
Still, if the enamel of a fossil Diprotodont be examined, there is
no difficulty in seeing the enamel tubes and being absolutely sure
of their existence and their course, and the direction of the enamel
prisms can always be traced in a fossil enamel.
The first figure (text-fig. 18) represents the enamel of Hycenodon
(Oligocene of 8. Dakota): in it no trace of penetration by tubes
can be found, and the very distinct enamel pattern is closely
similar to that found in a recent Carnivore (of. text-figs. 15 & 16),
In passing I may call attention to the curious spaces, dark in
the figure, found in the dentine, which are quite common in the
dentine of fossil teeth. In recent teeth they are only known to
oceur in teeth which have been lying about in a graveyard, or in
others which have been lying at or near the surface of the ground.
They are excavations caused by a boring fungus; it is generally
believed to be one of the mould fungi and is perhaps Saccharomyces
mycoderma. As it does not seem likely that even the hungriest
of mould fungi could find much pabulum in a fossilised tooth,
this boring presumably took place when the tooth was com-
paratively fresh, and thus points to the persistence of this mould
fungus from Oligocene and Eocene periods.
Text-fig. 19.
x
Mesonyx.—Longitudinal section. No tubes penetrate the enamel : there is a well-
marked granular layer, the dentine being well preserved.
Mesonyx (Middle Kocene) (text-fig. 19).—In this specimen the
structures are well preserved. Not only are there no notable
enamel tubes, but the outer periphery of the dentine presents
appearances inconsistent with penetration of the enamel:
namely, the dentinal tubes fine down, or spread into tiny branches,
54 MR. C. 8. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16,
and there is a well-defined granular layer. The course of the
enamel prisms is similar to that seen in Hyenodon and in recent
Carnivora.
Text-fig. 20.
\
Pachyena.—Dentiue perished. The enamel prisms ate atranged in bundles like
Hyenodon, but the plane of the section is not quite the same.
Pachyena (Lower Kocene) (text-fig. 20).—The dentine structure
is gone, but the enamel prismsare very distinct, no tubes are seen
in it, and the prisms are gathered into bundles pursuing a course
similar to that seen in Hyenodon or in Hyena.
Text-fig. 21.
Oxyena.—Dentine well preserved.
Oxyena (Lower Eocene) (text-fig. 21).— Here again similar con-
ditions obtain, though the section not being in exactly the same
1906. ] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 55
plane, the course of the prisms appears to differ a little. But this
is a difference purely due toa difference of plane, and not toa real
difference of course.
Text-fig. 22.
Bp os A Se
ty
(S
‘tl ‘
a
3 ;
Th
/
wet i) . .
Ly
Sinopa.—Dentine perished, except in places.
Sinopa (Middle Hocene) (text-fig. 22)—Here again we get just
4 co) e) co)
the same pattern, and the same absence of penetrating tubes.
ay Af — 5 ?
Borhyena.—Dentine perished, enamel well preserved.
Borhyena (text-figs. 23, 24).—In this genus we find the absence
of penetrating tubes, and can distinctly recognise the carnivorous
pattern in the course of the prisms. But apparently the prisms
are a little straighter than in recent Carnivora, or at least in recent
Felide. Itis not, however, possible to speak very positively as to
this greater simplicity, as I had only a fragment of a tooth at my
disposal, and the sections I was able to get were small and may
not have included any of the thickest parts of the enamel, where,
as has already been noted, these characters are to be found most
marked. However, there is ample evidence to say that the
enamel of Borhycena is essentially of the Carnivorous type, and
56 MR, C, S. TOMES ON THE [Jan. 16,
bears no more resemblance to that of the Marsupials than does
that of other Creodonts.
Text-fig. D4.
Borhyena.—Dentine well preserved in places. The plane of this section is not quite
the same as fig. 23, but only fragments having been available it is not possible
to define the plane in which the section lay,
Text-fig. 25.
Cynodictis.—Longitudinal section. Enamel prisms all parallel; here and there
dentine-tubes penetrate a little way into the enamel.
Didynictis (Lower Kocene).—Of this genus I have only two
sections, but in them the enamel prisms are all parallel and
pursue a course only slightly curved. The typicai carnivorous
pattern is not to be found, nor is there any trace of it, so
that of the Creodonts examined this and Cynodictis stand
alone in this respect. Portions of enamel might be found
resembling this in the teeth of the Dog, if taken towards
somewhat low down upon the tooth, but the enamel is in the two
sections I have obtained tolerably thick, and might have been
expected to show more complexity of structure if any such exists
anywhere upon the tooth,
Cynodictis (Oligocene) (text-fig. 25),—A specimen of this genus
1906. ] TEETH OF CREODONTS. 57
was sent to me by Dr. Matthew as an example of an early true
Carnivore. In it the enamel prisms are almost straight and no
decussation, or only the faintest trace of decussation, of the prisms
of different planes is to be seen. It resembles chiefly the enamel
of Didynictis, and differs in respect of its greater simplicity from
that of the other Creodonts examined and from recent Carnivora.
My section of Cynodictis embraces the whole tooth, so that there
is no question as to greater complexity of pattern existing in any
other parts of the tooth. In some of the Creodont enamels,
and particularly in Cynodictis, slight indications of a rudimentary
penetration of the enamel by dentinal tubes are seen, but in none
does it exceed or even attain to the amount seen occasionally in
recent Carnivora (cf. text-fig. 17, p. 51).
CONCLUSIONS.
The nature and the limitations of the evidences of affinity which
can be derived from a study of the minute structure of teeth have
already been alluded to, and it must not be forgotten that it is
unsafe to build too much upon any one single character.
But, so far as the structure of their enamel may be taken as
evidence, neither Borhyena, Pachyena, Hycenodon, Sinopa,
Mesonyx, Oxyena, Didynictis, nov Cynodictis presents any greater
resemblance to Marsupials than do the recent Carnivora. On the
other hand, with the exception of Didynictis and Cynodictis, the
enamel has reached just that stage of evolution found in the true
Carnivora, and the enamel patterns are strikingly similar to those
of recent Carnivora.
The uniformity of the patterns found in all of the Creodonts
examined, excepting again Didynictis and Cynodictis, seems to
point to the structure of their ename! having attained to a sort of
finality ; that is to say, it was probably not undergoing any rapid
evolutionary changes, a conclusion borne out by its close resem-
blance to that of alien descendants, the recent Carnivora.
The absence of the peculiar stamp of the marsupial, the tubular
enamel, would justify us in saying that they certainly do not stand
very near to any marsupial, and that if there be a marsupial
ancestor, or an ancestor common to the Marsupials and to the
Creodonts, it must be sought considerably further back than any
of those examined. ‘This is a somewhat disappointing conclusion :
when I undertook the investigation I quite expected to find some
distinct indication of mar supial relationship; that is to say, I
expected to find that the general resemblance in macroscopic
character of the dentitions to those of the polyprotodont
Marsupials would have been accompanied by histological
resemblances.
Ihave also been surprised to find that the enamels of Didynictis
and of Cynodictis are actually simpler than those of the other
Creodonts, and simpler than most recent Carnivora. As Cynodictis
at all events appears to be nearer to the true Carnivora than
are the Creodonts, the simplicity of its enamel as compared with
58 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [Jan. 16,
theirs may point to its not lying on quite the same line of
descent.
Though I would not attach too much importance to it, I would
again call attention to the fact already mentioned, that in Car-
nivora, and still more so in Insectivora, rudiments of a penetration
of the enamel by dentinal tubes occur with more frequency than
in other mammals. This may possibly indicate some remote
connection with the Marsupials, but the point which I wish to
emphasise is that, as regards this character, the Creodonts carry
us absolutely no further than do the recent Carnivora.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) Frru0L.—* Mammifeéres fossiles des Phosphorites.” Annal.
Se. Géolog. viil., 1877.
(2) Marruzew, W. D.—“ Additional Observations on the Creo-
donta.” Bulletin of American Museum Nat. History,
1901,
(3) Lypexker, R.—Art. “ Mammalia,” Encyclop. Britannica,
vol. xxx., 1902. Also Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899.
(4) Worrman.—‘Studies on Hocene Mammalia.” American
Journal of Science, vols. xii., xill., & xiv., 1901-3.
(5) Tomes, J.—‘‘ On the Dental Tissues of Rodentia.” Philos.
Trans., 1849.
(6) Tomzs, J.—‘‘ On the Dental Tissues of Marsupialia.” Philos.
Trans,, 1850.
(7) Tomes, C. 8.—‘‘ On the Teeth of the Gadide.” Quart. Journ.
Mier. Se., 1899:
(8) Tomes, C. S—‘‘ On the Development of Marsupial and other
Enamels.” Philos. Trans., B. 1898.
(9) Tomes, C. 8.—‘“ On the Structure of the Teeth of Votoryctes.”
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1897.
4. Synopsis of the Toads of the Genus Nectophryne B. & P.,
with special Remarks on some known Species and
Description of a new Species from German Hast Africa.
By Dr. Jean Roux, Curator in the Basle Museum of
Natural History.
[Received December 11, 1905. }
(Plate IL. *)
On visiting, last spring, the beautiful collections of the Museums
of Paris and London, I “had occasion to examine, especially in the
British Museum, most of the typical specimens of the known
species of the genus Vectophryne. Whilst verifying the diagnoses,
I was able to make some observations modifying or completing
* Por explanation of the Plate, see p. 68,
PZ SD LOO. wo, Pl:
J.Green del. et bth Bale & Damelsson, LY mp
1, NRCTORRIENANI, TOSI, ZAIN Win aPwil, 3 INS IMUNCIROMN IES)
AWN © EIN PRR
1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 59
somewhat the descriptions of the authors. I was able to identify
as one species two that had previously been considered different.
I add to these observations the description of a new species
from German East Africa, the type of which is preserved in the
Basle Museum, and conclude this paper with a key for the deter-
mination of all the known species of the genus.
I am happy on this occasion to express my best thanks te
Dr. Mocquard, of Paris, who was so kind as to allow me to
examine the types of the species described by him. I am also
much obliged to Prof. Boettger, of Frankfort a/M., and to Prof.
Tornier, of Berlin. The former has been kind enough to send
to me the type of his WV. exigwa which is preserved in the
Senckenberge Museum; to the latter I am indebted for the
loan of the types of two species in the Berlin Museum. I am
particularly indebted to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, who has obligingly
placed at my disposal the valuable collection in the British
Museum (Natural History), and has been so kind as to verify the
work done in his laboratory.
1. NecropHryne AFra B. & P.
Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Akad. 1875, p. 202, pl. i. f. 5.
Boulenger, Cat. of Batrach. Sal. p. 279.
Hxamined : The type specimen (Berlin Museum): Cameroon.
6 specimens (Brit. Mus.): Efulen, 5. Cameroon,
and Rio Benito.
This species occupies quite a special place as regards its webbed
fingers, the subarticular tubercles of which imitate smal! lamellee.
2. NECTOPHRYNE MISERA Mocq.
Mocquard, Le Naturaliste, 1890, no. 82, p. 182; Nouv. Arch.
Muséum Paris, sér. 3, tom. 11. p. 161, pl. xi. f. 7.
Examined in Paris Museum: Type specimen, N. Borneo.
In Brit. Mus.: 10 specimens from Paka-Paka, 10,000 feet,
Kina-Balu, N. Borneo.
This species has also strongly webbed fingers, but no sub-
articular tubercles. Sometimes the tibio-tarsal articulation does
not quite reach the tympanum.
3. NECTOPHRYNE HosiI Blgr. (Plate IT. fig. 1.)
Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 508, pl. xxx. fig. 2.
Examined in Brit. Mus. :—
Type specimen(d). Mt. Dulit, N. Borneo.
2 specimens(¢ Q). Kuala Lumpur, Selangor.
2 Lawas, Brunei.
eee: Head-waters of Sarawak R.
Ios Oy Sarawak.
I, Tandjong, 8.E. Borneo.
eo Akar River, Sarawak.
60 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [Jan. 16,
This is the largest species of the genus. The diagnosis given
by Boulenger in 1891 was drawn up from a male specimen from
Mt. Dulit, Borneo. Since then the collection of the British
Museum has been increased by several specimens, especially
females, which I have had the privilege to study. As is often
the case with Lufo, in this species the female individuals are
notably larger than the males. The distinctive characters
indicated by Boulenger are generally very well marked in the
female. The head is broader in comparison with the length.
The canthus rostralis is well marked. The loreal region is
nearly vertical and shows a slight depression in the upper part.
The interorbital space, twice as broad as the upper eyelid, is very
distinctly concave, as well as the part of the head situated near
the parotoids. The tympanum is very distinct; it is suboval,
vertically elongated, and half as long as the eye. The parotoids
are well marked, pyrifor m,and begin immediately behind the eyes.
As to the limbs, we have noticed individual variations in the
length, especially in the hind limbs. The fore limb is relatively
long: the fingers, webbed only at the base, are bordered by the
membrane, and the distal part is subtriangularly enlarged ; this
peculiarity i is more appreciable in the fingers than in the toes.
The hind limbs of most of the individuals observed are longer
than in the type specimen. The hind limb being carried forward
along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches sometimes
the tympanum, sometimes the eye. The toes are generally short,
entirely webbed, except the three distal phalanges of the fourth
toe, which are free. The subarticular tubercles are very well
developed, as well as the two metatarsal tubercles. The outer
tubercle is twice as large as the inner. I have noticed the
presence of a very distinct tarsal fold.
The coloration of the individuals is worthy of detailed descrip-
tion owing to the marked differences between males and females.
The type specimen, a male, figured by Boulenger, is uniformly
brown with some indistinct spots on the limbs; the throat is
black. Two other male specimens show the same coloration, but
two male specimens from Lawas, Brunei, are somewhat different.
The body shows, besides the dark brown, some light brown
markings, which form indistinct coarse vermiculations. The limbs
are yellowish brown, and present also lighter and darker parts
more or less distributed in transverse bands.
The females labelled ‘‘Sarawak,” one of which is figured on
Pl. U1. fig. 1, are distinctly bicolor (yellow and black). The ground
is black with small vermiculations or round yellow spots (in
the latter case especially on the sides of the body).. The head,
the back, and the limbs show also these vermiculations. The
spots are a little broader on the anterior part and on the sides of
the head. The lower part of the body and of the limbs is
generally dirty grey or uniform yellowish. The border of the
lower lip often shows yellow spots. The inferior part of the feet
is brown. The females have generally smaller and less numerous
1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 61
dorsal tubercles than the males. The females from Tandjong
(S.E. Borneo) and from Akar River (Sarawak) show the typical
coloration above described.
A female specimen from Mt. Kuala Lumpur (Selangor) shows
an interesting variation. The general colour is a dark gyvey,
approaching brown. The upper part of the head, of the back,
and of the tibia shows no yellow spots, but the sides of the body
and of the limbs, as well as the upper part of the thighs, have
round or oval spots pretty distant from one another. ‘These spots
are of a fine yellow colour, with brown border. Similar but
longer spots may be found on the throat and on the anterior
part of the chest.
A female from Akar River (Sarawak) shows irregular and in-
distinctly distributed spots. The yellow colour is prevalent on
the back; the sides are marbled yellow and black; the belly is of
a dirty yellowish colour.
The following are the dimensions of two individuals from
Sarawak found pairing, the female in the act of spawning :—
3. :
Length from snout to vent... 5°65 em, 9°8 cm.
ie otpomnad! lama eeey eee (051) 6 ISU
Si nlaysy Ores lnm yee saul: ACES Se)
The eggs of Nectrophyne hosii are oval, 1 millimetre in length ;
they are laid in chains as in Bufo.
4. NECTOPHRYNE PARVIPALMATA Wern.
Werner, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesells. Wien, vol. xlviii. 1898,
p. 201, pl. u. ff. 7 & 7a.
Examined: the type specimen in the Berlin Museum.
Habitat : Cameroon 2
5, NECTOPHRYNE EVERETTI Blgr. (Plate II. fig. 2.)
Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 450.
Examined in the Brit. Mus. :—
The type specimen (2): Mt. Kina Balu, N. Borneo.
1 S specimen: Mt. Penrissen, Borneo.
In this second individual the tympanum is quite visible, oval.
The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches between the tympanum and the eye.
6. NECTOPHRYNE TUBERCULOSA (Gthr.).
Giinther (Pedostibes tuberculosus), Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1875,
p. 576, pl. lxiv. fig. C.
Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280.
Examined in the Brit. Mus. :—
2 $ type specimens: Malabar.
The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum. The upper part of
the limbs is also covered with tubercles.
62 DR. J. ROUX ON THE TOADS [ Jan. 16,
NECTOPHRYNE GUENTHERI Bler.
Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii. fig. 3.
Boettger (Nectophryne exigua), Abhandl. Senck. Gesells. 1901,
vol. xxv. p. 394.
Examined in Brit. Mus. :—
The type specimen from Matang, Borneo.
2 young specimens F
y eo SP from Singapore.
2 adult He
2 adult i from Sirhassen (Natuna. Isl.).
Also the type specimen of ect. exigua in the Senckenberg
Museum: Baram Riv., N. Borneo.
In this species, as in others, I have also noticed individual
variations in the length of the limbs. The hind limb being
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches sometimes the eye, sometimes between the latter and the
end of the snout. Jn the typical specimen it does not only reach
the eye but notably behind it.
Establishing a comparison between the type of Wectophryne
exigua Boettger and young individuals of Nectophryne quenthert,
I have been convinced that these two species are identical.
The differences are indicated by Boettger as follows :
“ Habitus etwas weniger schlank; Trommelfell kleiner als bei
NV. guentheri Bigr.”
On examining several specimens of WV. guentheri I have noticed
differences not only in the respective length of the body and of
the limbs, but also in the respective Himenciens of the tympanum
and of the eye according to age. The young specimens have
proportionally a smaller tympanum than the adults, Besides
individual variations have been observed. Some measurements
follow :—
Type spec. Spec. from Sirhassen.
Eye a 1:9 2 mm.
ee ee
Tympanum...... 2 i Lei. pes
Specimens from Singapore.
Adult. Adult. Juv. Juveniss.
2 eyes 1:9 4mm.
als ‘ 1
] i co) 1 33 ray 9
A young specimen of JV. guenthert in particular, which is just
as large as the type of .V. eaigua, shows in the general form of
the body as well as in the colour a striking likeness to the latter.
Similar black spots are distributed on the belly, and the
coloration, yellow and black, on both sides of the head is identical.
The limbs show also the same extent of web.
As, on the other hand, it is impossible not to recognise the
existing relations between the young specimens of JV. guentheri
with adults of this species, I believe that NW. ewigua may be
considered a young specimen of V. guenthert. Very appreciable
1906. ] OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. 63
variations having been noticed between several specimens of the
latter, the distinction drawn by Boettger between his species and
that of Boulenger cannot be accepted.
8. NECTOPHRYNE MACROTIS Bler. (Plate IT. fig. 3.)
Boulenger, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 171.
Examined in the Brit. Mus. :—
The type specimen (2 ) from the Akar River, Borneo.
9. NECTOPHRYNE SIGNATA Bler.
Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, p. 645, pl. xl. fig. 1.
Examined in the Brit. Mus. :
The type specimen from Rebenew Mt., Kapuas Distr., Dutch
Borneo.
10. NecropHRYNE MACULATA Mocq.
Mocquard, Le Naturaliste, 1890, no. 82, p. 182; Nouv. Arch.
Muséum Paris, 3° sér. t. 11. p. 162, pl. xi. fig. 8.
Examined in the Paris Museum :—
3 type specimens from Kina Balu, N. Borneo.
11. NecroPHRYNE TORNIERI, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 4.)
Habit slender. Head moderate, as longas broad. Snout short,
scarcely prominent, obliquely truncate, quite as long as the eye;
canthus rostralis strong. Loreal region vertical, slightly concave
in the upper part. Interorbital space broader than the upper
eyelid. Tympanum exposed, vertically oval, about one-third the
diameter of the eye. ‘The distance between the anterior border
of the tympanum and the postericr corner of the eye equal to
half the distance between the anterior corner of the latter and
the nostril. Fore limb slender, equal in length to the distance
between vent and tympanum. Fingers moderate, much depressed,
webbed at the base, dilated and truncate at the end, first a little
shorter than second. The hind limb being carried forward along
the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border
of the eye. ‘Toes hnlf-webbed, but the three distal phalanges of
the fourth toe free. The tips of the toes less strongly dilated than
those of the fingers. Subarticular tubercles well marked. Two
well-developed metatarsal tubercles, the inner the larger. Skin
of the upper part of body and limbs covered with numerous small
round warts, irregularly distributed; the largest situated behind
the tympanum and on the middle of the back ; beneath feebly
granulate. The granulations are visible on the posterior part of
the belly and on the under part of the thighs, and disappear on
the throat.
Brown above, with darker markings, especially two pairs on
the back: one between the fore limbs, the other on the sacral
region. A large lateral dark band from the eye, surrounding the
tympanum, caiman is hghter in colour, and extending on avon side
64 ON THE TOADS OF THE GENUS NECTOPHRYNE. [Jan. 16,
of the body. A dark streak from the end of the snout passing
below the canthus rostralis, through the eye, and above the tym-
panum to the commissure of the “mouth. Loreal region brown ;
a light spot below the eye between yellowish-brown parts of the
upper lip. Limbs brownish in colour, with darker markings
arranged in indistinct large cross bars. "Sides of the body below
the dark lateral band lighter than the back, more or less speckled
with dark brown. Sometimes a yellowish-brown vertebral stripe
extending along the middle of the back, from snout to vent.
Beneath ‘entirely white or with a few small dark spots on the
throat and belly.
Hab. Ukami, German East Africa. 2 specimens.
Dimensions.—From snout to vent, 27 mm.; hind limb, 38;
fore limb, 20; length of head, 9; breadth of head, 9:5.
Named after my colleague, Dr. Tornier of Berlin, who has
added much to our knowledge of the herpetological fauna of
German Kast Africa.
The figured specimen of this new species is preserved in the
herpetological collection of the Basle Museum, the other has been
presented to the British Museum.
If we now consider the geographical distribution of the genus,
we notice that most of the species described are from Southern
Asia. Borneo is particularly rich. Not less than six species
have been found on this island, and one of them has been found
also in the Natuna Archipelago (Sirhassen) and Singapore. New
discoveries will most likely further extend the geographical dis-
tribution of the other species. But we cannot omit to state the
fact that up to this date no Wectophryne has been discovered, so
far as we know, in the other great islands of the Sunda Archipelago,
The genus Nectophryne has representatives also in West Africa,
The fannal similarity of that district with the south-east of Asia
has often been noticed (see Wallace). West Africa possesses two
species, and the new species described above shows that the genus
is also represented in the eastern part of the African continent.
I conclude with a synoptic table for the determination of the
known species of WVectophryne, not taking into consideration
doubtful species, as e. g. Wectophryne sundana (Ptrs.) (Boulenger,
Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 281). I have not been able to examine the only
existing specimen of this species, which is preserved in the Berlin
Museum and comes from Borneo.
Key for the determination of the Species.
I. Fingers strongly webbed, very slightly dilated at the end, the
inner quite rudimentary.
a. Subarticular tubercles er similar to small lamellie... WV. afra.
b. Subarticular tubercles absent.. SCRE ar eae acaas Anaenee ONS OCHS
II. Fingers partially webbed, more or ieee dilated at the end,
the inner well developed.
A. Vibio-tarsal articulation not reaching the end of the snout.
a. Moesionly halt-webbedh.)./5..22teesh eee oecles cence stats -ese one e COMIENE.
1906. ] ON BONES OF THE LYNX FROM DEKBYSHIRE. 65
6. Toes more than half-webbed.
Meet ar sallat oO) Uinta nineties tect. ML nei laa chun a auiannnitn cae OSU:
2. No tarsal fold.
a. Tympanum hidden .......... N. parvipalmata.
8. Tympanum visible, its diameter less than that of the
eye; two metatarsal tubercles.
a Fingers very slightly webbed at the base, the first
equal to 2 of the second ...... NV. everetti.
** Wingers very distinctly webbed at the base, the first
equal to about 3 of the second ...... .. NN. tuberculosa.
*** Hingers 2 webbed, the web extending as a
margin to their tips; the first equal to 1 of the
second .. : NV. guentheri.
y. Tympanum visible, equal to the diameter of the eye; 9
only one metatarsal tubercle .......... NN. macrotis.
3. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching at least the end of the
snout.
a. Tympanum visible, equal to 2 the diameter of the eye N. signata.
6. Tympanum hidden ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching
beyond the end of thetsnout nse steal cc. be wie. I. maculata.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
Fig.1. Nectophryne hosii Blgr., p. 59, female. 2 nat. size. 1a. Side view of head.
2. Nectophryne everetti Blgr., p. 61, type. Nat. size. 2a. Side view of
head, x 13.
3. Nectophryne macrotis Blgr., p. 63, type. Nat. size. 38a. Side view of
head, X 2.
4. Nectophryne tornieri Roux, p. 63, type. Nat. size. 4a. Side view of
head, X 13.
5. On some Bones of the Lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire.
By W. Storrs Fox, M.A., F.Z.S.
[Received October 25, 1905. ]
(Text-figure 26.)
Remains of the Lynx have so rarely been found in the British
Isles, that the recent discovery of some in a Derbyshire cave will,
I hope, be considered to be worth recording. The history of the
two former finds may be briefly stated. About the year 1866, the
hinder portion of a skull and the right ramus of the lower jaw of
this species were discovered in Pleasley Vale, on the borders of
Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire, and are now in the Nottingham
University Museum. Some fourteen years later a humerus anda
metatarsal of the same species were found in Teesdale by the late
Mr. James Backhouse, and are still in his son’s museum at York.
Thus, until the Cales Dale cave was worked, only four bones of
Lynx had been found in the British Islands. I have been unable
to obtain any information about the excavation in Cales Dale
previous to 1897, but my own find there consists of 36 bones and
teeth of Lynx, about half of this number being metapodials and
phalanges.
The cave lies on the west side of Cales Dale, a small dale
branching from the south side of Lathkil Dale, at a point about
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. V. 4)
66 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16,
half a mile below the source of the river Lathkil. It is 800 ft.
above sea-level, and takes the form of a narrow passage, running
almost due east and west, in the Carboniferous Limestone. It
possesses two entrances. The lower one is almost square in
section, measuring 2 feet 8 inches across and 2 feet 9 inches high.
By cra wling throu igh this, and along a passage of similar dimensions,
for a distance of 62 eee a dome- -shaped chamber is reached 9 feet
in height and 4 or 5 feet in diameter. It is into the side of this
chamber that the second entrance opens, at about 5 feet above
the floor. This second or upper entrance, almost a perfect oval
in shape, is 2 feet 10 inches high and | foot 8 inches wide.
For the next 18 feet the cave consists of a passage averaging
3 feet high and 3 feet wide; it then widens out into a chamber
6 feet long and nearly 6 feet wide. It was in this chamber that
the bones were found. Beyond this chamber the passage rapidly
narrows to an impassable fissure,
In March 1894 I was informed that Lynx-bones had been
found in the cave; but it was not until the spring of 1897 that I
asked and obtained leave to excavate. In the chamber, or den,
a thin layer of stalagmite was found. First, all the earth—mixed
with bones and stones—lying above the stalagmite was removed ;
then the layer itself was blasted, and all that had been sealed up
by it was cleared away. But, unfortunately, no notes were taken
as the work proceeded, so that it is impossible to say now whether
any bones were found beneath the stalagmite. As the contents of
the cave were dug out, they were carried to a neighbouring spring
and were there carefully washed in a one-eighth-inch sieve ; and
in this way even very small bones were secured.
Both Professor Boyd Dawkins, in his account of the Pleasley *
Lynx, and Mr. William Davies, when describing the bones from
Teesdale ft, used for comparison the skeleton of the Northern
Lynx in the British Museum (1230). Accordingly, the Cales
Dale bones have been compared with the same skeleton.
Of jaw-bones and teeth Cales Dale has produced :—a right ramus
of the lower jaw (text-fig. 26 B); the right upper carnassial tooth,
imbedded in a fragment of the maxilla (text: fig. 26 A); the right
premaxilla containing its three incisors; and three canines. The
ramus is incomplete, most of the bone behind the molar tooth
being absent ; and the upper part of the socket for the canine is
* ‘British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ part iii. pp. 172-176 (Paleontographical Society,
volume for 1868).
+ ‘Geological Magazine,’ volume for 1880, pp. 346-348.
Explanation of Text-fig. 26 (opposite).
Remains of Felis lynx from Cales Dale, Derbyshire.
A, A’. Right upper carnassial tooth, outer and lower veiws, p. 68.
3. Right mandibular ramus, inner view, p. 68.
C, C’. Axis vertebra, left lateral and lower veiws, p. 69.
I. Left os innominatum, outer view, p. 70.
FE, E’. Proximal end of left femur, posterior and anterior views, p. 70.
A-C, nat. size; D, E, two-thirds nat. size.
1906. ] OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 67
Text-fig. 26.
Wii y
i
68 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16,
very much worn down. When this bone was found the canine
was not in situ, but a tooth has been placed in the socket, into
which it exactly fitted. 'The third premolar is missing altogether ; ;
and, as the bone has entirely closed over the socket, this tooth
must either have been lost some time before the death of the
animal, or it could never have existed at all. The fourth premolar,
when found, was separate from the jaw, but the molar was in
position in the bone.
Taking into consideration the shrinkage caused by the absence
of the third premolar, this ramus closely corresponds in general
outlines with the Pleasley one described by Professor Dawkins.
The following table of measurements, the last two columns of
which are taken from ‘ British Pleistocene Mammalia,’ shows this
correspondence. The measurements throughout are given in
inches and tenths.
The total length of the canine now fixed in the jaw could not
be measured ; and as the tip is broken off, the original height of
the crown must remain uncertain, But the two odd Galles: Dale
‘anines are respectively in length: 1°65 ins. and 1:9 ins., whereas
the Pleasely specimen is 1°85 ins.; and the height of the crowns
of these two Cales Dale teeth is exactly the same as that of the
right lower ramus of Felis lynx (borealis) in the British Museum,
namely, “8 inch, as compared with °75 inch in the Pleasley
animal,
Measurements of right ramus of Lower Jaw.
|
| | FF. lyna
Filynz. | F. lynx. (borealis).
Cales Dale. | Pleasley. Brit. Mus.
i | 1230 A. |
{ |
Circumference behind M.1 ......... .... 2°37 | 22 | 2°0 |
x before Pm.3........ #2714 24 | 20
Antero-posterior extent of M.1_ ...... 68 | “65 “63 |
| Antero-transverse —., 3 f "25 | 26 25 |
| Postero-transverse __,, Ted al Yorkie : 26 "2A, | 23
Height of crown of M.1_..........0..006.. “46 | 35 35
Antero-posterior extent of Pm. 4 ..... 5 | “49 | “46
| Antero-transverse i 3 : 18 | 19 | 19
| |
| Postero-transverse — ,, 35 aa | 27 | 27 23
| Height of crown of Pm. 4 ........... “B34 | 35 | 3d
The measurements of the upper carnassial (text-fig. 26 A) and
of the incisors show that there is very little difference between
the Cales Dale teeth and those of F. lyna (borealis).
* As Pm.3 is lacking in the Cales Dale specimen, the measurement is taken behind
the socket of the canine. This absence of Pm. 3 accounts for the relatively small
circumference here. :
Wo)
1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. 6
Measurements of Right Upper Carnassial Tooth = Pm. 4.
F, lyne. | FB. Lyne (borealis).
Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a.
Antero-posterior extent .................56 73 | 72
Antero-transverse extent ........0...0...- “35 | 30
Postero-transverse extent ............... | 22 | 23
IRIGTEANY OE GROWAD coocacossvosachoancoscnsouson0 °39 “Ad
Measurements of Upper Incisors (imbedded in right premaxilla).
F. lyne. F. lynx (borealis).
Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 a.
|Lemvedany GI REINES oogosqcsnadosaasaaeseana bea bat 34 33
Maximum across crown of 1.3 oly eta 18 18
5 back to front of 1.3 ......... | “Oy 20
Height Ere Cisty Cate aia Cena cI eH | 27
There were two portions of bones of the fore limb in this cave,
namely, the shaft and distal-end of a humerus and the proximal
end of an ulna. As the bones of the British Museum skeleton are
wired together, it is practically impossible to measure the anconeal
fossa of the ulna; but, so far as could be seen, the Cales Dale
fragment agrees in form with the corresponding part of the
skeleton in question, though it is somewhat larger.
An axis vertebra (text-fig. 26 C) from Cales Dale agrees gene-
vally with that of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 1230), and only
differs to an extent which might be expected in the bone of a
rather larger and more powerful animal.
Measurements of Axis Vertebra.
Cales Dale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 4. |
F. lyne. | F. lynx (borealis).
Base of odontoid process to inferior posterior
TITATESINN pacing see CLE See ear eae ee 134
Minimum transversely ..................0:002-- “BA. | “78
| Extreme length of neural spime..................] ie 7/AL | 1:45
* The inferiority of length here is due to the absence of the epiphysis.
The Cales Dale humerus appears to have belonged to a more
70 MR. W. STORRS FOX ON BONES [Jan. 16,
powerful animal than /. lynx (borealis) in the British Museum
and the dweller in the Teesdale cave; for in it the deltoid ridge
is strongly developed, but is not mar kedly so in the other two
specimens. The supinator ridge is prominent in all three. If
the Cales Dale bone had been complete it would have exceeded
the Teesdale one in length.
In the following table the last two columns are taken from
Mr. Davies’s article.
Measurements of Humerus.
F. lynx. | F. lynx. | F. lynx (borealis).
Cales Dale. Teesdale. | Brit. Mus. 1230 4.
Transverse diameter of distal end... 1°56 | 1°40 1:50
BS trochlea...... 1:08 87 10)
Smallest circumference of shaft...... 2°05 | ie 1:75
One nearly perfect left os innominatum (text-fig. 26 D) and a
fragment of a right-side one do not appear to have belonged to
the same animal, for the fragment seems to belong to a less recent
date than the other, and to a larger animal. The bone from the
left side lacks only the epiphyses on the extremities of the ilium
and ischium. It has the roughened ridge above the acetabulum
more pronounced than the corresponding bone of the British
Museum skeleton, and is generally rather heavier in build, but in
all other respects the two are exactly similar in every detail.
Measurements of Os innominatum.
| F.lynx | #F'. lynx ui ly eed
| : 2 (borealis)
\cales Dale | Cater Date Brit. Mins
‘ales Dale.|Cales Dale. ae 4
| 12380 a.
Minimum circumference of ilium.. en 2°46 2°71 2°24,
SMagictae across ilium (from pubie to osha
|| SSUIEACE) Mek cackh ates eons en .| “96 112 90
| Minimum circumference of jealifucn (bet weer cen
| acetabulum and ischial ee. 1:96 2°05 eral
| Across acetabulum <...7........... te ‘79 81 81
| Maximum length—between extremities 3 ee
| ilium and ischinm | *5°90 618
* The apparent shortness is due to the loss of the epiphyses.
The hind limb is represented by two fragments of femur,
namely, the proximal end and part of the shaft of one from the
left side (text-fig. 26 E); and the head of another, also from the
left side. The larger fragment is perfect except that the lesser
1906. | OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. (1
trochanter is broken off. It is distinguished from the corre-
sponding bone of the Northern Lynx (B.M. 1230 a) by the
greater development of the ridge which travels down the outer
side of the shaft from the great trochanter.
Measurements of Left Femur.
|
| FY. lyna
F. lynx. | F. lynx. | (borealis).|
Cales Dale.’ Cales Dale. Brit. Mus.
i 1230 A.
Maximum width at proximal end ............... |} 189 a | 1:62
|
45 op OR INGRGCL Sascscase qn sogdnosodone 82 83 | Sin
Circumference of shaft, taken 3 ins. from|
DRORTIOA NCL” 54 sa0 ow onson asc eee bes 00000 ob0aeC 2°12 nae 20
* In the B.M. specimen this was the minimum circumference.
There are five tarsal bones, including an astragalus and a
ealeaneum; and also one carpal—which I take to be a pisiforim,
though it differs somewhat from the pisiform of the Northern Lynx.
Of metapodial bones there are two complete metacarpals,
namely, the second of the right and the third of the left manus;
one complete metatarsal (mt. 5—left), and another lacking the
distal end (mt. 5—right). Besides these there are two fragments,
which are specially interesting owing to their size and stoutness
of build. A comparison with Mr. Davies's measurements of the
Teesdale and British Museum metatarsals is misleading, but 1s ~
given for what it is worth.
Measurements of Metapodials.
| i} |
F. lynx, BF. Lyne, | F. Lyne, | F. lyna, | BF. Lyne. FB. lyne,| F. lyne
me. 2. | me.3. | mt. 5. | mt. d. | mt. 3. | (borealis).
Cales | Cales Cales | Cales Cales Ipecedale Brit. Mus,
Dale. Dale. Dale. | Dale. Dale. | Sees lm o3 Ose
2 ra |
LOAN .ccoongaraceosna| de || Bee BYO | one ms 3°80 4:07
Transverse diameter |
(proximal end) ... BS || le “AT | 52 | 45 55
Transverse diameter |
(distal end)......... “51 “46 WL | con] ES 52
Least circumference |
Oi SUNG sc0000 000000 425} | 93 “80 +85 |
The measurements of the phalanges, taken in order of size, ave
as follows :—
a. First series—proximal ends bifid :
eae eye Ieee Meza).
b. Second sevies—distal end on the twist :
LeDRe WMG? Nese Tess Dyes keOsh,
72 ON BONES OF THE LYNX FROM DERBYSHIRE. [Jan. 16,
There is also a terminal phalanx.
In form these phalanges are similar to those of the corresponding
series in the British Museum Lynx. In that skeleton the longest
and stoutest phalanx is that which articulates with the third
metatarsal bone and measures 1:71 inches; but it is not nearly
so stout in build as the Cales Dale phalanx, which is 1°65 inches
long. Moreover, the British Museum bone in question is rounded
on the under side, whereas the Cales Dale one widens out into
ridges at the distal end on the under side.
Measurements of Metapodials of F’. dyna (borealis).
Brit. Mus. 1230 a.
Left manus. Left pes.
| |
| me. 2. | mec. 3. mt. 2. mt. 3. mit. 4. | mt. 5.
Sea ere Trae aan
Lienethn eee sly nee eo 3°7 4°08 41 3°7
| Transverse diameter |
(proximal end) ...| +55 “Ad “4, 52 3 Bil
| Transverse diameter} | |
| (distal end).........} 42 | 43 5 5 "44 | “41
| Least circumference) |
\OVOLSRaRt eco. .-.ac4) 9) 8 | 8 92 1:03 95 72
In the British Museum skeleton the longest phalanx of the
manus is that which articulates with the third metacarpal, and it
» measures 1°62 inches.
The other mammalian bones found with those enumerated
above throw no fresh light upon the question of the period at
which the Lynx lived in this country. They include Wild Cat,
Fox, and another species of Canis (probably Wolf), Badger, Hare,
Rabbit, Water- Vole, Bank- Vole, Sheep, Goat, and Ox. Wild Cat
is represented by a fragment of the left ramus of the mandible,
containing the third and fourth premolars and the first molar.
Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., kindly identified the bird and
amphibian bones, which are as follows :—small Domestic Fowl]
(or possibly Pheasant), small Grouse, Raven, Jackdaw, Kestrel,
Common Gull, Toad, and Frog.
Among the unidentified bones is the premaxilla of a foetal
carnivore, and a number of phalanges of a very young or
foetal animal.
In conclusion, I desire to thank Dr. C. W. Andrews for the
practical advice and help which he has given with regard to the
identification of the mammalian bones. And my thanks are also
due to Mr. Newton for the assistance given by him, as already
mentioned.
P.Z.S.1906, vol. 1. Pigae
a
st Ag
Oye
SBOP op
pallalc)
Oe * aes:
q >
=F
AD
~~ a DY Lae
Sa ARS
Ye
3
“4
Bale & Damelsson, L“@ 1th
A Scat
Ys
<DA
( ca
5s i
i
CDI
s
8¢ : = ‘ 2,
“agus
os 5 6) Gt 3
J.W. Jenkinson del
HISTOLOGY OF ‘THE PLACENTA OF Tom COW AND SHEEP
1906. ] ON THE PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 73
February 6, 1906.
G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Frederick Gillett, F.Z.8., exhibited a case of mounted
cubs of the Timber-Wolf (Canis occidentalis) which he had
obtained in the Province of Keewatin, Canada. He remarked
that this wolf though abundant in that district seldom showed
itself, being seen only occasionally in the winter and scarcely
ever in the summer.
Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon
some restored models of the skulls and mandibles of Muritherium
and Paleomastodon. The models were prepared by Mr. F. O.
Barlow from the original specimens collected from the Upper and
Middle Eocene beds of the Fayim, Egypt, and now preserved in
the British Museum and the Geological Museum, Cairo.
Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8., exhibited lantern-slides of sections
of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of twenty-four
species of Mammals, and the plantar surfaces of seven species of
Buds. The functions of the papillary ridges and the papillary
layer of the corium in connection with the sense of touch were
alluded to.
The following papers were read :—
1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta
in Ungulata. By J. W. Jenxginson, M.A., D.Sc.,
Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative
Anatomy, Oxford.
[Received November 27, 1905. }
(Plate III.* and Text-figures 27-33.)
Our knowledge of the minute anatomy of the Ungulate
placenta may be said to have begun with the publication in 1882
of Bonnet’s paper on the constitution of the so-called “ uterine
milk” in these mammals. According to Bonnet, the uterine
milk of the Sheep is a yellow viscid mass like pus, and consists of
a granular coagulable matrix full of masses of degenerating cells
and nuclei, of red blood-corpuscles, and of leucocytes which have
emigrated through the uterine epithelium. It also contains
small rod-like or needle-shaped bodies—the ‘Stibchen”—of
an albuminous substance, and fat and cholesterin may be demon-
strated in it.
As this author rightly insists, this material forms a very
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 96.
74 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
valuable food for the developing feetus ; not only can the tropho-
blast be shown to be absorbing fat even while the blastocyst is
still floating freely in the lumen of the uterus, but the cells of
this feetal membrane are also phagocytic and actively ingest the
solid particles of the uterine milk. This food-me aterial is of
maternal origin; fat is secreted by the uterine epithelium and
glands, the red blood-corpuscles are extravasated from superficial
capillaries, while the leucocytes emigrate through the epithelial
cells, the Stibchen are formed by the cells of the maternal epi-
thelium, and the degenerating cellular masses result from the
extensive disintegrat-on of epithelial and subepithelial tissue.
More recently the studies of Kolster on the placentation of the
Horse, Cow, Sheep, Pig, Roe-deer, and Red-deer have thrown
additional light on the mode of manufacture of this valuable food-
supply.
This author, while fully corroborating Bonnet’s account of the
secretion of fat in the extra- cotyle lonary uterine ep.thelium
and its glands, and of the copious emigration of leucocytes through
the epithelium durmg the greater part of gestation, has given a
more detailed description of the histological nature of these and
other processes. In fat-secretion the outer end of the cell with
the fat-globules it contains is protruded into the lumen of the
uterus or of the gland, pinched off, and ejected; exactly the same
process, which evidently resembles very closely the formation of
milk ina mammary gland, occurs in the secretion of fat in the
crypts of the maternal cotyledons. ‘The fat so secreted is quickly
absorbed by the trophob!ast.
Another very interesting Ce ee described by Kolster
is the production by the glands of a “cellular secretion,” in
addition to the thin coagulable liquid substance usually found
in them; here and ere small tracts of the epithelial wall
become invaginated into the gland-lumen, and being cut off
degenerate and are ejected by the mouths and added to the
uterine milk. The epithelial cells so cast out are often accom-
panied by connective-tissue corpuscles and leucocytes. Bonnet
has recently demonstrated a similar “cell-secretion” in the
uterine glands of the bitch. These ejected gland-cells form
a very important though not an only* source for the cellular
constituents of the milk. Considerable masses of disinte-
grating maternal tissue are added to the whole, as well
quantities of red corpuscles. All this material is ingested by the
phagocyctic trophoblast ; the fcetus is thus able to obtain a large
amount of proteid food and—from the red corpuscles—the
essential iron as well. The result of the intra-trophoblastic
digestion of the hemoglobin is the formation of pigment- masses
in the cells of this layer; these masses will sometimes give an iron
reaction, but usually ee The pigment was not further investi-
gated by Kolster. A very similar pigment is formed by the
extravasation of blood from subepithelial capillaries at the time
of heat, the blood-corpuscles being taken up by wandering cells
1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 19
and digested ; as a result pigment appears in the cells, while iron
can be demonstrated in the fluid in the uterine cavity.
‘A recent examination of a fairly complete series of stages of
the placentation of the Cow and Sheep has enabled me to confirm
Kolster’s valuable observations in all essential particulars : the
secretion of cells in the uterine glands, the secretion and absorp-
tion of fat in the cotyledons (I have never sueceeded in finding
fat in the extra-cotyledonary uterus, though it is abundant in
the overlying trophoblast), the disintegration of large masses of
maternal tissue, the extravasation of red corpuscles and their in-
gestion by the trophoblast with consequent formation of pigment,
the emigration of leucocytes through the uterine epitheliam,—
certainly all occur in the manner described by this author. At
the same time there are one or two smali points on which I am
unable to agree with him, such as the disappearance of the epi-
thelial cilia and the mode of formation of the accessory cotyledons ;
and others where his description or figures are deficient —the
histology of the trophoblast, for example. Further, the pigment
was not examined spectroscopically by Kolster, and neither
Kolster nor Bonnet has paid the slightest attention to a highly
important substance, the glycogen of the placenta. Lastly, I have
made one or two interesting observations on the anatomy of the
“ diverticulum allantoidis” and on the origin of the allantoic
bodies or hippomanes.
My material includes pregnant uteri containing embryos of from
4 em. to 60 em. in length in the case of the Cow, from 14 cm.
long to full time in the case of the Sheep, of the after-birth foetal
membranes of the Cow, and non-pregnant uteri both virgin and
post-partum.
The preservative fluids used were aceto-corrosive, picro-corro-
sive, Flemming, and 90 per cent. alcohol. It may be pointed out
that for the proper preservation of the maternal epithelial tissues
it ig essential that the uterus should be pinned out, with the
overlying trophoblast and allantois, before it is placed in the
fixative.
1. The Formation of Accessory Cotyledoirs.
It is well known that in the Cow and Sheep the maternal
cotyledons are formed in certain definite areas which can be dis-
tinguished in the virgin uterus (even of the unborn utertis) as
vounded prominences of the mucosa—the cotyledonary caruncles.
These caruncles consist of a dense mass of vasifactive sub-epi-
thelial connective tissue, and are covered by a columnar epithelium
continuous with that which lines the rest of the uterine cay ity.
They contain no glands.
After impregnation has taken place the caruncles are converted—
upon the attachment of the blastozyst to the uterine wall—into
the maternal cotyledons, becoming pitted by the crypts in which
the feetal villi lie. The number of cotyledons thus formed is
therefore predetermined and definite; but in addition to these
76 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE | Feb. 6,
principal ones accessory cotyledons of smaller size are formed in
the intervening regions throughout the later periods of gestation.
The exact mode of their formation presents some points of
interest.
The process has been thus described by Kolster: “ Die erste
Anlage einer solchen accessorischen Placenta iussert sich darin
dass eine nicht all zu weite wohl aus einer einfachen Chorionzotte
hervorgehenden Epitheltasche in die subepitheliale Kernschicht
hineinwichst.” With this account I am obliged, in two respects,
to disagree : in the first place the new crypt is not formed under
the influence of an ingrowing villus, and in the second it does
not, in the first instance, grow down into the subepithelial tissue.
By carefully preserving maternal and feetal tissues together, the
exact mode of origin of the structures can be made out without
difficulty (text-figs. 27 a-e).
The first sign of such an accessory crypt (in the Cow) is to be
found in the pitting of the uterine epithelium, the underlying
subepithelial tissue remaining perfectly smooth and taking no
part in the process. The cells which line the bottom of these pits
are shorter, the cells which make their sides rather taller than
the cells of the surrounding unmodified epithelium. It may be
noticed that mitoses are frequently met with in the cells of these
pits, though rare in other parts of the epithelium (text-figs. 27 a, c).
Presently, the under layer of connective tissue still remaining
perfectly smooth, a few wandering cells make their way through
into the walls of the pit (text-fig. 27 6), and this is soon followed
either by the formation of connective fibres around these
wandering cells or by the extrusion of fibres from the layer below
(text-fig. 27c), A small pitted area—with connective tissue and
capillaries in the walls of the pits—thus becomes raised above
the general level of the uterine surface (text-fig. 27.c) and by a
continuation of the process a cotyledon is formed. Only after the
pits have attained a considerable degree of development do the
feetal villi begin to dip into them; that this is the case is: very
clearly shown by the fact that while the pits are being formed
the overlying trophoblast is absolutely smooth and non-villous.
The cells of the pits, like those of the general epithelium, are
at first ciliated (though this is denied by Kolster) and more or less
Explanation of Text-fig. 27 (opposite).
| Nore.—Text-figs. 27, 28, 29, & 31 are from drawings made with the Camera
Lucida, obj. Zeiss 2 mm. achr., oc. comp. 4. |
Details of the formation of an accessory cotyledon in a Cow’s placenta of
the 6th month.
Fiz. a. A small epithelial pit is formed; fig. 4, the wall separating two pits is
growing up above the level of the surrounding epitbelium. Lhe underlying
connective-tissue layer is at present quite undisturbed ; fig. c, the connective
tissue begins to grow up into the pit or crypt-wall. Notice the mitoses.
Fig. d shows the soinewhat cubical but still ciliated epithelium lining a crypt in
one of these newly formed accessory cotyledons; and fig. e the continuity of the
ciliated with the modified vacuolated epithelium of a rather older crypt.
1906.]
PLACENTA IN UNGULATES.
Text-fio. 27.
“I
78 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
columnar, but as the pits develop the lining cells lose their cilia,
become cubical, and exhibit a fatty vacuolation of their cytoplasm
(text-fig. 27 e). At no stage, however, in the formation of these
accessory cotyledons is the « continuity of the cells lining the crypts
with the general uterine epithelium ever lost; on this matter
sections of properly preserved material do not allow of a moment’s
doubt.
Whether the epithelium lining the crypts of the principal
cotyledons is also derived in like manner from the epithelium
covering the cotyledonary caruncles, is a point which can only be
definitely settled by an examination of the early stages of
formation of these organs. Apart, however, from the analogy of
the accessory cotyledons, strong evidence can be brought forward
in favour of such a view. In both the Cow and the Sheep the
epithelium lining the crypts, however much altered it may be, and
in the Sheep the alteration is very great, is still continuous at the
edges of the cotyledon with the unmodified epithelium outside :
this can be made out with the very greatest ease in the case of
even the oldest and Jargest cotyledons of the Sheep, not quite so
obviously in the Cow. In passing from the extra-cotyledonary
columnar cells (Pl. TIT. fig. 7) to the flat cells which line the
crypts, all transitional forms can be found uninterruptedly adjacent
to one another (text-fig. 28). The cells become cubical, then flat,
and finally extremely attenuated. Further, places may be found
in the crypts where this extreme alteration of the cells has not
occurred; small nests of cells were to be seen, particularly at the
summits of the crypt-walls and in the deepest portions of their
cavities, in which the cubical or even the columnar form is still
preserved; and it is interesting to notice that it is from these
patches that new diverticula are given off by the solid ingrowth
of masses of cells, in which a lumen is subsequently developed,
into the connective tissue below (text-figs. 29 a—e, p. 81).
So far as my own knowledge goes, Iam able to support fully
Kolster’s contention that in the principal as in the accessory
cotyledon the crypts are lined by a secretory epithelium which
arises by modification of the cells which clothe the surface of the
non-pregnant uterus,
The Histology of the Trophoblast.
(a) The trophoblast consists in the extra-cotyledonary regions
of rather tall columnar cells; the outer ends are protruding and
apparently ameeboid, the cells themselves, as Kolster and Bonnet
have recognised, decidedly phagocytic. At the bases of the villi
very tall columnar cells are found (PI. IIT. fig. 1), which are the
principal agents in the ingestion of extravasated maternal red
corpuscles, as hemorrhage of the maternal capillaries takes place
most frequently at the summit of the walls separating the main
crypts. On the villi the cells are more cubical. It is noteworthy
that the foetal capillaries make their way into the trophoblast and
are often separated from the uterine lumen by only the thinnest
of cytoplasmic partitions.
1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. a9
Text-fig. 28,
Sheep.—Detail of cotyledonary crypt.
The columnar epithelium of fig. 7, Plate III., is here seen to pass without a break into
the flat or cubical epithelium lining one of the peripheral crypts of the cotyledon,
This is taken from the same preparation,
80 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
(3) In addition to these typical cells I have found in the Cow
elements which look remarkably like goblet-cells. They are to be
seen (Pl. III. fig. 8, gl.) wedged in*between the ordinary cubical
cells which cover the villi. Each cell contains a goblet-cavity
filled with a granular coagulum; the nucleus is small and pressed
against the side of the goblet. I have not succeeded in getting the
granules to stain with muci-carmine or muchematein.
(vy) The large oval binucleate cells (Pl. III. fig. 8, b7.), found in
both the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast and upon the villi, have
been described by both Bonnet and Kolster. Hach cell has a very
definite superficial membrane, a dense finely granular cytoplasm,
and two large oval nuclei provided with a rich reticulum of coarse
chromatin granules and two or more plasmosomes. The nuclei
may divide mitotically.
According to Kolster, these cells are maternal leucocytes which
have migrated through the uterine epithelium, grown at the
expense of the cell-débris accumulated in the lumen uteri, doubled
their nuclei by amitotic division, and become incorporated in the
trophoblast. It is true that these or closely similar cells are
occasionally found free between the fcetal and maternal tissues ;
but apart from that I do not believe there is the least evidence
for the view put forward by Kolster. That leucocytes migrate in
large numbers during gestation through the maternal epithelium
and are found in the “ uterine milk ” is certainly an indisputable
fact; these cells are, however, far larger than any leucocytes that
I have ever found, and quite dissimilar to any that I am acquainted
with. Moreover, Kolster does not figure a good series of the
alleged intermediate stages between the unmodified white corpuscles
and these very peculiar cells. The question must remain an open
one until the mode of first appearance of these elements in the
unattached blastocyst has been ascertained *,
3. The “ Diverticula Allantoidis.”
The ends of the chorionic sae—placed in the cornua uteri—are
produced into long, tapering filaments, supposed by the earlier
embryologists to be diverticula of the allantois pushed through
perforations in the chorion. Bonnet has shown (for the Sheep)
* Assheton has now shown that these cells are of foetal origin. See postscript to
this paper.
Explanation of Text-fig. 29 (opposite).
Sheep.—Formation of new crypt-cavities by the downgrowth of cell-masses from
patches of unmodified—not flattened—epithelium.
In fig. a the solid downgrowth is shown in continuity with the crypt epithelium ;
in fig. b it is ent across; in fig.e it has a lumen communicating with the crypt-
cavity above; in fig. d the lumen though well-developed is not yet open; and
in fig. c the lumen is as yet exceedingly small.
All the figures taken from the basal crypts of a cotyledon of a foetus measuring
14cm. (8rd month according to Kolster.)
1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 81
Text-fig. 29,
Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. VI. 6
82 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
that in these terminal processes the chorion as well as the
allantois is involved ; according to this observer, the chorion is here
not vascular, and quickly degenerates and crumples up; it is then
“von gelblich kiisigem Aussehen,” a very apt description of its
appearance.
Text-fig. 30.
! CG Yip
\\
HA é
=~
SS CRESS
SSS
SSS
a>
MTT
Section through one side of the chorionic ring and base of the diverticulum allan-
toidis of the Sheep, d.a.; the degenerate trophoblast and degenerate allantoic
epithelium are indicated in dotted outline. At the base of the diverticulum
allantoidis its connective-tissue lamella passes between the two muscular
sphincters (sph.) to join the thick connective-tissue of the chorionic ring; here
the allantoic epithelium (a//.) and the trophoblast (¢7.) are intact. b.v., blood-
vessel.
Sections (text-fig. 30) show that outer trophoblastic and inner
1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 83
allantoic epithelium are alike involved in the process of degenera-
tion, the disintegrating cells being added to the mass of uterine
milk in which the twisted crumpled filament is embedded, all,
indeed, that remains is the fibrous connective-tissue lamella which
separated the two epithelial layers.
The structure, however, to which I wish here to draw attention
is a thickened fibrous ring which lies at the base of the terminal
filament and surrounds the narrow aperture by which the central
communicates with the terminal portion of the allantoic cavity.
The ring arises by a dense local hypertrophy of the connective
tissue (splanchnopleuric and somatopleuric) separating the epithelia
of the allantois and trophoblast : on the central side of the ring
blood-vessels (6.v.) are found in this connective tissue, and the
two epithelia (é. and all.) persist; on the terminal side the
epithelia degenerate and the blood-vessels are absent, the supporting
lamella of connective tissue alone remains. This lamella springs
from the thickened “chorionic ring,” as I will call it, and at its
base are two rings of muscular tissue forming a sphincter (sph.),
which apparently serves to prevent the escape of allantoic fluid
after the disintegration of the terminal portion.
The figure, in which one half of the chorionic ring only is shown,
is taken from a section of the membranes of an embryo sheep
measuring 27 cm. (last month of pregnancy).
4. The Distribution of Glycogen in the Placenta.
The presence of this body in the Ruminant fetal membranes
did not escape the notice of its discoverer, Claude Bernard.
Bernard showed that the rounded or irregular, flattened or
papilliform bodies with which the internal surface of the amnion
is covered contained large quantities of glycogen, the quantity
increasing up to about the fifth month of gestation and then slowly
diminishing towards the end ; with the diminution of the glycogen
he described a fatty degeneration of the amniotic bodies and the
deposition of crystals of calcium oxalate. He further demonstrated
the presence of glycogen during the earlier stages of pregnancy
in many embryonic tissues—the skin, lungs, intestinal villi, uterus,
bladder, ureters, renal tubules, and muscles ; not, however, in the
liver until late in feetal life, when it had disappeared from the
other organs. Bernard regarded the amniotic bodies as a store-
house of reserve carbohydrate, and pointed out that the percentage
of sugar (dextrose) found in the amniotic fluid steadily increased
as the glycogen in the amnion diminished.
Creighton has stated that glycogen may be found also in the foetal
cartilages, especially during bone-formation, and in the choroid
plexuses of the brain.
To these facts Iam able to add but little. I have, however,
succeeded in finding glycogen in the uterine epithelium, both
superficial and glandular (in the Cow), and in the subepithelial
connective tissue in the Sheep, and further in the uterine milk.
6*
84 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
Moreover, it occurs in the trophoblast, in the connective-tissue
cells of the chorion, and in the allantoic epithelium. It appears to
be absorbed mainly by the extra-cdtyledonary trophoblast, if not
entirely so. J have not found it in the villi.
Text-fig. 31.
a and 6. Amniotic epithelial thickening of a Cow of 4 months. Notice the abundant
glycogenic vacuolation. a, the superficial; 6, the deep strata.
c. Glycogenic epithelium of theallantoic stalk. (Length of foetus 30 em., 5th month
according to Kolster.)
d, e. Glycogenic connective-tissue cells in the walls of one of the umbilical blood-
vessels of the same foetus as the last.
The only other case, which I am aware of, in which glycogen
has been found in the uterine epithelium is the human uterus.
Langhans has described it here in the cells of the superficial
epithelium and of the glands. It occurs, of course, in abundance
Py
.
°
=
¥
“
“
o
1906.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 85
in the subepithelial tissue of the Rodent uterus (Mouse and
Rabbit), and in the former animal is absorbed and stored by
special trophoblastic glycogenic cells in much the same fashion as
by the amniotic bodies of the Ungulata.
The glycogen secreted by the Ungulate uterus is, however, not
nearly sufficient to account for the very large quantity found in
the body and adnexa of the fetus ; most of this must be formed
synthetically.
Finally, I have ventured to give figures (text-figs. 31 a, b) of
the stratified epithelium of the amniotic bodies. ‘The lowest layer
is cubical; this is succeeded by sheets of polyhedral cells, which
become larger and flatter towards the surface.
All the cells, even the cubical cells of the bottom layer, are
vacuolated with glycogen. The vacuoles are separated by ex-
cessively delicate walls; these may break down and the cell thus
become converted into a bag containing but one large mass of
glycogen. In older stages, when the glycogen is used up, the cells
become flattened and the nuclei stain faintly.
Text-figs. 31 c-e show the glycogenesis in the epithelium of the
allantoic stalk, and in the connective-tissue cells of the coats of
the umbilical blood-vessels.
5. The Pigment of the Placenta.
Kolster has very rightly emphasised the great physiological
importance of the ingestion of extravasated maternal red cor-
puseles by trophoblastic ceils. The hemoglobin so taken up is
digested and split into an iron-containing and an iron-free
constituent. The former is carried away by the fcetal blood-vessels
and stored up in large quantities, principally in the liver of the
embryo, as a reserve to be used during lactation*, as the milk
contains little or no iron. The latter is deposited in the cells as
a pigment, occurring in such quantities as to give—especially in
the later stages of gestation—a deep brown colour to the fetal
cotyledons.
The extravasation, and consequently the ingestion, of blood-
corpuscles takes place mainly in the cotyledons ; the hemorrhages
occur principally at the summit of the walls separating the
primary crypts, and the trophoblastic cells, which are actively
concerned in the ingestive process, are the long columnar elements
which lie at the bases of the large villi.
The stages of ingestion and digestion of the blood-corpuscles are
* Bunge has shown that the percentage of iron in the new-born puppy (‘72 per
cent. of the ash) is six times as great as that in the dog’s milk (712 per cent.), and
further that the proportion of iron in the new-born puppy is five to nine times that
in the adult dog. Of the assimilation of iron by the foetus Bunge remarks: “If
the bulk of the organic compounds of iron were afforded by the mammary gland, it
might become a prey to bacteria in the alimentary canal before it had time to be
absorbed. But if it enters the infant organism through the placenta its safety is
assured.’
86 DR. J, W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6
as follows:—The cells in question have outwardly-protruding
amoeboid processes, by which they engulf the corpuscles (Pl. III.
figs. 1-3); the ingested corpuscles are often so numerous as to
almost entirely fill the body of the cell. Inside the cell the
corpuscles—often aggregated in small clumps (fig. 3)—become
gradually paler, and change their staining reaction and their form.
In picro-nigrosin the freshly-ingested corpuscles, like those
outside, take up the picric acid, but gradually gain a stronger
affinity for the nigrosin, and stain blue or grey; at the same time
their shape becomes irregular. These irregular masses seem to be
enclosed in small cavities or food-vacuoles. Presently small
granules of a yellowish-brown pigment are seen to have been
deposited on the surface (fig. 5) of the included masses, and this
process continues until the whole is converted into an irregular
dark brown mass (fig. 6). Both freshly-ingested corpuscles and
pigment may be observed in one and the same cell (figs. 2 & 3).
Of the nature of this pigment Kolster says little beyond the
statement that it is a hemoglobin derivative, and that some of
the granules will give an iron reaction. Such granules are
probably similar to the iron-albuminate particles which I have
described in the uterus of the Mouse, and which commonly occur
in old blood-extravasates. Bonnet alludes to them as hematoidin
crystals,
I myself have not been able to get an iron reaction with these
masses in any case. If sections are treated with warm nitric-acid
aleohol (by Macallum’s method) for 24 hours, and then with acid
ferrocyanide of potassium, the nuclei of the cells become an intense
blue, but the pigment remains unchanged except that it is a
little paler. I am, however, able to bring forward a certain
amount of evidence as to the nature of the hemoglobin derivate
with which we have here to deal.
1 did not attempt to make a chemical analysis of the pigment,
but merely to extract it by different solvents. I proceeded by a
twofold method :—
(1) I soaked the feetal cotyledons in water (to get rid of the
hemoglobin in the blood), ground up the tissues in a mortar,
filtered, and dried the pigment which had been collected on the
paper. This was then dissolved in hot absolute alcohol, and gave
a greenish-yellow solution, which, however, showed no absorption-
bands. I failed to get the residue to dissolve in ether or chloro-
form (although, as will be seen below, Dr. MacMunn has shown
that it will dissolve in these media) or boiling water, although
soluble with a greenish colour in 6 per cent. aqueous potash ;
in solution in 5 per cent. nitric or sulphuric acid in 90 per cent.
alcohol it turned reddish.
(2) I dried the cotyledons thoroughly, then pulverised in a
mortar and dissolved in absolute alcohol. The solution was
reddish brown, and, on examination with the spectroscope, showed
two dark bands very nearly in the position of the bands of oxy-
hemoglobin. J supposed that these bands were due to the hemo-
1906.] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 87
globin of the fcetal blood which was included, of course, in the
powder. This, however, is not the case. At Dr. MacMunn’s
suggestion I took some pure hemoglobin (from centrifugalised
blood) and treated it in exactly the same way—that 1s, dried,
pulverised, and boiled it in absolute alcohol. The alcohol turned
only a faint straw-yellow colour and showed no bands whatever.
I sent my solutions to Dr. MacMunn, who has most kindly sub-
‘mitted them to a thorough spectroscopic investigation.
I take this opportunity of expressing my great indebtedness to
him for the trouble he has taken, and for his courtesy in permitting
me to publish his report, which I now give verbatim.
I. Solution obtained by the first of the two methods described
above from the feetal cotyledons of the Cow.
“Solution greenish yellow, shows no bands, absorbs small bit of
violet end. This fluid evaporated down on water-bath leaves a
greyish-brown residue with a peculiar smell and resinous appear-
ance. This residue is soluble in ether, yellowish solution, giving
no bands but absorbing a little bit of the violet end as before.
On evaporating this a brownish residue is left, this soluble in
chloroform, yellowish solution. This solution shows no bands,
only absorbs a little bit of violet end.
“On adding fuming nitric acid, no colour change and no
spectrum change. It is not, therefore, bilirubin, nor biliverdin,
nor a lipochrome.”
II. A solution obtained by the second of the above-described
methods from the virgin uterus of the Sheep.
“The solution is greenish yellow, has no absorption-bands, but
cuts off a little bit of the violet end; is probably identical with
above from Cow.”
III. A solution obtained by the second method from the fetal
cotyledons of the Sheep.
“¢ Filtered, filtrate has a yellowish-red colour.
“On spectroscopic examination two faint bands are seen in the
green, looking at first sight lke the oxyhemoglobin bands ; there
is also a slight shading in the red end of the spectrum.
“Evaporated down by heat, it leaves a brownish oily-looking
residue ; a considerable portion of this is soluble in rectified spirit.
This solution has a yellow colour with a tinge of red; this shows
two faint bands, which seem to occupy the position of the oxy-
hemoglobin bands. The relative intensity of shading of these
bands was not, however, the same as of the oxyhemoglobin bands.
Their measurements are :—
(1) A593 — 574,
(2) 556-5 — 581,
“This spirit solution was now evaporated down on the water-
88 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
bath and left a brownish residue. On extraction with absolute
alcohol the same yellow solution with a reddish tinge is obtained
as before, giving the bands with exactly the same readings.
“This alcohol solution was again evaporated down and the
residue dissolved in ether, which dissolved a considerable portion,
giving a yellowish solution with a reddish tint; this gave two
bands :—
(1) A 593 or 594°5 — 577,
(2) \ 558 — 533°5.
“This shifting is due to the influence of the solvent.
“There also seems to be a slight shading between \ 516 and
496 ?
“This ether solution was evaporated down and the brown
residue extracted with chloroform ; this formed a reddish solution,
which contained oily-looking red drops floating undissolved on the
surface.
“The two bands now are :—
(1) . 596 — 574,
(2) \ 558 — 533-5.
“The first is not as dark as the second.
“ A faint greenish fluorescence seems to be present in all these
solutions; it does not disappear on filtering.
“The chloroform solution was next evaporated down and the
residue dissolved in rectified spirit.
“ The addition of ammonia or of caustic soda to this solution
causes precipitation, and, in the filtrate, diminishes the intensity
of the colour of the solution and the shading of the bands, but
does not appear to alter their position. On adding one drop of
sulphuric acid the fluid becomes slightly turbid, and the two bands
in the filtrate have disappeared to be replaced by two others,
(1) before D and (2) in the green, which are difficult to measure,
but whose position 1s approximately as follows :—
(1) x 607 — 596,
(2) \ 568 — 547.
“These recall at once the bands of acid hematoporphyrin, the
positions of which are :—
(1) 4 610 — 591,
(2) 0 585 — 567°5.
“Tt is to be noted, however, that the addition of alkalis does
not produce the usual four-banded spectrum of alkaline hemato-
porphyrin, but Garrod and others have described in urine a two-
banded neutral hematoporphyrin spectrum.
“ Fearing that possibly a fowr-banded alkaline hematoporphyrin
spectrum might have been present but have been passed over
owing to the weakness of the solution, a layer of fluid (absolute
1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 89
alcohol and ammonia) 50 mm. deep was examined in a long
spectroscope bottle, but no bands except the following could be
seen :—
(1) A 594°5 — 572°5,
(2) \ 5565 — 531.
“‘ Other experiments were made to prove that the pigment was
not hematin; e. g. ammonium sulphide was added, but no reduced
hematin spectrum appeared. Caustic alkalis also failed to change
the spectrum into that of alkaline hematin, acids into that of acid
hematin, which would have occurred if that pigment had been
present.
“Let us now compare the spectrum of the pigment in alcoholic
solution with that of an as equally as possible dilute aqueous solu-
tion of oxyhzemoglobin :—
Placenta pigment. Oxyhemoglobin.
(1) 598 — 574, (1) X 586 — 568,
(2) 4 556-5 — 531, (2) X 552 — 525.
“(See Hoppe-Seyler, Handbuch, 1903.)
“This pigment therefore appears to be more nearly related to
heematoporphyrin than to any other known decomposition-product
of hemoglobin.”
IV. Solution obtained from the fcetal cotyledons of the Cow by
the second method,
“ The alcoholic solution shows the two-banded spectrum, is the
colour of fairly deep sherry ; filtered, the filtrate is reddish yellow
and shows two bands :—
(1) A 593 — 577, second reading A 594°5 — 575,
(2) \ 556°5 — 534:5, second reading X 556°5 — 533°5,
and in addition a faint shading nearer the violet.
“The solution was evaporated on the water-bath, but owing to
the presence of some fatty matter remained fluid while hot.
‘“‘ An aqueous solution of the residue is faintly yellow, but shows
no bands or fluorescence.
“The residue was brownish, in thin parts brownish yellow. The
absolute alcohol solution of this residue is reddish yellow with a
suspicion of greenish fluorescence; it gives two faint bands :—
(1) 4 593 — 574,
(2) d 558 — 536.
“The violet end of the spectrum is cut off at \ 487.
‘¢ Ammonia produces turbidity, and diminishes, in the filtrate,
the intensity of the bands, but their position is unaltered.
“On adding a little H,SO, to an alcoholic solution slight
precipitation is produced. ‘The filtrate is of a deep yellow sherry-
colour and the bands referred to above (in the Sheep) resembling
90 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
those of acid hematoporphyrin are seen; the violet end is also
cut off.
“This pigment seems evidently to be identical with the banded
one obtained from the Sheep.
“It is to be noted that none of the solutions in the case of
either the Sheep or Cow was coloured the deep red characteristic
of hematoporphyrin. This was probably due (a) to the small
amount of the hematoporphyrin-like pigment present, and (/3) to
impurities,”
From this report of Dr. McMunn’s it seems quite clear that two
distinct pigments are present in the Ungulate placenta: (1) a
pigment soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform, which shows no
bands, but absorbs a little of the violet end of the spectrum; (2) a
pigment soluble in the same three media, but giving in neutral
solution two bands very nearly but not quite in the position of
the bands of oxyhzemoglobin, in acid solution two bands almost
exactly in the position of the bands of acid hematoporphyrin, but
in alkaline solution showing only two bands, in the same position
as in the neutral solution, and not the four bands of alkaline
hematoporphyrin.,
The first of these was obtained from the cotyledons of the Cow
by crushing the tissues, after removal of (at any rate most of) the
hemoglobin by water, and from the virgin uterus of the Sheep by
drying the tissues, with the contained hemoglobin,and powdering ;
the second was obtained from the cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep
by the second method, involving the retention of hemoglobin with
the pigment. It seems probable that the first pigment is present
as well as the second, though masked by it, in the cotyledons of
the Sheep.
That the second pigment is not produced from the included
hemoglobin by the treatment adopted is proved, first, by its
absence in the virgin uterus of the Sheep, and, second, by the
failure to get a solution showing the bands by boiling dried
hemoglobin in absolute alcohol. This second pigment then, if not
the first, would appear to be new to physiology, though related
to hematoporphyrin. The name hematophein may be provi-
sionally given to it. It is a hemoglobin derivative and from it
bile-pigments may be formed. This will be shown in the next
section.
6. The “‘Hippomanes” or Allantoic Bodies.
Although the curious rounded or elongated, often flattened,
sometimes soft, sometimes hard and brittle bodies found floating
in the allantoic fluid have been familiar objects for many centuries,
the exact mode of their formation has not, to the best of my
knowledge, been yet accurately described.
They occur in both the Cow and the Sheep, being larger in the
latter. Their colour in the former case is whitish or pale yellow,
in the latter a dirty brown.
Their origin will be considered first in the Sheep. From
1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 91
the fact that they are often found attached by a pedicle to
Text-fig. 32.
SSS
‘\\
i)
URN
C
SA
C)
SHAN
i
TOS
wt ASMIDI RTT
NI MS
Uterus of Sheep.
Section through a mass (h.) of uterine cellular and nuclear débris embedded in a
pocket of the trophoblast (¢7.)
This is an early stage in the formation of a
hippomanes or allantoic body. ail., allantoic epithelium.
92 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
the wall of the allantois, and that sometimes they may be seen
in the connective tissue of the chorion, it has been supposed
that they originated in this position (Bonnet, Turner). It has
apparently escaped the notice of these observers that exactly
similar bodies are to be found outside the chorion, between it and
the wall of the uterus.
It has already been remarked that the lumen of the uterus is,
during gestation, occupied by a considerable mass of slimy cellular
débris, the so-called uterine milk. The disintegrating cells com-
posing this viscid mass are derived in part from the cellular
secretion of the glands, in part from the extensive degeneration
of tracts of maternal epithelial and connective tissue ; it includes
quantities of extravasated blood, and is permeated by leucocytes.
It is by the local accumulation of this matter that the allantoic
bodies are formed. Such aggregations may be found lying either
freely between foetal and maternal tissues or enclosed in pocket-
like diverticula of the trophoblast (text-fig. 32, p. 91). This is the
first stage of their incorporation into the allantois ; and from this
the transition to the following steps is easy—their situation in
the connective tissue of the chorion, their attachment by a stalk
to the allantoic wall, and their liberation into the allantoic cavity.
Sections show that inside and outside the allantois these bodies
have always the same structure—a granular coagulum containing
quantities of cell-detritus, with degenerating nuclei which either
stain very faintly or are broken up into dense homogeneous
spherules, globules of fat and small masses of glycogen, and
infiltrated by leucocytes. Sometimes a delicate cellular mem-
brane—the remains possibly of the trophoblastic pocket, or more
probably of the allantoic epithelium—still surrounds these bodies
after they have found their way into the allantoic cavity.
Whether the allantoic bodies of the Cow are also formed in this
way I do not know, as I have never observed them lying in pockets
of the trophoblast. Bodies quite similar to those of the allantois
are certainly found between the trophoblast and the uterus, both
in and between the cotyledons; but the remarkable thing about
them is that they have exactly the structure of the degenerate
epithelial thickenings of the amnion, and, like these latter, are
impregnated with typical “‘ envelope” crystals of calcium oxalate.
The bodies found in the allantois, as well as the allantoic fluid
itself, contain the same salt, as Lassaigne showed nearly a century
ago. It is possible, therefore, that in the Cow the disintegrating
epithelial thickenings of the amnion pass on the one hand into the
allantoic cavity, on the other into the uterus, and not from the
uterus into the allantois in the manner described for the Sheep.
It may be noticed here that the hippomanes of the Mare are
also saturated with calcium oxalate.
Lastly, the bodies found between the trophoblast and the
uterus of the Cow are often, especially when small, infiltrated
with bilirubin. With fuming nitric acid the succession of
colours characteristic of Gmelin’s reaction is at once obtained.
1906. ] PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 93
I have found exactly similar bodies in the Pig, although, as I only
obtained these with the after-birth, [ cannot say whether they were
inside the allantois or on the outside of the chorion. From these
I succeeded, by drying, dissolving in chloroform, and erystallizing-
out, in obtaining small lanceolate and rhomboidal crystals of
bilirubin (text-fig. 33).
These small bilirubin bodies of the Cow are found principally
in the cotyledons. Later on they seem to lose their bile-pigment ;
for between the extra-cotyledonary trophoblast and the uterus
only bodies of a paler yellow are found. The allantoic bodies are
nearly white.
Text-fig. 33.
Rhomboidal and lanceolate crystals of bilirubin obtamed from a chloroform
solution of the dried allantoic bodies of the Pig. Drawn with Zeiss obj. 2 mm.
achr., comp. oc. 6.
The bilirubin appears to arise by further modification of the
yellow-brown pigment of the placenta; but whether it is formed
inside trophoblastic cells from ingested corpuscles and then passed
out, or whether it arises extra-cellularly in the maternal extra-
vasations, and if so, whether its formation is due to any digestive
activity of the trophoblast or not, Iam afraid I am unable to
say. From the analogy of what occurs in such extravasations
as bruises, it would appear that the hemoglobin derivatives
might be formed, not only inside (as is undoubtedly the case),
but also outside the cells of the trophoblast; for the yellow-
brown pigment described in the last section certainly occurs, not
only in the blood-extravasations in the crypts, but even in the
maternal tissues and blood-vessels (Plate ITI. fig. 4).
List of Works referred to in the Text.
BERNARD, C. Lecons sur les phénomeénes de la vie. Paris, 1879.
‘“¢ Mémoire sur une nouvelle fonction du placenta.” Ann.
Sci. Nat. (4) x. 1858.
Bonnet, R. “Die Uterinmilch und ihre Bedeutung fiir die
Friicht.” Festschrift fiir Bischoff. Stuttgart, 1882.
——. “ Beitrige zur Embryologie der Wiederkauer gewonnen
am Schafei.” Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys. (Anat.) 1889.
Buneg, G. Text-book of Physiological and Pathological Che-
mistry. English translation by L. C. Wooldridge.
London, 1890.
94 DR. J. W. JENKINSON ON THE [ Feb. 6,
Creicuton, C. Microscopic Researches on the Formative Pro-
perty of Glycogen. London, 1896.
Koster, R. ‘“ Weitere Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Embryotrophe
bei Indeciduaten.” Anat. Hefte, lte Abth. xx. 1903.
Laneuans, T. ‘ Ueber Glycogen in pathologischen Neubildungen
und den menschlichen Eihiiuten.” Virchow’s Archiv,
cxx. 1890.
Lassaicne, J. L. “Analyse des hippomanes trouvés dans le
liquide contenu dans la membrane de l’utérus de la vache
appelée allantoide.” Ann.de Chim. et de Phys. x. 1819.
Turner, W. Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the
Placenta. Edinburgh, 1876.
Postscript.
Since this paper was read, an important memoir has been
published by Assheton (‘The Morphology of the Ungulate
Placenta, &c.,” Phil. Trans. B. 198, 1906), in which the author
describes a very complete series of stages in the formation and
development of the placenta of the Sheep.
The most interesting point of this description is the origin
of the cells which line the crypts of the maternal cotyledons from
the binucleate cells of the trophoblast.
According to Assheton, the whole of the uterine epithelium
degenerates and disappears at about the eighteenth day of
pregnancy. In the extra-cotyledonary regions it is eventually
regenerated (12th week); but in the cotyledons its place is taken
by cells of foetal—trophoblastic—origin, the binucleate cells, which
are also, indeed, instrumental in its destruction. The binucleate
cells in question are first seen (15th day) to be deeply seated
in the trophoblast ; presently, however, they come to the surface
and so into contact with the uterine epithelium, between the cells
of which they insinuate themselves, and so “pass down to the
base of the layer and force themselves between the epithelium
and the sublying stroma.” The epithelium thus cut off from its
source of nutrition dies, and its room is occupied by a more or less
complete layer of flattened cells, which Assheton compares to the
plasmodiblast layer of the trophoblast described by Van Beneden
in the Bat and Rabbit, and present in many other forms. The
formation of this plasmodiblast continues throughout pregnancy.
In asserting the trophoblastic origin of these cells, Assheton
relies on the following facts :—
(1) They resemble the binucleate cells in the staining capacity
of their cells and nuclei.
(2) The presence in them of vacuoles, which is at this stage a
characteristic of these (the binucleate) cells.
(3) Nuclei occur in pairs in the lining of the crypts, as in the
binucleate cells.
(4) The number of binucleate cells in the trophoblast diminishes
during gestation.
1906. | PLACENTA IN UNGULATES. 95
(5) “ The layer in question is clearly not an attenuation of an
ordinary epithelium,” and is not secretory, as, e.g., is the
epithelium lining the crypts in the Cow, which Assheton
admits to be of uterine origin.
As explained in the body of the paper, my own observations do
not permit me to speak at first-hand of the origin of the cells lining
the crypts in the principal maternal cotyledons. J am, however,
certain that in the accessory cotyledons of the Cow the crypts are
lined by an epithelium which is a modified uterine epithelium, and
that in the principal cotyledons of both Cow and Sheep the extra-
cotyledonary columnar uterine epithelium is perfectly continuous
with the modified epithelium of the crypts. The latter in the
Cow is simply cubical; in the Sheep it is more seriously altered,
flattened, and often interrupted. There are places, however, in
which the cells retain, as I should put it, their columnar form ;
and from these cell-nests diverticula are produced which line new
crypts. From these facts I have inferred that, in the principal
cotyledons, the lining is also of uterine origin.
Still there is no necessary contradiction between this view
and that put forward by Assheton ; for it is perfectly conceivable
that the cells in question may originate in different ways in the
principal and accessory cotyledons, and that the continuity observed
in the former between extra- and intra-cotyledonary epithelia is
secondary. Ido not think, however, that Assheton has proved
his, admittedly difficult, case ; for
(1) Similarity in staining is not a very safe criterion; other
nuciei and cell-bodies—e. g., those of subepithelial cells—
often stain intensely; also the nuclei of the binucleate
cells are often larger, more spherical, and paler than are
those of the cells lining the erypts, and in his fig. 40
Assheton figures nuclei of ‘ plasmodiblast ” cells which are
quite pale.
(2) Vacuoles—of fat and glycogen—certainly occur in the
uterine epithelial cells, both inside and outside the cotyle-
donary caruncles.
(3) The nuclei of the layer lining the crypts do not always
occur in pairs, but very frequently in heaps, in the cell-
nests I have alluded to, as Assheton’s own figures show.
(4) The lining epithelium of the crypts undoubtedly contains
fat-globules, and fatty cellular débris is found in the erypt
lumen ; these cells are therefore as certainly secretory here
as they are in the Cow.
(5) The asserted degeneration of the uterine epithelium is very
probably largely illusory. Where I had at first supposed
that the uterine epithelium had disappeared I have often
found subsequently that, by more careful preservation, it
could be demonstrated without difficulty.
Although there is no inherent improbability in the account
given by Assheton, and indeed some such intermediate form
96 ON THE CAVIES OF THE GENUS DOLICHOTIS. [ Feb. 6,
between what he calls the plicate and cumulate types of placenta
may at least be supposed to have once existed, I must still, for the
reasons given above, express, to my great regret, my inability to
accept his conclusions until stronger evidence is forthcoming.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
All the figures were drawn with the Camera Lucida, obj. Zeiss 2 mm. achr.,
oc. comp. 4.
Fig. 1. Cow. Phagocytic columnar trophoblast-cells from the base of a fcetal villus.
(Length of foetus 7°5 cm.; about 3rd month.) (pp. 78, 86.)
Figs. 2 & 38. Phagocytosis in the trophoblast of the Sheep (nearly full time). In
fig. 2 notice the aggregation of the ingested corpuscles into clumps. (p. 86.)
Fig. 4. Cow, 4 months. Brown pigment-granules
(a) in maternal blood-vessels (on the right) ;
(3) in the cubical epithelium of the crypt (in the centre) ;
(y) in the trophoblast of a foetal villus (on the left). (p. $3.)
5. Cow, 6th month. Trophoblast at the base of a villus. One of the cells
contains an ingested mass (compare fig. 1); small brown pigment-granules
are forming upon this. (p. 86.)
6. Cow, 4 months. <A later stage in pigment-formation. The cells contain
large irregular yellow-brown masses. (p. 86.)
7. Full-time epithelium of the Sheep. Normal uterine epithelium from the
outer surface of the cotyledon. Note the basal vacuoles and the brown
pigment, derived from the hemoglobin of extravasated corpuscles, in the
subepithelial connective-tissue cells. (p. 78.)
. A small portion of a section through a villus; from a Calf of about the 3rd
month (length 9 em.). Notice, in the trophoblast, cells which look like
goblet-cells (gi.), and large oval binucleate cells (42.). The capillaries
(cap.) come very close to the surface ; c.¢., connective tissue. (p. 80.)
2)
2. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis and on Living
Specimens of D. salinicola. By Sir Epmunp Lover,
be oa ier Sie if
{Received February 6, 1906. |
(Plate IV.*)
There had been some little confusion and controversy with
regard to the three species or subspecies of Dolichotis until the
subject was cleared up by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the ‘Annals
and Magazine of Natural History,’ April 1902.
In Proce. Zool. Soc. 1875 there is a paper by Dr. Burmeister,
of the Museum at Buenos Aires, in which he describes and gives
a figure of one of two specimens which he had secured from
Dr. Berg.
He recognised them as a new species under the name of
Dolichotis salinicola. Both specimens are stated to have been
young.
In Proce. Zool. Soc. for 1876 there is a second paper by
Dr. Burmeister, called ‘‘ Additional Note on Dolichotis salinicola,”
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 97.
Pl. 1V
P.Z.S. 1906, wol. Io,
DOLICHOTIS SALINICOLA.
1906. ] MISS G. RICARDO ON A NEW SPECIES OF FLY. Si
in which he describes two fully adult living specimens. He says :—
“The two living specimens, which are now under my inspection,
show that my former description was taken from very young
specimens of about half their full size, and that this northern
species comes much nearer in size to the southern species
(Dolichotis patagonica) than 1 was formerly led to suppose.” —
It is now quite clear from specimens collected by Mr. P. O.
Simons in 1901, and described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, that the
living specimens described by Dr. Burmeister in his second paper
were Dolichotis magellanicus centricola and not Dolichotis salinicola,
and that those described in his first paper were full-grown or
nearly full-grown specimens of the dwarf species Dolichotis salini-
cola, which I have now alive in my possession.
Both these species occur in the same region near Santiago del
Kstero in Northern Argentina, so that confusion was easy.
The common Patagonian Cavy is conspicuous for a broad dark
band above the white rump-patch. This black band is wanting
in Dolichotis salinicola and also in the larger Dolichotis magellanicus
centricola.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Dolichotis salinicola.
3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide.
By Gertrupe Rroarpo.
[Received December 7, 1905. |
MELISSOMORPHA, gen. noy.
Formed for a fly from Rungaroom, Sikhim, in the British
Museum Collection, which closely mimics Apis dorsata ¥F., an
Indian species.
The genus belongs to the Pangonine division of the family
Tabanide, which is distinguished by the hind tibie being furnished
with spines, ocelli usually present, and the third joint of the
antennz consisting of eight divisions, with no tooth.
This genus will come under No. 9 in my table of genera of
Pangonine in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 98 (1900):
‘““Proboscis scarcely extending beyond the palpi,” which dis-
tinguished Apatolestes, a North American genus. The two geneva
may now be divided thus :—
Having the appearance of a Bee (Apis). All the tibiee wide
PMOL HEMEL Goodearoocouscoondose Melissomorpha, gen. nov.
Not having the appearance of a Bee. The tibiz not wide and
flatiencaays gaia. atoeeeies taacee se eae eee Apatolestes Will,
MELISSOMORPHA, gen. nov.
Generic description.—Antenne eight-jointed, ocelli present,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. VII. 7
98 MISS G. RICARDO ON A NEW SPECIES OF FLY. [ Feb. 6,
forehead at the vertex protuberant. Head bee-like in shape, the
antenne inserted rather more than half way down the head.
Abdomen with six segments, the second one the largest. Proboscis
short, hardly projecting beyond the palpi. Legs with all the
tibie wide and flat, like those of the ordinary hive-bee (Apis
mellifera L.), with fringes of black hairs on each side, the bind
tibie being largest, not, however, concave as in the bee. Wings
with all the posterior cells open and the anal cell closed; no
appendix.
MELISSOMORPHA INDIANA, Sp. 0.
The single specimen on which this genus is founded is a
marvellously close imitation of Apis dorsata F.: when placed near
the latter it has a wonderfully general resemblance to it, though
away from all the natural surroundings. The colouring and shape
of the abdomen distinguish it and, of course, the absence of the
second pair of wings.
The type is a female from Rungaroom, 7000 feet, 7 miles
from Darjeeling, April 1900 (Col. Bingham).
Black. Face brown, with black pubescence and some golden
hairs intermixed. Forehead long, equal in width, rather broad,
black with brown tomentum and black pubescence and some
golden hairs; the vertex is shining black, protuberant, with three
large reddish-brown ocelli, thence the forehead slopes down-
wards to the antenne, which are reddish brown, the third joint
being darker; they are long and slender, the first joint nearly twice
as long as the second, both with black pubescence, the third
joint with the first division as long as the other five, which are
short and equal in size, with the exception of the last one, which
is longer and ends in a point. Palpi yellowish, long, the first joint
short, stout ; the second long, curved, ending in an obtuse point ;
the pubescence is black. Abdomen long: the second segment
slightly broader than the rest ; the first and second segments bright
fulvous, with yellow pubescence, the remaining segments opaque,
black; the third and fourth with a narrow fringe of yellow pubes-
cence on the posterior borders, otherwise the pubescence is black ;
the under side similar ; the hairs on the sides of the abdomen are
black on the black segments, on the second segment yellow, with
the exception of a tuft of black hairs towards the under side. Legs
dark reddish brown, the front ones blacker; all the tarsi pale
yellow, the pubescence black, some yellow hairs on the side of the
tarsi which are black at their apices; the pulvilli large, the claws
long. Wings rich brown in colour, hyaline at the extreme base,
and nearly so on the posterior border ; the brown becomes fainter
at the apex, being most intense round the stigma and in the centre
of the wing; veins yellowish brown, the first longitudinal vein
black, thickened except at its base.
Halteres yellowish, the knob brown. Length 17 millim.
P.Z.S.1906,vol.l. PLV:
Parker & West imp.
MP. Parker lith.
ES .R.del,
TRICHORHIZA BRUNNEA.
1906. | MR. E. 8. RUSSELL ON A NEW HYDROID. 99
4. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus.
By Hi. 8. Russet *.
[Received November 11, 1905. |
(Plate V. +)
TRICHORHIZA.
Hydranth solitary, attached loosely by the hydrorhiza, which is
filiform and branched. Invested by perisarc, which forms a
protective cup into which the hydranth is partly retractile.
The genus Trichorhiza is here constituted for a single new
species, whose characters are so remarkable as to make the
formation of a separate genus for its reception a necessity. The
following description of this new species is made from the only
specimen which I have seen.
TRICHORHIZA BRUNNEA. (Plate V.)
Trichorhiza brunnea Russell, Abstr. P. Z.S. No. 26, p.6, Feb. 13,
1906.
Trophosome. Hydrorhiza long and tapering, giving off about
half-a-dozen filiform branches along the lower half. ‘The ccenosare
apparently does not extend into this lower half nor into the
branches. The perisare expands above to form a cup, marked by
four transverse grooves. Immediately below this cup several
longitudinal lines are present on the perisarc. The hydranth is
conical upon a moderately long peduncle. Tentacles in two verticils ;
the proximal filiform, twelve in number, when extended as long as
the hydranth, set with numerous rings of nematocysts; the distal
capitate, seven in number, and very short. The latter are
inserted on the summit of the hypostome, the former near the
base of the conical head of the hydranth.
Gonosome. A circlet of 8-10 sessile medusoids, which are
developed between the proximal and the distal rows of tentacles
and become free.
Dimensions :—
Total length of hydranth ............ 1-5 mm.
Total breadth of hydranth............ 0-8 mm.
Overall length of hydroid ............ 11:0 mm.
Colours. Perisare straw-coloured, except that forming the cup,
which is chocolate-coloured. Tentacles translucent white. Body
of hydranth pale reddish-brown.
Gonophore (at time of liberation). Hemispherical, in systole
bell-shaped, slightly contracted in the upper third, and constricted
* [The complete account of the new species described in this conmunication
appears here; but since the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the
‘Abstract,’ the species is distinguished by the name being underlined.—-Hprror. |
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 101.
7%
100 MR. E. 8S. RUSSELL ON A NEW HYDROID. [ Feb. 6,
at opening of umbrella-cavity. Exumbrella with a few nemato-
cysts scattered over it. Velum well developed.
Manubrium, when extended, as long as umbrella-cavity,
cylindrical, and with narrowed end.
Mouth simple, circular, with a ring of bead-lke nematocysts
closely surrounding it.
Four ocellar bulbs, ellipsoid: one of these is somewhat larger
than the others. Radial canals four, simple.
Dimensions. Length of bell 0°8 mm.; breadth of bell 0-7 mm.
Colours. Manubrium tinged with yellow, but very faintly.
Ocellar bulbs golden yellow.
The type specimen of Z'richorhiza brunnea was discovered on
June 29th, 1905, clinging to the tentacles of a specimen of
Corymorpha nutans Sars, dredged in 17 fath. at Ettrick Bay, Bute,
Firth of Clyde. The filiform hydrorhiza with its branches was
intertwined among the tentacles of the Corymorpha so as to be with
difficulty unravelled from them. The 7richorhiza was kept alive
for a day or two at the Millport Marine Biological Station, and
gave off on July 1st the medusoid which has been described.
It was usually to be seen half-retracted into its protective cup,
with the proximal tentacles much contracted, and the distal ones
looking like mere knobs. On the rare occasions on which it was
observed in an expanded condition, the tentacles of the outer
circle were seen to be held rather stiffly extended.
Systematic. On account of its possession of two verticils of
tentacles, the proximal filiform and the distal capitate, 7'richorhiza
is to be referred to the family Pennaride as constituted by
Allman (1). That family contained the following genera :—
Pennaria Goldfuss, Halocordyle Allman, Staur a Dujardin,
Vorticlava Alder, Heterostephanus Allman, Acharadria Wright,
and Acaulis Stimpson.
Two other genera have sometimes been associated with the
Pennaridee, namely blastothela Verrill, which is placed among the
Pennavride by Delage et Hérouard (3), and 7iarella Schulze, which
is referred to the same family by G. Herbert Fowler (4). But such
an assemblage of genera by no means makes up a homogeneous
family. K. C. Schneider (6), in his eritical revision of the
classification of Hydroids, has removed Stauridium to his amended
family of the Corynide. Zarella, with its three rows of capitate
tentacles, has also been referred to this extended family of the
Corynide by Mme. Motz-Kossowska (5), who follows Schneider’s
classification in the main. These two genera are rightly separated
from the other genera of Pennaride, as they have little in common
with the Pennarian type. The seven which remain of the nine
genera mentioned above are all fairly closely allied to one another.
Halocordyle certainly must be united with Pennari ‘ia, and we may
with Schneider also bring under Pennaria the genera Vorticlava,
Acharadria, Acaulis, and Heterostephanus. Heterostephan us 1s
allied hy its medusoid with the Corymorpha type. Blastothela too
PZS. 1906, vol, 1. Pl. VI.
Huth, imp.
H. Goodchild, del et lith.
MUS WOCSNAMI.
1906. ] ON MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 101
(Verrill, 7) resembles Corymorpha in its possession of root-like
fixing-processes at the base.
From all these genera of the Pennaride (sensw stricto), however,
Trickorhiza is separated by the characters of its hydrorhiza, and
also by the possession of a sort of theca, comparable to that of a
calyptoblast. The branches of the hydrorhiza may be compared
with the filamentous processes of the base in Corymorpha, but
there is no real affinity between the two structures.
The medusoid of Zrichorhiza, so far as one can judge from an
immature specimen, resembles the medusoid of Pennaria tiarella,
which, however, has no developed tentacles at all (Ayres, 2), while
the medusoid of 7richorhiza seems to have one tentacle-bulb more
developed than the other three, and in this respect approaches to
the medusoids of the Corymorpha-like forms, most of which bear
one developed tentacle.
On the whole, 7richorhiza is to be associated with the Pennaria-
like forms, though the characters of its hydrorhiza and its “theca”
give 1t a somewhat isolated position among them.
References.
(1). Atuman, G. J.—Monog. Gymnobl. Hydroids, vol. 11. (1872).
(2). Ayres, W. O.—Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. (1852).
(3). Detace et Herovarp.—Traité de Zoologie Concréte, tome
ii, pt. 2 (1900).
(4). Fownmr, G. Herperr.—iIn ‘A Treatise on Zoology’
(Lankester), vol. 1. (1900).
(5). Morz-Kossowska, 8.—Archives de Zool. expér. et gén.
sér. iv. tome iil. (1905) p. 39.
(6). Scunerper, K. C.—Zool. Jahrb. x. [Syst.] (1898) p. 472.
(7). Verrityt, A.—Amer. Journ. Sci. (3) xvi. (1878) p. 374.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Trichorhiza brunnea. WHydroid, p. 99.
Fig. 2. Trichorhiza brunnea. Medusoid, p. 100.
5. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B.
Woosnam and R. HE. Dent in Bechuanaland. By
Haroup Scuwann, F.Z.S.
[ Received December 15, 1905. |
(Plate VI.*)
This very interesting collection, made by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam
and R. E. Dent in Bechuanaland, was obtained chiefly at two
localities, viz. Kuruman and Molopo. The former is situated
about 100 miles south-west of Vryburg on the Kuruman River,
whose course flows parallel to the range of hills bearing the same
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 111.
102 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [Feb. 6,
name. The river was originally fringed with dense reeds,
providing excelient shelter for game of all kinds ; but in some
parts clearings have been made by the natives, and the ground
drained and cultivated with corn and fruit-trees.
The Molopo River, lying considerably to the north of Kuruman,
is dry most of the year, but in the rainy season may be as much
as 16 feet deep. The water remains in stagnant pools till about
mid-August, when it is gradually evaporated, leaving the river-
bed dry” until next year. The country surrounding “the river is
covered with dense camel-thorn * forest and patches of soft sand.
The particular interest of this collection lies in its providing
the British Museum with many valuable topotypes of Dr. Smith’s
now well-worn and rather faded specimens. His main collections,
described in the ‘ Ilustrated Zoology of South Africa,’ were made
at Kuruman and Old Latakoo, lying in 8. lat. 27°, E. long. 24°,
a place not marked on modern maps, but in his day of considerable
importance. As was to be expected, the prevailing colour of the
specimens is sandy and considerably lighter than that of animals
inhabiting well-wooded areas. Among the species now described
for the first time may be mentioned Crocidura deserti, a pale-
coloured Shrew, probably a desert form of Sundevall’s argentata,
and Mus woosnami, a striking species both in colour and tooth-
structure.
1. RuroLornvs DENTI Thos.
@. O77, 8. Kuruman,
RurNoLoruus Aaucur K. And.
Gin Wee 26s 28, 295 “DD. 124° T25 20126. 17: “Ove
Kuruman,
“T found some hundreds of these Bats hanging on the rocks
in the shaft of an old gold-mine near Kuruman fountain. Of
the fifteen that I caught, curiously enough, only one was a female.
These Bats are common here, but seem to be found only in the
caves, as I have seen none about the houses or old mission
buildings here.”— 2. B. W.
3. NyYCTERIS THEBAICA Geoff.
6. Di tos Kuruman:
4, VESPERTILIO CAPENSIS Smith.
6. D..138. 99. W. d6.q Kuruman:
“T caught this little brown Bat in an old mission building.
It is not an uncommon species here.”—A. BL. W.
5. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI Kuhl.
3. W. 30. Kuruman.
“This little black Bat with a very long tail was caught at night
* So called from the Dutch name for the Giraffe, “ kameelpardel, ” which is very
fond of these bushes.
1906. | MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 103
in the Cape Police canteen and is the first specimen I have met
with.”—F. B. W.
6. NyYcTINOMUS BOCAGEI Seabra.
Bic Vio IS ONY s US ID) ING eubeanmneh,
“One of these long-tailed Bats was caught in our room in the
old mission buildings. I have seen some before, but it is not a
very common species.” —L. BL. W.
7. CROCIDURA DESERTI, sp. n.
g. W.87. 2. W.83. Molopo.
A pale-coloured Shrew of medium size, prcbably allied to
C’. argentata Sund.
Fur fine and silky, about 6 mm. in length on the centre of back.
General colour of upper surface between “ ecru-drab” and “ drab-
grey,” hardly lighter on the flanks. General colour of undersurface
from chin to anus silvery cream-colour, contrasting with the colour
of the sides; the line of division sharply defined. Individual
hairs of back slate-grey basally, subterminal ring dull white, tip
between walnut-brown and mars-brown. Hairs of belly light
grey basally, creamy white terminally. Head coloured like body ;
snout strongly bifid; ears sparsely covered with minute white
hairs; fore and hind limbs and feet pure white. Tail about half
the length of the head and body, stoutly built, covered with
minute white hairs. The lateral gland is well marked in both
the specimens. Second and third unicuspids subequal, about
half the size of the first.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 92 mm.; tail 46; hind foot 14; ear 12.
Skull :—Basal length 22 mm.; anterior breadth 7°6 ; posterior
breadth 10; interorbital breadth 5°5; length of upper tooth-
series 10°2; tip of i’ to tip of p’ 5-4.
Hab. Molopo, west of Morokwen.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.62. Original number 87.
Collected 13th July, 1904.
J. W. Grill, who described * the collections made by J. F.
Victorin in South Africa, mentions that the type of C. argentata
was obtained at Roodeval in the Karroo,
“T obtained both these Shrews in the dry bed of the Molopo
River, among the long dry grass, in traps baited with dough set
in old mole-holes. The owls catch a great many of them, and I
think they must be common, but are difficult to get.”—2. LD. W.
8. HRPESTES GALERA Erxl.
Q. W. 47. Kuruman.
““ Native name ‘ Moduba.’
“This Mongoose was trapped in the reeds on the Kuruman
River. The natives say there used to be a great many about,
* Zool. Anteckn. in Vetensk. Ak. Handl. 1858, i. p. 16, no. 10.
104 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6,
but they are now very scarce and hardly ever leave the tall
reeds by the river’s bank to go on to the veldt. They are said to
make a nest of reeds, grass, and sticks, which floats in the middle
of the thickest reed-bed. On this they rear their young. Their
food consists chiefly of fish, frogs, and crabs.”—R. B. W.
9. CYNICTIS PENICILLATA LEPTURA Smith.
a. W538, ©. D. 128. Kuraman:
In view of the close resemblance of the teeth of these specimens
to those of the type of Smith’s leptwra*, and the proximity of
Kuruman to the type locality, it seems best to refer them pro-
visionally to that race, although, owing to their immaturity, their
identity is rather uncertain. They are, however, smaller and
more slenderly built than specimens of the same age from other
localities, and it seems probable that a further series from this
region would show the existence of a small desert race extending
from Kuruman to the northern limit of Bechuanaland. On laying
out geographically the British Museum series of Cynictis skins
for purposes of comparison, the specimens fell naturally into
well-marked local races, as was the case with the Suricates
described by Mr, Thomas and myself in the second paper ft
dealing with the Rudd exploration of South Africa. The
Namaqualand or western race has already been described as
C. penicillata pallidior t, a pale veldt form not found in the
low-lying country near the coast. The Great Karroo possesses,
as might be expected, a race, peculiar to itself, of a light lemon-
yellow colour, described by Smith as Cynictis ogilbyt.
The type specimen is still the only example in the British
Museum of this subspecies, describ ed by Smith in 1849. The
type of C. steedmanni Ogilby, obtained at Uitenhage, is indistin-
guishable from the series collected by Major G. E. H. Barrett-
Hamilton at Vredefort Road in the north of the Orange River
Colony. It is possible that Steedman, who travelled through the
Orange Colony, made a mistake as to the locality of his specimen,
or that the race represented by Major Barrett-Hamilton’s speci-
mens extends as far south as Uitenhage. The local race in-
habiting central Cape Colony, and represented by Mr. Grant’s
specimens from Deelfontein, appears to need description, It may
be called
Cynictis penicillata intensa, subsp. n.,
and is distinguished by the strong tawny ochraceous suffusion on
the back, upper surface of hind limbs, and tail. Individual long
hairs of back about 25 mm. in length, basal half light buffy yellow,
subterminal ring black, tip tawny ochraceous on the middle line,
lighter on the flanks. Under-fur dark smoky-brown basally,
terminal half ochraceous. General colour of the whole under
surface, including fore and hind limbs and tail, between clay-
* Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 17 (1849).
* P.Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 132. t P.Z.S. 1904, vol. 1. p. 178,
1906.] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 105
colour and ochraceous-buff (Ridgway). Forehead coloured like
back. Upper lips and cheeks buffy, profusely grizzled with white.
Hind surface of ear mummy-brown. Interramia and throat
between buff and cream-buff, with no sign of grey. Tail thick
and bushy, the hairs ranging in length from 40 mm. at the base
to 60 mm. at the tip, terminal inch creamy buff.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 367 mm.; tail 261; hind foot 76; ear 41.
Skull :—Greatest length 74 mm.; basal length 67; zygomatic
breadth 40; antero-posterior diameter of bulla 19.
Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 2.9.1.23. Original number 171.
Collected 10th March, 1902, by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and
presented by Col. A. T. Sloggett.
““ Native name ‘ Moshe.’
“These Meerkats were trapped in the bush-veldt. They live
in holes, generally in the middle of a ‘ wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush,
and are common everywhere. Their food consists chiefly of mice
and insects.” —R. B. W.
10. PEDETES CAFFER Pall.
©. W.18. Kuruman.
“There are a few of these Hares about here, but not so many
as I have seen in other places. ‘They never come out till dark to
get their food, which consists of grass and roots, though I think
they eat locusts and beetles.”—2&. B. W.
11. GRAPHIURUS CRISELDA, sp. n.
So We ds, 49, O68 1D, Wag, Ig. ©. ID Ns. urenie rn,
External proportions as in G. murinus; molar teeth inter-
mediate in size between G. murinus and G. nanus de Wint.
General colour of upper surface uniform olive-grey, the fore-
head and median line of back indistinctly suffused with blackish.
Individual hairs soft and fine, about 10 mm, in length, basal
four-fifths blackish slate, terminal fifth light grey. General colour
of under surface creamy white, bases of hairs slate-grey. A black
marking extends from the origin of the whiskers to behind the
eye, surrounding the orbit. Ears distinctly larger than in
G. murinus, covered with minute hairs. Upper lips, cheeks, and
interramia creamy white. Several specimens exhibit the rufous
suffusion on the throat and chest frequently found in members of
this genus. Upper surface of hands and feet snowy white, the
hair covering the claws. Tail subeylindriecal, thickly haired, much
lighter in colour than the back, the tip white.
Skull similar to G. murinus in general proportions, but with
slightly larger bulle and distinctly smaller molars; nasals not,
extending so far back as the premaxillary processes.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and
body 92 mm.; tail 78; hind foot 16°5; ear 16.
Skull :—Greatest length 24°5; basal length 20-4; interorbital
106 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6,
breadth 5:2; zygomatic breadth 15:0; depth, top of parietal to
base of bulla 10°5; brain-case breadth 11:5; nasals 9°6 x 3:4;
palate length 8°4; diastema 6-0; length of upper molar series 3°4.
Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.14. Original number 66. Col-
lected 26th May, 1904.
This very pretty Dormouse may be distinguished externally
from G. murinus, to which it is probably most nearly allied, by
its olive-grey colour, and from G. nanus and G. smithit by its larger
size and more bushy tail.
“These mice live about 20 feet from the ground in the big
trees in the gardens by the river. They are especially fond of
willow, seringa, apple, and camel-thorn trees. They are well
known by the natives, who call them ‘ Peba,’ but then they call all
mice ‘ Peba’ and all rats ‘ Tebude’.”,— 2. B. W.
12. TATERA LOBENGULZ Thos.
o. W. 37, 43, 45,62. 9. W.38; D. 5,12,14,140. Kuruman.
6. W. 78, 80, 82, 96. 9. W. 79, 81,:97, 98. Molopo.
“This species almost invariably has its burrows in patches of
‘wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush. I fancy they are preyed upon by the
meerkats, as I have seen scores of rats’ and mice burrows that have
been scratched out by them. These rats move about a great deal
and do not stay long in any one burrow.”—2&. BL. W.
13. GERBILLUS PAEBA SCHINZI Noack.
6. W.76. Molopo.
This specimen so exactly matches the small series collected by
Mr. Andersson in Damaraland, identified by Mr. Thomas with
G. paeba schinzi Noack, that it seems best to regard it for the
present as a member of that subspecies. Schinz collected in
Ovampoland up to the edge of the Kalahari desert, and gave an
account of his itinerary in the ‘ Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft
fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin” * G. paeba and its synonym tenzis
afford an example of Dr. Smith’s habit of changing specific names
for others that he considered more suitable.
‘“‘ T have found this species very plentiful wherever I have been
in Bechuanaland. These mice are nocturnal, though they are
occasionally to be seen on cloudy days.”—R. BL. W.
14, DESMODILLUS AURICULARIS Smith.
6..W.AlL: D143, 144, - 9... W. 23, 24, 31 j61 > Ie ie
Kuruman.
@. W. 73. Molopo.
These specimens constitute the first well-preserved series ever
obtained of this very interesting animal. The British Museum’s
previous material consisted of Smith’s original example from
Namaqualand, now much worn and faded, one specimen taken at
* 1887, B. xiv. 7, p. 322.
1906.] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 107
Deelfontein in Central Cape Colony, and five rather dilapidated
skins from Otjimbinque in Damaraland. The South African
Museum possesses examples from Douglas in Griqualand West *.
This species does not occur in the neighbourhood of Cape Town.
‘This white-bellied mouse has a white spot behind each ear,
and. lives in small burrows in open places among the bush. It is
not uncommon. After digging one out one day, I dug up many
other holes, but only found toads in them.’—A. B. W,
15. Oromys rrrorAtvs Brts.
Coe Wallse lon 20% 465 LOS Ds Cy 4oe Ore Wis T4506:
Kuruman. '
©. W. 69. Setchowane.
Lichtenstein mentions that the specimen on which Brants
founded this species came from the east coast of South Africa.
The present series agrees very well with the British Museum
specimens from Natal ‘and Pondoland, of which the former may be
considered the type locality.
‘“‘T found none of these rats on the Molopo River, and I fancy
they are only to be found near permanent water.”—A. Db. W.
16. Mus coucHa Smith.
G5 Wo Ui 2A BID NOs Oo AWG GAs ID Ne I. AO) LubebpTne yn.
These specimens may be taken as topotypes of Smith’s J/us
coucha, described by him as coming from the country “ between
the Orange River and the Tropic.” The male specimen, no. 21,
exactly matches his type in the British Museum in colour and
general proportions. The Zululand form, which has been recently
described {, may be distinguished from the typical subspecies by
its more fulvous coloration, longer tail, and cream-coloured feet.
“‘'These mice were trapped in a fence along the river. I have
caught several of them, but the ants nearly always ate the ears off
before I arrived. They seem mostly to frequent the water’s edge,
though they are to be found occasionally in the veldt.”— 2. B. W.
17. Mus auricomis de Wint.
2. W. 35, 36, 64, 67, 68. Kuruman.
These specimens agree very closely with the series collected by
Mr. Darling at Mazoe in Mashonaland, the type locality of
de Winton’s auricomis.
I take this opportunity of describing a local race of this species
collected by Mr. C. H. B. Grant at Deelfontein in Cape Colony.
It may be called
Mus auricomis centralis, subsp. n.
Similar to the typical subspecies in general proportions and in
the colour of the upper surface, but with the belly buff instead of
* Mamm. South Afr. 1902, vol. 11. p. 24.
+ Darst. Saug. 1827, Taf. xxx.
t Thos. & Schw. P. Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 268.
108 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6,
white. The whole of the upper parts bufty yellow strongly
suffused with black; cheeks, flanks, and upper surface of hind
limbs as far as the ankle-joint pure buff-colour. Individual hairs
of dorsal region about 16 mm, in length, basal three-fifths slate-
grey, subterminal ring fawn, tip black; the hairs on the flanks
without the black tip. Under surface, with the exception of the
throat and the inguinal region which are dirty white, bright buffy,
the light grey bases of the hairs showing through in places. Tail
indistinctly bicolor, covered with fine hair, dark brown above,
creamy white below, terminal portion unicoloured lght brown,
tip with a minute tuft.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—Head and
body 114 mm.; tail 152; hind foot 24; ear 17.
Skull :—Greatest length 30°3 ; basilar length 23-4; breadth
across brain-case 13°7; zygomatic breadth 14:5; interorbital
breath 14°5; nasals 13°44; palate length 13:0; diastema 8:0;
upper molar series 5:5,
Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony.
Type. Female. B.M. no, 3.1.4.51. Collected Ist Sept., 1902,
by Mr. C. H. B. Grant and presented to the British Museum by
Col. A. T. Sloggett.
The buff-coloured belly by which this local race is distinguished
from the typical subspecies appears to be a remarkably constant
character, all the specimens Mr. Grant collected at Deelfontein
possessing it in a striking degree.
‘“ Native name ‘ Tube.’
“These mice chiefly frequent the tops and slopes of the hills,
living in the holes and cracks of the rocks with the dassies. I
have never seen this mouse except in the Kuruman hills, where
it is fairly plentiful. I do not think it is to be found in the flats
below.”—R. B. W.
18. Mus woosnaml, sp. nov. (Plate VI.)
os .W. .33,,39, 42, 52’; D130." 2. -W. 403° DL 1a ies
Kuruman.
oy W886. 2), We TOM:
A medium-sized species of a pale grey colour with a mammary
formula of 3—2=10.
General colour of upper surface between ‘“ smoke-grey ” and
‘“ drab-grey ” (Ridgway), more or Jess pencilled with black ; flanks
considerably lighter, with no black pencilling. Individual hairs
of back about 15 mm. in length, basal half ‘“ slate-grey,” subter-
minal ring “ drab-grey,” terminal portion black. Colour of under
surface creamy white, the light grey bases of the hair showing
through in places. Head coloured like back, occasionally rather
lighter; a line extending from the muzzle to the inner side of the
fore limb, white. Whiskers soft, fine, and black, about 35 mm. in
length. Ears of medium size, oval, the edges covered externally
with minute black hairs, internally with white. Upper surface
of hands and feet clothed with fine white hair not extending over
1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 109
the claws. ‘Tail shorter than the head and body ; covered above
and below with short white hair, except on the upper surface for
a space of about 10 mm, at the distal end, where it is black ; tip
not tufted; scale-rings numbering about 33 to 1 cm.: mammee
three pairs pectoral, and 2 pairs inguinal.
Skull smooth and rounded, not ridged. No supraorbital edges,
only a faint indication of ridges on the parietals. Anterior edge
of anteorbital plate shows considerable variation from strong con-
vexity to being nearly straight. Palatal foramina widely open, of
medium length, ending opposite the anterior lamina of m’; palate
ending 0°5 mm. behind m*. Bullee of medium size.
Tncisors not visible beyond the nasals when viewed from above,
orange in the upper jaw, light yellow in the lower. Molars of
medium size, broad with well-defined cusps. Anterior median
cusp of m' larger than the two posterior ones, partly fused with
the antero-external cusp. M? is a simple circular tooth with one
large antero-internal cusp. The simplicity of this tooth is very
remarkable and quite different from the typical arrangement
found in MW. rattus.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 138 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 26°5; ear 20°5.
Skull:—Greatest length 35; basilar length 29-4; zygomatic
breadth 17°8; nasals 14x 3°6; interorbital breadth 4:2 ; brain-
case breadth 13; interparietal 4:4 x 9°4; henselion to back of
palate 16°3; palatine foramina 7-6; diastema 10; upper molar
series 5°7 ; mandible, height at coronoid 10-7; incisor tips to con-
dyle 24:8. °
Hab. Molopo, Bechuanaland.
Type. Male. B.M. no, 4.10.1.83. Original number 86. Col-
lected 13th July, 1904.
This very distinct species is unlike any rat hitherto known,
both in colour and in the structure of the third upper molar. 1
have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. R. B. Woosnam, to
whose efforts in company with Mr. R. EK. Dent the British
Museum is indebted for this very interesting collection.
“These rats from Kuruman were trapped in the bush-veldt
about half a mile from the river in the mouth of a small hole in
a ‘wait-a-bit’ thorn-bush. Unfortunately the black ants damaged
a good many of the animals in the traps. At Molopo this rat
seemed to be confined to the river pools.”—R. L. W.
19, Mus sp.
6 1D, I, 9 O, ID WALS lscunemeoneya.
g. W. 74, 75, 84, 89, 22, 93,100. 9. W. 85, 90. Molopo.
Owing to the absence of adult females in the series Tam unable
to ascertain the mammary formula of this animal, a factor of
great importance in deciding the specific position of mice in the
Mus coucha or colonus groups.
“These mice are very plentiful among the long dry grass by
the Molopo River and in the forest on the banks.”—A. B. W.
110 MR. HAROLD SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 6,
20. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES, Smith.
3. W. 91, 94. Molopo.
“‘'These mice were taken in the dry bed of the Molopo River, in
an old mole run.”—f. B. W.
21. SAccosTOMUS HILDA, sp. n.
6. W. 59, 60, 63, 65. 9. W. 22, 55, 57, 58. Kuruman.
A stoutly-built species, probably allied to s. mashonee de Wint.,
but smaller and greyer.
Fur long, thick and very fine in texture, about 13 mm. in
length on the middle of back. General colour of upper surface
smoke- grey pencilled with black, passing to drab-grey on the
flanks. Colour of entire under surface from chin to anus, including
fore and hind limbs, pure white, sharply defined laterally.
Individual hairs of back slate-colour for basal 10 mm., sub-
terminal ring ecru-drab, tips black. Hairs of under surface
white to the base, about 8 mm. in length. Tip of muzzle white ;
whiskers about 30 mm. in length, black with white tips; ears
sparsely covered with white hair. Tail short, thick, bicolor,
black above, white below.
Skull smaller than in S. mashone ; zygomata more expanded
anteriorly, ridges more marked and extending further on to
parietals. Antero-external cusp of m* intermediate in develop-
ment between mashone and campestris *.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh):—Head and
body 124 mm.; tail 51:5; hind foot 18:5; ear 19.
Skull :—Greatest length 33°5; basilar length 28; greatest
breadth 17; nasals 13°8 x 4; inter orbital breadth 15; breadth of
brain-case 13°5; palatilar + length 16; diastema 9:10; palatal
foramina 6°6 x 2°5; upper molar series 48.
Hab. Kuruman. Alt. 4000 ft.
Type. Male. B.M. no 4.10.1.49. Original number 63. — Col-
lected 22nd May, 1904.
This very well-marked species is distinguishable from S.
mashone by its smaller size and generally lighter colour.
S. campestris and fuscus Peters are both smaller species. The
former was obtained at Tette on the Zambesi, and the latter,
the smallest known member of the genus, was paeen at Tohaabane
S. lapidarius is synonymous with campestris, Peters having
renamed the species, as he considered the former name more
suitable. /S. enderasont de Wint., discovered in Damaraland,
may be distinguished from all other species by its sandy coloration.
Specimen number 4.10.1.53 possesses an additional minute
molar on each side in the upper jaw behind the usual m’.
The teeth in the lower jaw are normal both in size and number.
An addition to the molar series of rodents is of such rarity, that
* De Wint. P. Z.S. 1896, p. 805.
+ Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vol. xviii. 1905, p. 193.
1906. ] MAMMALS FROM BECHUANALAND. 111
an instance of its occurrence seems worthy of record. Dr. Forsyth
Major has recorded instances in other orders in a paper published
in the ‘ Proceedings’ *.
“‘ Native name ‘ Koti.’
““These mice were caught in the bush not far from the river.
The animal has a pouch on each side of its face, which it fills with
seeds, giving it a very curious appearance.” —R. B. W.
22. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO GRIQUZ Wrought.
Cee oD Oe SORE KO: ies tO4 ee Ol Keuruman,
Until the appearance of Mr. R. C. Wroughton’s very carefully
thought-out paper on the “Various Forms of Arvicanthis
pumilio” +, I had considered this series to be identical with
A. p. bechuane Thos. It is now, however, abundantly clear that
it should be considered a distinct local race.
“These mice are not uncommon on the bush-veldt near the
river. ‘They come out a good deal by day.”—R. B. W.
23. GEORYCHUS LUGARDI de Wint.
3. W. 102,103. 2. W.95. Molopo, west of Morokwen.
This series exhibits a tendency to prolong the white blaze on
the forehead into a dorsal stripe, a characteristic that is wanting
in the type of the species. Specimen no, 102 (B.M. no. 4.10.1.89)
is remarkable for the abnormal development of the ascending
premaxillary processes, which meet in the middle line behind the
nasals, thus entirely isolating the latter bones from the frontals.
This condition is, so far as I am aware, unique in the British
Museum’s very large collection of Georychi.
““These specimens were caught in the dry bed of the Molopo
River and the sandy veldt some distance from it. The natives
told me that all the Moles on the river-banks were like these.” —
Ith Joe We
24. GEORYCHUS sp.
@. D. 21. Kuruman.
2. W. 71. Morokwen.
25, PROCAVIA CAPENSIS Pall.
One specimen, unnumbered. Kuruman.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Mus woosnami, p. 108.
* P. Z.S. 1904, vol. i. p. 416. q
+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Elist. 1905, ser. 7, vol. xvi. p. 632.
112 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW [ Feb. 6,
6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain.
By R. LyprxKker.
[Received January 6, 1906.]
(Plate VIL.*)
T have lately been favoured with the opportunity of inspecting
a number of skins and skulls of mammals collected by Major
Powell-Cotton in Central Africa, among which two appeared
worthy of bringing under the notice of the Society. In a letter
sent to Mr. Rowland Ward referring to the localities of the
specimens, Major Powell-Cotton states that they were all obtained
on the “ eastern fringe of the Ituri Forest to a point fifteen miles
west of Mawampi and thence south-east to Boni, at elevations of
between 2100 and 2950 feet above sea-level.”
The first specimen I have to bring to notice is an entirely black
Ratel, represented by the skin and skull. The ordinary colouring of
the Ratels—grey above and black beneath—1s so characteristic not
only of both the African and Indian representatives of the group,
butalso of various allied mustelines, such as the African Zorilla and
Pecilogale and the American Galictis, that it can scarcely be re-
garded otherwise than asa deeply ingrained attribute of the species
in which it occurs, and one connected in some special manner with
protective adaptation. Any departure from this type of colouring
in animals of the group in question—unless, indeed, it were a mere
instance of melanism—would seem therefore to imply an important
modification in habits or surroundings. Now—although I have
no justification for saying that the present specimen may not come
under the category of a mere individual melanism—the conditions
prevalent in the great Ituri Forest are manifestly very different
from those of the open or bush-clad country in which Ratels are
commonly found ; and they are, moreover, just the conditions which
are conducive to the development of blackness in a species.
Accordingly I venture to consider that Major Powell-Cotton’s black
Ratel very probably represents a distinct species, for which the
name Mellivora cottoni may be suggested.
An all-pervading blackness, save for a few grizzly or tawny
hairs on the upper part of the head, must be regarded as the sole
distinctive characteristic of the species, as I can find no points in
which the skull can be distinguished from that of the ordinay grey
and black African Ratel. Not that this is a matter for wonder,
since, so far as I am aware, it is almost impossible to distinguish
Indian from African Ratels by their skulls alone, or the fossil
Siwalik species from its living Indian representative. In colour,
length, and texture of hair the black Ituri Ratel may be likened to
a Himalayan Black Bear. Ifthe animal dwells in constant shade,
the reason of its departure may not be far to seek, as I have little
doubt that the greyness of the upper parts of ordinary Ratels is
in some way connected with the play of sunlight upon this
aspect. ‘The specimen is represented in Plate VIT.
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 113.
eZ S MOOS, voll 1 EL Wil.
Bale & Danielsson, itd amp
hth.
.et
mit del
fal
Db
Jk
Mavs, ISLC IMEUISUE TRUADET IE,
(MELLIVORA COTTON 1)
1 906. | RATEL AND WATER-CHEVROTAIN. 1S
The second animal is mainly of interest from a geographical
standpoint. The African Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatheriwm
aquaticum), of which only a single form has hitherto been
recognised, is known to inhabit the West Coast from the Gambia
to the Cameroons, but does not seem to have been previously
recorded from the great Central African Forest, im which it is now
demonstrated by Major Powell-Cotton’s specimen to exist.
As regards cranial characters, the Ituri Chevrotain presents no
points of distinction from West Coast specimens.
Of skins of the latter the Natural History Museum has a very
poor series—or rather no series at all,—possessing two skins (one
mounted) of the typical Gambian form presented in the “ forties”
by the then Earl of Derby, and one skin collected in the Cameroons
by Mr. G. L. Bates. Unfortunately the tail of the Cameroon
specimen is wanting.
The Gambian, Cameroon, and Ituri skins appear to me probably
to represent three different races, which may be described and
named as follows :—
A. Markings on under surface of chin, throat, and chest white ;
face uniformly chestnut or nearly so.
a. White markings on back and flanks fully developed ; a very
distinct white flank-band running from the shoulder along
the flanks to join transverse loin-band; two other flank-
bands below this; spots on back forming distinct and
continuous transverse bands; tail with much brown above.
Dorcatherium aquaticum typicum.
Garabia.
6. Light markings on back and flanks jess distinct and less
numerous; flank-band yellow instead of white, almost
disappearing midway between head and fore limbs; no
flank-bands below it; spots on back less distinctly in the
form of bands; tail with a very large amount of white, and
apparently more bushy than in last.
D. a. cottoni (subsp. nov.).
Ituri Forest.
B. Markings on under surface of chin, throat, and chest yellow ;
face with a black chevron running from the muzzle to the eyes.
ce. Light markings on back in the form of yellowish-white spots
anteriorly, but on the loins forming almost continuous
yellow bands, arranged alternately on each side of the
middle line, where they are interrupted; one distinct
yellowish flank-band joining transverse rump-band ; tail
brown at base, rest unknown.
D. a. batesi (subsp. nov.).
Cameroons.
If the yellow in Mr. Bates’s specimen be due to staining, my
conclusions will, at least to a certain extent, be wrong.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Ituri Black Ratel (Mellivora cottoni). From Major Powell-Cotton’s specimen.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. VIII. 8
114 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE | Feb. 6,
7. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw.
By H. GrorcE FE’. SPURRELL.
[ Received February 1, 1906. }
(Text-figures 34-47.)
Consideration of the human skull led me to the belief that
the angle of the jaw is contrived to place the temporo-mandibular
joint above the level of the teeth. The advantage of this
arrangement would be that the lines of the teeth in the upper and
lower jaws would be thrown less out of the parallel when the
mouth opened and that the teeth would meet simultaneously
when the mouth shut, and would all press on food between them
with more nearly equal force. Further, it seemed to me that this
arrangement favoured, if it was not absolutely necessary to, the
antero-posterior and lateral movements of the opposed surfaces of
the molars over one another in mastication.
To test the probability of this supposition, I examined the
skulls of other animals.
From the numerous mammalian types I separated two :—
I. The type in which the molar teeth are laterally compressed
in the long axis of the jaw so as to give it a sharp cutting-
edge. In this type the jaw has a very slight angle, if any.
A line drawn through the teeth and produced backwards
almost cuts the temporo-mandibular joint.
Example, Wolf (text-fig. 34).
II. That in which the molar teeth have broad flat tops, for
grinding vegetable food. In this type the jaw is bent, in
some cases almost to a right angle, and the temporo-
mandibular joint thus raised well above the level of the
teeth.
Example, Hare (text-fig. 35).
Type 1 is the carnivorous type. The molars are required to
cut soft stringy flesh and to crack large and very hard objects;
therefore the presence of the tuberculated posterior molars and
the blade-like carnassial teeth. Roughly speaking, the jaws of
a carnivore resemble a combination of nut-crackers and shears:
shears because the hinder teeth overlap considerably. Then
as the fulcrum is in a straight line behind them, and the mouth
is closed by approximating the points A and B, the edges of
the back teeth must play on one another successively along their
length, like the edges of shears (text: fig. 36).
In accordance with this type of dentition and conformation of
jaw, a peculiar form of joint is required. Hence the condyle is
shaped like a long transverse cylinder (text-fig. 37). It fits closely
into a long groove, so deepened by a process of bone behind that it
becomes almost tubular, AJ] lateral movement of the jaw is thus
1906. | ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. LS}
rendered impossible, because it is not only unnecessary to the
animal but would endanger the working of the shears by allowing
their edges to get crossed.
Text-fig. 34.
Skull of Wolf.
Text-fig. 35.
Skull of Hare.
Text-fig. 36.
Diagram of jaws. Type 1.
2 2 is the herbivorous type of jaw. The molars are
Typ !
es to meet simultaneously and to grind with equal force
small morsels of food which have been
upon the comparatively
116 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE | Feb. 6,
bitten off for them by the incisors. This they are enabled to do
by the angle of the jaw, which places the articulation on a
different level from the teeth (text-fig. 38). The closure of the
Text-fig. 37,
Skull of Dog.
A. Glenoid fossa deepened by a process of the squamosal bone,
B. Cylindrical condyle of lower jaw.
Text-fig. 38.
en
Diagram of jaws. Type 2.
mouth is effected by the approximation of the points A and B
(which correspond mechanically to A and B in text-fig. 36, C being
the fulerum in both diagrams).
When the jaws close on an object between them, the pressure
1906. | ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. Huy
is greater between the teeth which are furthest back, near the
points A and B, than between the front ones, near the points D
and E. But though the pressure at right angles to the level
edges of the jaws is not equal in all parts, the oblique forward
pressure of the lower jaw on the upper as it slides up underneath
it is more nearly equal in proportion as the angle E A C
approaches a right angle. The molar teeth of the Hare may be
seen to have their flat biting-surfaces set obliquely : those of the
upper jaw look downwards and backwards; those of the lower jaw
look forwards and upwards. The plane in which they meet
simultaneously is at right angles to the line of force (text-fig. 39).
Text-fig. 39.
Diagram of jaws. ‘Type 2.
Showing the crowns of the teeth set in a plane at right angles to the
greatest pressure.
Text-fig. 40.
Diagram of jaws. Type 2. Showing the emeneuntia articularis.
Further, economy of movement is obtained in this type by the
condyle of the jaw not only rotating, but also gliding forward on
to the eminentia articularis. By this means the point A, at the
same time that it is separated from B, is depressed, and thus so
wide a gape is not necessitated, and also the parallelism of the
teeth, and possibly also the position of the inferior dental foramen,
is not so much disturbed (text-fig. 40). The molars are also
vequired to make to-and-fro movements over one another. They
118 MR. H. G. F, SPURRELL ON THE [ Feb. 6,
have to act as grindstones. The comparative roundness of the
condyle, the large extent of the articular surface over which it
can play, and the presence of an emenentia articularis on to
which it can glide, all contribute to increasing the range of these
movements. Thestructures, moreover, are capable of considerable
modification to meet the various requirements of ruminants,
rodents, primates, &e.
The mouth in Type 1 has to allow its possessor to seize and
hold other animals, and for this reason the wide gape which the
type allows is required. First the animal must bring its long
canine teeth to bear on its prey; then it must be able to bring its
hindmost molars directly to bear on the larger bones and the flesh
of the prey. Therefore, in animals of this type, the corners of the
mouth extend far back.
Text-fig. 41.
Diagram of jaws. Type 2.
Showing lengthening of the jaws forward in order that the incisors may be widely
separated whilst the molars are slightly separated and not thrown much out of
the parallel.
The mouth in Type 2 has to allow its possessor to crop grass
or gnaw off pieces of roots, &e, These morsels of food are then
ground up by the molars. For neither of these purposes is a very
wide gape required. A very slight separation of the molars is
necessary ; but in some animals, particularly the rodents, a rather
wider separation of the incisors is required. As the progressive
widening from back to front of the gap between the teeth is small
when jaws of type 2 are opened, the jaws are often lengthened
forwards. This allows the same movement which separates the
molars at the back slightly to separate the incisors in front more
widely (text-fig. 41). As it is only the incisors, not the molars,
which are required to break up large pieces of food outside the
mouth, the oral fissure is small, Another reason for this is that the
molars require muscular cheeks to help the tongue in placing the
food between them.
It is perhaps the difficulty of striking a balance between the
proper separation of the molars and incisors which keeps the angle
E A C (text-fig. 41) greater than a right angle in animals with
incisors. In animals like the Elephant and the Manatee, in which
1906. } ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. 119
the lips do the work allotted to the incisors of most other
herbivora, the angle is far nearer a right angle. The skull of the
Dugong (in which horny plates take the place of incisors) seems
to attempt another solution of the difficulty. Another angle is
introduced into the jaw, bringing the anterior third of the jaws
into a line parallel with the ascending ramus (text-fig. 42). A
less marked tendency to introduce the second angle may be seen
in some other animals:—among the Pigs, in Sus longirostris ;
among the Ruminants, in the Chevrotain JVragulus javanicus
(text-tig. 43).
Text-fig. 42.
Diagram of jaws. Type 2.
Showing the introduction of a second angle to procure wide separation of the
incisors with slight separation of the molars.
Text-fig. 45.
Skull of Tragulus javanicus.
Having briefly studied the principle in the Mammals, I next
turned to the Reptiles. Most of these have jaws of type 1: the
lower jaw articulates with the skull in the plane of the teeth.
The Snake, however, has a mouth in which (owing to the great
mobility of the quadrate) the jaw-principles of type 1 and type 2
are combined in a very remarkable manner.
120 MR. H. G. F. SPURRELL ON THE [ Feb. 6,
The mandible of the snake articulates with the quadrate; the
quadrate with the squamosal; and the squamosal with the
parietal (text-fig. 44).
When the snake wants either to seize its prey or to strike it
with the poison-fangs in its maxille, it requires a wide gape. To
get this, the movement is made at the quadrato-mandibular joint,
which can be placed on a level with the teeth. The jaw-principle
is then that of type 1.
Having seized its prey, the snake, to swallow it, has to advance
alternately the teeth in the movable maxilla and those in the
mandible on either side. To move the teeth parallel with one
another, the movement has to be made from the quadrato-
squamosal joint, and so raised above the level of the teeth. The
jaw-principle is then that of type 2.
The parieto-squamosal joint allows the level of the quadrato-
squamosal joint to be slightly lowered and brought forward ; that
is to say, freer antero-posterior and lateral movements to be made,
and the passage between the quadrates to be slightly widened
(text-fig. 44).
Text-fig. 44.
Diagram of Snake’s jaws.
A. Squamosal. C. Mandible.
B. Quadrate. D. Maxilla.
The mandibles on the two sides are, of course, independent
anteriorly. Ris
In most of the reptiles the jaws are of type 1 and are provided
with long, sharply pointed and often recurved teeth to prevent
the prey from slipping out of the mouth when seized*, These
‘characters of the teeth are particularly well marked in a beast
with a short muzzle, e.g. the Ceratosaurus. Long teeth are for
obvious reasons less necessary in a beast with a long muzzle like
the Gavial. The wavy line of the jaws in short-nosed Crocodiles
is another device by which the slippings of prey are to be avoided.
In the Iguanodon, however, the “teeth are not infrequently
found worn down at the crown, like the molar teeth of the
herbivorous mammalia at the present day” (British Museum
Catalogue). ‘The worn down crowns form cutting, and at the
* T have seen this accident happen. I gave an Ocellated Lizard a large slug which
was very slimy and must have been as tough as india-rubber. The lizard picked
it up and tried to bite it in half as though it were an earthworm, with the result
that the slug shot out of its mouth to the distance of some inches.
1906. ] ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. 121
same time crushing, almost triturating surfaces, indicating that
these animals lived upon herbs” (Gadow).
In the Iguanodon the quadrate is greatly lengthened so_as to
place the quadrato-mandibular joint below the level of the teeth
(text-fig. 45). In this creature the jaw-principle is therefore
type 2, only the reptilian form is the mammalian form turned
upside down.
Text-fig. 45.
Skull of Zguanodon bernissartensis (teeth not shown in the diagram).
Text-fig. 46.
i
Diagram of jaws. Type 2 R.
I shall for convenience refer to this type as type 2 R (text-
fig. 46).
I have not been able as yet to examine any of these skulls
closely, and I do not know whether the quadrato-mandibular joint
would allow a slight amount of horizontal movement to the teeth
or not.
Type 2 R is also to be seen in a slight degree in some Tortoises
(text-fig. 47).
From these investigations I am inclined to believe that animals
122 ON THE ARTICULATION OF THE VERTEBRATE JAW. [ Feb. 6,
which have flat-topped molar teeth, for crushing or grinding food,
require a jaw mechanism which will allow them to separate the
lines of their teeth slightly without throwing them greatly out of
the parallel, and then to bring the opposed surfaces of these teeth
together simultaneously; and that this requirement is met by
Text-fig. 47.
Skull of a Batagur Tortoise.
articulating the lower jaw with the skull on a plane either above
or below that of the opposed surfaces of the teeth. Further, I
think that such an arrangement is favourable, if not necessary
to horizontal movements of the teeth over one another.
Some Inferences.
So far I have been dealing with the subject from a purely
mechanical point of view. It is, however, extremely tempting to
speculate upon its evolutionary aspects also. I append a few
suggestions ; but they are, of course, purely tentative.
LT regard jaws of type | as the original type, and those of type 2
as a later improvement. I think there is ground for this view
not only in the fact that type 1 is simpler and the form found in
the lower vertebrates, but also in the development of the human
jaw. At birth the angle is slight, the condyle being at a low
level. As the molar teeth develop from before backwards the
angle approaches a right angle, the condyle rising. Also as an
abnormality teeth sometimes appear which continue the series of
teeth backwards up the ascending ramus of the jaw.
If jaws of type 1 preceded jaws of type 2, the first terrestrial
vertebrates were probably animal-food eaters. They probably left
the water to prey upon the invertebrates, which were flourishing
on the land plants, and in course of time they learnt to eat the
more succulent fruits. Some modern lizards, which in general
appearance and usual habits are animal-food eaters, will vary
their diet by eating a little ripe fruit occasionally.‘
From soft fruits some of the reptiles passed on to fleshy leaves,
but it is doubtful whether they got much further. Owing to the
big quadrate bone they could not develop jaws of type 2, so
1906.] ON THE SUPPOSED BREEDING OF A MULE. 11933)
remained rather restricted in their diet. A few only developed
jaws of type 2R; crushing rather than grinding machines.
It was left to the Mammals to develop jaws of the true type 2,
and so to be able to achieve easy horizontal movements of the
teeth over one another, by which they could grind seeds and reap
the highest benefits of a vegetarian diet.
The Birds solved the difficulty of triturating vegetable food by
improving their gizzards, not their mouths.
The development of the higher Carnivora was a consequence of
the development of the Herbivora. The modern jaws of type 1,
with their tuberculated posterior molars, their overlapping
carnassial teeth, and their long canines, are as perfect machines
of their own kind as jaws of type 2.
The failure of the Reptiles was perhaps due, among other
things, to their inability to produce types with jaws capable of
effective grinding movements. They were unable to make the
most of vegetable foods, and hence were restricted to the parts of
the world where the more luxuriant forms of vegetation were
found.
February 20, 1906.
G. A. Boutencrr, Hsq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1906 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of January were 220 in number. Of these 34 were acquired
by presentation and 73 by purchase, 112 were received on deposit,
and 1 was born in the Gardens. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 208.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
A Snow-Leopard (Felis wncia), from Ladak; presented by Major
A. H. Hussey, R.H.A., on January 22nd.
An Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus), from South Africa ; purchased
on January 23rd.
A Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis salinicola), from the Argentine,
new to the Collection, deposited on January 23rd.
The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed
to him by Maj.-Gen. Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B., Governor of
Victoria :-—
“Tt may interest the Zoological Society of London to be informed
of a well-authenticated case of a Mule giving birth to a foal.
“ T enclose an extract from the ‘ Australasian’ of Dec. 30th, 1905,
giving a portrait of this mule and foal photographed by Captain
Buxton of my Staff. I have myself seen the pair, and there is a
124 ON A RING-TAILED LEMUR AND YOUNG. [ Feb. 20,
striking resemblance between the mule and foal, with light-coloured
muzzle and a light-coloured ring round the eyes. The fact of this
mule giving birth to this foal and of having suckled her admits of
no doubt. Mr. M‘Gilp, the Manager of the Carriewerloo Estate,
informed me that there was no other mare in foal on his property,
and therefore it could not have been adopted by the mule mare
as was suggested as a possibility. The only question is whether
the sire was a Jack ass or a 2 yrs. old cast Stallion.
“There has already been some correspondence about this incident
in the ‘ Australasian,’ and a letter appeared on Oct. 14th from
‘Bruni, the Naturalist Correspondent who had _ previously
expressed doubts on the subject, but when seeing the animals was
convinced that they were mother and foal.”
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8., the Superintendent of the Gardens,
exhibited the photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta),
Text-fig. 48.
en if \
iy Han i
Seay, Mh Doi
a ale
i t\ N
s
Wie
Vi
|
Ring-tailed Lemur and young.
belonging to Mr. W. 8. Gilbert, F.Z.S., to illustrate the method
of riding on the back of the mother adopted by the half-grown
P. Z.S 1906 ,vol.1.P1. VII
Edwin Wilson,Cambridge
FIGS. 1-3 ANGERONA PRUNARIA AND VAR. SORDIATA
FIGS. 4,5. ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA AND VAR. LACTICOLOR.
_ 1906.] ON BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. 125
young (see text-fig. 48). The little Lemur was born while the
parents were in Mr. Gilbert’s possession. The pair were turned
out into a garden in the first week of July 1905 and left out
until the 24th of that month; and Mr. Gilbert was inclined to
believe that the mating took place during this period of freedom.
However that may be, the young one was born on Sept. 26th;
and if Mr. Gilbert’s surmise as regards the time of pairing be
correct, the period of gestation may be estimated as between ten
and twelve weeks.
For the first two months of its existence the little one clung to
its mother’s breast. It afterwards transferred itself to her back,
as shown in the photograph, which represents the animal when 20
weeks old, or about half-grown. Towards the end of January
(that is to say, when some four months old) the young one began
to go about on its own account, always returning, however, to its
mother’s back when disturbed by anyone entering the room. By
the middle of February it was partly weaned, and was feeding
readily upon bananas and milk.
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a new
drawing of the skeleton of the Triassic Rhynchocephalian, Rhyncho-
saurus artiiceps, from the Keuper Sandstone of Shropshire. He
pointed out the differences between this ancient reptile and the
modern Sphenodon, especially noting the great expansion of its
coracoids and ischia, and the probably diminutive size of its
sternum. He inferred from the everted rims of the upwardly-
turned orbits, and from the sigmoidal bend of the femur, that
Rhynchosaurus was to a great degree aquatic in habit.
The following papers were read :—
1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By
L. Doncaster, M.A., F.Z.8., Mackinnon Student of
the Royal Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor,
M.A.,-F.E.S.
[Received December 28, 1905. ]
(Plate VIII.*)
I.—ANGERONA PRUNARIA. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)
(Experiments by L. Doncaster.)
In the summer of 1903 I began breeding-experiments with
Angerona prunaria and its var. sordiata, in order to find out how
the two forms behaved in inheritance. My material was obtained
from two sources: pup of both varieties were bought from a
dealer, and Mr. C. P. Pickett of Leyton gave me eggs which he
had bred. In neither case did I know the ancestry of the
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 133.
126 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20,
insects used. Only three of these original pairings gave larve
which reached maturity. Their results are given in Table I.
TABLE I.
No. of
Exp. § PARENT. 6 PARENT. OFFSPRING.
03.3... 2 sordiata X & sordiata gave 22 sordiata 6, 25 sordiata 9.
03.6... 2 prunaria X g sordiata ,, 27 sordiata$,7 sordiata?,1 prunaria®.
03.4... 2 prunaria X g prunaria ,, 27 prunaria g,1 sordiata ,40 prunaria® .
These figures immediately suggested that the banded var.
sordiata was a simple Mendelian dominant over the unbanded
prunaria type. The next year’s work confirmed this conclusion ;
and it must be supposed that the single prunaria among the
offspring of 03.6 and the single sordiata in 03.4 were due to
accident. The larve, when they first hatch, are exceedingly
minute, and when the food is changed it is difficult to be certain
that no larva clings to the hands and gets transferred to the
wrong box.
An inspection of the moths from 03.3 showed that about half
of them have the brown bands on the wings, with plain orange or
yellow centres, but that the other half, in addition to the banding,
have the orange centres speckled as in the typical prunaria.
Sometimes the speckling is very faint, so that it is hard to give
exact numbers of each type, but approximately among the
offspring of 03.3 the numbers are 24 speckled and 23 plain.
In 03.6 all were speckled. This suggests that the speckled
character of prunaria is dominant over the plain of sordiata
at the same time that the banding of the latter dominates over
its absence in the former; in this way a heterozygote can be
distinguished from a pure sordiata.
In 1904, 36 pairings were made, of which 24 yielded imagos
in 1905, Their results are given in Tables IT.—VII.
TasLeE I].—Prunaria 2 X prunaria og.
No. of. Exp. | prun. 3. prun. 2. sord. 3. sord. 9.
OA Moe 8 2 1
2 15 8
| Be. Se 1
4 11 5
10 7 6
Dieta iteesee 3 u
IY oe 4
Total AS 26 1
—
bo
Ti
1906. | BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA.
Taste III.—Prunaria 2 x speckled sordiata 3.
No. of Exp, 2 PARENT. 6 PARENT. OFFSPRING.
prun. prun. speck. — speck.
YS) Ss0rd So). sond. 2
5 ( Sssece prun.? ex 03.4 X speck. sord. J ex 03.6) 10 11 5 5
A eakeae 9 oy ox 39 2 27 24 16 23
BE ere aoe 3 oy OX 2 1 0 1 1
yeaa 33 OX 5 ex 03.3} 10 10 6 2
QB ee. s i) ON 5 6 25 30 23 23
Motalieie. 73 75 51 59
TasBLE 1V.—Speckled sordiata 2 x prunaria 3.
No. of Exp.) 9 PARENT. 3 PARENT. OFFSPRING.
prun. prun. speck. speck.
6 2. sord.g. sord.@.
1 4 4
FO4G19) =... ? speck. sord. ex 03.3 X f prun. ex 03.4) 2
ONT manne 33 ex 03.6 X 3 5s 1 0) 2 0)
otal eee 3 1 6 4
Tarte V.—Speckled sordiata 9x S.
\No. of Exp.|}2 PARENT. (PARENT. OFFSPRING.
prun. prun. plain plain speck. speck.
fs 2. sord.g. sord.?. sord.g. sord.?.
104.21 ...... 2 ex 03.6 X fg ex 03.3 2 1
if
22... Bd a . My 1 3 2 3
DSI Rae ee 2 ex 03.3 X BS aa te ee 1 1
SOF | sees 5 x 5) ae neh 1 BS a 1
Mo talGeeeree 2 2 4 3 4, 2
128 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20,
TABLE yt ae gee xX prunaria.
|
|No. of Exp| Q PARENT. ¢ PARENT. | OFFSPRING.
|
| speck. sord. g. speck. sord. 2.
| 04.20 ...... | Ppl. sord. ex 03.3X g prun. ex 03.4 | 8 5
Pie ee . A ae ” 1 3
(ees | 2 prun. ex 038.4 X Opi. sord. ex 03.3 5 3
pees a us = eel ees By
| |
| | Total ..... u re)
| ot 2 Py i Nabi bibs
TasBie VII. ee sordiata X plain sordiata.
No. of Exp, Q PARENT. ¢ PARENT. OFFsPRING.
| plain plain speck. speck.
sord.g. sord.2. sord. 8. sord.&. |
04.23 .. ? spec. ex 03.3 X f plain ex 03.3 2 - ee oh
33 » tae Gs 5 2 6 3
= ian Wee eS Od : 4 1 1
= BRE Ss Se ae
| otal. alt 2 7 4,
From these tables I think it is sufficiently clear that the
banding of the sordiata is dominant over its absence in prunaria,
but that the speckling of prunaria is at the same time dominant
over the plain orange of the pure sordiata, giving a heterozygote
which is both banded and speckled (Pl. VIII. fig. 2). The plain
sordiata, however, may have some specks along the wing-rays,
so that an exact determination of the numbers of “ plain” and
“speckled” is not possible. ‘The numbers of these two classes
in the tables are therefore approximate.
The numbers are not sufliciently large to show whether the
different types occur in the proportions demanded by Mendel’s
Law, with the exception of those in Table III. Here there are
148 prunaria to 110 sordiata, where equality is expected ; but
the mortality is so great among the young larve, and also during
hibernation, that a very small differential mortality will account
for this.
The work was partly undertaken to find out whether there
was any tendency for a correlation of either of the types with one
or other of the sexes, but no evidence whatever of this has
appeared.
It is important to notice that no intermediates occurred ;
fact the darkest prunaria bred were from two prunaria nee
and the lightest sordiata from sordiata parents.
1906. | BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPTDOPTERA. 129
It may be pointed out that this case is so like what is known
of some other instances of alternative inheritance in moths, e. g.
in Amphidasis betularia and its var. dowbledayaria, that it will
probably be found that these also are simple cases of Mendelian
inheritance.
II.—ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA.
(Experiments by the Rev. G. H. Raynor.)
We now turn to the case of Abraxas grossulariata and its var.
lacticolor (flavofasciata). My. Raynor obtained, some years ago,
a rare variety of the female, in which the black markings are very
much reduced and assume a partially linear form. They are also
characterised by their indefiniteness of outline; instead of the
sharp edge to the black marks which is characteristic of the type,
in var. lacticolor the black spots have an indefinite appearance,
which makes them appear to have been put on with a nearly dry
brush. The only exception to this rule is the spot in the centre
of the fore wing, which is more conspicuous than in the type
(see Pl. VIII. figs. 4 & 5). The var. lacticolor may therefore be
regarded as resembling an albino, in which the black pigment is
reduced to a constant extent, but not quite absent. The yellow
bands do not differ from those of the type. It should be men-
tioned that the amount of black varies very widely in the type,
but at its most extreme reduction the insect does not resemble
lacticolor, since the spots are small and definite. Among the
many thousand insects bred by Mr. Raynor, no intermediate
between lacticolor and the type has occurred.
When the original lacticolor 2 was paired with a normal <4, all
the offspring were normal. When, however, two of the progeny
of such matings were paired together, some of the female offspring
were lacticolor, but the var. did not occur among the males
(Table VIIT.). A number of such families were reared which are
not included in the tables, since the numbers were at first not
recorded. It appeared, however, that the var. lacticolor is a
Mendelian recessive of quite a new type, since it was known only
in the female, and more exact experiments were undertaken to
investigate it further.
In 1903, in addition to pairings of the type DR x DR (first
crosses paired together), lacticolor 9s were paired with hetero-
zygous gs (see Table [X.). The result of these matings was
that Jacticolor appeared in both sexes, some of the ds and some
Qs being lacticolor, others of each sex normal, Some of the males
used as fathers in these experiments were first crosses, others
were heterozygous males of the second generation, which had
lacticolor sisters. One F, male (exp. xliv. ’03), which had two
lacticolor grandparents, when paired with a lacticolor 2 had only
normal offspring, showing that in F, pure dominant males occur,
fo)
in addition to heterozygotes, as is expected on the Mendelian
theory.
Proc. Zoou. Scc.—1906, Vou. [. No. IX. 8)
130 MR. L. DONCASTER AND REV. G. H. RAYNOR ON [ Feb. 20,
It was now shown that the recessive variety hitherto known in
the female only could be transferred to the male by pairing a
heterozygous male with a recessive female. It remained to pair
male and female of the variety together, and to pair the recessive
male with the heterozygous female. Both these pairings were
effected in 1904 and repeated in 1905.
Lacticolor 29 x 3 (Table XI.) have given exclusively lacticolor
offspring, male and female; the recessive character breeds true,
as was expected.
Lacticolor 3 x heterozygous 2 (Table X.) have given all the
males normal, all the females lacticolor; a result which may have
important bearing on the theory of the determination of sex.
To sum up—
DR? xDR¢ gives DD¢, DRG, DRG, RRQ.
RO xXDRS 4 DERG URE, DRO RG:
DR@ xRo S USD Nass RRQ.
Re xR i Ro RQ.
Taste VIII.—Heterozygous 9 x heterozygous ¢.
(Type DR x DR.)
No. of Exp. | gross. g. | gross. 2. | Ueto tva. |\) Urea S's Total.
| O3.xii. ...) 25 14. 9 48
O3.xxi. | 22 9 ul 42
04x. ...| 18 1 15 29
Dy DOM he 7 1 4 12
Mofal...|\ 67 25 39 131
Taste LX.—Lacticolor 2 x heterozygous 3.
(Type RE x DRG.)
| No. of Exp. | gross. 3. | gross. 2. | lact. 3. | tact. 2. Total
O3: 35 3 3
) :08.-viii. 3.) 7 0 4 6 2 22
O4.v. ...| 18 6 11 ih 36
ae — ——— co — ——4
Total...| 28 10 20. 3 61
1906. ] BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. BIL
TABLE X.—-Heterozygous 2 x lacticolor 3.
(Type DR 2 x RS.)
No. of Exp. | gross. 3. | gross. 9. | lact. 8. | lact. 2. Total.
OAS XIeeee 16 ae ae | 8 24
04. xxxvil. ... 3 1 4
O25 54) 10 bo 12
ee = ee eee eee eee eens ee
Total... 29 | 11 40
Tasie X1.—Lacticolor 2 x lacticolor 6. (Type R9 x RC.)
| No. of Exp. | gross. 6. gross. 2. | lact. Gio |) Uae 2 Total.
OL eee teeny, 4. 1 5
Ose rie eens ean a ee 2 5 7
04, vii. ...| ask i i) 7 12
Ocala aa ys) | Smee: 11 13 24
It will be noticed that while the results given in the tables are
qualitatively in full agreement with Mendel’s Law, yet the
numbers depart widely from Mendelian expectation. There is
always great mortality in rearing insects, especially in those
species which hibernate in the larval state, and the discrepancy
is probably accounted for by the greater strength and healthiness
of lacticolor, which we have frequently noted, and which has
doubtless caused a selective mortality in favour of the variety as
compared with the type.
The following tentative hypothesis is put forward to account
for the relations between the variety lacticolor and the sexes.
fastle * has suggested that the determinants for the two sexes
are segregated from one another in gametogenesis like Mendelian
characters, and that a male-bearing spermatozoon always meets a
female-bearing egg or vice versd, so that in respect of sex all
zygotes are heterozygous. He has further supposed that somatic
characters may occasionally be coupled with one or other sex-
determinant, so that of the gametes produced by a heterozygote
AB, the male-bearing may all carry one somatic character A,
while the female-bearing carry its allelomorph B.
* Castle, “ Heredity of Sex,” Bull. Mus. Zool. Harvard, xi. no. 4, 1903, pp. 189, 208.
O*
132 ON BREEDING EXPERIMENTS WITH LEPIDOPTERA. | Feb. 20,
This hypothesis, with slight modification, leads to the results
observed in the cross grossulariata x lacticolor. If we suppose
that among the eggs the male-bearing all carry grossulariata, the
female-beari ing all lacticolor, while in the spermatozoa there is no
coupling, so that we have male- and female-bearing of both kinds,
we shall get the following results :—
DR gives eges De, Be:
DR& gives spermatozoa D¢,RdG,D@, RQ.
Since in fertilization a male-bearing gamete must always meet
a female-bearing, the possible combinations of egg and spermatozoa
are as follows :—
(2) Egg Dg x sperm. DQ
» Do xX 3, (Be » DRS.
» WO xX 5, Oe » DROS.
» BOX ry) Rog ” RRQ oc.
In the combination lacticolor 2 x heterozygous g we shall
similarly have eggs RG, RQ, spermatozoa Dg, RS, DG, RE
giving combinations—
zygote DDS @.
Hou i
(6) Egg RS x sperm. D2 = zygote DR¢ @.
” R dX ” R 2 = s) RR ref 2 .
” RQ x ” Dg = 35 Die Gee
ROS Pee Rigv= Ue aghtihOage
In the mating heterozygous 9 x lacticolor g the eggs are
Dg, RQ, the spermatozoa Rd, RQ, the combinations—
(c) Ege Dg x sperm. RQ = zygote DRG @.
” RQ x ” Rg = ” RRQ oC.
It is now obvious that if the sex borne by the egg is uniformly
dominant over that carried by the spermatozoon, the results are:
exactly in accordance with the observed phenomena. The sex
carried by the egg is that written first in the zygote columns, and
we get —
In group (2) DDS, DRS, DR, RRQ.
» (bd) DRS, BBG, DRG, BRY.
oo ide any ht BE hs GRE
It is possible to get the same result in other ways, e.g. by
assuming coupling between the two characters and the respective
sex- Reece minants in both eggs and spermatozoa and random
conjugation between them ; buts in any case, if Castle’s assumption
of coupling be taken for granted, it is necessary to assume that
it is always the egg which determines the sex.
Nore.—The sex-hypothesis here outlined seems at first sight to
be at variance with that propounded by Wilson (Journ. Exp.
1906. | ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 133
Zool. vol. ii. p. 543)*, and based on his work on chromosomes.
We may suppose, however, the two “idiochromosomes ” (or
‘“heterotropic chromosomes”) in the female before reduction to
bear the male and female sex-determinants respectively, while in
the male the female-bearing chromosome is reduced or absent.
Then in the female we shall have segregation of the sex-
determinants at the maturation-divisions, and we may suppose
that female-bearing eggs are fertilized by male-bearing sperma-
tozoa, giving females, the male-bearing egg being fertilized by
the spermatozoon which has no “heterotropic” chromosome.
This is in full accord with the hypothesis suggested by the
behaviour of the var. lacticolor *.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
. Angerona prunaria, 8: p. 125.
Heterozygote prunaria X sordiata, 8: p. 128.
Pure var. sordiata, $: p. 128.
Abraxas grossulariata, 2: p. 129.
. Var. lacticolor, 2: p. 129.
Fig.
go
oR to
2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part Valais
The “Tracheophone”’ Passeres; with Remarks on
Families allied thereto. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S.,
A.L.S., Ke.
[Received December 28, 1905. ]
(Text-figures 49-52.)
i. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
In the following pages I have endeavoured to describe the main
features of the Osteology of the Tracheophone Passeres; and,
further, I have striven to embrace in these remarks such other
anatomical facts as may seem to bear trustworthy evidence as to the
systematic position of the group.
The “Tracheophonee ” seem to form a natural group, allied on
the one hand to the Eurylemide, Cotingide, and Philepittide,
and on the other to the Tyrannide and Pittide: details on this
point will be found later (p. 158),
This paper is by no means so complete as I could have wished,
inasmuch as many genera yet remain to be examined. The
position ascribed to some of these at the present day is open to
grave suspicion; but these doubts cannot be set at rest until
skeletons and birds in spirit are sent home in place of skins.
* Also ‘Science,’ xxii. 1905, p. 500.
+ Since this paper was written, Wilson has suggested an explanation of his results
identical with that outlined here (Journ. Exp. Zool. vol. iii., Feb. 1906).
£ For Part VIL. see P.Z.S. 1905, vol. 11. p. 30.
134 ‘ME. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
il, THE SKULL OF THE ADULT,
The skulls of the types which form the subject of this paper
present no striking peculiarities or” extremes of specialisation
such as are met with among the Eurylemide. Yet collectively
they conform to one general plan distinguishable from that of the
Tyrannide and the forms which appear to me to be allied thereto.
This plan, and the modifications thereof, I hope to be able to
describe in the near future.
The skulls of the Tracheophone Passeres, and the forms herewith
associated, are to be distinguished from those of the Tyrannide,
Pittide, and Philepittidee mainly on account of the absence of an
ossified nasal septum; but besides these there are other small
characters, or combinations of characters, too subtle for tabulation,
but which nevertheless contribute towards the delimitation of the
several groups. Taken separately, however, the skulls of the types
herein described can readily be distinguished from those of the
Tyranniform types. But, as will be shown in the sequel, the
arrangement I here propose does not rest on these characters
alone.
The following are the characters which distinguish the families
which come within the scope of the present paper :—
Pipride.—With a nasal hinge ; inflated antorbital plates; a free
lachrymal ; maxillo-palatine xiphoid ; vomer short and broad ;
postorbital process obsolete ; processus zygomaticus spine-like
and blunt; interorbital septum perforated.
Formicariide.—With anterior nares enclosed by a bony wall,
leaving a wide aperture at the proximal end of the nasal fossa
between the premaxillary and descending processes of the
nasal, Maxillo-palatines strap-shaped, crossing the hinder
end of the olfactory fossa, and passing backwards beyond the
level of the median, descending plate of the palatine ; vomer
long and broad; postorbital process large, sometimes joining
the processus squamosi ; interorbital septum perforate.
Dendrocolaptide.— Interorbital septum imperforate ; nostrils occa-
sionally of Formicaroid type; postorbital process small ;
maxillo-palatines short and broad, crossing the hinder end of
the olfactory fossa and terminating immediately in front
of the descending plate of the palatine ; vomer short.
Synallaxide.—N ostrils schizorhinal; interorbital septum perforate;
maxillo-palatine of great length and slenderness and con-
tinued backwards to or beyond the level of the free end of
the median descending plate of the palatine.
Conopophagide.—Interorbital septum wanting ; postorbital pro-
-cesses wanting; maxillo-palatines long, narrow, and anga-
lated, continued backwards to the level of the median
descending plate of the palatine.
Hylactide.—Interorbital septum perforate ; postorbital processes
small, placed low down on side of skull; maxillo-palatine
long and slender ; vomer short, long limbs.
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 135
Pittide —Interorbital septum perforate; postorbital processes
small; temporal fossa extending to the mid-dorsal line; a
more or less well-marked nasal hinge; maxillo-palatines in
the form of short thick spurs, crossing the middle of the
olfactory floor and far removed from the median descending
keel of the palatine.
The Occipital Region.
The plane of the occipital foramen slopes obliquely backwards
through an angle of about 45°, while the foramen itself is without
any marked supraforaminal ridge, except in the case of the Pittidee,
where it is fairly pronounced. Compared with that of the
Eurylemide the cerebral fossa will be found to project slightly
beyond (caudad of) the foramen, instead of sloping forwards as
in that group, thereby indicating a larger brain-cavity. The
lambdoidal crest is not strongly marked, but the region enclosed
thereby is wide, except in the case of Pitta, where this ridge
is conspicuous and curves rapidly downwards to pass into the
lateral occipital wings, thus decreasing the width of the skull in
this region. The cerebellar dome is nowhere very prominent,
except in Pseudocolaptes, where it attains a development far
exceeding that which obtains in any other member of any of the
families now under discussion, inasmuch as it rises upwards far
above the level of the lambdoidal ridge and temporal fosse to
form a tumid swelling, bounded on either side by the cerebral
lobes, which stand out in the form of bulle separated from the
cerebellar prominence by deep depressions. The lateral occipital
wings bounding the tympanic cavity are turned somewhat for-
wards, and tend to approach one another in the middle line more
than in the Eurylemide. This is especially noticeable in the
Conopophagide, Philepittidee, Pipridee, and Dendrocolaptide.
The Cranial Roof (text-fig. 49 a-d).—The cerebral dome is
wide, well rounded, and rises gently above the cerebellar dome.
Pitta and Hylactes ave exceptions in this respect, the cerebral
dome rising much higher than in any other members of the
families under discussion. In Pitta this dome is constricted
laterally by wide though shallow temporal fossee, but in Hylactes
this region of the skull is full and round, and the temporal fossa
confined to a shallow depression immediately above the squamosal
prominence. In Synallaxis, Cinclodes, and Pseudocolaptes, among
the Synallaxine, and to a less extent in Yiphocolaptes among the
Dendrocolaptine, the cerebral dome is very markedly depressed,
though it is at the same time unusually broad from side to side.
The cranium of Pseudocolaptes is further noteworthy in that the
roof is marked bya relatively deep median groove, and two lateral
grooves marking what answers, more or less accurately, to the
Sylvian fissure of the brain (text-fig. 50 g, p. 140). In the Ptero-
ptochide the form of the cerebral hemispheres is well defined,
but the lateral grooves of the “Sylvian fissure” are very faintly
indicated.
136 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
The interorbital region is narrow, except in Homorus and
NXiphocolaptes, where it may almost be described as broad. In all
cases this region expands above and behind the antorbital plates
to form a protecting roof for the front of the orbit. Lachrymals,
even when present, contribute nothing towards the formation of
this protection (see p. 138).
Text-fig. 49.
Lateral aspect of the skulls of:—a. Pseudocolaptes boissineauti. b. Hylactes
megapodius. ¢. Batara cinereus. a. Dendrocolaptes picumnus.
an. = anterior nares. d.o.p. = antorbital process. ¢.p. = cerebellar prominence.
i.0.s. = interorbital septum. .a.=anterior nares. pa.= palatal. p.o.p.=
posterior orbital process. pt.=pterygoid. p.z.s.= processus zygomaticus
squamosi.
The frontals pass insensibly forwards into the nasals, except in
€
1906. | OF THE TRAGHEUPHONE PASSERES. 137
Pipra, where they are abruptly truncated to form, with the beak, a
nasal hinge. In this, as indeed im all other characters of the skull,
the Pipridz agree with the Cotingide, and should probably be in-
cluded therewith ; and the Cotingidee in turn agree in this point
with the Hurylemide. There is an incipient nasal hinge in the
Pittide.
The Base of the Skull.
Basipterygoid processes are absent. The basitemporal plate,
except in Pittidee, is somewhat swollen, and does not extend forward
on to the parasphenoidal rostrum, but is bounded by a gently curved
or slightly pointed anterior border, the edge of which has fused
with the rostrum, leaving apertures for the Eustachian tube. In
Pitta this plate is shghtly concave, pointed anteriorly, and has a
free edge. iphorhynchus appears to be unique, in that from the
anterior border of the basitemporal plate just ventrad of the
position usually occupied by the basipterygoid processes it exhibits
a pair of long needle-like splints of bone immediately under the
pterygoid and extending some distance beyond them, almost, in fact,
reaching the long spine-like spurs of the palatines (transpalatines,
Parker). Only in Pseudosisura (Homorus) is there any vestige
of similar processes, and these take the form of minute prickles.
The occipital condyle is very small, spherical, looks downwards
and backwards, and lies within a deep precondylar fossa.
The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium.
The tympanic cavity is. small and bounded above by the base
of a more or less well-developed processus articularis squamosi,
behind by the lateral occipital wing, and below by the external
free edge of the basitemporal plate, while in front it is shut in by
the quadrate. Of the usual apertures to be found within this
cavity the recessus tympanicus anterior is the largest.
The superior tympanic recess opens in the Conopophagide,
Pipride, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxinee by a moderately large
aperture between the otic and squamosal heads of the quadrate ;
while within the lower segment of this aperture there will be
found a cribriform plate leading into the recessus tympanicus
posterior. In the Pittide, Philepittidee, Conopophagide, and
Formicariinee these two apertures are separated by a long bar.
The fenestral recess opens at the end of the bony column dividing
the anterior and posterior tympanic recesses.
The periphery of the tympanic recess presents characters of
sufficient interest to deserve a brief survey.
In the Pittidee, Conopophagide, Formicariide, and Dendro-
colaptine the free edge of the lateral occipital wing rises upwards
and forwards to pass into a large depressed processus zygomaticus
squamosi, and is continued downwards, forwards, and upwards to
form a bony wall apposed to the shaft of the quadrate and
terminating at the free end of a more or less well-marked processus
articularis squamost. In the Synallaxine and the Conopophagidee,
138 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
however, this wing comes to a sudden stop when it reaches the
summit of the curve, then turns abruptly downwards in the form
of a sharp ridge, losing itself in the processus articularis squamost
(text-fig. 49 b, p- 136).
The postor ital region 1s by no means uniform in character. In
the Pittidee alone wide but shallow temporal fossee meet to form a
narrow sagittal crest. In the Conopophagide, the ee
and Dendrocolaptidee (text-fig. 50 b-d, p. 140) temporal fossze a
sufficiently deep to form a fairly conspicuous squamosal cs 0-
minence, but they do not meet as in the Pittide. _ In the
Philepittidee these depressions are barely traceable.
The postorbital process is obsolete in the Acanthosittide,
Pteroptochine, and Philepittidee, and in some of the small Dendro-
colaptine (e. g., Xiphorhynchus). In some Formicariine (e. g.,
Thamnophilus) and in some Synallaxine (e. g., Synallawis) this
process is continued downwards to fuse with the zygomatic
process of the squamosal, forming thereby a bony bar across the
temporal fossa.
The lachrymal is either altogether wanting or is vestigial. In
the Pipridz this bone ts small, dumbbell-shaped, and pressed against
the outer border of the swollen antorbital plate as in the Cotingide.
It lacks an orbital process, lies entirely within the lachrymo-nasal
fossa, and is perforated by a pneumatic foramen. In the Ptero-
ptochine it has almost c mpletely fused with the antorbital plate
and is sigmoidally curved. In the Philepittide it is represented
only by a minute nodule of bone lying in the superior angle of
the lachrymo-nasal fossa and adherent to the antorbital plate.
The Ethmoidal Rec gion.—The interorbital septum is complete
only in the Dendrocolaptine. The antorbital plate does not
present any very striking changes of form. In the Pteroptochinze
the ventral border of this plate i is deeply notched ; its outer border
convex and produced downwards at its inferior angle into a small
spur resting on the quadrato-jugal bar: in the Philepittidee it is
hamulate in shape. The head of the hammer is large, inflated,
projects downwards below the level of the quadrato-jugal bar into
which it fits by a groove, while the shaft of the hammer -
attached at right angles to the mesethmoid and so as to have
clear space above and below it. In the Pipride it resembles that
of the Cotingide—as might be supposed. Oblong in shape, its
dorsal border is sinuously curved, leading into a space between
itself and the frontals, its ant Scie border is straight, but, the
line is broken by the downward extension of the infero-external
angle; the outer free border is hollowed. In Pittidze the dorsal,
external, and ventral borders are fairly deeply hollowed, so that
the plate has a bilobed appearance, and this shape is still more
pronounced in the Dendrocolaptine. In the Formicariine this
plate is almost quadrangular in form, and has the infero-external
angle produced into a long pillar extending down the quadrato-
jugal bar: in the larger forms (e. g., Batara) this column appears
to spring from the middle of the inferior border. In the
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 139
Synallaxine and Xenicide it forms a large quadrangular plate
slightly hollowed along its external border.
The floor of the olfactory chamber appears only in a few cases
to be partially ossified. Thus, in Xiphocolaptes albicollis for
example, and possibly in other species of this genus, the anterior
portion of the chamber is partly closed in, when the skull is seen
from below, by the inward extension of the palatal processes of
the premaxilla.
The Premaxilla and Nasal.
Except in the Dendrocolaptide and Formicaride, the
premaxilla presents no really distinctive characters, being but a
small, pointed, triradiate bone. In the Dendrocolaptide,
however, it is often produced, as in Yiphorhynchus, into a long,
decurved probe. In the species in question this portion of the
beak is of considerable length, subcireular, and rod-like. As
a consequence of this modification, the anterior nares have shifted
backwards so as to lie immediately in front of the lachrymo-nasal
fossa, and have become reduced to small oval apertures.
The nasals in such genera as [ have been enabled to examine
of the Furnariine, Sy nallaxine, and Philydorine, of Dr. Sharpe's
‘Hand-list,’ are of the schizorhinal type (text-fig. 50 g, p. 150).
And on this account, as well as on the evidence To the skeleton
generally, I suspect that it will be found advisable, on further
work, to merge all three ina single subfamily, and with these
will probably follow also the Sclerurine, Margarornithine, and
Glyphorhynchine.
The Macxillo-Jugal Arch.
The maxilla, as usual, is completely fused with the premaxilla,
but its approximate size may be measured, generally, by the
antero-posterior extent of the maxillo-palatine processes. These
differ somewhat markedly in the different groups here associated.
They will be found in what is probably their most primitive form
in the Pittide, Conopophagide, Formicariidee, and Dendrocolaptine.
Herein the maxillo- palatine process is triangular in form, the
apex of the triangle rising gently from a broad base which sweeps
round posteriorly: into the quadrato-jugal bar. The apex, it should
be mentioned, underlies the free end of the vomer. In the
Formicariide the maxilla, at the point from which the palatine
process leaves, is pierced by pneumatic foramina.
In the Pipridz these processes are strap-shaped, with a pedate
free end, and stand out almost at right angles to the long axis cf
the maxilla. Into the base of this bone there opens a pneumatic
foramen conspicuous when the skull is seen from below. The
form and arrangement of these elements recall the mavxillo-
palatines of the Cotingide, indeed the differences between the two
are a negligible quantity.
In the Conopophagide and the Philepittidee these processes
are of considerable length and slenderness. They spring, in the
140 MR
W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
Text-fig. 50.
d
TWHEX-f2
ete
7
Ventral aspects of the skulls of :—a. Hylactes megapodius.
c. Pseudocolaptes boissineauti. a. Dendrocolaptes picumnus. e. Batara
cinerea. {. Xiphorhynchus trochilirostris. g. Dorsal aspect ef skull of
Pseudocolaptes (c).
a.t.=concha vestibuli. 6.. = basipterygoid process.
me.p. = maxillo-palatine process. 2. = nasal.
maxilla. pa.=palatine. pt. = pterygoid.
squamosi. g.=quadrate. vo. = vomer.
b. Philepitta jala.
c.p. = cerebellar prominence.
n.pme. = nasal process of pre-
p.z.8. = processus zygomaticus
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 141
Philepittidee (text-fig. 50 b), from a moderately broad base and
slope obliquely backwards till they reach the vomer, when they
curve so that their free ends run parallel with the long axis of the
skull. In the Pteroptochinz these processes appear to spring from
the inner extremity of the quadrato-jugal bar, that is to say they
are given off by the extreme postero- -internal angle of the maxilla,
instead of springing from the middle of this bone as in the
Philepittide. They curve backwards and inwards till they reach
the vomer, when they turn sharply backwards and run parallel
therewith, terminating only when they touch the downward keel
of the palatine.
In the Synallaxine and Acanthosittide these processes are of
ereat length and slenderness, curved towards the middle line,
slightly wider at their free ends, and extending backwards so as
to meet the median descending keel of the palatines. In Pseado-
colaptes (text-fig. 50 c) the palatine processes of the maxilla may
be taken to represent a halfway stage between those of the
Dendrocolaptine on the one hand, and the specialised form which
they present in the Synallaxine asa rule. Arising from a broad
base they take the form of a pair of tongue-shaped lamine, under-
lying the middle of the vomer and presenting a convex border
forwards, and a deeply concave border directed towards the
palatines, with the median and downward keel of which they
come in contact.
The quadrato-jugal bar affords no matter for comment.
The Vomer, Pterygoid, and Palatine.
The vomer (text-fig. 50 a-f) appears to have preserved its
simplest form in the “Formicariidee. Here, as in ?hamnophilus
and Batara (text-fig. 50 e), it is wide and ‘truncated anteriorly,
has a long and broad body, and terminates in two moderately
long limbs, which will probably be found, in the nestling skull, to
extend backwards to meet the pter yeoid,
In the Pittidee the vomer is of considerable size. Deeply
notched anteriorly, it extends backwards for a considerable
distance, a moderately long body giving place eventually to a pair
of long limbs. Though relatively narrower, the vomer of the
Pipride is of the same shape. In the Conopophagide it is
relatively shorter and produced anteriorly into a pair of long
“horns,” due to the fusion and ossification of the concha vestibuli
(text-fig. 50 a). In the Pteroptochine these adjuncts to the
vomer are of great size and terminate in semiossified cartilage.
But the body of the vomer is here greatly shortened, so much so
that the breadth is greater than the length, and from this abbre-
viated base two long limbs run back to fuse with the dorsal
lamina of the palatines: though it is evident, from the great
length of the hemipterygoid element, that in young skulls this
vomer and the pterygoid will be found in actual contact. In the
Philepittide (text-fig. 50 b), the vomer, though of considerable
length, is extremely reduced laterally, a small feeble body being
142 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20
continued backwards by a pair of slender, almost filiform limbs,
In the Dendrocolaptine (text-fig. 50 d, p. 140) and Synallaxine
it is much reduced, the body being short and broad, and the limbs
only moderately long. Anteriorly, as in the Conopophagidee, it
supports ossifications of the turbinal cartilage. In some of the
Synallaxine, e. g. Pseudocolaptes, these ossifications take the form
of a small pair of triangular plates set vertically.
The pterygoid has a straight and more or less cylindrical shaft,
and extends far forward on to the parasphenoidal rostrum; and
as a consequence of this forward position the basipterygoid
processes have disappeared, and the facets for articulation there-
with have completely disappeared from this rod.
As might be expected, there are some few exceptions to the
general rule among these groups as to the form of the shaft.
Thus in Pseudocolaptes the inner aspect of this rod has developed
a broad phalange increasing in breadth from the proximal third
forwards to the palatine, while in Acanthidositta it is strongly
bowed forwards. But the pneumatic aperture which occurs near
the articulation for the quadratein the Euryleemide appears to be
wanting altogether in the types now under consideration except
in the “Pipride. The chief point of interest which attaches to
this bone here concerns the form and relations of its distal
extremity. In the Pipridz, as in the smaller Cotingide, this
shaft terminates in a long, hastate plate closely applied to the
parasphenoidal rostrum, and fused along its inferior border with
the palatine. The Pteroptochide at first sight appear also to
agree in this matter, but a more careful examination shows that
the expanded, hastate portion (hemipterygoid) is cut off by an
almost vertical section from the shaft, and appears as though it
were but an upgrowth of the dorsal edge of the palatine.
Hylactes differs from the rest of the Conopophagide in this only,
that the suture between the main shaft and the hemipterygoid
is more oblique.
In the Pittide the shaft extends further forward, and terminates
some distance in front of and above the end of the palatine, in a
roughly quadrangular plate, deeply notched in front. With this
plate the hemipterygoid forms what may almost be described
asa dove-tailed joint fitting into the notch just described, and
running backwards below the expanded end of the pterygoid
shaft as far as the end of the palatine with which it is fused.
In the Philepittide there is no hemipterygoid, the shaft being
continued forwards from the point where it meets the palatines
in the form of a long and delicate sword-shaped blade, curving
slightly upwards. The free end of this blade reaches the vomer,
which, however, is fused with the palatine.
The Formicariinse, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxinse agree
exactly with the Pipride and the smaller Cotingide. The
Acanthosittine, however, are quite peculiar in this matter, but
nearly resemble the true Passeres. The shaft, which is sigmoidally
curved, ends in a small pedate plate closely applied to the
1906. } OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 143
parasphenoidal rostrum and passes over, and beyond, the hinder
ends of the palatine for some considerable distance, so that what
appears to be the hemipterygoid lies immediately under the pedate
expansion of the main shaft of the pterygoid.
The differences which obtain among these groups in the
matter of the palato-pterygoid articulation are of sufficient
interest to demand some further notice. I have shown that the
Pipride, Pteroptochine, Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and
Synallaxine all agree in common with the smaller Cotingide,
while the Philepittidee markedly differ therefrom.
Now among the Cotingide this palato-pterygoid articulation
appears under three forms. In what is doubtless the most
primitive the shaft of the pterygoid is continued forwards,
precisely as in the Philepittide (p. 142); and this is well seen in
Chasmorhynchus for example, and, in a shghtly more specialised
form, in Calyptomena among the Hurylemide. In Cotingids, such
as Aulia or Lathria, we have apparently the intermediate stage
between that seen in Philepitta and Chasmorhynchus on the one
hand, and that of the smaller Cotingids, such as Hadrostomus, and
the Formicariine—and the types associated therewith in this
connection—on the other. In this intermediate stage the ptery-
goid impinges against the parasphenoidal rostrum, and is then
continued forward in the form of a pedate plate, articulating with
what is evidently a large hemipterygoid fused with the palatine,
by means of a sinuous joint. In the smaller Cotingids, and in
types such as Thamnophilus and Pteroptochus, this joint has become
obliterated by anchylosis.
I cannot recall a similar fusion between pterygoid and palatine
in. any of the higher Passerines, but it occurs with some frequency
among the Coraciiform birds, as, for example, in the Capitonide
and Bucconide.
The palatine has a scroll-shaped body turned with its concavity
inwards, and, fusing with the hemipterygoid, forms an articular
surface whereby it is enabled to glide backwards and forwards
along the parasphenoidal rostrum. The ventral free edge of the
scroll forms, with that of the opposite palatine, a deep channel
along the roof of the palate immediately behind the vomer.
From the outer convex surface of this scroll there is given off,
near its anterior border, a narrow horizontal lamina, which sends
a short spur backwards to form the transpalatine process (W. K.
Parker) and a long, slender rod forwards to fuse with the palatine
process of the premaxilla. Except in the Pittide, the maxillo-
palatine processes lie so far back that their free ends touch, or
almost touch, the antero-inferior angle of this palatine seroll; but
in the group in question these processes have shifted forwards so
that their free ends are far removed from any relation with this
portion of the palatine. The transpalatine Spur 1s especially long
in Xiphorhynchus (text-fig. 50, f, p. 140), and this is apparently
correlated with the remarkable form of the beak.
The Quadrate.—As in the Eurylemidee, though not in so marked
144 - MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEULOGY [ Feb. 20,
a manner, the quadrate develops a columnar buttress of bone
laterad of the outer condyle, for the articulation of the quadrato-
jugal bar; and this column, in the Conopophagide, rises upwards
parallel with the shaft of the quadrate and for half its height.
The outside of this column is gently hollowed to form an ar ticular
surface for the quadrato- jugal bar, the extreme proximal end of
which rises gently upwards to slide along the glenoid surface
prepared for it. When the quadrate is seen from in front, the
outer condyle, for the articulation of the mandible, has the
appearance of being borne on a separate pedicle standing out
obliquely and at some distance from the mner condyle, and this
is especially marked in the Synallaxine forms. Seen from its
articular surface, the inner condyle will be found to be subcircular
in shape and separated by a deep gorge from the outer condyle,
which is oblong, sigmoidally curv ed. and has its long axis almost at
right angles to the long axis of the skull. These features, it may
ue ene Spouse also in the Euryleemid and Cotingide.
The Mandible.
The mandible does not present any very striking characters, or
points of value for systematic purposes.
It is truncated posteriorly and has only a very short internal
angular process, except in the Conopophagide, where it is of
moderate length. The lateral vacuity is always very small, and
may be altogether wanting, as in the Pittide, Pipride, Philepittide,
and some Dendrocolaptinee. The symphysis is nowhere extensive
except in the case of long-billed forms, such as Yiphorhynchus for
example, wherein the rami rapidly approach one another to form
a long, slender, curved rod flattened along its superior surface.
THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN.
The presynsacral vertebrze are all heteroccelous and free.
In their general characters the cervical vertebra agree very
closely with those of the Eurylemide, which I have alre eady
described.
The odontoid ligament of the atlas is ossified in all the groups
here dealt with. Hypapophyses are well developed only in some
Formicariine (e.g. Latara), the Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine.
As in the Eurylemide, the typical number of cervicals is twelve ;
following these are three cervico-thoracic vertebrze, 7. e. those
bearing free ribs which do not articulate with the sternum. The
hindmost pair bear uncinate processes but have no sternal
segment. In some, e.g. Synallaxis, there are only two pairs of
cervico-thoracic vert tebree, the hindmost pair just veferred to in
such cases articulate w ith the sternum. But this point is of no
systematic value, though of interest morphologically.
The thoracic vertebre are six in number and have ‘well-
developed quadrangular neural spines, which may, as in Pipridze
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHON® PASSERES. 145
form a series of separate upstanding plates, or may, on the other
hand, interlock one with another by means of a bifurcating process
from the anterior and posterior angles of the dorsal border. Ina
skeleton of Siptornis sp. ine. three of these vertebre (1-3) have
become anchylosed, but whether this is an individual peculiarity
or isa feature peculiar to the genus Iam at present unable to say.
The last thoracic, in all the species of the groups here dealt with,
has fused with the synsacrum, and in the Dendrocolaptine two
thoracies appear to be generally fused therewith, each of which
bears long ribs (see p. 146). Hypapophyses in the Pittide are
wanting; in no case is there more than two of these processes.
In the Hylactine and Dendrocolaptine they are fairly well
developed, but never so long as those of the two cervico-thoracic
vertebre immediately preceding. In the Pipride and Philepittidee
they are degenerate. Philepitta, by the way, is remarkable for
the small size of the centra.
Twelve vertebre enter into the composition of the synsacrum,
but the series from which these are drawn is not always the same,
as may be seen by the following tables :—
Conopophagide,
Pitta. Pipride. e.g,, Hylactes. Philepittide.
Thoracic ......... 1 1 1 Il
IDibuaN oho y ARAB Eee 2 2 LD) 3
Lumbo-sacral ... 3 a) B 3
ACKaly en eeciwa ne 2 |[caudal, 2 2 2
Obilall js cccsooone . 447 free 348 3+8 Dante
12 11 iil 12
Total 19. Total 19, Total 19, Total 20.
Formicariine, Dendrocolaptina, Synallaxinie.
Thoracic ........- ] 2 1
Wumibary sence eee 3 2 3
Lumbo-sacral ... 2 2 2
SMGAAl ssaocboosooc 2, 2 2
Caudal ....... ran cte 4A+8 4-7 4A+8
12 12 12
Total 20. Total 19. Total 20,
The analyses here given are undoubtedly worth publishing, if
only as a basis for further work; but before they can be of
any great value a comparison of a much larger series of skeletons
than I have been able to make is necessary. The ventri-lateral
processes of the second lumbar are in all cases weil developed,
but those of the sacrals are more feeble, so that some difficulty is
experienced in distinguishing, superficially, between sacral and
postsacral vertebre. The dorsi-lateral processes of the sacral
and postsacrals are long, keeping the innominates wide apart,
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I, No. X. 10
146 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
while by the ossification of the tendinous tissue overlying them a
bony roof to the pelvis is formed, which is most complete in Pitta
(see p. 151).
In Pitta the fourth postsacral forms a part of the synsacrum,
although it really lies well behind the embrace of the imnominate ;
on the other hand, in Xiphocolauptes, for example, the fifth free
caudal lies within this embrace, yet remains free.
Well-marked intercentra, as might be expected, occur in the
Dendrocolaptinee—5 to 7 vertebra ; they are smaller in the Synal-
laxine and Formicariine, and vestigial or wanting in the Pipridze
and Philepittide.
‘The ventral aspect of the synsacrum is marked in a way which
deserves some notice, inasmuch as it may be either deeply
grooved or pitted, after a fashion apparently not met with outside
the groups in which these peculiarities oceur.
Thus in the Pipride the ventral aspect of the synsacrum is
marked by deep grooves extending on either side of the middle
line from the level of the first lumbar to the sacral vertebre ;
while in Pipra there will be found a double row of deep oblong
pits, one along either side of the middle line, from the last
thoracic vertebra (the synsacral) to the first sacral. Among the
Synallaxine, Siptornis agrees with Chiroxiphia, while Synallaxis
agrees with Pipra. The Hylactine have a grooved synsacrum.
These pittings appear, indeed, to occur only in the Pipride,
Synallaxine, and Acanthidosittide, and may extend, as in Pipra,
along the whole length of this complex as far as the first sacral,
or may oceur only from the last lumbar to the first sacral, as in
Cinclodes.
iv. THE Riss.
In the Pipridz, Pittide, Philepittide, Conopophagide, and
Formicariine, long styliform ribs are borne by the cervical
vertebra, from the 5th to the 9th inclusive; from the 10th—12th
the style is vestigial and a narrow pleurapophysial lamella alone
is left. The Dendrocolaptine differ in having the styliform
portion of the rib much shorter than in the types Just referred to,
Among the Synallaxine it would seem that two types of ribs
obtain, one represented by a band-like pleurapophysial lamella,
and one in which this is very broad, and may further have a short
style as in Yiphorhynchus.
There are three cervico-thoracic ribs, the Ist greatly reduced ;
the 3rd bears an uncinate process but no sternal segment.
There are six thoracic ribs, of which five generally articulate
with the sternum. In some of the Synallaxine and Dendro-
colaptinz there is a tendency for the 5th rib to lose its connection
with the sternal border. The 6th rib, almost invariably articulates
with the sternal segment of the 5th, being attached by ligament
to a more or less well-defined facet.
The uncinates are generally moderately long and slender, only
in Pitta are they conspicuously broad.
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 147
v. STERNUM AND SHOULDER-GIRDLE.
The sternum of the Tracheophone Passeres throws an interesting
light on the evolution of the typical Passerine sternum, in which
the corpus sternt is quadrangular in shape, with a pair of notches
in its posterior border, long anterior lateral processes, and a
forked spina externa, the spina interna being wanting.
In the Conopophagide the sternal plate, however, differs con-
spicuously from that of all other Passeres, in that there are
four posterior notches. Varying in the depth of the notches and
other small points in the different genera, these peculiar sterna,
together with the sternum of Pitta, have hitherto been regarded as
modifications independently acquired—those who held this view
not regarding the genera which I have grouped together as
closely allied forms. Thus, Forbes, for example, in his paper on
the genus Conopophaga (2), wrote, “As regards the possession of
a four-notched sternum by these birds and the Pteroptochine, I
am not inclined to consider it in any way a primitive character,
but rather as an instance of a simple modification having been
independently acquired in different groups of birds.” Nevertheless,
I venture to think that the brigading of these types with four
notches to the sternum is justified, not on this character alone, of
course, but because of the numerous characters which all share
in common.
It is to be noted that among the Coraciiform birds, from which
the Passeres are probably derived, a four-notched sternum is the
rule. - Hence the sternum of the Conopophagide may be a
survival of this older order of things; on the other hand, it may
be that this family has developed this character anew.
I incline to the opinion that the number of these notches is to
be regarded as a primitive character, and that while in Hylactes, for
example, the notches have tended to deepen (text-fig. 51 a, p. 148),
so as to acquire a superficial likeness to those of the Bucconide,
in Conopophaga they are on their way to reduction to the normal
Passerine number, by the closing of the inner pair, which are
now represented apparently by “fenestree only (text-fig. 51 b).
Such a method of reduction is common in the Accipitres, for
example. In the Menuride the posterior border of the sternum
is entire; in the Pittide but a single pair are left, which,
however, are quite unlike the notches in typical Passerine sterna
and recall those of the Turnicide (text-fig. 51d)! This form
of sternal plate seems to be, however, nothing more than an
exaggeration of that met with in Cinclodes, for example, as may
be seen by comparing text-fig. 51 c. It would seem, indeed,
that the Kurylemid and Formicariid Passeres represent a state of
flux in this matter, as well as in the form of the spina externa,
which varies in different genera of the same family, as in the
Eurylemide and Cotingide. In the higher Passeres the bifureate
spina externa and single pair of notches to the posterior border
of the sternum are universal.
10*
148 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEGLOGY [ Feb. 20,
While in Conopophaga the median pair of sternal notches
appear to be closing, in Hylactes they seem to have reached
nearly the maximum development. To find a similar sternum
we have to search among the Coraciiformes, that of the Bucconide
furnishing the nearest approach, But, whereas in the Bucconide
the posterior-lateral and intermediate processes appear as though
given off from a common base—the margin of the deep scar for
the origin of the sterno-coracoides,—in Hylactes the intermediate
process appears as though it had been cut out by stencilling from
the sternal plate itself, of which the posterior lateral process
Text-fig. 51.
Form of the posterior border of the sternum and the relations of the articulations
of the bones of the Shoulder-Girdle at the foramen triosseum.
a. Hylactes. b. Conopophaga. ¢. Cinclodes. ad. Pitta. e. Hylactes.
acr.=acrocoracoid. a.l.p.=anterior lateral process. .=carina. cl.= clavicle.
cor.=coracoid. p.l.p.=posterior lateral process. p.i.=processus intermedius,
s.e.=spina externa. s¢e.=scapula.
forms the outer border. The two notches are subequal in
length, and do not extend beyond the middle of the sternal plate.
Again, in the Bucconid sternum the sternal plate tapers rapidly
to a point, meeting at the hinder end of the carina, while in
Hylactes, though much incised, the hinder end of the sternal
plate, though narrow, is at least nearly as wide as the base of the
coracoid,
1906. } OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERLS. 149
The anterior lateral process in Hylactes is of enormous length,
projecting far beyond the level of the end of the spina externa :
along its free outer border are placed the articular surfaces for
the ribs. The spina externa is moderately long and slightly
pointed. The carina sterna is small.
The sterna of all the remaining genera here discussed are of
the typical Passerine type, and present but few structural
variations : these, however, I will briefly indicate.
Except in the case of the Philepittide, all these sterna agiee
in having a forked spina externa—in Philepitta it is unforked
and small »—a moderately long anterior-lateral process to which
alone the sternal ribs articulate, and but a single notch along
the posterior free border, the processus Sieh “medius being
wanting. In the climbing forms of the Formicariide and Den-
drocolaptidze the sternal plate is long and narrow, and the keel
shallow. In the Philepittidie and Pipride the spina externa is
pierced on its dorsal aspect by a large pneumatic foramen, and
there is a second aperture in the sternum, immediately behind
the first. In some of the Synallaxine the sternal foramen is
found, but the more anterior aperture is wanting.
The coracoid grooves do not meet in the middle line, and have
prominent, sinuously curved, dorsal lips: the ventral lips are
thin and continued inwards on to the spina externa. These
grooves attain their maximum development in the Conopophagidee.
The coracoid shaft is long and slender, but is apparently never
longer than the corpus sterni. The pr ocoracoid process is never
large, and takes the form of a short, oblong, downwardly directed
plate; thus, though smaller than in the Hurylemide, it is larger
than in the higher Passeres. In the Hylactine it extends upwar rds
to fuse with the inturned head of the acrocoracoid. The width of
the shaft at its base is increased by a short and narrow flange of
bone along the outer border, but this never extends further forward
than the level of a line passing in front of the free end of the
spina externa.
The scapula, except in its relation to the foramen triosseum,
which will be discussed presently, presents no features of sufficient
interest to demand special notice.
The furcula is of the typical U-shape, but varies as regards
the development of the hypocleideum and the form of its free
ends. The hypocleideum in AHylactes and in the Pipridee is vesti-
gial. In the Pittidee it is linguiform and rises abruptly from its
base: in the Philepittidee ‘It is almost quadrangular. It is
largest among the Dendrocolaptine, Synallaxme, and Formi-
carline types, ‘where it inclines to a cordiform shape.
The nature of the articulations between the coracoid, scapula,
and furecula, where they meet to form the foramen triossewm, are
interesting. They are of two kinds, one of which is peculiar
to the Hylactine (text-fig. 51), while the other obtains more
or less exactly among all the other groups.
In Hylactes—Conopophagide,—as I have already mentioned,
150 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [Feb. 20,
the procoracoid turns downwards to fuse with the inturned portion
of the acrocoracoid, thus entirely surrounding the foramen in
question. To the outer side of” this procoracoid band the
expanded free end of the furcula is attached, the dorsal border of
this expansion fitting into a triangular notch in the free edge
of the acromion process of the scapula : this acromion process,
by the way, being set on in advance of the procoracoid band,
serves to further increase the length of the roof of the foramen
triosseum before referred to.
In the Pittidee the procoracoid process is wanting: the roofing
of the triosseal foramen is consequently furnished entirely by the
acromial process of the scapula, while its inner wall is formed
by the expanded foot of the furcula, This sbi’ against the
acrocoracoid and altogether in front of the acromial process,
which, however, it touches by its posterior dorsal angle, and then
completes the triosseal foramen.
In the Philepittidee the procoracoid is moderately well developed
and turns abruptly downwards, so as nearly to meet the acro-
coracoid, the gap being filled by a ligament. The acromion of
the scapula crosses the coracoid, so that it lies immediately over
the anterior border of the procoracoid. The upper end of the
expanded foot of the furcula is attached, partly to the acrocoracoid,
and partly to procoracoid and acromion of the scapula, forming
an extensive attachment with its anterior face.
In the Pipridee the procoracoid les immediately behind the
acromial of the scapula and the expanded foot of the fureula ;
attached in front to the acrocoracoid, and behind to the scapula, it
closes in the triosseal foramen, the actual roof of which is formed
entirely by the scapula, the procoracoid forming a sort of pent-
house continuation of the roof caudad of the scapula. This
arrangement agrees with what obtains in the Kurylemide, the
remaining groups here dealt with, and the higher Passeres,
THE Petyic GIRDLE.
The pelvic girdle differs considerably among the families here
under consideration, the more primitive types showing a rather
close resemblance to the EKurylemide in this matter.
In Philepitta this resemblance is fairly close, especially in so
far as the post-acetabular region of the innominate is concerned.
In front this element takes the form of a concave, conical blade,
which does not rise to the level of the neural spines of the
synsacrum, and is set off therefrom by the transverse processes of
the enclosed vertebre; behind the acetabulum the innominate
expands to form a broad dorsal plane, which terminates caudad
in a point opposite the transverse process of the third caudal
vertebra. There is no pectineal process. The ischium is con-
tinued backwards and downwards in the form of a narrow curved
blade, terminating in a truncated point bent sharply upon the
main body of the blade, thus serving to create a wide ischio-
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 151
pubic fissure, closed posteriorly by the anchylosis of the ischium
with the pubis ; this last is produced caudad into a moderately
long, inwardly curved rod.
In Pitta the pre-acetabular ilium is broader than in Philepitta,
and rounded in front as in the Eurylemide: while the post-
acetabular illum after expanding to form a broad dorsal plane,
terminates in a long tongue-shaped plate enclosing a deep notch
between itself and the transverse processes of the free caudals :
from the lower surface of this tongue there descends a broad plate
to fuse with the ischium and enclose the ischiadic foramen.
Anteriorly, it should be remarked, the innominate encloses a
deep trough bounded in the middle line by the synsacral crest,
and floored by the tcansverse processes of the vertebre. The
ischium resembles that of Philepitta. An unusually broad plate
of bone divides the obturator foramen from the ischio-pubic
fissure, which is thereby greatly reduced, and is further closed
posteriorly by the fusion of the ischium with the pubis, which
terminates abruptly just caudad of the ischium.
In the Pipride the pelvic girdle also bears a strong resemblance
to that of the Eurylemide. The fovea iliaca anterior is well de-
fined, and there is also a deep trough between the synsacral crest
and the pre-acetabular ilium. As in Pitia, the post-acetabular
ilium is continued backwards for some distance, but so as to form,
not a tongue-shaped plate so much as a spine, between which and
the transverse processes of the caudal vertebre there is a deep
notch. The obturator foramen is separated from the ischio-pubic
fissure by a narrow bar of bone, but the fissure is not closed
posteriorly by the fusion of the ischium with the pubis.
In the Conopophagide we meet with a pelvis of a somewhat
more specialised type. The pre-acetabular ilia meet one
another in the middle line above the synsacral crest, and the
fovea tiaca anterior is unusually sharply defined, its superior
border sweeping round in the form of a sharp ridge to form the
anterior border of the dorsal plane, terminating above, but mesiad
of, the anti-trochanter. By this meeting of the innominates, the
troughs, to which reference has been made, are here converted
into canales ilio-lumbales. The post-acetabular ilium forms a
moderately wide dorsal plane which is continued backwards and
terminates in what may be described as a recurved spine, from
the lower surface of which descends a broad bony sheet to fuse
with the ischium and enclose the ischiadic foramen. The ischium
may be described as a band-shaped plate of bone, having its
hinder end twisted outwardly to a quite unusual extent and
carrying the pubis with it. The obturator foramen is shut in
by a bony bar, and the ischio-pubic fissure, which is very
wide, is closed by the descending process of the ischium, which is
met by a corresponding pedicle from the pubis. The pubis itself
terminates in a spine just caudad of the ischium.
The Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine are not
sufficiently well represented in the collections at my disposal to
152 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY | Feb. 20,
enable ine to say much concerning the form of the pelvis in these
somewhat heterogeneous groups, but, those genera which I have so
far examined in this connection show considerable specialisation im
adaption to climbing habits. In the smaller Synallaxine species
the pelvis resembles that of the Philepittide, having the ischia
widely expanded posteriorly and produced into a long rod-like
foot bent shar ply on its long axis, but the pre- -acetabular ilium is
relatively shorter. In S iptornis the pre-acetabular ilia are
widely separated, being divided by a deep trough on either side
of the synsacral crest; but in Synallaxis and Homorus, by the
shortening of the transverse process of the supporting vertebra,
the innominate bones almost touch one another above the synsacral
crest. In Pseudocolaptes the pre-acetabular ilia are subconical in
shape and rise to the level of the synsacral crest, but are separated
therefrom by a narrow space. The form of the ischium agrees
very closely with that which obtains among the more specialised
Dendrocolaptines : stnce it turns downwards instead of running
backwards beyond the level of the post-acetabular ilium ; by this
means the depth of the hinder region of the pelvis is greatly
increased. In Xiphorhynchus and Dendrocolaptes this deepening
is especially noticeable ; furthermore, this is associated with a
tendency to close up the obturator fissure by the ossification of
the tendinous fascia stretched between the inferior border of the
ischium and the pubis. In Xiphorhynchus this newly ossified
matter hangs down from the ischium in the form of a delicate
curtain of bone and is continued forwards and downwards to form
a broad bony plate enclosing the obturator foramen.
The pelvis of Batara, one of the Formicariide, presents some
extremely interesting features. In many respects resembling the
pelvis of “Dendrocolaptes, it differs therefrom in having the dorsal
border of the pre-acetabular iium strongly arched, anid this curve
is followed by the synsacral crest which lies between. The ischium,
in its general shape and characters, also closely resembles that of
Dendrocolaptes, but it differs therefrom mainly in that it fuses
completely with the pubis, which is unusually broad and also very
short.
In all these pelves the fovea lumbalis is extremely small, and the
fovea ischiadica and pudendalis are confluent.
Tue PrecroraL Lion.
The pectoral limb in the groups here described presents a some-
what remarkable uniformity even in structural details: so much
so that it would be difficult, on the evidence of the wing alone, to
determine to which of these families the skeleton belonged.
With but few exceptions the forearm is the longest segment of
the wing, but then is never markedly longer ; thes arm and manus
are subequal. There is no coraco- aiteral grocve, and the
characteristic pit for the brachialis anticus is situated below and
proximad of the ulnar condyle.
1
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 153
In Philepitite the tuberculum medius, which forms a kind of
penthouse roof over the pneumatic foramen, is perforated by a
small hole; and the deltoid crest isshort and but feebly developed.
The arm and forearm are pneumatic.
The intermetacarpal plate is moderately well developed, and
fuses along its hinder border with the metacarpal IIT., which is
slender and bowed.
In the Pittide only the humerus is pneumatic. The deltoid
crest is obsolete, but the cristae inferior is well developed and
roughly triangular in shape. As in Philepitta, there 1s no coraco-
humeral groove, but the ectepicondylar process is better developed
than in Philepitta.
In the Pipride the humerus only is pneumatic, the deltoid
crest is short and feeble, and the coraco-humeral groove is wanting.
At the base of metacarpal I. is a deep notch continued outwards
along the preaxial border of metacarpal IT. in the form of a channel
for the tendon.
None of the bones in the wing of the Pteroptochine is pneu-
matic; the deltoid crest of the humerus is obsolete and confined
to the extreme proximal end of the shaft, and the ectepicondylar
process is wanting; the intermetacarpal plate is well developed,
and the preaxial border of metacarpal II. is marked by a small,
laterally compressed, mound-shaped boss of bone.
As in Pteroptochus, so in Hylactes the wing is non-pneumatic,
and the deltoid crest of the humerus is feebly developed, while the
radial and ulnar condyles are set close together.
Metacarpals If. and III. are unusually broad and set close
together, reducing the space between to a mere slit.
Of the subfamilies Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synal-
laxine, I can say nothing that would be of use. The wing
here presents a great general similarity, and it is impossible to
say, at present—owing to the lack of skeletons,—whether the
slight differences which can be made out are due to individual
variation, or whether they obtain throughout whole genera.
vill. Tar Petvic Lime.
The pelvic limb in some respects resembles that of the Kury-
lemide. Although the different groups herein described do not,
in this matter, differ very widely one from another, yet this limb
presents a greater range of variation than is found in the case of
the wing.
In the Pipride only is the femur pneumatic, in this matter
agreeing with the Cotingide; the fibular crest is short, and the
fibula continued far down the leg in the form of a delicate style ;
the cnemial crests are moderately well developed. The Ph. I. of
D. IV. is less than half the length of Ph. I. D. III.
The most striking feature perhaps about the Philepittide is the
oblong, more or less quadrangular shape of the entocnemial process,
which rises directly from the level of the articular surface of
154 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
the shafts and extends forwards and upwards for some distance.
The fibular crest is long and low and the fibula produced into a
long, needle-like style. ‘The basal phalanges agree in length with
those of the Pipride.
In the Pittide the ento- and ectocnemial crests are Jinguiform
and moderately well developed. The hypotarsus is small, and the
outer border of the plantar surface of the tarso-metatarsus bears
a long sharp ridge or keel.
In Peter optochus—Conopophagidee—the great trochanter of the
femur takes the form of a knife-like crest, bounded on either side
by a deep pit; while the inner tibial condyle terminates In a
sharp hook-like process, The ento- and ectocnemial crests of the
tibio-tarsus are almost claw-like and of considerable size, and the
fibular crest is moderately high and stout. The tarso-metatarsus
has a deep and prominent keel running along the outer border of
its plantar surface ; and has Ph. I. D. 1V. less than half the length
of Phil, Da.
Hylactes has the inner condyle of the femur produced into
blunt spur. The ento- and ectocnemial crests of the tibio-tarsus
are well developed, the outer being rather unusually large. Deep
ridges on either side of the tarso-metatarsus give the plantar
surface a trough-shape: there are but two tunnels in the hypo-
tarsus, and Ph. I. of D. IL. II. IV. are subequal.
The femur is pneumatic only in Dendrocolaptes, and in this genus
the ento- and ectocnemial and fibular crests are not strongly
developed ; and in Yiphorhynchus they are almost obsolete. In
this last genus there is a small but sharply defined tubercle above
the outer condyle of the tibio-tarsus, and a bony loop immediately
below the inner cotylus of the tarso-metatarsus. In Psewdocolaptes
the ectocnemial crest is well developed, the entocnemial moderately
so; the proximal end of the shaft of the tibio-tarsus is bent upon
itself and the fibular ridge though short is well developed. The
tarso-metatarsus is trough-like behind, and has a bony tendon
bridge immediately under the inner cotylus. In Homorus and to
a less extent in Pseudocolaptes the ento- and ectocnemial crests
are well developed, but do not extend far down the shaft; the
extensor bridge is very wide, and bounded on its inner ae by a
short bridge running up the tibial shaft and terminating in a
tubercle ; while a SS but shorter ridge runs up the outer side
of the shaft. The fibula is unusually perfect, extending down as
a long, almost filamentary, splint to within a short distance of the
fused tarsals. Below the inner cotylus of the tarso-metatarsus is
a tendinous bridge as in Pseadocolaptes.
The size and disposition of the distal trochlee of the tarso-
metatarsus in these groups demand a short description. As in
the Eurylemide generally, they lie all in the same plane, and give
the shaft immediately above them a conspicuously flattened
appearance. But while in the Eurylemide the fused metatarsals
are indicated by three very well-marked grooves immediately above
the trochlew, all trace of these separate elements is obliterated in
5
or
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 1
the forms now under discussion. These trochleze are not only
all in the same plane, but they are also all of the same length; in
their relative sizes, however, they show not inconsiderable
differences. ;
The Conopophagine show the least specialised condition of
these parts, in that all trochlee are large and placed wide apart.
The IJ. is turned inwards. In the Pteroptochine all are small :
and they are still further, relatively, reduced in the Pipride,
especially in so far as 1V. is concerned. Inthe Pipride ITT. is the
largest, IV. the smallest.
Among the Formicariine and Dendrocolaptine types there
appears to bea marked tendency to reduce the IV.,and this is well
seen in Homorus, where trochlee IT. and III. are large, and IV.
extremely small. The same is true of Psewdocolaptes and Batara,
though not to so marked an extent. In Dendrocolaptes the
trochlee are wide apart, and III. is deeply cleft in the middle.
Xiphorhynchus is peculiar in having a rather small IT. trochlea
which is turned inwards, while III. is deeply cleft as in Dendro-
colaptes.
The depression for Me. I. is generally well marked, especially
so in Homorus.
The Formicariine, Dendrocolaptine, and Synallaxine types agree
with the Conopophagide in that Ph: I. of D. IV. is only about half
the length of the same phalanx in D. II. III. In Pseudocolaptes
all the phalanges of this row are remarkably short, the length
decreasing from within outwards; and in NXiphorhynchus this
abbreviation has been carried to excess, all the phalanges of this
row being subequal and extremely short, while in both genera
they lie closely pressed together. In Dendrocolaptes these
phalanges are also short and subequal.
ix. SUMMARY.
Miiller (6) was the first to utilise the structural characters of
the syrinx for systematic purposes. He it was who coined the
term ‘“ Tracheophone Passeres” and brigaded together the forms
possessing this type of windpipe. But his arrangement of the
Passeres as a whole was unsatisfactory, inasmuch as he failed to
discriminate between what we now regard as Passeres and the
outlying forms which go to make up the ‘“ Coraciiformes.”
Huxley appears to have been the first to differentiate between
the Passeriform and Coraciiform types: while the further subdi-
vision of the Passeres seems to have been first placed on a satis-
factory footing by Sclater and Salvin (10). These authors adopted
Miiller’s ‘ Tracheophonez,” but for the sub-division of the group
which they found necessary they employed such characters as
were afforded by the scutellation of the tarsus, the shape of the
tail,and so on. Garrod (5) improved on this, and it will probably
materially aid those who may read this paper if Garrod’s scheme
is given here. It is as follows :—
156 MR. W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE OSTEOLOGY [ Feb. 20,
Sub-order TRACHEOPHONE,
Fam. 1. Furnariide.
Sub-fam. 1. Furnariine.
eS 2. Sclerurine.
7 3. Synallaxine.
- 4, Phylidorhinze.
Fam. 2. Pteroptochide.
» 3. Dendrocolaptide.
» 4. Conopophagide.
», 9. Formicariide.
My amendments to this scheme amount to this—L propose to
alter the balance and composition of his families 2-5, arranging
them as follows :—
Sub-order TRACHEOPHONE.
Fam. 1. Formicariide.
,, 2. Dendrocolaptide.
» o Furnartide.
Sub-fam. 1. Furnariine.
a 2. Sclerurine.
: 3. Synallaxine.
9 4, Margarornithine.
I 5. Phylidorhine.
Fam. 4. Conopophagide.
Sub-fam. 5. Conopophaginz.
5 6. Pteroptochine.
= 7. Hylactine.
Fam, 5. Xenicidee.
In this Sub-order all but the Xenicide have a tracheal syrinx ;
and this is remarkable for the presence of a lateral cartilaginous
pillar set on to the bronchial ring by a broad base. In some
genera this pillar is extremely well developed; in others it is but
small, and may be wanting as in Conopophaga, though this genus
has hitherto been described as possessing this ‘“ processus vocalis.”
As to the development of this process in the Dendrocolaptidee—
corresponding to the Dendrocolaptine of Sharpe’s ‘ Hand-list,’
which includes about eleven genera—nothing seems to be known. In
the references to the syrinx of the “* Dendrocolaptide ” which have
from time to time been made, this covering title has included both
Furnariine and Synallaxine types. These references indeed, in
nearly all cases, appear to be based on Miiller’s dissections (6), who
does not seem to have examined any strictly Dendrocolaptine types
in this connection.
All the Tracheophonee are holorhinal except the Furnariine,
which are schizorhinal.
Conopophaga, as Forbes insisted long ago (2), has nothing to do
with the Furnariine, but seems to approximate towards the
Formicariine types. While Sharpe regards it as entitled to rank
asa Family by itself, it seems to me that we shall be nearer the
1906. | OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. 157
truth if we reduce it to the status of a sub-family, and create, to
accompany it, the sub-families Pteroptochine and Hylactinee—
the former of these being regarded by Sharpe (‘ Hand-list ) as a
Family, and the latter as a genus only thereof.
The essential feature of the Conopophagide is the 4-notched
sternal plate, and the most primitive member of the family is
Conopophage. In the peculiar character of the sternum (p. 147)
this family is unique among the Passeres.
The Furnariine forms need careful revision. The composition
of this family roughly corresponds to the Dendrocolaptidee of
Dr. Sharpe minus the Dendrocolaptine, which, it seems to me,
should be regarded as a separate Family.
As touching the Xenicide, I have recently elsewhere (8) con-
tended that this Family is more or less nearly related to the
Synallaxide, and this largely, but not entirely, on account of
osteological characters. More primitive in some respects than
this Family, they differ chiefly in the form of the syrinx, which is
tracheo-bronchial, and therefore the Xenicide would appear to be
at the bottom of the tracheophone stem, the members of which
split up into holorhinal and schizorhinal types.
The seutellation of the podotheca, largely used in Sclater and
Salyin’s classification of the Group (10), cannot be relied on as a
guide to the closer bonds of affinity. Thus, in the Conopophagide,
Conopophaga is exaspidean, like the Tyrannide and Pipridee ;
Pteroptochus is taxaspidean, like the Formicariide and Philepittide,
while the Dendrocolaptine and Synallaxine are endaspidean.
In the matter of pterylosis all the Tracheophonee have a long
10th remex and a vestige of the 11th, and all have a more or less
saddle-shaped expansion to the pt. spinalis, the tract behind this
being feebly developed.
The curious form of the nostrils of Xenicus and the remarkable
structure of the external ear I have already described at length
(8). But little attention has ever been paid to this aperture,
and it is probable that a careful study of the form of the external
ear will be rewarded by interesting results.
The external nares in Scytalopus and Conopophaga ave covered
by a leaf-shaped operculum. :
The deltoideus longusand brevis—muscles of the shoulder-girdle—
arve,.as Dr. Mitchell has shown, of considerable value as factors in
classification. In the paper on Acanthidositta, to which I have
several times referred here, | have shown that these muscles, in
this genus, have preserved their primitive character to a very
unusual degree: the longus portion being two-headed, the second
head being attached to the os humero-scapulare and forming with
the claviculo-scapular head a large and powerful muscle inserted
into the ectepicondylar process of the humerus by a short tendon.
In such Tracheophonex as I have been enabled so far to examine
in this respect, I find the more normal, specialised, condition to
obtain. Thus in Scytalopus and Conopophage and in Pormicivora
the longus portion has lost the second head, though in Conopo-
158 ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE TRACHEOPHONE PASSERES. [ Feb, 20,
phaga there is a slender strip of muscle, underlying the clavicular
head, which arises from the dorsal aspect of the acromion of the
scapula ; but this is of no importance. In these three genera the
brevis portion is still moderately well-developed, arising from the
os humero-scapulare, and extending nearly as far downwards as
the middle of the shaft ; while the longus portion is very slender,
but remains fleshy up to the point of insertion, whereas in the
other genera referred to it terminates in a loag tendon.
With regard to the relationship of the “ Tracheophonee ” to the
remaining Passeres, it seems to me that we may regard this Sub-
order as one of three main branches of a common stem (see text-
fig. 52). One of the extremities may be called the Eurylemid
Text-fig. 52.
Passeres
Formicariude Dendrocolaptide: | Osciaes
Conopophagide
Pipride ie
Cotingid# ene ?Menuride Tyrannide
Phylogenetic tree indicating the probable relationships of the
“'Tracheophone”’ Passeres.
branch; therefrom have arisen the Pipride, Cotingide, and
Philepittidee. The Tracheophone comes off, as it were, from the
axil of the Eurylemid branch, while the third, forked at its base,
gives rise to the Tyrannide and Pittide on the one hand and the
Oscinine Passeres on the other. As to the position of the
Menuridze I am in doubt at present, but probably they are an
offshoot of the Oscinine stem, low down.
There is yet much work to be done among the non-oscinine
Passeres, but I believe that the present scheme is more nearly
phylogenetic than any which has preceded it. J am now engaged
on the ‘ Tyrannine” branch, and hope soon to present a summary
of my labours thereon.
1906. } ON THE MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 159
x. REFERENCES.
(1) Bepparp, F. E.—Structure and Classification of Birds.
(2) Forpes, W. A.—On some Points in the Anatomy of the Genus
Conopophaga. P. Z. 8. 1881.
(3) Firprincer, Max.—Zur vergleich. Anatomie des Brust-
schultesapparates. v. Teil: Vogel. Jenais. Zeitsch. f.
Naturw. xxix. 1902.
(4) Gapow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich. Band vi.: Végel.
1893.
(5) Garrop, A. H.—On some Anatomical Characters which
bear upon the major divisions of the Passerine Birds.
Parts Ps ZS. 87s) Parts ERM vey Zs Sale,
(6) Miiurr, J.—Vocal Organs of the Passeres. Engl. Transl.
1878.
(7) Pycrarr, W. P.—Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.
Part VII. Eurylemide. P. Z.S. 1905.
(8) Pycrarr, W. P.—Some Points in the Anatomy of Acanthi-
dositta chloris. Ibis, 1905.
(9) SHarpe, R. B.—Hand-list of Birds. Vol. iti., 1901.
(10) Scuarer & Satvin.—Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.
1873.
3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV.* List of
Mammals obtained’ by Mr. Grant at Knysna. By
OLDFIELD THomas, F.R.S., and Harotp ScHwann,
-H.Z.8.
[Received January 23, 1906. ]
Owing to its possession of one of the few forest-areas in Cape
Colony, Knysna, at the centre of the southern coast, has always
occupied an important position in the history of South African
zoology. ‘The name occurs again and again in the literature,
from the date of Sir Andrew Smith onwards, and it was therefore
thought advisable that a series from so interesting a locality
should be obtained by Mr. Grant as part of Mr. C. D. Rudd’s
magnificent exploration of South African zoology.
Mr. Grant therefore went to Knysna in December 1904, and
stayed until the middle of January 1905, when he went for a
month to Plettenberg Bay, in the near neighbourhood, after
which he again worked at Knysna until April 23rd, when he
left for the Transvaal. He was thus in the Knysna district
throughout the southern summer.
The series now dealt with consists of about 150 specimens
belonging to 31 species and subspecies, of which four have
required descriptions as new. Of these by far the most inter-
* Vor Part ILL. see P. Z. 8. 1905, vol. 1. p. 254.
160 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
esting is the distinct Forest Golden Mole, named in honour of
Mrs. Rudd Amblysomus corrice, of which Mr. Grant obtained
a good series. The species was described in an earlier communti-
cation, in order that its skull might be figured in company with
that of the Zululand form discovered previously by Mr. Grant.
As usual, the whole series is and will be of the utmost value in
more fully working out the details of 8, African Mammalogy.
Indeed, the lists we are giving of the Rudd collections as they come
in are only a first commencement of the use that they will be to
Science. For as they accumulate different specialists are enabled
to take up group after group, and such useful revisions as that
of the Arvicanthis pumilio group by Mr. R. C. Wroughton, or
of the South African Rhinolophi by Mr. Knud Andersen, are
thereby rendered possible. To such revisions our lists are a
mere preliminary, though we hope that in addition to fulfilling
the necessary work of describing the new forms they may also
serve a useful purpose from a geographical point of view.
Mr. Grant’s notes on the collection are as follows :-—
The country around Knysna is decidedly mountainous, varying
from sea-level to over 4000' within a few miles. The highest
point of the Outeniqua Mountains is 4666’.
Many miles of the country, especially to the N.E. of Knysna,
are covered with dense forest, which becomes more patchy to the
east and west, and in many parts is confined to the kloofs and
rivers. The principal trees are yellow-wood, iron-wood, stink-
wood (laurel), witel, and coomassie. In the more open places
and along the banks of the main road ferns are very plentiful.
The open parts are grassy downlands, covered here and there
with scrub (fine bush) and sugar-bush.
The first half of my visit was spent in the forest-region, and
the latter half in the open veldt at Plettenberg Bay, which is
about 20 miles east of Knysna.
1. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS Cuv.
¢. 1004, 1006, 1007. @. 1005. Knysna.
“¢QOapie’ of the Dutch.
“ Common; frequents the forest-country, and visits the lands
and gardens near houses, doing considerable damage. Generally
in parties of six or more, although I have oceasionally observed
a pair with their young only.”—C. 7. B.G.
9. Partito porcarius Bodd.
@. 1024. Knysna.
6. Skull only. Plettenberg Bay.
“Found in large troops both in the forest and on the krantzes
along the coast.
“Ts exceedingly wary and can seldom be obtained. At times,
however, they are very bold and do considerable damage amongst
the mealies and fruit,”—C. H. B.G.
1906. | MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 161
3. Rovussrrus CcouLaRis.
3. 1088, 1090, 1091, 1092. 2. 1082, 1083, 1085, 1086.
Knysna.
“This Bat I found in one cave only, on the Knysna Heads,
and it was there literally in hundreds. It was a sight to be
remembered to see them coming out in practically one solid
sheet on a shot being fired inside the cave.
“T was told that this species was also to be found at Plettenberg
Bay and in the forest, but I was unable to obtain it at either
place.” —C.. H. B. G.
4, RHINOLOPHUS AUGUR K. And.
3. 1045. 2. 1040, 1041, 1042, 1046. Plettenberg Bay.
“T found this species only in one of the many caves examined ;
it was difficult to secure, owing to the great height of the roof.
It is, however, abundantly common everywhere.” —C. H. B. G.
5. PIPiIstRELLUS KUBLII FUSCATUS Thos.
©. 1027. Knysna.
** Knocked down in forest at night.”—(C. H. B.G.
6. MINIOPTERUS DASYTHRIX Temm.
3. 1074, 1075, 1076. @.1080. Knysna.
®. 1039. Plettenberg Bay.
These specimens seem to represent a southern coast species
different from that found in Natal and northwards to Mashona-
land. They are of a very dark colour on the back, the head
rather paler and greyer, and the hair seems longer than in the
more northern form. Their forearms are about 45-46 mm. in
length.
The males are darker than the females, the latter, instead of
wholly blackish backs, having brownish backs fringed with
blackish externally at the junction of the membranes with the
body. Whether this sexual difference is constant we have hardly
enough material to be able to state.
Temminck’s Vespertilio dasythrix* was stated to have come
from the ‘interior of Caffraria,”’ whieh would seem rather to
have brought it into the range of MW. natalensis; but as the latter
is distinguished ‘by its brown instead of blackish colour, and the
type of dasythrix is described as being “noir mat,” a description
Dr. Jentink has kindly confirmed, we think the locality—at
the best, very vague—should be disregarded, and the Knysna
specimens referred to Temminck’s species.
With regard to the size of the skull and teeth, these specimens are
all quite uniform, with a greatest skull length of about 155 mm.,
front of upper canine to back of m* 6-2, greatest breadth of palate
* Or “Wasythrix,’ as it was misprinted in the original description (Mon.
Mamm..ti. p. 268, 1840).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XL dd
162 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE — [Feb. 20,
including molars 6°3, front of lower canine to back of m, 6°5.
With these measurements those of Temminck’s type, kindly taken
for us by Dr. Jentink, closely agree, so that there is no doubt as
to which of the two Knysna species should bear the name of
dasythria.
“Taken in cave on sea-coast.”—C. H. B.G.
7. MINIOPTERUS FRATERCULUS, Sp. N.
Gi l078; LOTT... Q. 1079s pknyena,
Closely similar in every respect to W/. dasythrix, agreeing with
that species absolutely in colour, even to the peculiarity in the
respective coloration of the two sexes. Thus the back of the male
is smoky blackish, the head and whole of the under surface dark
brown (darker than Prout’s brown); the female is dark brown
above and below, rimmed with black along the hinder part of the
back. Butthe skull and teeth are very markedly smaller and the
forearm rather shorter; though the latter is not so much shorter
than in dasythriz as might have been expected from the difference
in the skulls.
Dimensions of the type, the starred measurements taken in the
flesh :—
Forearm 43:7 mm. (other specimens, ¢ 43, 2 44).
* Head and body 54 mm.; * tail 52; *ear9; *tragus 4; third
finger 79; lower leg and foot (¢. u.) 27:5.
Skull—greatest length 14°7; basal length in middle line 11-2;
pveadth of brain-case 7:5; height of brain-case from basion 673 ;
palate length 5-7; front of canine to back of m* 5:5; greatest
breadth of palate, including molars, 5°6; front of lower canine to
back of m, 5°7.
Type. Male. B.M. No. 5.5.7.18. Origina] number 1073.
Taken 3 October, 1905.
“Tn cave on sea-coast.”
Like as all the eight specimens of Miniopterus found at Knysna
are to each other in most respects, we have come to the conclusion
that they cannot be referred to one species, as in size they fall into
two groups, without intermediates. We have therefore described
the smaller form as new, while the larger, as already noted, may
be referred to J. dasythrix 'Temm.
“Fairly common. Jiniopteri were taken in both the caves
where Rhinolophus augur and Rousettus collaris were secured.” —
Clb Ge
8. MyosoreEx VARIUS Smuts.
3. 973, 982, 987, 990, 1014, 1015, 1019. Knysna.
These agree very well with those collected by Mr. Grant near
Cape Town, though there is more variation among them than is
usual.
“¢Skearet muis’ of the Dutch.
“ Very common.’—C’. H. B.G.
a
1906. MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 168
9. CROCIDURA FLAVESCENS Geoff,
3. 1099. Knysna.
10. AmBLysomus corRia Thos.
12, Ants, WSIOB), aay Joy SIMs
6. 971, 102), 1025. 9. 958, 968, 970) 1094.) “Knysna.
This distinct Golden Mole is by far the most striking discovery
contained in the Knysna collection. Its skull and teeth were
figured in the Zululand paper * in conjunction with those of
other species then described, and a detailed account of it was
given by Thomas in the paper above quoted.
In quoting 7 the name Lematiscus Cope 1892 as applicable to
the trevelyant and villosus group of Golden Moles, we omitted to
notice that an earlier name, Chrysospalac { Gill 1884, had been
founded on the same two species, and would therefore have to be
used for the genus.
““¢ Swart mol’ of the Dutch.
“This Mole is particularly plentiful in the forest, being the
only one found there, but is absent from the neighbourhood of
Plettenberg Bay.”—C. H. B.G.
11. GENETTA TIGRINA Schreb.
6. 960, 992, 996, 1002, 1003, 1010. ©. 969, 977, 999, 1011.
Knysna.
These specimens are very uniform in the small size of their
skulls, and the reduction of the inner cusp of p*® to a mere
rudiment.
“Very common everywhere, especially in the forest. Is very
destructive to poultry, but is easily trapped.” —C. H. B.G.
12. Herrestes cAFER Gmel.
3. 1071. Knysna.
*“¢ Groot Vaal Muishond’ of the Dutch.
‘Both nocturnal and diurnal. This Mongoose 1 is now exceed-
ingly rare, having been trapped and poisoned owing to its fondness
for chickens. At one time they were to be seen in companies of
from four to six.”—C. H. B.G.
13. HERPESTES PULVERULENTUS Wagn.
GieOy LOG 25 Oe O61 OOM WKenysmer
“¢ Blaauw or Vaal Muishond’ of the Dutch.
“This Mongoose is not common; it frequents the forest and
vleis.”—C. H. B. G.
14. HERPESTES GALERA Hrxl.
ee SBR ORAS. 2 965, 991) L008) O20; es 1O9S. ian:
Knysna.
* - Z.S. 1905, i. pl. xvi. fig. 3. + P.Z.S. 1905, i.,p. 259.
{ Gill, Stand. Nat. Hist. v. Mamm. p. 136 (1884).
11%
164 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
“¢Swart Muishond’ of the Dutch.
“ Almost exclusively nocturnal. Very common in the thick
forest near damp vleis and dams, but found occasionally in the
open veldt. Is said to feed on tadpoles and frogs.” —C. H. B.G.
15, Oromys rrroratus Brts.
3. 972, 1017. 2. 954, 963, 985, 986, 1029. Knysna.
*** Bosch-rot’ of the Dutch.
** Not very common. Frequents the undergrowth in and near
the dams and vleis both in the forest and on the open veldt.
Diurnal.” —C. H. B. G.
16. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO Sparrm.
3. 952, 953, 955, 962, 981, 988, 1000. &. 1023. Knysna.
Mr. R. C. Wroughton* considers these specimens to be typical
A. pumilio.
“<Streep muis’ of the Dutch.
“Very common.”—C. H. B.G.
17. Acomys suspsPrinosus Waterh.
3. 1097. Knysna, 600’.
This species has only hitherto been recorded from the Cape
Peninsula, whence Mr. Sclater mentions a specimen in the
S. African Museum from Table Mountain, and Mr. Grant obtained
one at Tokai, near Simonstown, at an altitude of 600’. The
exact locality of the type has not been recorded.
A. subspinosus may be distinguished from other. members of the
genus by the structure of its molars, which are more brachyodont
than in A. selousi, and differ in certain of the cusp details. They
‘are also markedly narrower.
“Trapped in thick undergrowth at edge of forest.
“ Not easy to secure. Itappears to frequent the rough growths
that spring up wherever spaces have been cleared in the forest.” —
Co By BG.
18. Mus rattus L.
3. 1101, 1066. Knysna.
19. Mus norvecicus Erxl.
2. 1065, 1095. Knysna.
20. Mus VERREAUXI Smith.
3. 978, 979, 980, 1012, 1016, 1018, 1020. &. 956, 966, 995,
1013. Knysna.
“Common. Frequents the forest, where it is fond of fallen
trees, and also the vleis and grass-filled sluits of the open veldt.”—
CHB: G.
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. p. 634 (1905).
1906. ] MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 165
21. LEGGADA MINUTOIDES Smith.
©. 1022. Knysna.
«Apparently rare. Only one specimen was caught.” —C. H.B.G@.
22. BATHYERGUS SUILLUS Schreb.
Mus suillus Schreb. Siug. iv. p. 715, pl. 204 B (1782).
Mus maritimus Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 140 (1788).
CLOG O A EOS OR LOO, OS wy ilO os waikeny sma
The researches of Mr. Sherborn * on the dates of Schreber’s
‘ Siugthiere’ have shown thatthe part in which the “ Sandmoll ” is
described appeared in 1782, and therefore some years before the
publication of Gmelin’s name.
The reference by Gmelin to Schreber gives further evidence to
the same effect.
“ « Zand mol’ of the Dutch.
‘** Very common on the west bank of the Knysna River, which
appears to be the eastern boundary of the species.
‘“‘ Tt is known locally as the ‘ Brenton’ Mole, Brenton being the
name of the farm on which it is most plentiful.”—C. 7. B.G.
23. GEORYCHUS CAPENSIS CANESCENS, subsp. n.
6.1108. Knysna 30’, 22 April, 1905. B.M. No. 5.8.10.14.
Type.
A paler form of the common Blesmol, with a more strongly
contrasted black head.
General colour of body decidedly greyer than in true capensis,
the tone nearly matching “ smoke-grey ” on the fore-back, darken-
ing to “ drab-grey” on the hind-back ; in capensis the back is a
uniform isabella brown (“ obsolete rufescens,” Pallas). Nose-patch,
eye-patch, and ear-patch each rather smaller than in capensis, the
face between them nearly to the crown-patch really black, instead
of only slaty blackish; crown-patch larger, very strongly con-
trasted. Area below ear-patch greyish white, continuous with
the greyish white of the sides, threat, and belly; in capensis all
are more or less tinged with buffy (Pallas even in 1779 speaks of
the area parotica ferruginea).
Other characters as in capensis.
Dimensions of the type, an old male, with the last. tooth worn :—
Head and body 156 mm.; tail 22; hind foot 26.
Skull—basal length 40; zygomatic breadth 31.
The remarkable colour-contrasts of the Blesmol are at their
maximum in the Knysna form, from the lightening of the general
colour of back, sides, and cheeks, combined with the darkening
of the face-colour to black, so that the differences are far more
conspicuous.
With regard to the dentition of Georychus, further consideration
confirms us in the idea suggested by Thomas y, that the four
cheek-teeth are not p*, m’, m*, and m’, as usually stated, but p*,
* P.Z.S. 1891, p. 587. + P.Z.S. 1890, p. 449.
166 MESSRS. O. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE __ [ Feb. 20,
p’, p‘, and m', the missing teeth from the set of Six possessed by
Heliophobius being the two posterior, m* and m’° , pushed out as
it were by the powerful roots of the incisors, hich impinge on
them from below.
This question could, however, only be conclusively settled by a
microscopic goiminasion of Festal or new-born specimens, in which
traces of milk-teeth might be found, but in the meantime we
think the correct determination will he as here stated.
“¢ Blesmol’ of the Dutch.
“ Forms regular runs and mounds similar to other Moles, but
they can be distinguished by the size of the heaps thrown up.”
O.H. B.G.
24. GEORYCHUS HOTTENTOTTUS Less.
3. 1047, 1049, 1058, 1060. 9. 1048, 1053, 1054, 1057.
Plettenberg Bay.
The Mole-rats referred of recent years to G. hottentottus prove
on closer examination to be referable to two species, a larger and
a smaller, of which the former is more northern and eastern, the
latter more southern and western in distribution; but whether
and how far they overlap we are not at present able to say with
any certainty. The difference in size is chiefly in general bulk,
so that it is not easy to give any single dimension which will
distinguish the two at all stages, although perhaps the alveolar
length of the tooth-row (above 6°5 mm. in the larger, below in the
smaller) is as convenient as any. Restricting comparison to old
skulls only, the larger species may attain 36 mm. and over in basal
‘length, the smaller rarely reaching 33.
With regard to names, it would appear that hottentottus, cecutiens,
and ludwigi are all applicable to the smaller species, but holosericeus
Wagn. may be applied to the larger. Thomas has seen Wagner's
three specimens, and found that the two “adults” are the large
species, and the “‘ young” is the small one. But as the measure-
ments given by Wagner appear to have been taken on one of the
larger specimens, that would fix the name on the latter. As to
locality, Wagner states that one of his specimens came from
Graaf Reinet, which might be taken as the typical locality.
The following are the flesh-measurements of an old male
Plettenberg Bay example oF G. hottentottus, the small species :—
Head and body 142 mm.; tail 15; hind foot 24.
The adult specimens ma Plettenberg Bay are of a very light
general colour, in marked contrast to those from Knysna, which
we have separated under a special heading.
“‘'Trapped in run in open country.
“The runs and mounds of this Species cannot be distinguished
from those of Amblysomus corric.”—C. H. B. G.
25, GEORYCHUS HOTTENTOTTUS TALPOIDES, subsp. n.
3. 1067, 1068. Knysna.
Similar in essential characters to true hottentotius, but colour
1906. | MAMMALS OF KNYSNA, CAPE COLONY. 167
much darker. General colour of upper surface and sides dark
slaty grey, the hairs dark slaty with fine brown tips, the whole
most nearly matching Ridgway’s “slate-colour” or rather darker ;
but the crown and a large area on the centre of the back are even
darker still, the tips of the hairs being here quite black. The
latter dark area extends backwards to the root of the tail. Colour
of sides passing gradually into the dull slaty of the belly, which is
near ‘‘slate-grey,” the tips of the hairs dull buffy.
Skull apparently rather narrower and more lightly built than
in specimens of hottentottus of corresponding age, but the age-
question is in each case so difficult to settle that larger series will
be necessary before a definite statement can be made on the
subject. Incisors rather heavy in proportion to the skull.
Dimensions of the type :—
Head and body 126 mm.; tail 18; hind foot 21.
Skull—greatest length 34; basal length 30; condyles to tip of
incisors 35°5; zygomatic breadth 22°5; interorbital breadth 8°7 ;
length of upper molar series (alveoli) 6.
Type. Male, fully adult, but not very old. B.M. No. 5.5.7.89.
Original number 1068. Collected 2 April, 1905.
This mole-coloured Georychus is no doubt the Knysna
representative of G', hoétentottus, darker than its allies elsewhere,
as is usually the case with animals from forest-regions.
Mr. Grant’s beautiful skins of this and other Georychi bring
out clearly that the crown and dorsal area are generally darker
than the rest of the body, a distinct lighter band, coloured like
the sides, passing across the back at the shoulders, and separating
from each other the darker crown and dorsal patches.
26. LEPUS SAXATILIS.
6. 1056, 1061. Plettenberg Bay.
3.1104. Knysna.
* Fairly common on the open veldt, wherever the hill sides are
more or Jess stony. A fair number were observed, but mostly in
the thick patches of scrub, where it is impossible to shoot them.” —
(Ols Jal Te Em
27. HYSTRIX AFRICH-AUSTRALIS Peters.
A young skull. Plettenberg Bay.
28. PROCAVIA CAPENSIS Pall.
3. 1031, 1032, 1034, 1052,1055. @. 1035, 1036, 1037, 1038.
Plettenberg Bay.
This series exhibits unusual variability in colour.
29, CaEPHALOPHUS MoNTICOLA Thunb.
Sey lOZ8a a) Os O(2. Knysna,
“<¢ Blaauw bokje’ or ‘ Numegy’ of the Dutch.
«Very common.” —C. 7, B.G
168 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
30. NororraGus MELANOoTIS Thunb.
Nototragus, nom. nov., Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. 8. No. 27,
p. 10, Feb. 27, 1906.
g. 1051. 9. 1059. Plettenberg Bay.
We are glad to express our agreement with Dr. Jentink * in
considering that the Grysbok should be generically separated from
the Steenboks on account of its possession of supplementary hoofs.
In the skull also it may be distinguished by its larger anteorbital
pits, which are shaped very much as in Ourebia, with a marked
ridge above them, running across the lacrymals.
But in using Sundeyall’s name of Calotragus for this animal,
Dr. Jentink has not noticed that that author expressly selected
his “ species prima” (Calotragus tragulus = Raphicerus campestris)
as the type, so that in no case could the name be used for the
Grysbok, to which we would therefore propose to apply the above-
given generic term.
With regard to the use of Raphicerus, we can only reiterate the
opinion given in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ that Blainville’s figure
of “ Antilope acuticornis,” on which the name hangs, is either the
common Steenbok (as we suppose) or at least a species congeneric
with it.
31. 'TRAGELAPHUS SYLYATICUS Sparrm.
@. 1050. Knysna.
4. Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-
fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the Zoological Society’s
Collection. By Basurorp Dean, Ph.D. ft
[Received November 6, 1905.]
(Plate [X.¢ and text-figs. 53-55.)
During a recent visit to London, September 1904, I was
given the opportunity of examining specimens of Ceratedus in
the aquarium of the Zoological Society’s collections. And the
following notes are presented, since they add several details to our
rather scanty knowledge of the habits of this important and rare
form.
The following is an abstract of the more important accounts of living
Ceratodus :—
Halits in general.—Never goes out of water (according to all recent
authors), could not be “ made to progress in only a few inches of water ”
(Ramsay, similarly Spencer). Passive, helpless out of water (Spencer,
Semon, Illidge), and dies within one or two hours (Semon), or eight to
ten hours (Spencer): if kept moist, however, it will live for a long time
(O’Connor), e.g. if wrapped in wet water-weed. In general hardy and
now acclimated in a number of Australian rivers. Under usual conditions
sluggish, “too lazy to get out of the way when about to be handled ”
* Notes Leyd. Mus. xxii. p. 33 (1900).
+ Communicated by R. I. Pocock, F.Z.5.
~ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 178.
Set S Sloe SAGO SO
‘duzt pil UOSsTaued * seg
el “TF WL SOG SZ al
ut
1906.] AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 169
(Ramsay), can be touched (Semon). Aptto rest for hours on the bottom,
pectoral fins extended at right angles to the body, pelvics parallel with it
(Ramsay). Neither diurnal, nor nocturnal, seeking food regardless as to
the hour of the day (Semon).
Breathing.—Does not open gills when out of water (Ramsay). Rises
to the surface to breathe every thirty or forty minutes (Semon), but more
frequently at night (Ramsay). Lung especially important when water
becomes muddy or toul (many authors). Sounds sometimes emitted,
“spouting,” a “ eroaning sound ” (Semon), a “ pig-like grunt” ([llidge).
Swimming.—Progresses chiefly by “ waves of the tail” or “ by paddling
with pectoral fin alone.” When disturbed “lashes out with its great
strong tail, and turning sideways squeezes in between some tufts of grass.”
“Kel-like in movements ”—not apt to swim straight forward; in this
event, however, pectorals are used, not caudals (Ramsay). “Swims a
short distance with a jerk, when it will rest again” (Semon). Its
movements are, however, best described by Semon, after notes made (1899)
upon the present specimens by Arthur Thomson: he distinguishes three
kinds of progression—(1) a slow forward movement in which the pectorals
play the most prominent part, waving “like a flag in a moderate breeze ” ;
(2) arising movement, accomplished almost exclusively by the pecturals,
after which the fish sinks slowly to the bottom Triton-like; and (3) a
rapid strong swimming, accomplished by the caudal, the pectorals and
ventrals being opposed to the side of the bottom, as in the case of rapidly
swimming amphibians. Thomson observed especially the fish in a
position of rest balancing either on its ventromedian line, or partly lifted
up supported on its spread out pectorals, or further lifted or supported by
both pectorals and ventrals, the last position having been figured (cf. text-
fig. 53, 3, p. 175). This supporting function is particularly emphasised by
Semon asa step important functionally in the evolution of the land-living
vertebrate limb. Thomson, however, was unable to see the alternate
movements of the limbs, whieh had been described in Protopterws, or an
elbow-like bending of the base of the pectoral fin.
Food.—Many authors emphasize its vegetivorous habits (Giinther,
Spencer); Semon, on the other hand, maintained that the food is
“essentially animal,” the plant-material furnishes but a vehicle for the
animal food, and remains, therefore, undigested. Margo, finally, has
determined by microscopical examination that in cases where the plant
portion of the food-material is undigested in the anterior part of the gut,
in its hinder part there is convincing evidence of complete digestion,
leading to the conclusion that the diet of Ceratodus is a mixed one.
Colous,— Greenish brown on back, and slaty on belly ”—after capture
“ becomes very prettily coloured with red, pink, and violet hues on the
abdominal parts,’ colours which disappear after the death. The surface of
the fish is “ oily ” (Illidge).
The present specimens—two in number,—as has already been
recorded (P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 492), were secured in the Burnet River,
Queensland, during the beginning of 1898. They have accordingly
been kept in captivity for upwards of seven years*. Two other
specimens, however, which were brought from Australia at the
same time and which passed into the possession of the aquarium
in Paris, lived, it is understood, but a short time. Itis stated that
on one occasion during the transportation of these fishes suitable
tanks could not be procured and that the specimens were sent for a
* During this interval they appear to have grown at the rate of a little more than
an weh a year.
170 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
distance overland wrapped only in wet moss and water-weed—an
item which is here referred to since it indicates the air-breathing
capability of these fish (¢f. O'Connor). At the time that the
present notes were prepared both fish appeared to be in good
condition, although one of them was darker in colour and more
active than the other.
The behaviour of the fish indicates that it is distinctly a bottom-
living form: it is sluggish in habit, its movements are deliberate,
and its general behaviour suggests that of an amphibian, e.g.
Necturus. As an example of the passiveness of the fish it may be
mentioned that when the fish was photographed it was thrust
about by the attendant until it was brought into the focus of the
camera, and it would usually bear this treatment without
excitement, behaving very much as would a Triton under similar
circumstances. A feature which one is soon apt to note is a
peculiar ventro-median ridge, which suggests that of Chlamydo-
selachus. From the behaviour of the fish and from numerous
experiments one is given the impression that the eyesight of
Ceratodus is poor, or, more accurately, that the reaction of the
fish to optical stimuli is remarkably slow. In this connection it
was noted that the eyes exhibited numerous and marked move-
ments, as though the fish were making an effort to see. From
this peculiarity I was led to inquire whether the fish could
see better by night than by day; and this I was able to
accomplish, thanks to one of the many courtesies of Mr. R. I.
Pocock, the Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. From
these observations it was evident that the fish is far more active
by night than by day. It was found that the fish which remained
quiescent in a dark corner of the tank by day circled uneasily by
night. In one instance the fish was observed to pass twice around
the tank in the period of one minute ; and on several occasions the
fish broke the surface of the water boldly as though seeking to
escape. The movements of the fish on these occasions could be
adequately seen: for the observer standing in the dark was so
placed that he looked through the tank and saw the fishes
silhouetted against the skylight of a neighbouringroom. There is
accordingly, it appears, but little doubt that Ceratodus is to be
regarded as largely nocturnalin habit. Especially was this evident
when a living Frog was dropped into the aquarium, for it was found
that its presence was noted almost at once.
Tn colour, one fish was much lighter than the other—somewhat
greyish on the sides and back, and of a paler shade on the abdomen.
It is possible, by analogy with ganoids, that this specimen may
prove to be a female. ‘The other specimen, possibly a male, is
much darker—blackish bottle-green, its surface slimy, with a
velvety bloom like the skin of a Salamander (Plate IX.). The fins
are darker in colour than the sides : the head is darker and greener,
The light colour on the ventral side of the head and on the lower
lip distinctly orange. Of the extreme colours should be noted the
darkness of the upper rim of the mouth and the paleness of the
1906. ] AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. ileal
axil. The eye shows a distinct greyish line within the orbit: it
is somewhat dull in colour and the iris brown. The scales appear
most prominently when the fish exhibits an undulating movement,
their lighter-coloured proximal rims, usually covered by the
neighbouring scales, then becoming exposed.
In its movements the fish suggests an amphibian: it will lift
its head from the bottom, raising itself upon the bases of its pectoral
fins and will thus pose for several minutes. In this process it
exhibits occasionally neck-movements which are distinctly unfish-
like. Sometimes it will then push itself back in a way which has
been noted in the African Lung-fish, Protopterus. In general,
however, the movements of the fish in swimming are more ganoid-
like than in the latter form. It swims leisurely about the aquarium,
undulating the body and balancing with the pectoral fins, thus
operating very much like those of the living Ganoids. In more
energetic movement it will sometimes show the pectorals fluttering
above the head as it rapidly raises and depresses them, the tips of
the fins being flexible. There is, however, less tendency for the
alternate movements of the pectoral fins; this, in fact, was rarely
observed, and there was very little movement noted in the ventral
fins: they are, therefore, far more passive than in Protopterus. It
was observed on some occasions, when the fish was swimming near
the surface, that it would suddenly cease its movements and slowly
sink (horizontally) to the bottom, its fins extended at the sides,
acting aS parachutes. When alarmed, on the other hand, it is
capable of vigorous movements, sweeping forward by strong strokes
of its caudal, the pectorals and the ventrals folded tightly against
the body, very much, as Semon remarked, as in the case of a
rapidly swimming amphibian.
The best idea of the usual movements of Ceratodus may perhaps
be had by reference to the accompanying figures, which have been
copied from pencil sketches.
The aquatic respiration of Ceratodus is normally slow and
regular: the opercular cavity fills and empties about twelve times
a minute, and during the process it may be observed that the mouth
is scarcely opened. Occasionally, however, it will open its mouth
and ‘‘ gasp” spasmodically. It is clear, however, that the fish is a
nostril-breather. The mouth itself shows no movement of opening
or closing; it is indeed hardly open, the gape being scarcely more
than 3 millimetres. The nostrils, on the other hand, are
widely dilated, and on one occasion a twitching was observed,
which was by no means fish-like. It was also noticed that the
aquatic respiration became more rapid after the fish had become
excited, e.g. after it had been pushed about the tank in order to
be photographed; the number of respirations then became as
numerous as thirty in the minute.
Breathing by means of the lung takes place at considerable and
somewhat irregular intervals: from forty to sixty minutes would
include the usual periods. When excited, however, the fish
breathes more rapidly, and on one occasion the interval of aerial
172 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE | Feb. 20,
respiration was found to be as brief as eight minutes. Before
rising to the surface the fish shows evidence of uneasiness; it will
sometimes ‘“ gasp” several times, moye backward, bend its head or
twitch its fins: 1t will then rise to the surface, usually slowly, and
“spout,” 7.e. exhale and draw in a mouthful of air somewhat
spasmodically. Sometimes it will make several gulps; it will then
close its mouth and sink to the bottom. In this process, bubbles
always pass out on either side of the head as the fish sinks. In
one instance it was observed that the air passed out mainly on the
left side, and it was also noticed that the fish will sometimes rock
slightly from side to side as it sinks. Sometimes a few moments
later a large bubble will issue from the mouth. It was also noted
that if the fish becomes excited and shows energetic movement, air
will be ejected. It may finally be noted that at night the breathing-
movements appear more frequent than during the day: air was
taken in at an interval of fourteen minutes (cf. Ramsay): this is
doubtless correlated with the more active habit at this time. It
may be remarked that the air-breathing habit of Ceratodus seems
to be closely similar to that of Protopterus.
In feeding-habits Ceratodus resembles an amphibian. It will
snap at the food in a similar way, and shows a movement of the
head which is more nearly amphibian than fish-like. On one
occasion it bent its head to the side very much as would a Sala-
mander. It has already been mentioned that Ceratodus is slow
of sight ; this is especially evident when food is taken. In some
cases food will remain for ten minutes in the water before it is
noticed by the fish, stimulation appearing to come rather from
the taste-buds than from the eyes. It will “feel” apparently
that there is something edible in its neighbourhood and it will
gradually move in the direction of the stimulus. It was noted
that if an object were placed on the surface of the water at the
opposite end of the tank the fish would not rise in the direction
of the food, but would grope its way uncertainly along the bottom
until it came under the food ; then it would rise to seize it. The
fish impresses one as taking its food blunderingly ; it will some-
times snap repeatedly before it succeeds in securing the object.
Tt would often seize a mouthful, then eject it, then hunt it up
again, mouth it, and finally swallow it. The feeding of the present
specimens indicates convincingly that the diet of Ceratodus is, as
Margo maintained, a mixed one. Animal fcod, living and dead, »
is regularly taken, also vegetables, e.g. lettuce; and that the
latter is actually digested and assimilated seems clear, since it is
not to be recognised in the feecal material.
In the accompanying figures (text-figs. 53 and 54) the fish is
represented in positions both of rest and of movement. In fig. 1
the fish appears in a not uncommon pose ; it balances accurately on
the pectoral fins and in the anal region, its trunk somewhat arched
upward and the head thrust close to the bottom, the pectoral fin
extends sideways in such a way that its postaxial border rests
against the bottom. Ina somewhat similar position (fig. 2) the fish
1906. ] AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 178
is flattened out more closely to the ground and the pectoral fin lies
Ceratodus forsteri in various positions of rest and movement.
174 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
almost flat, its preaxial rim supporting the weight. Ina third
position (fig. 3) the fish balances delicately on the tips of the fins ;
and here the weight of the anterior,trunk is borne mainly on the
preaxial side of the pectoral fin; the pelvic fins are extended
downward, barely touching the bottom, the preaxial margin
lowermost. Jn this position the fish sometimes remains for a long
time (30 minutes) ; and on one occasion it was observed to rock
slowly from side to side in a way which suggested strikingly the
well-known habit of Cryptobranchus. In this pose the axis of
the body is almost straight. In the following figure, however
(fig. 4), the axis is bent somewhat upward and the fish is slowly
moving forward; the pectoral fins are flapping up and down in a
measured way accompanied by a marked rotation in the plane of
the fin, the preaxial border first bending downward, and the
undulation here produced passes around the border of the entire
fin, terminating at the axil: there is hardly perceptible a movement
of undulation of the entire body, and the pelvic fins lie closely
opposed to the wall of the trunk. A more active type of movement
is presented in figs. 5 and 6: in the former the trunk undulates
and the paired fins express more active movements. The pectoral
is flapping downward and the figure gives an idea of its flexibility ;
the pelvic moving less widely ; its plane is vertical as it extends
from the side of the body and it attains a position almost trans-
verse to the axis of the body. In fig. 6 a somewhat similar
position is viewed slightly from above, and it shows particularly
the down-sweep of the paired fins: in the pectoral it will be seen
that the preaxial border is lowermost. In another position
(fig. 7) the undulating pectoral fin is seen somewhat in side view.
A rather interesting attitude is shown in fig. 8; here the fish,
after a period of rest, moves backward in preparing to change its
line of movement ; and it will be seen that the fish uses its paired
fins (N.B. the functional elbow-joint) as an amphibian uses its legs
in pushing backward the weight of the body; the down-bent
position of the head is also noteworthy. In figs. 9 and 10 the
position of the fish suggests again the amphibian. In fig. 9 the
weight of the body is delicately balanced, the fish resting on its
fin-tips, its axis bent largely downward in a way strikingly unfish-
like. On one oceasion, while in this position, it was observed that
a single pectoral moved as though the fish was about to “ walk”
forward. In fig. 10 the fish has risen on the tips of its pectorals,
and these are greatly bent on account of the weight supported ;
the pelvics, spreading out forward and sideways, aid obviously
in supporting the fish. Fig: 11 depicts a characteristic position
of the swimming fish: the body is undulating somewhat rapidly ;
the pelvics are closely apposed to the sides of the body, and the
pectorals are sweeping up and down with pendulum-like regularity.
In still more rapid movements the pectorals also become apposed
to the sides of the body and the propulsion is secured by vigorous
undulation of the entire body, reinforced by the sweep of the
caudals. In fig. 12 the fish, after a period of swimming, becomes
1906. | AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. 175
less active and sinks to the bottom, a movement which suggests
very closely one often observed in Vecturus. The paired fins extend
Text-fig. 54.
Ceratodus forsteri in various positions of rest and movement.
straight out at the sides of the body, the pectorals moving azily,
as though to balance the fish during its descent. A somewhat
176 DR. BASHFORD DEAN ON THE [ Feb. 20,
similar movement is shown in fig. 13, the fish viewed from above.
In fig. 14 is shown a rather unsuccessful attempt to depict the
fish in resting position, viewed from the side and behind, and in
the three following figures are shown sketches of the fish made from
in front. In fig. 15 the slowly flapping pectorals are shown in a
somewhat rare position, paddling alternately : in this position, by
the way, one notes the almost closed mouth and the dark openings
of the nostrils just within the rim of the upper lip, through which
the major supply of water is passing to the gills. In fig. 16 the
fish is represented in somewhat the same position as shown in
lateral view in fig. 9: the preaxial border of the fin is turned
inward, and in this sketch the opercular flaps appear well distended.
In fig. 17 a forward movement is again indicated; but in this the
undulation of the entire trunk is slowly functioning g, and the
pectorals are relatively inactive. In fig. 18a position of rest is
represented, which is not widely different from that shown in
fig. 3: in this case, however, the pectoral fins do not quite touch
the bottom; the head, however, will shortly sink and the fish
assume the position shown in fig. 3.
In text-fig. 55 the attempt is made to indicate the move-
ments of the fish in the process of coming to the surface to
breathe. In fig. 19 it swims slowly to the surface, the paired fins
flapping lazily. In fig. 20 a similar position is shown. In fig. 21
the head is shown thrust vigorously above the surface, the mouth
widely open in the process of filling the opercular cavity with air,
In fig. 22 the fish paddles backward, closes its mouth, and com-
mences to contract the opercula. In this process, during which
evidently the air is pressed into the lung, bubbles escape through
the imperfectly closed opercular slits on either side, and sometimes
also through the closing mouth.
The behaviour of Ceratodus, in conclusion, is decidedly like that
of anamphibian. In the first place, it breathes largely through
its nostrils ; in the second place, it is salamandrine in its movements.
Not only does it support itself on its fins, as Arthur Thomson
observed, but it is able to push itself backward, in this operation
indicating that an elbow-like joint is functional. It has also been
observed to paddle forward, using alternate movements of the
pectoral fins. It is not, however, so amphibian-like in its move-
ments as Protopterus, which will “ walk” forward balancing itself
on its paired fins. Of exceptional interest in Ceratodus, finally,
are the movements of the neck and head, which suggest strikingly
those of Salamanders.
References to the Habits of CeERATODUS.
1901. Bruykre. A.—‘ Le Ceratodus.” La Nature, An., 29 Sem. 2,
pp. 89-91, fig. 1.
1884. CaLpwEeLL, W. W.—(Ref. to living Ceratodus.) Journ. &
Proc. Royal Soc. N.S.W. vol. xviii., & Phil. Trans. R. 8S.
vol. elxxvill.
ie
AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH.
1906.]
“YP OF EOBJANS OY} 0} SUITUOO ST FO OUT] ot]} 4B StOIZISOd snows ul awazswof snpopnuag
"GG “SU-7xoq,
1
2S,
No.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1906, Vor. I.
178 ON THE AUSTRALIAN LUNG-FISH. [ Feb. 20,
1899. * Ceratodus acclimatized in new Habitats and in Europe.”
Proc. R. S. Queensland, vol. xiv. p. 9.
1898. “ Ceratodus. Attempted Introduction (into Queensland
waters) by D. O’Connor.” Queensland Agric. Journal,
vol. iii. pp. 173, 238.
1893. Intiper, THomas.—‘‘ On Ceratodus forsteri.” Proce. Roy.
Soc. Queensland, vol. x. pp. 40-44.
1870. Krerrr, G.-—‘ Ceratodus.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond pp. 221—
224.
1871. Gunrner, A. G.—Description of Ceratodus. Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. 1871, vol. vil. p. 222, and Proc. Roy. Soc.
1871, p. 377.
1894. Marco, Tu.—(Ref. to Food of Ceratodus.) Math. u. natur-
wiss. Anz. d. Akad. (Budapest), xii. pp. 205-207.
1897. O'Connor, D.—‘“ Report on the Preservation of Ceratodus.”
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. xii. pp. 101-102.
1898. Ibid.—(Note on the Habits of Living Ceratodus.) Proce.
Zool. Soc. Lond. pp. 492-493.
1876. Ramsay, E. P.—‘ On the Habits of Living Ceratodi in
Captivity.” Proc. Zool. Soc. ond. p. 698,
1876. Scumettz, J. D. E.—“ Ceratodus, Colours and Natural
Habits.” J. Mus. Godeffr. vol. viii. p. 138.
1898. Scuater, P. L.—(hiving Ceratodus forsteri in London.)
Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. pp. 492-493.
1893, Sumon, R.—(Habits Ref.) Denkschr. med.-nat. Gesell. Jena,
. 50.
1899. ee the Australian Bush (McMillan), pp. 87-93, 97—
102, 194-200.
1899. Ibid.—“‘ Weitere Beitrige zur Physiologie der Dipnoanflossen,
auf Grund neuer, von Arthur Thomson, angefangen Exem-
plaren von Ceratodus angestellten Beobachtungen.” Zool.
Anz. Bd. xxii. pp. 294-300.
1901. Lbid.—‘“‘ Ueber das Verwandschaftsverhaltnis der Dipnoer
und Amphibien.” Zool. Anz. Bd. xxiv. pp. 180-188.
1892. Spencer, W. B.—‘‘ A Trip to Queensland in search of
Ceratodus.” Victorian Naturalist, p. 16.
1892. Ibid.—* Note on the Habits of Ceratodus forsteri.” Proc.
Roy. Soc. Vict. (2) iv. pp. 81-84.
1894, Ibid.—(Ref. in Memoir on Blood-vessels of . Ceratodus.)
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, pp. 2-32.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
The Australian Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, from a coloured sketch by
Dr. Bashford Dean of a specimen iiving in the Zoological Society’s Gardens.
* Proceedings,’ 1905, Vol. IT. Part II. was published on April Sth, 1906.
ContTENTS (continued).
February 6, 1906 (continwed),
1. Notes on the Histology and Physiology of the Placenta in Ungulata. By J. W.
Jenxinson, M.A., D.Sc., Assistant to the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy,
Oxfords (Plate ew WIN) ieee ateres stses «beers ceaesa aso says na hantie Seen Say urcuaienarmic te retcietae wis avo mcaeee
_ 2. Note on the Cavies of the Genus Dolichotis, and on Living Specimens of D. salinicola.
By Sir Epmunp Looper, Bt., F.Z.S, (Plate IV.) ......--..+.--
3. Description of a new Fly of the Family Tabanide. By Grrtrupn Ricarpo..........
4. On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus. By E.S. Russert. (Plate V.) wesc teen eens
. A List of the Mammals obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. HE. Dent in
Bechuanaland. By Haroun Scuwann, F.Z.8. (Plate VI.) 2... ccc e cece sete eens
a=).
6. On a Central African Ratel and Water-Chevrotain. By R. Lypexner. (Plate VII.) .
7. The Articulation of the Vertebrate Jaw. By H. Guorcn F. Srurreu ....
February 20, 1906.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
TS scnatinyy WSTUOW iS Ras APC eed Eade hag to IR RA Au a wa i GLH A Ph eR
Sir Reginald Talbot, K.C.B. Extract from a letter from, concerning the supposed breeding
Om eters eet nyt cr ase aaalclans'cis) cpansan ow eax etniiner at atbatali a Sisvapav-t valuta tamer ia Witham Megan t5 8
Mr. R. 1. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a photograph of a Ring-tailed Lemur carrying
BUSOVOUMPS OMLLS DAC cies ellsicleteva aiels ie SOSd bis Oalse ona gone 6 eS mageacc Gout
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a drawing of the skeleton of
PYM CHOSCMTUS ATLUCCDS «\«'s's weiss aleheciecrs «mie oi eiaie Debi eh IG CH CERES ORERC ND Ren eae es
1. On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera. By L. Doncasrur, M.A., F.Z.S., Mac-
kinnon Student of the Royal Society, and the Rev. G. H. Raynor, M.A., F.ES.
Mra ee YAEL Les) relat a ss anape hae ai siaimtataray Aa wiceialapalcpar eat Sil asia Guess Re COME Ge COMBE GS Sa cu mie
2. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VIII. The “Tracheophone” Passeres ;
with Remarks on Families allied thereto. By W. P. Pycrarv, F.Z.8., A.LS., &e.
3. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—IV. List of Mammals obtained by Mr Grant
at Knysna. By Oxprimip Tuomas, F.R.S., and Haroup Scuwany, F.Z.S. ........
4, Notes on the Living Specimens of the Australian Lung-fish, Ceratodus forsteri, in the
Zovlogical Society’s Collection, By Basnrorp Dray, Ph.D. (Plate IX.)
"eae teeeveve
Page
112
114
123
1906, pp. 1-178.
et
ae *
TI. 1. Mas inas. 2. Mus klossi woud: ieieh sons ae eee
II. 1. Neetophryne hosii. 2. N. everetti. 3. N. macrotis.
ALN, COPNTETE oie chn's2co's-c eietelale| sisis’oe sPelsteelel > Senay emma
TI. Histology of the Placenta of the Cow and Sheep ......-+-+++
IV. “Dolichotis ealinteola ..<. sujay ccc. cose00eh cose nan obs coe
V.'> Trichorhiza.brumnea :.... 02005... seen eves sone + seen een
VDSS M28 0 OOSIMOINE ase ci aleve mc ojel aie “o.n' = cloia. trol oie letter ote gieLn eas tea
VII. The Black Ituri Ratel (Mellivora cottoni) .......-....-2- 2.
VIII. Figs. 1-3. Angerona prunaria and var. sordiata. Figs. 4, 5.
Abraxas grossulariata and var. lacticolor .... +++ ee ee ee
IX. Ceratodus forsteri ieeedeweegat tele feuadgoeae eras esate
NOTICE.
‘
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two vo
as follows :— he
Papers read in January and February, in June.
“4 » March and April, in August. pe 3
» May and June, in October.
3 », November and December, in April.
The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meet ‘
January and February are contained in this Part.
PROCEEDINGS —
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZVOLOGICAL SOCLETY |
OF LONDON.
1906.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH anv APRIL.
AUGUST 1906.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 4
PATERNOSTHER-ROW.
ve
et
[Price Twelve Shillings. }
March 6, 1906.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.ZS. Exhibition of a specimen of, and 3
alviant Brop from /Oameroon:, & oa sic! aie kis. els ibis ale aperelel emittance
,
Mr. R. T. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, Meduse from Lake "
Mr.-G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “:
Collection of mikes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington during the Th
Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by J
Cunnington, 1904-1905,.—Report on the Macrurous Crnstaeea, By ee
D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History).
fit ee
ey
; 4. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by
a Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the ]
and Zambesi. By R. Kirnxrarricn, F.Z.S. (Plates XV.—XVII.) ........-.0..0 0000
5. A Note on “ Flying” Snakes. By R. Sumurorp, M.A., C.MLZS. ............0005 a
March 20, 1906.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie duri ge
February 1908). 22 2s6i5 ann sens sisi s Wl aheyalesel rege sinister aot egies
1906.] ON MEDUS# OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 179
March 6, 1906.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., exhibited a specimen
of the largest Frog known, Rana goliath Blgr., from South
Cameroon, described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural
History’ (1906, xvii. p. 317). This Frog measured 10 inches from
snout to vent, and was one of the most interesting discoveries
made by Mr. G. L. Bates, C.M.Z.S. Mr. Boulenger stated that
an even larger living specimen intended for the Zoological
Gardens had been secured by Robertson, the young keeper who
had accompanied Mr. Bates to Cameroon last summer in order
to collect animals for the Society; but the specimen, which he
had kept in a large tin, escaped during the night.
Among other Batrachians which Robertson had been able to
keep alive, but did not succeed in bringing home, were examples
of the large West-African Tree-Frog, Hylambates rufus Reichen.,
one of which, at the end of August, produced a number of eggs,
which were also exhibited before the Meeting. These eggs were
remarkable for their large size, 5 or 6 millimetres in diameter,
and the absence of pigment. No doubt, to judge by the size of
the vitellus, the young of this Frog undergoes at least a consider-
able part of the metamorphosis within the egg. On recently
opening the mouth of a female Hylambates brevirostris Werner,
from South Cameroon, forming part of Mr. Bates’s collection,
Mr. Boulenger was surprised to find it contained a few large
yellow eggs, 4 millim. in diameter, very similar, except for their
size, to those of the larger H. rufus. Other eggs, identical with
those in the mouth, were still in the oviducts. This mode of
nursing approached that of the Chilian Rhinoderma darwini, in
which the male keeps the eggs in the much-distended vocal sac
until the young are hatched in the perfect condition. The buccal
nursing by the female made a novel addition to the already long
list of extraordinary breeding-habits in Batrachians.
Mr. R. 'T. Giinther exhibited some specimens of the Medusa,
Limnocnida tangance, obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunnington in Lake
Tanganyika during the winter months of 1904-05. The collection
was of importance, because it clearly demonstrated that the views
of Mr. J. E. 8. Moore with regard to the life-cycle of the Medusa
were erroneous, for whereas in 1897 Mr. Moore thought that
he had discovered * that the asexual method of reproduction by
budding ceased in June and July (a conclusion which he stated that
he had confirmed in 1900 during the months of September and
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pp. 291-2. In this paper, “ Boehm, 1887,” should read
“ Boehm, 1883.”
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XIIT. 13
180 MR. EDGAR A, SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [ Mar. 6,
October, when sexually mature individuals swarmed, though none
showed any tendency to form buds*), Dr. Cunnington’s carefully
collected material, on the other hand, showed that reproduction
by budding was continued in August, September, December, and
February, and that it might therefore reasonably be supposed
that it went on during the greater part of the year—if, indeed, it
ever ceased.
The discovery of Zimnocnida in other river-basins in Africa
had materially weakened the case of those who considered that
Lake Tanganyika was the last surviving remnant of a Jurassic
Sea. The fact that this Medusa had been found in the Victoria
Nyanza by M. Ch. Alluaud and Sir Charles Eliot, and also in
the Niger by the late Mr. Budgett, proved that it was another
instance of a member of the freshwater fauna characteristic of
the Central-African Region, and that it was not peculiar to this
one deep-water lake as had been originally supposed.
Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., read a paper entitled
“Fourth Contribution to the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika.
Report on the Collection of Fishes made by Dr. W. A. Cunnington
during the Third Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05.”
This paper will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were also read :—
1. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.
Report on the Mollusca. By Epcar A. Suirz.
[Received February 6, 1906. ]
(Plate X.+)
The small collection of Mollusca obtained by Dr. W. A. Cunning-
ton in Lake Tanganyika does not contain any important addition
to the thalassoid series. There are some interesting specimens
of Bythoceras iridescens, tending to show that, like most fresh-
water species, it is subject to considerable variation. In two
cases, Hdgaria and Giraudia, I have veen enabled to describe the
opercula, which hitherto were unknown, and the collection also
affords one new species of the genus Anceya. The various loca-
lities furnished by Dr. Cunnington also add to our knowledge
of the distribution of some of the forms. Another matter which
may be referred to in these introductory remarks is the occurrence
together, at the south end of the lake, of both the keeled and
unkeeled varieties of Veothawma tanganyicense, which, according
* J. E.S. Moore, ‘Tanganyika Problem,’ 1903, pp. 298-308.
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 186.
2 ZS. IOS Aol... PLA.
Bale & Damielsson L& imp.
IMMOMLILNCIS CA TIEXONNE IL YATES) SIYNINIIGVAINZ IEC 1s WUC EO IROL A.
AH. Searle, del. et th
be Wg ea I
1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 181
to Mr. J. E. 8. Moore *, were found by him, respectively, only at
the south end and more northern localities.
Living examples were obtained of ZLimnotrochus, Tiphobdia,
Bythoceras, Paramelania, Lavigeria, Hdgaria, Giraudia, and
Anceya; and these it is proposed to place in the hands of an
experienced anatomist for investigation. The last three of these
thalassoid genera have not been anatomically examined, and
therefore it will be of interest to know their relationship and
systematic position, and it will also be interesting to see if the
conclusions arrived at, in respect of the rest, coincide with the
results of Mr. Moore’s investigations of them. In concluding
these prefatory observations on the marine-like forms, I would
again f call attention to the fact that M. Bourguignat had em-
ployed the term ‘‘ thalassoid” in connection with them long before
the invention of the compound “halolimnic” by Mr. Moore.
Among the ordinary freshwater forms, the discovery of a
species of Ancylus, the first from the lake, is of interest. This
genus has been recorded from the Victoria Nyanza, but not from
the other large iakes of Central Africa. Being, however, such
small objects, and difficult of observation, they may have easily
been overlooked £.
Of the few species obtained by Dr. Cunnington in the Victoria
Nyanza, two appear to be new, namely, a Corbicula and a
Spherium, both closely allied to one or other of the few forms
already known from this lake.
I. Species from Lake Tanganyika.
a. THALASSOID SPECIES.
1. CuyTra KIRKI (Smith).
Hab. Tembwi, a little below middle of west coast, 20 fath.
2. BATHANALIA HOowESI Moore.
Hab. Niamkole, south end of lake.
The dimensions of this species, which have never been stated,
are :—Length 30 millim., diam, 22; aperture 114 long, 10 broad.
3. LIMNOTROCHUS THOMSONI Smith.
Hab. Ndanvie, east coast towards the north end of the lake,
10 fathoms, also at south end.
4, TrpHopia HOREI Smith.
Hab. Kala, at south end of lake.
* <The Tanganyika Problem,’ p. 149.
+ See Proc. Malac. Soc. vol. vi. p. 78.
{ M. Louis Germain has recently briefly described from Tanganyika new species
of Planorbis, Vivipara, and Cleopatra. Bull. Mus, Hist. Nat. Paris, 1905, no. 4,
pp. 254-261.
13*
182 MR. EDGAR A. SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [ Mar. 6,
5. ByrHocERas IRIDESCENS Moore. (Plate X. figs. 1-3.)
Hab. Niamkolo, south end of lake.
The series of specimens now available for examination shows
that this species, like most freshwater forms, exhibits consider-
able variation in size, form, and sculpture. The much enlarged
figure in the Proc. Royal Soc. 1898, vol. lxii. p. 452, fig. 1,
reproduced in the Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. iii. p. 93, fig. 1, exhibits
an extreme development of the anterior or basal spine, such as I
have not seen in any specimen. ‘The largest example in the
present collection is 44 millim. in length, and the spire is much
longer in proportion to the length of the body-whorl than in the
shell depicted by Mr. Moore, and the sculpture is altogether finer.
A smaller variety, but equally adult, is more strongly sculptured
than the large form and only 30 millim. in length.
6. Byrnocreras Minor Moore. (Plate X. fig. 4.)
Hab. Tembwi, west coast, a little below middle, in 20 fath.
A single specimen only. I am inclined to think that this
species will eventually prove to be a variety of Paramelama
crassigranulata. In the character of the shells, opercula, and
radule there seems to be very little to separate the genera
Bythoceras and Paramelania.
7. PARAMELANIA CRASSIGRANULATA Smith. (Plate X. figs. 7, 8.)
Hab. South end of the lake.
One very large specimen, 37 millim. in length.
8. PARAMELANIA DAMONI Smith. (Plate X. figs. 5, 6, 9.)
Hab. Tembwi, near middle of west coast of the lake, 50 fath. ;
Mrumbi, south of Tembwi, 40 fath.; Mshale, east coast towards
the north end of the lake, 25 fath.; also south end.
The single specimen from the last locality resembles the variety
imperialis rather than the typical form.
9, LAVIGERIA GRANDIS Bourguignat. (Plate X. figs. 10, 11.)
Hab. Mbete, south end of lake, on rocks in shallow water.
A few specimens rather smaller than the type (P.Z.S. 1881,
pl. xxxiv. fig. 26a), with the oblique plications less strongly
cleveloped.
10. Epearia NAssA (Woodward). (Plate X. fig. 19.)
Hab. Kirando, east coast of lake towards the south end.
A few specimens of a small variety. Operculum similar in
character to that of Lavigeria grandis, horny, dark brown,
broadly ovate, nucleus marginal, near the lower end, sculptured
with fine lines of growth.
11. Enearta paucicostata Bourguignat.
Hab. South end of the lake.
Two rather large specimens, 21 millim. in length.
1906. ] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 183
12. TANGANYICIA RUFOFILOSA (Smith), var.
Hab. South end of lake.
One very black specimen, having evidently been stained in black
mud. It is very different in shape from the type, being more
ovate, with a longer spire, and the umbilicus nearly closed.
13. SpEKIA zonata (Woodward).
Hab. Niamkolo, south end of lake, on stones in shallow water.
14, GiraupIA HOREI Smith. (Plate X. fig. 13.)
Hab. Mrondwe Bay, south end of lake, 10 fath.
A few examples, rather smaller than the type. Operculum
ovate, horny, brown, paucispiral in the muddle; with concentric
lines of growth at the outer mar ein.
15. GIRAUDIA PRHECLARA Bourguignat. (Plate X. fig. 14.)
Hab. Moliro, west coast of south end of the lake, on rocks in
shallow water.
A few specimens, rather smaller than the type. The minute
horny operculum, 1 millim. in length, consists of a single whorl,
the nucleus being subcentral, but nearer the lower end. It is
subovate, being rather narrower below than above.
16. ANCEYA RUFOCINCTA, Sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 12.)
Shell small, elongate, subulate, imperforate, yellowish horn-
colour, with a dark red band at the upper part of the whorls.
Whorls 13, slowly increasing, slightly convex; apical whorls
probably smooth and convex, the two topmost remaining with two
spiral threads round the middle crossing the cost, which are
much finer and more numerous than those upon the lower volu-
tions. Costz strong, oblique, about twelve or thirteen upon the
penultimate whorl, those upon the body-whorl terminating
abruptly at a strong spiral ridge which encircles the base. Ina
young specimen this ridge is absent, so that probably it only
occurs in adult shells. Aperture oblique, broadly sinuated above
and below; peristome continuous, brownish, outer margin thickened,
a little expanded, columellar side also thickened and reflexed, with
a distinct tooth or fold at the upper part, joined to the outer lip
by a distinct callus. Operculum none? Length 84 millim.,
diam. 23 ; aperture 2 long, 14 broad.
Hab. “Grand, towards south end of the east coast, 10 fath.
Apparently differing from the two known species of the genus
Anceya in colour, form of the aperture, and the character of the
eoste. A. giraudi Bourguignat has a palatal liration which is
absent in the present species. In his figures the outer lips
have the appearance of being drawn from broken specimens. If,
however, they are normal, they are very different from the labrum
of the present species. In a young specimen both the basal keel
and the columellar tooth are absent, so that these are probably
184 MR. EDGAR A, SMITH ON THE MOLLUSCA [ Mar. 6,
features which are only developed in adult shells. Having broken
up one specimen, I failed to find an operculum.
6. Non-THALASSOID SPECIES.
1. Limn#A NATALENSIS Krauss.
Hab. Swamp at Mbete, south end of lake.
2. ANCYLUS TANGANYICENSIS, sp.n. (Plate X. figs. 17, 18.)
Shell very small, roundly ovate, moderately elevated, thin,
brown, finely radiately striated across the concentric lines of
growth ; apex obtuse, boss-like, circumscribed, radiately striated,
subcentral or a trifle towards the right ; interior glossy, exhibiting
through the semitransparency of the shell the external sculpture.
Length 2? millim., diam. 2, height 1.
Hab. Onastone dredged in a few fathoms in Niamkolo Harbour,
south end of lake.
This is the first and only species of Anclyuws known from the
lake. The genus, however, occurs both in the north and south of
the African continent, but with the exception of A. stuhlmanni
Martens, from the Victoria Nyanza, no species have been recorded
from the great lakes. Being so small it is possible they may have
been overlooked.
Prof. Gwatkin, who has very kindly examined the radula,
observes :—‘ As I expected, it belongs to the A. purallelus type,
which I have from 8. Africa, Australia, and North and South
America. To it belong my ‘Gundlachias’ from Tasmania and
New Zealand.”
3. PLANORBIS SUDANICUS Martens.
Hab. Swamp at Mbete, south end of lake.
4, NEOTHAUMA TANGANYICENSE Smith.
Hab. Kituta, Kala, Moliro, Sumbu, Kalambo.
Keeled and non-carinate specimens were found together at the
south end of the lake by Dr. Cunnington, so that Mr. Moore’s
idea of the local distribution of this species appears to be, ina
measure, incorrect.
5, AMPULLARIA OVATA Olivier.
Hab. South end of lake.
6. Unto BurToNI Woodward.
Hab. South end of lake, and Kala at south end of east coast.
7. BuRTONIA TANGANYICENSIS (Smith),
Hab. Kombe, east coast below the middle, and south end of the
lake.
8. PLEIODON SPEKEI Woodward.
Hab, Sumbua, east coast.
1906.] OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 185
9. BRAzz#A ANCEYI Bourguignat.
Hab, Kibanga.
One valve only, with five or six radiating ridges down the
anterior end.
c. Post-PLIOCENE SPECIES.
Some shells of species still living in Tanganyika were found
embedded in a coarse sandy matrix upon the shore at Sumbua,
about halfway up the east coast of the lake. One reef was
so weathered that the shells (Veothawma) stood out very con-
spicuously, just in the breakers. Three similar reefs occur at
intervals inland, on the summits of the former sandy beaches.
These shells may be referred to a late Post-Pliocene age. Other
specimens occurred in a cliff or ridge, about six feet high, in the
north-west part of the Rukwa Valley, where the lake formerly
was, but is now dried up.
So far as one can judge, none of the shells which are more or
less perfect, or of those of which there are only fragments, belong
to other than recent species, showing that these ridges are of quite
modern origin.
Among those from Sumbua, besides the Veothawma, are remains
of Rumella, a thalassoid genus, and of Unio; and from the Rukwa
Valley are fragments of Lanistes, Vivipara, Melania, Corbicula,
and Unio, all ordinary freshwater types. The amount of material
at hand, however, is so small, that one cannot say to what extent
the thalassoid shells may be represented in the same locality.
Il. Species from the Victoria Nyanza.
The following species were obtained by Dr. Cunnington at
Bukoba on the west shore of the Lake.
1. PLANORBIS suDANICUS Martens, var. MINOR Martens.
Hah. On water-weed in shallow-water inlet north of the town.
2. PLANORBIS CRAWFORDI Melville & Ponsonby.
Hab. Same as that of preceding species.
Two specimens were obtained, which appear to be inseparable
from this species described from Cape Colony.
3. MELANIA TUBERCULATA (Miiller).
Hab. Taken in shrimp-net in a few feet of water in the
harbour.
4, VIVIPARA CONSTRICTA Martens.
Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour.
The specimens of this very variable species from this locality
are rather like Martens’s figure (‘ Beschalte Weichthiere Deutsch-
Ost-Afrika,’ vol. iv. pl. vi. fig. 20), but they exhibit a third keel
between the two represented in the illustration. They are more
186 MOLLUSCA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. | Mar. 6,
strongly spirally striated than other examples which have been
examined.
5. UNIO LOURDELI Bourguignat.
Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour.
6. CoRBICULA CUNNINGTONI, sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 15.)
Shell small, irregularly ovate, almost equilateral, moderately
convex, sculptured with rather distinct and distant concentric
ridges, which become almost obsolete on both dorsal slopes ; valves
yellow olivaceous, with or without a few brownish rays, more or
less deep purplish within; umbones prominent. Length 123
millim., diam. 8, height 11.
Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour.
This species may be separated from C. radiata Parreyss, the
only species recorded from the Lake, on account of its somewhat
different form, the umbones being more prominent, the more
distant concentric ridges, and a difference in colour. None of the
specimens exhibit the characteristic dark purple ray proceeding
from the umbo down the middle of the valves as in C. radiata.
Two out of three examples have little or no trace of markings,
but the third is distinctly rayed with brown, the rays being
different in the two valves.
7. SPHARIUM VICTORIA, Sp. n. (Plate X. fig. 16.)
Shell roundly subovate, nearly equilateral, greyish yellow, with
numerous radiating dark hair-like lines; valves thin, finely con-
centrically striated with the lines of growth, which are crossed by
minute microscopic radiating striz which are quite invisible to the
naked eye; interior dirty bluish; lateral teeth delicate.
Length 92 millim., diam. 54, ale 83.
Hab. Dredged in about a fathom in the harbour.
Larger than S. nyanze Smith, not quite the same shape,
different in colour, rayed, and with more delicate hinge-teeth.
8. AlTHERIA ELLIPTICA Lamarck.
Hab. Entebbe, north-west end of the lake.
LANATION OF PLATE X.
EXP
3. Bythoceras iridescens : p. 182.
A, 5 minor: p. 182.
9. Paramelania damoni: p. 182.
8. crassigranulata: p. 182.
10. Lavigeria grandis: p. 182.
11. ge operculum.
12. Anceya rufocincta : p- 183.
13. Giraudia horei, operculum : p. 183.
14. — precilara, operculum : p. 183.
15. Corbicula cunningtoni|: p. 186.
16. Spherium victoria: p. 186.
17, 18. Aneylus tanganyicensis: p. 184.
19. Hdgaria nassa, operculum: p. 182.
asia va. fc ah
, cs : 4
ri
4 : }
ey
7 .
i
y
‘
‘
ue
aed
. b
fit -
G
7 3 :
A
¢ ' .
P.Z.S 1906,wol.1. Pl. XI.
Ate JOM SAL 1 =
ia eae
SS
W.T,G. del.
1-14, PALAEMON MOOREL.
oy 8, LIMNOCARIDINA RETIARIUS.
9-14, lL. PARVULA.
WIC. del. . Huth, sc et imp.
15-22, LIMNOCARIDINA SIMILIS. 4
23-29 L. LATIPES, 30-37, L, SOCIUS:
ve -
:
: 5
ie *
.
5)
a Sine
&.
. iy
W.T.GC, del.
a8 -44,
45— 52,
"P28 1906 voll Pt
Huth, se,el amp.
LIMNOCARIDINA SPINIPES
CARIDELLA CUNNINGTONI.
53 = 75:67 G. MUN UTA.
A a
—
W.T.C, dsl Huth, sc. ot imp
587-64 ATYELLA BREVIROSTRIS
65 —7e "AS LoONncinesi as:
1906. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 187
2. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.
Report on the Macrurous Crustacea. By W. T.
CatmaAn, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History).
[Received February 5, 1906. |
(Plates XI.-XIV.*)
i. Introduction.
The collection of Macrurous Crustacea obtained by Dr. Cun-
nington from the lakes of Central Africa comprises thirteen
species, of which only three have been previously described. In
Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza only a single species was found, a
common and widely-distributed form, already recorded from the
latter lake. In Tanganyika, in addition to the two species dis-
covered by Mr. Moore, Dr. Cunnington has been fortunate enough
to find no less than ten new species, and among them representa-
tives of what I regard as two new genera. The following is a list
of the species obtained :—
Nyasa.
Caridina nilotica, var. gracilipes (de Man).
TANGANYIKA.
Palemon mooret Calman.
Lamnocaridina retiarius, 0. sp.
5 parvula, Q. sp.
tanganyike Calman.
3 similis, n. sp.
a latipes, 1. sp.
% socius, N. Sp.
spinipes, N. sp.
Ouridetla cunningtoni, n. g. et sp.
"9 minuta, Dn. &
Ate yella brevirostris, n. g. et sp.
a longirosiris, n. <p.
Vicrorta NYANZA.
Caridina nilotica, var. gracilipes (de Man).
I am obliged to Dr. Cunnington for giving me his notes on
the occurrence and coloration of the various forms. These I
have incorporated in their proper places. It is right that mention
should be made of the excellent state of preservation of the
specimens, and of the very careful and methodical manner in
which the notes of localities and other particulars were kept.
* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 205.
188 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6,
ul. Systematic Notes and Descriptions of New Genera
and Species.
Family PALZMONID2,
PaL&{Mon MooREI Calman. (Plate XI. figs. 1 & 1a.)
P. mooret Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 709, pl. xl.
figs. 20-24.
The numerous and excellently-preserved specimens of this species
which Dr. Cunnington has brought home enable me to add some
further details to the description which I formerly gave. Of 18
specimens collected only two are males. This is a somewhat
remarkable fact, since in this genus, as Coutiére remarks, it is
rare for the females to be as numerous as the males. The largest
specimen is an ovigerous female, 27 mm. in total length. The
2-347-11
35)?
The second pair of perzeopods in the females (Plate XI. figs. 1 &
la) differ from those of the male formerly figured, and from those
of the two males in the present collection, in having two low
rounded teeth or tubercles on the inner edge of each of the fingers
close to the proximal end. ‘The males do not differ from the
females in the length or stoutness of the chele. The carpus and
hand are rough with minute sharp granules or spines, which were
not well shown in the figure formerly given. There is some little
variation in the relative lengths of the segments of this limb, as
the following measurements (in millim.) show :—
males are a little smaller. The teeth of the rostrum are
Merus. Carpus. Palm. Fingers.
Female ....... i AQ AS 3°6 3)
of Miao 4-3 ‘9 4-2 3-7
ame 4-7 5-0 35 3-9
eee 45 AB AD 4-3
Male” sesckeccs 2°9 33 2°5 3'0
Re is. oo ae 3:6 3:6 23 3-1
The mandible carries a palp which, although short (about half
the length of the incisor process), is composed of three distinct
segments, and in all other respects the species conforms to the
definition of the genus* to which I have referred it.
As it is by no means easy to determine what are the affinities
of this species among the very numerous and closely allied species
of the genus, I have submitted a specimen to Dr. J. G. de Man,
whose competence to pass judgment on this point will not be dis-
puted. With his accustomed courtesy, Dr. de Man sent me a
long letter dealing with the subject, and with his permission I
quote some of his remarks. After noticing that P. moorei
is, without doubt, the smallest species of the genus, and that it
has, at first sight, quite the general appearance of some species of ~
* J follow Ortmann, de Man, and the majority of recent authors in retaining the
name Palemon for this genus. I am unable to understand the reasons which have
led some American authors to follow Spence Bate in using for it the name Bithynis.
1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 189
the genus Caridina, Dr. de Man goes on to say—‘ P. sundaicus
Heller, with its varieties, does not seem to me to be the most
nearly allied to P. moorei as you suggest. Like Coutiére (Ann.
Sci. Nat. 8me sér. xii. p. 324), I think that P. superbus Heller
and P. trompi de Man, especially the former, are the most closely
allied species. LP. scabriculus Heller and P. alcocki Nobili are
apparently also related. All these forms, however, are in a greater
or less degree different from your species. LP. trompz, from Borneo,
is at once distinguished by the few and large eggs, by the shape
of the telson, the toothing of the fingers, &e. P. scabriculus differs
in the carapace, which is scabrous, in the rostral teeth, of which
six are set on the carapace, and in other characters. P. alcocki
has the carpus of the second legs almost twice as long as the
merus, and little shorter than the chela. P. moorei ought, in my
opinion, to be considered as a distinct and interesting species.”
To this I may add that P. superbus Heller, as re-described and
figured by Coutiere (¢. c. p. 319, pl. xiii. figs. 34-37), grows to a
very much larger size than P. mooret; and when specimens of
about the same size are compared, it seems to differ in having the
chelee smooth and beset with rather long haus. P. niloticus
Roux, of which a specimen from the Blue Nile has recently been
presented to the Museum by Captain Stanley Flower, clearly
differs from P. mooret in many characters. It is of much larger
size (the specimen before me is 41 mm. in total length); the
rostrum has a strongly convex upper edge with eleven teeth, of
which only one is on the carapace while the distal one is some
distance from the tip; the lower edge of the rostrum bears two
teeth (Klunzinger and Heller agree in giving the number as 1-2,
so that Roux’s figure, which shows five, is no doubt incorrect) ;
the merus of the second legs is three-fourths of the length of the
carpus, which is a very little longer than the chela; the fingers
are about equal to the palm, and the whole limb is smoother than
in P. moorei.
Occurrence.—Off Niamkolo, 12.viii.04. ‘“ Dredged in about
12 fathoms, among shells.” About sixteen females and one male.
Kalambo, 4.31.04. “‘ Tow-netting, surface, 8.20 p.m.” One
very young specimen.
Kirando, 1.xii.04. ‘Taken in about 10 fathoms.” One female.
Mrumbi, 27.x11.04. ‘ From about 30 fathoms.” One male.
Family ATy1ID&.
CARIDINA NILOTICA, var. GRACILIPES (de Man).
C. wycku, var. gracilipes de Man, in Webevr’s ‘Zool. Ergeb.
Niederlindisch Ost-Indien,’ ii. p. 393 (1891).
All the prawns obtained by Dr. Cunnington from Lake Nyasa
and the Victoria Nyanza belong to the genus Caridina, and to
that section of the genus including the forms to which the specific
names nilotica, longirostris, and wyckti, as well as a series of
varietal names, have been applied. It is not easy to determine
190 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6,
what position the present forms ought to oceupy within this
group; and even if that question were satisfactorily answered, there
would still remain room for discussion as to the appropriate name
to be applied to them. It is generally agreed that Milne-Edwards’s
longirostris, described as coming from Algiers, but not since found
there, is identical with the earlier milotica described by Roux
from the Nile. From de Man’s re-examination of Milne-Edwards’s
types, we know that it has the carpus of the first chelipeds one
and a half times as long as broad. From this Dr. de Man
separates as a distinct species, under the name C. wyckii Hickson,
those forms which have the first carpus at least twice as long at
broad. Prof. Bouvier (Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xxxix. p. 79,
1905) has pointed out, however, and I can confirm the statemens,
that co-types of Prof. Hickson’s species, from Celebes, have the
carpus exactly as in the types of longirostris. Specimens received
from Prof. Hickson, and preserved in the British Museum, agree
very closely indeed with de Man’s description of his C. nilotica,
var. minahasse (also from Celebes), differing chiefly in the shorter
dactylus of the posterior perzeopods, that of the fourth pair being
less than one-fifth, and that of the fifth pair one-fourth of the
corresponding propodus. It follows that, so far as the characters
of the carpal segments are concerned, C. wyckii Hickson must be
regarded as a synonym of C. nilotica Roux, while C. wyekii
de Man, if it is to be regarded as distinct, must receive a new
specific or varietal name. Prof. Bouvier appears to regard
de Man’s species as merely a variety of that of Roux and Milne-
Edwards (t. c., table on p. 73; on p. 79, however, he treats it
as a separate species); and in this I am disposed to concur,
although the material at my disposal is too scanty to enable
me to form a definite opinion. At all events the specimens
collected by Dr. Cunnington in Lake Nyasa and in Victoria
Nyanza, while not agreeing exactly with each other or with any
of the described forms, come sufficiently near to the variety
gracilipes, which de Man places under the species wyekii, and
Bouvier under nilotica; and I therefore record them under the
latter name. The following particulars were found to agree in
several specimens from each locality, ovigerous females being
compared in each case :—
Nyasa.—Total length up to 21 mm. Rostrum reaching beyond
1-2+ 21-2 F
antennal scale, teeth “unarmed terminal part of upper
10-18
edge much less than half its length ; one or two sub-apical teeth,
and, occasionally, an isolated tooth a little way back from the tip.
Carpus of first persopods two and a half times as long as broad,
that of second pair more than five times as long as broad. Dae:
tylus of fourth pair one-fifth of propodus or a little over, bearing
7-9 spines ; that of fifth pair a little more than one-fourth of
propodus, with about 33-38 spines. Eggs -47 x°27 mm.
Victoria Nyanza.—Total length up to 25 mm. Rostrum, except
. . 2416-21,
in one or two cases, reaching beyond antennal scale, teeth ais =
1906. | CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 191
unarmed part of upper edge much less than half its length, one
or two sub-apical teeth, and occasionally an isolated tooth as
above described. Carpus of first pereeopods not more than two
and a third times as long as broad (in a series of specimens
collected at Entebbe, by Mr. E. Degen, the carpus is only about
twice as long as broad, sometimes a little less than twice). Carpus
of second pair less than five times as long as broad. Dactylus of
fourth pair a little more than one-fifth of propodus, with 8-11
spines; that of fifth pair more than one-fourth of propodus, with
37-50 spines. Eggs -6 x °37 to 62x -4 mm.
Hilgendorf has recorded C. wyckti var. gracilipes from several
localities in the Victoria Nyanza (Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. (7) p. 36,
1898) and elsewhere in German East Africa. Prof. Bouvier, who
does not quote Hilgendorf’s work, records from Victoria Nyanza
and trom Doufilé (Dufli) on the Upper Nile (about 3°31’ N. lat.)
specimens which he regards as intermediate between the typical
C. wyckit of de Man and the South African var. paucipara Max
Weber. The eggs in the specimens collected by Dr. Cunnington
are rather smaller than those which Prof. Bouvier records from
Lake Victoria, and much smaller than in the typical paucipara,
while in other respects, such as the number of spines on the dactyli
of the ambulatory legs, they show no approach to poucipara.
Genus LIMNOCARIDINA.
Limnocariding Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 704.
To this genus, hitherto represented by only a single species
discovered by Mr. Moore, I refer six of the new species found
by Dr. Cunnington. As originally defined, the genus was
distinguished chiefly by the great reduction of the branchial
system, by the presence of a “ hepatic” instead of an “antennal”
spine on the carapace, and by the characters of the first and
second maxille and the first maxilliped. In all the species
described below, the branchial formula agrees with that formerly
given for L. tanganyike, and there is no epipod on the first
maxilliped. ‘The structure of the maxille is also essentially the
same, though, in the second maxille, the middle lobe is sometimes
more expanded than it is in L. tanganyike, but not overlapping
the distal lobe. With regard to the spine on the carapace,
however, the new species to be described below show that the
difference between LZ. tanganyike and the species of Caridina is
one of position, not of homology. The spine, which in Z. socius
and L, spinipes is in the same position as the “antennal” spine
of Caridina, is clearly homologous with that which, in Z. latipes,
L. similis, L. parvula, and L. retiarius, corresponds with what I
formerly described as the “hepatic” spine of Z. tanganyike.
In the following descriptions therefore I have abandoned the
terms “antennal” and “hepatic,” and speak simply of the
“antero-lateral spine” of the carapace. In the original description
of L. tanganyike itis stated that the carpus of the first perzeopods
192 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6
is “slightly excavated distally on the inner side.” While this is
quite correct and holds good also for the new species described
below, it should be pointed out that this very slight excavation,
not visible from the outer side, is very different from the marked
excavation of the anterior margin of the carpus found in most of
the species, at least, of the allied genera. Since, however, the
excavation is about equally slight in some of the species of
Caridina, it does not seem advisable to include this character in
the generic definition. In all cases the terminal brushes of sete
on the fingers of the chele are more scanty than in any species
of Caridina which I have seen.
Key to the Species of Limnocaridina.
A. Fingers of chelz five to seven times as long as the
palm, with very long marginal sete.
a. Rostrum about equal to antennular peduncle......... L. retiarius, n. sp.
b. Rostrum less than half as long as first segment of
antennular peduncle ....... L. parvula, n. sp.
B. Fingers of chela not more e than twice as s long 2 as the
palm ; sete not very long, confined to distal part.
a. Length of sixth abdominal somite more than twice
its depth.
a. Rostrum much longer than the carapace, with
10-20 teeth below .. L. tanganyike Caiman.
6. Rostrum about equal to ‘carapace, ° with 3-6 teeth
elOw) 2 c-cee L. similis, n. sp.
c. Rostrum less ‘than one-third of length of car rapa,
unarmed below ....... L. latipes, n. sp.
. Length of sixth abdominal somite little more than
one and a half times its depth.
a. Rostrum nearly equal to carapace; merus of last
three legs w ith one spine . LL. socius, n. sp.
é. Rostrum little more than half length of carapace ;
merus of last three legs with 2-3 spines ......... LL. spinipes, n. sp.
LIMNOCARIDINA RETIARIUS, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 2-8.)
Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen a little
shorter than the carapace, length more than two and a half times
its depth. Rostrum (Plate XI. fig. 2) about equal to or a
little shorter than antennular peduncle, two-thirds as long as
carapace, decurved at base, then horizontal or slightly recurved
. 2-447-10 .
towards tip, teeth ~~, unarmed above for nearly half its
length from tip. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set well back
from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching to exterrial
tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XI. fig. 3)
projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped extending
to end of second segment of antennular peduncle, exopod not
longer than ischium, terminal segment slender but a little shorter
than preceding segment. First pereopods (Plate XI. fig. 4)
reaching to tip of third maxillipeds, breadth of carpus two- thirds
of its length, chela about three times as long as carpus, palmar
portion less than one-fifth of length of fingers. Second peraeopods
(Plate XI. fig. 5) reaching a little beyond first, breadth of carpus
little more than two-fifths of its length; chela a little more
1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 193
than twice as long as the carpus, palmar portion about one-fifth
of length of fingers. Fingers of both chele slightly spoon-shaped,
bearing along the whole length of their opposed edges on the
outer and inner sides a single row of very long flexible sete
regularly arranged; each seta has a double series of rather
widely-spaced barbs. Last three pairs of perseopods not differing
greatly in length, third pair not reaching tip of third maxillipeds;
dactylus of third and fourth pairs (Plate XI. fig. 6) more than
half the length of propodus, with 14 spines; that of the fifth
pair (Plate XI. fig. 7) nearly two-thirds of length of propodus,
with 26 spines. Telson (Plate XI. fig. 8) three-fifths of length
of sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods longer than
inner.
Total length, 29,13°3 mm. Hgegs °3x°18 mm.
Remarks.—This species is distinguished from all the Atyide
hitherto described by the remarkable and beautiful armature of
its chele. The setz with which the fingers are furnished, instead
of forming apical tufts as in other Atyide, diverge from the
outer and inner edges of each finger. As far as can be seen in
the preserved specimens, these sete entirely prevent the fingers
from being brought together, so that the chelz cannot be used
for seizing objects inthe ordinary way. On the other hand, each
chela forms a kind of double casting-net, no doubt very efticient
in the capture of minute living prey. The great length of the
dactylus of the posterior legs is also a characteristic feature. In
the structure of the mouth-parts and in the branchial formula
the species shows no important differences from the other members
of the genus. ’
Occurrence.—Mbete, 1.x.04. “Taken in shrimp-net, shore-
wading.” Among 17 specimens there are only three females, one
of which carries eggs.
LIMNOCARIDINA PARVULA, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 9-14.)
Description.— Body very slender ; sixth somite of abdomen as
long as the carapace, three times as long as deep. Rostrum
(Plate XI. fig. 9) very short, less than half as long as first
segment of antennular peduncle, expanded horizontally at the
6-1 40-2 .
base; teeth —{—. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set more
than twice its own length from front edge. Antennular peduncle
reaching well beyond external tooth of antennal scale. Distal
edge of scale projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped
extending to end of first segment of antennular peduncle, exopod
longer than ischium, terminal segment shorter than preceding
segment. First pereeopods (Plate XI. fig. 10) reaching to end
of penultimate segment of third maxillipeds, breadth of carpus
less than two-thirds of its length ; chela about three times as long
as carpus, palmar portion about one-seventh of length of fingers.
Second pereopods (Plate XI. fig. 11) reaching a little beyond
first, breadth of carpus little more than half its length, chela
two and a half times as long as carpus, palmar portion about
194 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS | Mar. 6,
one-sixth of length of fingers. Shape of fingers and setee much
as in ZL. retiarius, but the set are shorter and are almost smooth,
their barbs being extremely short and inconspicuous. Third pair
of perzeopods reaching beyond tip of third maxillipeds, last pair
distinctly shorter. Dactylus of third and fourth pairs (Plate XI.
fig. 12) less than half the length of the propodus, without spines,
except the terminal one which is long and slender; that of fifth
pair (Plate XI. fig. 13) less than two-thirds of length of pro-
podus, with a terminal and a short subterminal spine. Telson
(Plate XI. fig. 14) a little more than half as long as sixth
abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a little longer than
inner.
Total length (ovigerous 2 ) 6°25-6°'7 mm. Eggs ‘26 x°‘16 mm.
Remarks.—This species, the smallest of the genus, is closely
allied to the preceding by the structure of the chele. It is
strikingly distinguished, however, not only by the very short
rostrum (which, in some specimens, may be even shorter than in
that figured), but also by the very different armature of the
dactylus in the posterior pairs of legs.
Occurrence.—Kasawa, tow-netting, 8.30 p.m., 7.x.04. Many
specimens. Only three ovigerous females.
Kalambo, tow-netting, 8.20 p.m., 4.x1.04. Six specimens,
including two ovigerous females.
Karema, 12.xii.04. ‘‘tow-netting, surface, 8 30 p.m.” Many
specimens.
LIMNOCARIDINA TANGANYIK& Calman.
Limnocaridina tanganyike Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 704,
pls. xxxix. & xl. figs. 1-2, 4-19.
I have very little to add to the account which I have already
given of this species. Some of the specimens in the present
collection are larger than any previously seen, reaching about
26 mm. in total length. The distal edge of the antennal scale
reaches beyond the external spine. There is a single spine on
the merus and another on the carpus of each of the last three
pairs of legs. The sixth abdominal somite is about equal to the
carapace, and its length two and a half times its depth.
Occurrence.—Kasakalawe, 4.viil.04. ‘Taken in rock-pool about
tide-mark.” Two ovigerous females.
Mtondwe Bay, 10.vili.04. “Swampy shallows.” Seven speci-
mens, four ovigerous.
Mtondwe Bay, Niamkolo, 13.viii.04. “Taken in shrimp-net
in a few feet of water.”
Kituta, 24.viii.04. ‘Enormous swarms were seen swimming
close to the surface in about 10 feet of water on a calm afternoon.
Colour uniform bluish-grey.” Dr. Cunnington notes that these
specimens differed much in colour and in general aspect from the
other specimens of L. tanganyike, and he suspected that they
might be a distinet species, but I cannot find any noteworthy
structural differences.
1906. | CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 195
Kituta Bay, 27.vii.04. “'Tow-netting, surface, 8.30 p.m.”
Two specimens.
Mbete, 1.x.04. “Taken shore-wading.” One female.
Kasawa, 7.x.04, “ Tow-netting, 8.30 p.m.” Many specimens.
Kalambo, 4.x1.04. ‘“Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m.” Three specimens.
Kazagega, 7.11.05. “Taken close to shore.” One specimen.
”?
LIMNOCARIDINA SIMILIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 15-22.)
Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen shorter
than the carapace, its length about two and a half times its
depth. Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 15) a little longer than
antennular peduncle, equal to or shorter than carapace, slightly
arched at base, then horizontal, teeth a unarmed above for
half its length. Antero-lateral spine of carapace set well back
from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching to external
tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XII. fig. 16)
projecting well beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped not
reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle,
terminal segment little shorter than preceding. First perzeopods
(Plate XII. fig. 17) short and stout, reaching to about the first
third of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus
about three-fifths of its length, chela more than one and a half
times as long as the carpus, twice as long as broad, fingers equal
to the palmar portion. Second pereopods (Plate XII. fig. 18)
reaching a little beyond first pair, breadth of carpus about one-
third of its length ; chela little longer than carpus, three times as
long as broad, palmar portion two-thirds of length of fingers.
Third pereopods extending beyond and fifth pair falling con-
siderably short of tip of third maxillipeds; dactylus of last three
pairs more than one-third of propodus, that of third and fourth
(Plate XII. fig. 19) with 14-15, that of the fifth (Plate XII.
fig. 20) with 21 spines. Telson (Plate XIT. fig, 22) four-fifths of
length of sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods longer
than inner.
Total length, 9,165 mm. Eggs :28x:18 mm.
Remarks.—This species is closely allied to L. tanganyike, but
is distinguished by the much shorter rostrum. One very remark-
able feature is the strongly marked difference between the sexes
in the armature of the third and fourth pereopods. In the
male (Plate XI. fig. 21) the marginal spines on these segments
greatly exceed in size those of the female. A similar difference,
though less strongly marked, is found in the species described
below as LZ. sociws, but in the other species of the genus I have
not been able to perceive any difference between the sexes in this
respect.
Occurrence.—Kalambo, 4.x1.04. “ Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m”
One specimen.
Rusisi River, close to Tanganyika, 7.11.05, Many specimens,
mostly females.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I, No. XIV, 14
196 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [Mar. 6,
LIMNOCARIDINA LATIPES, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 23-29.)
Description.—Body slender; sixth somite of abdomen a little
longer than carapace, length two and a half times its depth.
Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 23) less than one-third of length of
carapace, much shorter than first segment of antennular peduncle,
horizontal, teeth ete Antero-lateral spine of carapace set a
little way back from front edge. Antennular peduncle reaching
to external tooth of antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate
XII. fig. 24) projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped
hardly extending beyond first segment of antennular peduncle,
terminal segment two-thirds the length of preceding segment.
First pereeopods (Plate XII. fig. 25) hardly reaching middle of
penultimate segment of third maxilliped, breadth of carpus about
one-half of its length; chela one and a half times as long as
carpus, two and a half times as long as broad, palmar portion
a little shorter than the fingers. Second perzopods (Plate XIT.
fig. 26) reaching a little beyond first, breadth of carpus less than
one-third of its length, chela a little longer than the carpus, four
times as long as broad, palmar portion a little shorter than
fingers. Last three pairs of perzeopods stout, third pair extending
well beyond tip of third maxillipeds, fifth pair hardly reaching
beyond base of penultimate segment of same. Merus and carpus
of last three pairs each with a single spine; dactylus very short
and broad, that of fourth pair (Plate XII. fig. 27) about one
and a half times as long as broad, and one-fourth of length
of propodus, armed with nine large spines; that of fifth pair
(Plate XIT. fig. 28) hardly twice as long as broad, a little more
than one-fourth of length of propodus, with ten spines. Telson
(Plate XII. fig. 29) little more than half the length of sixth
abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a little longer than
inner.
Total length 9°77 mm. Eggs -25x-+16 mm.
Remarks.—This small species is easily distinguished from the
other members of the genus by its very short rostrum, and by
the short and broad dactyli of the posterior perzopods. The
spines of the dactyli are unusually large, and do not differ in size
in the two sexes. According to Dr. Cunnington’s notes, the
colour of this species in life was “ greenish, with red and yellow
spots.”
, Occurrence.— Mbete, 29.1x.04. “Shallow water amongst rocks.”
Two specimens.
Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. ‘ Taken on rocks, shallow water.”
Four females and eight males.
Kalambo, 4.xi.04. ‘ Tow-netting, 8.20 p.m.” One specimen.
Tembwi, 2.1.05. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Five
specimens
LIMNOCARIDINA socius, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 30-37.)
Description.—Body stout; sixth somite of abdomen less than
1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 197
two-thirds of length of carapace, length about one and a half
times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XII. fig. 30) a little longer than
antennular peduncle, equal to or a little shorter than carapace,
nearly horizontal, teeth — those of dorsal edge rather long
and slender, unarmed above for less than one-third of its length.
Antero-lateral spine of carapace set close to front edge. Anten-
nular peduncle distinctly shorter than antennal scale. Distal
edge ot scale (Plate XII. fig. 31) not projecting as far as the long
external tooth. Third maxillipeds extending to end of second
segment of antennular peduncle, terminal segment shorter than
preceding. First perseopods (Plate XII. fig. 32) short and rather
stout, not extending beyond middle of first segment of antennular
peduncle, breadth of carpus about three-fifths of its length; chela
about one and a half times as long as the carpus, about two anda
half times as long as broad, palmar portion one and a half times
as long as the fingers. Second pereopods (Plate XII. fig. 33)
hardly reaching to end of first segment of antennular peduncle,
breadth of carpus less than one-quarter of its length; chela little
longer than carpus, more than four times as long as broad, palmar
portion about equal to fingers. Third perzeopods reaching beyond,
fifth pair falling considerably short of tip of third maxillipeds.
Merus and carpus of last three pairs each with a single spine;
dactylus a little less than one-quarter of length of propodus, that
of fourth (Plate XII. fig. 34) with seven, that of fifth (Plate XII.
fig. 36) with thirteen spines. Telson (Plate XII. fig. 37) a little
shorter than sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods
shorter than inner.
Total length 12mm. EHggs :26x°17 mm.
Remarks.—This species was twice found in company with
L. spinipes, which it resembles in the rather short stout body, in
the position of the antero-lateral spine close to the front edge of
the carapace, and in having the outer plate of the uropods shorter
than the inner. It differs in the shorter rostrum, in the short
fingers of the first chele, and in the presence of only one spine on
the merus of the posterior legs. In the male, the spines on the
dactyli of the third and fourth pereeopods are somewhat stronger
than in the female (Plate XIT. fig. 35).
Occurrence.—Niamkolo Harbour, 7.1x.04. “ Dredged in about
3 fathoms among shells.” Many specimens.
Utinta, 5.xii.04. “‘ Dredged in about 10 fathoms among shells.
One specimen.
Kirando, 1.xii.04. “Taken in about 8 fathoms of water,
among shells.” One specimen.
”
LIMNOCARIDINA SPINIPES, sp. n. (Plate XIII. figs. 38-44.)
Description.—Body stout; sixth somite of abdomen less than
two-thirds of length of carapace, length about one and a half
times its depth. Rostrum (Plate XIII. fig. 38) reaching to end
of second segment of antennular peduncle, one-half to nearly two
14*
198 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [Mar. 6,
thirds of length of carapace, horizontal, teeth Ss unarmed
above for one-fourth of its length. Antero-lateral spine of cara-
pace small, set close to front edge. Antennular peduncle a little
shorter than antennal scale. Distal edge of scale (Plate XIII.
fig. 39) not projecting so far as the external tooth, Third maxilli-
peds not reaching to end of second segment of antennular peduncle,
terminal segment a little shorter than preceding. First perzeopods
(Plate XIII. fig. 40) short and stout, not reaching middle of first
segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of carpus about two-
fifths of its length; chela one and a half times as long as carpus,
two and a half times as long as broad, palmar portion slightly
shorter than fingers. Second pereeopods (Plate XIII. fig. 41) not
reaching end of first segment of antennular peduncle, breadth of
carpus one-fifth of its length; chela equal to carpus, about tour
times as long as broad, palmar portion little more than half of
length of fingers. Third pereopods reaching well beyond, fifth
pair falling short of tip of third maxillipeds. Merus of last three
pairs with two, sometimes three, spines on distal part of the lower
margin, carpus with two spines side by side. Dactylus in each
case a little less than one-third of length of propodus, that of
third pair (Plate XITT. fig. 42) with five, that of fifth (Plate XIIT.
fig. 43) with twelve spines. Telson (Plate XIII. fig. 44) a little
shorter than sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods a
little shorter than inner.
Total length 7mm. Eggs -25x°15 mm.
Remarks.—This species resembles the preceding very closely,
but the distinguishing characters are constant in all the specimens
examined.
Occurrence.—Niamkolo Harbour, 7.ix.04. ‘‘ Dredged in about
3 fathoms, among shells.” Two specimens.
Kirando, 1.xii.04. ‘ Taken in about 8 fathoms of water,
among shells.” Many specimens.
Utinta, 6.xii.04. “ Dredged in about 15 fathoms among shells.”
Twelve specimens.
Genus CARIDELLA, gen. nov.
Pereopods without exopods; carpus of first pair excavated
distally, that of second pair not excavated; chele of both pairs
with a distinct palmar portion. Epipods on the first three pairs
of pereeopods. No pleurobranchia on the last thoracic somite.
Type, C. eunningtoni, sp. n.
This new genus is intermediate to some extent between Caridina
and Limnocaridina. It resembles the former in the general
structure of the mouth-parts, in the presence of an outer plate
on the first maxilla and of a minute epipod on the first maxilliped.
It approaches Limnocaridina in the reduction of the branchial
system and especially in the absence of the posterior pleuro-
branchia, while several of the gills in the anterior part of the
branchial chamber are also aksent or reduced to small vestiges.
1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 199
It is extremely ditticult to determine exactly the number of gills
mm species so small as those described below ; and the following
formula for C. cunningtont is given with the reservation that
some minute vestiges of gills may have been overlooked. The
absence of the posterior pleurobranchia, however, as well as the
absence of an epipod from the penultimate legs, are characters
which it is comparatively easy to demonstrate and which seem to
justity the establishment of the new genus.
Branchial formula of Cardiella cunningtoni.
mxp. limxp. 2;mxp. 3} per. 1 per. 2| per. 3} per. 4:| per. 5
| Pleurobranchie ...... 0 0 0 il | aL 1 1 0)
| Arthrobranchie ...... 0) 0 Yr. Qi © 0 0 (0)
Podobranchie ......... ep yan imeDs ep. ep. | ep. | ep. 0) 0
} |
In the case of C. cunningtoni, the large and peculiar first pair
of chelee and the unarmed dactyli of the third and fourth pairs of
legs are striking features. They are not shared by C. minuta, but
owing to the small size of this species and the fact that only one
adult specimen was found it has not been possible to make a
complete examination of its characters, and it may yet prove to
belong to a distinct genus.
CARIDELLA CUNNINGTONI, n. sp. (Plate XTIT. figs. 45-52.)
Description.— Rostrum (Plate XIII. fig. 45) reaching nearly to
end of second segment of antennular peduncle, less than half
f 3-5+8-12
length of carapace, slightly deflexed, teeth —35—. Antennular
peduncle (Plate XIII. fig. 46) reaching to end of antennal scale,
second and third segments longer than broad, external spine of
first segment reaching to end of segment, distal spine reaching to
middle of sueceeding segment. Distal edge of antennal scale
(Plate XIII. fig. 47) hardly projecting beyond external tooth.
Third maxilliped not extending to end of antennular peduncle.
First pereopods (Plate XIII. fig. 48) very stout, reaching to about
end of penultimate segment of third maxillipeds; merus produced
as a blunt tooth above articulation of carpus; carpus less than
twice as long as broad, distinctly excavated distally ; chela more
than one and a half times as long as carpus and much broader,
less than two and a half times as long as broad; fingers a little
shorter than the palm, gaping widely, a stout curved tooth at base
of immovable finger fitting into a notch at base of dactylus, apical
brushes scanty and short. Second pereopods (Plate XIII. fig. 49)
slender, extending beyond tip of third maxillipeds ; carpus about
seven times as long as broad; chela shorter than carpus, nearly
four times as long as broad, fingers one and a half times as long
200 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6,
as the palm, a small tooth at base of immovable finger. Third
pereopods a little stouter than fourth (Plate XIII. fig. 50); merus
in both with three spines below; propodus about three and a half
times as long as dactylus, which is unarmed except for the
terminal spine. Dactylus of fifth pair (Plate XITI. fig. 51) one-
third of length of propodus, with a comb of about 37 slender spines
besides the stout terminal spine. Telson (Plate XIII. fig. 52)
equal to sixth abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods slightly
shorter than inner, with a transverse row of about fourteen
spines.
Total length 9 mm. Eggs ‘45 x°62 mm.
Remarks.—Vhis species is at once distinguished from all other
Atyide known to me by the structure of the first pair of chele.
In the absence of spines other than the apical one on the dactyli
of the third and fourth pairs of legs, it resembles the species
described above as Limnocaridina parvula.
Occurrence.—Kala, 19.xi.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.”
One specimen.
Kirando, 1.xii.04. ‘“‘Takenin about 8 fathoms of water among
shells.” Six specimens.
Utinta, 6.xii.04. “ Dredged in about 15 fathoms, among
shells.” Many specimens.
CARIDELLA MINUTA, Sp. n. (Plate XIII. figs. 53-56.)
Description.— Rostrum (Plate XIIT. fig. 53) hardly reaching
beyond first segment of antennular peduncle, about one-quarter
of length of carapace, straight, teeth ote Antennular peduncle
not reaching to end of antennal scale, second and third segments
broader than long, external spine of first segment not reaching end
of segment, no distinct distal spine. Distal edge of antennal
scale projecting beyond external tooth. Third maxilliped extend-
ing beyond antennular peduncle. First pereeopods (Plate XIII.
fig. 54) very short and stout; carpus broader than long, strongly
excavated distally ; chela nearly three times as long as carpus and
a little broader, about twice as long as broad; fingers two-thirds
as long as the palm, slightly gaping; no tooth at base of immov-
able finger. Second perzopods (Plate XIII. fig. 55) more slender ;
carpus twice as long as broad; chela one and a half times as long
as carpus, fingers a little longer than palm. Last three pairs of
pereopods (Plate XITT. fig. 56) similar and rather stout ; dactylus
at least one-third of length of propodus, and little more than
twice as long as broad, with eight strong spines of which the
second, not the terminal one, is the largest. Telson equal to sixth
abdominal somite. Outer plate of uropods slightly shorter than
inner, with a transverse row of four spines.
Total length 4mm. Eggs °22x15 mm.
Remarks.—Owing to the very small size of this species, it is
extremely difficult to determine its exact branchial formula, but
I have satisfied myself that it has no pleurobranch on the
1906.] CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 201
last thoracic somite and that the epipods extend to the third
pereopods. On these grounds I refer it provisionally to the
genus Caridella. From the preceding species it is distinguished
by the characters of the first pereopods and the well-armed dactyli
of the third and fourth.
Occurrence.—Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks,
shallow water. Colour yellowish, with red spots; eggs green.”
One specimen, ovigerous.
Karema, 12.xii.04. ‘“ Tow-netting, surface, 8.30 p.m.” Six
immature specimens.
Genus ATYELLA, gen. nov.
Pereopods without exopods; carpus of first and second pairs
excavated distally; chelee without any distinct palmar portion.
Epipods on the first three pairs of pereeopods. No pleurobranchia
on the last thoracic somite.
Type, A. brevirostris, sp. n.
This genus bears the same relation to Caridella that Atya bears
to Caridina, differing in having the carpus of the second pereopods
excavated and the palmar portion of the chelz obsolete. Perhaps
the comparison should be with Ortmannia (Atyoida) rather than
with Atya, for the two fingers of the chele, the propodus and
the dactylus, are not exactly alike, though the articulation
between them is practically in a straight lne with their opposed
edges. In any case, the new genus is distinguished from both of
those just mentioned by the reduced number of the branchie.
In Ortmannia potimirim, the only species, so far as I know, which
resembles the present genus in having no epipods on the penul-
timate pair of legs, Fritz Miiller states that there are seven gills
on each side, one above each of the five thoracic legs, one above
the external maxilliped, and a very small one on the second
maxilliped (Arch. Mus. Rio de Janeiro, vii. p. 166, 1892). The
branchial formula for Atyella is the same as that given above for
Caridella.
Referring to a bottle containing both the species described
below, Dr. Cunnington notes that the specimens were “‘red in the
dark, changing to light violet in the light; with red-brown sete
on the chele.” Fritz Miller has described changes of colour
in Orimannia (Atyoida) potimirim (t. c. p. 155, also Kosmos
(Stuttgart), Jahrg. iv. Bd. viii. p. 472, 1881).
ATYELLA BREVIROSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. figs. 57-64.)
Description — Rostrum (Plate XIV. fig. 57) generally less than
one-third of length of carapace, reaching just beyond end of first
segment of antennular peduncle or nearly to end of second,
slightly decurved, teeth ee, those on upper edge extending
nearly to tip. Antennular peduncle (Plate XIV. fig. 58) a little
shorter than antennal scale; first segment equal to second and
third together, external spine of first not reaching end of segment
202 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6,
distal spine reaching middle of second segment. Antennal scale
(Plate XIV. fig. 59) little more than half length of carapace, ex-
ternal spine not reaching beyond distal margin. Third maxillipeds
reaching a little beyond tip of antennal scale, terminal segment
a little longer than preceding. First and second perzeopods not
dissimilar in shape and size; first pair (Plate XIV. fig. 60) hardly
extending beyond penultimate segment of third mazxillipeds.
Carpus of first pair nearly three quarters as broad as long, less
than half length of chela; that of second pair (Plate XIV. fig. 61)
hardly longer than broad, about two-fifths of length of chela.
Third perzeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 62) stouter than the following ;
merus with four spines on distal half of lower edge; propodus
more than half as long as merus; dactylus, including terminal
spine, a little more than one-fifth of propodus, with three spines
on its lower edge. Fifth perzeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 63) with
propodus longer than merus; dactylus, including terminal spine,
about one-fourth of propodus, with about 43 spines on lower
edge.
Total length, female (not ovigerous) 13°5 mm.
Occurrence.—Mbete, 1.x.04. “Taken on rocks, shallow water.”
Many specimens.
Near mouth of Lofu, 6.x.04. “Taken on rocks, shallow
water.” Many specimens.
Kala, 19.xi1.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” One
specimen,
A very small specimen taken in a rock-pool at Kasakalawe,
4,viil.04, is referred with some doubt to this species.
ATYELLA LONGIROSTRIS, sp.n. (Plate XIV. figs. 65-72.)
Description.—Rostrum (Plate XIV. fig. 65) about five-sixths
of length of carapace, equal to or a little longer than antennular
‘ 5410-11
peduncle, nearly horizontal, teeth ee , 9» unarmed above and
below for one-third of its Jength from tip, teeth on upper edge
becoming long and slender anteriorly, Antennular peduncle
(Plate XIV. fig. 66) a little longer than antennal scale, first seg-
ment less than second and third together, external spine of first
reaching beyond end of segment, distal spine reaching to end of
second segment. Antennal scale (Plate XIV. fig. 67) about three-
fourths of length of carapace, external spine hardly reaching
beyond distal margin. Third maxillipeds not quite reaching tip
of antennal scale, terminal segment equal to or a little longer
than preceding. First and second perzeopods similar to those of
A. brevirostris ; carpus of first pair (Plate XTV. fig. 68) five-eighths
as broad as long, about half length of chela; that of second pair
(Plate XIV. fig. 69) nearly three-quarters as broad as long, less
than half as long as chela. Third perzeopods (Plate XIV. fig. 70)
considerably stouter than the following; merus with five stout
spines, of which the first is one-third of length of segment from
its proximal end; propodus less than two-thirds of length of
1906. | CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 203
merus; dactylus, including terminal spine, about one-fifth of
propodus, with two spines on lower edge. Fifth peropods
(Plate XIV. fig. 71) with propodus longer than merus ; dactylus,
including terminal spine, one-fifth of propodus, with about 26
spines on lower edge.
Total length, female (not ovigerous) 15 mm.
Remarks.—Vhis species is very similar to the preceding, but
appears to be sufficiently distinguished by the longer rostrum, the
longer spines on first segment of antennular peduncle, and the
smaller number of spines on dactylus of last perzeopods.
Occurrence.—Mbete, 1.x.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.”
Two specimens.
Kala, 19.xi1.04. ‘Taken on rocks, shallow water.” Two
specimens.
il. General Remarks.
So far as the Macrurous Crustacea are concerned, the chief
result of Dr. Cunnington’s Expedition has been to render still
more striking the great richness and peculiar character of the
fauna of Tanganyika as compared with that of the other lakes of
Central Africa. While Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza have yielded
only a single species which, with its varieties, has an enormously
wide geographical range from the Nile (and perhaps Algiers) to
Natal on the south, and to Queensland and New Caledonia on
the east, every one of the twelve species found in Tanganyika is,
so far as we yet know, peculiar to that lake. Of these, Palemon
mooret belongs to a genus having a very wide distribution in the
fresh-waters of tropical regions; but while a number of species
are known from Hast and West Africa, P. moorei is the only one
yet found in the region of the great lakes. Apart from its very
small size, the species does not present any very unusual or striking
characters, and it is therefore impossible to attach any great
importance, from the point of view of zoogeography, to its
supposed affinities with other species. It may be noted, however,
that all the species with which it is found possible to compare it
closely are inhabitants of the Hast African and Oriental regions,
and that the species from the Nile, while undoubtedly distinct,
does not differ in such a way as to exclude the possibility of
phylogenetic connection.
With the remaining eleven species, belonging to the Atyide,
the case is very different. They represent three genera which, so
far as is yet known, are peculiar to Tanganyika, and which differ
from all the other genera of the family in having a smaller number
of branchie. Whether this single common character indicates a
phyletic connection between the three genera is doubtful. The
resemblances between Limmnocaridina and Caridina, and between
Atyella and Atya or Ortmannia, would suggest that the reduction
of the gills had taken place independently in the two cases. At
the same time, Bouvier’s very interesting discovery (C. R. Acad.
Sci. exxxvill. p. 446, 1904, and Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xxxix.
204 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON THE MACRUROUS [ Mar. 6,
pp. 57-134, 1905) that certain species occasionally present
“mutations” leading at a single step from Caridina to Ortmannia
and from Ortmannia to Atya, must be borne in mind as suggesting
the possibility that the Atya-like characters of Atyella may have
arisen independently in the Tanganyika forms. In any case,
there can be no doubt that the Atyide of Tanganyika rank among
the most highly specialised members of the family and are far
removed from such primitive forms as Yiphocaris and Atyuéphyra.
When describing the two species of Prawns discovered by
Mr. Moore in Tanganyika, I pointed out (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1899,
p- 711)* that they threw no light on the general question of the
origin of the Tanganyika fauna, inasmuch as they belong to groups
which are characteristically inhabitants of fresh-water. Since
then, in his book on ‘The Tanganyika Problem’ and elsewhere,
Mr. Moore has claimed that the prawns belong to the “ relict,”
or as he terms it “ halolimnic,” section of. the fauna of that lake.
He believes that the members of this section are distinguished by
special resemblances to marine forms and by generally primitive
characters. He supposes that they represent the descendants of
marine species which reached their present habitat not later than
the Jurassic epoch, when the present site of the lake was occupied
by an arm of the sea,
It is necessary, therefore, to state definitely that there is not
the smallest ground for supposing that the Macrurous Crustacea
of Tanganyika have had such an origin. The groups to which
they belong, the genus Palemon and the family Atyide, are
widely distributed in the fresh-waters of tropical regions, and
the fact that representatives of both occur in Tanganyika is, in
itself, no more surprising than the fact that representatives of
both occur in the Upper Nile. Nor is it the case that the
Tanganyikan species present such primitive characters as would
bring them closer to the hypothetical marine stocks from which
these groups have arisen. As regards the Atyide, at all events,
the reverse is the case, for the Tanganyikan genera are In some
respects the most specialised members of the family. What does
distinguish the Macruran fauna of Tanganyika is the great
number of species found within a limited and continuous area ¥
and their distinctness, so far as we know, from all the species
inhabiting adjacent regions. The explanation of these peculiarities
is a very difficult problem and one which cannot be profitably
considered apart from the similar problems presented by the other
elements of the Tanganyikan fauna. For the present, however,
* In stating (/.c.) that the genus Caridina was not known to occur in West
Africa, I overlooked Hilgendort’s description (SB. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin,
1893, p. 156) of a species from Togoland. Bouvier has since recorded a variety ot
the same species from the interior of the French Congo and from the neighbourhood
of Lake Tchad.
+ It has lately been suggested by Dr. F. Sarasin (C. R. Congrés Internat. Zool.
Berne, 1904 (1905) p. 151) that the peculiar richness in Decapod Crustacea which
distinguishes the fresh-waters of Celebes may be directly correlated with the poverty
of the fish-fauna of that island. It is plain that this explanation cannot be applied
to the case of Tanganyika, where the fish-fauna is remarkably rich.
1906. } CRUSTACEA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 205
the characters of the Macrura seem to me to point in the direction
of some such explanation as that which has been suggested by
Mr. Boulenger in the case of the fishes, namely, that the forms
now inhabiting the lake are the result of divergent evolution and
specialisation during a very long period while the lake was quite
isolated.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI.-XIV.
Prats XI.
Fig. 1. Palemon moorei (p. 188), second pereopod of female. Total length of body
27mm. la. Portion of same, further enlarged.
2. Limnocaridina retiarius (p. 192), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
3h a "3 female. Antennal scale.
A, ei i io Perseopod of first pair,
5. Ny i ie Perxopod of second pair.
6. 3 Se i Perxopod of fourth pair. 6a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
7 3 rr i Perxopod of fifth pair. 7a. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged. 7 6. Spines of
dactylus.
8. 3 Tail-fan.
9. Limnocaridina parvula (p. 193) ), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
10. a fe female. Peropod of first pair.
ils Fr of 5 Perzopod of second pair.
1g. 3 is i Perzopod of fourth pair. 12a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
13. “5 Hs i Pereopod of fifth pair. 13a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
14. “5 3 2 Tail-fan.
Prate XII.
Fig. 15. Limnocaridina similis (p.195), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
16. 35 4 female, Antennal scale.
17. s th Se Perzopod of first pair.
18. 6 = a Perzeopod of second pair.
19. 3 iy Me Perxopod of third pair, dactylus.
20. me ih 4 Pereeopod of fifth pair. 20a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
21 Fe 43 male. Pereopod of third’ pair. 21a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
22. sy female. Tail-fan.
23. Limnocaridina latipes (p. 196), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
24. 5 a female. Antennal scale.
25. Pe o 335 Perzeopod of first pair.
26. if - Bs Perxeopod of second pair.
27. x KS 3 Perzopod of fourth pair. 27a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
Deh, i ie HH Pereopod of fifth pair. 28a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
29. 45 # = Tail-fan.
30. Limnocaridina socius (p.196), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
Sills a » temale. Antennal scale.
32. vs PH Fs Pereeopod of first pair.
33. PP 5 33 Perzeopod of second pair.
84. Ee “ 5 Pereeopod of fourth pair. 34a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
35. 5 Ss male Gees Peeaey): Dactylus of fourth perzo-
pod.
36. 58 5 female. Perzopod of fifth pair. 36a. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged.
37. ” ” ” Tail-fan.
206 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHETE | Mar. 6,
PratE XIII.
Fig. 38. Limnocaridina spinipes (p.197), female. Cephalothorax from the side,
39. fs AS female. Antennal scale.
40, “6 a 5 Perzopod of first pair.
41 aS vs 2 Perzopod of second pair.
42. a i, 5, Perzeopod of third pair. 42a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
43, PD 55 5 Perzopod of fifth pair. 43a. Dactylus
of same, further enlarged.
44, Tail-fan.
45, Caridella cunningtoni (p. 199), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
45a. An egg, drawn to same scale.
46. + 3 female. Peduncle of antennule.
47. Be By _ Antennal scale.
48. te 5 _ Pereopod of first pair.
49, is x, - Perxopod of second pair.
50. 3 55 A Pereopod of fourth pair, terminal part.
50 a. Dactylus, further enlarged.
51. 35 - FF Pereopod of fifth pair, terminal part.
a2. i Tail-fan.
53. Oaridella minuta (p. 200), female. Cephalothorax, from the side.
54. = a female. Persopod of first pair.
55. 3 “5 Pa Perzeopod of second pair.
56. a A - Perwopod of fifth pair. 56a. Dactylus, further
enlarged.
PratTe XIV.
Fig. 57. Atyella brevirostris (p. 201), female. Cephalothorax, from the side.
58. nd - female. Pedunecle of antennule.
59. “2 53 55 Antennal scale.
60. 3 > 3 Pereopod of first pair.
61, 5 - es Perzopod of second pair.
62. $9 55 55 Pereopod of third pair. 62a. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged.
63. 3 3 5 Perropod of fifth pair. 63a. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged.
64. Pe Tail-fan.
65. Atyella longirostri is (p. 202), female. Cephalothorax from the side.
66. = i temale. Peduncle of antennule.
67. 55 x 5 Antennal scale.
68. 3 a Perxopod of first pair.
69. x 53 5 Perzeopod of second pair.
70. eS 35 ) Pereopod of third pair. 70a. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged.
fale 39 sy » Pera eopod of fifth pair. la. Dactylus of
same, further enlarged.
72. By 5. B Tail-fan.
3. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—
Report on the Oligocheta. By Frank E. Bepparp,
F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.
[Received February 12, 1906. ]
The Oligocheta brought back by Dr. Cunnington from Lake
Tanganyika, and which have been submitted to me for study,
belong to four new species, which I name Ocnerodrilus (Llyogenia)
cunningtont, Alluroides tanganyike, Metschaina tanganyike, and
Stuhklmannia inermis. Of these the first two are types which are
1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 207
among those Oligocheta lying on the border-line between the
purely aquatic forms, like the Lumbriculide, and the purely
terrestrial earthworms, such as Lwmbricus. Both these species
have been obtained either from the depths of the lake or from
the roots of plants growing on its margin. The two remaining
species are Eudriline genera, like the majority of Ethiopian
terrestrial Oligocheta; and, like the earthworms of Tropical
Africa generally, they are semiaquatic in habit, dwelling in very
wet places not far from the shores of the lake,
Stuhlmannia inermis, sp. n.
A number of specimens of a worm dug up in the close neigh-
bourhood of the shores of the lake from sandy mud seem to me to
belong to an undescribed species of the genus Stuhlmannia.
The salient character of this species, viz., the occasional absence
or, if present, feeble development of penial sete, has suggested its
name. At the same time none of the considerable number of
examples collected by Dr. Cunnington is fully mature; so that it
is conceivable that the penial sete are as yet undeveloped. Never-
theless this view seems to me to be unlikely. The penial sete are
often visible in earthworms when other parts of the sexual organs
are in a comparatively undeveloped state. On the latter view
therefore I venture to regard the species as new, for it seems
hardly likely that of three individuals selected at random for
anatomical study the penial sets should be fortuitously absent or
lost in the course of the dissection or the preparation of micro-
scopic sections. In one specimen, however, they were present, but
feebly developed. They are hollow in transverse section.
The genus Séuhlmannia is one of the wos prevalent African
genera of Hudrilidee, and the present species does not differ from
the numerous examples of other species which 1 have had the
opportunity of examining in the general outward appearance. It
is a long thin worm of about the size of Stuhlmannia variabtlis.
The largest example measured 138 mm. All of the speci-
mens were immature and showed neither clitellum nor a penis.
The spermathecal and the atrial pores were, however, plainly
visible and separable from each other by their characters as well
as, of course, by their position. The spermathecal pore on the
xilith segment was on araised protuberance. The atrial pore on the
boundary-line of segments xvii./xvili. was a raised protuberance
with a crater-like depression in the middle. The ventral setee of
the xviith segment were missing, otherwise both pairs are present
in the genital region as elsewhere. The oviducal pores are to the
inside of the lateral pair of setz on the xivth segment. The setze
are closely paired and upon the ventral surface of the body.
The colour of the worms (in formol) is a dark bluish purple,
so general a hue among earthworms and the Eudrilids in par-
ticular.
The gizzard lies in segment v. The calciferous glands, which
have the same rudimentary character as in other members of this
208 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHETE [ Mar. 6,
subfamily of the Eudrilide (Pareudrilacea)*, extend from segment
vi. to xii. Inclusive.
The septa which lie between segments v./xii. are very thick ;
those which divide the two following segments are moderately
thick and are at least distinguishable by their size from those
which follow. It is noteworthy that the septa which enclose
segment xiii. approach each other very closely in the middle
of the body in immature examples which I have examined in
glycerine after dividing them longitudinally. This is not infre-
quent in the ovarian segment of earthworms.
Although the female reproductive organs were more or less
fully developed in two out of the five examples which I studied of
this species, I am not able to give a complete account of their
structure. There is, however, a median spermathecal sac which
opens upon the thirteenth segment to the exterior. This is
connected with an egg-conducting apparatus, as in other species of
the genus.
It is largely the asymmetry of the female generative apparatus
which leads me to refer the present species to the genus
Stuhlmannia; though it is, of course, not this feature alone
which has influenced me. ‘There are obviously other points
of similarity. In his account of both Stuhlmannia variabilis and
S. gracilis Michaelsen has not noticed the asymmetry?t. In
examples of a species which I regarded as belonging to that
species{ I commented upon the fact that the receptaculum
ovorum of one side of the body was rudimentary. Ina more
recent and more exhaustive account of the female reproductive
system of the genus, and as I thought of the same species, viz.
S. variabilis, I described at length$ the same series of facts.
Still later I found || in a third species of the genus, viz. S. michael-
sent, the same asymmetry.
There is some discrepancy in the three accounts given by
me of the asymmetry which possibly are not real discrepancies.
I have described in some cases the left and in others the right
side of the apparatus as partly rudimentary. In the species
which forms the subject of the present communication there is no
doubt that it is the right side which is fully developed and the
left receptaculum ovorum which is rudimentary. ‘This agrees
with my account of Stuklmannia michaelsent and with my earlier
statement as to the matter contained in the ‘“ Monograph.” If
there is an error I am not now able to rectify it. But I can say
positively that in Stuhlmannia inermis I found the receptaculum
to be rudimentary upon the left side of the body. The median
spermathecal sac gives off a branch upon each side which passes
* Beddard, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxxvi., n.s.
+ “ Beschreibung der von Herr Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem gegen-
iiberliegenden Festlande gesammelten Terricolen,” Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. (1891),
and “ Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv.
t~ A Monograph of the Order Oligocheta (Oxford, 1895).
§ “On some Earthworms from British Hast Africa,’ P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 351.
|| On a new Genus and Two new Species, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1903, vol. i. p. 212.
1906. | WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 209
round the intestine; but whether the two unite above or not, I
am unable to say. The “bursa copulatrix,” or terminal chamber
of the spermathecal sac which opens directly on to the exterior,
may or may not communicate directly with the chamber containing
the ovaries. J have no evidence of the communication if it exists.
But in any case the sac in which the ovaries lie is different from
what is to be found in S. variabilis*.
In the present species of Stuhlmannia the entire bursa copu-
latrix lies within a large sac, which reaches from septum to septum
of the xiith segment and completely roofs in the bursa. In this sac
attached to the front wall of the segment I have found one ovary.
There is no question here as in S. variabilis of a small sac enclos-
ing the ovary and communicating by a slender duct with the
spermathecal sac and its circumcesophageal diverticula. For
this reason I regard S. inermis as a distinct species from
S. variabilis.
Dr. Michaelsen’s recently described species Stuhlmannia
asymmetrica T is apparently not to be confused with the present
species, as indeed the different habitat would lead one to infer.
That species has no penial sete at all. Considering that the
specimens investigated by Dr. Michaelsen were in a more advanced
stage of sexual maturity than those of S. imernvis, penial setee, if
present, would have been surely visible in some at least of the
many specimens in Dr. Michaelsen’s hands. But there is, further-
more, the important difference that the asymmetry in Dr. Michael-
sen’s new species is carried to a greater extent than in that described
here; for the oviduct, receptaculum, and ovary are entirely
aborted on the left side of the body, the right hand efferent
apparatus of the gonads alone remaining. This feature serves at
once to differentiate the two species. Nor does there appear to
be a sac surrounding the atrium of the spermatheca, and possibly
derived from it, which contains the ovaries, as in the form which
T name here Stuhlmannia inermis.
Michaelsen’s species represents the last term in the series of
species of Stuhlmannia in which asymmetry is developed.
Metschaina tanganyike, sp. n.
I feel obliged to form a new species for some specimens of an
earthworm on account of various characters to which I shall refer
in the course of the following description. It seems to belong to
Michaelsen’s recently instituted genus Metschaina,
This species is much like the Stwhlmannia just described, and,
like that worm, was found in wet sand close to Lake Tanganyika.
Its dimensions are rather less than those of the largest Stwhl-
mannia inernis, but quite as great as some individuals of the
latter species. It has, too, the same bluish colour. I have
examined this worm almost entirely by means of longitudinal
* See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 354, fig. 87.
+ “Die Oligochaeten Nordost-Afrikas,” Zool. JB. (Abth. f. Syst.) 1903, p. 4.67.
210 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHATE | Mar. 6,
sections. The external characters were partly observed by the
aid of a lens upon the uninjured worm. The species possesses—
and this is quite unusual for an Hudrilid—dorsal pores. ‘This
peculiarity is, however, shared by Platydrilus, with which genus
J cannot associate the present species. It is not mentioned in
Metschaina suctoria. The sete are strictly paired, and do not
appear to differ in size anywhere. The male and female pores,
each of them single, were quite obvious upon segments xiii. and
xvil. The clitellum was undeveloped.
In the alimentary canal certain characters are to be noted
which are useful in defining the species. The gizzard, as is so
usually the case in the Hudrilidew, lies in segment v. There
are no additional gizzards at the commencement of the intestine,
such as occur, for example, in Lybiodrilus, The intestine begins
in segment xvi., and the transition between csophagus and
intestine is abrupt. The intestine is of greater calibre than the
esophagus. The development of the modified calciferous glands
which characterise this section of the Hudrilide is very great,
and I believe greater than in any species where they have been
described. I find that they extend from segment v. to segment
xv. inclusive. As to their structure, they would appear to be
quite similar to those which I described in some detail a few
years back*, In the type species of this genus, the only one
known, the calciferous glands are less extensive, ending as they
do in segment xii. The anterior septa are much thickened. The
first of this series is that separating segments v./vi. The last
separates xili./xiv. The last two of these septa are not so very
strongly developed as those lying in front of them; but they are,
nevertheless, distinguishable from those which follow.
The last pair of hearts, as in the Eudrilide generally, but not
apparently in I. suctoriat, lie in segment xi. It is, of course, by
means of the reproductive system that the genera of Kudrilide are
mainly to be distinguished. And it is for these reasons that I refer
this earthworm to the genus Metschaina. Opening on to segment
xiii. is a Single median spermathecal pouch. This pouch extends
back as far as the fifteenth segment, and the last bit of it has
very thin walls, thus contrasting with the anterior thicker-walled
portion. The pouch, as is generally the case, can really be
separated into a terminal atrium which opens on to the exterior
and the sac of thinner texture which follows upon this. This
spermathecal sac seems to have no communication whatever
with the rest of the female reproductive system. In this im-
portant point the present genus resembles Hudriloides only among
other allied EKudrilids.
In front of the spermathecal sac and attached to the front wall
of segment xiii. lies the ovary or ovaries. I noted only one. A
remarkable fact about this gonad, as compared with the ovaries
of at least some other earthworms, is the fact that the ripe or
* “Oligocheta of Eastern Tropical Africa,” Quart. J. Mier. Sci. loc. cit.
+ Michaelsen, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. xviii. 1903, p. 465.
1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. IL ik
nearly ripe ova are not all to be found at or near the free edge
of that gonad. TI noted cells far on the way to become ripe ova
at some distance in the interior of the gonad, and in front of
these was a thick layer of germinal cells not far advanced along
the same road.
The oviducts, as in Hudriloides also, open freely into the cavity
of the xiiith segment. This, however, is a character also shared
by Platydrilus. But the present genus (if it be rightly elevated
to distinct generic rank) does not show the connection between the
oviduct and the spermathecal sac which exists in Platydrilus*.
The oviducal funnel is very extensive, more so than in a large
number of Oligocheta. The upper lip is very long, extending
dorsally into actual contact with the dorsal blood-vesse! as it
traverses the septum. The lower lip of the funnel is pushed into
and, as it were, tucked away into the receptaculum ovorum, which
lies on the opposite side of the septum in segment xiv.
The oviduct itself, instead of running a straight course to the
oviducal pore in the xivth segment, projects forward into the
cavity of segment xiii. as a loop enclosed in a continuous muscular
sheath. This U-shaped region of the oviduct differs in no way in
structure from the rest of the tube, which runs an approximately
straight course. The oviduct, therefore, is like the sperm-duct of
certain Hudrilids (e. g., Stuhlmannia), in that it passes through
the septum xiil./xiv. and, instead of opening into segment xiii.
and facing forwards, turns back and for the most part at least
faces back again into segment xiv. We have, however, to consider
the long tract of cubical epithelium which lies along the anterior
face of septum xili./xiv., extending up to the level of the dorsal
vessel. That this is continuous with the actual indipping of the
funnel of the oviduct is without doubt. At the same time it
seems possible to compare this tract of epithelium with the egg-
conducting apparatus of other Eudrilids. It represents, as I
think, potentially part of the egg-conducting apparatus (the so-
called spermatheca) of Hudrilust. 1 have lately shown that the
large sacs in that genus are a development of the septum dividing
segments xuil./xiv., and that primitively the epithelium of the
oviducal funnel is continuous with a layer of equally cubical
epithelium which with the muscular wall behind it is evaginated
into the xivth segment to form the sac in question. In early
stages such as I studied it is not possible to draw a distinct line
between oviducal funnel and the epithelium of this sac. An
earlier stage still (which I did not find in Hudrilus) would be, I
should imagine, a continuation of the epithelium over the septum
without a trace of the evagination. This state of affairs is
precisely what we have in the Hudrilid which forms the subject
of the present remarks. I do not think, however, that it is a
temporary stage, and that the ultimate product would be a sac or
sacs like those of Haudrilus, and for the following reasons :—
* Here I confirm Michaelsen, who queries the fact.
t “The Gonad of Hudrilus,” P.Z.S. 1902, vol. ii. p. 89.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XV, 15
212 MR, F, E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ATE [ Mar. 6,
Firstly, MWetschaina tanganyike has a definite spermathecal sac
which I have already described ; secondly, the worms which I have
examined are near to maturity, and not in the very young stages
deseribed by me in Hudrilus. Thirdly (perhaps), there is no trace
of any sac involving the ovaries. This argument will be clear if
the comparison be made with the developmental figures in my
paper upon Hudrilus quoted.
In comparing more exactly the female reproductive system of
this genus with that of Hudriloides, to which it obviously bears
a closer likeness than to that of any other genus of Eudrilid,
there are differences to be noted. In Hudriloides durbanensis, for
example, the oviduct, although, as in the present species, it perforates
the septum dividing segments xiii./xiv. twice, depending, therefore,
as a loop into segment xiil., has no muscular sheath and is a delicate
tube as in so many earthworms. In the present speciesthe oviducal
tube is thickly ensheathed with muscular fibres. The male organs
furnish the principal reason which leads me to refer this worm to
the genus Metschaina. There are, contrary to what is found in
Eudriloides*, two pair of testes, which lie, of course, in segments
x. and xi. The funnels are opposite to them. The funnels face
the opposite wall of the segments into which they open. There is
no turning round and facing back into the segment behind such
as occurs in several Kudrilide. The sperm-ducts retain their in-
dividuality, and after perforating the sheath of the atria on each
side open into the cecal extremity of that gland.
The two atria or spermiducal glands are quite separate, though
opening by the same external pore. The penial seta of each side
is long and runs obliquely through two segments. J am unable
to describe its pattern, as I could not reproduce the whole of it
from the sections.
The sperm-sacs of this Eudrilid are, as is so often the case,
attached to the front walls of segments x1. and xii.
The above-given account of this species justifies me, as I think,
in regarding it as a new species of Metschaina. I do not, how-
ever, think it desirable to draw up a diagnosis for comparison
with that given by Michaelsen for the other species of the genus,
since I am unable to speak positively upon certain features
of importance for systematic purposes. The principal points
characterising the present species which I have ascertained
appear to be the following :—The calciferous glands are more
numerous. ‘There are dorsal pores present. The actual form of
the oviduct also is not as Michaelsen has described and figured it
for Metschaina suctoria.
Ocnerodrilus (Ilyogenia) cunningtoni, sp. n.
Of this species several examples were preserved. They were
* It must be recalled, however, that occasionally two pairs of testes have been
found in an apparent Hudriloides (cf. Beddard, Q. J. M.S. xxxvi., n.s. p. 212).
1906. ] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. ile
found “swarming in great numbers round roots of water-weeds
in shallow water.” It will be obvious in the course of the
following description that the worm is either rightly referred to
this genus and subgenus or that it requires a new genus or
subgenus for its reception on account of certain peculiarities
which will be duly noted.
A specimen which I have selected as the type (as regards
external characters) measured 38 mm. in length and consisted of
96 segments. The sei appear of considerable length in proportion
to the diameter of the body. They are of the usual shape, but
distinctly bifid at the tip, though it often happens that the upper
half of the cleft extremity is worn down and the seta thus appears
to be merely hooked. I believe that the existence of uncinate
setze 1s new to this particular group of Oligocheta.
The clitellwm is not very extensive, occupying as it does
segments Xiv.—xvill. and commencing or ending, as the case may
be, towards the middle of each of these segments. The clitellum
is saddle-shaped. The generative pores, the actual orifices, are
not very plain on the mounted specimen. But from serial
sections [ have ascertained that the spermathecal pores lie between
segments vill./ix. and the male pores upon segment xvil.; the latter
nearly in line with the ventral setze, and the former near the lateral
setee. It is to be noted that both sete of the ventral as well as
the dorsal pair are present upon segment xvii. and that they are
not in any way modified. ‘The male pore on each side is just to the
outside of the pair of sets, and is borne upon a prominent flap
which is not invaded by the clitellar epidermis. Its structure will
be dealt with later.
The alimentary canal is without a gizzard. In the ixth seg-
ment the wsophagus is provided with a ventral pouch, which
whether single or paired is so characteristic of the subfamily
Ocnerodriline. In the present species, however, this pouch,
which is single, is greatly reduced in size and bifurcates into two
after its emergence from the gut. Indeed, if it were much larger
there would be, in view of the large size of the spermathece,
hardly room for it in the ixth segment. It is a smallish sac
lying ventrally to the cesophagus and narrowing at its junction
with the esophagus very anteriorly in the ixth segment. It
has not a specially glandular appearance, and the lining. epithelium
is merely folded. ‘There is no such complicated folding as occurs,
for example, in Gordiodrilus. The ventral pouch of this species
appears to be either an incipient or a degenerating structure. <A
largish blood-vessel is attached to the posterior end of each
bifurcation. The septal glands of the present species extend back
into the vith segment.
The vascular system is noteworthy on account of the extreme
vascularity of the mtegument, which is equally obvious in the
specimen mounted entire and in sections. This was especially
plain in the anterior region of the body. If the capillaries do
not actually penetrate the epidermis, they only cease just below
oe
214 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCH ATE | Mar. 6,
it. But they appear to me distinctly to enter the epidermis
itself.
As in other species, there are two pairs of strongly muscular
hearts in segments x. and Xi.
The spermathece are very large thin-walled sacs, occupying a
large portion of the interior of segment ix. The duct of the
spermatheca is very narrow and moderately long. I could find
no diverticulum. The testes (two pairs) lie in segments xX., X1.
opposite to the conspicuous sperm-duct funnels. They are both
unenclosed by sperm-sacs. These segments contain masses of
developing spermatozoa, which suggest at first sight sperm-sacs.
They are, however, unenclosed by any membrane.
The sperm-sacs lie in segments 1x. and xii., and, as in other
worms, are developed from the posterior and anterior walls of
those segments respectively.
The male efferent apparatus conforms to the type seen in other
species of this genus. The male pore, as has already been
mentioned, is upon segment xvii. This pore is situated upon a
prominent hemispherical papilla, which has not the structure of
the adjacent clitellum, but consists of tall non-glandular ceils, much
taller than the cells of the non-clitellar regions of the integument
and between which are no glandular cells. Both of the ventral setze
are present, and it is to the outside of these that the actual pore
is to be found. There is a common pore for the atrium and
the sperm-duct; but the two tubes are confluent only within
the thickness of the body-wall. The atria extend back for a
considerable distance behind their point of opening, for at least
ten segments. The minute structure of the atria needs apparently
no description ; for they do not seem to differ from those of other
species. It must be remarked, however, that the atria are distinctly
divisible into the distal glandular region and a proximal thick-
walled duct. There is a sharp differentiation between these two
regions.
The ovaries occupy the usual position in the xiith segment
against the anterior wall of that segment. Opposite to them le
the funnels of the oviducts. The oviducts themselves perforate
the body-wall and open to the exterior on the ventral side of the
body, as already mentioned. It is noteworthy that an appreciable
region of the oviduct is clearly formed by an invagination from
the exterior; for it is distinctly lined with cuticle continuous
with the cuticle covering the body. There is no receptaculum
ovorum, and this absence I rather presume to be characteristic of
this genus and not merely distinctive of this and other species.
But although there is no receptaculum ovorum there is an
incipient trace of the complicated system of sacs which involve the
female reproductive organs in the more highly developed Eudrilidee.
This fact is important to note, inasmuch as there are some grounds
for looking wpon this primitive family or subfamily of Oligocheeta,
as Michaelsen regards it (which includes the genera Kerria,
Nannodrilus, Ocnerodrilus and some others), as lying at the base
1906.) WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 215
of the Megascolecid series and as thus possibly effecting a junction
with the highly specialised Eudrilids, which are regarded by Rosa
and Michaelsen as forming one family with the Megascolecide.
This point of view, to which I have not myself adhered in the
past, 1s, I admit, strengthened by certain facts which I shall
proceed to describe.
The ovary does not lie absolutely freely in the cavity of segment
xii. A sheath of delicate muscles is prolonged forwards asa tube
which possesses a narrow lumen and opens finally by a mouth into
the cavity of segment xiv. The lower edge of this mouth is
thickened by an increased development of muscular fibre and calls
attention to the tube. It appears to me that this tube is the
equivalent of the delicate sac and tube leading from it which occurs
in Hudrilus and in Stuhlmannia &e. (see my figure of the female
reproductive system of Hudrilus in P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. ii. p. 93, and
of Siuhlmannia ibid. 1901, vol. i. p. 354). This tube leads from
the sae which involves the ovary to the spermathecal sac. As the
latter is developed at least in Hudrilus out of the intersegmental
septum, and presumably in Stuhimannia and other Eudrilids, there
is no difficulty in comparing an open tube in Ocnerodrilus with a
tube opering into a sac in Hudrilus &e.
I may conclude with a definition of this new species * :—
OcNERODRILUS (ILYOGENIA) CUNNINGTONI, sp. 0.
Length about 38 mm. Sete strictly paired, bifid at ewtremity.
Clitellum saddle-shaped, xiv.—xviii. Wsophageal pouch but little
developed, bifid at end. Last pair of hearts in xi. Dissepiments
v./xil. thickened. Sperm-sacs in ix. and xii. ; masses of sperm in
x. and xi. Atria rather long, extending in the direction of the tail,
with a distinctly separated muscular duct. Male pores opening upon
a papilla near to ventral pair of sete, which are not aborted.
Oviduct without receptaculum ovorum. Spermathece large and
oval, with narrow duct, sharply marked off from pouch.
fab. Lake Tanganyika.
Alluroides tanganyike, sp. n.
Of this new species I am able to give but an incomplete account,
as the collection contains but a single individual. This was
mounted entire upon a slide in Canada balsam, and I can only
therefore give an account of external charactersand of a few internal
features which were visible through the thin body-wall. I refer
it to my genus Alluroides by reason of the position and the
structure (so faras I could make it out) of the reproductive organs,
and it possesses no character which militates against this placing,
as will be evident from the following details which I am able to
* I do not mention generic and subgeneric characters as defined by Michaelsen.
I suspect, however, that the position of the last heart is a generic character, though
not used by him.
¥ “A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligocheta of Tropical Hastern Africa,”’
Quart. Journ. Mier, Sci. vol. xxxvi., n.s. p. 244.
216 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE OLIGOCHATE | Mar. 6,
give of its external and internal organisation. There will be
equally no doubt from the facts which I shall relate that this
Tanganyika worm is specifically distinct from A. pordagei.
Alluroides tanganyike is a more purely aquatic species than the
type species of the genus; for it was dredged from about ten
fathoms of water, whereas A. pordagei was found in the mud of a
swamp. So far as lamaware, nothing further has been discovered
about this genus since the publication of my own paper referred
to above *. Dr. Michaelsen has, however‘, from a consideration
of the facts made known by me, placed the genus in a separate
family, Alluroidide. The new species to be described here
necessitates no alterations in the family characters as given by
Michaelsen, and a very slight change in the generic characters,
which will be attended to after the description of <Adluroides
tanganyike.
This species is a small, slender, rather transparent worm,
suggestive of a Lumbriculid, and, so far as I can recollect the
latter, not very different in size from Alluroides pordagei. The
single specimen is about 30 mm. long and not more than 1°) mm.
broad in the widest part of the body (anteriorly). It consists of
60 segments. The thinness and transparency of the worm, when
viewed as a microscopic object, is distinctly that of a Limicolous
Oligocheete.
The prostomiuwm is rather long and pointed; it is divided by a
constriction into an anterior and posterior half. It is longer than
the first segment of the body, but is hardly to be separated from
it dorsally. The first-marked constriction on the body separates
the first two segments from each other.
The sete are plain and of the ordinary pattern without a cleft
extremity. They are strictly paired and present upon all the
segments of the body with the exception of the first and that which
bears the male pores, where the ventral pair are absent.
The boundaries of the clitellum were not distinguishable.
There is no external penis, but the partial immaturity of the
specimen may be the cause of this. I only use it doubtfully
therefore as a specific character.
It is mainly by reason of the position of the generative apertures
that I place this species unhesitatingly in the genus Alluroides.
The most anterior of these is a single widish aperture upon the
boundary-line of segments viii./ix. The worm is sufticiently
transparent to allow it to be seen that this orifice is continuous with
a closed thick-walled sac, which seems to me to be obviously the
spermatheca. The main fact to be considered about the spernri-
thecal pore is that it is single and dorsal median in position. I
believe that this state of affairs is unique. We find, however,
frequent cases of the coalescence of two ventral pores to form one
medianly situate ventral pore and a further coalescence of two
spermathece, or, it may be, the disappearance of one. In comparing
* See also ‘A Monograph of the Order Oligocheta’ (Oxford, 1895), p. 224.
+ Oligochwta in ‘Das Thierreich ’ (Berlin, 1900), p. 106.
1906.] WORMS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 217
the present species with Adluroides pordagei we find that an
analogous concrescence would appear to have taken place dorsally ;
for in that species the paired spermathecal orifices are placed close
together and well to the dorsal side of the lateral sete. The
spermathecal pore has a tumid periphery and is very conspicuous.
The male pores are upon segment xiii. and upon the ventral
surface of the body. They are in line with the ventral sete, which
are, however, absent upon that segment. These pores also are
large and conspicuous. It will be observed that their position
differs from that of the corresponding pores in Alluroides pordagei,
which correspond to the lateral sete and not to the ventral.
Concerning the oviducal pores I am unable to be certain, as I
could not distinguish the oviducts themselves. I think, however,
that I have detected them lying behind the male pores and in line
with them upon the boundary-line of segments xili./xiv.
The alimentary canal of this Annelid was plainly distinguishable
throughout its course. I could see no gizzard, but septal glands
were obvious. The esophagus in the ninth segment acquires a
coating of brown pigmented cells, which continue to the end of
the body. From the ninth segment to the eighteenth inclusive
the cesophagus is moniliform. From the nineteenth segment it is
less so and somewhat wider. This region I regard as intestine.
The transition from one region to the other is abrupt.
The vascular system appears to me to be arranged on the simpler
plan characteristic of the aquatic families of Oligocheta. ‘The
dorsal, which is the larger, and the ventral vessels are connected by
a pair of looped vessels, quite asin e. g. the Tubificide. Anteriorly
IT am unable to say anything about its relations, except that I
could not trace the dorsal vessel forward beyond the large
intestine and was quite unable to detect the nephridia.
The spermatheca is an oval sac which reaches back quite to the
end of the ninth segment.
The atria end posteriorly in oval expansions looking very like
spermathece. There are naturally two of them. They are directed
posteriorly to the pores upon the xiiith segment.
In view of the facts brought forward here upon this new
species of Alluroides, I venture to amend slightly the generic
definition of Michaelsen and to distinguish the two species
as follows :—
Genus AuuLuRorpEs Beddard,
Alluroides Beddard, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvi.
(n. s.) p. 252.
Small, slender, aquatic or semiaquatic Oligocheta with simple
S-shaped sete arranged in four pairs. Clitellum in neighbourhood
of male pores. Alimentary canal without gizzard or glands.
Meganephric with paired nephridia. Spermathece (or spermatheca)
without diverticula opening between viii./ix. at or near median dorsal
line. Male pores on segment xiii. more or less ventral in position.
218 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6,
Oviducal pores on xiii./xiv. Sperm-duects connected with long and
coiled atria.
(1) ALLUROIDES PoRDAGEI Beddard, loc. cit.
About 25 mm. in length. Spermathecal pores double, opening
near dorsal median line. Male pores opening on level with lateral
sete. A pental process present on each side near to pores.
Hab, Swamp on mainland opposite Mombasa, E. Africa.
(2) ALLUROIDES TANGANYIKA, sp. n.
About 25 mm. in length. Spermathecal pore (and spermatheca)
single, opening in middle dorsal line. Male pores opening on level
with ventral pair of sete, which are absent on this segment. No
pental process (°).
Hab. Lake Tanganyika in 10 fathoms.
4. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—
Report on the Porifera, with Notes on Species from the
Nile and Zambesi. By R. Kirxparrion, F.Z.8.
(Received February 6, 1906. |
(Plates XV.-XVIL*)
Dr. W. A. Cunnington’s collection of Freshwater Sponges
includes eleven specimens, nine from Lake Tanganyika, one from
the Victoria Nyanza, and one from Lake Nyasa.
The Tanganyika specimens, which are all in the form of thin
incrustations on stones and shells, represent three species, viz.
Spongilla mooreit Kvans, Spongilla tanganyike Kvans, and a new
species, which I have placed under Spongilla, and have named
after Dr. Cunnington—Spongilla cunningtoni, sp. n.
The specimen from Victoria Nyanza belongs to Spongilla carteri
Bowerbank, and that from Nyasa to Spongilla hiseriata Weltner.
Most of the specimens were obtained from quite shallow water,
but some were dredged from 10 and 20 fathoms.
I would here take the opportunity of describing three other
Freshwater Sponges from Africa, viz. a specimen from above the
Victoria Falls, Zambesi, collected and presented to the British
Museum by Mr. C. F. Rousselet, and belonging to a new species
of Spongilla ; a second one from ‘the same locality, representing a
new Hehe provisionally placed under Spongilla, presented by
Prof. A. Dendy; and, lastly, a new variety of Lphydatia plumosa
Carter from the White Nile, presented by Mrs. H. Broun. Six
species are now known from the Tanganyika area, four from the
lake itself, viz. Spongilla mooret Evans, S. tanganyike Evans,
S. cunningtoni, sp. n., and Potamolepis weltneri Moore; and two
* Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 227.
i:
ah : yy
4 ra |
ca ©)
8 eZ
xo) O
oO Be
oP (al,
v) O
N ie
A, al
al
<
=
|
aL,
UW
fy
Y
[Be
eZ
oe arc
oS O)
=) ho
fy ete
(bi
ne,
e ci
oY. ee,
R aad :
al e a
ee ate bal
‘D ee O
= Bo ae
©
S So)
= Q,
“) Uv}
N
aly
Je
ee
<
>
ie
E
Y)
nal
tia
_
=
242
3 4
‘= |
2 le
a. al
—
12 ZS MOOS. wollk LIEN AAU.
5 Se a
Ye y
imp.
?
Highley
,del et lith.
P Highley
INEIRIUCIAIN IEE Slat WMI IES (SS l=(@) IN Gans
1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 219
from the Ugalla River, a tributary of the Malagarassi River flow-
ing into the lake, viz. S. bmi Hilgendorf and S. netens Carter.
The number of known species of African Freshwater Sponges
is thus brought up to 19.
The following is a list of the species referred to in this
paper :—
Spongilla carteri Bowerbank. Victoria Nyanza.
Spongilla mooret Evans. Tanganyika.
Spongilla tanganyike Evans. Tanganyika.
Spongilla cunningtont, sp.n. ‘Tanganyika.
Spongilla biseriata Weltner. Nyasa.
Spongilla rousseletit, sp. n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi.
Spongilla? zambesiana, sp.n. Victoria Falls, Zambesi.
Ephydatia plumosa Carter var. browni, nov. var. White Nile.
SPONGILLA CARTERI Bowerbank. (Plate XV. figs. 1-4.)
1848. Spongilla friabilis Lamarck, Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H.
(2) i. p. 310; 1849. Carter, dbed. (2) iv. p. 81.
1863. Spongilla cartert Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863,
p. 469.
1887. Spongilla cartert Potts, Proe. Acad. N. 8. Philadelphia,
1887, p. 194.
There are two small specimens of this species, one of which
has been removed from a piece of rock, the other from a shell of
Aetheria. Unfortunately there are no gemmules present, but the
characters of the surface and of the skeletal framework are those of
Bowerbank’s species. Plate XV. figs. 2,3, 4 represent the oxeas *
of specimens from the Victoria Nyanza, Bombay, and Mauritius
respectively ; it will be seen that the first (258 x 9°5 yw) is the
smallest and has abruptly pointed almost tornote ends. The
average size of the oxeas of the type specimen from Bombay is
287 x 11°75 p and of the Mauritius specimen 349 x 18°5 up.
The thin dermal membrane, perforated by groups of pores, stretches
between the sharp-pointed irregular conules formed by the ends
of the longitudinal main fibres.
Localities —Kintebbe, Victoria Nyanza, shallow water. Bombay ;
Mauritius; Calcutta; Madura I.; N. Java; Lake Balaton,
Hungary.
SPONGILLA MOOREI Evans. (Plate XV. figs. 5-9.)
1899. Spongilla moorei Kvans, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xli.
p. 472, pl. xxxvii. figs. 1-5, and pl. xxxviil. figs. 6-8.
There are five specimens of this species from five localities in
Lake Tanganyika: three come from shallow water, and two from
about 10 fathoms. ‘They are all in the form of thin crusts from
3 to 13 mm. thick on stones and shells, and none of them attains
¢ ce
* The terms “ oxea,” “ tornote,” “strongyle,” clearly defined by Sollas in 1888
(‘ Challenger’ Rep. Tetractinellida, pp. liv, lv), seem to me preferable to “ amphioxea,”
&c., because, in addition to having claims of priority and brevity, they leave no doubt
as to the form of the spicules they are intended to designate.
220 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6
the size of the large nodulated type specimen obtained by Mr. J.
E. 8. Moore from deeper water in the same lake.
The colour varies: in the case of one specimen (No. 173), preserved
in formalin, it is bright green. Dr. Cunnington gives yellowish
grey as the colour of another ; the rest are pale buff.
The surface appears very finely granulated to the naked eye.
Under magnification this appearance is seen to be due to the little
projecting ‘tufts of the main columns of spicules, each tuft—about
"160 mm. in height—being formed of 2-5 spicules slightly curved
away from each ‘other ; An “the nearly related Spongilla tanganyike
Evans the tufts are only 1-3 spicules thick, and the spicules are
not separated at the distal end.
Skeleton.—There is some variation in the size of the megascleres.
In several of the specimens they average about ici x 9 p, but in
No. 142 they are more slender, being 150 x 6p
An interesting feature which is found in ang and in two other
species, Spongilla tanganyike and S. cunningtoni, sp. n., from Tan-
ganylka, lies in the presence of a basal lamella of spongin from
which spongin-fibres arise (Plate XV. figs. 6, 7).
In a small specimen (No. 595) preserved in picrie acid, the
spongin-lamella is especially well shown and the bases of the fibres
can beseen through the lamella as dark round spots just visible
to the naked eye. The spongin-lamella occurs also in another
specimen taken from the smooth inner surface of broken Gasteropod
shells (Veothauma tanganyicensis), where there could be no question
of the presence of the horny layer found on the outer surface of
freshwater shells. In the case of Spongillia cunningtoni, the
specimen, which likewise has a basal spongin-lamella, was detached
from a stone.
Plate XV. fig. 7 shows spongin-fibres enclosing a core of
spicules. At a short distance from the basal lamella the skeleton-
fibres have only a thin, barely visible, sheath of spongin. In
Buspong gilla lacustris also the basal skeletal fibres are ensheathed
in spongin, which diminishes from the base upwards. This con-
dition also is found in the Chalinide. In the marine Sponge
Chalina oculata, for instance, the base of specimens is very rich
in spongin, but near the summits of the branches scarcely any of
this substance is perceptible, so that sections from the base and
summit respectively might almost seem to anyone ignorant of
their origin to belong to specimens of different species.
In addition to the fibres, there are masses or blobs of spongin
enclosing granular matter: one of these (780 x 390 pz) is shown
in Plate XV. fig. 8.
The gemmules occur plentifully at the base of the ernst in
several of the specimens. They are oval and with a very thin
naked chitinous coat, through which the large polygonal statocytes
can beseen. On no part of the surface is there any special opening
or area through which the contents escape.
Localities—Lake Tanganyika. No. 113 from rocks, shallow
water, Mbete, 29/9/04; No. 142, from rocks, shallow water,
1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. DIAN
Moliro, 24/10/09; No. 161, from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki,
15/11/04 (gemmules plentiful); No. 173, from shells, dredged in
10 fms., Pembe, 23/11/04; No. 593, 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay.
SPONGILLA TANGANYIKH Evans. (Plate XV. fig. 10.)
1899. Spongilla tanganyike Evans, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.
vol. xli. p. 481, pl. xxxviil. figs. 9, 10.
There are several small specimens, whole and in fragments,
of this species in Dr. Cunnington’s Collection. Two of the
specimens (Nos. 163 and 224) are associated with Polyzoa, and
although there are, in each case, only a few crumbling fragments,
they are interesting, because in some respects they show an inter-
mediate condition between S. mooret and the present species.
The megascleres are spined as in S. tanganyike, but more nearly
resemble the form of those of S. moorei. There are no stron-
gyles, for instance, their place being taken by spined tornotes.
Plate XV. fig. 10 shows a tornote on the way to becoming a
strongyle; the sharp point of the oxea still persists, though it
has nearly disappeared ; its complete disappearance would result
in the strongylate form. On account of the spined condition of
the spicules I have classed the specimens under S. tanganyike.
The remaining specimens are in the form of small incrustations
on broken fragments of the shells of the Gasteropod Veothaumea
tanganyicensis together with incrustations of S. moorer.
Specimens of these two species so closely resemble each other
externally that it is only possible to separate them by an exami-
nation of the spicules. The surface is uniformly level and finely
granulated, the granular appearance being due here, as in
S. moorei, to the minute projecting tufts of the main longitudinal
spicule-bundles. The tufts only project the length of a spicule,
and differ slightly from those of S. moorei in being composed
of only 1-3 in place of 2-5 spicules, and in the spicules being
adherent to each other along their whole length.
As in 8. moorei there is a basal spongin-lamella, but it is very
thin, nor are the spongin-fibres arising from it developed to the
same extent as in the first species; at the same time, there are
here also distinct spongin-fibres enclosing a core of spicules.
There are no gemmules in any of Dr. Cunnington’s specimens.
Those described by Evans in the type had only a thin chitinous
capsule, and were apparently very like those of S. mooret.
Localities. —Lake Tanganyika, No. 163, associated witha Polyzoan,
from rocks, shallow water, Chamkaluki, 16/11/04; No. 224, with
Polyzoan, on shells, 20 fms., Mshale, 6/2/05; No. 593, dredged
in 10 fms., Mtondwe Bay.
SPONGILLA CUNNINGTONI, sp. n. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-6.)
Sponge in form of a thin spreading crust. Surface smooth and
devoid of projecting spicules. Skeleton a network with triangular
and polygonal meshes, without distinct main and secondary fibres ;
dermal skeleton composed of a definite layer of horizontally
222, MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6,
arranged spicules. Spicules of two kinds, viz., thick, slightly
curved, sparsely spined strongyles and longer, more slender,
smooth strongyles. Gemmules ?
Description.—Of the new species there are three small specimens
in the form of thin crusts, the largest of which is 26x11 mm. in
area and ‘5-"7 mm in thickness. The crusts, which have been
separated from stones, still retain the curvature of the surfaces
on which they grew. Their consistence is flexible and elastic, so
that when they are pressed flat they immediately resume their
convexity when pressure is removed.
The surface is uniformly level, and in the dried condition has a
glistening aspect, owing to the reflexion of the light from the
tangentially disposed dermal spicules.
The oscules are nearly circular, and in the specimens quite level
with the surface; but probably in the perfect condition each is
surrounded by a slightly raised membranous rim, since traces of
such a membrane still remain on one of the oscules. Hach
oscule leads into a shallow basin, whence the main exhalant canals
radiate out horizontally.
The skeleton forms a network in which main and secondary
fibres are not perceptible; the meshes (about 95 » in diameter)
are irregularly triangular and polygonal, the strands being from
2—3 spicules thick.
The dermal skeleton (Plate XVI. fig. 2) forms a lattice-work with
triangular meshes, with strands 1—2 spicules thick formed of
tangentially arranged spicules. Though the dermal layer is dis-
tinct, it is not easily separable from the parts beneath.
At the base of the sponge is a well-defined lamella of spongin
(Plate X VI. fig. 4), whence arise thick horny fibres with a core of one
or more siliceous spicules; the fibres attain a thickness of 38p.
A short distance above the basal plate the spongin disappears,
and the core of spicules is continued on into the general spicular
network.
Spicules—The strongyles with sparsely and finely granulated
surtace are 115-145 » long and 5-6 » broad, with the ends often,
but not always, slightly and gradually enlarged (Plate XVI.
fig. 5); occasionally also there is a central swelling.
The longer and more slender strongyles, 150-170u x 2°75,
are smooth and taper towards the blunt rounded ends (Plate XVI.
fig. 6).
There are no gemmules present in the specimens.
A ffinities— Although there are no gemmules present, and the
megascleres are strongyles, I have placed the species in the
genus Spongilla, rather than in Uruguaya (Potamolepis), because
its affinities seem to be with certain species of Spongilla, viz.
S. bohmit Hilgendorf *, S. nitens Carter, and S. permiata Weltner,
* Possibly Potamolepis weltneri Moore (‘ The Tanganyika Problem,’ 1908, p. 328)
may be synonymous with Spongilla béhmii. I find the shape and size of many of
the strongyles of the skeletal framework to be absolutely identical in the two species.
Moore’s figures (7. c. p. 323) of the spicules of P. weltneri are not quite correct, in
1906. } OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. os
in all of which there is a skeleton of strongyles. In none of these,
however, are there two kinds of strongyles. In 8. loricata
Weltner, in addition to large strongyles (220-260 u x 20 ,) there
is a smaller kind of megascleres (124 » x 7) with finely gra-
nular surface and swollen ends; here the very different sizes of
the two kinds of spicules will at once serve to distinguish the
respective species.
Locality— From stones dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo
Harbour, Lake Tanganyika.
SPONGILLA BISERIATA Weltner. '
1895. Spongilla biseriata W eltner, Arch. Naturg. 1895, (1) p.138
1897. Spongilla brseriata Weltner, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, Bd. iv.
Die Coelenteraten und Schwiimme des siissen W assers Ost-
Airikas, p. 6.
1898. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, Mittheil. naturhist. Mus.
Hamburg, xv. Beiheft, p. 1.
Dr. Cunnington’s collection contains an example of this species
from Lake Nyasa.
The specimen is in the form of an irregular clump about 4 cm.
in diameter, growing round the stem of a reed. The sponge,
which is in spirit, is dirty y grey in colour, and is full of pale yellow
gemmules.
An interesting additional fact to record is Dr. Cunnington’s
observation that the colour of this specimen was bright green when
alive. The large dry type specimen from Cairo is described by
Dr. Weltner as dirty white.
Localities—From swamp, Karonga, Lake Nyasa, 2/7/04
(Cunnington). From a pool at Cairo ({nez and Stuhlmann).
SPONGILLA ROUSSELETH, sp.n. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-5.)
Sponge in form of a whitish incrustation.
Skeleton a network with longitudinal main and tranverse and
oblique secondary fibres formed of bundles of oxeas with very
little spongin.
Spicules curved oxeas, 214 x 18-5
Gemmules spherical, with one or several pore-tubes, with a
thick coat of spongin and with gemmule-spicules in form of spined
micro-strongyles arranged tangentially i in one or two layers.
Locality — Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected by
Mr. C. F. Rousselet, Sept. 13, 1905. }
Description.—The new species is represented only by some small
fragments of dirty-white colour. My. Rousselet, who ki ndly
entrusted me with the material for description, informed me that
that the general surface of the spicules is not smooth, but fine-spined or granular
all over, just as in S. bohmii. There are no amphidisk flesh-spicules in the tiny
scrap which represents, I believe, the type specimen of Moore’s species. S. béhinii
and P. weltneri both come from the same region, the former from the Ugalla River,
a tributary of Tanganyika, and the latter from the lake itself. It would be well,
however, to wait till more material is available for examination before deciding
whether Potamolepis weltneri is a good species or otherwise.
224 MR. R. KIRKPATRICK ON 'THE PORIFERA | Mar. 6,
“the specimen covered the submerged surface of a large stone to
the extent of over a square foot in area; the crust was closely
adherent and very thin.” é
The thickness of the crust is 2mm. There are no oscules on
the fragments of the specimen. The surface is level and provided
with tufts of spicules ‘16 mm. in height, formed by the ends of
the main fibres.
The skeleton is formed of main longitudinal fibres about 6
spicules thick; at varying levels these fibres give off transverse
secondary fibres 2-3 spicules thick, which meet the extremities of
those from other main fibres; in parts where the main fibres are
closer together the secondary bundles reach across from one main
fibre to another, and the secondary bundles are thicker.
There are traces of a basal spongin-lamella in the form of broken
scale-like fragments; but the spongin-fibres are reduced to mere
cushions, into which the ends of the basal oxeas are immersed.
Spicules.—The megascleres are smooth curved oxeas 214 x 18°5 p,
with subtornote ends; frequently with a central knob,
Micro-strongyles, scattered about in the tissues, are identical
with those of the gemmules, and in all probability have belonged
to those bodies.
The gemmules are spherical, 380-425 p in diameter, with one,
two, or three pore-tubes, each rising about 18 beyond the sur-
face. The position of the pore-tubes varies, and when there are
several they may be scattered over the circumference or close
together. In one instance a pore-tube is thick-walled, closed at
the end, and bent over.
The gemmule-spicules are micro-strongyles, arranged tangentially
in one or two layers on the chitinous capsule. When there is
only one layer, a tessellated or parquet-like pattern is discernible,
each tessella being made up of a parallel row of 4-6 micro-
strongyles, and fitting in with neighbouring tesselle at varying
angles. When the layer is double it is difficult to make out any
pattern; here and there the spined ends of the spicules project
above the general level.
The strongyles are of two kinds: in one, 70 x 12 y, the spicule
is slightly curved, of nearly uniform diameter, spined all over
with short blunt vertical spines, but less so in the centre; in the
other, which is 65 x 16 jp, the centre is nearly smooth, swollen, and
barrel-shaped, and tapering to the spined ends,
Affinities. —The gemmule-spicules somewhat resemble those of
Spongilla sumatrana Weber, of which species Weltner describes
two African varieties; in all these there are short spined micro-
strongyles, but there are no flesh-spicules in the new species, and
the megascleres are smooth, whereas in S. swmatrana and its
varieties there are flesh-spicules and the megascleres are spined,
Spongilla permixta Weltner from German East Africa, of which
species only the gemmules are known, has spined microstrongyles
for its gemmule-spicules, but these are much more slender, being
only 3 p in diameter, and with recurved spines.
In VS. biseriata Weltner the oxeas of the skeletal framework are
1906. | OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 225
considerably longer and more slender, viz. 31412 y; likewise
the microstrongyles are longer and thinner, being 80-96 x 4 mu.
The multiporal condition of the gemmule is found also in
Spongilla lacustris var. multiforis Carter from British Columbia
and the Yellowstone ; at first Carter based a new species (Spongilla
multiforis) on this character, but later considered the multiporal
condition to be only of varietal importance.
SPONGILLA ? ZAMBESIANA, sp. n. (Plate XVIT. figs. 6-10.)
Sponge in form of a thick, nodulated, hard crust or cake with
irregular upper surface.
Skeleton a dense network with very thick main fibres and
with secondary fibres.
Spicules—Megascleres of two kinds, viz. (1) thick, smooth,
slightly curved strongyles (180 x 24 yu), slightly and gradually
swollen at the ends, forming the mass of the skeleton; and (2) a
few slender, curved, smooth oxea, 1707 p. Microscleres
amphidisk flesh-spicules, with slender stem ending in disks with
usually four sharp recurved prongs; average dimensions :—length
33 pw, diameter of disks 13°5 y, thickness of stem in centre 1°6 py,
at the ends 2°8 p.
Gemmiules %
Locaiity.— Above Victoria Falls, Zambesi. (Collected by Miss
Gibbs ; presented to the British Museum by Prof. A. Dendy.)
he specimen on which the new species is based is in the form
of a thick hard crust, 2°5x1:8 cm. in area and about 8 mm.
thick. The rough surface is covered with a closely applied dermal
membrane, in which, however, no pores are visible. There are
several oscules 1 mm. in diameter scattered about.
The great main fibres of the skeleton are visible under a lens.
Permeating the sponge are several little white Chironomid
larvee, each surrounded by a sheath of spongin, which the sponge
has secreted in self-protection. The spongin-sheath is crowded
with the amphidisk flesh-spicules, and often has strongyles partly
embedded. Sometimes the sheath encloses a mass of decayed
sponge-tissue containing innumerable amphidisks. Some of these
chitin-tubes are slightly branched, but they do not resemble true
spongin-fibres, and do not seem to be proper to the sponge itself ;
but on this point I am not at all certain.
A fimties.—The hard consistence of the sponge and the pos-
session of a dense skeleton constructed of thick smooth strongyles
are characters of Uruguaya rather than of Spongilla; but in its
skeletal arrangement and megascleres the new sponge closely
resembles Spongilla nitens Carter; the latter species, however,
has no amphidisks and its strongyles are longer and more
slender, being 306 x 20°. Further, the new species comes
near Spongilla loricata Weltner and Spongilla béhmii Hilgend., in
both ot which there are strongylate megascleres and amphidisk
flesh-spicules.
The new form differs from all species of Uruguaya in possessing
amphidisk flesh-spicules with toothed disks,
226 THE PORIFERA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. [ Mar. 6,
EPHYDATIA PLUMOSA Carter var. BROUNI, nov. var. (Plate X VIT.
figs. 11-13.)
This new variety is represented by a small nodule 1:5 cm. in
diameter growing round a twig, collected on the banks of the
White Nile on land previously submerged, about 200 miles above
Khartoum, by Mrs. Hilda Broun.
The type specimens of the species were described by Carter, who
found them growing on the sides of the freshwater tanks of
Bombay, in which situation they were uncovered during six
months of the year (Carter, Ann. Mag. N. H. 1849, (2) iv. p. 85).
In 1885 Potts described (Proc. U.S. National Mus. 1885,
p. 587) a variety of this species (var. palmeri) from the Colorado
River, N.W. Mexico, differing from the type in having spined
megascleres. The Colorado River specimens occur in thousands
suspended like wasps’ nests on the drooping branches of the Screw
Bean, and exposed for ten months in the year.
As Potts observes concerning the distribution : ‘ That it should
skip a whole hemisphere and only be found a second time
at its own antipodes is indeed remarkable.” Accordingly it is
interesting to note an intermediate locality.
The example from the Nile resembles the Bombay specimens
in having smooth megascleres, but differs from the latter in the
characters of the amphidisks and stellate microscleres. In the
Nile specimen the stem of the amphidisks is markedly curved
and considerably thinner at the centre than at the ends; in the
specimens from Bombay and Colorado R. the stem is straight and
uniform in diameter. The stellate microscleres in the Nile
specimen are almost or entirely devoid of a centrum and the rays
are not capitate, whereas in the type these spicules have a well-
marked centrum and the rays are capitate. The characters of
the spicules of the three forms are tabulated below :—
Oxeas. | Amphidisks. Stellate microscleres.
| Length 62 p. 4 :
Type specimen. | 425 X 16. | Diam. of disks 24 p. Mpa
Bombay. Smooth. | Stem straight. “ vays” capitate.
| Diam. of stem uniformly 4 p.
Length 78 p. With slight centrum ;)
var. palmeri. | 325 X 12 p.| Diam. of disks 27 p. rays not capitate; |
Colorado River. Spined. | Stem straight. also other peculiar |
Diam. of stem uniformly 6 pw. microscleres.
Length 63 p.
Diam. of disk 24 pu.
Stem curved.
| Diam. of stem at centre 4 /.
| Diam. of stem at ends 6 u.
Rays not capitate ;
var. brouni. 392 X 16H. |
without centrum.
White Nile. Smooth.
1906. | MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘“ FLYING” SNAKES, 297
Two species of Hphydatia, viz. H. blembingia Evans from the
Malay Peninsula and #. multidentata Weltner from Queensland,
resemble in many respects 1. plumosa, but differ in being devoid
of flesh-spicules.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pirate XV.
Fig. 1. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank (p. 219), from Victoria Nyanza, surface. x 2.
2. Oxea of S. carteri, from Victoria Nyanza. X 210.
. Oxea of S. carteri, from Bombay. X 210.
Oxea of S. carteri, from Mauritius. x 210.
Spongilla moorei Evans (p. 219), surface. x 44.
. Spongilla moorei, under surface of basal spongin-lamella, with bases of
spongin-fibres showing through. X 26.
7. Spongilla moorei, basal part of skeleton showing spongin-fibres with spicular
core arising from detached portions of basal lamella. x 44,
8. Spongilla moorei, irregular mass of spongin with spicules partly embedded
and enclosing granular matter. x 44.
9. Spongilla moorei, gemmule. X 25.
0. Spongilla tanganyike Evans (p. 221), spicule partly tornote, partly stron-
gylate, X 420.
[or on He OS b
Pratt XVI.
. Spongilla cunningtoni, sp. n. (p. 221). X 2.
. Surface of the same. X 100.
. Vertical section. X 100.
Basal spongin-lamella and fibres. x 160.
Strongyle. X 425.
. Strongyle, long smooth kind. xX 425.
Oo OV Gobo
PhatE XVII.
. Spongilla rousseletii, sp. n. (p. 223), section. > 44,
. Gemmule of same. X 44. ~
Oxea. xX 210.
5. Micro-strongyles. > 700.
. Spongilla? zambesiana, sp. nu. (p. 225). Nat. size.
Vertical section. X 44.
. Strongyle. x 210.
Oxea. x 210.
10. Amphidisk flesh-spicules. > 700.
ll. Ephydatia plumosa Carter, var. browni, nov. var. (p. 226), specimen. xX 2.
12. Ephydatia plumosa var. brouni, amphidisk. >< 700.
13. Substellate microscleres of H. plwmosa var. brount. X 700.
14. Ephydatia plumosa, from Bombay (type), amphidisk. > 700.
v
ODI IE COW
). A Note on “ Flying” Snakes.
By R. SHetrorp, M.A., C.M.Z.S.
[Received March 6, 1906.]
(Text-figures 56 & 57.)
A large number of the Snakes of Borneo are almost entirely
arboreal in their habits, spending much of their life in the
branches of lofty trees and feeding on birds, birds’ eggs, and
tree-haunting lizards, such as Calotes versicolor and some of the
geckos. That snakes can climb tree-trunks is well-known; and
Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1906, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16
228 MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘ FLYING” SNAKES, | Mar. 6,
since in tropical jungles tree-trunks are more or less swathed in
lianes and parasitic creepers, the climbing of them presents no
special difficulty even to a limbless animal. Descent from a tree
by way of its creeper shrouds, we may suppose, is even more easy,
and is doubtless often resorted to. Some snakes, however, have
been seen to hurl themselves from the top of a tree and to fall in
writhing coils into water or bushes beneath ; in the Sadong River,
Sarawak, I captured a specimen of Z’ropidonotus maculatus Edel.
that was swimming to shore after such a fall from a tree into
the river. Individuals of three species have been observed to
“fly” out of trees: namely, Dendrophis pictus Gmel., Chrysopelea
ornata Shaw, and C. chrysochlora Reinw. My attention was first
called to this habit by a Dyak collector attached to the Sarawak
Museum, who brought in one day in 1898 a dead example of
Chrysopelea ornata, and averred that he had witnessed this snake
shoot out of a tree and descend to the ground at an oblique
angle to the tree, its body being kept rigid the whole time of the
“flight.” Not unnaturally I gave but little credence to this state-
ment, but my curiosity was stimulated when, some weeks later, a
Text-fig. 56.
A ventral scale of Chrysopelea ornata Shaw. a, a, hinge-lines.
specimen of C. chrysochlora was brought in with the same story.
Instructions to bring in these snakes alive were issued, with the
result that before very long I was able to test on the living
subject the truth of the Dyak’s assertions. It must be noted here,
that in these two snakes the ventral scales are provided with
lateral sutures, or, as I prefer to call them, hinge-lines (text-
fig. 56). If a living Chrysopelea be handled, it may be observed
that, by a forcible muscular contraction, the ventral scales can be
drawn inwards, so that the snake becomes deeply concave along
the ventral surtace (text-fig. 57, B); at the same time there is a
slight dorso-ventral flattening of the body: each scale moves on its
lateral hinge-lines; when the muscles working these scales relax,
the snake re-assumes its ordinary cylindrical shape (text-fig. 57, A).
In other words, during the muscular contraction the snake is like
a piece of bamboo bisected longitudinally. As anyone can test
for himself by experiment, a rod of bamboo will fall to the ground
more quickly than a longitudinally bisected rod of equal weight ;
1906. | MR. R. SHELFORD ON ‘* FLYING” SNAKES, 229
the latter by virtue of a pronounced concave surface is buoyed up to
a certain extent, and very frequently its fall terminates in a slight
upward swoop, so that it reaches the ground with but little violence
of impact. The same holds good, as I believe, for those snakes
that can convert their cylindrical shape into the semblance of a
split bamboo. A specimen of Chrysopelea ornata was taken to a
height of fifteen to twenty feet and allowed to fall several times ;
after one or two false starts the snake was felt to glide from the
experimenter’s hands, straightening itself out and hollowing in
the ventral surface as it moved, and it fell not in a direct line to
the ground, but at an angle, the body being kept rigid the whole
time. The height from which the snake fell was not great
enough for it to be possible to determine with any accuracy
whether it fell more slowly than when it fell in irregular coils, but
it certainly appeared to be so. If the snake was thrown up into
the air, it seemed unable to straighten itself out; it had to be
launched, so to speak, from the hands in order to induce it to
assume the rigid position ; and no doubt in its natural haunts the
snake prepares itself for a parachute flight by ghding with some
force from off a branch, and does not fall in the casual manner of
such a species as 7’ropidonotus maculatus.
Text-fig. 57.
A
Diagrammatic transverse sections of the body of Chrysopelea ornata.
A, in the normal condition; B, during “ flight.”
It was not until 1904 that another Dyak collector brought me
a specimen of Dendrophis pictus, with the assertion that he had
witnessed its “‘ flight” from a tree; the story of this quite inde-
pendent witness was to the effect that he had seen the snake
shoot out from a tree and fall at an oblique angle to the ground,
its body being held straight during the fall. This species also has
the hinged ventral scales characteristic of the genus Chrysopelea,
but whereas Ohrysopelea belongs to the Opisthoglyphous group of
Colubrines, Dendrophis is one of the Aglypha; it is larger than
either of the Chrysopelee. Experiments that were carried out
with this species did not prove so conclusive as those with
C. ornata, but it was observed that if the snake was held up by
the tip of the tail the ventral surface of the body became concave
1G
>
230 THE PRINT OF A FORE FOOT OF AN INDIAN ELEPHANT. [ Mar. 20,
by the in-drawing of the ventral scales, and it fell to the ground
with the body rigidly held straight. Dendrophis formosus Boie
and Dendrelaphis caudolineatus Gray also have hinged ventral
scales, but it has never been reported to me that either of these
species “ flew,” nor, indeed, can I claim to have satisfactorily
established the “flight” of D. pictus; but it is certainly worthy of
note that an independent witness should assert it of a species
equipped with the same mechanism for a parachute flight as the
two species of Chrysopelea,
March 20, 1906.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1906 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of February were 112 in number. Of these 33 were
acquired by presentation, 15 by purchase, 48 were received on
deposit, and 16 in exchange. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 197.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
Three Red-handed Tamarins (Adidas rujimanus) from Surinam,
deposited on Feb. 3rd.
A Jaguar (Felis onca), 3, from South America, purchased on
Feb. 22nd.
A King Parrot (Aprosmictus cyanopygius), 3, from Australia,
presented by Miss Jessie Capes on Feb. 16th.
A Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata) from the Fiji
Islands, purchased on Feb. Ist.
A Red-throated Laughing-Thrush (lanthocincla rufigularis)
from British India, presented by Mr. R. Phillipps on Feb. 8th.
New to the Collection. uh tak. itt
The Secretary exhibited a paper cutting representing the print
of the fore foot of a very large wild Indian Elephant. The
measurement was sixty-six inches in circumference, and had been
taken by Mr. C. A. Sherring, Deputy Commissioner at Almora,
India. Mr. Sherring believed that the measurement was a
‘“‘yecord” and inferred that the Elephant, which was described as
enormous and had been seen by several persons, stood 11 feet high
at the withers. The Secretary mentioned that in the ‘ Records
of Big Game,’ published by Mr. Rowland Ward, one larger
measurement had been given, that of a foot-circumference of
674 inches taken from a living Elephant under charge of
Lieut.-Col. G. W. Hanson.
The Secretary also exhibited, on behalf of Mr. John Bowes,
1906. ] MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. 231
F.Z.S., a tooth of the Mammoth from the sand in the estuary of
the East Swale, about three miles west of Herne Bay.
Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8., exhibited lantern-slides of sections
of the skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals.
Upwards of 70 species had been examined, and the present series
comprised 6 Marsupials, 3 Rodents, 10 Carnivores, and 17 Primates.
These groups presented certain common features as regards the
papillary ridges and the papillary layers of the corium, which two
structures were shown to be closely related in their varieties.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited a skull of a Bear
from the Shan States which had been sent to him by Dr. A.
Alcock, F.R.S., Superintendent of the India Museum, Calcutta.
The Bear had lived for a short time in the possession of the late
Mr. Rutledge, a live-animal dealer, who had on its death pre-
sented it to the Indian Museum. No Bear had previously been
recorded from this part of Asia. The animal proved to be a
member of the Ursus arctos group, and appeared to be most nearly
allied to the U. a. yesoensis Lydekker, of Hokkaido, the. northern
island of Japan, but evidently represented a different form.
It was proposed to be called
URSUS ARCTOS SHANORUM Thos.
Abstr. P. Z.S. 1906, p. 17 (March 27th).
Size small. General colour dark brown, the hairs of the sides
tipped with grey; an ill-defined darker line down the centre of
the back.
Text-fig. 58.
Skull of Ursus arctos shanorum, lateral view.
Skull (text-figs. 58, 59a) of the peculiar long, narrow, and
vaulted shape of that of U. a. yesoensis, but very much smaller
than in that animal. Nasals abruptly and strongly narrowing
in their posterior half. Breadth across postorbital processes
unusually small. Palate narrow. Premaxille not extending back
to the level of the back of the canines.
232 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW FORM OF BEAR. [ Mar. 20,
Teeth peculiarly short and broad in outline. P‘ very broad
and heavy, nearly as broad as long, with low cusps and a low
broad internal lobe. M1” rather shorter, and yet actually broader,
than in the type of yesoensis. Lower teeth similarly broader
throughout, the last molar quite unusually broad and square in
shape, not narrowing behind (see text-fig. 59 6).
Text-fig. 59.
a
a, skull, and 4, last lower molar of Ursus arctos shanorum.
Dimensions of the typical skull :-—
Basal length 295 mm.; zygomatic breadth 162; length of nasals
82; interorbital breadth 59; breadth across postorbital processes
87; intertemporal breadth 62; breadth of brain-case 95; mastoid
breadth 141; palate length 169.
Teeth: p* 17 x15; m*22x 185 m* 36x 195° p, 14x77 = aaa
x 11:55 <m, 25 x 16°53) myp 20oe1 7-5.
Hab. Shan States.
Type. Subadult male. B.M. no. 6.3.16.1.
This Bear differed from the Hokkaido Bear, which appeared to
be its nearest ally, by its much smaller size and by the marked
differences in the shape of the teeth above detailed.
By the kindness of the Trustees of the Indian Museum, the
typical specimen of this interesting Bear had been ceded in
exchange to the British Museum.
1906. | MR. R. E. HOLDING ON VARIATION IN TEETH. 233
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the
following specimens, illustrating anomalies and variations in the
teeth of certain animals :—
(1) Skull of a Monkey (Cercopithecus patas) (text-fig. 60) show-
ing supernumerary premolars fixed in the body of the maxilla and
Text-fig. 60.
Front and side views of skull of Cercopithecus patas hearing supernumerary
premolars.
234 ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE. __ [ Mar. 20,
of the lower jaw respectively, an uncommon variation in the
eruption of supernumerary teeth.
(2) Portion of the skull of a Rabbit and skull of a Mouse showing
curved and elongated incisors, due to the fact that these incisors
had never met at their cutting-edges.
(3) Skull of a Borzoi Hound in which the second left premolar
had a single fang and the last right permanent molar had a double
fang, both conditions being unusual.
(4) Lower incisor teeth of a Cow and of a Horse, showing
irregular growth due to injuries to the symphysis or union of the
lower jaw.
(5) Skull of a Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius) showing
displacement of the left upper incisors, due to an injury causing
necrosis of the pr ‘emaxilla.
(6) Lower jaw of a Highland Ram showing supernumerary
last molars on each side, and lower jaw of a Thar (Hemitragus
Jjemlaicus) showing overgrown and elongated molars, due to
necrosis in the upper jaw and loss of the corresponding tooth,
The following papers were read :—
1. Note on Deaths occurring in the Society’s Gardens
during 1905. By C. G. Sexiemann, M.B., M.R.C.P.
[Received March 19, 1906.]
In the annexed table will be found the causes of death, so far
as they could be discovered, of 296 mammals and 218 birds which
died in the Society’s Gardens and which were submitted to post-
mortem examination during the year 1905, In these mammals
and birds no cause of death was found in 28 and 36 instances
respectively.
A few words are necessary as to the method of classification
adopted in the table. In the first five sections the conditions
specified are classified pathologically according to the anatomical
nature of the lesion produced. This arrangement is departed
from in Section VI., where, under the heading cerebral tumour,
are given two cases which logically belong elsewhere, but which
are included here, since pressure on the brain produced the
symptoms which caused death. In one of these cases the pressure
was due to hydatid cysts, in the other to the growth of what
was perhaps a Streptothrix. Under parasites are included only
those cases in which it appeared that death was directly brought
about by pressure and consequent exhaustion due to the presence
of the parasite, which in every case given under this heading was
an hydatid. Many other animals had parasites of one sort or
another which appeared to have exerted little or no pathological
influence. The ninth heading includes a number of birds which
it appeared probable their companions had killed or severely
injured.
ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE. 235
1906.]
O8T
“VIVINGOY
|
|
VITVIdOSAVI | ‘VUALAOUIND
| SHLVINON()
“VIING COW
“VHOAINV,)
“SALVWIT
TYLOY,
payisspjaun ‘snowy 4 ‘sy7vaqT
uousnmyxay pun puUNnDLy, 07 anp syRvECT
SISUTRST O72 anp SYQvACT
SYJMNOLH NANT
Gee ee IN [etey died
Benoa zs prog
“* AMOWIN, [RIGato,)
UOTJSISUOD PUB SIFLSUIU PY
> UBL
CUES SHORUANT ayy fo saspasuge
pes stqtayda Ny
“wagshs famman ay? fo saspasiqy
| SaLpnul( J0.e880 T SuIpaour HONG Aqqe if
|” Boge SIZLoueoyg
Hee eee es IOAVT JO SISOIqI
[eos tetris SraTTOqag?
Ses TOLJON.AGSGGC,
ek Saonostq pure siqTpop
PELs SSIQ Lon ur
Se TIGERS SENG) La AS
: ae eeu SIJLIBSty
oe sraTgRUTOg
subg anysabher ayz fo saspasuT
gsRastp [BlLoz.0y
STTPAVOO ATA
_Aieayy JO OsuasIp IEMATR A,
3 SIPIPAvOLI
“uagslis. feomnoag ayy fo saspasuy
meres SISOOA TNT
ee vurofdurgy
BIMOWINA
vinomnoud-opouolg
He veneneceeueceeeneurnresstoress ss STAT OOLg,
Boe oo sryLoudlery
oR ig Rims ayy fo sasnasuy.
ope SUOTJOOFUT SH] Pur Bimaorydag
sees stsoinotaqn y,
sree SaOMOTET
‘saspasug 10.laUayy
serene eee eee neers
——_—_—-—
“Al
AOE |
I
236 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
I do not propose to discuss here the deaths from tuberculosis
and enteritis among monkeys and birds; the figures given in the
appended table are sufficiently striking, and point to the necessity
of increased effort to diminish these diseases.
Finally, attention may be directed to the following points of
special pathological interest :—
i. The rarity of new growths, of which but two instances
occurred, viz., an epithelioma in a Puma, and a columnar-
celled adenoma in a Monkey.
ii, The occurrence, in the case of the Sheep with ‘cerebral
tumour” caused by hydatids, of perforation of the vault
of the skull, due to intracranial pressure with the absence
of optic neuritis of such a degree as to be detected on
careful examination of the back of eye with a hand-lens.
Attention may also be directed to the absence of any
marked limb-weakness in this case until very shortly
before death.
iii, The existence in the Gardens of a chronic disease in birds,
mycosis, with well-marked post-mortem signs due to
invasion of the tissues by a mould, Aspergillus fumigatus.
2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera ot the Genus Sviobius
Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. MarsHatt,
F.Z.S.
[Received December 8, 1908. |
(Plates XVIII. & XIX.*)
The genus Sczobius was established by Schénherr in 1826
(Disp. Meth. p. 197) for the reception of Curculio tottus Sparrm.
and C. pullus Sparrm.
In 1834 Gyllenhal described two species, griseus and porcatus,
the latter, however, being merely the @ of éottus. In 1848
Boheman published descriptions of eleven more species, prin-
cipally from the collections of Drége and of Ecklon & Zeyher ;
adding yet another in 1845 from Wahlberg’s collection. Of
the former series, three forms must be regarded as synonyms.
In 1862 Wollaston described a single species, paivanus, taken
by Welwitsch in Angola, but it is doubtful whether the insect
has been rightly included in this genus. In 1871 Fahreus
added six more species to the list, all of which had been captured
by the distinguished Swedish explorer, Wahlberg.
The present paper contains descriptions of no less than twenty-
two additional species, which must provisionally be regarded as
new; thus giving a total of forty species exclusive of Wollaston’s
doubtful insect.
* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 276.
1m 74'S), UO, WoL IC IL OW JUNG,
Horace Knight delet lith. West, Newman imp.
(COLNE, QW AM eA OUP Melia, Cas INU SCOUTS:
ey
4 y f ia
re f Pe ll. |
ehh ise 7 ae
: yi
: Hi
C
eG
hy
Ae)
Ie AS. IOS, voll Pl, SINC,
Horace Knight del et ith.
West, Newman imp
COibis Cw Ole! Wiss EAINUS SCO IUIS:
Al SZ,
an
vy
ya
Doh Ay 1:
Oe AS
) Ci Merve a
= agi, a NP ee
“ivieee ye oer oT,
-
ry.
-
>
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 237
Three other species have been erroneously ascribed to this
genus, namely :—
(1) S. swbnodosus Woll. (Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. 1869, p. 416).
The insect was described from St. Helena, and I have examined
the types in the Wollaston collection in the British Museum. The
species is clearly identical with Phlyctinus callosus Boh., which is
a common vineyard and garden pest in many parts of Cape
Colony, and it is probable that it was accidentally imported
thence to St. Helena.
(2) S. geniculatus Est., which has proved to be identical with
Siteutes albicinctus Fst. (vide Stett. ent. Zeit. viii. p. 70).
~ (3) S. mus Fst. Through the kindness of Dr. Walther Horn,
I possess two examples of this species from the Ukami Mts.,
in German East Africa. They certainly do not belong to the
genus Sciobius, nor even to Lacordaire’s tribe of ‘‘Otiorhynchides
vrais,” owing to the enclosed corbels of their posterior tibie.
The species is really referable to the tribe Oosomides, and agrees
extremely well with both the description and figure of Sphrigodes
margaritaceus Gerst. (v. d. Decken’s Reisen, Glied. p. 226, t. x1.
f. 6), with which it is probably synonymous.
From all other genera of the Otiorhynchine (except Calyptops
and Phlyctinus) Sciobius may be distinguished by the following
combination of characters :—the metasternum is very short; the
three intermediate segments of the abdomen are subequal in
length; the corbels of the posterior tibie are entirely open; the
tarsal claws are quite free ; and the second joint of the funicle
is always longer, and usually much longer, than the first.
Phlyctinus Schh., which contains but a single species, callosus
Boh., may be readily distinguished owing to its having the apex
of the rostrum entire (whereas in Sciobius it is deeply incised),
and also by its very prominent eyes, which are in the form of
obtuse cones directed backwards, while their facetting is distinctly
coarser than in Sciobius. On the other hand, Calyptops Schh. is
much more closely allied to the latter genus, and indeed the only
distinctive character would appear to be the two elevations on
the forehead above the eyes. I have not had an opportunity of
examining the unique species, C. granosus Boh., but judging from
the description and from Lacordaire’s figure, it evidently presents
a great affinity to some of the larger Sciobii, which, moreover, in
several instances show distinct traces of the supra-ocular ele-
vations. It is therefore not impossible that the genus may have
to be incorporated with Sciobius.
Certain species of the genus Systates Gerst. and Jsaniris Thom.
present a superficial resemblance to some of the more slender
Sciobii, while Mitophorus Gerst. recalls the more rotund species.
But all these three genera may be differentiated by their tarsal
claws which are connate (at the base only), and by their antenne,
in which the first two joints of the funicle are either equal or the
first is longer than the second.
If we exclude S. paivanus Woll., the genus Sciobius as here
238 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
defined is restricted to the extra-tropical portions of South-east
Africa, including the Transvaal, Zululand, Natal, Orange River
Colony and Cape Colony east of about 25° K. Long. The following
table will give an idea of the relative distribution of the species
as at present known :—
|
Species. | Cape. | Natal. | Zululand. | Transvaal. O.R.C.
| \
granosus Se eae taal) ph Aa | * % |
Culltratusigay-t).cec seg cca eee Hi oN] | |
CIDCHCUS prac. saen cece accel *
obesus PR Se eae I a | ste * |
CeHbAGUS tira necaserouen eo aece|| meeeete eed | | |
cognatus \efface: x | | |
opalinus | seat
impressicollis syst ON | |
BLEVACOUIB ESE heater cae ee * % % |
pigherrieallig: 62% ccmeaeccbekcual | pede # | |
Cava) Mg Ge oe ei Se on *
SLAM UPSLMTS, seas seces, cere Tehnae |
PlanipeMNsS --..k een ee asteaeel % %
TE MSy esis Poe eae gee meee eee |MMNETE
(HNIBE LO AUT Gugataaeneocleae cease Rees. * % | |
TaAtIPENNIs he dccaer te GNC |
aciculatifrons ...........0.0:... * | | | |
Ibpar Kesler ie sete atc ak och eh cll nessa ¥ | |
RE MOU ISp ey Aer ease cen eres % | | |
PTISCUS enna tases ets Ae eee tee * | |
Dull psy teers Perc debe 3 % | | |
OMIM SUS Pek ga-satass <hoe ell vee aoe * | |
MAT SUN AOS esecsscee sae ee eran Manet: * | |
spatulatus oy SRS Ta PR x |
ORIN SUS yes aes eesti ocs|l Pte wg lectus neater | % | |
SLC Re eR sea aes ora ete Meeirsaen agit esate een eT #
MONG OF rare ts rete vin gsc caine yes * |
HOURUS IS ehris teRen.. Wace seh. eoey 4 BbeceSPRL I OE) be BNE |, Wena *
WO TURICAUUS| obs. fete. Jacke, aeerasalt ea 50g
AMES HUST sche it ellen. chek ol gr HO oe ean lia eh
PANZADUS eee erate ce ee ep, |
Schon andes see. nen s-6. sae * |
CONICS eer tee ae ae en ee tee Sers Mee epee: lay Gxt BOE * |
MANUS Ma eects cass pica aans: a |
DEASINMS Heese tte ee ee ee |e etre +
vittatus Hue RAR WR sacs gan Bt Ete %
arrowi Be eee eae aes eel Rte toe *
OTM ees me: Pts mees eal aah eae *
WALID CHO tn wn ee ee SAI % |
Squsammnlosusie jee ee. es. cece % |
Wotals! sp cca, LG 20 3 | 7
i |
The predominance of Natal in point of species is doubtless due
to the fact that the Colony has been much better worked, as a
whole, than the other areas. When the fauna of the Transkei
and Pondoland is better known, it will probably be found that the
genus attains its greatest development in Cape Colony. Similarly
Zululand and the Transvaal will certainly yield many additional
forms. Owing to the large tracts of treeless country in the
Orange River Colony the genus is not likely to be well represented
there ; and although Dr. H. Brauns has kindly sent me a number
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 239
of Curculionide from both Bothaville and Hoopstad, there was
not a single Sciobiws among them.
Of the comparatively few species with whose habits I am
acquainted, the majority feed on low trees and shrubs; and on
the Natal coast brevicollis and bistrigicollis are among the
commonest beetles to be obtained by general beating. On the
other hand, the smallest species, and those with a predominance
of bright green colouring, appear to prefer herbaceous plants and
ave generally obtained with the sweeping-net.
The general type of colouring is black or reddish brown varie-
gated with grey, whitish or yellowish scaling, which has a fairly
constant tendency to form a denser lateral stripe, often accompanied
by a transverse band across the summit of the elytral declivity.
In only a few instances are bright colours to be found, and then
they are of a green or golden-green hue. There can be little
doubt that in every case the colouring of these insects will be
found to have a simple procryptic significance.
There is a well-marked sexual dimorphism in many of the
species, so that in one or two cases the sexes have been described
as distinct forms. But these sexual characters are often very
different in the various species, and the only one which is constant
throughout the genus (or, rather, throughout the 24 species of
which both sexes are known) is the form of the last abdominal
segment. This is always more acuminate in the 2 and is
usually slightly convex in the middle; whereas in the ¢ it is more
broadly rounded apically and proportionately more transverse, and
generally there is a more or less shallow central impression.
Another common character is the greater curvature of the tibia,
especially the anterior pair, in the g. But in the case of obesus,
dealbatus, opalinus, pollinosus, and marginatus, the tibie are
practically similar in the two sexes. In a few species, such as
brevicollis, granosus, and pondo, this distinction is specially well-
marked, the tibie of the ¢ being also broader and noticeably
compressed. In the great majority of instances, however, the
difference is comparatively slight. Horni presents a special
feature in that the anterior tibie of the ¢ are distinctly sinuate
internally. Another striking sexual character is to be found in
the rostrum, in which the gene of the ¢ are occasionally produced
into long, recurved, horn-like processes. But this is only the
cage with granosus and cultratus. In listrigicollis and dealbatus
there is a similar production, only to a much less extent, and the
process is not recurved. in cinereus, scapularis, griseus, and
viridis the gene are only slightly more dilated in the ¢ than in
the ¢ ; whereas in the remaining 16 species the sexes do not
differ in this respect. As a rule, the shape of the prothorax is
similar in the two sexes, but in brevicollis, bistrigicollis, barkert,
marginatus, pondo, and tottus this segment is distinctly shorter
and more transverse in the 2 ; in grancsus its sides are more
strongly rounded in the ¢ ; while in culératus the central portion
is more elevated and smoother in the 9 than in the ¢. In the
majority of species the shape of the elytra varies considerably in
240 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
relation to sex, but in cinereus, dealbatus, cognatus, opalinus, prasi-
nus, and wahlbergi there is practically no difference; while in ebesus,
scapularis, and horni the distinction is comparatively slight.
The present revision has only been rendered possible by the
generous assistance afforded me by many friends. ‘To the Trustees
of the British Museum I am much indebted for their kindly
permitting me to bring out to Africa practically the whole of the
material contained in the National Collection; and my thanks are
particularly due to Mr. G. J. Arrow of that Institution for much
valuable assistance, especially in supervising the drawing of the
insects and correcting the proofs of this paper. My friend Prof,
Dr. Sjéstedt of Stockholm was good enough to lend me typical
examples of no less than 19 species described by the old Swedish
authors, thus immensely facilitating the labour of identification
and ensuring more accurate determination. Dr. D. Sharp of
Cambridge, Prof. Poulton of Oxford, Mr. Péringuey of Cape
Town, and Dr. Schénland of Grahamstown, all generously placed
at my disposal the whole of the examples of this genus which
were to be found in the collections of which they are respectively
incharge. My fellow-collectors in South Africa, Mr. C. N. Barker
and Father O’Neil, have kindly contributed to my needs in their
usual open-handed manner; while my good friend Dr. W. Horn
of Berlin has most liberally procured for me quite a remarkable
number of new and rare species, two of which I have not seen
in any other collection.
The following synoptic Table, despite its many shortcomings,
will probably render identification somewhat easier.
Specierum Conspectus*.
) | Prothorax basi utrinque fovea elongata aut rotundata
evidenter impressus.
) | Funiculi articulus tertius primo non, aut vix, longior.
) | Genz processu recurvo valde product.
) | Elytra late ovata, humeris rotundatis, prothorax equaliter
granulatus; antenne breviores, clava ovata. 1. S. granosus Fahr. 2.
) | Elytra anguste ovata, humeris valde obliquis; prothorax
medio obsolete granulatus; antenne longiores, clava valde
elongata et acuminata .................... 2. S. cultratus, sp. nov., g.
6. (3.) | Genz non recurvo-productee.
7, (10.) | Gene acute angulariter dilatate.
8. (9.) | Major (93-103 mm.), thorace apice constricto.
3. S. cinereus, sp. nov.
9. (8.) | Minor (7-8 mim.), thorace apice non constricto.
5. S. dealbatus Fahy.
0. (7.) | Genz rotundate aut obtuse angulate.
1. (14.) | Antenne longiores, funiculi articuli terminales evidenter
longiores quam latiores.
12. (13.) | Elytra late ovata, humeris rotundatis, prothorax et elytra
undique zqualiter granulata 2. LL. S. granosus Wahr. 9).
13. (12.) | Elytra anguste ovata, humeris valde obliquis; prothorax
medio parum elevatus ibique obsolete granulatus;
elytra retro obsolete granulata ............ 2. S. cultratus, sp. nov., 2.
Boh. and 8. muwricatus Boh., are not included in this Key, owing to the fact that
several of the diagnostic characters here utilised are not mentioned in Boheman’s
descriptions.
1906.]
- (16:)
. (15.)
. (18.)
(17.)
(2.)
- 23.)
» 22.)
. (21.)
. (20.)
. (25.)
. 24.)
(29.)
. (28.)
COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 241
. (11.) | Antennee comparate breves et valid, funiculi articuli
terminales non, aut perparum, longiores quam latiores.
Major (10-12 mm.), scapo subeylindrico; interstitiis
elytrorum latis, subplanis, omnino leevibus.
4. S. obesus, sp. nov.
Minor (5-7 mm.), scapo compresso; interstitiis angustis
et convexis, aut tuberculatis.
Fusco-cinereo-squamosus, elytris nou tuberculatis, scapo
margine anteriore fortiter curvato ...... 6. S. cognatus, sp. nov.
Viridi-opalino-squamosus, elytris tuberculis depressis et
rotundatis parce adspersis, scapo ante tantum leviter
curvato ..... .. 7. S. opalinus, sp. nov.
Funiculi articulus tertius primo evidenter longior.
Funiculi articulus tertius quarto evidenter longior.
Prothorax ante fortiter angustatus, lateribus pone medium
abrupte angulatis .......... .... 8. S. impressicollis Boh.
Prothorax ante nonnihil ‘angustatus, lateribus leviter
rotundatis ....... wi. 9. S. brevicollis PShr.
Funiculi articulus “ter tius | “quarto non, aut perparum,
longior.
Genz evidenter dilatate et angulariter product, preecipue
mn gf Joapeeansooccces, 40) Se Besaraguaallas lexan
Gene non, aut V Vix, , dilatata.
Prothorax valde transversus, longitudine duplo latior;
minores (43-6 mm.).
Elytra haud granulata, omnino levia; prothorax anterius
modice augustatus; scapus latus, compressus et ad apicem
gradatim dilatatus i.) Sal wee wae nuee 11. S. oneili, sp. nov.
Elytra lateribus granulatis (minus evidenter in ¢); pro-
thorax anterius valde angustatus; scapus angustior, sub-
compressus, nonnihil abrupte clavatus. 12. 8. granipennis Boh.
Prothorax modice transversus, dimidio latitudinis longior ;
majores (73-10 mm.).
Scapus tenuissimus, non compressus, abrupte clavatus ;
prothoracis fovee laterales parvee, sae et minus
profunde: ......... .... 1d. S. tenwicornis, sp. nov.
Scapus latus, compressus, “gradatim: dilatatus; prothorax
utrinque profunde et longitudinaliter impressus.
13. S. planipennis, sp, nov.
Prothorax ad latera non, aut vix, impressus.
Funiculi articulus tertius primo manifeste longior.
Scapus numquam fusiformis nec supra carinatus.
Elytrorum sutura evidenter elevata, interstitio secundo
antice fortiter dilatato et subdepresso... 16. S. latipennis Fahy.
Elytrorum sutura non elevata.
Rostrum a basi ad apicem gradatim angustatum ; elytrorum
interstitium secundum versus basin dilatatum et stria
secunda sinuata (pmeopue in @); trons subtiliter
aciculata. . : ... 18. 8S. barkeri, sp. nov.
Rostrum parallelum ‘aut ‘apice “leviter dilatatum ; stria
secunda versus basin non sinuata, aut aliter cum fronte
evidenter striolata.
Elytra basi haud constricta, angulis externis non tuberculato-
productis.
Scapus latus, evidenter compressus et versus apicem fere
parallelus.
Ely tra ovata, ante medium latiora, apice subacuminata.
Prothorax ad latera utrinque leviter subdepressus, ibique
pallido-squamosus, in dorso granulis depressis adspersus,
lateribus leviter rotundatis nec subangulatis.
19. S. seapularis Boh,
Prothorax ad latera haud depressus, in dorso coriaceus nec
cranulatus, lateribus prope basin subangulatis.
17. 8. aciculatifrons Boh.
Elytra globosa aut Se ies in medio latiora, apice late
rotundata.. aa 226). MM IDO NES? griseus Gyl.
Scapus angustior, non, ‘aut VIX, compressus, apice evidenter
clavatus,
242 MR. G. A, K, MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
46. (47.) | Elytra latissime ovata, retrorsum late rotundata; tarsorum
articulus primus tertio evidenter angustior, secundo et
tertio simul sumptis brevior................ 21. 8. pullus Sparrm,
47. (46.) | Elytra anguste ovata, retrorsum. ‘subacuminata ; tarsorum
articulus primus tertio haud angustior, secundo et tertio
simul sumptis longitudine equalis ...... 22. S. pollinosus Fahy.
48. (39.) | Elytra basi constricta, angulis externis plus minusve
tuberculato-productis........................ 23. S. marginatus Fahy.
49, (34.) | Scapus latissimus, fusiformis, “supra medio evidenter
carinatus ...... vesseeeee 24. S. spatulatus, sp. nov.
50. (33.) | Funiculi ar ticulus tertius pr imo non, aut vix, longior.
51. (78.) | Oculi laterales, distantes, prominuli aut saltem_ evidenter
convexi.
52. (75.) | Prothorax medio non canaliculatus, interstitia elytrorum
aeque elevata.
53. (72.) | Tibiz posteriores interne haud crenulate.
54. (67.) | Corpus non metallico-viridi-squamosum.
55. (58.) | Elytra fascia pallida transversa pone medium ornata.
56. (57.) | Elytra retro subacuminata, ad latera pallide sulphureo-
squamosa, basi prothorace paullo latiora, angulis externis
leviter prominulis et subrectangulis ... 25. S. péringueyi, sp. nov.
57. (66.) | Elytra retro late rotundata, undique cinereo-squamosa, basi
prothorace vix latiora, humeris rotundatis. 31. S. panzanus, sp. nov.
58. (55.) | Elytra numquam transversim fasciata.
59. (60.) | Elytra pone medium coor apice late rotundata, si superne
Imspecta ....... ish eee viduus, sp. nov.
60. (59.) | Elytra ante medium aut in medio ipso latiora, apice sub-
acuminata.
61. (64.) | Elytrorum interstitia granulata.
62. (63.) | Funiculi articulas tertius quarto manifeste longior, elytra
setis pallidis longis suberectis adspersa; major (11-12mm.).
27. S. pondo, sp. nov.
63. (62.) | Funiculi articulus tertius quarto non longior, elytra setulis
minutis depressis, retrorsum tantummodo perspiciendis,
adspersa; minor (8-10 mm.) ............ 28. S. tottus Sparrm.
64, (61.) | Elytrorum interstitia haud granulata, omnino levia.
| Elytra elongata et angustata, dense olivaceo-cinereo-squamu-
| losa, baseos angulis externis prominulis et subrectangulis.
30. S. angustus, sp. nov.
66. (65.) | Elytra late ovata, omnino denudata, humeris rotundatis.
32. S. schonlandi, sp. nov.
67. (54.) | Corpus wqualiter metallico-viridi- aut aureo-viridi-squa-
mosum.
68. (69.) | Genz angulate et producte .................. 33. S. viridis, sp. nov.
69. (68.) | Gene haud producte.
70. (71.) | Rostri carme exteriores evidentes; elytra breviora, lata, obtuse
ovata; prothorax longitudine duplo latior. 34. S. nanus, sp. nov.
71. (70) | Rostri carine exteriores obsolescentes ; elytra longiora, apice
subacuminata; prothorax dimidio latitudinis longior.
35. S. prasinus, sp. nov.
72. (53.) | Tibie posteriores interne evidenter crenulate.
73. (74.) | Elytra convexa, ante medium altiora (a latere inspecta),
interstitiis alternis cinereo- et brunneo-squamosis, dorso
hand ‘setwlosts)iieeee seas ees ee cea ees 36. S. vittatus, sp. nov.
74. (73.) | Elytra dorso antice deplanata, longe pone medium altiora,
brunneo-squamulosa et fascia communi pallida angulata
pone medium ornata, dorso setulis brevibus erectis parce
adspersa .. ... : sue of. S. arrowi, Sp. Nov.
75. (52.) | Prothorax ev identer sed minus - profunde canaliculatus ;
elytra interstitiis aliquis altioribus, saltem prope basin.
76. (77.) | Funiculi articulus primus tertio non longior; elytrorum
interstitia alterna altiora (minus evidenter in 2) sed
Ihaud carinatiaietmontesnane acaeeeewaceeh cra 38. S. horni, sp. nov.
77. (76.) | Funiculi articulus primus tertio multo longior; interstitia
2,3, 4 et 7 carinata, 5 et 8 tantum prope basin, 6 tantum
prope apicem, carinata ..........-....--05 _39- 8. wahlbergi Boh.
78. (51.) | Oculi fortiter depressi, magis approximati et subdorsales.
40. S. sgwamulosus Boh.
lor)
Or
os
for)
9
we
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 243
1, Scroprus GRANOosUS Fahr.
S. granosus Fahr. Gifv. K. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1871, p. 27.
Long, 10-13, lat. 5-63 mm.
Head twice as broad as its length, with scattered punctuation
and sparse yellow scaling; forehead with an ill-defined central
impression and a slight tubercular elevation above the eyes, which
are very prominent. Rostrum longer than broad, as long as pro-
thorax, tricarinate dorsally, and with a short lateral carina just in
tront of eye; gene produced in ¢ into a long (11 mm.) re-
curved horn-like process, rounded and only slightly prominent in
2; upper surface with irregular shallow punctuation and dense
ochreous sealing. Antenne moderately long, piceous, irregularly
aciculate and with fine pale pubescence; scape compressed and
gently curved, third joint of funicle scarcely longer than first.
Prothorax very transverse, sides strongly rounded, especially in
the g, broadest about middle, base truncate, apex narrower aud
slightly sinuate, with a faint constriction and an impressed trans-
verse line close to the margin ; upper surface convex, but flattened
in the median basal area and fairly closely covered with smooth
depressed tubercles ; the interstices are thinly clothed with ochreous
seales, and there is a short curved lateral impression on each side
near the base. Hlytra broadly ovate, shoulders obliquely rounded,
sides ampliated, broadest near base; upper surface convex in 9,
subdepressed in ¢, with shallow striz containing rows of distinct
separated granules; the intervals with rows of low rounded
tubercles, which are absent on the inflexed margins, the strie
there being also simply punctate ; colour black or piceous brown,
granules and tubercles bare and shiny, the interstices with thin
yellowish sealing. Legs stout, thicker in the g, black or piceous
brown, finely aciculate and sparsely punctured, with yellowish
seales and sete which are dense near the apex of femora; the
anterior pairs of tibiz broader and more strongly curved in
the ¢.
Types ¢ 2 in the Stockholm Museum.
Navau: Upper Tongaat R.(C. V. Barker), Estcourt (GA. K. IZ),
Durban (4. D. Millar), Maritzburg [S8.A. Mus.]. ZunLunanp:
Eshowe [S.A. Mus. ].
Ht is evident from his description that Fahreeus took the ¢
of this species for the 9, both sexes being represented in
Wabhlberg’s series. It is curious that he makes no reference to
the striking horn-like rostral processes of the ¢ , which distinguish
it from all other species of the genus except S. cultratus.
2. ScCIOBIUS CULTRATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)
ia
Long. 82-103, lat. 44-52 mm.
Head strongly transverse, finely aciculate and with rather thin
grey scaling; forehead finely plicate, with no distinct impressions ;
eyes prominent. ostrwm distinctly longer than its width at
base; inthe ¢ the sides are somewhat narrowed from the base to
about middle, and the gene are produced into broad but sharp
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XVII. 17
244 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
sickle-shaped processes ; in the 9 the sides are subparallel basally
and the gene are only moderately and roundly dilated ; upper
surface impressed, tricarinate, the outer carine parallel from base
to beyond middle, thence widely diverging, an additional short
curved carina in front of eyes ; punctuation and scaling as on the
head, the central carina bare. Antenne comparatively long and
slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape clavate, slightly
compressed and distinctly curved; first joint of funicle about
as long as third, the subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax
moderately transverse, base gently bisinuate, sides not much
rounded, broadest before middle, with a shallow constriction near
apex, which is truncate and narrower than the base; upper sur-
face convex, with scattered rounded granules, except along a
broad central space which is almost smooth, punctured and slightly
elevated, being more prominent inthe @ than in the g; a rounded
impression on each side near base; colour piceous, the granules
and the central ridge (in the @ ) bare, the interstices with grey
scaling. Hlytra subtruncate at base, ovate, more acuminate apically
in the ¢, so that the sides appear more rounded than in the 9,
broadest well before middle; upper surface convex, with broad
strie containing shallow rugose punctuation, the intervals convex,
more or less distinctly granulate, often subrugose ; colour piceous,
with uniform grey scaling, the intervals posteriorly with rows of
small grey squamiform sete. Legs piceous or ferrugineous, with
the knees black, and with fine grey scaling; all the fomore more
strongly clavate in the g than in the 2, and the tibize more
strongly curved, especially the anterior pairs.
Typr, ¢ in the British Museum, 9 in the Oxford Museum.
Natau: Durban (H. W. Bell-Marley), Pinetown [eoll.
G. A. K. M.], Maritzburg [S.A. Mus.], Howick (C. V. Barker).
Allied to granosus Fihr., but with much narrower elytra, the
obliquity of the shoulders being most noticeable in the ¢ ; the
sides of the prothorax are also much less strongly rounded and
the lateral impressions deeper; in perfect specimens there is a
small round whitish spot at the base of each elytron.
3. ScIOBIUS CINEREUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)
Long. 92-103, lat. 5-6 mm.
Head transverse, with coarse shallow punctuation which is
hidden by dense grey scaling; forehead with a central impression
and witha slightly raised fold ‘above the eyes, which are prominent.
Rostrum Pies longer than broad, sides parallel to beyond middle ;
gene sharply and ‘laterally produced in both sexes, but more
pr ominent in the ¢ ; upper surface shallowly impressed, tri-
carinate, the outer carine with a strong outward curve towards
apex; punctuation rugose, but the whole surface covered with
dense scaling except thecentralcarina. Antenne moderately long
and thick, piceous, with dense grey pubescence ; scape sub-
cylindr ical, evenly curved and gradually clavate ; fanidle with the
first joint equal to the third, the subterminal joints comparatively
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 245
short, subeonical. Prothorax strongly transverse, subtruncate at
base, evidently narrower and truncate at the apex, sides not much
rounded, broadest rather before middle and distinctly constricted
close to apex ; upper surface convex, set with rather distant smal!
rounded granules, with a deep rounded lateral impression on each
side near the base and a transverse impressed line at the apical
constriction ; colour piceous, the granules bare, the interstices with
dense even grey scaling. Hlytra broadly ovate, of the same shape
in the two sexes, subtruncate at base, sides rounded, broadest
about middle; upper surface convex, the striz containing rows of
large shallow punctures separated by small granules and more or
less hidden by the scaling, disappearing behind middle, where the
striz become deeper; the intervals rather narrow, subequal in
width, convex (more so posteriorly), uneven owing to the presence
of depressed obsolescent granules; colour piceous, covered with
uniform grey scaling. Legs stout, piceous, with rather thin pale
scaling, the anterior tibize not curved, but the internal apical
angle more pr roduced in the ¢ than in the ce
TyPr, ¢ inthe British Museum, 2 in the Oxford Museum.
Care Couony: Knysna (W. /. Purcell). Transxer: Kentani
(Rev. Dr. F. C. Kolbe).
I am indebted to Dr. Walther Horn for six examples of this
species, but they are without exact locality, beg merely labelled
“ Cape.”
This insect is very closely allied to S. culiratus Mshl., cf which
it is probably the Cape Colony representative. It is, however, a
larger and more robust insect and the elytra of the g¢ are not
acuminate posteriorly ; the dilated genze are not recurved in the
6, they are sharp and not rounded in the 9; the antenne are a
little shorter and thicker ; the prothorax is much more transverse
and entirely lacks the smooth raised central portion of cultratus ;
the apical abdominal segment is much broader and less acuminate
in both sexes; finally, in cultratus the anterior tibie of the ¢
are distinctly curved on their outer edge and the internal apical
angle is sharp in both sexes, whereas in cinereus the outer edge of
the anterior tibiz is straight and the internal angle is broadly and
bluntly produced in both sexes.
4. SCIOBIUS OBESUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.)
Long. 103-12, lat. 53-64 mm.
Head strongly DETR, its length rather less than half the
breadth, black, finely aciculate and densely covered with grey or
yellowish scaling witha metallic golden reflection ; forehead with
a deep longitudinal impression in the middle and a shallow one on
each side of it; a distinct rounded projection above the eyes, which
are prominent. fostrum a little longer than the width at base ;
gene moderately dilated into a blunt angle, similar in the two
Sexes; upper surface deeply excavate, with a smooth central
carina, the lateral carine bisinuate in the (unique) ¢, straight
and convergent basally in the 2, beyond these an additional
es
246 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
short broad basal carina; punctuation and scaling as on the head,
only the central carina bare of scales, Antenne moderately long
and stout, densely covered with golden yellow or grey scaling;
seape only slightly curved, subcylindrical, very gradually thickened
from base to apex; first joint of funicle rather longer than third,
the three subterminal joints as broadas long. Prothorax with its
width 14 times its length, base truncate, the sides gradually dilated
from there to far beyond middle, suddenly constricted near apex,
which is also truncate and only a little narrower than the base ;
upper surface convex, moderately closely set with small rounded
tubercles and with a rounded lateral impression at base; the
central carina variable, complete and distinct in some specimens,
abbreviated and irregular in others: colour black, the central
carina and apices of the tubercles bare, the rest with dense grey
or golden-yellow scaling. lytra broadly ovate (a little narrower
in the 3), jointly sinuate at base, shoulders obliquely rounded,
sides strongly ampliated, broadest ‘before middle ; upper surface
convex, with shallow strize containing rows of large shallow
closely-set punctures, which are much reduced towards apex and
which are partially hidden throughout by the scaling; the
intervals broad and smooth, very slightly convex, finely aciculate
and without tubercles or granules of any kind; colour black with
dense grey or yellowish scaling , usually with a dull metallic reflee-
tion, the paler scales being silvery and the darker golden. Legs
comparatively short and stout, with yellowish or grey scaling and
short pale sete; all the tibiz moderately curved and similar in
the two sexes.
Typ, ¢ in the British Museum, 2 in the Oxford Museum.
Nartat : Colenso [Oxf. Mus.], Frere (@.4.K.J.), TRANSVAAL:
Leydenburg [ Brit. Mus. & Transv. Mus. }.
From the three preceding species, which it resembles in size
and facies, obesus may be distinguished by its broad and perfectly
smooth elytral intervals, as well as by the more or less complete
central carina on the prothorax.
5. SCIOBIUS DEALBATUS Fahr.
S. dealbatus Fahr. op. cit. p. 28.
Long. 7-8, lat. 32-42 mm.
Head strongly transverse, coriaceous, finely plicate on forehead,
densely covered with white scaling; eyes moderately prominent.
Rostrum short, subquadrate, the length equal to the width at base,
as long as the prothorax; the gene produced intoa short but acute
projection, which is rather longer and sharper in the ¢ ; upper
surface subdepressed, tricarinate, the central carina more distinct
than the others, bare, impunctate, the remainder of the rostrum
covered with dense white scaling. Antenne moderately long,
piceous, with dense white sete; scape subcylindrical and gently
curved, third joint of funicle as long as first. Prothorax very
transverse, its length equal to half the width at base, which is
slightly bisinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides
1906.] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 247
moderately rounded, broadest about middle ; upper surface convex,
dispersely granulate and with a rounded lateral impression on
each side of the base, the apices of the granules bare, the
interstices filled with dense white or yellowish scaling. Llytra
ovate, scarcely differing in shape in the two sexes, shoulders very
oblique, sides evenly rounded, broadest about middle; upper
surface convex, with shallow striz containing rows of large
shallow separated punctures ; the intervals slightly convex, smooth
and finely aciculate, the third rather broader than the others;
colour black or dark brown, with white or yellowish scaling, which
is denser apically and throughout the third interval, but the
scales vary considerably in density in different individuals; on
the apical half the intervals have rows of very short depressed
white sete. Legs piceous, evenly covered with moderately dense
white scaling and sete ; in shapeand thickness they scarcely differ
in the two sexes.
TyPE ¢ in the Stockholm Museum.
Narat: Durban (C. WV. Barker, A. D. Millar, & H. W. Bell-
Marley).
Varies a good deal in coloration, some examples having the
elytra with alternate stripes of lighter and darker scaling. Inthe
type the scaling is uniform in colour, dense and even throughout
the sides and decliv ity, but somewhat abraded on the disk except
for the usual denser stripe on the third interval.
6. ScIoBIUS COGNATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)
Long. 52-63, lat. 3-32 mm.
flead strongly transverse, coriaceous; the forehead finely plicate,.
covered with dense grey scaling, and with a slightly raised fold
above the eyes, which are prominent. ostrwm subquadrate, the
length equal to the width at base; gene moderately and roundly
dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface broadly excavate,
evidently tricarinate, the outer carine distinctly sinuate, the
whole surface except the central carina densely covered with grey
sealing. Antenne rather short and thick, covered with grey
scaling, scape broad curved and compressed, str1goso- punctate ;
first joint of funicle broader than the rest, a little longer than the
third. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, base. slightly bi-
sinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides moderately
rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, dispersely
eranulate and with a rounded lateral impression on each side of
the base, the apices of the granules mostly bare, the interstices
filled with dense greyish scaling. Hlytra broadly ovate, jointly
sinuate at base, shoulders obliquely rounded, sides moderately
ampliated, broadest about middle, similar in the two sexes ; upper
surface convex, with shallow striz containing rows of large deep
punctures (partially concealed by the scaling) ; the intervals rather
narrow, smooth and finely aciculate, the third not broader than
the others; colour black or dark piceous, covered with dense dull
grey scaling, variegated with paler scales which usually form a
248 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
broad but faint chevron-shaped marking behind middle, the
intervals with rows of minute depressed ‘white sete which are
more noticeable posteriorly. Legs short and stout, piceous and
uniformly covered with greyish scaling; the anterior tibize are
slightly more curved at the apex in the Ss but otherwise the legs
are similar in the two sexes.
Nara: Umvoti (#7. Fry), Estcourt and Drakensberg (G. A.
IKE M, .
al © in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum.
Closely allied to dealbatus Fahr., which it evidently replaces in
the upland districts of Natal. From that species it may be
distinguished by the broader scape, the rounded genz, the
narrower elytral intervals, the more deeply punctured striz, and
the less oblique shoulders.
7, SCIOBIUS OPALINUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)
Long. 52-6, lat. 24-31 mm.
Head strongly transverse, coriaceous and covered with dense
opalescent white scaling; forehead with three shallow impressions
and a slightly raised fold above the eyes, which are prominent.
Rostrum subquadrate, a little longer than broad, genze moderately
and roundly dilated in both sexes; upper surface almost plane,
tricarinate, with punctuation and scaling as on the head, the
central carina only bare and smooth, the outer carine straight
and parallel. Antenne comparatively short and thick, black with
fine pale scaling; thescapecurvedand compressed, strigoso- punctate,
first joint of the funicle broader than the rest, a little longer than
the third. Prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, base ‘slightly
bisinuate, apex a little narrower and truncate, sides moderately
rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, dispersely
or alee and with a rounded impression on each side near the
base, a few of the granules with their apices bare, the interstices
filled with dense opalescent white scaling. Hlyira ovate, slightly
sinuate at the base, shoulders very oblique, sides moderately
rounded, broadest about middle, the shape similar in the two
sexes; upper surface convex, with faint striz containing very
shallow punctures. When the scaling is removed these punctures
are seen to be uneven and irregular and entirely disappear behind
middle; in unabraded examples the punctures appear to be small
and regular and the intervals broad and smooth, with a few very
scattered low rounded tubercles and with widely separated
minute white sete, but without the scaling the intervals appear
narrower and less regular and a few more tubercles are observable,
but these are variable in number and disposition. Legs black or
piceous, with uniform pale scaling, moderately short and stout and
similar in the two sexes.
Nata: Malvern (C. V. Barker), Howick (Dr. F. D. Brown).
Type, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum.
Allied to dealbatus Faihr. and cognatus Mshl., from both of
which it differs in its smaller size and very different coloration.
1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 249
From the former it also differs in its broader scape, rounded gene,
the irregular punctuation of the elytra, and the tuberculation of
the intervals. The two latter characters also distinguish it from
cognatus, as well as the parallel outer carine of the rostrum, the
more oblique shoulders, the less convex intervals of the elytra, the
wide separation of the minute white sete on the intervals, and the
less compressed and less curved scape.
*8, SCIOBIUS IMPRESSTCOLLIS Boh.
S. impressicollis Boh. Schonh. Gen. Cure. vii. 1, p. 199 (1843).
Long. 64-72, lat. 34-45 mm.
Head transvers e, almost plane, finely plicate; forehead not im-
pressed; eyes not prominent. ostrum about as long as broad,
subtruncate at base, rather narrowed anteriorly, gene not dilated ;
upper surface plane, strigosely punctate, distinctly tricarinate, the
outer ‘carine straight and parallel. Antenne moderate, piceous,
with sparse grey “sealing ; scape compressed, strigoso-punctate,
strongly bisinuate and gradually thickened to apex; funicle with
the third jomt much longer than first. Prothorax very transverse,
base slightly arcuate, apex much narrower and truncate; sides
parallel for a short distance from base, then rapidly narrowed to
apex, thus forming a very distinct obtuse angulation ; upper sur-
face slightly convex, closely set with very depressed subconfluent
granules and with a deep impressed line on each side of the base ;
colour black, with sparse grey scaling which is denser laterally.
Hlytra broadly ovate, jointly sinuate at base, sides moderately
rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, with
distinct striz containing shallow punctures separated by small
evanules which become obsolete behind middle; the intervals
slightly convex, of equal width, transversely rugose, smoother on
the declivity, but with traces of small eranules ; colour black,
with thin grey scaling, which is denser laterally. ‘Legs moderate,
piceous, with fine grey scaling ; anterior tibie very slight, curved
externally.
Type 2 in the Stockholm Museum.
“‘Capz or Goop Hope (Drége).”
This description has been made from the type, which is the
only specimen I have seen. The strong angulation of the sides of
the prothorax 1 is a very distinctive diamaerees apart from this the
species much resembles brevicollis Fihr. ©.
9. ScIOBIUS BREVICOLLIS Fahr.
S. brevicollis Fahr. op. cit. p. 29.
Long. ¢ 5-6, 9 51-62; lat. d 22-31, 9 31-4 mm.
Head transverse, aciculate, with ae wrey or yellowish scaling
which is denser laterally ; for head with a shallow central impres-
sion; eyes not prominent. ostrwm longer than broad, obtusely
angulate at base, sides somewhat sinuate; gene rounded, scarcely
dilated in either sex ; upper surface more or less impressed, finely
250 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE | Mar. 20,
tricarinate, the central carina sometimes obsolescent, the outer
ones straight and parallel. Antenne long and slender, piceous,
with fine grey scaling; the scape compressed, strongly bisinuate,
gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third joint distinctly
longer than first, the subterminal ones elongate and clavate.
Prothorax twice as broad as long in the g, more than twice as
broad in the 2, base subangulate, apex narrower and sinuate
(more markedly so in the ¢), sides slightly rounded, broadest at
base; upper surface slightly convex, closely set with low rounded
granules, with a smooth subdepressed central line and a distinct
curved impression on each side; colour black, granules bare, the
interstices with fine grey or yellowish scaling, which is sparse on
the disk, except in the three impressed lines, and very dense on
the underparts. Hlytra narrowly ovate in the ¢, broadly ovate
in the °, jointly emarginate at base, the humeral angle more or
less acutely prominent in ¢, obtuse in 9; sides almost parallel
from base to beyond middle in 3, strongly rounded and broadest
about middle in °; upper surface depressed in g, convex in 92,
with broad striz containing rows of shallow punctures separated
by small granules; the intervals convex, with irregular obsolescent
granules, which are distinct and prominent only on the apical
declivity, the second interval broader than the third near the base
in the 2 only; colour black, with grey or yellowish scaling, which
is sparse dorsally, but forms a dense irregular band along the
inflexed margins and across the summit of the declivity; on the
disk there are some stripes of denser scaling in the ¢. JZegslong
and thick in g, short and comparatively slender in 92, piceous,
with even fine grey scaling; in the ¢ the posterior pairs of tibiz
are slightly curved, the anterior pair very strongly so, the posterior
femora reach, when fully extended, just beyond the elytra; in the
2 the anterior tibie are only slightly curved and the posterior
pairs straight, the posterior femora do not reach the apex of the
elytra.
Type ¢ in the Stockholm Museum.
WNataL: Durban (J. P. Cregoe & A. D. Millar), Malvern (C. WV.
Barker & G. A. K. M.), Upper Tongaat R. (C. N. Barker), Lower
Tugela R. (#. D. Reynolds). Zuuv~axp: Lower Tugela R. (Z. D.
Teynolds), Eshowe (A. Windham). Transvaau: Potchefstroom
(7. Ayres).
In the British Museum there is a series of 8 males and 3 females
from the Lower Tugela, which represent a fairly well-marked
varietal form. The difference is more marked in the ¢, in which
the elytra are distinctly broader in proportion to their length, the
sides being gently rounded instead of subparallel; the humeral
angle is therefore more obtuse and the intervals appear to be a
little broader. The markings on the elytra are pure white, there
being a sharply defined stripe on the second interval which unites
near the base with a quadrate scutellar patch. The 9 differs
only in shape from the type form, two of the specimens having
the elytra much shorter and more rotund; the third example,
1906. } COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 251
however, appears to be normal. These distinctions cannot be re-
garded as of specific value, for in the long series which I have
been able to examine I find a certain proportion of intermediate
forms, which render it impossible to separate specifically the two
extremes.
On one of my females of this species there is a note which
made in Stockholm, to the effect that this was the form which
Boheman regarded as the 9 of his bistrigicollis. In this he was
certainly in error, as I have taken the latter species in copuld.
In the present species the sexes have not been thus definitely
ascertained, but, despite its striking difference, I can have but
little doubt that the 2 here described is that of brevicollis.
This insect has a much wider range than any other in the genus.
The Transvaal record is based on a single 2 in the South African
Museum, In the British Museum there is a specimen. labelled
“ Angola,” but the locality seems doubtful.
10. ScioBIUS BISTRIGICOLLIS Boh.
S. bistrigicollis Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 202 (1843).
Long. g 4-52, Q 51-62; lat. ¢ 21-3, 9 3-34 mm.
Head very transverse, coriaceous, with thin pale setiform scaling ;
forehead with a shallow central impression; eyes rather prominent.
fostrum longer than broad, arcuate or subangulate at base, sides
smuate, gens angularly produced in both sexes, but much longer
and sharper in the ¢ ; upper surface plane, bicarinate, the carine
gently sinuate, the central carina absent or obsolescent, scaling
and punctuation as on the head. Antenne long and moderately
slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence ; scape Sul ase) a AesSet,
strongly curved, gradually clavate, funicle with third jount longer
than first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax rather broader
than long in the ¢, more transverse in the 2, the base arcuate,
apex narrower and truncate, broadest at base, the sides rounded
near apex in the ¢, sublinear and more oblique in the 9; upper
surface slightly convex, evenly set with small rounded granules,
with a distinct curved lateral i impression and occasionally with a
faint central impressed line; colour piceous, granules bare, the
interstices with fine grey or yellowish pubescence, which is denser
along the median line, and there is a broad lateral band of dense
whitish scales. Hlytra ovate inthe g, much broader and pyriform
in the Q, jointly emarginate at base, the sides moderately rounded
and broadest about middle in the ¢, but strongly rounded and
broadest much behind middie in the 9; upper surface convex in
the 2, subdepressed in the ¢, with distinct strie containing rows
of punctures separated by granules (in the 2 the fifth stria is
usually deeper than the others); the intervals slightly convex,
smooth and impunctate anterior ly, but more or less strongly
granulate on the declivity ; colour piceous, with fine grey depressed
pubescence and patches of dense white or yellowish scaling dis-
posed as follows: a small, quadrate patch round the scutellum, a
broad, very irregular band along the inflexed margins, a narrower,
252 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
broken, transverse band across the summit of the declivity, and
some irregular mottling on the declivity itself; these markings
are usually better defined in the . Legs moderately long ond
stout, piceous or ferruginous, with fine pale pubescence, anterior
tibize slightly curved in the ¢, less curved in the 9°.
Type in the Stockholm Museum.
Natau: Malvern (C. V. Barker & G. A. K. M.), Umkomaas R.
(G. A. K. M.), Durban (J. P. Cregoe), Umbilo (H. W. Bell- Marley).
The ¢ may be readily distinguished from all its smaller allies
by its very prominent gene. The 2 is not unlike that of brevicollis,
from which it may be recognised by its more prominent gene, much
less transverse thorax, and subpyrifori elytra.
11. ScroBrus ONEILI, sp. nov. (Plate X VIII. fig. 5.)
Long. 44-54, lat. 3-32 mm.
Head transverse, slightly convex, almost bare and with numerous
fine longitudinal striz ; forehead not impressed ; eyes not
prominent. Lostrum about as long as broad, arcuate at base,
slightly narrowed anteriorly, gene not dilated; upper surface
plane, distinctly striolate and with three narrow carine, the outer
ones quite straight and parallel. Antenne rather short, piceous,
with fine grey scaling ; scape broad, compressed, strongly curved
and gradually dilated to apex ; funicle with third joint longer than
first, terminal joints elongate and subconical. Prothorax str ongly
transverse, 24 times as broad as long, arcuate at base, apex
narrower and truncate, sides slightly rounded, broadest near base ;
upper surface convex, closely and evenly set with depressed rounded
gvanules, with a deep longitudinal impression on each side of the
base; colour black, with very thin fine grey sealing, which is a
little more dense underneath. Llytra very broadly ovate, jointly
sinuate at base, obtusely rounded at apex, sides strongly rounded,
broadest before middle; upper surface convex, distinctly punctato-
striate, the punctures continued to apex, the intervals of equal
width, almost plane, quite smooth and finely alutaceous; colour
black, with uniform thin grey scaling. Legs moderate, black, with
fine grey scaling, the anterior tibiz straight,
Type 9 in the British Museum.
‘APE Cotony: Grahamstown (‘on aniseed ”—Futher O’ Neil).
The three examples upon which the description is founded
appear to be all females.
*192. ScroBIUS GRANIPENNIS Boh.
S. granipennis Boh. op. cit. vil. 1, p. 200 (1843),
S. deplanatus Boh. |. c. p. 201.
Long. 42-52, lat. 3-32 mm.
Head transverse, black, bare, distinctly and longitudinally
pheate; forehead convex and without impressions; eyes moderately
prominent. ostrwm a little longer than broad, sides subparallel ;
gene scarcely dilated, bluntly angulate at apex, similar in the two
sexes; upper surface plane, longitudinally plicate, with three
€
i)
1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. D3
narrow carine, the outer ones often indistinct. Antenne long
and slender, piceous, or piceous with the funicle ferruginous, with
very fine thin pale pubescence; scape subcompressed, strongly
bisinuate, rather abruptly clavate, funicle with the third joint
much longer than the first, subterminal ones elongate. Prothorax
very short, strongly transverse, basal margin arcuate or sub-
bisinuate, sides rounded, broadest near base, broadly constricted
near apex, which is truncate and much narrower than the base ;
upper surface convex, closely set with small depressed granules
and with a short longitudinal impression on each side of the
base; colour black, granules bare, the interstices with fine grey
pubescence, which is denser laterally. /ytra suborbicular, jointly
sinuate at base, sides strongly rounded, broadest at middle; upper
surface convex in 9, subdepressed in 6, punctato-striate, with
the strize deeper laterally and containing rows of shallow punctures
separated by small granules, the dorsal intervals broad and almost
plane, smooth and coriaceous, the lateral ones subconvex, the
seventh and eighth bearing rows of granules, which are sharp and
prominent in the @, but inconspicuous in the 3; colour black,
with very sparse, fine, setiform, grey scaling. Legs slender,
thicker in the ¢, piceous, with thin pale pubescence, the anterior
pairs of tibie broader and more strongly curved in the ¢.
Types ¢ 9 in the Stockholm Museum.
PonpoLanD: Port St. John (G. Shortridge).
Including the types, I have seen only one ¢ and three Q Q
of this species; yet I have little doubt that the deplanatus of
Boheman must be regarded as the ¢ of his granipennis, for the
differences in the shape of the legs and elytra are evidently of a
sexual character only.
The almost circular elytra and the strongly narrowed thorax
give this species a very distinct appearance; when viewed from
above the elytra of the 2 appear to be crenulated all round owing
to the sharp lateral granulation.
13. ScIoBIUS PLANIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.)
Long. ¢ 72, 29; lat. ¢ 32, 2 5mm.
Head transverse, slightly convex, rather coarsely striolato-
punctate, with thin pale pubescence ; forehead not impressed ; eyes
convex but not prominent. ostrwm distinctly longer than broad,
sides subparallel ; genee rounded and scarcely dilated, similar in the
two sexes; upper surface plane, confluently punctured, tricarinate,
the outer carine straight and parallel. Antenne elongate, piceous,
with pale grey pubescence; scape compressed, distinctly sinuate
and gradually broadened from base to apex; funicle with third
joint much longer than first, terminal joints elongate and distinctly
clavate. Prothorax distinctly transverse, subtruncate at base and
apex, narrow apically, sides slightly rounded, broadest rather before
middle; upper surface subdepressed, closely set with low granules,
with a very shallow central furrow and a deep longitudinal im-
pressed line on each side of base ; colour black, with very thin pale
254 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON ‘THE [Mar. 20,
pubescence, which is denser and yellowish laterally. lytra ovate
in the g, broadly ovate in 2, gently sinuate at base, sides
evidently rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface depressed,
with deep granulated strie, the intervals slightly convex, coria-
ceous and with rows of small much depressed granules, which are
more evident on the declivity ; colour piceous, with very fine grey
pubescence, which is a little more dense apically and laterally, and
also forms a denser transverse band across the summit of the
declivity. Legs elongate and rather stout, piceous, and with
fairly dense grey pubescence; anterior tibie distinctly com-
pressed in both sexes, strongly curved near apex in ¢, slightly so
amt 0%,
Type, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the South-African
Museum.
Narau: Ifafa Mouth (C. NV. Barker). Ponpouranp: Port St.
John’s,
*14,. ScloBivs LATERALIS Boh.
SS. lateralis Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 201 (1848).
“ As long as Sciobius porcatus, but half as wide again, with the
elytra less convex.
“ Head short and broad, slightly convex above, longitudinally
rugulose, black, sparsely clothed with greenish-grey scales, sepa-
rated from rostrum by a deep arcuate impression ; eyes rounded,
black, moderately prominent. ostrwm scarcely narrower and a
little longer than head, stout, porrect, almost plane above, tricari-
nate, obsoletely ruguloso-punctate, with grey scaling. Antenne
long, black, with sparse grey pubescence ; scape reaching beyond
the apex of the thorax, compressed, somewhat arcuate in the
middle; funicle elongate, very slender, the club oblong, narrow
and acuminate. Thorax broad, very short, truncate at base and
apex, narrower anteriorly, the sides roundly ampliated; upper
surface moderately convex, closely tuberculate throughout, with a
longitudinal impression on each side from base to middle; black,
with sparse bright greenish scaling which is denser laterally.
Scutellum scarcely visible. Hlytra eabeeae truncate anteriorly,
scarcely broader than the base of the thorax, somewhat dilated
from base to middle, shoulders sub- -rectangular and not elevated ;
narrower behind, almost conjointly acuminate at apex, four times
as long as the thorax, slightly convex dorsally, declivous behind,
sub-suleate, the sulci with shallow punctuation, the intervals
convex, transversely rugose and tuberculate; black, with bright
er eenish scaling which is sparse dorsally, but dense on the inflexed
margins. Body finely granulate beneath, black, scattered with
bright greenish scales. Legs elongate, stout, piceous, with sparse
grey scaling and pubescence ; femora clavate, unarmed; anterior
tibize somewhat curved towards apex; tarsi moderately dilated,
spongy and fuscous beneath.”
“Care or Goop Hors (Drege).”
TYPE missing; in Drége’s collection.
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 255
This is evidently a well-defined species, but I have been unable
to find it among the material at my disposal. The description is
transcribed from Boheman. In general structure it would appear
to come nearest to planipennis, but the green scaling is a very
distinctive feature.
15. ScioBIus TENUICORNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.)
Long. 84-10, lat. 43-44 mm.
Head moderately transverse, with shallow confluent punctua-
tion and thin grey pubescence, which is denser beneath and
round the eyes; forehead almost plane, scarcely impressed in
middle; eyes convex, but hardly prominent. /ostrwm longer than
broad, basal margin obtusely angulate, sides parallel to near
apex, gene rounded and slightly dilated; upper surface plane,
confluently punctured, tricarinate, the outer carine straight and
parallel to near apex, then rapidly d divergent. Antenne very
long and slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape
narrow, subcylindrical, distinctly curved at middle and abruptly
clavate; funicle with third joimt longer than first, terminal joints
very elongate. Prothorax moderately transverse, truncate at,
base and apex, the latter a little narrower, sides slightly rounded,
broadest about middle; upper surface slightly convex, rather
closely set with small, often elongate, granules, and with a very
shallow rounded impression on each side near base ; colour black,
with thin greyish or yellowish pubescence which is denser
laterally. Hlytra broadly ovate, gently sinuate at base, sub-
acuminate at apex, sides ‘strongly rounded, broadest before
middle; upper surface depressed, but slightly convex, steeply
declivous behind and subcompressed before apex, with distinct
strie containing shallow punctures, separated by small granules
and continued to near apex, the intervals of equal width rather
broad, almost plane and distinctly coriaceous; colour black or
piceous brown, almest bare above, the inflexed margins with a
very broad continuous stripe of dense yellowish pubescence.
Legs \ong and slender, black, or ferruginous brown with the
knees and tarsi black ; ; anterior tibice ‘straight externally, the
tarsi rather elongate.
Typp 2 in the British Museum.
Natan. ZULULAND: Eshowe (A. Windham).
*16. ScIOBIUS LATIPENNIS Fahr.
S. latipennis Fahy. op. cit. p. 30.
Long. 62, lat. 34 mm.
Head moderately transverse, piceous, aciculate ; scaling whitish,
sparse, but forming a dense ring round the eye ; forehead plane
and with a shallow! central impression ; eyes not very prominent.
Rostrum scarcely longer than broad, subquadrate, sides gently
sinuate, gene only slightly and roundly dilated; upper surface
plane, with three narrow carine, the central one lower and not
256 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
reaching the base, the outer ones subparallel, finely aciculate and
with sparse pale scaling. Antenna slender, piceous, with thin
pale pubescence ; scape distinctly bisinuate, compressed and
gradually thickened to apex; third joint of funicle much longer
than first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax very transverse,
the base broadly rounded, sides straight and rapidly converging
from base to apex, which is truncate, posterior angles acute ;
upper surface rather convex, moderately closely granulate, with a
shallow depression on each side near the base; colour black,
granules bare, the interstices with yellowish-white scaling which
is denser laterally. lytra broadly ovate, acuminate posteriorly,
jointly sinuate at base and a little broader than the prothorax,
shoulders acute, sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle ;
upper surface slightly convex, the suture distinctly elevated and
the sides strongly inflexed, the strize deep laterally but shallower
on disk, containing rows of shallow punctures separated by minute
granules; the intervals finely coriaceous and with a few scattered
granules on the declivity ; interval 1 elevated, 2 plane, broader
than the rest and subdepressed near base, 3 and 4 slightly
convex, 5, 6, and 7 narrower and subcarinate, those on the
inflexed margin plane; colour piceous, almost bare, with very
fine thin grey scaling. Legs slender, piceous, with fine short
white pubescence, the anterior tibize only slightly curved.
Tyre 9 in the Stockholm Museum.
Carrraria (J. Wahlberg).
The type is the only example which I have seen of this species.
The strong lateral inflection of the elytra, in conjunction with
the elevated suture and depressed second interval, gives the
insect a very distinctive facies.
17. ScrioBius ACICULATIFRONS Boh,
S. aciculatifrons Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 198 (1843).
Long. 51-53, lat. 23-22 mm.
Head moderately transverse, convex, finely and longitudinally
plicate, with thin grey scaling ; forehead without impressions ;
eyes not prominent. Recrruns about as long as broad, sides
subparallel to near apex, gene slightly and roundly dilated ;
upper surface plane, rugosely punctured, with three fine carine,
the outer ones straight and parallel. Antenne moderate ;
piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape broad, compressed,
strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex; funicle com-
paratively short, the third joint longer than the first, the outer
ones elongate but subconical.. Prothorax twice as broad as long,
arcuate at base, apex truncate and much narrower, sides sub-
angulate near base and rapidly narrowed from there to apex ;
upper surface evenly coriaceous, without any lateral basal
impressions ; colour black, with thin gréy scaling which is rather
denser beneath. lytra ovate, somewhat acuminate posteriorly,
jointly sinuate at base, sides moderately rounded, broadest before
middle; upper surface not very convex, with fine striz containing
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 257
rows of close punctures, the intervals almost plane, smooth and
impunctate ; colour black, evenly covered with fine and not very
dense grey scaling. Legs moderately long and stout, piceous,
with the tibize paler and covered with thin grey pubescence, the
anterior tibize broad and distinctly curved at apex, the interior
edge bisinuate.
Type ¢ in the Stockholm Museum.
Natau: Estcourt (4. #. Haviland). Carn Cotony: Kentani
(Rev. Dr. Kolbe).
IT have seen only four examples, all of which appear to be
males. In the unique type the second interval of the elytra
is not dilated, but in two other examples this is the case to a
slight extent. The curvature of the anterior tibie and the
lateral inflection of the elytra also vary somewhat. It is possible
that two species are involved, but they cannot be satisfactorily
discriminated without further material.
18. ScIoBIUS BARKERI, sp. nov. (Plate XVII. fig. 8.)
Long. 5-6, lat. 22-3 mm.
Head transverse, convex, finely aciculate, with thin pale seti-
form scaling forming a dense ring round the eyes, which are
not very prominent; forehead with a shallow central impression.
Rostrum short, as long as the width at base, gradually narrowed
towards apex, the genx rounded and not dilated ; upper surface
plane, aciculate, and with fine pale setiform scaling, with three
narrow carine, the outer pair straight and parallel, the apical
emargination very deep and acute. Antenne slender, piceous,
with fine pale pubescence ; scape subcompressed, strongly curved
and gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third joint a little
longer than the first, subterminal joints elongate. Prothorax
twice as broad as long in the Q, a little less transverse in the ¢,
distinctly arcuate at base, narrower and truncate at apex; sides
slightly rounded in the 9, more so in the dg, broadest rather
behind middle ; upper surface convex, set with scattered depressed
granules and without any lateral impressions ; colour black, with
thin grey or yellowish setiform scaling which is dense beneath
and usually forms three denser lines above. ilytra ovate in the
Q, narrower and more acuminate posteriorly in the 4, jointly
sinuate at base, sides gently rounded m the 9, less so in the
6, broadest about middle; upper surface slightly convex, with
fine striz containing shallow punctures separated by small
granules, the intervals smooth and devoid of granules, in the fe)
broad and slightly convex; the second interval is also much
dilated and depressed near the base, thus causing the third
interval to appear strongly sinuate in its basal half; this
character is only faintly indicated in the ¢, which has all the
intervals narrower and more convex; colour black, somewhat
thinly covered with minute pale scaling which is denser towards
the sides and apex, the scales with either a yellow, pinkish, or
green reflection. Zegs slender, piceous, with fine pale pubescence,
258 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
the anterior tibiz slightly curved in the 2, a little more strongly
so in the 6.
Typr, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum.
Nara: Malvern (C. V. Barker).
A very distinct little species. The dilated portion of the
second interval in the 9 is distinctly flattened and more densely
covered with scales. The ¢ comes nearest to aciculatifrons
Boh., but the forehead is not striolate, the scape is much more
slender, and the elytra are scarcely inflexed laterally.
19, ScroBrus SCAPULARIS Boh.
S. scapularis Boh. op. cit. vil. 1, p. 195 (1843).
Long. 53-8, lat. 3-42 mm.
Head convex ; forehead not impressed, finely plicate ; eyes not
prominent. tostrwm subquadrate, about as long as broad, base
trisinuate or biangulate: gene not dilated in Q, slightly and
roundly dilated int ¢ ; upper surface plane, finely punctured and
distinctly tricarinate, the outer carme parallel to middle and
with a slight outward curve apically. Antenncw moderately long,
piceous, with fine grey scaling ; scape compressed, broad, distinctly
bisinuate and gradually dilated to apex; funicle with the third
joint much longer than the first. Prothorax very transverse,
distinctly arcuate or even subangulate at base, much narrower
and faintly sinuate at apex; sides scarcely rounded, broadest close
to base and rapidly narrowed to apex; upper surface slightly
convex, rather sparsely set with very depressed and sometimes
obsolescent granules, the sides of the disk with a shallow and ill-
defined depression ; colour black, with thin whitish scaling which
is denser laterally and beneath. SHlytra broadly ovate, jointly
sinuate at base, sides moderately rounded, broadest before middle ;
upper surface convex, the strie containing distinct punctures
which disappear behind middle, the intervals almost plane, of
equal width, smooth and without a trace of granules, very finely
aciculate ; colour piceous black, with fine thin grey scaling
(usually abraded), which is denser laterally. Legs moderate,
piceous, with fine grey scaling, the anterior pairs of tibie slightly
more curved in the ¢, and with the inner angle a little more
produced than in the 9°.
Typ, missing; in Ecklon and Zeyher’s Collection,
Care Cotony: Grahamstown (M/rs. G. White, Miss Daly, and
Dr, Chew).
20. Scrogrus GRissus Gyl.
S. griseus Gyl. Schénh, Gen. Cure, ii. p. 536 (1834).
Long. ¢ 6-72, 2 64-73; lat. ¢ 33-44, 2 4-42 mm.
Head moderately transverse, convex, rugosely punctured, with
sparse grey scaling; forehead plane, without impressions ; eyes not
prominent. Lostrwm a little longer than broad, its basal margin
arcuate, sides parallel in the basal half ; gene slightly and roundly
1906.) COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 259
dilated in the ¢, scarcely produced in the 9; upper surface
plane, rugosely punctured, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carinz
parallel to middle, then curving outwardly. Antenne com-
paratively short, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape broad,
strongly compressed, dilated from base to near middle, the sides
subparallel from there to apex, upper surface rugosely punctured
and with a shallow suleus; funicle with the third joint a little
longer than the first, terminal joints not very elongate, sub-
conical. Prothorax strongly transverse, subtruncate at base,
narrower and gently sinuate at apex, sides almost straight from
base to beyond middle, thence rapidly narrowed to apex; upper
surface slightly convex, with close depressed and sometimes
confluent ‘granulation; colour black, with sparse grey scaling
which is denser laterally. Hlytra very broadly ovate in 6,
globose in @, subtruncate or slightly sinuate at base, sides
strongly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex
in @, more plane in ¢, with deep striz containing distinct
granules which are continued right up to apex ; the intervals of
equal width, almost plane, smooth, and coriaceous, but with a few
obsolescent granules on the declivity; colour black, piceous, or
dark ferruginous, with uniform thin grey scaling, which is con-
densed into paler patches along the inflexed margins. Legs
moderately long and stout in ¢, shorter in 9, piceous or
ferruginous, with sparse grey scaling; anterior tibise straight
externally in 9, slightly curved towards apex in the ¢.
Tyee ¢ 2 in the Stockholm Museum.
Carpe Cotony: Uitenhage and Bedford (Mather O'Neil) ;
Grahamstown (Mrs. G. White); Steynsburg (Miss Lippan) ;
Somerset Hast and Tsomo [S. A. Mus. |.
The 2 of this species has more strongly globose elytra than
any other in the genus, although the 2 of pullus approaches it
nearly ; but the latter may be distinguished by its much more
slender scape and longer and more slender funicle.
21. Scropius PULLUS Sparrm.
2. Curculio pullus Sparrm. Act. Holm. 1785, p. 56, pl. 3.
fie. 38.
3. S. einctus Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 196 (1843).
@. S. varius Boh. |. c. p. 197.
Long. ¢ 54-6, 2 51-64; lat. ¢ 22-3, 2 32-4 mm.
Head moderately transverse, convex, rugosely punctured and
with thin grey scaling ; forehead plane but not impressed; eyes
slightly prominent. ostrwm longer than broad, with the base
arcuate, sides subparallel to beyond middle, genx slightly and
roundly dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface plane,
rugosely punctured, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carinse sub-
parallel to beyond middle and then curved outwardly. Antenne
long and slender, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape not com-
pressed, strongly curved, rather abruptly clavate; funicle with
Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1906, Vou, I. No. XVITT, 18
260 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE | Mar. 20,
the third joint a little longer than the first, subterminal joints
elongate. Prothorax strongly transverse, truncate at base and
apex, the latter narrower, sides slightly rounded (but sometimes
almost straight in the posterior half), broadest about middle and
with a shallow constriction close to Apex ; upper surface convex,
closely set with small granules and without impressions ; colar
piceous, with fine grey scaling, which is sparse dorsally and denser
on the sides. Hlytra broadly ovate in the 3, subglobose in the
2, subtruneate at base; sides ver y strongly rounded in the 9, less
so in the ¢, broadest about middle : upper surface convex, with
deep striz containing shallow punctures separated by small
granules; the intervals convex, smooth, coriaceous, with a few
small granules on the declivity; in the @ there are usually irre-
eular rows of granules on intervals 7 and 8, which may often be
seen from above in the form of a lateral crenulation ; colour
piceous, with fine grey scaling, which in the ¢ forms the following
markings: a dense irregular. lateral stripe, a sublunulate iene
verse band above declivity, some small irregular spots on the disk,
and occasionally a well-defined sutural stripe (var. cinctws Boh.) ;
in the 2 the scaling is more evenly distributed and these markings
are only vaguely indicated, but the sutural stripe is never present.
Legs moderate, the anterior tibiz straight externally and slightly
sinuate internally in 9, in ¢ broader, curved externally near
apex and strongly sinuate internally.
Type 2 in the Stockholm Museum. Types of cinefus and
varius also in the same Museum.
Care Conony: Uitenhage and Port Alfred (Mather O'Neil),
Kowie and Grahamstown “(S. A. Mus.]. Ponpotanp: Port St.
John (4G. Shortridge).
After a very careful examination of Boheman’s types of cinctus
and varius together with a further series of ten specimens, I can
find no reliable specific character by which the two forms may be
differentiated. Both the thorax and elytra vary somewhat in
their outline, as also does the curvature of the rostral carine, but
these characters all vary independently of each other, and the
variations show such gradations as to render them useless as
specific characters. That these two forms represent the male sex
of Sparrman’s pullus there can, I think, be but little doubt. Of
the latter form I have seen eleven examples, and these exhibit
variations in the shape of the thorax and elytra similar to those
observable in the males.
22. SctoBius POLLINOSUS FAhr,.
S. pollinosus Fahy. op. cit. p. 29.
Long. 6-63, lat. 22-32 mm.
Head a little shorter than its width at base, black, with scattered
shallow punctuation and sparse yellowish pubescence ; forehead
with a slight central impression; eyes moderately prominent.
Rostrum distinctly longer than broad, its sides subparallel, the
gene only slightly and roundly dilated in both sexes; upper
1906. ] COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 261
surface impressed, tricarinate, the carine straight and parallel,
the punctuation and pubescence as on the head. Antenne very
long and slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape slender,
subeylindrical, slightly eurved and abruptly clavate, funicle with
the third jomt much longer than the first. Prothorax vather
transverse, rounded at the base, narrower and truncate at the
apex, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface
convex, closely set with low rounded granules, but with a more or
less distinct smooth central line: colour black, the granules bare,
the interstices with fine grey pubescence bearing an evanescent
yellow powdering, which is denser at the sides and along the base.
Hlytra ovate, a little broader than the prothorax at the base, which
iS jointly sinuate; sides rounded, broadest rather before middle,
narrower in the ¢ ; upper surface convex, with distinct striz,
which, according to the incidence of the light, appear to contain
either rows of subquadrate punctures or rows of small granules,
both of which vanish on the declivity ; intervals slightly convex,
of approximately equal width and evenly raised, almost impunctate
and without tubercles, with thin very fine pubescence bearing a
yellowish or reddish powder, which is easily removed and is only
observable at the sides and apex, but in perfect specimens 1t would
doubtless occur all over the disk. Zegs moderately long and
slender, black or piceous, with fine grey pubescence; the anterior
pairs of femora more strongly clavate in the ¢, the anterior tibice
searcely curved interiorly and similar in the two sexes; the first
joint of the tarsi broad and elongate, about as long as the next
two together.
‘ype in the Stockholm Museum.
Navan: Howick (Dr. 2. Dimock Browi).
The unusual development of the first tarsal joint is a good
distinctive character. 1 have seen only three examples of the
species.
*23. ScIOBIUS MARGINATUS Fahy.
S. marginatus Fahy. op. cit. p. 28.
Long. ¢ 83-84, 9 84; lat. ¢ 33, 9 42 mm.
Head almost as ; long as broad, vertex convex and finely aciculate
forehead shallowly punctate and with a broad median i impression ;
colour piceous or ferruginous with sparse pale pubescence, forming
a denser ring round the eyes, which are slightly prominent.
Rostrum longer than broad, basal margin distinctly angulate,
sides parallel to near apex, gene slightly and roundly dilated in
both sexes; upper surface slightly impressed, distinctly tricarinate,
the outer carinz parallel to near apex, then rapidly divergent, the
interspaces finely rugose and with thin pale pubescence. Antenne
moderate, piceous, with grey pubescence; scape subcompressed,
strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex; funicle slender,
third jot longer than first. Prothoraw in 3 a little broader
than long, truncate at base and apex, the latter narrower and
oO)
broadly but shallowly constricted; sides almost straight, broadest
| fas
262 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
at base and very slightly narrowed from there to the apical con-
striction; in 2 alittle more transverse, sides slightly rounded
and the apical constriction less “evident; upper surface subde-
pressed, granulation very variable, usually depressed and subcon-
fluent, occasionally subobsolescent, sometimes with a faint, rounded,
very shallow impression on each side not far from base ; colour
piceous, with fine grey pubescence, denser laterally and there
bearing a bright yellow powdering, which, however, is easily
abraded, Hlytra in g very narrowly ovate, truncate or slightly
emarginate at base, constricted behind the shoulders, which have
an acute tubereular prominence; sides moderately rounded,
broadest about middle, rounded apically; in 2 broadly ovate,
slightly sinuate at base, shoulders normal and not prominent,
sides more strongly rounded, subacuminate apically; upper sur-
face slightly convex or subdepressed, steeply declivous and distinctly
retuse posteriorly, especially in 9, with distinct strie containing
shallow punctures separated by small granules, the intervals almost
plane, coriaceous and devoid of granules; colour piceous or cas-
taneous, with very fine thin grey pubescence, the inflexed margins
with a broad stripe of denser pubescence having a bright yellow
powdering; there is alsoa similar but narrower sutural stripe
extending from base to near apex. Legs slender and elongate,
piceous, or ferruginous with the knees and cox darker, with fine
erey pubescence; anterior tibize straight externally in both sexes.
Tyee ¢ in the Stockholm Museum.
NataL: Malvern (C. WV. Barker), Howick (Dr. F. Dimock
Brown).
Apart from the type I have seen only a single ¢ and 9, which
I refer provisionally to this species. The former, however, differs
from the type in having the shoulders merely subrectangular
and without any distinct tubercular prominence, the constriction
of the prothorax being less marked and the sutural stripe wanting.
But without more material it is difficult to say whether these are
specific or merely varietal characters.
24, SCIOBIUS SPATULATUS, sp. nov. (Plate X VIII. fig. 10.)
Long. 62, lat. 32 mm.
Head very short, strongly transverse, slightly convex, aciculate
and with sparse yellowish pubescence forming a denser ring round
the eyes, which are not prominent, forehead with a shallow central
impression. ostrum longer than broad, arcuate at base, sides
sinuate, gene rounded and scarcely dilated; upper surface
shallowly impressed, tricarinate, the outer carine curved and
higher than the central one, aciculate and with pale setiform
scaling which is denser beneath. Antenne piceous, with fine grey
pubescence; scape compressed, broadly dilated, subfusiform, with
a distinct central carina above and bisuleate beneath; funicle
long and s'ender, the third joint much longer than the first, the
subterminal joints elongate, subconical. Prothorax subeylindrical,
as long as its width at apex, which is truncate, base a little
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 263
broader and subtrunecate, the sides linear; upper surface slightly
convex, evenly set with low, rather distant granules and without
lateral impressions ; colour piceous, granules bare, the interstices
with thin yellowish pubescence which is denser laterally. Hlytra
pyziform, slightly emaiginate at base, which is a little broader
than the prothorax, the humeral angles obtuse, sides strongly
rounded, broadest well behind middle; upper surface convex, the
strie containing rows of shallow punctures separated by small
granules, the intervals almost plane, subequal in width on the
aie finely coriaceous and with traces of depressed obsolescent
granules, especially near apex; colour piceous, with thin minute
grey scaling which is denser and yellowish along the inflexed
margins. Legs ferruginous, with thin grey pubescence, the
anterior tibie only slightly curved.
Type in the British Museum.
Nata: Lower Tugela (#7. Reynolds—Brit. Mus.).
Founded on two specimens of uncertain sex. In general facies
this insect is like an elongated bistrigicollis, but the very broad
and carinate scape will at once distinguish it from all its
congeners.
25, SCIOBIUS ee sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 11.)
Long. 82, lat. 24 mm.
Head peels transverse, slightly convex, finely coriaceous,
with fine pale scaling which is denser round the eyes; forehead
shallowly depressed in middle; eyes slightly prominent. Rostrum
longer than broad, its basal margin sharply angulate, sides sub-
parallel to near apex, gene rounded and slightly dilated; upper
surface plane, coriaceous, finely tricarinate, the outer carine
straight and parallel. Antenne moderately long and _ slender,
piceous, with dense fine grey pubescence; scape not compressed,
but strongly curved about middle and subclavate beyond the
curve ; funicle with the firstand third joints subequal. Prothorax
rather broader than long, truncate at base and apex, the latter
being a little narrower, sides slightly rounded, broadest about
middle ; upper surface convex, set with rather distant depressed
granules and without any impressions ; colour piceous, with thin
grey scaling dorsally and with dense yellow scaling laterally and
beneath. Hiytra ovate, truncate at base, subacuminate apically,
a little broader than the prothorax at the shoulders, which are
subrectangular and slightly prominent, sides moderately rounded,
broadest rather before middle; upper surface convexand gradually
declivous behind, with broad strize containing rows of large shallow
punctures separated by small granules and disappearing on the
declivity ; the intervals of equal width, narrow, slightly convex
and coarsely coriaceous but without any distinet granulation ;
colour piceous, with fine yellow scaling, which is thin dorsally,
except round the scutellum, but forms a broad and dense lateral
stripe which emits inwardly an oblique pointed band nearly
reaching the suture at the summit of the declivity. Legs
264 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE | Mar. 20,
ferruginous, with the tarsi fuscous; the anterior tibie slightly
curved at the extreme apex.
Type in the South African Museum.
TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg (7. Ayres).
26. ScIOBIUS VIDUUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)
Long. 82, lat. 42-42 mm.
Head transverse, almost plane above, rugosely punctured and
with fine scaling ; forehead not impressed ; eyes slightly prominent.
Rostrum longer than broad, the basal margin sharply angulate,
sides subparallel » gene rounded and scarcely dilated; upper
surface plane, rugosely punctured, tricarinate, the outer carinze
straight and parallel to near apex, then gently diverging.
Antenne moderate, piceous, with thin grey pubescence; scape
comparatively slender, sabeompressed, only slightly curved about
middle and gradually thickened to apex; funicle with the first
and third joints subequal. Prothorax moderately transverse,
subtruncate at base, apex distinctly narrower and faintly sinuate,
sides scarcely rounded, broadest at base and gradually narrowing
to apex ; upper surface slightly convex, moderately closely set
with distinct low granules and with a faint ill-defined impression
on each side a little behind middle; colour black, with fine pale
scaling which is denser laterally and beneath. lytra broadly
subpyriform, slightly sinuate at base, sides rounded, broadest well
behind middle; upper surface broadly depressed and very steeply
declivous posteriorly, with broad striz containing rows of large
shallow punctures separated by small granules, the interv. ale
rather narrow, slightly convex and strongly coriaceous ; colour
black or castaneous, with thin pale scaling dorsally and a broad
uniform lateral band of denser scaling. Legs moderately long
and rather slender, piceous or castaneous, with fine pale pubescence,
the anterior tibie straight.
Type 2 in the British Museum.
TRANSVAAL.
This species is founded on two females sent me by Dr. W. Horn.
It is nearly allied to marginatus Fahr., from which, however,
it may at once be distinguished by the very differently shaped
elytra, the more coarsely punctured striw, and the much less
curved scape.
27. ScroBius PonDo, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)
Long. 104-12, lat. 54-54 mm.
Tiead strong] y transverse, piceous, with a few short pale sete,
aciculate on vertex : forehead finely plicate, without any central
impression or supra-ocular tubercle; eyes prominent. Lostrwm
quadrate, distinctly longer than broad, sides subparallel ; gene not
dilated, bluntly rectangular at apex, similar in the two sexes ;
upper surface impressed, tricarinate, the three carine parallel, the
central one lower than the others, the punctuation shallow and
indefinite; colour black or piceous with a few short pale setze
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 265
Antenne comparatively long and slender, piceous, with sparse pale
sete ; scape slender, subcylindrical, rather abruptly clavate, slightly
curved, the third joint of the funicle scarcely longer than the first,
the three subterminal joints much longer than broad. Proihorax
slightly transverse in the ¢, more so in the 9, truncate at base
and apex, sides subparallel from base to far beyond middle, thence
rapidly narrowed to apex; upper surface slightly convex but
flattened on the disk, somewhat sparsely set with small low smooth
tubercles, most of which are rounded but some elongate; colour
black or piceous, the discal area bare, the sides and prosternum with
moderately dense depressed yellow sete. Ll, ytra ovate, subacu-
minate apically in both sexes, but a little broader inthe @, jointly
sinuate at base, shoulders very oblique, sides moderately rounded,
broadest before middle; upper surface convex, subeompressed on
the declivity so that the suture is there rather prominent, with
shallow striz containing rows of shallow separated punctures, the
intervals slightly convex, of approximately equal width on the disk,
finely aciculate, and bearing scattered irregular low tubercles which
in some parts make the elytra appear to be transversely rugose ;
colour black or piceous, almost bare on the disk but with the sides
somewhat densely clothed with yellow setiform scaling; on the
apical half the intervals bear rows of long erect pale sete. Legs
dark ferruginous, the trochanters, knees, and tarsi black, covered
with sparse pale sete, thicker in the ¢ than in the ?, and with
all the tibize broader and more strongly curved.
Type, 9 in the British Museum, ¢ in the South African
Museum.
PonpoLann: Port St. John (G. Shortridge).
Resembling a large fotius Sparrm. in appearance, but the scape
is shorter, stouter, and less strongly clavate, and the granulation
of the elytra is coarser. The presence of long erect sete is also a
distinctive character, being very unusual in the genus.
28. SCLOBIUS TorTUS Sparrm.
Curculio tottus, Sparrm. Act. Holm. 1785, p. 50, t. 2. f. 21.
S. tottus, Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. 11. p. 535 (1834).
S. pore ele Gyl. 1. ¢. p. 535.
Long. g 8-82, 2 82-10; lat. ¢ 31-33, 9 34-44 mm.
yak ead te ansver a convex, with close shallow punctuation and thin
grey scaling ; forehead scar eely i impres ssed in middle; eyes not very
prominent. fostrwm rather longer than broad, basal margin
angulate, sides subparallel to near apex, gene slightly « and roundly
dilated, similar in the two sexes; upper surface plane, with scaling
and punctuation as on the head, tricarmate, the outer carine
parallel to near apex, then divergent. Antenne very long and
slender, piceous, with fine grey pubescence ; scape elongate, regu-
larly curved, cylindrical, abr uptl y clavate; funicle with the third
joint scarcely longer than the first, the subterminal joints elongate
and scarcely broader apically. Prothoras: m oderately transverse
in 6, more so in Q, slightly arcuate at base, narrower and
266 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON THE | Max. 20,
truncate at apex, sides subparallel from base to about middle, then
roundly narrowed to apex; upper surface convex, set with low
rounded or confluent granules whigh are often more sparse on the
disk, with a variable central carina which is sometimes complete
and distinct, but usually more or less abbreviated or even entirely
absent ; colour piceous, the granules bare, the interstices with
erey or yellowish scaling which is denser laterally. lytra narrowly
ovate in the ¢, broader in the @ and more acuminate posteriorly,
slightly sinuate at base, sides rounded, broadest before middle ;
upper surface convex, with broad striz containing shallow punc-
tuation separated by small granules; the interstices convex, of
equal width, closely and irregularly set with small low and usually
confluent granules, often giving them a transversely rugose appear-
ance ; colour piceous or black, with fine grey or yellowish scaling,
which is very thin on the disk but rather denser along the inflexed
margins. Legs rather long and slender, piceous or ferruginous,
with very fine pale scaling, the exterior edge of the anterior tibize
straight in the ?, distinctly curved close to apex only in the ¢.
Tyres ¢ 9 in the Stockholm Museum.
Carre Cotony: Grahamstown [Oxf. Mus.]. Orange River
Cotony: Bloemfontein (Miss Wilman—Camb. Mus.).
Although I have no evidence as to the insects actually being
taken in copuld, 1 can have no doubt that poreatus Gyl. is the
2 of tottus Sparrm., the characters distinguishing them being
evidently sexual. Including the typical specimens from Stockholm,
I have seen six porcatus and four tottus.
*29, Scopus MuRicAtUS Boh.
S. muricatus Boh. op. cit. vii. 1, p. 193 (1843).
“* Almost half as small as Sctobius tottus, more convex; thorax
very short; the intervals of the elytra remotely tuberculate pos-
teriorly: these characters will at once distinguish it from the
preceding species [totéws and porcatus |.
“ Head short and broad, almost plane above, vertex finely and
closely punctured; forehead rugosely striolate, entirely piceous,
and with sparse grey scaling, separated from ‘the rostrum by a
deep angulated impression ; eyes sub-rotundate, slightly prominent,
brownish black. Rostrum a little narrower and longer than the
head, stout, porrect, almost plane above, tricarinate, obsoletely
punctulate, piceous black, and with denser grey scaling. Antenne
inserted towards the apex of rostrum, longer than half the body,
slender, piceous and sparsely pubescent, the club narrow, acumi-
nate. Thorax very short, transverse, truncate at base and apex,
a little narrower anteriorly, obsoletely constricted close to apex ;
sides not ampliated, almost straight; upper surface slightly
convex, obsoletely tuberculate thr oughout, piceous black, with the
anterior mar gin paler, sparsely covered with grey scaling. sceu-
tellum minute, scarcely visible. Hlyira truncate anteriorly,
scarcely broader than the base of the thorax, but obliquely
ampliated a short distance behind the base; shoulders rounded,
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 267
not elevated, narrowed from middle to apex, jointly subacuminate
at apex, five times as long as the thorax; upper surface strongly
convex, moderately declivous behind, sub-suleate, the sulci with
obsolete punctures ; all the intervals elevated, convex, and with
distinct remote tubercles posteriorly ; entirely ferruginous, varie-
gated with grey and fuscous scaling. Body obsoletely punctulate
beneath, piceous, with sparse grey scaling. Legs elongate, stout,
ferruginous, with sparse grey scaling and pubescence; femora
moderately clavate, unarmed; tibie straight; tarsi moderately
dilated, spongy and grey beneath.
“Cape or Goop Hors (Drége).”
Typ missing ; in Drege’s collection.
This description is a translation of that given by Boheman, as
I have failed to recognise the insect among the species which I
have examined.
*30. SCIOBIUS ANGUSTUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)
Long. 6, lat. 23 mm.
Head moderately transverse, slightly convex, evenly coriaceous
and with sparse pale scaling which is denser round the eyes; fore-
head scarcely impressed in middle; eyes convex but not prominent.
fostrum longer than broad, basal margin obtusely angulate, sides
parallel to near apex, gene rounded and slightly dilated ; upper
surface plane, rugulose, tricarinate, the outer carine straight and
parallel throughout. Antenne elongate, but comparatively stout,
piceous, with thin grey pubescence ; scape compressed, moderately
curved and gradually thickened to apex; funicle with the first and
third joints equal. Prothorax moderately transverse, truncate at
base and apex, sides straight from base to well beyond middle,
thence rapidly narrowed to apex ; upper surface somewhat convex,
coriaceous, sparsely set with small granules and without distinct
impressions; colour black, with fairly dense greenish-grey scaling.
Hlytra elongato-ovate, truncate at base, shoulders subrectangular,
scarcely prominent but with a faint humeral tubercle, sides gently
rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface convex, with rather
shallow striz containing rows of strong punctures separated by
small granules, the intervals rather narrow, of equal width,
coriaceous and devoid of granules; colour black, fairly densely
covered with fine greenish-grey scaling ; in perfect specimens this
is probably uniform throughout, but in the type the discal portion
is somewhat abraded. Legs moderate, piceous, with thin grey
scaling; anterior tibie straight externally, the first tarsal joint
elongate, longer than either of the next two.
Type ¢ in the South African Museum.
TRANSVAAL: Shilouvane (Rev. H. Junod).
A rather small, very narrow species belonging to the group
represented by marginatus Fahr., from which latter it may be
distinguished by the more prominent central carina of the rostrum,
the fine and sparse granulation of the thorax, and the narrower
and more convex elytra, as well as by the very different coloration.
268 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [Mar. 20
31. Scioprus PANZANUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)
Long. 84-91, lat. 3-32 mm.
Head transverse, almost planesabove, finely rugose, and with
thin scaling which is denser round the eyes; forehead without
impressions ; eyesrather prominent. ostrwm longer than broad,
basal margin sharply angulated, sides faintly sinuate before
middle, gen rounded and scarcely dilated ; upper surface plane,
finely rugose, distinctly tricarinate, the outer carine straight and
parallel. Anéennw moderate, piceous, with fine grey pubescence ;
scape not compressed, moderately stout, strongly curved beyond
middle and subclavate beyond the curve; funicle with the first
and third joints subequal. Prothorax rather broader than long,
subeylindrical, truncate at base and apex and only a little narrower
anteriorly ; sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle ; upper
surface convex, set with small scattered granules and without any
impressions ;_ colour black, with fine greyish scaling which is
denser laterally. lytra regularly oval, truncate at base,
rounded posteriorly, sides rounded, broadest about middle ; upper
surface convex and steeply declivous behind, with distinct striz
containing rows of large deep punctures which are fainter on the
declivity ; the intervals slightly convex, of equal width, smooth
and minutely aciculate ; colour black, with fine greyish scaling
which is slightly denser laterally and apically, and with a denser
transverse band across the summit of the declivity. Legs blackish,
with rather dense grey pubescence; the anterior tibie straight
externally and only slightly curved internally in the ¢.
Tyre ¢ in the British Museum.
Narat: Umpanzi R. in Umvoti County (C. .V. Barker).
*32. SCIOBIUS SCHONLANDI, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)
Long. 5, lat. 24 mm.
Head moderately transverse, convex, bare except for a few pale
scales round the eyes, forehead very finely striolate and without
impressions ; eyes convex but not prominent. ostrwm a little
longer than broad, basal margin arcuate, sides straight and
narrowing slightly from base to apex, gene not dilated ; upper
surface plane, finely rugulose, narrowly carinate, the outer carine
parallel to quite near apex and there rapidly diverging. Antenne
moderate, piceous brown with fine grey pubescence; scape sub-
compressed, but slender, rather sharply curved and clavate ;
funicle with the first and third joints subequal. Prothorax
strongly transverse, slightly arcuate at base, truncate and dis-
tinctly narrower at apex, sides moderately rounded, broadest
rather behind middle; upper surface convex, with close and fine
confluent punctuation throughout, without any lateral impressions
but with a shailow impressed transverse line close to apex ; colour
black, bare. Hlyira broadly ovate, slightly sinuate at base,
acuminate apically, sides strongly rounded, broadest much before
middle; upper surface very convex, but rather gradually declivous
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 269
posteriorly, with deep striz containing rows of strong punctures
the intervals of equal width, moderately broad, slightly convex,
quite smooth and very finely alutaceous ; colour black, rather shiny
and entirely bare. Legs ferruginous, with the femora black ;
anterior tibie straight externally, but distinctly sinuate internally
near apex.
Tyre 2 in the Albany Museum, Grahamstown.
Care Cotony: Steynsburg.
Very similar to S. 2anws in general appearance, but the scape
much longer and more slender, the prothorax lacks the lateral
impressions, and the elytra are distinctly acuminate apically.
Whether the absence of scales is normal is not altogether certain,
but there is not even a trace of them on the elytva in the type
specimen,
33. SCIOBIUS VIRIDIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.)
Long. 5-62, lat. 23-32 32 mm.
Colour black or piceous, densely and uniformly covered above
and below with bright green scaling, which varies to yellowish
green o1 dull golden green.
Head transver Se, slightly convex, with close shallow punctuation ;
forehead scarcely impressed; eyes not prominent. ostrum
searcely longer than broad, arcuate at base, sides gradually con-
vergent from base to beyond middle; gene bluntly angulate,
moderately produced in 2, a little more so in ¢ ; upper surface
shallowly impressed, tricarinate, only the central carina bare of
scaling, the outer carinz straight and gradually diverging
anteriorly. Antenne moderately long and slender, piceous, with
fine grey scaling ; scape not compressed, subeylindrical, regularly
curved and gradually clavate; funicle with the first joint rather
longer than third, the subterminal joints subconical and not very
long. Prothorax strongly transverse, base faintly bisinuate, apex
a little narrower and truncate, sides scarcely rounded and with a
shallow constriction at apex; upper surface convex, finely and
evenly coriaceous, without any lateral impressions. Hlytra ovate,
broader and rather more blunt apically in the @, slightly sinuate
at base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle; upper
surface very convex, with fine strie containing small shallow
punctures; the intervals rather broad, subequal in width, almost
plane, smooth and impunctate. Legs moderate, ferruginous, with
greenish or golden scaling, anterior tibie straight externally,
thicker and with the internal angle more stron gly produced in
the ¢.
Tyrer, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum.
TRANSVAAL.
Described from six specimens. One in the British Museum,
two in the South African Museum, and the remaining three
kindly given me by Dr. Walther Horn. Its dense green scaling
in conjunction with its dilated genze and perfectly smooth elytra
will sufficiently distinguish this species.
270 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE | Mar. 20
*34, ScIOBIUS cee sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.)
Long. 42, lat. 22 mm.
Head moderately transverse, convex, with sparse grey scaling
which is denser round the eyes; for ehead ver y finely striolate and
without impressions; eyes convex but not prominent. osirum
as long as broad, basal margin subtruncate, sides subparallel,
gen not dilated ; upper surface plane, finely rugose and squamose,
narrowly esate the outer carine with a slight outward
curve in the apical half. Antenne rather long and slender,
piceous, with fine grey pubescence; scape narrow, éylindrical,
evenly curved and gradually thickened to apex ; funicle with the
first and third joimts equal. Prothorax strongly transverse,
subcylindrical, truncate at base and apex, the latter scarcely
narrower than the former, sides slightly rounded, broadest about
middle; upper surface convex, finely coriaceous, and without
lateral impressions, but with a shallow transverse impressed line
close to apex; colour black, with grey scaling having a metallic
greenish reflection. Hlytra short, broadly ovate, truncate at base,
sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle; upper surface
convex, with fine strize containing rows of shallow punctures;
the intervals rather broad, of equal width, almost plane, finely
alutaceous and entirely devoid of granules ; colour black, with
scattered traces of metallic green scaling. Leg gs moderate, piceous
brown, with fine grey scaling and sete ; anterior tibie quite
straight externally and scarcely curved internally.
Type 9 in the South African Museum.
Cape Cotony: Somerset East.
The unique specimen is a good deal rubbed, but it is probable
that normally the scaling of the thorax and elytra is uniformly
dense throughout. The species is closely related to S. viridis, but
differs in its undilated genz, more slender scape, and much shorter
rotund elytra.
35. SCIOBIUS PRASINUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.)
Long. 4-43, lat. 14-2 mm.
Colour black, densely and uniformly covered throughout with
greyish-green or bluish-green scaling.
Head peeeven se, slightly convex, coriaceous ; forehead without
any impressions; eyes rather prominent. Rostrum a little longer
than broad, its basal margin sharply angulate, sides straight and
parallel, genze not at all dilated in either sex; upper surface
plane and almost smooth, with only a faint central carina; the
outer carine obsolescent and quite hidden beneath the dense
scaling. Antenne long and slender; scape not compressed, sub-
cylindrical, slender, gently curved and abruptly clavate; funicle
with the first and third joints subequal. Prothorax distinctly
transverse, subcylindrical, base and apex of equal width and both
truncate, sides very slightly rounded, broadest at middle; upper
surface convex, evenly coriaceous throughout and without any
a
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 271
impressions. Hlyira ovate, truncate at base, shoulders very
oblique, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle; upper
surface convex, with fine strie which are found to be much
broader and distinctly punctured when the scaling is removed, the
intervals of about equal width, almost plane, quite smooth and
impunetate. Legs rather long and slender, densely squamose,
anterior tibie straight externally in 9, greatly curved in <, first
tarsal joint rather elongate.
Type, 2 in the British Museum, ¢ in the Oxford Museum.
Narau: Pinetown (1. Junod), Howick (Dr. 2. Dimock Brown),
Hstcourt (G. A. K. A.)
From the two preceding small green-scaled species prasinus
differs by reason of its more slender and abruptly clavate scape
and its very elongate antennal club, by the obsolescence of the
exterior rostral carinee, and by its narrower and more acuminate
elytra.
36. SCIOBIUS VITLATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.)
Long. 5, lat. 24 mm.
flead strongly transverse, slightly convex, with close shallow
punctuation and dense grey scaling; forehead not impressed ;
eyes slightly prominent. ostrwm scarcely longer than broad,
arcuate at base, sides gradually convergent from base to apex,
gene not dilated; upper surface almost plane, tricarinate, with
dense grey scaling except on the central carina, the outer carin
straight but gradually diverging anteriorly. Antenne moderately
long and slender, piceous, with fine grey scaling; scape sub-
compressed, rather sharply curved and gradually thickened to
apex; funicle with the first joint equal to the third, the sub-
terminal ones rather short and distinctly clavate. Prothorax
strongly transverse, base subtruncate, apex narrower and truncate
sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle, with a shallow con-
striction at apex; upper surface convex, evenly coriaceous and
without impressions, scaling dense uniform brownish grey. Hlytra
short ovate, jointly sinuate at base, sides strongly rounded,
broadest at middle; upper surface very convex, with fine strix
containing small shallow and closely-set punctures; the intervals
broad, almost plane, smooth and impunctate ; colour black, with
dense even scaling, the intervals being alternately grey and brown,
the latter with a slightly brassy reflection. Legs moderate, piceous
with fine grey scaling; the anterior tibiz (¢) straight externally,
but with the internal angle somewhat strongly produced.
Tyre ¢ in the British Museum.
TRANSVAAL.
Described from a single male received from Dr. W. Horn.
This is a near ally of S. viridis Mshl., but apart from its very
different colouring, it may be distinguished by its relatively
shorter and broader elytra, more prominent eyes, undilated gene
and its broader and more sharply curved scape, as well as by the
crenulation of the posterior tibie,
bo
~I
bo
MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
37. SCIOBIUS ARROW], sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 10.)
Long. 62, lat. 33 mm.
Head transverse, black, coriaceous, with dense brown scaling ;
forehead scarcely impr essed : ; eyes moderately prominent. Lostrum
distinctly longer than broad, sides subparallel, gene scarcely
dilated; upper surface deeply impressed, with three narrow
carine, the outer pair parallel to near apex, thence divergent,
very finely aciculate, and with dense brown scaling. Aten
long and slender, piceous, with pale pubescence; scape strongly
curved, slender, subcompressed and abruptly clavate; first jomt
of the funicle longer than the third. Prothorax rather broader
than long, truncate at base and apex, the latter a little narrower
than the ‘former, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle;
upper surface convex, with depressed and rather distant granules,
except along the central line which is smooth and coriaceous ;
colour black, the central portion almost bare, the sides with dense
brown scaling which almost conceals the granules. Hlytra broadly
ovate, acuminate posteriorly, truncate at base, shoulders oblique,
sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle; upper surface
with the anterior portion of the disk quite flat, but rising
posteriorly to beyond middle, the posterior declivity being much
longer and more steep than usual, with fine striz containing
rows of shallow punctures separated by minute granules, the
intervals almost plane, very finely aciculate, with a few scattered
minute granules, mostly hidden by the scaling and more notice-
able on the declivity ; ; colour black with brown scaling on the
disk, but paler towards the sides and ‘UpeX, and with a conspicuous
pale common V-shaped mark having its apex on the summit
of the declivity, the intervals with distant pale setze, which are
longer and suberect on the disk, and shorter and depr essed on the
declivity. Legs slender, piceous, with uniform fine pale scaling,
the anterior tibiz slightly incurved at the apex,
Type in the British Museum.
Navat |coll. Pascoe}.
T have seen only the type of this species, which was erroneously
referred to Phlyctinus callosus Boh. by Pascoe. 'The shape of the
elytra is unusual and gives the insect a distinctive facies. The
specimen is probably a female.
38. SCIOBIUS HORNI, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. fig. 11.)
Long. 74-8, lat. 3-32 mm.
Head rather shorter ‘than its width at base, black, with distinet
close punctuation and fine grey pubescence, the impressed line
dividing it from the rostrum very sharply angulate; eyes
moderately prominent. ostrwm distinctly longer than broad, its
sides subparallel, the genze only slightly and roundly dilated in
both sexes ; upper surface shghtly impressed, tricarmate, the
parinee straight and parallel, the punctuation and pubescence. as on
the head, the central carina bare and impunctate, Antenne long
1906. | COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 273
and moderately slender, piceous and with fine grey pubescence ;
the scape not much curved, rather compressed and gradually
clavate; the first joint of the funicle thickened, as long as the
third. Prothorax rather transverse, gently rounded at the base,
narrower and truncate at the apex, sides gradually dilated from
base to beyond middle, thence rapidly narrowed to apex; upper
surface convex, closely set with low rounded granules, but with a
more or less distinct smooth central line; colour black, the
granules bare, the interstices with fine grey pubescence which is
denser at the sides. lytra elongato-ovate, scarcely broader in
the 2, jointly sinuate at base and a little broader than the pro-
thorax, shoulders very oblique, sides not much rounded, broadest
about middle; upper surface convex, with distinct strise, which
appear to contain rows of deep punctures or rows of small distant
granules according to the incidence of the light; the intervals
convex, the first, third, and fifth more raised and rather narrower
than the others, especially near the base, impunctate and without
granules; colour black, with very fine short recumbent grey
pubescence. Legs moderately long and slender, black with fine
pale pubescence ; the anterior tibiz in the ¢ dilated internally in
the middle and with a very deep sinuation near the apex, the
first joint of the tarsi broad but scarcely as long as the next two
together; the anterior tibize much less sinuate in the 9.
Typr, ¢ in the British Museum, 9 in the Oxford Museum.
Narau: Charlestown.
Nearly allied to S. pollinosus Faihr., but it is a larger and
narrower insect. It differs also in the deeper and closer punctua-
tion of the head, the broader and more gradually dilated scape,
the shorter third joint of the funicle, the slight elevation of the
alternate imtervals of the elytra, the greater sinuation of the
anterior tibie in the 3, and finally the first joint of the tarsus
is less elongate.
The only three specimens which I have seen were kindly sent
me by Dr. Walther Horn, of Berlin. Unfortunately they are
evidently much rubbed, and probably in fresh examples the
pubescence would bear some powdering similar to that of
pollinosus.
39. ScrIopius WAHLBERGI Boh.
S. wahlberg: Boh. Schon. Gen. Cure. viii. Mantissa, p. 438
(1845).
Long. 6-84, lat. 3-4 mm.
Head moderately transverse, black, with fine close punctuation,
which is often more rugose near the eyes, and densely covered
with metallic green scaling, there being usually three subdenuded
lines corresponding with the rostral carine; forehead scarcely
impressed ; eyes not at all prominent. Rostrum distinctly longer
than broad, its sides subparallel to beyond middle, the gene only
slightly and roundly dilated in both sexes ; upper surface shallowly
impressed, with three distinct narrow and evenly raised carine, the
274 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON THE [ Mar. 20,
outer pair parallel to near apex and then curved outwardly ;
punctuation and scaling as on the head, but all three carine bare
and impunctate, the apical emargination comparatively shallow.
Antenne long and moderately slender, piceous, with fine greenish-
white sets; scape scarcely compressed, distinctly curved and
gradually thickened to apex; first joint of funicle much longer
than third, subterminal joints longer than broad. Prothorax
transverse, subtruncate at base, narrower and truncate at apex,
sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle; upper surface
convex, closely set with low granules, but with three broad smooth
lines, the outer ones being oblique; colour black, the granules
bare ‘and shiny, the interstices with green scales which are denser
on the smooth spaces. Zlytra ovate, of the same shape in the
two sexes, subacuminate towards apex, shoulders oblique, sides
moderately rounded, broadest rather before middle ; upper surface
convex, with deep striz containing large shallow punctures which
vanish behind middle; the second, third, fourth, and seventh
intervals strongly carinate, the carinze being bare, shiny, and
subeatenulate, the fifth and eighth intervals similarly carinate
in the basal half and the sixth in its apical half, the remaining
portions broad and smooth ; colour black, the apices of the caring
bare, the rest of the surface, including the strize, densely covered
with metallic pale green or yellowish-green scaling. Legs long
and moderately slender, black, with dense greenish-white setiform
scaling; the anterior tibize more curved apically in the ¢, but
otherwise the legs are similar in the two sexes.
Type ¢ 9 in the Stockholm Museum.
Narau: Malvern (C. V. Barker & G. A. K. M.), Upper Tongaat
R. (C. WV. Barker), Howick (Dr. F. Dimock Brown), Karkloof
(Jas. Ball), Drakensberg (G. A. A. d1.).
A very distinct species on account of its brilliant colouring and
carinate elytra.
40. Sctopius sQUAMULOSUS Boh.
S. squamulosus Boh, op. cit. vii. 1, p. 194 (1843).
Long. ¢ 5, 2 6; lat. d 2, 2 3 mm.
Head nearly as long as broad, slightly convex, finely punctured,
and with dense greenish-grey sealing ; for ehead narrow and not
impressed ; eyes large and depressed. Rostrum elongate, basal
margin arcuate or subangulate, parallel-sided in ¢, somewhat
narrowed apically in 9, gene not dilated in either sex, apical
emargination small; upper surface slightly convex, faintly tri-
carinate, the outer carine convergent anteriorly, scaling and
punctuation as on the head. Antenne long and slender, ferru-
ginous, the apices of the joints infuscate, with fine grey scaling
scape cylindrical, strongly curved and abr uptly clavate ; faiielé
with the first joint about as long as the third, terminal joints
subeonical. Prothorax slightly transverse, truncate at base and
apex, the latter distinctly narrower, sides gently rounded, broadest
about middle ; upper surface convex, finely and evenly coriaceous
1906. |. COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS. 275
and without impressions, densely covered with greenish-grey scaling
and with a white lateral stripe. M/ytraovatein 2 , much narrower
in ¢, sulitruncate at base, sides slightly rounded, broadest about
‘middle; upper surface convex, with fine striz containing close
punctuation which is continued to apex; the intervals of about
equal width, almost plane, quite smooth and shining; colour
black, with dense even scaling, which is greyish or brownish with
a dull golden-green reflection, the suture and extreme margins
being whitish. Zegs moderately stout, ferruginous or testaceous,
with fine grey scaling, the anterior tibize straight externally in
2, distinctly curved towards apex in the ¢.
Tyre ¢ @ in the Stockholm Museum.
Cape Cotony : Grahamstown (iss Daly & Miss Sole).
An aberrant species with no near allies. The depressed and
approximated eyes in conjunction with the comparatively narrow
and elongate rostrum will at once distinguish it; but these
characters scarcely justify the creation of yet another monotypic
genus. Boheman states that the rostrum of the ¢ is not carinate,
but this is incorrect, for the carine are present in a specimen
captured by Drége which I have examined, although less distinct
than in the 9.
Doubtful Species.
41. Sctoprus pAIvANUS Woll.
S. paivanus Woll. Ann. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. 1862, p. 22.
“8. ovatus, nigro-fuscus sed squamulis parvis demissis albidis
parce nebulosus, rostro utrinque carinato, prothorace brevi,
subconico ; elytris profunde punctato-str iatis setisque erectis
rigidis obsitis, obscure albido-tessellatis; antennis, tibiis
tarsisque fusco-ferruginers.
“ Long. corp. lin. 22.
** Habitat ‘ad varias leguminas spinosas regionis littoralis.’—
Dom Welwitsch.”
I have been quite unable to identify this species, nor do I know
where the type is to be found. Mr. Arrow has kindly searched
through the Wollaston types in the British Museum, and informs
me that S. paivanus is certainly not among them. It is impossible
to say for certain from the description only whether the species
really does, or does not, belong to the genus Sciobius. The absence
of the central rostral carina and the presence of erect, stiff bristles
on the elytra are both aberrant characters. But it is the locality
Angola) which makes the point specially doubtful, seeing that
all the other species of the genus are confined to extra-
tropical §.E. Africa. Moreover, Wollaston was probably not
quite clear as to the distinctive characters of Sciobius, as the
other species described by him proves to be a Phlyctinus. It
appears likely, therefore, that paivanus, when rediscovered, will
be found to belong to Systates or some other allied genus.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou. I No XIX. 19
276
. ON THE COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS SCIOBIUS.
INDEX OF SPECIES.
ACICMIAUIMONS POL. eieeeeeeeteeetenen Ld
SAN FUShUS SPs NOVan. ances OO
ALLOW ESPsuN OMe i nesascieecontanexeee eT)
parkeninsp NOW Aerts eee eee eS
bistrieicollismBohs:..esceeeeee eee O
brevicollis Fahr. 9
cinctus Boh. 21
GMHORAUEHIE} NOK Govoptocansonnd shanna =
copnatus, sp. NOV msceeeeere eee
CULELABUS, Sp s NOV esas eeee eee te mene
dealbatus Halbnae ee cacee ese eee eee
deplanatus Boh. 12
*oranipennis Boh. 12
granosus Fahr. 1
griseus Gyl.......... 20
LOSI MONG spacssebsasAscssoanednne “Shs
*impressicollis Boh. ee eee
“AETCRAUIS D806 Coschansoosbsannnnetaaansan. — 1th
Aatipenniseb alin wes eee see LG
HITT EH ADS INE AVES, Gogsanonseecatenesane 283
COTO LE AES) JBLO NS» coosnpadsoonoobaabontnds 7A)
*nanus, sp. nov. Caer R Ge Wee
CLASS OE WOKS, ceeodoccccsanpancennene 2:
oneili, sp. nov.
OpAlinus"spsaves errr earache cer
SE NALWANUS MV Ollemeneeewen. deseaeasseasen
PANZANUS Spr OVeieeee sees eee
*péringueyi, sp. nov.
planipennis, sp. nov. ...............+5.
pollinosus Eakins actsssseeeees aes
pondo, sp. nov.
porcatus Gyl. On ee
prasinus, sp. nov.
pullus Sparrm. wins See EEE
le escapularisebons) --ccuensceeeeeeceeeeene
| *schénlandi, sp. nov.
spatulatus, sp. nov.
squammulosustBONspa. erases seeeeee
tenuicornis, sp. nov.
tottus Sparrm.
VATUUS BOW ss: raciecian ss one ance
WICMUS SPs WOVe: saa ceed: cose
VINIGIS= SP. NOVie wstsoot eer eee
VELEN ADS) WONG Goaoancsadaatmocc0 30°
wahllberciaBohseesceses occur enee
[| Mar. 20,
The numbers indicate the order in which the species are
described.
The names printed in italics are synonyms.
Those
species marked with an asterisk are not represented in the British
Museum collection.
Fig. 1. Sciobius cultratus, 3, p. 243.
ee
a)
SO DIH oS w ro
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XVIII.
obesus, , p. 245.
cinereus, 6, p. 244.
opalinus, 2, p. 248.
oneili, 2, p. 252.
cognatus, , p. 247.
planipennis, 2, p. 243.
barkeri, 9, p. 257.
tenuicornis, 2, p. 285.
spatulatus, p. 262.
péringueyi, p. 263.
PuatE XIX.
Fig. 1. Sciobius viduus, 9 , p. 264.
2. » angustus, o, p. 267.
» pondo, 2, p. 264,
3.
A. 2p
5. ”
6. x
ph ald
8. ”
9. +
10%, fe:
Chae aes
panzanus, 6, p. 268.
prasinus, 2, p. 270.
schinlandi, 2 , p. 268.
viridis, 2, p. 269.
vittatus, S, p. 271.
nanus, 2, p. 270.
arrowi, p. 272.
horni, 3, p. 272.
Abiquia
j ° Plaza del Alcalde
Bagdad Mojave es 2 o 423)
Oe ° ° Santa Fe
ob Los Angeles Ft Whipple,
ein ZA vii
0 Sb
\ : ; .van Antonio
San Diego Ti
o TE]
,Encinada = amp Grant oRincon
T UCSON, ° re
N MELANOSTETHUS Ft Lowell
ZA -mMELANOSTETHUS El Paso
ba 5
°Huachuca Pecos
° : 2 P
Santa Maria
9 Ft Davis
ay
Hermosillo
pee ;' °MARTYRIS Sauz,
edros [=a ss
THL J 22an Pedro Martir eChihuahua = Gast
MARTYRIS coo
. INC
oc"
Pe
unta S. Telmo
i bende. Par
efose!- MELANOSTE THUS
a sari \ spiritu Sa I.
sexhneatus oe Matpanitat: A a
_ 3 ro seaclin. with enlar geo arm-gromuiles Paz Durango
ae gularis, with semifasciatus at Patos H °
Presidio
var. meeki
= ° Sierra Nayarete
xifnus Mazatlan
conumoams occidentalis C. Bees oe)
” bocourti Tres Marias
eae Tmesticara.s typicius MARIARUM 2
INORNATUS___
LABIALIS-___-_-.
HYPERYTHRUS | hyperythrus
ID AS ISOS, wok I. Pil, XO,
Hot Springs
@ (5) ©
Texarkana®
oe Florida
=
Duval , New Orleans,
=
5 New Braunfeis
San Antonio ZA Galveston
los enorle Pass =
Laredo,
T=}
TUS
EATUS
ria E
Distribution. of
Montere ta
5 LT CNEMIDOPHORUS w MEXICO
\NOSTETHUS
atos °Montemorelos
Ss 2 ?
e Garza jaleke
es |
La Cruz”
Oe a
Ue ae Cozumel I.
Guanajuato 4 Go =
om
S. Juan del Rio
om”
oAcambara
a °
1tzZCcuaro Mexico
° poabls Vera Cruz
os 2
©Yautepec 2
Pdelxtlao , qyoCHautia, °AguaFris
FEE lguala eese| OS $ f
D Cuicatlan © SanJuan Evangel:sta
i | DG
Balsas,p oMesca
FEEE] D o Chilpancingo oLagunas
LosCajones +. Oaxaca 5
Di TierraColorada ° RT San Domingo
lay 1D ote eR ©Totapankss [JID
Cuernavaca
EEE] ©
Bale & Denielsson, Lut
IP ve
S.1906,vol. I PIE
Abiquia
ica eo 6Plaza del Alcalde
Bagdad Mojave
Ft Wingate eee Fe ae
t Whippl ZZ ouSprings
mie Los Angeles ee Hoes pring
Oe ae ,2an Antonio
San Diego 7 Texarkana°®
cam Grant Rincon
cinada
a Tucsono°Ft Lowell
MELANOSTETHUS (—7 Za
MELANOSTETHUS ,—! Paso Waco
ZZ ° .
°Huachuca Tae Pecos Florida
° ©) Wer y =|
Santa Maria
New Orl
oFtDavis Duval , Orleans,
=
- New Braunfels
Hermosillo
A
°MARTYRIS Sauz, San Antonio WZ Galveston
iy
,2an Pedro Martir Chihuahua Eagle Pass
MARTYRIS UZ eee] SSE ISS 0 aA
Laredo,
f(t)
\) INORNATUS
COTOUINEAGUS
‘esquieria ° : r
unta S. Telmo Distribution. of
vH Lerdo. Monterey atamoros
Be Scab ostaruis i CNEMID OPHORUS ww MEXICO
s Pi : evans emecnus Ys
aS y °Patos Montemorelos
S® Margarita I.’ Not pene Was ;
sextneanus RUBID Garza Valdez
: ae ee sexlin. with enlarged arm granules -: Paz Durango =A y
= Re gularis, with sarifasciatis at Patos peeerae C. laCrus®
var. meehL ximmus Mazatlan‘: © — Sierra Nayarete
Wea Fe CR J scaLlor1s ; ES re
commmurws occidentalis (% micas
ae eee oo.” cooper
FRAC) CORO ” castralis
” bocourti Tres Marias Ss (xtlan . Va éozumallt:
teres mexticarars ores MARIARUM | syEnajuato / e
aon on| en fem unos ” OLS
enas dalajara
ite B Gued Se
ayao oman del Rio
eu A
imonutabilis Zapotlan oAcambaro
a Tuxpan Petzcuaro Mexico
5 ae Loris sColima oy Puebla vera Cou ;
aaa nnn sselanus : pS Cuernavaca cy] 7,
ee ee Peg ALES Manzanillo p oYautepec :
>) “de Ixtlao 0)? e.Cus autia Agua Fria
leGalagys ° EES G
Balsage ¢Mesee aD Cuicatian oc er use Evangelista
LosCajones
Schileaicinge
“pTietig Colored da Oaxaca
lag
MARTYRIS~-—_lmartyris
OCTOLINEATUS| octolineatis
INORNATUS___jizornatius
LABIALIS.____.|)labialis
HYPERYTHRUS | hyperythrus
oLagunasES]
GB SanLuls oTofapan San eH
Asien S.Carle
peauesixt Jan 39 Ep PON Ess oban
bt" Senne res S.Matéodel Mar L
Bale & Damelsson, pt
=
i
4
1906. | ON EVOLUTION IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 277
3. A Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the
Mexican Species of Cremidophorus. By Hans Gapow,
Dole, aS.
[Received March 2, 1906.]
(Plate XX. and Text-figures 61-83.)
CONTENTS.
GENERAL Parr.
Conclusions arrived at from the study of the differentiation, variability, and
distribution of these Lizards, pp. 277-299.
SysTEMATIC Part.
Key to the main groups of Mexican and North-American Cnemidophori, p. 300.
Description of the various kinds of Cnemidophorus with special reference to their
variations, p. 300.
Characters of South-American Cremidophori, p. 301.
C. sealineatus, p. 302. C. communis occidentalis, p. 339.
C. hyperythrus, p. 307. C, communis copei, p. 346.
DeEpPeEI-Grovup, p. 308. C. communis australis, p. 352.
C. deppet, p. 309, C. deppei, var. C. communis bocourti, p. 356.
cozumela, p. 316. C. mexicanus, p. 358. Tabulation
C. guttatus guttatus and C. g. of characters, p. 362.
immutabilis, p. 320. C. mexicanus, var. balsas, p. 363.
GULARIS-GROUP, p. 327. TESSELLATUS-GROUP, p. 367.
Tabulation of characters of the Key to the species &c., p. 368.
gularis-Group, p. 329. C. perplexus, p. 368.
Key to the species &c., p. 328. C. tessellatus, p. 369.
C. mariarum, p. 328. c C. maximus, p. 371.
C. gularis, p. 330. C. rubidus, p. 371.
C. semifasciatus, p. 334. C. melanostethus, p. 372.
C. septemvittatus, p. 335. C. martyris, p. 373.
C. scalaris, p. 335. C.. octolineatus, p. 373.
C. communis, p. 337. Tabulation C. inornatus, p. 373.
of characters, pp. 340, 348. C. labialis, p. 374.
Reterences to the original descriptions of species, pp. 374-375.
Map: Plate XX.
It was in the forest and bush region of the Atlantic Tierra
caliente, on the confines of the States of Oaxaca and Vera Cruz,
that I first became personally acquainted with Cnemidophorus.
There was only the spotted, large C. guttatus, but further east,
where the Savannah begins, its place was taken by the small,
striped C. deppei.
On the Pacific side of the Isthmus, at Tehuantepec and Salina
Cruz, was C. deppei and the large, conspicuously striped C. im-
mutabilis. These kept on further inland until near the foot of
the abrupt southern edge of the plateau. The small C. deppei
ceased, and a very large, tiger-barred lizard, C. mexicanus, made
its appearance. The striped C. immatabilis seemed to continue,
but on closer examination it was found that all the striped mid-
sized to large specimens were the young and immature of C. meai-
canus, Which reigned supreme on the open southern plateau until
19*
278 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
at Oaxaca itself it was joined by the spotted, rather brightly
coloured C. bocowrti. Thus the Cnemidophorus-fauna showed a
very different aspect in the east, south, and north-west of the
triangle examined during my first journey.
On the second journey, chiefly in the States of Morelos and
Guerrero, the aspect was again different. There are no Cnemido-
phori in ‘the Valley of Mexico. They were not met with until
I had crossed the high range of mountains which separate the
Central plateau from Morelos. The only Cnemidophori at
Cuernavaca were the partly striped, partly marbled or slightly
cross-barred variation of C. meawicanus, var. balsas, and such
specimens were traced southwards to the River Balsas and up
again to Chilpancingo in Mid-Guerrero. In the hot valley of the
Balsas itself it associated with C. deppei, which was, however,
rather differently coloured from any of those met with in
Oaxaca; it disappeared long before the backbone of the Sierra
Madre del Sur upon which Chilpancingo lies; but on descending
the southern slope, the upper limit of the Tierra caliente
was marked by the reappearance of C. deppei, and by a larger
striped form which recalled C. immutabilis, and any doubt about
this was set at rest at a still lower level, where these two kinds
persisted down to the Pacific coast.
All this was sufficient to rouse my interest, and I did not
miss many opportunities of at least trying to secure as many of
these lizards as possible. It was not easy. Only at a few places
did I receive real help from the Indians. In 1902 I caught
the lizards by hand, with nooses or with whips, a procedure which
often reduced my party to utter exhaustion. Shooting with
ea-rifle was naturally not very successful. In 1904 I took
Dr. Meek’s hint and provided myself with a small pistol and
shot-cartridges, and thus I secured hundreds of creatures which
otherwise would have escaped. Still, even this was hard and un-
certain work. When, as in Guerrero, during the rainy season a
dense mass of herbs springs up almost everywhere, no ground-
lizard can be seen except in the narrow tracks across which they
flit, to hide in the tangle, warned by our approach. Moreover,
they are very local and they do not always appear. Rain, certain
winds, or a dull sky keep them in their lairs. One may ride for
days and not see a single specimen. Then suddenly there may be
hundreds, and what are really members of one clan or even of a
smaller family may be collected, The next few days again may yield
nothing or only a single specimen here and there; and this is really
worse than nothing, since it leaves it undecided whether its
characters are truly typical of that district, or merely individual.
We collected in the States of Oaxaca, Morelos, and Guerrero
some 250 specimens. An enforced prolonged stay in the hos-
pitable house of Professor Whitman in Chicago enabled me to
examine about 200 specimens in the Field Museum of Nat. Hist.,
mostly collected by Dr. Meek in regions which I have not visited
myself, but about which he could” give me valuable information
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 279
as to the physical features. I have to thank the authorities of
that splendid museum for their liberality in sending over to
Cambridge the greater number of their Cnemidophori for minute
examination. These were supplemented by the study of the
specimens in the British Museum, where, as usual, I had the
inestimable benefit of my friend Boulenger’s critical advice and
never-failing help. Some Berlin types have also been examined.
The total of Cnemidophori studied for the purpose of this paper
amounts to some 520 specimens, from the United States to the
Isthmus of Tehuantepec; about 450 of these are detailed in the
appended tables. Adding about 40 from South America in the
British Museum, studied cursorily for general comparison, the
whole amounts to some 560 specimens, apparently sufficient for
all purposes, but in reality not so, since, for instance, the whole
tessellatus-group is but meagrely represented. The whole range,
from the Isthmus to Utah, is enormous, more than 2000 miles ;
and even if we restrict ourselves to Mexico, the 500 specimens are
crowded into comparatively few districts and leave many large
regions blank. Such a blank is, for instance, the country from
Colima to Acapulco, 300 miles. For the whole of Mexico proper,
excluding Yucatan and Lower California, scarcely 60 localities are
on safe record. <A single locality, Hermosillo, represents the
whole large State of Sonora, and Presidio near Mazatlan the State
of Sinaloa.
Mexico is an ideal country for the study of geographical distri-
bution, because it contains, often in juxtaposition, vast semi-
deserts, high plateaus, big continuous ranges of mountains with
peaks in the eternal snow, hot lowlands of the Atlantic or humid
type with luxurious rain forests, and of the Pacific or drier type ;
large forests of pines, oaks, or of tropical trees; rivers and lakes ;
regions of enormous fertility and hopeless deserts. In short,
every climate and every conceivable kind of bionomic conditions
are represented in this country. No wonder that this diversity
is expressed in the well-nigh endless, kaleidoscopic variations
of the genus Cnemidophorus, the main genus of strictly humi-
vagous Lizards of the country.
This Tejid genus is invaluable for the study of variation. It is
so plastic within its well-defined generic characters, that it is repre-
sented by some form or other in almost every kind of terrain. Its
highest altitude above sea-level seems to be reached near 7000 feet,
as shown by its occurrence near Santa Fé in New Mexico. In
Mexico its highest record is 7100 feet near Puebla; it is absent
in the Valley of Mexico, about 7400, and at Amecameca 8000 feet,
but it reappears at San Juan del Rio 6300, Celaya 5800, Acam-
baro 6000, Patzcuaro 6700, Durango 6200, Chihuahua 4700 feet.
These localities show that the lizards are not averse to moderate
altitudes, but all these places are situated on some kind of plateau.
On more isolated mountains the lizards seem to stop at a lower
level. For instance, on the eastern slopes of the Nevado de
Colima they stop at 5100, on the Cerro de San Felipe near
280 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [| Mar. 20,
Oaxaca at 5400, whilst they are swarming at 5200 feet level. Near
Chilpancingo they do not go beyond 4500 feet. I suspect that they
are stopped by those changes which on so many mountains coincide
with the usual lowest level of the clouds.
Although frequently found in ravines and on the spurs of
mountain-ranges, they avoid the mountains themselves, and above
all they are averse to crossing a system of cut-up ridges even of
moderate height.
Some species, C'. deppei, immutabilis, and guttatus, are natives
of the Tierra caliente, which they do not leave, so that any con-
tinuous rise beyond 3000 feet is to them an absolute barrier.
When, by the way, Cope mentions C. deppei from Guadalajara,
this certainly cannot refer to the plain of 5000 feet upon which
this town lies, but to the deep depression of the neighbouring
Rio de Santiago, 2000 and more feet lower!
Southern, tropical species do not ascend far; but northerners, or
let us say highlanders, extend their range frequently into the
lower, tropical climes, and thereby they undergo considerable
changes.
It was stated that these lizards are very plastic. There are
some species which average only 50 mm., while others reach a nose
to vent length of 140 mm,
I have selected only a few characters, chiefly the supraoculars,
the composition of the collar, the rows of scales of the humerus,
Text-fig. 61.
Lepidosis of the front of the left forearm of Cnemidophorus mexicanus.
A, B. Two specimens from Cuernavaca. C. From Balsas No. 2. D. Cuer-
navaca No. 8.
E-I. Diagrammatic; I, an arrangement occurring in Cuernavaca No. 6 and
Rincon No, 2.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 981
the fore and hind aspect of the forearm, thigh and tibia, the
femoral pores and the coloration, or rather the pattern and its
modes of evolution as indicated in the various kinds from youth
to age. These characters are not all of equal importance. The
sealing in front of the forearm and of the tibia is subject to
endless individual variation in detail, even in specimens from the
same locality, so much so that these variations cannot be well
described in short terms. For instance (text-fig. 61), on the front
of the forearm there may be 3 longitudinal rows of transverse
scales, or only 22 rows, 7. ¢. two complete and a shorter, smaller row
intercalated from the elbow downwards; or the half row may be
added to the side. The sole object is to protect a given surface
with scutes, and this is attained in various ways. If some scutes
happen to be larger than usual, others are correspondingly reduced ;
and if there shouid not be room enough for all the preformed
scutes to grow, granules fill up the spaces, the total available
space being of course predetermined, ef. text-fig. 61.
Text-fig. 62.
Lepidosis of the under surface of the left forearm.
A=C. immutabilis, Salina Cruz No.1. Covered entirely with small granules.
B=C. sexlineatus, North Carolina. Covered with enlarged granules.
C=C. australis, Laguna, Oaxaca. With slightly enlarged granules.
D=C. australis, Laguna, Oaxaca. With enlarged granules.
The rows of scales or scutes which cover the thigh (counting from
the pores to the highest row on the front aspect of the thigh) are
often difficult to count, especially when some of the rows are not
arranged in regular lines. Frequently some scutes are intercalated,
representing what in other specimens has been developed into an
entire extra row. There are many indications that the number
of scales, or of the rows, increases with the size, with the growth
of the lizard, and still more likely with the growth of the species,
282 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
This question must be left in abeyance. As a rule, however, the
larger species seem to have more numerous scales upon the thighs
and elewhere than their nearest smaller relations. This may be
in the nature of things; it is quite possible that these many-jointed
armourings cease to fulfil their purpose when the individual com-
ponents pass beyond a certain size.
The presence or absence of a separate frenocular plate, so often
relied upon in systematic works, is quite unreliable. Its absence
is due equally often to suppression as it is to fusion with some
neighbouring plate.
Text-fig. 63.
Lepidosis of the under surface of the forearm.
A=C. mexicanus, Balsas No. 3. Right forearm. Several rows of enlarged
polygones down to wrist.
B=C. mevicanus, Balsas No. 2. Right forearm.
C=C. mexicanus, Cuernavaca No. 8. Left forearm. Large scutes.
D=C. mevicanus, Cuernavaca No. 10. Left forearm. Large scutes.
It seems reasonable to assume that 4 supraoculars represent
the more primitive condition, whence, by reduction of either the
anterior or the posterior scute, the number is reduced to 3. In
most of the text-figs. 61-83 these features are clearly visible.
The composition of the collar and the protection of the posterior
side of the forearm are difficult to describe in a few words. To
avoid the drawback of vague terms, the reader is referred to a
series of illustrations which are intended to standardise the
phraseology employed in this paper (text-figs. 62, 63, 64, 65).
Some systematists have laid stress upon other characters.
Peters, for instance, found that the first upper labial was denti-
culated in C. deppei; this is best seen on the inside, but it is by
no means always the case in that species, while it occurs also,
occasionally, in C. immutabilis, in C. communis from Cozumel
Island, and perhaps in others.
Unpracticable were also the, at first sight, great differences
whether the keel of the tail-scales runs parallel, subparallel, or
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 283
oblique to their main axis. Cope and others have employed the
relative length of the hind limb as expressed by the point which
the longest adpressed toe reaches on the neck, ear, or eye. This
criterion had to be discarded on account of astonishing variation
in allied individuals.
Text-fig. 64.
TESS
esse
gw.
Sok
ete
Lepidosis of the collar and throat.
A=C. tessellatus from El Paso, Field Columb. Mus. Collar composed entirely
of small, mostly granular scales.
B=C. mevicanus, from Totolapan No. 2.
C=C. communis australis, Cuicatlan, 140 mm.
D=C. communis australis, Laguna. Collar composed entirely of large scales.
The skin of the back is granular, but the grains may be fine or
coarse ; there is no way of expressing this intelligibly ; moreover,
counting of the grains across the middle of the body reveals
enormous individual differences—for instance, in C. guttatus of
Aqua fria from 100-180 granules across.
The arrangement of the scaling of the preanal region proved
likewise unmanageable. It does not follow that these discarded
characters are of no systematic value. On the contrary, the sum
284
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION { Mar. 20,
total of these and of many others produces that general something
which so often tells the experienced what kind of lizard he has
Text-fig. 65.
ID=(Ch
K=C.
Wp
got hold
Lepidosis of the collar and throat.
. immutabilis, Salina Cruz No.1. Edge of collar formed by a complete
row of granules. A nest or cluster of enlarged granules in the centre of
the throat.
. mexicanus, var. balsas No. 8. Coilar composed entirely of very large
scales.
. deppei from San Carlos. <A few single granules intercalated between the
large scales forming the edge of the collar.
sexlineatus from North Carolina.
deppei, Cocoyul No. 5.
communis australis, Cuicatlan, half-grown. Collar composed of very
small scales and many granules.
of, before submitting it to his artificial keys, which in
really interesting cases often refuse to work.
Supraoculars + Collar + Humerus+ Forearm + Femur
H aye) 1 1 +4 — Nynoaniea
+ Pores+ Coloration = Species,
is a kind of condensed equation, but the line has to be drawn
at its length, lest the equation becomes bewildering when comparing
the variations of many kinds with each other. Since each of
these characters may have at least two values (large or small in
numbers or in size as the case may be), the possible number of
1906.} IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. . 285
permutations is enormous, at least theoretically, but in reality it
comes to pass, that, owing to some occult law of correlation, certain
combinations do not occur. These give us a clue as to the specific,
subspecific, &c. value of the items employed. For instance, in the
whole genus of Cnemidophorus the a priori obvious combination of
large posterior arm-scutes with only 3 supraoculars does not occur,
except as individual freaks or true abnormalities. A well-scutellated
forearm is mostly associated with a large-scaled collar and with
4 supraoculars, perhaps because the prevailing bionomic conditions
favour a strong lepidosis; but where the genius loci favours
small scales, the completely granular forearm is coupled with a
small-scaled collar (e.g. in the tessellatus-group, text-fig. 64 A); or
the collar is in an unstable condition, the scales decreasing in size
towards the sides of the collar and interspersed granules are fre-
quent on the edge (e. g., in C’. deppei, C’. sewlineatus, and C. communis
australis, text-fig. 65 D, E). It is then a question which part
initiates the change, and which parts follow suit, or, may be, are
not allowed to yield to the new tendency. For ‘not allowed” we
may say “overruled by natural selection.”
Unfortunately we know next to nothing about the advantages
of these features. Broadly speaking, large forearm-scutes are a
feature of the high plateau and of the mountainous districts, but not
of forests, grassland, or sandy soil. I rather suspect that arm-scutes
are connected with a rough ground, physically rough in its detail
composition, such as is produced by the rubble of volcanic and
limestone formations. The same agency may be applicable to the
collar, but not conceivably to the supraoculars.
Concerning the colour patiern. A spotted garb, light spots upon
darker, uniform ground-colour, seems to be the effect of forest or
bush life upon an originally striped creature ; for instance, C’. mmu-
tabilis compared with C. guttatus, and C. bocowrti with C. meaxicanus ;
but it is also the reaction of a life on the open, periodically droughty
plateau, e. g. the strongly spotted C. communis. ‘This seems con-
tradictory, but the tertiwm comparationis, the moving agency is
the monotonous light, whether this be due to the abundance of
broken shade, the subdued light in the forest, or the absence of
shade in the open under a glaring sky. In neither case can the
organism retain the stripes! Moreover, that unknown influence
which causes the appearance of pale field spots has thereby intro-
duced a new element, witness the behaviour of these spots during
their growth so that a longitudinally striped pattern may be con-
verted into one of transverse stripes. However, these questions
have been dealt with, tentatively at least, in Proc. R. 8. 1903.
The so-called systematist wants above all to label and shelve his
specimens ; his beau ideal is a good species, and his ambition as
many of them as possible. His chief anxiety is to point out the
differential characters. Every individual belongs, in his idea,
to a perfectly definable assembly, the ultimate boundaries of which
enclose the “species.” There are also others, not “ splitters,” but
286 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
“Jumpers,” who, rightly allowing more amplitude of variation
in their conception of a species, commit the following error. They
think that intergrading of two species is the same as continuity
from one extreme to the other. For instance, if the overlap of all
the available characters should occur in one and the same specimen,
then presumably the two supposed species would be the same,
but not—and this is the usual procedure—if the overlap of the
characters occurs only in a whole number of specimens taken
together.
The following diagrain illustrates an important point. Leta, 4, ¢,
d be 4 different characters, each of which can vary from, let us say,
small to large; and let us assume that character @ (for example
the scutellation of the forearm) is the quickest, the most sus-
ceptible, to change. Let species A change towards B, and let B
change towards A, by gradually assuming the respective ‘characters.
Then it will be found that the two changing series will overiap com-
pletely or coincide in all their four characters, only when all these
characters have arrived at a medium condition, and again when they
all have arrived at the other extreme end. The diagram shows
moreover that, although the results are the same, at the terminus
and in the middle, the A and B series of evolution are different at
every stage.
SMALL. MeEpium. | LARGE.
Species A =a b ce d
changing |
towards B> a b cd
a bie d
abed
fe bed
la be ad 1
i} ea
aes b ce d
a ; : F
abed. Ahas changed intoa form in
——— :
which all the characters are
| large; A resembling B.
a bc d= Species B changing into, or
Ee
towards A,
d abe <a
da e c
dab
dabc=abe a
dabe |
da b Cc |
da ble |
dabc=abed
Diagram illustrating the overlapping of characters.
Species B resembles A, but is not genetically the same, since the combinations
dab small, or a4 6e¢ medium and d small, &c. occur nowhere in the series
which represents the changes from 4 towards B
In this paper I have employed a great number of specific &e. names,
often using trinomials, in fact as many as the greatest of “splitters” ;
but this hs been done for the sake of convenience, for shortness
of expression, and having done my best to diagnose the groups,
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 287
species, subspecies, races and varieties, I have proceeded to point out
those individuals which upset the diagnoses.
Cope has rightly said, Report U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1898 (1900)
p- 569 :—“ The discrimination of the North American species of
this genus is the most difficult problem in our herpetology. No-
where are subspecies more sharply defined than in Cremidophorus,
that is geographical forms, which are not always true to their
characters.” He, however, practically left the Mexicans untouched,
confining himself to those of the United States.
Most of the “species” are so plastic, so variable, that they may
well drive the systematist to despair. Not two authorities will, nor
can, possibly agree upon the number of admissible species.
The Cnemidophori in their unsettled condition, are truly
delightful as an ideal object lesson in Nature’s way of species-
making.
It has been my ambition to find truly intermediate individuals,
real links between the groups and between the reasonably supposed
species. This was suprisingly difficult! It was a reasonable
premiss that such links should occur at the same place, at least in
the same district, with the two forms to be linked. If the link
occurs somewhere else, the question enters a new field of inquiry.
It is fairly certain that the three forms of the deppei-group,
C. deppei, C. immutabilis, and C. guttatus, are closely allied to
each other; and it may now be taken as proven that C. immutabilis
turns into C. guttatus in consequence of living in the Atlantic
Tierra caliente. These two forms actually run into each other,
but they are easily separable when in their respective typical
garbs, in which case, moreover, slight structural differences are
apparent. Result: C. guttatus is a terminus of evolution, as
being the spotted race of C. immutabilis—scientifically expressed,
C. immutabilis, var. guttata; but thanks to accident, priority of
naming, it has to stand as C. guttatus guttatus, and the parental
stock form stands as C. guttatus, var. immutabilis! No sense in
that, but justice is done to the fetish, although not to the lizards
to which these paraphernalia should be subservient.
Further, the Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, &¢c., specimens of
Oaxaca are typical, intensified C. immutabilis; they can hold no
intercourse with those of the Atlantic side, a point about which
T am positive, owing to the configuration of the country.
Mingling still occurs on the isthmus proper; and in the forest-
lands of Guerrero C. immutabilis tends to assume the spotted garb.
Now let us assume that these woods were destroyed for ever, and
that the divide between the Atlantic and Pacific hot-lands is also
laid bare, then we should have the typical C. gauttatus in the
Atlantic Tierra caliente, and the typical C. immutabilis on the
Pacific coast: two good species, because they are well defined and
geographically separated. They were considered as good species
by Cope and by Boulenger; but I found the intermediate forms
in districts of intermediate bionomic conditions, so that now at
288 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
best they are subspecies, if not local races, or, worse still, only
pattern-varieties.
In short, we have here two forms in the actual process of evolution,
which require only the accident of a physical separation belt—
which of course would not alter the remaining individuals—to
give them the standing of local races, but scarcely of subspecies
on account of the slight structural differences, and this because
they are still in the process of making!
It is fairly safe to consider the var. immutabilis as closely allied
to C. deppet, perhaps as a larger form evolved from a more gene-
ralised clan of C. deppet. On p. 319 the question is discussed
whether true links still exist between them, but none have been
found. It is therefore concluded that C. deppei and C. immuta-
bilis being practically coterminous in their wide range, their
differentiation from the hypothetical common stock had proceeded
far enough to turn them into “species,” implying the disappearance
of links. In other words, these two forms, concerning each other,
are no longer in the act of being made*, This may mean either
that their divergence dates back a longer time, or that they have
divided the ground between them sufficiently well, leading lives
too different for competition, and too diverse in the ensuing
reaction upon the surroundings, so that the differentiation has
proceeded more rapidly. The facts that C. deppei inhabits also
the Atlantic hotlands, where it meets the C. guttatus (from
which it is structurally and in pattern more widely removed than
from the C. immutabilis), and further, that C. deppei has such an
enormous range southwards into South America, these cireum-
stances rather favour the assumption that C. deppeiis an old form
and that the evolution of C. immutabilis is of an older date than
its splitting into the present striped and spotted or Pacific and
Atlantic races. Present species are older than subspecies, and
these are older than their present races.
On p. 305 the very pertinent question is discussed whether
the small C. deppei is always separable from the equally small
(. sexlineatus, the least differentiated, the most primitive of the
whole genus, of which, by a fortunate accident, it happens
to be the type. We there succeeded in singling out some
specimens of C. sealineatus from Sauz near Chihuahua, and of
C. deppet from South Guerrero, which apparently are not
separable; but we had to explain these as cases of convergent
development, or, let us say, as due to the coincidence of the
variations of all the characters employed. Some valid reasons
were given to show that these Guerrero clans are local varieties
of the other surrounding C. deppei. The argumentation seems
satisfactory, but it would have been far less so, if these con-
vergent lizards had been taken in neighbouring districts, instead
* The differences are, however, sometimes so small that, if, for instance, the
Cajones (text-fig. 81E) or the Miahuichan specimens (cy. p. 326) were the only
representatives known of C. immutabilis, we should unhesitatingly treat them as a
subspecies of C. deppei!
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 289
of 1200 miles asunder. C. deppei and C. seaxlineatus, with regard
to each other, are two good species in the fullest sense, although
all their available characters may overlap, or intergrade, not only
singly, but conjointly. They are two old species, sprung from
one common stock, well and firmly established, representing each
other in widely separate and apparently very different countries,
one in the Tropics, the other in North America proper. Florida
and Texas have much of the type of the Tierra caliente, but it
would be hopeless to look for the tertiwm comparationis between
the more Northern States and the Tropics of Mexico and Central
America, unless we assume that the North-western Plateau, with
its ranges of mountains, from the Western States right through
Mexico, has caused the evolution of the many other kinds of
Cnemidophori, which now separate and connect C. deppei and
C. sexlineatus*.
Our problem is not to explain why these two species should
occasionally be so much alike each other in their widely different
habitats, but to investigate whether, how, and why the intervening
country, the bulk of Mexico, has turned its lizards into what they
are, namely the great gularis-group.
The family of the Tejidee is old. Of several dozen so-called
genera in South America, only two are found also in Mexico;
namely, one species of Ameiva in the eastern and western hot-
lands, and the genus Cnemidophorus incl. Verticaria. This genus
is old, but not old enough to oceur on the West Indian Islands, a
fact which limits it to the end of the Miocene epoch. Yucatan
was under water until the beginning of the Pliocene; it has
received its few Cnemidophori since that epoch, and the same
applies to the Atlantic lowlands along the Gulf to Florida. Only
C. guttatus and C’. deppei have got into these parts of Mexico.
For Texas only C. sexlineatus and the little C. gularis were
available immigrants.
C. mexicanus, a very distinct species, exists on the Tres Marias
Islands. Other species inhabit the small islands of Lower Cali-
fornia, both in the Gulf and to the west of the peninsula; proofs
of the existence of the genus in Mexico in early Pliocene times.
It is doubtful when the great central plateau between the
Eastern and Western Sierras Madres became dry land; until late
Tertiary times it was an inland lake. Longest available for
terrestial creatures were Southern Mexico and the Pacific portion—
a great stretch of land from Central America to California,
including parts of the present Pacific Ocean. It is in this belt
that we have to look for the home of the Mexican and North-
American Cnemidophori. Their present distribution agrees well
with this hypothesis. There is an abundance of species in the
South and in the North-west, whilst towards the North and
Kast, across the plateau, occur far fewer forms.
The great TESSELLATUS-group 1s an illustration of a group centred
’ * Lack of material has prevented me from corroborating Cope’s statement that
C. sexlineatus and C. gularis absolutely merge into each other, cf. p. 305.
290 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
in the North-west, whence it has sent a few outlying forms east-
wards through the basin of the Rio Grande. The Gvzarrs-group
is strong along the Western Sierra. C. gularis itself is the only
kind which follows the same basin, and it is (with the exception
of some éessellatus-forms near Monterey) the only species known in
Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas, C’. communis extends from Jalisco
Text-fig. 66.*
Pe ars eres Nard |
18 oe
ete
eee
Ee
>;
zs
Se
>t
ronenetes
~
Me x
See
Me
=e
KS
on
x2
=e
oS
ry a
ate
xX
Pe. -
>
Mas
>
“of
%,
=
H
i=
%
%
be
be
Re
b>
pS
Re
<>
See re
INNA a eee.
-
~
i
7o Thigh
A 7 B
4+ 4 454 454
E i G H |
Evolution of Pattern of C. deppei, from 6 to 11 pale stripes.
* In all these diagrams of pattern evolution the Arabic refer to the white
stripes or their subsequent changes. The Roman nunerals refer to the Fields.
Field I lies between stripes 1 and 2, Field 11 between stripes 2 and 3.—Stripe 1
passes through the Ear, along the flank and upon the Thigh. Stripe 2 passes
through the Hye, above the Hip and upon the Tail. Stripe 3 encloses the mid-field
when there is no fourth pair of stripes.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 291
across Guanajuato to Puebla, and in Southern Mexico, below the
plateau, we find an abundance of various kinds.
Text-fig. 67.
a=) 343 343 4321! cbs) 721
LA UM | |
} Qo) 90 °
| D0 : oT le
] ) q i! oll 9
i She
vl | ) 0 Foy
| r! D oq le
it 0 0} |
| | 0% j | I.
\/) 0 00 0 a) 2].
A 8 Cc D [z
1234432 1 1234 234 43 2
70 Xo 1! | 039 009 ao °
0 Oy ey 0 4 oe Ben
U9 SC jor _{l) 9
00 0 ) OGG jh “0 Go o 9 a
, 0 oe 00 00 00 ) 4 , 0
70 VO U oo oo J CROSS nee Ong ee
0 Yo D 90 oo J Noi OSncsmerealy 0 a WE ee
90 00 || | 0 90 09 9 io 2 6 0) © © 049
en 100 00 4 | es 0. 00 erie!
00 °%9 D 49 00 | ee ao’ J - aS j
09 0 0 Wl aq @ se > 9 | s2 = 1
05 a? YO on" G eee 2S | ies ae
4 Mas 08 POO no Gal >a oh J )Fa%t= fel)
F G H i
Evolution of Pattern of C. cmmutabilis A to EK, and of
C. guttatus from youth F to old age I.
Text-fig. 68.
2 i 3 P25 Sse BS) eZ reg
| tal
‘|| ° : ) & | 3 ! om ol .
t) Q 0 : g | Pao
° e 1 Ol ag D| 4 “| os I
(3) oO ann O a no rm | on
0 Grauene ae Sle ey ee
fo) © D HO Onn Gy ne a ag
2 1% Wow al ah ES oe
me? om A
o ohn i 8 " See a0 2
oO O 0 gy ou It fo) “if ah
8. OO Pin oS |
00 OAS > 10 nn @ 2 ww °
2 Wo 2 OY alot io 00 S ae
it CoO ' 1
@ OO Oo > ne WQS hi Op |!
, 0 a 9 1 00 iM) 9» ° See
OF u i a
off, |i © Obey oo Swe 8
9 ) @) We ie) ; a an <—
fo) ol] o O an tou (ABs zs), 10)
1 O-@iu
lo} Te) i 1} Oe
A B C D
Evolution of Pattern of C. scalaris from youth to adult; cf. text-fig. 76, p. 336.
There isa great gap in the map without any Cnemidophorus,
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XX. 20
[ Mar. 20,
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION
O.° oO So "Gronocwa ©
“STUDIVLIUL ¥0)
pur srwmuiod “—p Jo aBvjzs JuoIsuesy to aIMyeurur ayy ‘s72.17NA' 4 Jo o5v4s y[NpR [enJov ayy Juasordat ;g7 puv gq
‘snuparvaut “Q pur ‘srununioa *—Q ‘sripjnh *) Jo aSv4s [NFYIMOA [engor oy spuasordaa w
“(TOF YW Wloay snuporwau “QM JO pur (04 YW WoAL syunwmuoa “DQ JO U10}}RG JO UOTNTOAT
Q 2) 8 ee eS Se 19 rye) id
0° pac po i) o ||9 ¢} {
0,9 0 LAT AKG 5 elo ol[O e)
80 °og \ pe 49 o||° d) WES) 4 oe)
0 0'4g f folloy 6 a eae 0} 0 | i ae
09 o Wit ° 6 ° ||0 ay? lly °
oye & i non 0 O}}o |° Hoe © ‘
oo 2G ae P 0 o||, \lo Hee Wiis a -¢
a Bes 2 n| 1 10 =| (7 <
5 Ny it |
era Al CaCarcusl (ete (Agel | cme cca ea OS lavCuce.ae lig eek Fane:
"69 “BY-4Xaq,
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 293
roughly speaking within a triangle from Tampico and Vera Cruz
to Zacatecas. Most of the latter State lies too bigh; and this
altitude would be a sufficient factor for stopping the eastward
extension of C. communis and its allies. No Cnemidophori have
ever been recorded from Jalapa, although that district has been
the hunting-ground of many good collectors; none are known
from Orizaba district, and the Comision cientifica (cf. Cope’s List,
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1885, p. 372) returned none from the State
of Hidalgo. The northern half of the State of Vera Cruz is
covered mostly with rain-forest. The reputed absence in the
triangle is easiest accounted for by the assumption that CO. gularis
coming from the North, and C. deppei with C. guttatus from the
South, have not yet met, perhaps cannot meet on account of
unsuitable bionomic conditions.
Text-fig. 70.
(Weird Oct Be) Ue 3003 P2033
{10,
¥ o }) 9 Sue
ar.s6 | oy J - ces
ly Leos ton oi
fs) > HR ES
Jeb 9 ( ae oo
rela Sake Nae ene
Sy ee ASS Sie
ICI: gas
CI ce i CB OS
le. a @
Gua =
(S
Evolution of Pattern of C. tessellatus A-D and of C. rubidus E.
How, then, have we to imagine that the spreading of Cnemido-
phorus in Mexico has taken place? Of course we leave aside the
idea of a multiple origin. The usual explanation of zoogeographers
would be as follows :—Some indifferent species spreading from the
South through the Pacific half of the country northwards, and
thence into the United States, has on its way given rise to the
various forms of lizards. This not unreasonable assumption, if
applied to the species as we actually find them distributed, would
imply that they have changed, say, from 4 into B into... #, each
with side-branches or sub-species, but that on their arrival in the
North in the form # they have been turned again into something
like A. Deppet and sexlineatus are near allies, but such a
reversion or return to pristine conditions is most unlikely. It
would, moreover, mean that #’, while assuming A-like characters,
must also be rather like 4. But in reality this is not the ease.
On the contrary, A (sewlimeatus) turns into H (gularis); this in
turn into D and C’ (communis occidentalis); C into B (C. copei),
the var. australis of which we have some occasional difliculty in
20*
294 DR, H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar, 20,
separating from C. immutabilis and guttatus, which are very
different from (, sevlineatus. C,in another direction, turns in
Michoacan and the Balsas basin into C. mexicanuws, which reaches
its terminal development in Oaxaca, Lastly, C. bocourti represents
a third offshoot from C. communis (cf. p. 287 and pp. 356-358).
We have therefore to search for another explanation. We postu-
late the existence of an indifferent stock, somewhat like a combina-
tion of C, deppei and C. sexlineatus, with a range from South to North
over those parts of the country which at that unknown period did
not yet exhibit the present variety of phy sical, bionomic features.
Cer tainly the Western Sierra was there in reine but not as it is
now. Then came the physical changes: subsidence of much of
the Pacific land; the development of desert features in the North-
west and North; the transformation of the central lake into a
silted-up plain, the central tableland; the spreading of forests
over the Sierra after the volcanic eruptions had subsided,—in short,
the assumption of the more recent features of Mexico.
Hand in hand with these changes went the making of the
species, iz loco; and as they spread further upon new ground,
they changed further, giving rise to still newer varieties, races,
subspecies, and species, a seemingly endless kaleidoscopic process.
This is not a new process; it was always going on, but we see
only the present results, and of the many extinct forms we know
naught.
Broadly speaking, there are now three or four main groups.
One centres round (, tessellatus, essentially in the North-west and
North; a second comprises the gularis-group of the Centre and
West; thirdly, the essentially Southern, tropical deppei-immutabilis
group; lastly, C. sealineatus, the least specialised, in the United
States. Each of the four geographical regions or main habitats
of these groups has its own characteristic features ; they are types
of bionomie conditions.
The greatest number of well-distinguished forms occurs in the
Lower Californian district. At least 6 (or 7 with C. sealineatus
in California); 4 of them are insular
The existence of 3 species on the little Cedros Island is only
partly an illustration of the effect of isolation—(. labialis on Cedros
Island, C. rubidus only on 8S. Margarita Island; maximus,
fennellaies martyris, and hyperythrus occur on islands but also
on the neighbouring mainlands, which consequently prove to be
veritable refuge-islands, remnants of a former ly larger land-
complex. Characteristic of, even peculiar to, this ‘land are
C. labialis and C. hyperythrus, whilst the other species are of
tessellatus descent.
Another centre of great variety is Oaxaca, with lkewise 6-7
forms which are referable to the deppei and the gularis-communis-
mexicanus group. This great diversity is in concord with the very
varied physical features of that State. It is there that the Tierra
caliente embraces with an eastern and a western arm the most
southern portion of the plateau, a wedge which is continued
1906, | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 295
towards the Isthmus through its junction with the Sierra Madre
del Sur. The Atlantic and Pacific types of hot climate are juxta-
posed. The Southern species meet others of the mexicanus stock
which have come from the North, at least from the plateau, and
they meet others of the communis-stock which have come trom
the West. Or may be, if we prefer it, the Southern deppei-group
has by its northward extension crossed the Southern members of
the communis-stock, which extend from Colima along the coast
across the Isthmus through Yucatan to Cozumel! Indeed, we can
understand why the Oaxaca-Isthmus district should be so rich in
forms. It isa highway, the meeting-ground of the South and
North exchange, and at the same time so diverse in bionomic
conditions, any but deserts or semideserts being there represented
within a small compass.
The State of Oaxaca is the meeting centre of North and South,
East and West s—a combination which occurs nowhere
else in Mexico. In comparison, the rest of this large country, in
spite of wonderful variety, shows far more fundamental uniformity,
each of its main divisions in its way, and, as the map will show,
with rarely as many as 4, more often only 3 or 2, and.even only
1 kind of Cnemidophor US.
These facts are eloquent testimony that the diversity of bionomic
conditions is responsible for the various kinds of these lizards.
Never mind, for the present, whether this must mean either that
natural selection has weeded out those variations which do not fit
in, or that the bionomic conditions have actually caused these
variations. Fortunately our Cnenidophori seem to testify that
both views can go hand in hand.
The change of the pattern of a typical C. mewxicanus from stripes
to tiger- bars during its growth from youth to age shows that this
change takes place side by side with natural selection, not beyond
its control. Otherwise it would mean, as I have ‘pointed out
elsewhere, that all those are weeded out which in their youth do
not happen to be striped, and those of the second year which do
not happen to become spotted, and those of old age which do not
manage to assume the cross-barred pattern! There are no young
O. mexicanus which are not striped, but no old specimens with
stripes.
me: chee: the greatest number of stripes occurs in old speci-
mens, and this fact is not due to the others having been weeded out,
since many-striped young are not relatively but positively rare.
If this many-striped pattern is best for this species, it 1s hard on
the young to have to wait for it during the time that they are
most in need of protection. The changes are constitutional and
also caused directly by the external bionomic prevailing conditions,
and some of the ‘“ protective” results are quite incidental ; for
instance, the fact that many a vividly striped C. deppet appears
quite stripeless, monochrome dull, when seen from in front instead
of sideways or from behind. This str iking feature is the result of
296 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar, 20,
the still somewhat imbricating shape of the granules of the skin.
If it were harmful it would be disallowed, if usefal it might be
encouraged ; but if it be neithery it would still continue until it
disappears by itself, when the granules have become too uniform
for this accidental by-play.
Almost every one of the taxonomic characters investigated in
this paper has an amplitude of variation within some of the
species which equals that of the whole genus. From this fact
we can draw several conclusions. Either these variations are un-
important to the welfare of that particular species, or this is stall
in an unsettled condition, 7. e. it is making new species. If the
exceptional or extreme variations were harmful, we should expect
them to have been eradicated long ago; even the tendency of
varying in that particular direction, unless this kind of variation
is of comparatively recent date.
Again, since they occur in individuals of the same locality, they
have obviously not been swamped by panmixis. All these
Cnemidophori form practically isolated clans, since they do not
travel. We might say that the inhabitants of a plain have more
chances of mixing, and that therefore theyare more monotonous
in their features, have in fact arrived at the general average.
Clans on the other hand confined in a valley, or on a mountain,
or in intricate terrain, are isolated, and they should therefore be
still more subject to panmixis. But instead of their having settled
down to fixed monotony, we find just the reverse: the variations
of their characters are at their liveliest. How are these facts to be
reconciled? Only, I venture to submit, by the assumption that
these variations are the direct result of, caused by, the direct
influence of the surroundings, regardless of natural selection,
which can, and will, step in only when certain variations turn out
to be harmful in that particular locality.
It may mean an improvement to have 21 instead of 20 femoral
pores, Instead of increasing the work of each pore by 5 per cent. ;
but if that 21- pored lizard should mate with an old-fashioned 18-
pored female, the offspring may probably show some gain in
comparison with the mother. Whatever may be the use of these
pores, their activity certainly depends upon the requirements of
the whole organism of the lizard, which in turn is influenced by
the conditions under which it happens to live. If that place
favours, in the most roundabout way, the activity of these pores,
they will react by increase, either in size or in numbers, perhaps
actually thus increasing don ing the life of one individual.
Not all individuals respond alike easily. Some lag behind, and
may be they come thereby to grief, although this is not very
likely. Take the present case. What puts an end to the
refractory lizard are the snakes, the ground-cuckoo, the Croto-
phaga, and similar enemies, whose attacks represent accidents
absolutely regardless of the difference between 20 and 21 pores ;
but this same difference is equally irrelevant in affecting the
1906. } IN MEXICAN LIZARDS, 297
creature’s organism itself, since the 20 glands can easily do the
extra work between them,*.
The same reasoning applies to the protection of the forearm.
The nature of the ground over which these lizards have to run,
conceivably may directly influence, stimulate, these gaiters com-
posed of long rows of broad scutes. I leave it open, not always
to rouse the anti-Lamarckian ire, whether the scutellation is
due to natural selection; but I want to know why these same
scutes are lost again by those delegates of a gaitered kind which
have straddled into forests or upon sandy ground. Or, another
point of view. The “granulated specimens” of C. mexicanus from
Cuernavaca and Cuautla (cf. p. 367), or those of C. communis
occidentalis from Patzcuaro, should be at such an obvious dis-
advantage to their gaitered brethren that these tendencies ought
to have been eradicated long ago.
Would anyone be bold enough to stipulate a physiological
difference between the possession of 3 or 4 supraoculars? Fine,
instead of coarse, granulation prevails in the skin of the deppei-
group; their whole organism is imbued with this acquired
character, and this tendency is likely to spread, to assert itself in
all those parts where scales and scutes are not positively required.
In most species with normally 4 supraoculars these are bordered
behind by one or more rows of granules; im some specimens the
last supraocular is split, or much reduced (e.g. text-fig. 71 A,
p. 303), and there are more granules, and granules fill its whole
space in the deppei-group, except in those old-fashioned individuals,
about 10 per cent. with rather. local predilection, which still retain
the original number. ‘That is all, neither more nor less!
Every normal organism, and its constituent organs jointly or
separately, tends towards greater perfection’. Itis under the
influence of the law of perfection. This must be so unless the
whole idea of onward evolution is a dream, and it is a necessary
outcome of the principle of the inheritance of acquired characters.
*s Here we are treading on uncertain ground. However, I have found many
dozens of cases in which one or two of the distal pores of the whole series are
imperfect, or very small, obviously not functional; and frequently on the other leg
the corresponding pores are altogether missing. These may be cases of retrogression,
of decreasing pores; but my argument is of course valid for de- and increase. Only,
somehow, one prefers to consider the largest numbers as representing the ultimate,
newest condition.
+ Lam well aware that I am treading here on dangerous ground and liable to be
misunderstood. The process involved may be mysterious, but it is not mystical.
“Perfection” and “law” are used for want of less equivocal turns; they are
figures of speech, not concrete and absolute, but abstract and relative ideas. Few,
if any, creatures are perfect in the sense that they cannot be improved. Ornitho-
rhynchus may represent the acme of vertebrate perfection in the Murray River, but
as a mammal it is lamentably imperfect. There is a “law of chances”; it is nota
law made by the will of somebody, but a convenient expression for the average
summary of facts as they result from the “nature of things.’ A squad of raw
recruits may all make bulls’ eyes, but they won't !
There is onward evolution and also degeneration or devolution or regressive meta-
morphosis, likewise after all progressive. To exclude the latter, I used the expression
“normal organism’ for the sake of shortness. Those who scent teleology in
298 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
Animals and plants have, since the beginning of life, acquired and
inherited and retained whatever was better, and they have got
rid of imperfections, so that this Whole process itself has become
an acquired and inherited character. Thus alone can it be
explained that an organism can and will, under new circumstances,
or under new and sudden stress, react In a manner surprisingly
quick and straight to the point.
The Cnemidophori are so plastic that they still respond to
every new condition, and in so varied a country as Mexico they
ave able to meet with new conditions whenever they spread (not
migrate!) into regions new to them. These need not be localities
where no Cnemidophorus has been before. The whole process is
now very complex. For instance, a clan of typical C. communis
occidentalis may spread into locality A, which is already inhabited
by C. immutabilis. More likely than not, it will there assume
some of those characters which the prevailing conditions produce
or require, and the result will be a superficial resemblance to
C. immutabilis. Into this same locality spreads a clan of typical
C’. mexicanus, which also assume some of the characters which
the aboriginal C. immutabilis possesses ; but the result in these
“immigrants” will not be the same, because C. mexicanus and
C. communis are not the same.
A great resemblance between the three kinds of lizards will
result in obedience to the genius loci. One of these may yield in
the matter of pores and arm-granules and in the pattern of colour,
but retaining its collar; the other set may concede nearly every-
thing, but may stick obstinately to some other feature by which
alone it proclaims its descent. Not because that point is necessary
to its welfare, but because inheritance happens to be too strong,
at least for the present.
The whole body, 7. e. the sum total of all its characters, of
which we can follow ouly a few, is considerably influenced by new
environmental, bionomic conditions. All the characters, being
therefore in an unstable condition, or shaken up, “ vary” sepa-
rately ; some, however, with an obvious amount of correlation :
with the result that many combinations are formed—some of them
good, others bad or indifferent, and thus, seemingly by accident,
orthogenesis, tendency towards perfection, &c., may be referred to Heckel’s
discussion of these and similar subjects in his ‘Generelle Morphologie der
Organismen,’ Chap. xix. (Berlin, 1866); reprinted as Chap. ix. pp. 311-319 in
‘ Principien der generellen Morphologie der Organismen’ (Berlin, 1906). There, p.312,
he uses the excellent term Veleosis for H. G. Bronn’s “ Gesetz der progressiven
Entwickelung.” On p. 317, Negeli’s “ Vervollkommnungs-theorie,” practically
including Eimer’s Orthogenesis, is discussed. Heckel finds fault with Negeli’s ex-
pression that “all organisms have the tendency to become more complicated or perfect”
as leading to teleology and dualism, but Hwxckel’s substitution of a “general mecha-
nical law of Nature” does not mend matters. i
The main purpose of an organism is to live! Of course that, again, is not a
¥ Sere oy but it is its business, Geschaeft, that what it is busy with, “ das was er
schaiit ~ !
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 299
new varieties, races, &e. are formed, or at least initiated.
Whether they can hold their own, can become common, or
predominant, depends upon the test of life and time. In any
case, when we speak of them as new varieties or races &c., we
thereby but register the fact that the characters of these lizards
in certain localities average differently from what we are pleased
to consider the normal, more universal stock.
On the other hand, where environmental conditions are stable,
or when the new homes imply no bionomic change, there should
be no reason for shaking up the organism ; it should arrive at a
settled condition, and the only changes, if any, should be very
gradual and orthogenetic, following the law of improvement.
lt follows from these considerations, that the evolution of new
species should be most active, most obvious in varied, not in
monotonous districts. It also follows that change of environmental
conditions need not imply migration, or spreading, but change of
conditions in loco.
It is a kaleidoscopic process—a stirring up, and there are new
combinations, some of transient existence, others are obvious
failures, others are lucky hits which should be the most successful
according to all canons. They seem to fall into the category of
“mutations,” but to a rather mild extent, since the game is played
fairly with all the pieces or characters upon the board, none more
and none less. The game has been played incessantly and in
many places by these lizards, hence the possibility of the occurrence
of the same combinations at different times and places ; and such
coincidences become probabilities when the performers are of a
kindred stock and play under similar conditions those subtle rules
and influences and traditions which Nature is able to ‘ corriger
la fortune.”
The distressingly laborious examination of half a thousand
specimens of Cnemidophorus has not been in vain, since it has
revealed not a few instances which are favourable to the inter-
pretations and to the general conclusions given in this paper.
None amounts to proof, ‘but even an occasional glimpse may lead
to a path into and eventually out of a tangle which hides quagmires
and precipices with its luxuriant and often thorny growths, but
which above all attracts us by its glorious and mysterious beauty.
Definition of the genus CNEMIDOPHORUS Wagler, pt.; Boulenger,
Cat. Lizards, 11. 1885, p. 360.—Swift-running, strictly humivagous
Tejidee, with a long, narrow arrow-headed tongue, not ‘retractile into
the base ; lateral teeth compressed, bi- or tricuspid ; head covered
with large regular shields; anterior nasals im contact with each
other; dorsal scales granular ; ventrals large, forming regular rows;
with a double collar-fold; with femoral pores; tail round ; ey elids
and ear-opening well developed.
300 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
A Key, or general definition of the main groups of Mexican
and North-American Cnemidophori.
4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales.
Posterior surface of forearm covered with
granules. U.S.A. into Northern Mexico.
C. sealineatus*, p, 302.
4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales.
Forearm normally with scutes, or enlarged
poly gon@sived iah hence Bent al or gularis: -group, p. 327.
4 supraoculars. Collar composed of small scales,
especially the rows which form the posterior
edge. Forearm posteriorly covered with
granules ......North-Western or tessellatus-group *, p. 367.
3 supraoculars. Collar composed of large scales.
Forearm granular ........Southern or deppei-group, p. 308.
For comparison I give a few data of the South-American forms
of Cnemidophorus. The first 5, C. ocellifer to C. longicauda, ave
closely allied to each other, and are all from Southern South
America, 7. e. extratropical. They are distinguished by the very
small number of femoral pores; the position of the nostril is in
the first nasal, 7.e. ‘anterior to the nasal suture,” as in the
Mexicans (in the other South Americans the nostril lies between
the two nasal plates); when there are only 3 supraoculars, this is
due to reduction of the anterior seute, instead of the posterior asin
the Mexicans. In this respect, ther efor e, the mere number is no
indication of relationship with the deppei-group; it is rather the
reverse.
We observe the same differences in the shape of the collar,
some of the tessellatus, others of the gularis type : with or without
granules at the edge, and, e.g. C. leachi, with intermediate
conditions. The humerus is covered either with many small
rows, or a few large rows, followed by smaller rows. But all the
South-American species agree with the tessellatus and deppei groups
in the entirely granular covering of the posterior side of the
forearm; there being not one specimen known with scutes or
even enlarged polygones.
Concerning the colour-pattern there seems to be the same
amplitude of variation from adult species with many sharply
defined stripes to those in which the stripes fade away, or are
dissolved into round spots, mostly also with field-spots, e. g. i
C. lemniscatus ; lastly there are some which attain a monochrome
condition.
* Hereto possibly also C. hyperythrus, distinguished by the fusion of the two
frontoparietals into one plate, p. 307.
+ Hereto possibly C. /abialis, distinguished by the nasal opening being in contact
with the second upper labial, p. 374.
IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 301
1906. |
| ‘youq ayy FO SopnuRAS ot[y
|JSSUOULE SO]VOS VSAV] IB[NGALI JO
uotssassod ayy Aq 24oydoprmauy)
JO oy} TB Worf SuLaypid
|
*dn0.15-s270)
|-/288a], oY} JO snzvULoUL “Q JO
|SUIPULUtad $ We0AS T[Mp ATULLO}TU
| ‘sqods oyed oyut
dn yvorq 10 YsIueA UO J94RT
Jory ‘sod1.ys QT OF 8 YYLA Sun0,
*dn018-s770))98897 94
Jo sLthzupMy “Q JO SUIPULUtat
| UMOIq-yoryq 10 youpq Apearyugy
ce oe ce
+] PlIey. e
puu ‘Zz pue T sodiys Jo proysur
sjods oy aSavy yy Ueaty |
| “podiayg
‘sjods pure sediyg
*padiyg
*payjodg
“udoqyvd-mopoy
II-6
“Sol q
6I-LL
"SMOL
[RIO ULA,T
*LoT[VULS
| [BloAaS + 95IUT
“SMO. [[BUIS [B19A08
(JIM aoIBl Moy W
|
"SHOWIN
pue [peuts A190 A.
*‘SHOITUNU
puv [pews A109 4
“SNOTITUNE
pus [peuts Ato 4
O.O.1VT
“OSIRT
‘AGALT &
aGIV] G10 Z
“SMOL
]et9vAN FT
IGLUTT
ISAT
“Tpeus Ato A |
“TU |
5 |
“IB[UUBLS |
JsouR PRUs 4.19 A,
“[jeus
ALA [[B SaTBOG
‘a.0po |
ALPNUBLS £9.10] |
‘OOIVT] |
“AVTNUBLS SOPIS PUB!
ISPd GARY ALJUAL
Peron Ha |
“IRTJON
“TUOHAOCINAN,) UNILLAU P -YPOS
,
v
*S.1B]N90
-vadug
BICULO[OD “paxsy |
|
Mla
BIT] VISOD |
“RIATLOG
; ‘ {arraese
Laog “Bani |
PUIPLAOAT PIO |
|
“BjanzouaA
|
|
‘SBOLABS) TBA JSBOL)
sanboy sory
*peprunyy,
IvIU SPUBIST |”
ovORAMD,
|
“~? Qaonqq
VIULOGBIV
“Avnsndiy -
|
“UZOpPUIT,
|
“BUIPUISLY |’
“Lag
sida)01ajay
saploanun
SNYD77U |
snupnsad
uynadsa
snpnasvuua)
snsourhrjuap
~~ Lop0dLbVU
SUSUIQNAD
aes snuLinu
ppnvarhuo)
$apro7p.taoV)
STyMAULPLZI NU
SE E77)
302 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
CNEMIDOPHORUS SEXLINEATUS Linn.
(Text-figs. 71 A, B,C; 62B: 65 D; 73 A, B.)
Material examined :—
4 from Raleigh, N. Carolina.
3 (1 each) from Pensacola, Florida; Kansas; Duval
County, Texas.
2 from Bloomington, Indiana.
3 from San Diego, California.
4 from Sauz, north of Chihuahua (Coll. Dr. Meek).
Definition.—A4 supraoculars. Collar composed of several rows
of large scales (text-fig. 65 D); posterior surface of forearm with
several rows of slightly enlarged granules (text-fig. 62 B), Under-
parts white; 6 to 7 white or yellowish complete stripes on the
back ; fields dark without ne (text-fig. 71 A,B,C). Size
distinctly small, up to 70 mm.; an adult 9 from Sauz, with large
eggs, only 57 mm.
With very wide distribution in North America; from Maryland
and Delaware to Illinois, Kansas, and N semcle ; southwards to
Florida, through Texas to Laredo, thence to Chihuahua, Arizona,
and into Southern California.
Linne’s types came from Charleston, 8. Carolina; Edit. xiii.
p. 364: “Corpus supra utrinque lineis 3 albis angustis et totidem
nigris alternis. Dorsum lineis 3 mediis interjectum, canescens
quasi ex duabus lineis albidis. Rug duo sub collo.”
Supraoculars 4; the posterior is separated from the parietals by
one or more rows of granules, unless it is almost in contact
with the parietals. Of the four Raleigh specimens only the
largest has 4/4 complete supraoculars! In one of 68 mm. only
3/3; in the other of 68 mm. (text-fig. 71. A) the posterior is
absent on the left side, on the right it is reduced to a large
granule, and the anterior scute is broken up into several. The
58 mm. specimen has only 3/3, due to loss of the posterior scutes,
but the anterior pair is broken up into several.
Frenocular plate variable. In two Raleigh specimens present,
in one absent on both sides, in one present on the left side only.
Absent in all the four Sauz specimens.
Collar (text-fig. 65 JD).—According to Cope, “scales of collar
larger, in few rows, the largest forming the lower.” In reality the
collar of C. sexlineatus 1s variable and closely approaches that of
the C. deppei-group. Instead of the posterior edge being formed
by a row of large scales, it is in many cases, at least in the centre,
composed of eranules only ; or there are numerous granules
interspersed between the scales of the edge. The large scales
themselves often decrease in size rapidly towards the sides. Cope’s
figure is much more to the point than his description, The
strongest collar, with an edge of large scales and but few or no
ovanules, I find in the two San Diego specimens.
Humerus with 5 to 7 rows of scales, of which the first 2, 3, OF
4 are considerably larger than the rest.
Text-fio. 71.
1906.)
IN MEXICAN LIZARDS.
303
Posterior surface of forearm (text-fig. 62 B) covered with granules,
but several rows of these, extending variably from elbow to wrist,
are slightly enlarged.
According to Cope, specimens occur in
Onemidophorus sexlineatus and C. deppei.
1Ys.
‘
3/4 supraoculars.
4/4 supraocul
€
3; with 8 complete stripes.
waz, Chihuahua; with 7 stripes.
€
Balsas 16; with 3 pairs of stripes and central subdivided.
Cocoyul
C. sealineatus, Raleigh, N. Carolina; with 6 white and a double faint central stripe.
Balsas 6; with 7 stripes.
C. deppci, Cocoyul 5; with 7 white stripes.
B=C. sevlineatus, Sauz, Chihuahua; with 6 white and a very faint central stripe.
OC. sexlineatus, S
Teer
<S0RRSo
Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona with the granules more enlarged
than in specimens from the Eastern States.
Of four specimens
from Sauz I find only one with conspicuously enlarged rows of
304 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
granules, another with very slight, almost imperceptible, and the
rest with intermediate enlargements. In the four Raleigh
specimens 2 or 3 rows of granules are slightly enlarged. In no
case are the enlarged rows directly continuous with the posterior
seales of the humerus. Anterior surface of forearm with 2, 23, or
3 rows of plates.
Femoral scales according to Cope in 6 rows, less frequently
in 7. I find 6 rows in the Raleigh specimens, three of the rows
veaching the knee. Two of the Sauz specimens have only 5 rows,
of which two are very large and alone reach the knee ; another
specimen has 4 to 5 irregular rows, and another has only 4 rows,
of which the first is extremely broad.
Tibia with 22 to 3 rows of plates.
Femoral pores 14-19. Raleigh, 15/16, 17/17, 17/18, 18/18;
Sauz, 15/15, 15/16, 16/16, 18/17; Bloomington, Ind., 14/14 and
19; San Diego, 14/14 to 16.
Coloration.—Under parts uniformly white with a mother-of-
pearl gloss, or blue-green tinge on the flanks. Above: ashy to
black-brown fields without any pale spots; with three pairs of
white to yellow complete stripes, in addition to a dull-coloured
central streak. The latter varies considerably. It is either a
faint line in the centre of the brown and broad mid-field 3-3, or
it forms a well-marked streak, so that there are seven stripes in
all; or, lastly, it is differentiated into a pair of pale brown lines
which are separated by a dark brown central streak, so that there
ave 8 stripes in all, as, for instance, in the Raleigh specimens.
Length.
Gant) Collar. Forearm. Pores. |
Raleigh, N.C. 58 Weak. 3rows of very| 17 | No field-spots.
(Cambridge Museum). | slightly en- |
larged granules. |
is ws 68 | Moderate. 3 . 17 | - Fi
or) ” 68 | 3 ” 3 18 | 29 2
| 5 z 70 | Rather a FS G/T5 ses Ke
| strong. | |
| Bloomington, IIl...... 69 (Weak, edge Enlarged gran-| 19! | No field-spots whatever.
| partly ules and small |
| | granular. | polygones.
| i. - | 58 P Somewhat en-|14/14! | fs 2
| | larged granules.
Pensacola, Fla. 43 a: | es ii .. | No field-spots. 7 stripes.
San Diego, Cal. (4) ...' 56-64 | Strong. | 3 with slightly) 14/14) None with field-spots.
| enlarged |
| | granules. to
| bs 1 with small 6 and 7 stripes, 3/3 either
| polygones. 16/16 parallel, with a long
faint central streak; or
enclosing an island as in
some C, deppei with
more numerous stripes.
The interesting question is whether C. gularis and C. sexlineatus
merge into each other.
According to Cope they do so in Texas,
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 305
New Mexico, and Arizona. “If we refer specimens with fewer
than 18 pores and no spots between the stripes or on the sides to
the C. sexlineatus, we find that in certain specimens from the
region in question [e.g. specimens from the Pecos River, from
New Mexico, from Plateau Creek in Colorado, and from Fort
Cobb in California] the post-antebrachial scales are larger than
in the eastern specimens, though not so large as in the true
C. gularis,
‘In another series the post-antebrachial scales are equally inter-
mediate in size and there are no spots, but the femoral pores are
enlarged in numbers ; for instance, specimens from Santa Fé in
New Mexico, Camp Whipple in Arizona, and from Chihuahua.
From these we pass easily to the true C. s. gularis, with large
post-antebrachials and spotted spaces.”
This sounds rather conclusive, but when put to a more
scrupulous test there appear difficulties. For instance, we should
expect, from Cope’s statement, that it should be the Chihuahua
district which is inhabited by truly intermediate links between
C. gularis and C. sexlineatus. But it so happens that the 4 Sauz
specimens have in all only 129 pores, 7.e. average 16:1; hereby,
and by their spotless colour-pattern, they are well on the side of
C. sealineatus, while only one approaches C’. gularis in the covering
of the forearm ; and by their small number of femoral rows and
in their small size these specimens stand quite alone. Moreover,
the most enlarged polygones of the forearm are associated with
only 15 pores.
Specimens from Bloomington and San Diego show that a
decidedly low number of pores can be associated with a more
polygonal forearm covering, and with a strong as well as a weak
collar. Better links are the 69 mm. specimen from Bloomington,
Mlinois, and the 62 mm. specimen of (C. gularis from Duval
County, Texas, and this specimen would be a perfect link if it had
18 instead of only. 15 pores. If the enormous material in the
Smithsonian Institute were examined properly, it would no doubt
yield truly intermediate links. For the present, the best criterion
is the absence or presence of pale field-spots. Absence of such
spots is associated with a rather low number of femoral pores,
more granular forearm, and a weaker collar. Such small Onemi-
dophort are C. sealineatus, common in the United States and
extending to the plains of Northern Mexico, where they change,
or have changed, into C.. gularis.
Next comes the important question whether it is always possible
to distinguish C. sexlineatus from the less intensified specimens of
C’. deppei—for instance, from such as have less than 8 stripes and
have no black under parts.
Such critical specimens must show the following characters :—
Small size, below 70 mm.
Forearm granular.
Supraoculars 4.
Femoral rows of scales not more than 6.
306 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLULION [ Mar. 20,
Femoral pores less than 18.
Collar composed of large scales (see above).
No pale field-spots.
6 white stripes and a mid-field with 1 or 2 pale stripes.
Male with white under parts.
It will be found from examination of the tabular statistics of
C. deppei, cf. p. 315, that such C., deppei actually occur in the
lowlands of South Guerrero, notably between the coast and San
Luis Allende. Specimens from other countries are ruled out of
comparison either by their numerous stripes or femoral pores, &e.
There is in particular one of the specimens from Cocoyul (text-
fig. 73 C and text-fig. 65 E) which should be a fair test case. It
happens to be a young male of 63 mim., and the only obvious
differences from C. sexlineatus of Sauz (text-fig. 73 A, B) are the
sharply marked black of the collar, and that the 4th supraocular
is represented by a tiny remnant only. Since it is in this district
of Guerrero that the 4th supraocular crops up not unfrequently,
females, without the criterion of the black under parts, may easily
appear undistinguishable from typical C. sealineatus.
T consider this an example of extraordinary convergence of two
perfectly ‘ good species” which nowhere are known to commingle.
Specimens of one clan of the northern species, in the very north
of Mexico, and specimens of one clan of the tropical, southern
species in South Guerrero, have hit upon the same combination of
numerous characters so as to have become practically not dis-
tinguishable! There is scarcely a greater difference in physical
features imaginable than between the wind-swept, droughty arid
plateau of Sauz and the hilly woody lowlands of tropical Guerrero.
It is inconceivable that members of the same species of Cnemi-
dophorus (lizards which so obviously react upon the physical
features of their surroundings) should vary in exactly the same
direction in such absolutely different places. On the contrary, we
must conclude that the two clans are of different species; in
other words, that these Sauz and Guerrero specimens are an
illustration of convergence.
At the same time, without attempting to quibble, we may
consider it fairly proved that C. sealineatus and C. deppei are very
closely related to each other, so intimately that they might be
considered as the two divergent races of one species, upon the
ground that, taken in a lump, they have now been shown to
‘yun into each other.” Only, there are these grave difticulties.
First, they do not live together but are hopelessly separated.
Secondly, C. sexlineatus forms the starting-point for species like
C. gularis with strongly enlarged forearm-scales and a strong
collar, while the tendencies of C. deppei are the increasing number
of stripes, black pigmentation of the males’ underparts, and loss of
the 4th supraocular. Lastly, from some form like C. deppei have
been developed C. immutabilis and C. guttatus, lizards which have
radiated in a direction opposite to that of the “descendants” of
C. sexlineatus,
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 307
The principle here involved is to a certain extent expressed by
the homely saying, “ what is one man’s meat is another man’s
poison.” It may be expressed by the following equations :—If
« and y are two lizards in an indifferent state, or before they
have been subjected to very different modifying cecological con-
ditions, 4 standing for Plain, B for Forest, and # the result,
then wd =F and yB= 2, i.e. wd can only be =yB if w and y are
different, 7. ¢. reacting differently; it being also inconceivable
that the same kind of creature, if modified at all by the absolutely
different factors d and £8, should be modified into the same
combination of characters,
fival OU o%,
c= ye 1,e, « = 2nd species as it would be if adapted for
A Forest life, but modified by the Plain.
ee wd ie, y = Ist species as it would be if adapted for
eae Plains, if it were not modified by Forest life.
Let us, for argument sake, assume that Plains favour the
development of scutes on the forearm, 4 supraoculars and few
pores; and that Forest life increases the number of pores, while
it disallows or destroys scutes. Then our equation would mean :
x=a Forest species which has been changed into one for Plain
hfe; 2. ¢., it has developed arm-scutes, retains all the
supraoculars but requires few pores.
y=a Plain species which has been adapted to, or changed by,
Forest life; 7. ¢.,scutes are reduced and pores are increased.
In other words, « and y, the original stocks of C. sexlineatus
and C’, deppei, must have been different.
On the other hand, to assume w=y would imply that 4=Z;
physical conditions which we started with as being opposite to
each other.
CNEMIDOPHORUS HYPERYTHRUS Cope.
Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1869, p. 159, established the genus
Verticaria for those Cnemidophorus-like species which are dis-
tinguished by the fusion of the two frontoparietal plates into one.
Such species are C’. heterolepis Tschudi, from the neighbourhood of
Lima, Peru, and C. hyperythrus Cope, from Lower California, in
which I include, following Boulenger’s advice, (’. sericea van Den-
burgh and C. beldingi. Hedracantha Bocourt is, as Boulenger
has shown, not a Cnemidophorus but an Ameiva, and does not
occur in Mexico as stated erroneously by Bocourt and Cope, but
near the coast of Peru and Ecuador. The fact that the fusion of
the originally double frontoparietals occurs in two different
genera, and the unique scaling of C. heterolepis, appear sutticient
to disallow the fusion as a generic character. I am inclined to
look upon these few ‘‘ Verticarias ” as remnants of a more Western,
Pacific fauna, and in my paper Proc. R. 8. 1905, I have given
reasons which indicate a former westward extension of Mexico
and Central America.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—19C6, Vor. I. No. XXI. 21
308 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20,
C, HYPERYTHRUS Cope=sericea van Denburgh = beldingi Cope.
4 supraoculars.
Collar composed of large scales, without granules; the figure
in Cope’s posthumous work does not agree with his description,
nor with the specimens in the British Museum.
Posterior surface of forearm with very slightly enlarged
granules.
~ Femur with 6 irregular rows of scales.
Pores 16 to 17.
Length, a gravid specimen, 59 mm.; another 60 mm.
Range from Diego County in California apparently through the
whole of Lower California to Cape San Lucas, including Cedros
Island, and the Island of San José in the Gulf.
Coloration of under parts all white, with a slight blue tinge on
the abdomen in the male. Upper parts striped, without any
field-spots. In a female specimen (Brit. Mus.) the striation is the
same as that of a C. sexlineatus from San Diego; there are three
pairs of complete stripes with a faint central stripe. In a male
specimen the third pair converges from the head backwards,
forming an unpaired stripe from midback to tail; a unique case
amongst Cnemidophorus with only 5 to 6 stripes, the third pair
universally enclosing a broad mid-field, In the triangular short
mid-field of this specimen is a very short whitish-grey faint mid-
stripe from the head to the neck; fields uniformly dark grey to
black.
Tn most of its characters C. hyperythrus very closely approaches
C, sexlineatus, which also occurs in Diego County.
Derprei-Group.
Definition.—Cnemidophorus with normally 3 supraoculars
(about 10 per cent. with 4); collar composed of enlarged scales in
several rows ; posterior surface of forearm covered with granules.
This group is restricted in Mexico to the Atlantic and Pacific
Tierra caliente, and contains three well-definable forms.
Small, exceptionally up to 80 mm. in length, sharply marked with
7-11 pale stripes. Abdomen of adult male black. Collar and
rest of under parts of female white: C. deppei (text-figs. 71 and
72).—From coast of Jalisco and Vera Cruz in the Tierra caliente
inland up to 2000 feet, southwards through Central America
(Nicaragua, Costa Rica) to Caracas in Venezuela, Concerning
Island of Cozumel, see p. 316.
Larger, up to 138 mm. Collar of both sexes black, in contrast
with throat and chest. Abdomen whitish, chequered with blue:
C. guttatus.
A, Throat pale, whitish. Back with conspicuous white stripes
on very dark ground, or the stripes are broken up into
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 309
rows of numerous white spots: (. guttatus imnutabilis
(text-fig. 74) — From Colima to the Isthmus of Tehuantepec,
from the coast of Oaxaea and Guerrero extending inland
up to an altitude of 2000 feet.
B. Throat during life dull brick-red. Ground-colour of back
dull olive-brown, with several obsolescent rows of yellow-
white spots: C. guttatus guttatus (text-fig. 75),—Atlantic
Tierra caliente from Vera Cruz to Tehuantepec, restricted
to the lowlands of less than 1000 feet elevation.
CNEMIDOPHORUS DEPPEI Wiegmann.
(Text-figs. 71 D-G & 72 A-G.)
Number of specimens examined, 152.
Size of adult 2 , 60-71, average 63-65 mm.; of adult g, 66-83,
average 70-75; exceptional length of 79, 81, and 83 occurring
once each.
Supraocular shields.—The normal number is 3. Amongst the
115 specimens of my own collecting are 11 exceptions, 7. ¢. nearly
10 per cent.: 4 with well-developed 4th shields on both sides,
4 with a tiny 4th scale on both sides, and 3 with a tiny 4th scale
on one side only. 6 of these exceptional specimens belong to the
20 which were collected between the Pacific coast and San Luis
Allende; 3 others belong to the 21 specimens from Tierra
Colorada. All the rest are normal, amongst them all the 26
specimens from Rio Balsas and the 26 from Tequesixtlan.
Front of humerus protected by 3 longitudinal rows of enlarged
scales, or by 4 to 5, or 5 rows which are correspondingly smaller.
These scales extend backwards onto the elbow, without their
forming a separate nest; but, becoming still smaller, almost
ervanular, they may extend onto the back of the forearm.
Posterior side of forearm (text-fig. 72 D& F) covered with granules
which are arranged in longitudinal rows. In about 10 per cent.
these rows are composed of slightly enlarged granules, which
either form a little cluster or nest in the middle of the posterior
surface of the forearm, or they form the continuation of the
sealing from the humerus and extend more or less down the fore-
arm. In no case can these enlarged granules be called polygones ;
frequently the difference in size from the surrounding granules
is so small as to escape the naked eye.
Anterior side of thigh.—There are generally 3 parallel rows of
considerably enlarged scales, which rows extend down to the
knee. Counting from the outermost or largest of these rows
inwards, across the thigh, to the femoral pores, there are in all
about 5 or 6 rows, rarely more or less. They are, however, not
always complete; frequently a row is represented by a few scales
only, which are intercalated and thereby considerably upset the
regular lines, which then are not easy to count; but a rule-of-
21*
ol
310 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLULION [ Mar. 20,
thumb procedure, applied to 86 specimens, gives. the following
result :—
Number of femoral rows ... 4tod 43) 6 6-7 7 8 | Mean number
: . of rows.
Southern Oaxaca Se By alo) 1 2 60
a | |
Constof Sc linisav eth Se ee ie hae 5:4
4
Tierra Colorada ............... a al t7; 2 A blees 6:0
Rio Balsas at TO ie SPR 65
2 14 46 5 18 1 specimens.
This tabulation is naturally very imperfect, not to say crude,
but the results will not be altered when we throw the intermediate
or doubtful cases of 6 to 7 rows either into the column with 6 or
into that with 7 complete rows. There were, for instance, amongst
the Oaxaca specimens four with 5 or 6 rows, but amongst those
of Guerrero only two such doubtful cases. The fact remains, that,
if we take Tierra Colorada as normal, those further south tend to
possess fewer femoral scales, whilst those further north, at Rio
Balsas, have decidedly more scales. This does not seem to be the
result of mere chance, because, as we shall see, the Balsas speci-
mens are remarkable for other features, although they are not
peculiar to them. Amongst the specimens from the State of
Oaxaca no difference whatever can be discerned with reference to
their habitat nearer to or further away from the coast.
At any rate the amplitude is considerable, the extremes being
two specimens with an imperfect 5th row, and one with 8 rows;
the latter specimen, trom Tequesixtlan, is in every other respect
a typical C. deppet.
Inner side of tibia protected by 2, 23, or 3 complete rows of
enlarged scutes.
Preanal region.—As a rule there are 3 large scales which form
a triangle, with two at the base and a third of equal size on the
top, but sometimes a fourth scale forms the apex; or the two
basal scales are small, whilst the third is correspondingly enlarged,
In the majority the whole cluster is separated from the ventrals
by a very short isthmus, sometimes so short that the cluster and
the ventrals almost touch each other. The isthmus itself is mostly
covered with very small scales, and when these are larger they
are fewer in numbers. The whole character is worthless.
Femoral pores.—The number of pores frequently differs on the
right and left side by one, rarely by two, in the same individual.
There is no preference for one side. The smaller number in these
cases of asymmetry is always due to one or more pores remaining
undeveloped at the proximal, or more frequently at the distal end
of the series. For comparison, the higher number should there-
fore always be taken. The amplitude of individual variation is
considerable, when we recollect that these pores correspond in
numbers with transverse rows of scales. But unfortunately the
Text-fio, 72.
-
1906.]
IN MEXICAN LIZARDS.
311
greater number of pores does not always correspond with a greater
proportionate length of the thigh, since in many cases of small
numbers the pores stop short a considerable distance above the
Le SiH:
ase
ipe.
aint narrow central stri
€
airs of stripes and f
ipes.
Cnemidophorus deppei.
with 9 complete str
with 4 p
5)
2
9, a
ida, 10
Allend
a Color:
A from Miahuichan, ¢
re
B= Tier
knee, leaving a gap instead of going right down to the knee.
However, other things being equal, the greater number of pores
corresponds with a greater length of thigh.
with 10 stripes.
Le
’
is
San Lu
C=
beady.
t stripe
ins
f
i short central ;
«
c
and
ripes
t
th 10 complete s
with 8 complete str
ne)
oo:
~~ ov
=m
mts
ae
No
=)
c=
a)
els
en)
esi!
DP
3
~~ Oo
Sees
3)
om
S
wea
=e
aBu
n Aas
Om
rovile ios
as
be! es
o
~
So)
1
L
th 10 comp
with 11 complete sta
= =
= S
on sen
co cfc 7
CONns Choy
anes ew
AR oh SPS
SSeS
i
ed
SePpr+y
i ac ies
ot or ers
Nw DN wn
oo vo &
See 5
PF FPeeFr
Segara
oO Uo o
BeS eS
D
i
t
312 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20
The amplitude of variation I have found, in 100 specimens, to
extend from 14 to 22, but the solitary case: of 14 was quite ex-
ceptional, it being associated with 16 on the other leg; and 22
likewise occurred once only, being coupled with 21 on the other
side. 15/15 occurred twice, 15/16 twice, 16/16 four times, 21/21
only two or three times. The usual numbers are 17 and 18.
The specimens from Tierra Colorada possess the highest number,
average mean 18°8; those of the Pacific side of Guerrero have
the smallest number average 16°2, and this smallest number
coincides with the lowest ernie of femoral scales. The Balsas
specimens take up a middle position, with 17:5 as their mean.
The appended table refers only to such localities in which
sufficient material was collected. It also shows that the right
and left sides are practically equal.
Total number of Pores.
~~
f a)
Tequesixtlan. u Right 333 Left 337 Mean 18°6 Pores.
18 specimens. §
Tierra Colorada 2 434 429 18°8
23 specimens. J ” : ey » 16 »
Rio Balsas. 22 9 an ae
25 specimens. ) —°"-~ Qe BG peta
Coast to S. Luis. ? a 5
19 specimens. § “0°” » 824 » 311 i AG
1533 1514 17 or 18
Length of hind limb.—The claw of the fourth toe usually
reaches the ear, but sometimes it falls a little short of it.
Throat (text- fic. 65 C, EK).—Some of the granular scales covering
the upper half of the throat are ,asa rule, shghtly larger in the
centre than nearer the sides ; occasionally they are large enough
to form an ill-defined little cluster, which, however, is rarely so
conspicuous as it 1S In Many specimens of 0. immutabilis (text-
fig. 65 A),
” The Collar (text-fig. 65 C, E) varies much in composition. In
the majority, one or more rows of the large scales extend right
across, While in C. immutabilis the large scales are mostly con-
fined to the middle third, becoming considerably smaller towards
the sides. The presence or absence of tiny granules on the
posterior border of the collar is no criterion whatever in any
species of Cnemidophorus. They are either absent, or here and
there one is intercalated between the scales, or they form a single,
or even several complete rows of granules. Lastly, it is to be
noted that this character is often due solely to the shrinking ot
the soft granular fold in spirit-specimens.
Coloration (text-tig. 66; text-figs. 71 & 72).—The variations in
colour and pattern extend far beyond the limits which I was able
to describe in my first paper. The range of white or pale longi-
tudinal stripes extends from 6 to 11; and the whole of the
under parts, from the jaws to the anal region, varies in adult
from uniformly silver-white to deep black. It is important to
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. alte
note that some of these variations seem to coincide with geogra-
phical districts.
Rio Balsas: 34 specimens (text-fig. 71 HE, F).—The general im-
pression made by these specimens is that they are rather effacing
than increasing or Sue DeSeine: their stripes on the mid-region of
the back. Only stripes 1 and 2 are always white, while the third
pair is often thin and dull. The chief variations occur in this
mid-field, which is enclosed between stripes 3-3. In the 9-striped
specimens stripes 4+5-+44 always HOSEL a dull field or complex.
The chief variations are as follows
(1) The space between stripes 33 i is lined with a dull brown
band on either side, enclosing a central, rather broad and green
mid-stripe, which is sometimes so broad it can scarcely count as a
stripe, looking rather like the pale mid-field of a 6-striped lizard.
Such 6- or 7-striped specimens are represented by 1 very young,
2 adult females, 1 immature 3, and 4 large adult males.
(2) This 4th or central stripe is dull or dusky, and lined on
either side by a thin whitish line, the beginnings, or remnants,
of stripes 4—4, and there is in most cases a central, very weak and
pale 5th streak which extends from the occiput over the neck,
rarely to between the shoulders. Such 8-striped specimens are
represented by 2 very young examples and by 11 adult females,
in only three of which the stripes 4-4 are at all well defined.
In one 7-striped male, 69 mm. length, the central green stripe
shows a faint indication of being divided in the centre by a thin
dark line; a transitional stage from the 7- to 8-striped condition.
(3) As before, but the stripes 4-4 are better marked, and the
5th, impaired streak extends from the head to the middle of the
back, rarely to the rump. Such more or less completely 9-striped
specimens are 6 adult females and 6 adult males.
Field I. is always conspicuously black or black-brown in the
females, and the lateral band or field below it is dull and incon-
spicuous.
In the males, field I. is mostly dull ashy brown, while the lateral
field inclines to brick-red, often with strikingly pretty effect.
But there are no white spots in any of the fields nor in the lateral
field.
All the under parts of the females are white, more or less
mother-of-pearl, with an occasional tinge of green or bluish
towards the flanks. The under surface of the tail is white,
bordered with dusky or bluish colour.
In the males the under jaw, whole throat, collar, chest, and
abdomen are uniform bluish black, and this extends over the
preanal region, and over the under surface of the fore and hind
limbs. The tail is white, bluish towards the sides.
In both sexes stripe | extends upon the front of the thigh,
reappears on the whole of the posterior side as an unbroken white
line, and is continued along the side of the tail.
Tierra Colorada : 21 specimens (text-fig.72 B), 1 from South
slope of Los Cajones, and | from Ayutla. —This is an essentially
314 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
9-striped assembly, in which all the stripes are conspicuous and
well separated or emphasised by dark fields.
In 1 immature 9-striped male the central or 5th stripe is long,
but represented by a dotted line only.
In 14 ¢ and 2 9° the 9 stripes are complete.
In 1 ¢ and 3 @ the central stripe is divided into two, indi-
cating 10 stripes.
In 1 ¢ andl 9 (the largest 2 known) there are 10 str ipes.
The females have the files parts white, and the dorsal stripes
are all very sharp and white on a mostly black ground. In the
males, the under parts are black, with the exception of the throat
which is whitish; in only a oe old males the black colour ex-
tends from the collar a little v vay up the throat, sometimes covering
its lower half.
The lateral field and field I. are uniformly brick-ved to bright
red, but this colour, of strikingly beautiful effect in the live lizard,
is liable to fade in spirit. In only four males occur pale spots
in the first and in the lateral field, and some of these spots begin
to invade stripe I. The white spots are most pronounced in the
only male which is devoid of red bands; length 75 mm., throat
mottled with black.
Pacific Coast to San Luis, Guerrero: 23 specimens.— With 7 to 10
stripes, which are always sharply marked, and there is no faint
mid-field between stripes 3-3.
7 stripes occur 3 times,in | adult male and in 2 younger males,
one of them with an indication of division into 8 stripes.
8 stripes occur 6 times, in young and old of both sexes.
9) stripes, the central stripe being rather faint, or short, occur
5 times, in young and old of both sexes.
9 stripes, all distinct and complete, occur 7 times, in young and
old of both sexes.
10 stripes occur twice, in young females.
The stripes are most prominent in the females, because of the
fields being black. Red or reddish field-bands in the males are
rare. Only two specimens have both lateral and first field red ;
in a third only the lateral field is red, and in a fourth both fields
are pale reddish brown. In the majority these fields are dull,
with faint lighter spots in the first field, and the posterior half of
stripe 1 is hable to break up into white beads.
The under parts of the males are black, with the exception of
the throat, which is greenish white, very rarely with a slight
suffusion of ‘black; but the 3 males from Miahuichan have
entirely black throats like the Balsas specimens.
Perhaps the 23 specimens enumerated above, from the Coast
land of Guerrero, had better not be dealt with summarily, since
they show some marked local peculiarities. Unfortunately I could
collect only limited numbers, 5 at Cocoyul, 3 at Miahuichan, and
3 at San Luis Allende, and the remaining 12 are likewise not all
from one place only.
The following local yariations seem to be worth noting :—
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 315
Of the 5 Cocoyul specimens, one has 7 (text-fig. 71 D), all the
others 8 stripes (text-fig. 71 G); throat of males suffused with
blackish.
Text-fig. 73.
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus aud C. deppei.
A=C. sexlineatus, Sauz, Chihuahua; with 6 clear and a very faint central stripe.
4/4 supraoculars.
B= on 3 Fa 3 with 7 complete white stripes. 4/4: supra-
oculars.
D=C. deppei, Cocoyul 5; with 7 complete white stripes. 3/3 supraoculars.
The 3 Miahuichan specimens, all males, have 9 stripes; throat
and jaw blue-black; flanks without any red.
The 3 San Luis specimens (text-fig. 72 C) have 9 and 10 sharp
stripes; throat of male mottled ; lateral field reddish ; in both
females the stripe 1 is reddish, and one of these females with 10
stripes has an additional white stripe which runs in an unbroken
line from ear to hip. These San Luis specimens are also re-
markable for the low number of femoral pores, namely 15 and 16;
and two of them possess remnants of the 4th, posterior, supra-
oculars.
Southern Oaraca.—These 48 specimens (text-fig. 72 D-G) form
the bulk of those described in my previous paper. The cha-
racteristic features are :—
(1) The range of white stripes from 8 to 11, the imerease ap-
parently coinciding with age; the percentage of 10 or 11 stripes
amounting to 70 per cent. is much greater than in the 88 Guerrero
specimens, amongst which occur none with 11, and only about
4-5 percent. of 10-striped specimens. On the other hand, Oaxaca
316 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
specimens with only 8 white stripes and with a narrow uniformly
darker centre are very rare.
(2) The searcity of black on the collar and throat of the males ;
only in 6 males was the collar black or inclining to black, although
in one adult male from Tequesixtlan the whole throat was blue
and partly suffused with black from the collar upwards.
(3) Tendency of stripe 1 and even of stripe 2 to break up into
beads, and the appearance, advancing with age, of white spots in
field I. and in the lateral field, so that one or two additional lines
of beads may be developed in this lateral field.
This breaking up of the first stripe into beads occurs also in
some few specimens of Tierra Colorada, and in one of the 7-striped
specimens from San Luis.
Vera Cruz, near the seashore : 7 specimens collected by Dr. Meek.
1 with 8 stripes, 5 with 9 stripes; and in a young specimen the
central, 5th stripe, is restricted to the nape and neck. Throat
and collar not black.
Las Penas, Jalisco, near the seashore: 4 specimens collected by
Dr. Buller, Brit. Mus.
1 very young specimen of 33 mm.; with 10 stripes, and with
an additional faint line on the flanks.
1 2 of 45 mm.; with 10 stripes, and with an additional weak
line.
1 2 of 54 mm.; with 9 stripes, and with a stronger line.
1 ¢ of 65 mm. ; with 9 stripes; with two additional long lines
of white beads; moreover stripes 3 and 4 are dissolved into beady
lines. Throat and collar black, abdomen blue.
Colima.--Cope’s description of Cnemidophorus lineatissimus,
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 94. Black, with 10 or 11 pale
bands, sides and femora pale-spotted ; throat black. This and the
rest of his description refer obviously to 10- or 11-striped male
specimens of C. deppei, resembling some of those of Oaxaca and
Las Penas in Jalisco. Cope gives “Guadalajara” as another
locality, a very doubtful statement. The plain of Guadalajara,
with its elevation of more than 5000 feet, is absolutely above the
range of C. deppei and C. immutabilis, which are essentially hot-
country species; but it is possible that Cope’s specimens came
from the barranca, through which flows the Rio Santiago, a few
hours’ ride from the town, and 2000 feet lower than the surround-
ing plateau.—Bocourt, Miss. Scient. Mex., described two specimens
from “ Colima,” with 9 stripes.
JNEMIDOPHORUS DEPPEI, var. COZUMELA.
4 specimens from the island of Cozumel, East Coast of Yucatan.
British Museum.
Length 64-71 mm.; the largest specimen is gravid.
Collar like that of C. deppei.
Supraoculars : one with 3/3; two with 3 left, right posterior
very small; one with 4/4, the posterior very small. In this respect
resembling some of the C. deppei of South Guerrero.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 317
Posterior side of forearm covered with granules, which in three
specimens are slightly enlarged towards the elbow ; in one specimen
enlarged near the elbow into small polygones.
Femur with 6 rows of scales, of which three extend to the
knee.
Femoral pores 15, 16, 17, and 18.
Not only the first, but also the second, and even the third wpper
labials are denticulated.
The under parts are pale, with a mother-of-pearl lustre; but the
coloration of the upper parts is very peculiar. There is a very
broad mid-field which is uniformly brown; between it and the
flanks are on either side 4 to 5 very narrow, continuous, but
trembling, white lines. One of the five stripes lies below, ventrally
from, the usual 1st stripe, which extends from the ear to and
upon the thigh. Such an extra stripe is known in otherwise
10-striped C. deppei of Tehuantepec, while an unusually broad
mid-field occurs in the 8-striped specimens of San Juan Evange-
lista.—Combination of an extra stripe on the flanks with a very
broad mid-field I have found in one specimen of Tequesixtlan, but
in all these continental specimens the stripes are straight, well-
defined lines, not wavy or trembling.
Summary concerning C. deppel.
When we reduce the results of the tedious examination of the
152 specimens to a few sentences, they become vague because of
the great amplitude of the variations. As typical averages may
be mentioned :—
Supracculars 3, exceptionally 4, bordered behind by only one
narrow strip of elongated granules.
Collar complete, the large rows of scales mostly reaching right
across ; posterior border with or without granules.
Throat very rarely with a central cluster of larger scales.
Front of humerus with 3, 4, or 5 larger rows.
Posterior side of forearm covered with granules.
Anterior aspect of thigh with 44 to rarely 8 rows, mostly 6, the
three largest of which reach down to the knee.
Femoral pores 14—22 of rare occurrence, usually 17-18.
Coloration—Adult males with blue-black chest and_ belly.
Under surface of tail blue and white. Upper surface always
striped: 7-11 stripes, of which the first, rarely also the second,
may dissolve into beads. White spots appear occasionally in the
lateral field and in field I.
The under parts of females are never black or blue, neither
collar nor belly.
As a rule, with very few exceptions, the first stripe extends
upon the thigh, and reappears on its posterior side as an unbroken
white streak.
Size.—Distinctly small, very rarely surpassing 80 mm.
Each of the four main districts, in which I have personally
318 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20,
collected a sufficient number of specimens, has its characteristic
type: local clans of this small lizard :—
I. The Basin of the Rio Balsas.+There are no (’. deppei to the
north of it, even a few miles away from the river, and towards
the south they are separated from their kindred by the densely
wooded and elevated intricate mountains of the Sierra Madre del
Sur, which is inhabited only by C. mexicanus var. balsas.
The Balsas clan of C. deppei is noteworthy for the greater
number of femoral scales, the average number of femoral pores,
the black-blue colour of the whole under surface of the males,
and the frequency of brick-red lateral fields; lastly, the poorly
developed stripes on the mid-back.
II. Tierra Colorada, to the south of the main ridge of the
Sierra Madre, in Guerrero.—Average number of femoral scales,
combined with the greatest number of pores; conspicuously
9-striped; adult males with two red bands on each side; throat
not black ; collar, chest, and belly black.
LIT. The Lowlands of Southern Guerrero.—Smallest number
of femoral scales and pores; 7-10 sharp stripes, while reddish
bands are rare; faint light spots in the first field are frequent
and the first stripe tends to break up into beads. Otherwise like
Clan L., with which these southern specimens are geographically
continuous. Note the difference in coloration of the three speci-
mens from near Miahuichan, which hes on the southern outlying
slopes of the Sierra, at an elevation of 1500-1600 feet, agreeing
in this respect with Rincon at the foot of Los Cajones. The
single Cajones specimen is the most blue-throated of the whole
Tierra Colorada clan, and the Miahuichan specimens are vemark-
able chiefly for the partial extent of blue and black upon the
throat.
IV. States of Oaxaca and Vera Cruz.—Average, or great,
number of femoral scales, with greatest number of pores,
Preponderance of 10-11 stripes, wi ith development of conspicuous
white spots on the flanks and breaking up of the first stripe into
beads. Absenee of red bands; black on the throat is very
exceptional, rare even on the collar.
The structural characters vary too much for generalisation,
as shown by 26 specimens, all from Tequesixtlan. The remaming
34 specimens came from eight different districts, and therefore
afford no sutlicient basis.
Now, it is quite conceivable that in two geographically separate
clans the following combinations might become universal.
A. Supraoculars 3; femorals7; pores 19; stripes7; fields red ;
throat and colin black.
B. Supraoculars 4; femorals 5; pores 16; stripes 9-10; fields
not red; throat and collar white.
Either of such groups would be entitled to at least subspecifie
rank, But there is not yet any clan known with such a com-
bination. As they stand, they must therefore be satisfied with
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 319
the rank of local races. It so happens that, for instance, the
Balsas and the Southern Guerrero groups differ rather much
from each other, but they do so only in the ageregate; whilst not
a single individual combines all the extreme combinations of those
very extremes of variations which singly are quite frequent in the
same group. In other words, each individual still remains within
the pale, and it almost appears as if the excursion of one or more
characters well beyond the average of another species were care-
fully counterbalanced by the most typical behaviour of the rest
of the characters. Still, we have in these kaleidoscopic C. deppet
avery fair example of the way in which they might settle into
different, definable races, varieties, or subspecies.
There remains the question, whether C. deppei, as w species, can
always be distinguished from other Cnenidophori, especially from
small-sized individuals of the striped C. immutabilis*. Now, it
so happens that, although these two kinds overlap absolutely in
every one of their characters, I have not found one amongst more
than 200 individuals examined about which there could be any
doubt. Atleast, it so happened that the occurrence of exceptional
extremes was always counterbalanced by such a typical develop-
ment of the remaining features, that uncertainty was set aside.
This is of great importance. The two species, with much the
same distribution, and structurally so closely allied that they
overlap by all their characters taken separately, do not “‘run into
each other.” We have to conclude that they are no longer
nascent, but well established forms. It seems probable that they
have sprung from the same.not remote ancestor, and they now
are “specifically ” distinct, so much indeed that they now have
not only practically the same distribution in Mexico, but that they
can live side by side. Their difference in size is sufficient to
exclude interbreeding. It would be a pure assumption that an
exceptionally large male C. deppei might pair with a small
C. immutabilis. But supposing that hybrids were possible, such
intermediate specimens have not yet been found.
I have caught one immature C. immutabilis, length 81 mm.,
near Rincon (text-fig. 71 E), at the southern foot of the Cajones,
which in most structural respects bears a striking resemblance to
a young male C. deppei, length 61 mm., from Rio Balsas, where
C. deppei alone occurs with C. mexicanus.
The Rincon specimen reveals itself as OC. immutabilis by the
following characters :—(1) Collar lead-coloured, rest of under parts .
pale; ina male C’. deppeiof this size the whole chest and abdomen
would be deep blue-black. (2) The centre pair of the eight
stripes is broken up into series of short streaks. (3) Humerus
with at least 7 rows of large scales. On the other hand, the
Rincon specimen has only 7 femoral rows, like the Balsas specimen,
and three of these rows extend right down to the knee, an
essentially deppei-like character, Both specimens have 3 complete
* For comparison with C. serlineatus, see p. 306.
320 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
vows of tibial plates, both have the posterior border of the collar
formed by complete rows of granular scales, and both have a long
preanal isthmus covered with many small scales. The Rincon
specimen has 17/20, the Balsas specimen 19/18 femoral pores.
Consequently both are exceptional, aberrant of their own kind
taking on the typical features of the other species. If it were not
for the pattern and coloration, which in the Rincon specimen are
decisive, the decision would le with the femoral plates, which in
their numbers agree with one, in their extension to the knee
with the other species!
CNEMIDOPHORUS GuTTATUS Wiegmann.
(Text-figs. 67, 74, & 75.)
Material examined 61 specimens, from the following localities :—
15 Agua fria, western border of State of Vera Cruz.
2 San Juan Evangelista, State of Vera Cruz.
4 La Antigua, near Vera Cruz.
1 “ Vera Cruz.”
22 typical C. guttatus, all from the Atlantic Tierra Caliente.
1 Salina Cruz.*
1 San Mateo del Mar.*
4 Tequesixtlan.*
4 San Geronimo*, Isthmus.
4 San Domingo de Guzman *, Isthmus.
4 Cocoyul.*
4 South of and at San Luis Allende.
1 Miahuichan.*
1] Ayutla.
2 Tierra Colorada.
3 South slope of Cajones.*
39 from the Pacific Tierra Caliente. Those marked * are the
more typical C. immutabilis.
Size, from nose to vent.—-Any Guerrero specimen above 100 mm.
is a fairly large male; near the Isthmus and in the Atlantic Hot-
lands both sexes reach a larger size, and one giant male from San
Domingo measures 138 mm. The smallest are those of the
‘inland districts of Guerrero, from Los Cajones to Ayutla and San
Luis Allende.
Supraoculars, normally 3, the space behind filled with numerous
eranules. About 12to 14 per cent. are exceptional: three specimens
out of the four from Tequesixtlan, one with 4/3, another with 4/4,
and the third with 5/5, due to an extra rather large scute in front
and behind the normal plates. Similar irregularities occur in
the typical C. guttatus, for instance from Agua fria, with 3/4
or 4/3.
Collar (text-fig. 65 A) as in C, deppei, but the enlarged scales
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. Sill
of the transverse rows often decrease more rapidly towards the
sides, especially in C. guttatus. One or two rows of granules at
the posterior border of the collar are perhaps more frequent in
C. guttatus and C. immutabilis than in C. deppet.
Throat (text-fig. 65 A).—In perhaps the majority of C. immu-
tabilis the scales on the centre of the throat are somewhat enlarged
so as to form a conspicuous cluster, but there are many in which
such a cluster is ill-defined, or absent, regardless of age, sex,
and locality.
Front of humerus protected by scales which vary much in size
and in numbers. The size decreases from the anterior or outer
margin backwards. Sometimes there are only 3 rows of distinctly
enlarged scales, followed by much smaller scales which are con-
tinued upon and slightly beyond the back of the elbow ; or there
are 4, 5, 6, or even 7 rows of larger scales, and in these latter
cases most of the scales are of medium size. Sometimes there is
a break, filled by granules, between the anterior larger scales and
those on the posterior side above the elbow, which in such cases
form a little cluster or nest. Such a nest occurs in Atlantic and
in Western specimens. Otherwise the Atlantic specimens seem
to be remarkable for possessing only 3 enlarged rows.
Posterior side of forearm (text-fig. 62 A).—There are no post-
antebrachial plates. Almost universally, without exception in
the Atlantic specimens, the posterior surface from elbow to wrist
is covered evenly with small granules.
Anterior side of forearm.—Mostly with 23, sometimes with 3,
longitudinal rows of transversely broadened plates, very variable
in detail.
Anterior side of femur.—The number of longitudinal rows of
scales and plates, between the granules of the dorsal surface and
the row of femoral pores, is considerable, about 10 to 12. One
vow is always distinctly larger than the rest. Including this row,
and counting thence to the pores, across the thickest part of the
thigh, there are from 7 to 10 rows, mostly 8 or 9. Only in rare
cases are all these rows regular; frequently one or more rows are
very incomplete, being represented by a few irregularly intercalated
seales. The smallest number of rows, wavering about 7 (in one
ease with even this number imperfect), | have found in the five
specimens from and near San Luis; these specimens are in other
respects not at all aberrant, but rather typical C. imimutabilis.
Tn an adult male from Agua fria are only 7 rows on the left, and
8 very incomplete rows on the right thigh ; in another specimen
8 complete right and 9 complete left rows.
Whilst in C. deppet usually the three biggest rows, rarely only
two, reach down to the knee, in C. guttatus+immutabilis even
the biggest row does but rarely extend to the bend of the knee.
Inner aspect of tibia protected mostly by 3, often by 23,
exceptionally only by 2 rows of large plates.
The preanal cluster of plates and scales is separated from the
ventrals by a rather long and narrow isthmus which is covered
322 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
with tiny scales,and as arule these are sharply marked off against
the much Jarger ventrals.
Femoral pores.—TVhe commonest numbers are 20 and 21, the
usual range extending from 19 to 23. Quite exceptional was the
occurrence of 17/20 in a tall specimen from Ayutla, and another
from the foot of Los Cajones. 18 did not occur, 23 pores,
mostly on one side only, were observed 4 times.
Length of hind limb.—The claw of the fourth toe usually
eaches the ear, but in one specimen from Ayutla it only reaches
the arm, whilst in another from exactly the same locality the
limb is so long that the claw extends to the eye.
Coloration of under parts.—Vhe collar is normally black in both
sexes. Even in the young of only 50 or 56 mm. in length, it
begins to become dusky or speckled on the sides. Sametines
How ever, even in adult males during the breeding-season, the
collar is not black but leaden, in rare cases almost dull whitish,
In other cases the black spreads sometimes onto the neighbouring
parts of the throat; in a specimen from Los Cajones the whole
throat is blue-black, and in all the four specimens from San
Domingo, Isthmus, the throat is black. In the majority of cases
the throat is whitish or pale lead-colour. Lastly, in the adult males,
and even in some females of the specimens which I observed and
caught at Agua fria, the throat was light brick-red, but this red
fades away completely in spirit-specimens.
Chest and belly ave whitish or greenish yellow ; in the males
more or less suffused with dark blue, chequered towards the sides
and on the ventral surface of the thighs. But this blue, rarely
verging towards black, is only suffused and is restricted to the
deeper, cutaneous strata of the scales. The under surface of the
tail is white, bordered or chequered with blue on the sides.
The colour-pattern of the back (text-figs. 74, 75, and 81 E)
consists of an almost black to dark olive- grey to ashy-brown
ground, broken by 6 to 9 longitudinal rows of white, slightly
sreenish or yellow ish colour. These rows are either entire stri ipes,
or one or all of them may be broken up into coherent beads, or
into separate spots. This breaking up of the stripes into spots
proceeds upon a definite plan.
First, the breaking-up Increases with the size or age of the
lizard, but this does not exclude the existence of old and large
specimens which retain thei stripes throughout life.
Secondly, the breaking-up, or the frequency of beads or spots,
proceeds from the central stripe or pair of stripes towards the
flanks. In this way then = the 7- or 9-striped specimens the
central stripe, number 4 or 5 5 respectively, is the first to break up.
In fact, there are none with 9 complete stripes, and there are but
few with 7 complete stripes. Specimens with 8 complete stripes
(the stripes 4-4 running parallel, or being joined into an unpaired
one on the neck) are not uncommon, but more frequently they
are dissolved into many white and bright spots. Then follows
pair 3-3, then pair 2-2, which is often represented by a series of
Text-fig. 74.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS, 323
short streaks and beads. The last to break up is stripe 1; this
often shows a tendency to become effaced from the neck back-
Cnemidophorus immutabilis.
wards, so that, in many older specimens, it is represented by a
short, somewhat dull line which extends from the hip forwards.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXII. 22
th 9 stripes.
, W1
Ss.
, with 9 stripes.
tic to San Luis 1
Cocoyul 2, with 8 stripe
Tierra Colorada 2
G= Paci
H
and a faint central stripe.
1 & 3, with 7 stripes.
D=San Luis Allende 2, with 8 stripes.
1, with 8 stripes, the 3rd and 4th pair broken up into beads.
by)
bh)
29
Tequesixtlan 4, with 6 clear
A=
B& C=
DS
[ Mar. 20,
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION
324
srpmooridnus Jus yyp Lary
vB Yin £ SUIYSIUBA sjods at} ‘amo.qoouout SuLuLooaq dunt pus ‘slop[noys ‘Yoo NT ot ae ne —y
“‘JUAENYUOD AT}IBA ALB LZ ZW E SOU] JO sjods Clini se ce KS S|
‘sjods 0jUI Uusyo1g P a ‘g ‘g Sedtays ‘qurez T od1y4g id es ae =i
‘sgyods oJUI UdyOAq F = gE SedLys “Qurey Zw T sediyg gg wD CG (1
‘savjnoovidns Upp [[BUIS YIM fBLIZ BNnsY WoIZ 97277—Nb QO =|)
saepnoowidns YP Aug YYLM fsqjods Jo sMmor aqyopdutod g YALM ‘g BNAY WOAZ sazrqgvynmur “Q=4
‘sujnoovidns Yyp [peUs TILA f szods [Bajzuao Jo MOI e[qnop Jooprodult UB YGIM *T AMA BUITeg WO. sezeqngnwur ‘Q=V¥
1 few
"SN4D]INA “pure siyrzqvynwunr snsoydoprumauy
r¢
«
1 upon the front side of
‘esented only by
a
ro}
Oo 2
5 Oo
ars
Laon
oe
tae
Loma]
Lom
o 8
oa
—
[el 8)
oS wm
om ord
fed)
a ae
Oss
D
ww Ss
os
28
ao
feb)
ate
pS)
fas
om
=
an er
orn
=
apt
ee)
ois)
ates
ps
nm
ao
4S
oS)
nN
= oO
f= l=
[Sal Ss}
ats)
SA
OS
~
zg
an
‘ao
_— =
aE
eye
oO me
os
Ors
mee,
on
Y
Os
~—
Cy |
-
a
Sos
on &
“sx
os)
a)
=)
oo
a,
~~
a
=
—es
—~_—
Ss «a
a\palt ace
=~
ay ies
oO =
=o
Lad > 2
-
N -
os
a. Ot!
a
2, %
=e
a, OD
|
1
Saeed
4
+ 0
=
“
—
on
soa
Sa
—
CR nie rm
—
Os
a Of
= =
aD
— ©
ee
> @
spots.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 325
Thirdly, the stripes have a tendency to break up first near
the root of the tail or rump, and this feature proceeds for-
wards,
Fourth, The spots themselves can become effaced ; this likewise
proceeds from the rump forwards. In some very old specimens
the rump and lower back are uniform dull, and all that remains
of the Ist and 2nd pair of stripes are the pale greenish streaks
which border the dull-black field I. above and below,
Fifth, These variations and changes are further complicated
by the gradual appearance of pale, never bright, small spots in
the dark fields, rarely in the black field I., often in fields I. and
IIl., especially on the lower back. These additional field-spots
give the lizards a much speckled and spotted appearance, if at
the same time some of the stripes are dissolved into spots.
When I wrote the paper published in Proc. R. 8. 1903, it was
easy to distinguish between a striped and a spotted race; but
during my second collecting-tour in 1904, in the State of Guerrero,
I have brought together an ample number of specimens which
completely bridge the two extremes. The important facts are,
first, that the two varieties in their typical appearance are geo-
graphically distinct; secondly, that the intermediate kinds occur
in those parts of Guerrero which geographically and physically
are also intermediate.
The two extreme races are easily distinguished :—
I. C. guttatus of Wiegmann * is the large spotted race, in which
the evanescence of stripes has reached its maximum.
The important feature of this dull-coloured race are the complete
breaking up of the original 4th and 3rd pair of stripes into whitish-
yellow spots, the breaking up or fading of the 2nd and Ist pair,
and lastly the disappearance of nearly all the spots from the root
of the tail forwards over the lower back.
These changes are gradual and proceed regularly with age. Old
specimens show, moreover, partial confluence of neighbouring
spots of the 3rd and 4th rows; a very interesting although
slight indication of a combination into a transverse or cross-bar
pattern.
In very young specimens, about 40-50 mm. in length, from
Agua fria and San Juan Evangelista, all the under parts, including
the collar, are still uniformly white. Lines 1 and 2 are still
pronounced white stripes, although sometimes already broken into
short streaks and fading towards the arm. The original stripes
3 and 4 are already dissolved into rows of about 25 small, pale
dots, reaching from the neck to the tail.
Such typical C. guttatus are known only from the open forests with
dense undergrowth, or similar patches of woodland, in the State of
Vera Cruz and its confines with those of Oaxaca.—It has the
* Wiegmann’s diagnosis, although not complete, is sufficient: “Cnemidophorus
cineraceus guttis albidis in series 4 longitudinalibus dispositis, adspersus. Latera
superne vitta lata, stria pallide viridi supra infraque inclusa, intense nigrescenti ;
inferne maculis multis pallidis adspersa. ey
22*
326 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20,
priority of name; genetically it is the terminus of a series which
begins with the entirely striped race :
Il. C. immutabilis of Cope. By-irony of fate this is the proper
name of one of the most variable of lizards. It is what I called
C. guttatus var. striata in Proc. R.8. 1903. Cope’s types came
from “ West of Tehuantepec.”
The characteristic feature of this brighter-coloured race is the
6 to 8 continuous white stripes on a rather uniform and dark
ground.
Such typically striped specimens are now known from San
Mateo del Mar, Salina Cruz, Tequesixtlan, Cocoyul and Pacific
Coast east of Acapulco, Miahuichan, and southern slope of Los
Cajones. In general terms: the coast region of the States of
Oaxaca and Guerrero; how much further west along the Pacific
Coast remains at present unknown,
T have found it exceedingly difficult to keep free from bias
whilst assorting these very variable lizards according to the
prevalence of either stripes or spots, and still more difficult clearly
to pronounce upon the physical features of their localities. How-
ever, I can affirm the result that in the small open localities the
striped lizards prevail, almost to the exclusion of more than two
rows of spots; while in places with many shrubs, much underwood,
absence of large grassy and sandy patches, the spotted forms
prevail, in the more typical bush forests of the Atlantic side
almost to the exclusion of stripes.
Open localities, either strips near the sea-shore, sandy beds
of frequently dry rivers, grassy stretches with scanty trees, and
nowhere covered during half the year with rank and dense
herbaceous growth, were the collecting spots of Cocoyul, Salina
Cruz, San Mateo, Tequesixtlan, San Domingo de Guzman; also
Miahuichan, a spot on higher ground and just above the luxurious
tropical growth of forests; likewise the open grassy slopes near
Rincon at the southern slope of Los Cajones, amongst scanty
pine-forests.
Much tangled underwood, broken terrain, well- wooded ravines,
or meadows with tall grass and herbs, or rivers fringed with masses
of shrubs, were the features of Tierra Colorada, Ayutla, and San
Luis Allende; those very spots which yielded the most inter-
mediate specimens.
In the Atlantic Tierra caliente, with its decidedly denser
vegetation, with fewer deciduous trees, and much greater annual
‘ainful, the typical C. guttatus alone is found, for stance at Agua
fria, San Juan Evangelista, La Antigua (V.C.). Of course there
are many and large Savannahs in the lower coast-districts of the
State of Vera Cruz, and it would be interesting to ascertain whether
any large Cnemidophori occur in the open Savannah, and not only
in the vicinity of the typical clusters or patches of trees. Personally
I have but little experience of these parts. All I can affirm is
that I have seen no Cnemidophorus near Tetela, only C. guttatus
at Agua fria, the same form and (. deppei at San Juan Evangelista
1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 327
(deppet within the sandy river-bed, guttatus in the wooded parts
near the same banks), and deppei only at Juanita which lies within
typical Savannah.
I consider it safe to affirm that CO. guttatus is an enlarged species
of C. deppei, and that the striped or spotted condition of its upper
parts depends directly upon the amount and character of the
vegetation : stripes in the open, spots in the more bushy, shrubby,
Jorest-like districts.
Gu taris-Group.
If we consider the great number of specimens, about 210,
scheduled in the following pages, as one mass, their characters
show such a great amplitude of variation that the diagnosis of the
gularis-group becomes extremely vague.
Supraoculars 4.
Collar composed mostly of at least one row of large scales, but
the edge may be formed by this row or entirely by granules.
Frenocular present or absent.
Size, from nose to vent from decidedly small to distinctly large,
i.e. from 60 to 140 mm.
Humeral rows of scales from 3 or 4 or 5 to 8 or 9, either all
large when there are but few, or some larger than the rest, or all
small when there are many.
Posterior surface of the forearm covered entirely with granules,
or, the other extreme case, with several long rows of transverse
scutes or plates; every intermediate stage being represented, but
the granular type is distinctly exceptional.
Femur with only 5 or 6 very regular rows, to as many as
8 or 9.
Front of forearm and tibia with 2 to 3, or even with a 4th row
of scutes.
Femoral pores from 15 to 26, without a break between these
rather rare extremes.
The same wide uncertainty applies to the pattern and coloration.
Under parts.—At least this can be said: the throat is whitish,
often pink, never black; but from collar to vent the under surface
may be whitish or yellowish, suffused with blue, or chequered blue
and black and white, or entirely blue-black, at least in the males.
Upper surface.—Al\ start with at least 6 pale stripes, and the
mid-field may be divided by an unpaired centre stripe or by a
Ath pair of stripes. The fields may have light spots, whitish or
brown, or no spots.
The stripes may remain entire throughout life, or they may
become ragged by confluence with neighbouring pale field-spots,
or by encroachment of black field-spots ; or the stripes may become
dull and fade away unless new whitish, bluish or yellow spots
develop within them.
The fields, originally dark, may remain spotless, or white, bluish
or yellow or brown spots develop within them. These field-spots
remain ill-defined, or they turn into round, separate spots; or two
328 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20,
and two neighbouring spots in each field become confluent
transversely, and this process, accompanied by active encroach-
ment of the dark field-pigment upon the stripes (themselves fading
away, or breaking up), may lead to a marbled, partly cross-barred,
or completely tiger-barred transverse pattern. Lastly, a partly
monochrome condition may gradually assert itself with advancing
age, proceeding from the neck towards the back, or from the rump
for wards, but with black spots upon the lighter ground-colour.
Or the mongehn ome tendency proceeds from fae ase backwards,
and in this case the ground-colour is dark with pale spots.
Key to the Species de. of the GULARIS-Group.
(Text-figs. 68 & 69.)
Small, less than Stripes and pale field-spots persistent.
80 mm. North Mexico, Arizona, and Texas. gularis.
Large, 100 mm. Stripes broken by the encroaching black of
and more. the fields.
Stripes broken on lower back. Few field-
spots ... California. septemvittatus.
Stripes completely broken by the field black
and by the transversely combining
field-spots. Resulting in tiger- barred
DAGLETIE eer ae re South Mexico. mewvicanus.
Stripes dissoly ed into rows of pale spots.
Fields with rows of spots.
Resulting in narrowly cross-barred yellow-
and-black pattern ......... Chihuahua. scalaris.
Resulting in many longitudinal rows of pale
and round spots .................. Mexico. communis.
Forearm with scutes or polygones.
5-7 humeral and femoral rows.
Chest and abdomen pale .. .. a. var. occidentalis.
Pr blue-black ...... var. bocourti.
8-9 humerals and femorals ... iatencecders’ | WAL COpets
Forearm entirely granular ......... var. australis.
Stripes vanishing or cut up except the second.
No field-spots. Collar black in adult.
Tres Marias Islands. mariarwm.
Uniformly olive, with 6 rows of black spots.
Texas, Coahuila. semifasciatus.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MARIARUM Giinther.
Five specimens collected by Forrer on the Tres Marias Islands :
3 very young, one immature, one adult of 121 mm,
Supraorbitals 4.
Collar composed of rather weak scales, but of the type of the
gularis-group ; without granules on the posterior edge. There is
a perceptible nest of somewhat larger granules on the throat.
Humerus with about 5 rows of larger scales, followed by a few
of much smaller size.
Posterior side of forearm with a very large row of scutes, besides
smaller scutes.
Femur covered with 7, 8 and 8 to 9 rows of scales, counting
from the largest row to the pores; but there are several rows
beyond the largest row, as is often the case in Cnemidophorus, and
329
IN MEXICAN LIZARDS.
1906.]
| 3Mpe
UL JOB ABTLOO—"papoy “Surureutat
sedigs jo ued fT "sjods-pjay ON
‘sgods Moy[ad Jo SMOI ZT JnoqyY
ce “ee
(74 ce
ce ce
SOG
uo sjods ajed Fo soar OT quoqe Toyeut
“HIN ‘sjods aq1y. oyu dn yrarq sodrayg
“yoviq paw MOTTOL JO S.1eq-SSO.10 STLO.TOUTHL AY
‘sqods y.wvp YIM 9AI[O ouTO.ATOOUO TL
SPlPE 8UF FO youl
surtpovodous Aq woyorq Apyred sodiays 9
‘sjods-pyay
oyIM pue sodiys quaysisiad ayapdutog
"U1944Vq [BSLO(T FO Samnyvoz Ue,
‘sivq-tostyoyed pue yxoerg “Surpezsediyg
|
| ‘sopnuv.s
*saqynog 8 OU “BO AA
*sauoSApog | 9-9 “YRI AA
*somosAod 10 Saqndg | 9 yon Ca §
*(saynuRis aou0) |
soaosAjod 10 saynog| —4-¢ “ISIVIT
CIARA 8-4 STTIN
6-8-L-9 *SoTNUB.LO, 6-L “OT GRIIB A.
*SOTMUBUD, 8-L IDIB'T
‘souosjod 10 saynog | 6-8 OGIVIT
*(SeTnuBas aou0)
souosdfod 10 saynog | 4 ‘9 ‘¢ “AS AVIT
| .
*saynog 9-¢ | ‘aqerapoyy
“somos A[og 9 “BOM
“6 9 OG.1UT,
*soTNURAS
“saqmog 9-¢ ou fasiery
“ULTBAILO Hf snowy] “1eTOD
“SpUuUvBysy
SBLIB]AT Sot],
“pussy [auinzo‘r
“BOBXB()
“UISUg SEsTeg
*BOBYR()
BOBXB(E) “UB[JBOINL)
snutyysy ‘vunsery
( “snUttysy
< ‘osurmog *g
lg “BULILOD
‘OW OOST[V(*
oF BayenyIyy
“BnTRNYIYD,
“sexo [—vmMqypeo9
*ARGEHON GO)
“OOIXOTL YAO NT
“AqrpRoory
‘dnowy-starepns ay2 fo SLIZIDLDY,)
| yysuery |
Te WNADVADU
leebabecco dvadoa svumuuoa
[Poe noceoanen 228202 22H OOXOD)
| ; nesses ssn sss sss SUMIIAUW
| t. SUDLISND :
|
| Saag vadoa Ee
eee see ses beens "* s1uM] 098 |
selec h tiers sngprosnfimas
fo snanaqianuagdas |
|
sutppynb
330 DR. H GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
counting these also the total sum would be 8 to 10 as stated by
Boulenger, scarcely 10-12 as described by Giinther.
Tibia with only 24 rows of scutes.
Femoral pores from 19-
Coloration.—Throat whitish yellow, with a faint blue tinge
across the middle. Collar black in the adult! Chest and belly
black with many white specks on the sides of the body. The
thighs, legs, and the whole tail are uniformly reddish yellow in
the youngest forms and in the immature; in the adult the thighs
are blue-black and chequered with white. The preanal region is
blue; the tail beneath is speckled dusky.
Upper parts (youngest forms): 3 pairs of thin stripes; mid-field
broad and buff.
Immature: the 3rd pair of stripes is partly vanishing on the
rump, so that field II. is merging into the buff of the mid-field.
Adult: the first pair of stripes begins to be cut up by the
encroaching black of field I. and by the black of the lateral field.
The result is a ight brown or buff ground-colour, with only one
pair of pale stripes, and mottled with black on the sides of the
body.
The absence of light spots in the fields and in the vanishing
stripes constitute a remarkable pattern in this large and com-
pletely isolated kind of lizard.
CNEMIDOPHORUS GULARIS Baird.
The collar is composed of several rows of large scales, and the
posterior margin of the collar is formed entirely of large scales,
without granules. The posterior side of the forearm is covered
with one or more rows of large polygones or scutes, instead of
granules; 6 pale stripes persist as unbroken lines. The dark
fields are at first spotless, but soon a row of pale, mostly whitish
spots appears in the first and second fields, without breaking up
these fields (text-figs. 69 & 70).
It is not easy to abstract a satisfactory, further definition from
Cope’s writings of what he understood by his C. gularis gularis.
The femoral scales are said to be in 6-8 rows. The femoral pores
are stated, in the key, to vary from 18-23, but in the text
specimens ‘with less than 16 are mentioned. The frenocular
‘occurs occasionally.” The chest of the males is black, while the
seales of the belly are margined with black; there are light spots
on the flanks below the first stripe.
Amongst an apparently large number of specimens from
Chihuahua Cope mentions some, distinguished by him as @. g.
gularis obsoletus, with wider and very obscure stripes, and with
small obscure spots in the fields. Some of these specimens were
the largest of the collection. In others, including “a good many
small specimens,” the stripes were wider, and the field-spots
enlarged so as to be confluent occasionally with the light stripes.
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 331
The size of these lizards is not mentioned, except that ‘“ the
size of the adults exceeds a little that of the Eastern form
[C. sealineatus|, a specimen from Arizona measuring 100 mm.
This is, however, larger than the average.”
According to Cope, C. gularis gularis is found in Western
Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona, and in Mexico as far south as
Chihuahua and Monter ey. <A locality almost at sea-level is Mata-
moros, near the mouth of the Rio Grande, Cope mentions it
especially as inhabiting the Staked plains of Texas. Tucson and
Fort Lowell in Arizona, Chihuahua, Monterey, are all situated in
flat, practicaily treeless plains.
Only a few specimens examined by myself agree with the
typical C. gularis gularis. They are the following :—
I. British Museum: 6 specimens from Fort Lowell, Arizona,
and from Duval County, Texas.
| “Tenath, Collar Forearm. | Pores.
Fort Lowell | 77 Row of Large ... | Numerous sharp white
(2). large scales. | polygones. specks in the stripes, |
indicating change to-
wards C. communis. |
| Field-spots.
Duval Co., 62 Edge formed) Enlarged 15 | Faintest field-spots.
Texas. _ by row of | polygones.
- granules. |
3s 67 Lar. ger scales.| Large scutes.| 18 | 3 pairs of stripes and sub-
divided mid-field. Field- |
| spots.
65 Z a 17 | 4 complete pairs of stripes.
Brown spots in fields I
| and IT. |
43 | Very 5 3 | ... | Already with 4 pairs of |
young | stripes, 4/4 enclosing an
form. | | island.
| |
II. One of four specimens, taken by Dr. Meek at San Juan,
south of Monterey, agrees with the typical gularis, and contrasts
considerably with the three others in size and arm-sealing. It is
a female of 72mm. Without frenoculars. Posterior surface of
forearm with a short row of large scutes. Femoral rows 6.
Pores 17. Throat and collar pink. Chest and abdomen white,
suffused with bluish green. Upper surface with 7-8 pale stripes ;
the normal three pairs being white, but the mid-field is sharply
marked by a black band against the median side of each third
stripe, and the resulting grey central region is imperfectly divided
by a row of black dots inthe mid-line. A row of rather large, but
ill-defined pale spots in the first and second fields. The posterior
thigh-stripe is partly broken.
This specimen indicates, by the pink throat and by the sub-
division of the mid-field 3-3 into a 4th pair of stripes, a tendency
which becomes preponderant in the lizards which are found to
the south of the home of the typical gularis.
302 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20,
It is important to note that San Juan lies close to, and between,
Monterey and Montemorelos, from both of which places some of
Cope’s C. gularis gularis ave said to have been received; and that
he mentions Monterey specimens as having the low number of
pores. To judge from the specimens described below, it seems to
me that this is the critical district in which the change from the
typical gularis into the slightly more southern var. meek? is taking
place. This can be settled definitely only by examination of the
specimens in the Smithsonian Institution.
The following specimens I distinguish as C. gularis, var.
meekt :—
Two specimens from Montemorelos, collected by Dr. Meek.—
One 62, the other (male) 65 mm. in length, agree in coloration and
pattern with the typical var. meeki, but the collar is distinctly
weaker, the scales decreasing rapidly towards the sides. There is
only a nest of moderately large scutes on the forearm ; the scutes
being distinctly less developed than in the San Juan specimens.
Humerus with 6 rows of scales, all rather large. Femoral rows
5 to 6 irregular in one, 6 to 7 irregular in the other. ¢ with
16/15, the smaller specimen with 19/20 pores. The frenocular is
present in one, absent in the other.
Six specimens from Garza Valdez, collected by Dr. Meek.—
60-75 mm. in length; two females with eggs measure 64 and
68 mm. Consequently a decidedly small kind of lizard.
Frenoculars present in 3, absent in 3 specimens.
Collar composed of large scales, except in one specimen in which
the scales are rather small; rarely with a few scattered granules
on the posterior edge.
Humerus with only 5 or 6 rows of scales, which, in conformity
with their small number, are all rather large.
One or two of the last rows are continued upon the forearm’s
posterior side.
Forearm: front with 23, rarely 3 rows of scutes. The posterior
surface is covered with at least one row of very large scutes,
Femur with 6 rows of scales, of which three extend down to
the knee.
Tibia with 3 rows of scutes, with sometimes a small fourth on
the fibular side.
Pores: 4 specimens with 15/16, one with 17/18, one with 19/19.
Coloration of under parts: Throat bluish white in young and
in females ; in males with a pink tinge and faintly mottled with
bluish pigment on the sides, Collar white, but mottled on the
sides in the males. Chest and abdomen in young and females
white, suffused with bluish on the sides; this suffusion increases
in males first on the chest and then spreads backwards, until in
the old males all the under parts inclusive of the arms and thighs
are uniform black. Under surface of tail and tibia uniformly
yellowish white.— Upper surface with 3 pairs of white or bluish-
white stripes. The fields are nearly black, with rather faint
bluish or whitish spots in the first and second fields. |The mid-
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 333
field 3-3 is bordered by black bands enclosing a grey centre, which
is more or less clearly subdivided by a darker central line, so that
in all 7 or 8 pale stripes can be counted. In the oldest male the
first stripe is broken up into a row of bluish spots owing to the
black of the bordering fields joining across the stripe ; an arrange-
ment which leads on the sides of the thorax to the formation of
imperfect black, short cross-bars. In this respect this old male
agrees with the old male from Lerdo, ¢. v.
Two specimms from La Cruz, collected by Dr. Meek (63 and
76 mm.),
Frenoculars present in one, absent in the other specimen.
Collar composed of large scales, in the younger with granules
on the sides of the edge.
Humerus with 6 rows, the fifth continuous across the elbow
with the main long row of much enlarged scutes of the forearm.
Femoral rows 5, all unusually large, three of which continued:
to the knee.
Tibia with 3 rows of scutes, and in the larger specimen with a
small fourth row.
Pores 15/16 and 17/18.
Colour of under parts: Collar and throat flesh-colour to pink,
sides of collar shghtly mottled. Chest, abdomen down to the last
ventrals and anus blue-black; the same colour, but somewhat
mottled on the thighs. Behind the thigh a white stripe.
Upper parts: 3 pairs of bluish-white stripes and rather faint
pale spots in the almost black fields. Mid-field 3-3 bordered by
black bands enclosing a fourth pair of grey stripes, which are
separated by a ventral streak, or row of black specks, indicating
in all 8 stripes.
Three specimens from San Juan, collected by Dr. Meek (57,
58, and 59 mm.).
Frenoculars present in all.
Collar composed of larger scales.
Humerus with 6 rows.
Forearm with enlarged scutes, none of which reaches beyond the
proximal half of the arm.
Femur with 5, 6, and 7 rows.
Tibia with 3 rows and a small 4th on the fibular side.
Pores 16 in all specimens.
Throat pink, collar yellowish or mottled on the sides. Chest
and abdomen black, gradually changing to flesh-colour towards
the groins, which is also the colour of the preanal region of the
whole under surface of the hind-limbs, tail, humerus, and fore-
arm.
Upper parts very dark, the fields I., II., and ITT. being nearly
black, with only one row of faint pale spots in the first two fields.
On the back are 8 pale bluish stripes, the third and fourth pairs
being dull grey and the latter pair divided by a black central line.
There is no doubt that the 13 specimens from Montemorelos,
Garza Valdez, La Cruz, and San Juan are closely allied to each
334 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
other, and differ in the average from the typical, Northern,
C. gularis gularis by their larger forearm-scutes, small number of
rows of scales on the humerus and femur, the small number of
pores, the pink throat and decidedly strong and uniform black
pigmentation ef the chest and abdomen, and lastly the tendency
to develop a 4th pair of pale stripes in the mid-field besides the
usual 3 pairs. I therefore distinguish this small racevas C. gularis,
var. meeki. In favour of its claim to distinction is the fact that
this combination of characters does not occur elsewhere but in
North-eastern Mexico.
CNEMIDOPHORUS SEMIFASCIATUS Cope.
Based by Cope upon three specimens, one from San Diego,
Texas, and two from near Patos in the State of Coahuila, west of
Monterey.
Cope gives the following definition: No light stripes; oliva-
ceous with three rows of black spots on each side on anterior
fourth of body ; femorals 8 (but 6 in the text and in the figure !) ;
limbs unspotted ; medium size.
To judge from his description and the figure in the text, the
collar is but feebly developed, although the scales are larger than
in the tessellatus-group. Humeral scales in 6 rows. Postante-
brachials with enlarged polygones in 3 or 4 rows, all distinctly
small in the figure. Femoral pores 20. Length 100 mm.
The colour of all the under parts is uniform olivaceous, without
any spots. The upper parts are uniform olivaceous with the
following black marks: three rows of black spots on each side ;
the superior small, subquadrate; the second larger and trans-
verse, the inferior forming short cross-bars. The lower row is
the longest ; the upper is the shortest, extending only to the
middle of the trunk.
These two specimens from Coahuila are interesting as showing
that a race of Lizards belong to the gularis-group has reached the
light-coloured monochrome stage with black marks or spots,
which, being the remainder of the originally dark fields, are
themselves reduced from behind forwards. This race therefore
forms an analogon to the var. rubida of the tessellatus-group
(text-fig. 70).
If, as Cope himself suggested, the solitary specimen from San
Diego, Texas, described by him as C. gularis sericeus, is the female
of semifasciatus, we can follow the coloration of the latter a
stage further back. The specimen measures only 81mm. Throat,
limbs, and tail ‘ yellow,” with a bluish patch across the throat ;
chest and belly bluish olivaceous. Ground-colour above anteriorly
black, posteriorly olive. With 7 paler stripes which fade away
towards the rump. The fields are black, with olive spots
anteriorly, which enlarge further back, breaking up the fields.
Pores 21.
It may be accidental, but in all these three specimens the
4th supraoculars are broken up each into two smaller scutes :
1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 335
O. semifasciatus with, C. sericeus without frenocular. The dis-
tinctly feeble collar, only polygones on the forearm, and the high
number of pores, combined with the peculiar dorsal pattern,
justify us to treat these specimens as a distinct subspecies,
especially since they differ so remarkably from the other kinds of
Onemidophorus of closely neighbouring districts, e. g., C. melano-
sthetus of Parras, C. gularis gularis and var. meehi of Monterey, Ke.
CNEMIDOPHORUS SEPTEMVITTATUS Cope.
Based upon one female specimen from Eldorado County,
California. Length 110 mm., which, for a female, indicates a
very large kind of Cnemidophorus. i
Supraoculars 4. Collar composed of large scales. Humerals in
6 vows. Posterior side of forearm, according to figure, with 5
mostly very large scutes in a row, surrounded by granules.
Femorals in 7 rows. Pores 16/18.
Coloration.—Under parts all yellowish, with a few black specks
on the sides of the throat. Upper parts light olivaceous brown,
with 7 longitudinal broad black stripes, three on each side and
one in the middle, &e. From Cope’s long description I gather
the following, if translated into the language employed in the
present paper:—There are 6 pale stripes, separated by black
fields and a black mid-field. Towards the lower back and upon
the rump the stripes 2 and 3 are broken into spots by the gradual
encroaching of the black pigment from the neighbouring fields,
which themselves have but few and small field-spots, restricted to
the anterior half of the body..
To judge from this solitary specimen, it seems to belong rather
to the C. communis of the gularis-group.
CNEMIDOPHORUS SCALARIS Cope. (Text-figs. 68 & 76.)
19 specimens from Chihuahua, near the City. Field Museum
of Natural History.
Length 50-95 mm.; 95 mm. only one male, while three or four
other males come near 90 mm. ‘This is consequently a small and
slender species, inhabiting the arid plains with their sparse
vegetation of Mesquite and Fouquieria shrubs, Yueccas and
Opuntias. Hitherto recorded only from Chihuahua.
Supraoculars 4, mostly with only one row of elongated granules
behind.
Collar sharply marked and composed of moderate scales. In
only one specimen is the posterior margin of the fold formed
by a complete row of granules, while in one other the granules
are restricted to the lateral third of the collar.
Humerus.—3 or 4 large rows of scales cover the front, then
follow 2 or 3 shorter and somewhat smaller rows; about 6 in
all, or only 5, in which case the first or first and second rows are
extra large. But 8 rows cannot possibly be counted in these
specimens, as stated by Cope for his scalaris from Chihuahua.
336 DR, H, GADOW ON EYOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
Forearm, anterior surface, with mostly 3 complete rows of
scutes, of which the outermost row increases in width of the
‘
scales towards the wrist, while the innermost row is composed of
much smaller scales,
Cnemidophorus scalaris trom Chihuahua; Field Museum ot Natural History.
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 337
Forearm, posterior surface, always covered with much-enlarged
scutes, the largest in the middle, reaching towards the wrist ; on
the elbow continuous with the 6th or 5th, rarely with the 4th
row of humeral scales.
Femur: Mostly with 5 very regular rows, rarely with 6, which
are then rather irregularly disposed ; the three largest rows reach
the knee as in C. deppei. One specimen, 60 mm., has 7 unmis-
takable rows; another of 50 mm. has 7 incomplete right and
6 regular rows on the left thigh.
Tibia covered with 2 very large rows, with a third smaller row
on the fibular side, 7. e. the side turned towards the tail.
Preanal isthmus short, with only one or two transverse rows
of small scales between the ventrals and. the preanal plates.
The detail is very variable.
Femoral pores: From 15/17 once, to 21/21 once. Usually
with 17, 18, or 19 rows; 20 did not occur. The solitary occur-
rence of 21/21 refers to a specimen 60 mm. in length; the only
one possessing 7 femoral rows of scales, and further distinguished
by the almost complete absence of pale spots in the black dorsal
fields.
Coloration and pattern.—Under parts of young white and
mother-of-pearl; immature specimens have the chest and abdomen
suffused with pale bluish, and dark pigment appears in the basal
portion of the scales. In the adult, throat, collar, thighs, and
tail are yellowish white; chest and flanks, less so the belly, are
mottled blue-black, the edges of the scales remaining whitish.
Upper surface (figs. 68 & 76). The young start with 6 sharp
white stripes, with single or double rows of pale spots in the
fields, and also with a row of white spots in the middle line.
In specimens of about 70 mm. the stripes have become dull to
pale grey, with small white dots in the dulled stripes. Field-spots
brown, yellow, or brown-yellow, and more numerous, and their
double rows in each field become confluent. Ultimately the stripes
are lost, remaining traceable longest on the neck; the whole back
is covered with numerous cross-bars or vermiculations of deep
black and vivid yellow, or orange, with many white spots on the
thighs, legs, and rump. In some beautiful specimens the tiger-
bar pattern is complete, there being about 30 black cross-bars
from nape to tail; whilst the back approaches the cross-bar stage,
the white stripe on the hinder surface of the thigh is dissolved
into irregular white spots. .
C. scalaris is known only from near Chihuahua town, and
plateau to the south-of it, except two specimens “from Arizona”
according to Cope.
According to the evolution of the pattern from youth to adult
age (for instance, the very pronounced white spots in the stripes),
this lizard is closely allied to C. communis.
CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS Cope.
Diagnosis.—4 supraoculars. Collar strong, composed of at least
338 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION | Mar. 20,
one complete row of large scales which form the edge ; upon this
follow, towards the throat, several shorter rows of scales which
decrease in size. Posterior surface of forearm with at least some
large scutes. Frenocular variable. The young start with from
6 to 8 whitish stripes, which become dull, whilst white spots develop
within most of these stripes. Fields at first dark, later on light
spots develop in them, mostly rounded and well-defined. Ultimate
result: many spots on very dark ground in about 10 longi-
tudinal rows, and numerous small whitish spots on the rump,
root of tail, and on the thighs. Throat and collar light-coloured,
often pink. Chest and abdomen are early suffused with blue;
with advancing age chequered blue and black, with whitish edges
to the scales.
Cope was quite justified in separating Mexican Cnemidophori
of larger size, with essential gularis structure (4 supraoculars,
strong collar, and large forearm scutes), and in which the stripes
break up into rows of spots, as C. gularis communis ; but he did
not know, or he ignored, C. bocourti, and he had only a very
insufficient Mexican material.
The diagnosis or description given above suits the majority of
those Cnremidophori which are known from the western half of
the Mexican plateau and its western and south-western slopes,
from the north-west of Chihuahua to Colima and Manzanillo ;
and across the plateau from, roughly speaking, Guadalajara, to
Guanajuato and Puebla. But in this wide stretch of varied
country they exhibit considerable changes,—changes which at
first crop up as unimportant, individual variations, but which in
neighbouring districts have become the rule; and to these are
added changes of other characters, until their combination com-
pletely upsets the original diagnosis.
Thus, for instance, in Michoacan the stripes are more persistent
and the scutes of the forearm are more polygonal, smaller, even
reduced to granules. In Colima, the pores and the rows of
seales on the humerus and femur are distinctly more numerous.
At Manzanillo, these changes are combined with smaller collar-
scales; while on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and in Oaxaca, at
Cuicatlan, an entirely granular forearm is added; so that nothing
is left which could justify us to enumerate these specimens as a
subspecies or a race of C. gularis, whilst they could well figure as
a race of C. communis. At the same time, they approach the less
typical specimens of C. immutabilis and C. guttatus to such an
extent, that it is not always easy to keep them asunder.
Further, in the basin of the Balsas River C. communis is
represented by a form which is structurally an intensified
C. gularis, and removed as far as possible from the southern
variations, but the spotty character is gone, and the tendency to
destroy the stripes by cross-bars begins to assert itself, until
further east, in Oaxaca, the old specimens are tiger-barred with
a variable, partly granular collar and with smaller and fewer
scutes-on the forearm, These are C’. mexicanus, which may well
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 339
be called C. gularis meaicanus, in opposition to C. gularis com-
munis, but not possibly could it be named a race of commamis.
Lastly, on Cozumel Island, off Yucatan, C. communis reappears,
so that we may infer its occurrence in Yucatan.
CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS OCCIDENTALIS. (Text-figs. 69, 77 A-F,
MS 1B, DANS))
Diagnosis.—4 supraoculars. Strong collar. Posterior side of
forearm with scutes or enlarged polygones. Stripes broken up, in
the adult, into rows of round spots; fields with similar rows of
spots. Humeral rows of scales 5-7. Femoral rows 6-7, mostly 6.
Pores 16-21. Length rarely exceeding 100 mm.
Range the same as that of the Sierra Madre occidental, from
N.W. Chihuahua to Jalisco. ;
Specimens from Ixtlan differ considerably’ in their colour-
pattern, approaching thereby C. mexicanus of Oaxaca—a very
significant case of convergence.
On the Central plateau C. communis seems to remain somewhat
smaller, with less emphasised characters in coloration ; but it
reappears intensified at Puebla. Such an extension across the
country, from Jalisco, across Guadalajara towards and beyond
Guanajuato and Queretaro, conforms well with the physical
features of the country ; and in my paper on “ The Distribution
of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles,” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1905
(vol. 1. p. 191), I have been able to show the existence of such an
exchange. Whether these Cremedophori ascended through this
Jalisco gap, or descended thither from the plateau and from the
bases of the Western Sierra Madre, is another question.
Lake Santa Maria (text-fig. 78 B) in N.W. Chihuahua.—The
single specimen is remarkable for having only 3 supraoculars on
the left side, whilst the 4th right is very small. The collar
consists of only one row of scales, which are rather small, and
nearly all of the same size. The posterior surface of the forearm
shows three rows of large polygones, none of which can be called
large scutes. The other structural features likewise afford no
decided clue to the affinity of this specimen. Throat and collar
are white, with a bluish tinge across the mid-throat and across
the collar excepting the row of larger scales. Chest and abdomen
white, with bluish bases to someof the scales. Tail, hind and
fore limbs, and anal region are white beneath. The upper
surface is uniformly slaty grey, rather dark, with many small
whitish specks, especially on the lower back, rump, thighs, and
root of tail. Of the original stripes, only faint traces of stripes 1
and 2 are still visible.
The dusky band across the collar and the small whitish and
bluish dorsal spots undoubtedly point to the relationship of this
specimen with those of Tuxpan (text-fig. 79 A).
Durango, from the foot of the Ivon Mountain, on rather barren
ground (text-fig. 77 C).—Supraoculars 4. Collar composed of
large scales, mostly with an imperfect, once with a complete row
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1906, Vou. I. No, XXIII, 23
[ Mar. 20,
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION
340
61/61-91/9T
81 ‘LT ‘OT
SL/9T
81/8
61/LT
1Z/0G
61/06 ‘81/61
Coal
0Z-81
|
06 ‘8T ‘ST ‘ZT
ST/ST ‘8T/ZT |
|
Li/61-91/ST |
|
TZ/TS
*Sa10 J
"1-9 WIM Z | aBIBl FO Ysou B YIM T
‘sMorg AYsoyy | -A[od pasaeyus Jo ysau B YIM J)
|
Hee tpg
|Z ‘2-9 ‘9 ‘9 9-¢
eS)
“ABMS.
AloA Q pus ‘4
*9-G YIM
‘ds [ Ayuo ‘9
‘SaTBOS FO
SMOL [BIOUIAT
*Sa4JNOS ASIB] JO SMOL
a10U 10 90 YIM «‘souosAjod |
*saulos
‘sauosAjod pasie[us 10 saynog |
*S9}NOS OSI] JO SMOL [BIAAOS YIM T
‘sauosAyjod Jo ysou B YIM T |
punor pasivpue Jo Jsou B YQIM T |
‘soNUBLo |
|
*SaqNOS JO SMOI ABAVTT |
*sagmos O5.1R] JO
1o sauo0SATod asaey Jo Smoa SuO'T |
‘says
AZIL[ JO SMOL ALOU IO BUO YYTAA |
‘sauosdjod asrey YIM T
*SOINDS I5IVT YIM
*SOqMOS BSIL[ JO MOI SUOT 9UC,
‘sauosAjod
asIRT JO SMOL E JO AaysnIO a5.1vT
*ULIVILOF JO apis LOL194sSOg
oy jo o10UL 10 20@)
8 WIM T £2 qe £9 WIM g
G10 T Aq paMmo][of SMO BBILT F
*[[VUUs F IO g YIM ‘aSIBy E
@ 10 F Aq PAMOT[OF SMOL BB.ALT E |
‘SMO B YIM T Sga0ys Ara |
*80}NDS IOIRT JO MOI SuOT 9UQ, TQ. YW yI¢ ‘soeds Guy *9 ATJSOT
GFR
qsay
"SMO
SMOL
“Aa [BUIS
‘SMOX F JIM T
‘SMOI G TJIM G |
yay
‘ATMO apis ouo UO T |
‘NOUBA F
TQM F
“a0 NT
“a0 N
“TM
“QUO NT
‘A[WO opis 9u0 UO T
‘TTetus
|
|
Te Mt £-9
|
|
‘asivyt AlaA puodas pur ys. ‘9 |
"TB UL SMO G |
"So[BOS FO SMOA [RIOUIN]|T
“qnoyyIM ¢E “TIIM 9
“JnOY JIM p
Up T
*qnOqgIM ¢
“WHA §
“a0 NT
“9UO NT
“lel nooual
‘SUPDPWAPVIIO SLWIVULULOD “>
‘OIL “SOT
“BOT ‘OOT
4sa5ie'y
88-87
TL praviy
88 ‘¢9
801
OOT “OT
‘OOT JSASIT E
*8¢ 4so[[Bug
86-S8
06 “E9
"16 ‘88 Jsosie'yT
G6
(‘urm)
“Ypouory
B[qoudg
‘9 SOY “Jug
oyenfeuenys
‘SAW “A
UBDBOTIT ‘O1wnNdz4Vq
T “3° “Id
"Z “Maa “Aq
ooslyer ‘uepyode7,
ee oe RING EEE
uvdxny, |
OOSTTRL ‘UBTIXT |
*G ‘SNI “UL
i
‘orday, ‘oyotwAB Ny op BITC |
| "9 “SNL “QUA
OIpIsatg
eGo Nea
RRO ie Pen OSC ay
pce)
Oe “A
osueingy |
‘LT “Yoo Iq
“BN Y BUI L) "M'’N
*peurutexa sueuttoads
Jo sequinu pur Aq1[R00'T
“BIAR IN, GIUBS OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 341
of granules at the hinder edge. Posterior side of forearm with
large scutes in at least one row.—Consequently these specimens
combine the intensified features of the C. gularis group.
The immature have 6 clear whitish stripes, and faint brownish
spots in the very dark, almost black first and second fields. The
centre-field 3-3 is also black, with a short white centre streak on the
nape and neck, and this streak is in one specimen continued upon
the back by a double row of pale spots ; in another it is continued
as a dull unpaired stripe. These variations demonstrate the
possibility of 7 to 8 stripes in all.—In the 88 mm. specimen
all the stripes are reduced to faint lines on the neck. The rest
of the back shows a uniformly black ground with numerous
whitish spots in about 10 rows; the thighs are similarly spotted.
In the oldest specimen (97 mm.) the ground-colour is very dark,
blackish, with numerous, very conspicuous white and bluish round
spots in 10 or 11 rows. The three pairs of stripes are faintly
visible on the neck, where the spots are far less pronounced.
Throat and collar are pink. Rest of under parts, including the
arms, blue-black, mottled with particoloured scales. Tail bluish
beneath.
This 97 mm. specimen much resembles a 90 mm. specimen from
Lerdo, near Torreon; this town would, with our present state
of knowledge, represent the North-eastern limit of the typical
C. communis.
The collar of the Zerdo specimens is composed of large scales,
without granules. Throat of the adult red-pink ; sides of collar
grey. Rest of under parts, including thighs, blue-black with
whitish scale-edges. ‘Tail bluish.—Above: the smaller specimen
with 6 complete stripes and a pale centre-line. Double rows of
erey-brownish spots in the dark fields. In the larger specimen
the stripes have disappeared completely ; ground-colour black,
- with numerous bluish-white spots, arranged in rows, from neck
to tail. Sides of trunk with black and light bars, some of which
reach far upon the back.
Txtlan.—_The specimens were collected by Dr. Buller near the
River Santiago, near the confines of the State of Jalisco and the
Territory of Tepic, at altitudes from 1500 to 3500 feet. This
district is sandy, rather tropical, and produces much vegetation. It
is remarkable that none of these specimens belongs to the essen-
tially spotted-colour variety, but ends in the partly cross-barred type.
The evolution of the dorsal pattern proceeds as follows :—They
start with 6 to 8 pale stripes and black-brown fields. Pale, light-
brown spots in one or two rows appear in all the fields, proceeding
from behind forwards. Against the inside of the third pair of
stripes appears a double series of blackish spots. Stripes 2 and 3
become dull, and within each of these stripes appear, or remain,
white spots. The field-spots become pale, buff or whitish, and
then they become transversely confluent within each field. Ulti-
mately alternate black and whitish cross-bars are produced, which,
reaching from the flank through stripe 1, through field I., through
stripe 2, cause a cross-barred appearance. This procedure much
resembles that of the typical C. mexicanus.
23*
342 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
In opposition to the essentially spotted variety of C. communis,
the Ixtlan specimens retain a fair amount of their stripes. For
instance, in the largest specimen the fourth pair is still retained ;
but the first and second stripes are mostly dissolved into white
spots, in the way characteristic of C. communis.
The throat is white, sometimes pink, or even with a strong
brick-reddish tinge ; collar whitish ; body in the adult chequered,
especially on the flanks. The thigh-stripe breaks up early. Tail
beneath either reddish or bluish.
Sierra de Nayarete.—Dr. Buller collected the five specimens in
Ranchos, in the walls of corrals, on the eastern side of the Sierra,
at an altitude of about 4600 feet, apparently in open, treeless
surroundings. These are the specimens referred to in my paper
(Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903, p. 118) under C. becourti, and as aberrantly
coloured; but they belong undoubtedly to the C. communis.
Supraoculars 4; collar composed of large scales; forearm with
typical scutes.
There is much individual variation in these few, probably all
adult, specimens :—
85 mm. Stripes 1 and 2 broad and conspicuous, white ;
stripe 3 narrow and complete; 4th pair narrow, somewhat
zigzag, enclosing a black centre-field. The fields are black-
brown, with very faint red-brown spots. There is an extra
white line below stripe 1, extending from the ear towards
the thigh! Throat and collar pale, yellowish, with dusky
mottling! Chest and belly still yellow. Tail bluish beneath.
93mm. Stripe lis nearly gone; stripes 2 and 3 are being
dissolved into whitish spots; the 4th pair is still complete.
Fields with large round yellow-brown spots in double rows.
Throat and collar yellow, much mottled with black! Chest,
belly, preanal region, and thighs yellow, chequered with black.
97 mm. Stripe 1 is lost, stripe 2 much broken up; stripes 3
and 4 still present. Large pale brown spots in the fields.
Throat and collar mottled black and yellow! Rest of under
parts with much black and blue pigment, chequered with
yellow. Tail bluish black.
98 mm. Stripes 1 and 2 are quite gone; only narrow traces
of the others. With about 10 rows of large round yellow
spots on a uniformly black ground. Under parts like the
97 mm. specimen.
98mm. The 6 stripes are still well preserved, but getting
dissolved into white spots. Two rows of pale spots in the
blackish first and second fields. The broad, unicoloured
mid-field is bordered by black dots. General ground-colour
olive-grey. Throat and collar yellowish white. Chest and
belly much pigmented with black and blue. Tail red.—This
male specimen was caught at a different rancho, and it is
distinguishable from the previous four specimens by the
presence of a frenocular, a very unimportant character.
Presidio, south-east of Mazatlan in Sinaloa,—Presumably the
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 343
6 specimens collected by Forrer are related to the Tepic and
Jalisco Cremidophorus. ‘They possess 6 white or whitish ‘stripes,
with faint field-spots which increase in number with age. There
is no trace of a fourth pair of stripes, and no breaking- up of the
stripes into spots is indicated, not even in the largest specimens.
The throat is sometimes speckled with dark pigment; chest and
abdomen are chequered blue-black and white. The tail is reddish
beneath.
Zapotlan in Jalisco, between Guadalajara and Colima. (‘Text-
fig. 77 A.)—Throat across the middle with a dull bluish tinge ;
lower throat whitish, and mottled with grey. Collar bluish,
except the large row of scales which is white. Upper chest blue
with white edges to the scales. Rest of body black, chequered
with white. Tail beneath very dark, all the whitish scales having
much blue-black pigment. Under surface of arms blue-black with
whitish patches.—Upper parts :—First specimen: 6 complete
dull stripes ; mid-field dark grey, bordered on each side by a row
of black spots. Fields I. and II. black, with irregular rows of
large, round, grey spots. None of the stripes is dissolved into
spots, but whiter spots are visible in the second stripe.
The second specimen is beautiful. There are no traces of
stripes left. Neck and shoulders are dusky. The whole back
shows about 10 rows of large round yellowish-white spots apon a
dark ground. Smaller yellow spots on the rump, thighs, legs,
and upon the first two inches of the tail. On the sides of the
chest the black colour forms cross-bars because the rows of large
pale spots below the first stripe are transver sely confluent. This
specimen conforms exactly with Cope’s typical C. communis,
whilst the first, also a male, scarcely shows the character istic
development of spots within the stripes. Unfortunately I did
not catch a single specimen at or near Zapotlan, but I saw several
in the striped and in the spotted condition.
Tuxpan (text-fig. 79 A), south of Zapotlan.—Fourth supraocular
very small. Throat tinged with bluish across the middle ; collar
bluish white. Rest of under parts, including arms and thighs,
dark blue with some white specks on the flanks. Tail blue all
round. The ground-colour of the upper parts olive-brown, with
6 dull stripes, each of which is broken up into whitish beads.
The first and second fields with conspicuous black cross-patches.
Mid-field olive-brown, with a few small black specks along the
inside of the third pair of stripes. Numerous small, whitish
spots on rump, thighs, and tail, and a few such spots in the second
field.
This specimen, having lost most of the small white spots on
the back, in conformity with the prevalence of olive- brown
ground- colour, is in the incipient tiger- “stage, connecting in this
respect the Colima specimen (C’. communis copet) with the 88 mm.
specimen from Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B).
Puebla. Nine specimens collected by Dr. Meek near the town
of Puebla on the railway embankments.—Throat and collar white
o
~
t~
Text-fig.
344 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
or pink, Chest and belly white, and chequered with blue owing
to the dark bases of the scales. Tail beneath yellowish white.
deep ae wade Se
Pa a
Immature with 6 stripes, of which the third pair is dull and
narrow. Pale faint field-spots appear late. Then whitish spots
appear in the evanescent stripes and produce a spotted stage with
Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis; Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
from Durango, the most conspicuously spotted specimen.
from Puebla.
C
, HE, Vy
|»
from Zapotlan
from Patzcuaro.
A
B
1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 345
many, about 10 or more, rows of whitish-blue spots, especially
numerous on the lower back, rump, and thighs, wpon a very dark
ground. In large and old specimens the ground-colour becomes
olive-grey, with bold transverse black tiger-bars across the
middle of the trunk; the white stripes and spots having changed
completely into grey. The black pigment encroaches upon the
breaking-up stripes, and the neck of some old specimens tends to
become monochrome.
There is no doubt that this clan of rather large-sized Lizards
conforms more with C. g. communis than with C. ec. balsas. It
is all the more interesting that these Puebla lizards come to
resemble the more or less tiger-barred specimens of C. c. balsas
(which are probably their neighbours) if they pass beyond the
white-spotted stage.
Patzcuaro (text-fig. 77 B), south-west of Morelia, in Michoacan.
—The smallest specimen with 6 complete stripes and a broad
mottled mid-field. In the gravid female and in the adult male
the stripes are broken into streaks or numerous spots, bluish-
white and similar spots have appeared in the fields. Chest and
belly suffused with blue owing to the underlying dark pigment.
Acambaro, north-east of Morelia. Only one immature speci-
men, collected by Dr. Meek.—Still with 6 very sharp, white
stripes; pale spots just appearing in the outer and in the second
fields.
Celaya, north of Acambaro, west of Queretaro: 4 specimens
collected by Dr. Meek; largest about 75 mm.—With 6 whitish
stripes ; the younger specimens still without field-spots, but new
whitish spots appear in the older, still immature specimens ;
chest and belly blue, with white-edged scales. Throat and collar
white.
San Juan del Rio. 3 specimens, Dr. Meek; 70-76 mm.
Guanajuato. 6 specimens in the British Museum, collected by
Dr. Dugés, three of which only 48 to 50 mm.—These very young
forms have 6 very sharp white stripes and very dark spotless fields.
Faint pale brown spots in one row appear in the first and second
dark brown fields of the 62 mm. specimen. In the two 86-87
mm. specimens the field-spots are white, very sharp and more
numerous; and in one of these specimens numerous small white
specks have appeared within some of the three pairs of stripes,
which themselves have become dull.
Unfortunately most of the specimens from Acambaro to
Guanajuato are young, or immature, whilst few, if any, are adult.
However, the fact of a gravid female from Patzcuaro seems to
indicate that all these lizards belong to a rather small race. The
breaking-up of the stripes into whitish spots, characteristic of
C. communis, is clearly shown at Patzcuaro and at least in one
specimen from Guanajuato. It is impossible, with the present
material, to say whether the lizards of Acambaro, Celaya, and
San Juan del Rio represent the transition from C. communis to
C. mexicanus var. balsas, or whether they are potentially C. com-
346 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
munis and lead on to the Puebla clan, in which the characters of
C. communis are again intensified.
There is still a gap between San Juan del Rio and Puebla,
a distance of 150 miles, whence no Cnemidophori have been
recorded, I myself have never seen a single specimen in the
Valley of Mexico, an absence due no doubt to the high eleva-
tion, the limit for this genus being apparently near 7100 feet.
Dr. Meek found them in abundance near Puebla, 7100 feet,
but the Capital, itself in the depression of the so-called valley, lies
some 300 feet higher. San Juan’s elevation is 6000 feet, and
any way thence to Puebla would imply an ascent of more than
8000 feet, an elevation which may well be prohibitive to any
species of Cnemidophorus. At Amecameca, which lies at this
altitude, I looked for them in vain. It is therefore more likely
that the Puebla clan have arrived there by some roundabout
way at present unknown. But it is certain that there 1s no
communication between them and those of Yautepec and Cuantla
in Morelos, although the distance would be less than 40 mules.
Consequently it seems rather likely that the spotted clan at
Puebla, with its isolation from the other C. communis, represents
a case of convergent evolution. C.c¢. balsas itself is a case of
isolation ; they are restricted to the basin of the Balsas, bounded
on the north by the impassable barrier of high mountains, the
southern fringe of the Central plateau, and on the south by the
Sierra Madre del Sur, the low pass of which, at Los Cajones,
these lizards just manage to cross, but they do not descend
beyond, into the Coastal region. What happens to these Cnemi-
dophori in Western Michoacan, whether they change or not,
into the western form, remains for the present unknown, ‘The
same apples to the zoologically undiscovered wide districts of
the upper basin of the Balsas.
CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS COPE. (Text-figs. 78 A, C, E.)
Differing from C. communis occidentalis by the increased number
of humeral and femoral row s, greater number of pores, and larger
size of the body.
Although these are differences of degree only, they are signi-
ficant because they lead to and are combined with further modi-
fications which change such lizards in Oaxaca and on the Isthmus
into a form to which the name of communis is no longer
applicable.
Of the specimens described in the accompanying table (p. 348),
only those from Colima, Manzanillo, San Domingo de Guzman,
and apparently those from the island of Cozumel, conform with
C. communis copei. Possibly those mentioned by Cope from
Guatemala may exhibit the same characters, especially the
forearm scutes.
Cope’s types, about 40 specimens, were sent to Washington by
Xantus, who had collected them in the State of Colima, Western
Mexico. In the original description, Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. 1877,
p. 95, it is stated that C. communis has a frenocular, large post-
1906. | TN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 347
antebrachial scutes, 8 to 9 rows of femoral scales; and from
p. 606 of his posthumous work, 1900, the number of pores is to
Cnemidophorus communis ; Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
be inferred as 19-23. In the paper of 1877 he says: “ Olive,
with 6 light bands with light spots in the intervals, the former
communis australis, from Laguna.
'. communis copei, from Manzanillo.
= C. communis copei, from Colima.
D
ny)
’. communis occidentalis, from Lake Santa
Maria, Chihuahua.
C. communis copei, from Manzanillo.
A=
B=
[ Mar. 20,
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION
348
€6/2S | sf es 9 fi se ‘][euIs 4ysar “laSIe] Z
| 9a y OF ‘r9S.1e, ATquydaosed ysnt | *1O[[BUUS
6L/6L | puayxa OIM JO g “M | SMOT SOT E L0G + LepNUBIy | Surqyes Ayjenpeis'y jnoqy |
EZ/ES | sos 48 IO Y ssaTNURIs pasaepua A[PYSIG re
‘soTMUBLS
¥S/BS ‘ *g@10 8 pasiRpUa JO SMOL [BIOADG ss
€3/ZG site evince . To} “ce € 7 10 e+P |
92/93 ‘ "8 | “ $ *g 10 £ |
PC} GG ns “4 r : 8
‘saTMUBIS pasielua | Goh 4
Poe asia kOe ‘ge ATWYSYS Jo sMoI [eIeaeg) Pp IO g f][R Ul G 10 8
*saynUuRAs “A]TBNp
OG/iGe walsens. Oe mo ‘g/L pasivpua JO SMOA [RIBADG | -BAId SuIsvatoep YB UL J
*Sa.10, ee eee te "hig | -sopeos Jo soa eran
eae | SMOT [R.LOULI | JO apis 10110}soq PONS Sir makes saa HD
*SUDAPSWUD SUUNUWULOD 50)
‘sauos<jod
H6/SG *g 0} Q | poSavpua JO SMO SUOT *6 09.8 *yuasarg
CS/FS on 8 ee ee “e “ee *yuosoa
‘saqMos Moy | *To[[BUIS
B Sutsopusa ‘souosdjod Apgdnaqe 4sod ‘ao.1ey
Yaka || *emeeunes +g | paSivjue JO SsMmOd [BIaAag | F 10 g ysay + J Jnoqy *OUO NT
| Lo] ][BUIS SUI4I85
CG/PS “ayn Saat g |’ SayMos JO SMOI [BIAADG | A[[VNpRAS “6 JNOqY “quasod
‘$010 ue jo MUABSIOS . *sa[BOS JO -repnooued
SMO [RAOUL JO apIs 1011a4S80q | - SMOA [RIOUIN]T
*repn90 4ST
YIM pasn yy 99
++ SF
: OgT
: col
é TOL
“« OOT
; nee
“ 86
“quasatg gL
| es
“TepNoOUaL | ae)
OB1BT Ost d
z i 60I
“TBpPNUBLS aymMb
apa ‘sa[wos
[ews sayy eg
*So[NUR.LS OU
‘OO.1B'T 221
. (“uu)
END) “‘yyouay
secon eee “
‘el, eo aL
er BOVXK() Ul “UBL}BIINA
“ce
"Yao “A
‘L
SvUnSB'T
*pouruiexe saauttoeds
0 azaquinu pue {417800
1 I
"TSU FEL
“SNUIYYST
UBUIZILD ap OSUIMO(T UBG
‘LT ‘SUI PP
in dtehefele vale" T anit: OT [LUBZUeB T
‘T ‘SOI PIM
fntionennnaaHAGaGO Mya aAeGEPAUC EAN
"T ‘SnIN, PIPL
‘pourutexe suatutoads
jo zaquina pue AytpBoory
“2ad09 SYUNWULOD *)
349
AN LIZARDS.
N
IN MEXIC
1906.1
9
9
ee eee ee 9 |
a0 ‘c
coneugoer ‘9
gece 9
“aay 0}
puezxe Yor jo ¢ ‘9
6
“
cc
“AB[NSALII G6 0F 8
*IB[M.GAIIT 6 09 8
“cc of
(a3 oy)
oe Savage 2
“IPL 9
‘re[nSeri J
(<4 Ny
_ 40V9
‘9
eee eee ce
see eee eee eee eee te
ROBXB()
‘LT ‘addy,
's cr OOIX9 TAL 9?
‘@ ‘sodAy,
Does Sprmogt eg 4,
| ssamosAjod pasiepue Pony, €+¢E | “quasalg 88
‘souosjod *[Badoy] YUM
ISIL] SUIPUNOLINS Saynu pesng Apgued 4797
“wis [euoss<jod poasiepug, | e+e Squesaid ys 86
“souod “quasqe IyoT |
-Ajod pasiepua jo raysn{o Sarg ‘quesaid qysuy | 66
‘aqnos ]B.1}Ua.
| euO SuIpuNnoLmMs seynu
/-Bis yeuoSsAjod pasavpug | e+e “quosaad 4yory ee 2
‘souoSAyjod aSaey Wy T | | |
fsa}jnos ase, YIM T | ‘SMOL [[VIUS Z PUB ADIL fF RUOSONeTAE == 3)h seo se
“UZANOIOG SYUTUUWOD */)
“samo
-Ajod aeypeuts Jo sMoxr
Ia}JOYS OMY YIM MOL eS EP aii (ae Wenge edocs LL
Sq auo «10 ‘sauoSdtod ;
SIG JO SMOI 4A10YS OMT, SRS par a ||P. Oacirgee ae aa €8
. i: ‘TI® Ul 6 eats OFT
‘san
“B15 pasivjua AT}YSITS
AlOA jo smoot AUB] | “[[BUIS [ROADS PUB aSAET 9 ++ Sel
“MOQ[O [BAU SaTNUB.LS ‘S550 YJIM
pesavjua ApQysiys Ara A. oe ++ “06
*LOT[RUIS
Sib ease AyTUO sepnurry | su1yjeS Aljenpeas “g 10 g ++ TL
‘say nu
“BIS pasiryua JO sMOy ‘aBAR] GE ‘TV UL Gg 10 8 ap op GL
‘soTNUBIS pases *s8.50 JIM
ATIYSTS ATA JO SMOLTR.IIAVG | § ++ “69
‘So[NUBIS pasie[ua TO
MOQ[A IVIU SMOA [B.LOAAG s e 00 69
‘solNUBIS pastel, |
-ua ATJOULJSIP JO 4SLIM | *puryaq
03 MOGIa WoOIf sMOoI ¢g| T[VUS AURUT puUR osu, ¢ ++ 69
‘sopnuvis 1as1ey ATqiydeo “1B]NOO YIM
-1ed qsnf Jo sMo1 oulog ‘loT[VUIs AT[eNpeas 6g | pasny ajo, + IYSIy 19
noagenaeaneacnm in alana llv 118 ul 6 108 ++ 6g
i
(gzadoo svunmwoa *—)
"7
16)
snyY “q
pene Jeuuzo/y
“ec
“ec
“ce
“cc
oe
‘74
(75
(73
“ce
it3
390 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
breaking up into spots in the adult male.” Further, there are
two vavieties of this lizard :—‘* I. With rows of light spots in the
female; in the male the stripes break up into round spots ;
known from Colima and from Coban in Guatemala.” [These I
distinguish as C. communis copei.—H.G.| “11. No spots, and
the bands are unbroken, resembling the young of var. I.”
Such are said to be known from Guadalajara, Cordova, Guate-
mala, San Antonio. Which of the various places called Cordova
and San Antonio are meant, is left to our imagination. There
is a San Antonio in Western Yucatan ; but Cope became very
vague about his C. communis, as shown by the fact that im Proc.
Am. Phil. Soc. 1885, p. 879, he returned this kind as from
Matamoros, and from 8. Antonio in Texas! Concerning this
second variety, its definition is too vague; the indifferent cha-
‘acters apply to the young of almost any C. gularis in the widest
sense; but Cope at that time thought that the possession of a
frenocular plate was a distinctive character of his C. communis.
He partly amended this in his paper in Proc. Am, Phil. Soe.
xxiii. 1886, p. 283, where he managed to describe the various
evolutionary stages and individual variations of the true C. gularis
as 4 subspecies, and those of his future C. scalaris as 2 subspecies.
This, again, he has partly amended in his posthumous work. The
synonymy has consequently become rather intricate.
In Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii. 1893. p. 47, it is stated that
C. communis, from Colima, “ reaches a larger size than any others
of the C. gularis, and its peculiar coloration of small (or sometimes
large) yellow spots on a dark olive ground gives it a very distinct
appearance.”
Lastly, in Cope’s key of his subspecies of C. gularis, p. 601 in his
posthumous work, C. g. communis, from “South-western Mexico,”
is diagnosed as follows :—‘* Stripes broken up into rows of spots ;
interspaces with yellow spots; hind legs with or without yellow
spots; no posterior femoral stripe; a frenorbital ; 5 or 6 infra-
labials ; large.”
I have examined the following few specimens, which I refer to
as C. communis coper, since they seem to conform most completely
with Cope’s types.
One specimen from Colima (text-fig. 78 E).—Throat white ;
scales of the large collar with bluish bases. Part of under parts
blue, with white edges to the scales. Tail blue all round. Ground-
colour above blue-grey, without any black bars or black spots.
There are remnants of six faint stripes, each broken up into a row
of white spots, and there is one row of whitish spots in each field.
Total number of rows of spots about 12. Thighs above and
behind, and root of tail, with smaller spots.
One specimen from San Domingo, Isthmus.—With many small,
rather irregular yellow spots on the root of the tail, thighs, rump,
and lower back. Further forwards these pale spots disappear
and faint dark spots appear in the dark brown fields, together
with traces of the vanishing stripes 1 and 2. The region of the
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 301
original mid-field is pale greenish, without any spots.—This speci-
men has obviously entered the monochrome stage on the anterior
half of the body; a feature not uncommon in exceptionally large
specimens of various kinds of Cremidophorus.
Two specimens from Manzanillo, the harbour of Colima.— Both
are remarkable for the smaller scales which compose the principal
row of the collar, the edge of which is formed by several complete
rows of small granules. One specimen has 4/4 supraoculars,
followed by several rows of small granules behind; in the other
the 4th left supraocular is tiny, whilst on the right side the 4th
or posterior is split into two. This is interesting because it
represents a condition leading to the 3/3 supraoculars which are
normal in C. immatabilis and deppei, m either of which, however,
about 10 per cent. show a fourth supraocular as abnormal.
In the larger Manzanillo specimen (text fig. 78 C) the sides of
the whitish collar are lead-coloured; on the back are 7 bluish-
white stripes, each broken up mto a row of paler spots connected
by duller portions. Besides a series of larger irregular spots
below stripe 1, there are no whitish spots in any of the fields
except a few spots in field I. The ground-colour of the back and
of the thighs and upper surface is uniform dark blue-grey.
The smaller specimen (text-fig. 78 A) has 6 clear bluish-white
stripes running from head to rump, and a short central stripe
from head to mid-back partly dissolved into whitish mottlings.
The fields are all uniform blackish without any trace of spots.
These two Manzanillo specimens are consequently very much
like (. immutabilis, from which they differ only by the possession
of polygones or scutes on the posterior side of the forearm.
One might be inclined to assume that in this coastal district
of Colima the transition from C. immautabilis into C. communis
copei takes place; Just as much as in certain parts of Oaxaca
there are large Cnemidophori which might be interpreted either
as the most aberrant clans of C. communis trending towards
C. bocourti and CO. mexicanus, or as aberrant C. immutabilis and
guttatus, which assume characters typical of C. commas. Such
are the CO. communis var. australis.
But to return to these Manzanillo specimens. Although the
whole stretch of lowland from Manzanillo to Acapulco, a distance
of 350 miles, is zoologically unknown, the fact remains for the
present that the nearest bona fide specimens of C. immutabilis
were found more than that distance away from Manzanillo,
namely by myself still further east of Acapulco. I do not doubt
that they extend much further west along the coast, but I also
know that the lower Balsas flows through a broad belt of dense
forest of a size and type sufficient to exclude these lizards.
Cope’s statement that his C. communis occurs also at Coban ran
Guatemala is as worthless as that of Bocourt that he had
C. mexicanus from Salama in Guatemala. It is quite possible,
but until these specimens are critically examined comment is use-
less. We know that quite a number of Reptiles and Amphibians
352 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
which are typically at home in Mexico extend far into Central
America, occasionally cropping up ver adic dis-
tribution most likely due to our want of data.
Two specimens (Brit. Mus.) from the Island of Cozumel, east coast
of Yucatan, have to be referred to C. communis copei until more
Cnemidophori* from the huge peninsula of Yucatan have been
collected.
There are 4 supraoculars. The collar-scales form complete rows,
but are distinctly small, as in the Cuicatlan specimens, with which
those of Cozumel agree also in the number of femoral rows and
pores. The large polygones on the forearm agree with those of
San Domingo and Colima. There are 7 pale str ipes on the back,
all narrow and still complete, but each stripe contains small white
specks, and similar small specks are numerous in the fields, on the
rump and on the thighs.
It is noteworthy that. several of the upper labials are denti-
culated, exactly as in the (. deppei specimens from the same
island !
CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS AUSTRALIS. (Text-figs. 62 C, D;
640,D; 65F; 79 B,C.)
Diagnosis: like C. copei, but with entirely granular forearm,
Seven specimens collected by Dr. Meek at Lagunas, a station a
little further east than San Domingo, still on the western slope
of the Isthmus.—They agree with the typical C. ¢. copei in the
large number of femoral pores, of femoral and humeral rows,
composition of the large-scaled collar, the large average size of
the adults, and by the colour-pattern; but they differ without
exception by the complete absence of any scutes or enlarged
polygones on the posterior side of the forearm, It is to be
remembered that this character is not very reliable in Southern
Mexico; see certain specimens of C. mexicanus from Cuautla,
Sojutla, and Oaxaca, and of C. communis occidentalis from Puebla.
In some of the 7 specimens the 4th supraocular is very small.
The evolution of the colour-pattern seems to proceed as follows :—
In the youngest specimens the first and second pairs of stripes
are still white and complete, quite conspicuous ; the third stripe is
becoming faint and breaks up into white spots on the lower back
and rump. Fields I. and II. are still black, without any spots.
Thighs above still without specks; behind reddish, with spots or
traces of a pale stripe.
In specimen 98 mm., stripes 3 and 2 are fading or becoming
grey from the neck backwards, neck and shoulders becoming grey.
Small whitish spots appear in one or two rows in fields I. and II.
* C.angusticeps Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xvii, 1877, p. 95. The four specimens
seem to be the only Cnemidophori known from “ Yucatan.’
According to Cope they are like his C. communis, but distinguished by the very
narrow parietal and interparietal plates. Four supraoculars. Edge of collar
composed of large scales. Frenocular present.
Ground-colour black, and fields much wider and not broken up. The stripes send
off lateral processes which give the dark ground-colour a very broken character.
Fields green. Adult male of the size of C. communis and C. guttatus.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 353
on the lower back and rump, others in stripe 3, in the mid-field
and upon the thighs. Ground-colour brown, with dark bars in
fields I. and LI.
Specimen 99 mm. About 12 rows of small whitish spots on
_ the lower back and rump &e. Neck and anterior half of trunk
dusky, marbled with dark cross-bars.
Specimens of 100-105 mm. Back dusky, on neck and shoulders
with large dark spots or with dark cross-bars. All the stripes are
dissolved into small white or yellow spots on the lower back,
rump, and root of the tail; ground-colour warm reddish-brown,
Text-fig. 79.
Cnemidophorus communis occidentalis and C. ¢. australis.
A=C. communis occidentalis, from Tuxpan; Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
B=C. communis australis, 138 & 140 mm., from Cuicatlan; Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Specimen 130 mm. Whole neck, shoulders, and mid-back
uniformly dusky greenish; sides of back rich brown with many
small whitish specks, which extend also over the lower back and
rump. Legs and thighs above bluish, with many small spots.
The throat is pale, partly with a pink tinge, especially in the
largest specimen; collar white, mottled with blue. Chest and
abdomen soon become mottled or chequered, each scale becoming
dark blue or black, but retaining a whitish edge. The terminal
half of the tail is red in all specimens.
Twelve specimens collected by Dr. Meek near Cuicatlan. (Text-
figs. 64 C; 65 EK; 69 B, C.)—This is a station of the Mexican
354 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20,
Southern Railway, about 70 miles N.W. of the town of
Oaxaca, and situated almost at the bottom of the deep
depression in which collect the head-waters of the River
Papaloapan, which mighty river empties itself into the lagoons
near Alvarado, south of Vera Cruz. The bottom of the depression
is only 600 meares, about 1900 feet, above sea-level, and a rather
steep pg leads to the plateau of the Valley of Oaxaca,
1600 m. = 5250 feet, with an intervening ridge of still eveater
height. Ta: the north-west the ascent out of the gorge is
more gradual, but it reaches, before Puebla, an altitude of nearly
8000 feet. To the west is a succession of high mountains. The
climate in this long depression is very hot, thoroughly tropical,
but of the dry type, as shown by the prevalence of Organ- cactus,
small Mimosas, and serubby Acacias, with scanty low vegetation
on the red, gravelly rubble which forms the subsoil.
Weare still in complete zoological ignorance about the country
for at least 120 miles all around Cuicatlan, except the neighbour-
hood of the town of Oaxaca. There occur only C. mexicanus and
C. bocourti; to the east of the depression are dense mountain-
forests, in which lower down lives only C. guttatus with Ameiva;
at Puebla lives C. communis occidentalis, which in its striking
pattern, but not structurally, bears a great resemblance to the
Cuicatlan specimens.
Supraocular s always 4, followed behind by many small granules,
especially when (3 specimens) the posterior supraocular i iS ex-
tremely small, almost reduced to the vanishing point.
Frenocular present in 11 specimens; two specimens have a
frenocular on the right side only ; in the 12th, a young specimen,
the frenocular of both sides is fused with the first preocular.
Collar (text-figs. 64 C, 65 F) composed of mostly medium-sized
to rather small seales, sometimes passing quite gradually into the
eulars. In nearly all specimens at least some granules are visible
between the scales of the posterior border, and sometimes these
granules form a complete row. But in the largest specimen, and
in one of 72 mm., the scales forming the edge are distinctly large.
Humerus covered in front with many rows of seales, about 8 to
10 in all; sometimes they decrease in size from before backwards,
and as a rule the hindmost rows are continuous with the slightly
enlarged granules of the forearm ; but in most cases some of the
front rows, either 2, mostly 3, rarely 5 or 6, are distinetly larger
than the rest.
Forearm covered in front with 23, mostly 3, complete rows of
scutes.
Forearm, posterior surface, never covered with scutes or scales.
In 5 Seon the granules are almost imperceptibly larger than
the rest; in 5 other specimens are several rows of slightly en-
larged granules, either near the elbow or near the wrist ; only in
2 specimens enlarged polygonal granules form three long rows.
Femur.—The rows of seales show a continuous variation from
to 9. 6 oceurred 3 times; 6 to 7 irregular twice; 6 right,
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 305
7 left once; 7 regular 3 times; 8 to 9 irregular twice ; 9 regular
rows once. The average is consequently rather high.
Tibia with 25, mostly 3, rows of scutes.
Femoral pores: ranging from 17/16 to 24/24 each once, 19
twice, 20/19 twice, 21/20 twice, 21/22 once, and 23 twice.
Average distinctly high, about 21.
Size.—The 12 specimens range from 48 mm. to 138 and 140 mm.,
the two largest being exceptionally fine males. A female of 90 mm.
and another of 69 mm. with eggs.
Coloration of under parts.—The throat is yellowish, or clearly
pink. The collar of the female is whitish, sometimes with a blue
tinge on the sides; in the medium-sized males quite black, but
pink like the chest in the two largest specimens. The chest and
abdomen change from whitish or leaden hues through mottled
blue-to uniform blue-black in the males. This dark pigmentation
extends upon the arms and thighs, and partly upon the preanal
region. ‘The under surface of the tail, at least its distal half, is
yellow to red.
Pattern and coloration of wpper surface.—These lizards start
with 3 pairs of stripes, of which only the Ist and 2nd are
whitish, whilst the 3rd is dull. Frequently there is a grey
central stripe, bordered with black. ‘The fields are black, at first
spotless. Faint pale spots appear later. When the specimens
have passed about 70 mm. in length a few small, but sharply
marked, white-blue spots appear in the fields I. and II., and
stripe 1 is quite broken up into large black and white patches
Then stripe 2 is transformed into a series of round blue-white
spots, whilst stripe 3 fades away, leaving a very broad mid-field
region 2-2, which is green with blackish tiger-bars. Or, all the
stripes are broken up into rows of large white-blue spots, and
large tiger-bars run right across the back from flank to flank,
producing a strikingly handsome pattern upon the otherwise
almost uniform dark olive ground (text-fig. 79 B, C).
The continuation of stripe 1 on the hinder side of the thigh
breaks up early into pale spots, which disappear in the Jargest
specimens.
The change of pattern from youth to age of these Cuicatlan
Lizards is absolutely different from that of C. meaxicanus, and still
more from that of C. immutabilis and guttatus, while it agrees
with that of C. communis. C. bocourti, although geographically
the nearest so faras at present known, is structurally too different.
The same applies to the C. communis occidentalis with its out-
lying clan of Puebla. These Cuicatlan specimens differ much
more from those of Puebla than from those of Lagunas; in fact,
the only difference is the frequent occurrence of a smaller-scaled
collar with a granular edge in the Cuicatlan specimens: but since
in some of them the collar-scales are as large as in those of
Lagunas, the importance of this character vanishes. The same
applies to the number of femoral rows and the pores, which varies
considerably.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Wrote 1, ING; ROY, 24
396 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
Thus it has come to pass that some of these Cuicatlan specimens
(those with very small 4th supraocular, small collar-scales, and
granular edge, entirely granular forearm, and with only 6 femoral
rows) have become so different from the typical C. communis ot
Colima, that nobody could or would refer them to C. communis,
nor to any of the gularis-group at all, if the specimens of Lagunas
and San Domingo were not known. The most reliable guide
happens after all, in this case, to be the colour-pattern.
Tt may well be asked why the Cuicatlan specimens should not
be grouped in the immutabilis lot : but, first, the collar, when large,
is of the unmistakable gularis type; secondly, when the number of
pores is decidedly high this feature is never associated, either in
immutabilis or in guttatus, with three regular rows of femoral
scales extending down to the knee; thirdly, the evolution of the
pattern. Although in immutabilis and in guttatus the stripes
break up into rows of spots, transverse bars are quite unknown,
while again in C. mexicaius, of Oaxaca, in spite of its tiger-bars,
this mode of breaking up the stripes and the appearance of new
white spots in their place are equally unknown.
Consequently it is not due to chance that the Laguna-
Cuicatlan specimens are considered as of the C. communis stock,
modified in the direction of the typical Tierra caliente species
C.immutabilis and guttatus. In short the var. australis, although
in many respects intermediate, is not a true link between the
gularis-communis and the immutabilis-deppei groups, but is the
terminal outher of the former,
CNEMIDOPHORUS COMMUNIS BocoURTI Blgr. (Text-fig. 80.)
Diagnosis.—4 supraoculars. Collar composed of large. scales,
which form the edge. Humerals 6; femorals 5 to 6. Posterior
side of forearm with some large polygones or scutes. Pores 15-18.
About 12 rows of small yellow spots on red-brown ground-colour.
Length about 100 mm. Oaxaca.
Unfortunately the three type-specimens in the British Museum
are without satisfactory localities. One is from ‘ Mexico,” the
others were got by ‘‘ Cumming, California,” a locality which may
safely be dismissed as erroneous. In 1902 I caught three speci-
mens in the outskirts of the town of Oaxaca, indistinguishable
from the types of this well-marked lizard.
Boulenger gives the number of femoral rows as 8 or 9, but
according to the plan adopted throughout this paper, 7. e. counting
from the row nearest the pores to the largest row on the anterior
side of the thigh and not beyond, there are only 6 or 5 rows.
Throat and collar are pale with a greenish tinge; rest of under
parts, including thighs, blue-black, mottled with bluish-white
scales. General colour above warm reddish brown, turning into
olive towards the shoulders and the neck; with numerous yellow,
small, and sharply defined spots, which are arranged in about
12-14 longitudinal rows. These spots are most numerous on the
rump, extending also upon the root of the tail and over the
1906.] IN MEXIUAN LIZARDS. . ROT
whole thigh; towards the shoulders they become scarcer, and
further forwards they disappear, while faint traces of the original
pale stripes 1 and 2 remain visible.
In very old specimens the spots are small and irregular, re-
stricted to the lower back, rump, and thighs, the rest of the back
being spotless brown with a warm reddish tint.
Text-fig. 80.
Cnemidophorus bocourti from Oaxaca.
There is no doubt that the original stripes become dull and
merge into the ground-colour, whilst new spots of pale tissue
develop in these stripes, and a row of equally numerous Spots is
developed in each field and below stripe 1. The spots remain small]
and do not become confluent. The evolution of the pattern is
the same as that of C. communis in general, but it also recalls
C. guttatus. Structurally, however, C. bocourti forms the very
24*
358 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
opposite to C. guttatus and to those specimens of C’. communis
copei and C, ¢, australis from Colima, the Isthmus*, and Cuicatlan,
which are very similarly coloured.
In fact C. bocourti is structurally indistinguishable from many
specimens of C. communis occidentalis, and from some of the
C. mexicanus of the Balsas basin. Fundamentally, the evolution
of its pattern is that of the former, but when most agreeing in
coloration with the copei or australis varieties it differs most
from these structurally; or, vice versd, when structurally most
like mexicanus it is diametrically opposed to it in coloration,
Upon this ambiguity rests the best claim for separate recognition
of C. bocourti, which after all happens to be one of the most easily
recognised forms of the whole C, gularis group.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS Peters.
(Text-figs. 69; 81 A, B, C, D, F; 82 A-D, &c.)
Diagnosis —Large-sized C'. gularis in which the original stripes
do not develop pale spots, but are broken up by the encroaching
black of the fields and by the transversely combining brownish
field-spots, resulting eventually in a tiger-barred pattern.
The most extreme development is reached in Oaxaca; this
variety I distinguish as var. typica. They reach the largest size,
the tiger-pattern is most pronounced, but the collar and the
covering of the posterior side of the forearm are variable, inclining
more towards granules,
Those of the Balsas River-basin are distinguished by a strong
collar, prevalence of scutes on the forearm, and far less pronounced,
more incipient tiger-pattern. They seem, moreover, as fits their
distribution, to pass into aberrant C. communis occidentalis.
These I refer to as C, mexicanus var, balsas.
It is significant that these Oaxaca specimens exhibit the same
trend of variation away from their relations (decreasing collar
and more granular arm-scales and tendency to tiger-pattern) as do
the representatives of C. communis copei in the State of Oaxaca
in the shape of C. ¢. australis.
It is irony of fate that the three type-specimens of C. mexicanus
are all immature, and show but little of the typical features.
Range.—The temperate regions of the States of Oaxaca and
Guerrero, descending into the tropics of South Oaxaca and into
the tropical portion of the Balsas basin,
Supraoculars 4, apparently without exception; the posterior
separated from the parietal- plates by one row of three or four
elongated granules.
Frenocular variable.
Collar variable. It reaches its largest development in the var.
balsas, being composed of very large scales, one row of which
* In my paper Proc. R. 8. 1903, p. 118, I had referred to C. bocourti the large
specimen from San Domingo, now mentioned as C, communis copei, p. 350; and the
Nayarete specimens now described on p. 342,
“ULIBAIOF LOLIa}sod WO soynos puv ‘sauos {Tod
posaypusp ‘savpnoovrdus amog ‘sjods-pyoy Yt ‘souoley sory woay sysjnq “ava snupowwau “Q aanyeuuuly =
“AV[NUBAS [[V UWLVAIOF IOLIO4SO
‘sayjnoovrdns ooayy, ‘sedrays § 0} £ WLM “souolvy sory aveu “UOOULY, WO s2prqvanwur “Q oIMywULUT = Of
68 ‘oly-4xoq Aq poyuosatdot a8 soseys guonbosqus oly, :
‘JUILYUOD PUB pacav[Ud atv sjods-ppey [Np oyg ‘sy "ON uedeyjoqoy, i al
¢
‘TI puv-’y sppey ut sjods qurey ygtm *T ‘ONT voRXVYG ‘omgyuuIUly = £)
mS ‘T ‘on uvdejoyoy, ‘sun0xX =
ea ‘snonoidsuoo 4ysowt ayy st Z odtays Sppoy-prut popyjout puv sodiys g YALA “wowxeg wow uoutroeds sunok L190 A = V
‘snordh) snuparvau sntoydopruary
IN MEXICAN LIZARDS.
(text-fig. 64 B), bordered behind by scattered
More frequently the scales of the last row are only of
size
forms the edge without any intermediate granules, ¢. g. text-fig.
1906. ]
G5) 1B.
moderate
Siomeu ero)
On
that of C. sex-
Ss.
g rather much from the
eranules
of g
ar. typicd 1S
OWS
7
mM
e complete r
p, differ
mor
en by one or
epper-grou
ev
the average, the collar-type of the v
lineatus and of the d
granules, or
360 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
large-scaled collar of the var. balsas and of C. communis ocei-
dentalis.
Humerus mostly with 4 large and about as many smaller rows
of scales, some of which pass gradually on the elbow into those of
the posterior side of the forearm.
Forearm (text-fig. 63 A-D ; 61 C).—Here prevails considerable
variation. It is rarely covered entirely with granules, several
rows being enlarged, although sometimes but slightly ; as a rule
more obv iously so that a cluster, or several rows of large polygones,
are present; only in one specimen, the smallest of “the types, 1S
the one long row of large, transverse scutes in the var. typica.
But in the var. balsas large scutes are much more common. The
great variability, even in specimens from the same locality, is
shown in the table, p. 362.
Front of forearm (text-fig. 61 A, B, D).—Mostly with three
complete rows of plates, rarely with only two large rows, some-
times with a smaller fourth lateral row. Attention may be drawn
to the peculiar arrangement (text-fig. 61 I) which was observed
in a specimen from Cuernavaca and one from the southern slope
of the Cajones ridge, a very good illustration of the fact that in
the kaleidoscopic changes of this scutellation exactly the same
arrangement may be hit upon “accidentally” in widely separated
specimens.
Front of tibia with 3 to 4 rows.
Femur mostly with 7 rows, 3 of which extend to the knee, as
is the case in C. sealineatus and C. see
Femoral pores mostly from 16-20; cases of 23 or 24 being
quite exceptional.
The males reach a great size; specimens of 120 mm. being
quite common. The largest, of 132 mm., from Totolapan, is one
of the record specimens of Cnemidophori, surpassed only by two
specimens of C. communis australis from Cuicatlan, likewise in
the State of Oaxaca.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS, var. TYPICA.
Material examined :—
I. The three type-specimens in the Berlin Museum, collected
by Uhde, and supposed to be from the neighbourhood of the town
of Oaxaca.
II. 16 specimens collected by myself a few miles to the west of
Oaxaca town on oper, rather barren terrain, or on the slopes of
stony ravines with scanty scrub.
III. 4 specim: is at Totolapan, a similar terrain, near the
southern foot of the Mexican plateau, in the Tierra caliente.
Unfortunatly all the type-specimens are young. They happen
to agree with each other, and differ from those collected by
myself by decidedly larger scutes on the posterior side of the
forearm.
Coloration. Under parts mostly uniform pale yellowish white,
with « reddish tinge on the hind limbs and on the throat, while
1906. ] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 361
the under surface of the tail and the whole of its terminal half all
round are of an orange to almost brick-red colour. The collar is
never dark. The chest and abdomen of old specimens, especially
males, are suffused with greenish or faint blue, while the basal parts
of the scales are blackish. After removal of the horny portion of
the epidermis, which is quite opaque, the scales appear entirely
blue-black.—The 61 mm. type-specimen is quite exceptional ;
chest and belly being much mottled with black, this pigment
being almost preponderant on the chest.
Upper parts: During their growth these lizards pass through
an extraordinary series of changes in their colours and pattern
(text-figs. 69, 81, 82).
Text-fig. 82.
c
Cremidophorus mexicanus typicus.
A = Oaxaca No. 9. Third pair of stripes partly vanishing and cut across by the
increasing pale field-patches. :
B= Oaxaca No. 8. Third pair of stripes restricted to faint narrow traces on the
neck.
C = Totolapan No.3. Old specimen; completely tiger-barred.
D = Oaxaca No. 16. is es es
Stage A.—The young, up to about 50-60 mm., possesses three
pairs of complete white stripes, sharply alternating with dark
| “DOU
oy Ajaypnsoatt @ ff
‘MOU, OT} TIBIA
SG Yyoupmn Jo ‘A[uo g
“OU OTL} OF
puloyxo TOME Jo g 59
ae 1
Z
| ‘stioutoads [[B UL
DULY It]} OF puayzxo
qSa5ivy oy JO + 104.9
| a es P
Jesse
| Moan te 3
9
4949
| *‘suoutoeds I[¥ TU
dou] ayy OF plloyxo
OAV OY} JOE + Qozy
oS
N
4
a | 9T/ST
jPo ess]
| 9L/9L
6L/LT
0G/61
A
S 9L9L
a
(=)
5
S 0/06
& | -
Zz 61/81
fo)
Es 8/1
5
= 66/86
Ci
a LT/A1
+ oT)!
ee 9T/LT
| 06/06
5 SolOd
*SO]ROS FO SMOL
[B10
*SMOL DALIT} UL SOLOS
-Apod aHivp JO Aoysnpo oUOrT
‘souosAjod Jop/Vus
Aq popunotims — ‘seynos
aSIRT AOA FO MOA 4AOYS UC
*"SOJNOS OSOA
“SUBL} OGIVT JO MOL SLOT OU,
*SOTMURLG posinplla ATIULSI[LS
*SOPNUBAD: posanytto
AQYS ys Jo «oysnpo 4.0yg
‘SOURIS pasawwpuda JO SMO
‘saTuUuRis peuosAjod
PosiRpue JO SMOL [RIdAIG
‘soTNURA.S
posaypuoe A] q51s Aaa ATCO
*SO[NUBLS
[euos {Tod pasivpud Jo SMoyy
souos {pod
Pasavypusa JO Jaysnpo yoyS
‘sopnuRis peuoodjod
pasiypus FO SMOK [RIOAVG
*soTMUBALG
pasaepuo Apqysys Aa A,
WLIRALOJ
JO Opts 1OLoysod
“pardhy "ABA ‘snUunnrUaul */)
|
(75
e
“ec
*
“cc
ce
“ce
6“
“
i
se
“
66
“TOT[BUUS [BLAS +P
“quos( vy
ce
“
“VUaSAA |
“ee
“quaSq YW
“VUOSAL |
"saTROS JO SMO
[Bou FT
“TEP DOOUOT
08
19
0s
GEL
OOT
€8
18
LE
(ut)
“Ypouary
SNUDILVIUL v0)
ve ee
“ “
iP GOBXBE) 5 *S.LOJOq
jo soada’y,
se
“
p ‘“uedepoqzoy,
tee ‘cc
Bele sis 13
“6
“ee
OT “BoRxee
“PoULUBXxd STO uads jo
oq un pus AQI [Bo0'TT,
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 363
brown fields. The mid-field between the narrow stripes 3-3 is
pale, bordered by rows of dark specks.
Stage B.—Faint, pale brown spots appear in the first and second
fields, and the mid- field becomes lighter in this way that the dark
pigment is arranged in more continuous lines against the inner
borders of the third stripes; and occasionally there appears a
darker central streak in the broadening mid-field. Then, with a
length of about 70 mm., the field-spots, which are never sharp,
become lighter and more numerous, and arrange themselves in
one or two rows in each field, and the pale portions of the
widening mid-field become greenish.
Stage ©. —When the lizards approach maturity, length about
100 mm., the stripes 1 and 2, hitherto very conspicuous, become
dull and lose their sharp contours. The pale field-spots become
transversely confluent where they existed in double rows in a
field, or they become enlarged transversely, so that each field is
broken up into some 20 or more dark cross-bars, alternating with
pale bars. Both kinds of bars encroach upon the dissolving g
stripes 1, 2, and 3, whilst the remaining portions of these lines
join, or merge into, the pale brown or olive-grey, which gradually
becomes the predominant g ground-colour.
Stage D.— Ultimately the whole back and the sides of the I ody
assume a very complex pattern: brown, pale brown, olive, and
whitish colours, mottled or vemiculated; on the whole, however,
decidedly cross-barred. The black bars are of course most
conspicuous, and in some cases the black bars of the right and
left sides meet across the back, producing a strikingly handsome
tiger-pattern. The extent to which the longitudinal stripes
disappear varies much, and in the adult of both sexes the detail
of the whole complicated pattern is scarcely the same in two
individuals from the same locality.
A noteworthy character of these lizards is the complete absence
of any pale spots except those transitory faint spots in the fields of
young specimens. In this respect they differ conspicuously from
C. communis and its relations, with their numerous sharply marked
white, yellow, or blue spots either all over the upper surface, or at
least on the rump, root of the tail, and on the thighs. The thighs
of specimens from Oaxaca and Totolapan are always marbled,
and the usual white stripe on the posterior side of the thigh is
broken up and disappears at an early stage.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MEXICANUS, Var. BALSAS. (Text-fig. 83.)
Number of specimens examined about 71.
Within the Basin of the Balsas River, from Cuernavaca in the
north to Chilpancingo in the south, the genus Cnemidophorus is,
besides C’. deppei, represented by a form which differs from the
typical C. communis occidentalis mainly in the evolution of the
dorsal pattern. It might be described as an intensified, enlarged
C. gularis of which the stripes become destroyed by invasion from
the fields, whilst they are not broken up into series of light spots,
5 tors
oO
>
Text-fi
364 ; DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
nor are such new spots developed in the stripes. Pale brown field-
spots are invariably present in youth and middle age. The collar
is the strongest and most complete in the whole genus, without
granules, except here and there a granule inserted between
neighbouring scales of the edge.
2
,
Ixtla-Iguala Nos. 11 and 12, with moderate
tiger-pattern ; all traces of stripes lost.
Ixtla-Ieuala No. ¢
E
1
q
I & G
Cnemidophorus mexvicanus, var. balsas.
tripes.
any small white spots on
with 6 stripes and broad pale centre.
wn
~ S
oS
2 AS
en te
eo ae
ig =
Sct
Ouse
fey ie}
Lome
oS
SEES
Aine e
nie &
So =
aE oerire
Brees
aKSS
AAOO
I wu il
4906
The evolution of the dorsal pattern is somewhat complicated in
detail, owing to the considerable amount of individual variation
rump, tail, and thighs.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 365
and to the fact that many specimens stop short at a stage, while
others, in other localities, pass through and beyond, when they
have reached the corresponding size or age.
The young start with 6 pale, sharply marked whitish stripes
upon very dark, almost black ground, but the mid-field is grey,
with inner dark borders, and this mid-field is frequently subdivided
into one or two greenish stripes, so that the total number of
stripes is 7 or 8. The fields are originally uniform dark, blackish ;
then tum up pale field-spots, mostly light brown or reddish
brown, in one or two rows. These spots become transversely con-
fluent within each field, first in the lateral field and in field L.,
then in field II.; and thus the fields are cut up into irregular
alternating black and brown bars. Theseshort cross-bars, restricted
to within their fields, often remain imperfect ; so that the total
effect is one of black and pale spots or patches. Meanwhile the
stripes change from whitish to pale grey-green. The originally
brownish spots and bars are likewise liable to change colour.
Either they become dull white, especially on the lateral field, or
they become grey-green, especially in fields IT. and E1I.; those in
field I. retain their brown colour longest.
Asa rule the stripes remain intact unless they are joined by
the spreading grey-green bars. This fusion of the stripes
with the spreading greenish patches and bars imitates the
tendency of turning the grey-green into the prevailing ground-
colour; whilst the black portions, originally the dominant
colour, are henceforth allowed to grow into narrow cross-bars,
which can spread over several fields by crossing the self-effacing
stripes. The ultimate result is a moderate black tiger-barring
upon an ever-increasing green-grey ground, which itself tends to
become duller and darker. This condition is in C. mewicanus var.
balsas reached but rarely, for instance by a few specimens from
Chilpancingo, Rio Balsas, and Iguala.
Another complication initiates what becomes the characteristic
feature in C. communis. The thighs, the root of the tail, and the
rump develop numerous small but conspicuous whitish spots or
specks, which are partly the modified original field-spots, and, most
important, white or yellowish spots which appear in the original
pale stripes, hand in hand with a blackening of the ground-colour.
This tendency to spottiness gradually extends from the rump upon
the lower back and especially along the first stripe. These white
or yellowish spots on thighs, root of tail, rump, and lower back
show no tendency to fuse with each other; on the contrary, they
seem to become more pronounced and more numerous with age.
Such specimens, all adult, are some of those from Cuernavaca,
Iguala, and Chilpancingo (text-fig. 83 D, H, F).
Colour of under surface.—The throat and collar are always
whitish, never blue or black or mottled, but the throat is often
strongly suffused with pink, especially in the adult males. Chest
and abdomen are at first whitish, but they soon become suffused
with blue, and the scales of the flanks and belly become with age
DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION
366
“OT/Z1
SLY LT 0.6.10 AY 9 UNIT} SSO]
| “Log UL
| OFRIPOULzUL
| Stoo IM
61 ‘6L 9} ST/ST
0G IORIIAY
“E6/VG
! 001M} 16/1G
06/06 * 61/0
AVS8T * LT/LT
03-81 - ALSO
“EGBG
. - .
GGG
OG) 1G ©
‘0G/0G 94 LI/9T
‘6T PUv BT
IT
peas OT ATISOW
|
“OT/LT UA T |
06/06 WIEN LT!
0&-81 AYASOy
1306 “ @
“ST/ST YIM T
|
‘SMOL AV[NGOLMIL 9
‘MOT OSBLOAW
‘b ce 6
‘9 €
9)0}1G 4G
"SMO GC YM T
“QoL L PUe JULOLL G TAM T
"9g ueyy £
IOAVIU ISVIDAY *L YJIM G
“RPSL 07 9 YILM T
POU OT]Y OVALE TOUIP
JO ‘SMOL LBTN.GA 9 TIM
a; ce G
AGC), 2 1
9 ce Ji
[o) diay, ay
"SMOL G TELM
“OOUY OT} ORAL E
TPIIEM Jo *2 Wg aovIwory
1 pure 9
"SMO J 099 *9
*9 09 ¢
“DOU
SUTOVAL SMOL
*SMOL 8 0}
pue 9 Apso
oy ge
NOUO ji
©
“ec
q
ce
Z
ee 9 09 G
SMOL G ATWO qyIM T
SMO.L 9 ATZSOT
Cc
“ec
on
a
sada
SAM
“SMO
jeuurxoad aq} WO SsopMos Bronte | y[euts BZ pus ODOUR Vv
SAMOS JO MOL AG.AVTT
*SaJNOS JO SMO [BLIAS JO JSON
“= Saqnds a¥BAOPOU FO JSON
n
SOJNDS ISAT JO SMOL GUOTT
* sajos asavy JO LoySNpO SUOrT
Stra cep Re qSlIM OF UMOP
uosdjod posarpuda Jo SMO
AA oD
SMOL Joq[euus Aq pasopsoq
‘saqnos asIVp ALVA JO MOL ONG |
gan ULUR- plu TO
SoJNOS a5IRy Moy v a0 4sou VW
souossjod pure saqnos pasry]
-u9 APQYSYS JO sMOL [R.AVAIG |
OL
SLIM 0} WMOP SOINIS aOAVT
me Jo F ue saynos ao.uer]
ees 1So9nos) Caley TO 489 N |
MOQ]a Lo.AvaT SALOSA TOU FO 489 Ny
“MOq{O OTL
Tava Sands AaSARp JO 4so N
gsoH08 peoaq A104 |
decom aOSGEOERe so saMmog |
ia SOLU ATO |
aaa
PL Jsossrq ayy appprur ory ‘sMoa
[e908 UL ATAsout ‘Says VUE]
UWB JO appprut OF
PaJOLI4Sat ‘SayNs JO SMO J.LOYS
“qysar ot}
ULI] LSAL] p 10 Eg
Ayqsout *Z ATWO 09UC)
"L07
*4sat ot}
UBIE} Lo51By 91V
ysl otf} ATTEUSE)
“a0 A[uo 4
PI)
pur ¢
“LOSAV]
*) 0} paseatout
10 [eB ur ¢ ATU
Ajolwd | LayT[VIUs Eg
*So[vOS LoT[BUIS
Aq, paMoT[oy pus
dolt, G “Pp ‘E OF
AGIVE T[V G WO.
SSUOIJBLIBA JR—LG
Sap at} “9 puv g
ATWO soTRUBUD | puw esary Eg ATISOT
sauossjod Jo 4sou [[RUIg | YJIM TB UL ZY 07 ¢
| “JUOSOL
| “ryjnooaad
| pug to 4sp ygrm
|" posny SOULTZOULOS
|
|
|
“quaSqe LO FULASOTT |
|
|
*popts
-OTLO SOTULLJOULOS
“FUlasqB LO PUISAT
“rgpnooa.ad
FST WIM FPL
‘repnooaad = pug
(LM posng 4Uolt T
“quasatd ATISOTL
*‘qnoyyIM T
JOLT “FYSLG OM T
|
|
|
|
\¢
|
| Dig ane |
|
“HOLM T
‘euery “M posny T
ee
| rd
Tt “G01 ‘06 2)
‘opts (ove T PIM 8
“quosaid con
Lhd
"GR Sooo
ym 4 596
‘eg P ysooury
"gL S000
qq 4 + 90T
P Jsooiery
“60 ‘86
yso.ole']
OR pure gg
JSoo1Vv'T
“Gy “FS “OG
ce
£21 6 jsosiery
‘OOT P JSeoivT
"C6 4sasin|
99 S550 YQIM
4 ysappeurg
TS) ase wofep sory
Jo Joo} ANOS SUODTIY
| to 59) Jal
oe -osurouedy iy)
al Oru
SL 9) dal
“epRNSyp pw “VpyXT
Lap oyuong JO 489A
‘9 “09TH
Pee eo aS SO oC a italia g
| ‘eH
| pode net
|
AL 422)
ie ; upyneny
SSiley a) EL
VOVARTLION SD |
‘SOLO
*So[TBOS FO SMO
[BLO UO WT
“ULM OLOF
jo opts LOT LOSO
“So vos JO SMOL
[U0 WIN FT
“SDS)DO “IVA
WUDIVHIU
anit BLUdOUO TT
(um)
“Ypoua']
pour ca suatuads JO
LaquINI PUB AyBoory
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 367
mottled with blackish. Although much black pigment may become
deposited, it is always restricted to the deeper strata, so that the
under parts never appear dark. The light stripe behind the tail
is invariably broken up. ‘The under surface of the tail is white
to yellowish flesh-colour.
Remarks upon the Pattern prevailing in various Localities.
Cuernavaca (text-fig. 83 C, D).—The 6 principal stripes remain
intact, except in specimens with many yellow spots on the rump,
when stripe 1 is broken into white beads; and in some old males
the black cross-bars invade the stripe 3. Even in the oldest
specimens the black and brown cross-bar's are mostly confined to
their respective fields. In one handsome male the upper chest 1s
mottled pink and blue.
Cuautla.—None reaches the stage in which the stripes are
anywhere destroyed. The largest male shows no cross-bars, only
double spots.
Jojutla.—Striped ; nowhere with white spots.
Txtla and Iguala (text-fig. 83 E, F, G)—In old males the
stripes are very dull; black and light cross-bai's encroach upon
the stripes, producing tiger-bars; with or without numerous
small white spots on rump and thighs.
Rio Balsas (text-fig. 83 A).—The stripes vanish into the ashy-
brown or olive-grey ground-colour, which becomes studded with
numerous small black spots on the back. On the flanks and
sides of the trunk short irregular black bars alternate with grey
or whitish short bars. There are no whitish spots on rump, thigh,
or tail.
These Balsas specimens, in their isolation, are remarkable for
their general coloration and pattern, combined with a rather high
number of femoral scales and pores.
Chilpancingo.—Pale grey and black tiger-bars combined with
vanishing first and second stripes are rather prevalent. Pale
small spots are restricted to the hind limbs. The number of
femoral pores is rather low.
TrssELt 1Tus-Group.
Specimens examined :—
C, perpleaus. 2, Brit. Mus., 72 and 69 mm.; from Bernalillo
Co., New Mexico.
(. tessellatus. 2, Brit. Mus., 56 and 92 mm.; from Arizona, or
New Mexico ?
1, Brit. Mus., 82 mm.; from Julian Mountains,
Cal. (C. stejnegeri.)
1, Field Mus., 93mm.; from El Paso, (C. multi-
scutatus.)
C. maximus. 2, Brit. Mus,
C. melanostethus. 2, Brit. Mus.; Fort Lowell, Arizona.
2, Field Mus.; Lerdo, Durango-Coahuila.
(C. variolosus.)
368 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
Key to the Species &e. of the TESSELLATUS-Group.
Nasal not touching second labial.
Throat pale, not spotted.
7 stripes, no field-spots. Length 86 mm.
New Mexico. C. perplexus.
8 stripes, no field-spots. Length 60 mm.
Nuevo Leon. C. octolineatus.
No stripes, no field-spots. Length 56 mm.
Nuevo Leon. C. inornatus.
Throat pale, with dark spots.
Brown marbled. Length 120 mm.
Lower California. C. maximus.
With field-spots and stripes, ultimately spotted
and barred with black and white. Length; ,
= { C. tessellatus.
102 mm. ...............south-western U.S.A. é :
= stejnegert.
Becomes unicoloured, with 3 rows of blackish
spots. Thighs and tail below vermilion.
Length 100mm. San Margarita Island,
West Lower California. C. vwbidus.
Throat and rest of under parts blackish.
Vermiculated and spotted on bluish ground. ¢ 4
c ‘ C. melanostethus.
Length 86 mm. North Mexico to Arizona. 5
1 =C. variolosus.
Monochrome blackish. Length 82 mm.
Sonora and San Martyr Island, Gulf ; , :
{ C. martyris.
Gb California. pease char bee sae =O erhope
Nasal in contact with second labial.
Only 12 or 13 pores. Length 55 mm.
Cedros Island, Lower California. C. labialis.
TESSELLATUS-Group.
Definition.—Cnemidophorus with 4 supraoculars, a collar com-
posed of many small scales, and the posterior side of the forearm
covered with granules only.
This group, centred in Sonoraland, is composed of a great
number of definable forms and has a very wide distribution ;
roughly speaking, from San Francisco across Nevada to the Great
Salt Lake, thence south-eastwards through the whole basin of
the Rio Grande down to Laredo, from El Paso to Hermosillo in
Sonora, and from the southern end of Lower California again to
San Francisco, Nearly the whole of this wide range is inhabited
by the central form (©. tessellatus with its correspondingly greatest
amount of variation in structure and pattern of coloration. Almost
all the other forms are rather local.
CNEMIDOPHORUS PERPLEXUS Baird.
Unfortunately only two specimens of this apparently least
specialised kind could be examined. Some have been recorded
from the Valley of the Rio Grande near and north of El Paso ;
others from Pecos in Texas by A. E. Brown, Proc. Acad. Phil.
1903, p. 547.
According to Cope, the colour-characters are the possession and
retention of 7 stripes, absence of pale spots in the fields, and
absence of dark spots on the throat and on the rest of the under
parts. Larger humeral scales in 4 rows, femorals in 6 rows,
counting from the largest to the pores which number 19; size
from snout to vent 86 mm.
1906. | IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 369
Two specimens in the Brit. Mus. from Bernalillo Co., New
Mexico, 67 and 72 mm. in length, possess 7 complete white stripes,
the central being zigzag, but there are white spots in the first
and second fields. Under parts all creamy white; throat without
spots. Structurally they agree with C. perplexws. Humerus
with 4 rows of large scales, femur with 6 or 7 rows; anterior
side of forearm and tibia with 3 rows; pores 18 and 19.
Specimens from Pecos according to Brown :—Largest 64 mm. ;
7 stripes; pores 13-18, averaging 15 only. He remarks that a
few of the scales (granules) of the posterior side of the forearm
are sometimes a little enlarged, and that two of the specimens
have “large scales on the edge of the collar” instead of granules.
Brown therefore considers C. perplexus as a subspecies of
C. sexlineatus.
CNEMIDOPHORUS TESSELLATUS* Say. (Text-figs. 70 & 64 A.)
Length of adult 80-100 mm. Humerus with 4 or 5 large rows
(Brown, 4 to 7); femur mostly with 7, rarely with 6 or 8 rows.
Pores, according to Cope, 17-21; according to Brown two specimens
from Pecos with 24 and 25; fifteen specimens from Alamogordo,
New Mexico, with 22-25, average 23.
There is a variable number of stripes which tend to become
destroyed by white field-spots. Throat and rest of under parts
with sparse black spots.
Range. From the Coast of California to Nevada up to 6500 ft.,
Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, Basin of Rio Grande and Pecos in
Texas. Also in Lower California and on Cedros Island.
The variations of the colour-pattern are enormous and seem to
be progressive, bearing several striking analogies to these observed
in the gularis and deppei groups. The successive changes, mainly
as pointed out and figured by Cope, are as follows. It must be
borne in mind that the individuals of local clans may stop short
at any of these stages, cases of Himer’s ‘“‘ Genepistasis.”
The young start with 6 or more stripes; the first and second
of which break up into longitudinal spots, and a series of white
lateral spots seems likewise frequent. White spots appear in the
fields, and either join the white stripes, or they gradually break
up the fields transversely. This may result in the formation of
* CNEMIDOPHORUS GRAHAMI Baird & Girard.
Based upon two specimens from between El Paso and San Antonio in New
Mexico; two other specimens reported from Jule Cafion on the Staked Plain of
Texas.
According to Cope, C. stejnegeri (which itself is synonymous with C. tessellatus)
differs from C. grahami in coloration only. If this were the case, the latter would
also belong to the tessellatus-group, most likely to C. perplexus, with which the
pattern of colour agrees very well. Possibly the grahami specimens have somewhat
enlarged scales forming a central cluster on the mesoptychium, as is not uncommon
in C. tessellatus, e.-g., from San Diego, aud this feature has been exaggerated in
fig. 117 of Cope’s work. The figures on pl. 37 of the Mexican Boundary Commission
are too fanciful to be considered.
A. E. Brown records one specimen from Pecos, Texas, with 21 pores, “almost
identical with C. sexlineatus in scale characters.”
>
370 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
white and black cross-bars on the flanks. The stripes prevail on
the neck, shoulder, and mid-back, while spots become predominant
on the rump. ‘To such specimens applies the name of C. gracilis
Bie G.*
The next question is whether the white colour becomes prevalent
and represents the ground-colour, with black spots and lines; and
this condition leads to an extreme in which the white ground-
colour turns to dull or brownish, interspersed with black spots
only, which ultimately may be counted in transverse or in longi-
tudinal rows (C. rubidus, text-fig. 70 E, see p. 293). Or, the black
becomes prevalent ; and this condition leads to various appearances,
namely, dark-coloured white-spotted (leopards), or with a trans-
verse black and white gridiron pattern on the rump, or black and
white cross-barred on rump and flanks (tigers).
Such leopards, gridirons, or tigers, as the case may be (e. g.
C. tigris of Baird & Gir., and also of Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soe.
1886, p. 283), occur in the Sonoran zone on the open desert, some-
times together with the Leopard-lizard Crotaphytus wislicent, as
pointed out by Merriam, quoted by Cope, p. 578. They are also
common in the Mojave desert; in Utah, and in Nevada on
Juniper Mountain up to 6500 ft.
These spotted and barred individuals represent one kind of
desert form; another kind is C. rwbidus, in which the whole
dorsal surface has become uniform light brown, interspersed with
black spots. These spots again may become evanescent from
neck and shoulders backwards; such specimens are recorded
from 8. Margarita Island, Lower California.
It would be interesting to ascertain to what extent the more
striped individuals coincide in their habitat with those districts
which are decidedly not deserts, ¢. g., the neighbourhood of Laredo
from El Paso to 8. Antonio in New Mexico, Fresno, Bernalillo
and Los Angeles in California.
‘NEMIDOPHORUS MULTISCUTATUS Cope, based upon four specimens
from Cedros Island, West Coast of Lower California, can scarcely
claim distinctive rank.
Cope gives the following data:—Length 85 mm. Humerus
with 7-8 rows, but he adds that this number is not quite constant,
one specimen having but 6 rows. Femoral rows 8-9, but I fail
to count even 8 in Cope’s figure. Pores 20-22. Throat and
collar with transverse black spots and bands; tail with black
spots below; “belly black and light olive mixed.” Dorsal
coloration like that of the (. gracilis stage of C. tessellatus. He
adds that he caught a specimen structurally exactly like this
multiscutatus near Pyramid Lake in Western Nevada. This,
coupled with the fact that Cope himself records four specimens of
* To none of these stages applies C. guttatus Hallowell, as Cope would have it.
Hallowell distinctly states that the subgular fold is margined with a row of large
smooth scales.
1906.) IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. Sit
the typical C’. tessellatus from Cedros Island, restricts the supposed
differences of his C’, multiscwtatws to a mere individual variation.
Further, a specimen (text-fig. 64 A) obtained by Dr. Meek at
El Paso fits exactly the C. tessellatus multiscutatus. Length
93mm. Humerus with 7 to 8 scales; femur with 7; pores 22/20.
The throat and collar are pale blue, both with scattered jet-black
spots. Chest white, with scattered black spots. Belly white to
greenish yellow, here and there with half a black scale. Thighs
below greenish yellow; tail below with blackish spots. Dorsal
surface of black ground-colour with 4 pairs of light stripes, of
which the first is broken up into yellow spots and bars, while the
others are partly broken and zigzag. On the shoulders and neck
the general colour is grey with about six rows of black spots,
while the last traces of the former pale stripes are completely
lost. Thighs above and behind with large greenish-yellow spots
on bluish ground.
As a peculiarity I mention in this specimen the existence of
three enlarged scales across the lower eyelid, exactly as those
figured by Cope, p. 584, in tessellatus rubidus. The artist no
doubt saw correctly, but the author does not mention this peculiar
arrangement.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MAXIMUS Cope.
From Lower California: Cape St. Lucas, La Paz, and the little
island of Espirito Santo. ‘The largest species of the genus”;
Boulenger returns the largest as of 120 mm.
Humeral rows 4-5 in Cope’s key, p. 568, but in the text,
p. 5/1, are stated 6-8. Anterior surface of forearm with 4 rows;
posterior surface granular, but according to the figure with
slightly enlarged granules on mid-arm., Femur with 7 rows; but
in the figure I should certainly count 9. Pores 24-25; in the
figure only 21 or 22. The young are said to have a median light
stripe and two paired stripes on blackish ground. Each of the
fields with two rows of pale spots. The adult are olive-brown
with three brown stripes on each side as broad as the fields, ‘and
so broken by spots of the ground-colour as to resemble series of
confluent brown variations.” ‘Gular region blackish varied ;
abdominal shields black-tipped.”
Apparently these specimens from the southern part of Lower
California constitute a large, coarsely marbled, and rather dull-
coloured race of C’, tessellatus,
CNEMIDOPHORUS RUBIDUS Cope.
From 8. Margarita Island, West Coast of Lower California.
Length 100 mm. Humeral rows 5-6; femoral rows 8-9. Pores
22.
The young have traces of six stripes on light brown ground, and
the fields are cross-barred with olive and black, as in the adult of
C. gularis mariarum.
Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou, I, No. XXV. 25
372 DR. H. GADOW ON EVOLUTION [Mar. 20,
The adults have the upper parts dove-brown, with three rows
of more or less obsolete black spots on the back, and vertical bars
on the sides. There are no light stripes. The throat is spotted
with black; the chest and belly are straw-coloured, tinged with
green, and varied with black and red, the pale scales being black-
edged. The under surface of the thighs, hands and feet, and of
the distal half of the tail is bright vermilion.
This race presents an unmistakable desert type, verging as it
does towards the monochrome condition, with few dark spots.
The isolated occurrence of these lizards, and their bright-
coloured under parts, combined with the comparatively large
number of pores, femoral and humeral scales, justify their sub-
specific rank to C. tessellatus, with which they are closely allied.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MELANOSTETHUS Cope=variolosus Cope.
The types of melanostethus in the Smithsonian Mus. are from
the Lower Colorado River, others from Tucson and Fort Lowell
in Arizona. ‘The single type of C. variolosus is from Parras in
Coahuila. Dr. Meek brought identical specimens from Lerdo in
Nuevo Leon. These four localities lie in an almost straight line.
This small species measures, adult, from 62 to 86mm, Its
most striking character is the coloration: black-blue under parts ;
upper parts bluish, all over vermiculated and spotted with white.
The following description refers to a male and a female specimen
from Lerdo:—4 supraoculars, with granules behind. No fren-
ocular. Collar composed entirely of very small scales, and
granules in several rows from the edge of the collar. Humerus
of the male with 3 large and 3 smaller rows; of female with
5 large and 1 smaller row.
Front of forearm: male with 3 complete very regular rows ;
female with 3 very irregular rows. Posterior side of arm entirely
granular, Femur with 6 to 7 rows. Tibia with 2 large and 1
or 2 smaller rows. Preanal isthmus with 2-3 rows of small
scales.
Pores: male 22/23; female 23/25. ‘Two specimens from Fort
Lowell have 18/19 and 21 pores. Cope’s type-specimen from
Coahuila is said to have 25 pores (pp. 568, 587), but the figure on
p- 588 shows only 20. The hind limb of the type is said to reach
the prenasal plate. That of the Lerdo male reaches between ear
and eye; that of the female reaches the posterior angle of the
eye.
Golnestion of male: Throat blue, collar and chest black ;
abdomen black with white edges to the scales; tail below much
speckled with black-blue. Female: Throat, collar, and chest blue ;
abdomen blue with white-edged scales; thighs blue and white ;
tail mostly blue——Upper surface: bluish ground-colour, all
vermiculated and spotted with yellowish white; in the female
without traces of stripes, while in the male stripes 2 and 3 are
still discernible. In a female specimen from Fort Lowell, British
Museum, 70 mm., with eggs, stripe 1 is nearly gone, while stripes
1906. } IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 373
2 and 3 are still present, but grey; fields still with double rows
of numerous spots; throat mottled.
Cope, who had many specimens from the Colorado River, adds
that the young have two pairs of narrow stripes, that the fields
between them show a row of pale spots, and that the thorax is
not black. The adult he describes as having about 14 rows of
grey-yellow spots on grey-olive ground.
In colour and pattern of the upper parts, this species strikingly
resembles the C. scalaris of the C. gularis-group; on the other
hand, the mottled throat of the Ft. Lowell female and the dorsal
striation show that C. melanostethus is a smaller and nigrescent
form closely allied to C. tessellatus.
CNEMIDOPHORUS MARTYRIS Stejneger = ethiops Cope.
From San Martyr Island in the Gulf of California, and from
Hermosillo in Sonora. Length 82 mm.
Humerals 4—5 ; femorals 6-7; pores 20-21.
Immature, or females ?: with 7 narrow stripes, which are a
little paler than the ground-colour ; fields obscurely spotted, but
one of the females has the fields spotless and black; under parts
white, throat and collar dusky. Old specimens are black above
and below, except the hind limbs and the ventral line of the tail.
The posterior side of the thighs is marked with three black
longitudinal stripes.
The following two species are based upon very insufficient
material, possibly young specimens.
They belong without any doubt to the éessellatus-group.
CNEMIDOPHORUS OCTOLINEATUS Baird.
The single specimen, from Pesqueria Grande in Nuevo Leon,
measures 60 mm. Bluish olive, darker above, lighter below ;
with 8 pale narrow stripes of the same tint; without any spots
on body, tail, or limbs. Humeral rows of scales 5, femorals 6,
tibials 3. Pores 17. Scales of the back depressed.
CNEMIDOPHORUS INORNATUS Baird.
Two specimens, from Pesqueria Grande, Nuevo Leon, of 56 mm.
Uniform dark olivaceous above, pale olivaceous below ; without
spots or stripes. Scales of the back tubercular and elevated.
Humerus with 6 rows. Femur with only 4 or 5 rows according
to Cope, but I count 6 very regular rows in the figure on p. 591.
Pores 16-17.
I am inclined to think that these are very young specimens.
Cope remarks that ‘it is the smallest species, and yet shows no
indication of stripes.” However, in very young examples of
C’. guttatus, the spotted and dull-coloured forest-variety of C. im-
mutabils, the stripes are frequently at first so very faint that
they are visible only in certain lights, and they appear only later
as stripes, soon to be broken up and to partly vanish again.
Q5*
25
374 DR. H, GADOW ON EVOLUTION [ Mar. 20,
CNEMIDOPHORUS LABIALIS Stejneger.
Based upon five specimens from Cedros Island, Lower California.
Distinguished from all the other Cnemidophori by the nasal being
n contact with the second upper labial, which latter completely
separates the postnasal from the first labial. Supraoculars 4, but
in the figure given by Cope the 4th or posterior supraocular is
broken up into two or three smaller scales ; a condition which may
be an individual abnormality, but which also is shown in the figures
of C. sericeus and semifasciatus. The collar, to judge from the
figure, is composed of decidedly small scales, only those of the
middle being somewhat larger ; all the scales, however, form the
posterior sharp margin of the collar, there being no granules.
The posterior surface of the forearm is covered with granules,
about three rows of which are slightly enlarged. Femoral rows 5,
or only 4. Pores 12 to 13. Only two large preanal plates, the
usual posterior pair being fused into one broad plate. Total
length 55 mm.
“Colour above dark brown, with six longitudinal light lines
and a median clay-coloured band of the same shade as the top of
the head ; two light longitudinal lines on fore limbs and three on
hind limbs; under side whitish, more or less suffused with bluish,
especially on the flanks.”
This little species is very puzzling, The arrangement of the
labials and nasals is unique. The condition of the collar is
essentially that of the tessellatus-group, but recalling the gularis-
group by the sharp edge without granules. However, a very
similar collar is given to C. octolineatus and C. inornatus in Cope’s
figures. The slightly enlarged granules on the forearm point to
C. deppei and to C. sexlineatus, which latter is, moreover, closely
approached by the colour-pattern. The three peculiar pale stripes
on the hind limb recall the equally peculiar three black stripes of
C. martyris.
References to the original descriptions of species
of Cnemidophorus,
C. sexlineatus Linné, Syst. Nat. xii. 1766, p. 364.
DEPPE!I-Group.
C. guttatus Wiegm. Herpetolog. Mexicana, 1834, p. 29.
=microlepidopus Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. xvii. 1877,
“(98
ce Cope, ibid.
C'. deppet Wiegm. Herp. Mexic. 1834, p. 28.
=decemlineatus Hallowell, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 482.
=lineatissimus Cope, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 94.
=alfaronis Cope, Proc, Ac. Philad. 1894, p. 199.
C. immutabilis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 93.
=(C. guttatus var, striata Gadow, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1903,
p. 155.
1906.] IN MEXICAN LIZARDS. 375
Guraris-Group.
C. gularis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1852, p. 128.
=guttatus Hallowell, nec Wiegm. op. cit. 1854, p. 192.
C. mexicanus Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1869, p. 62.
C. gularis communis Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1877, p. 95;
1886, p. 283.
C. angusticeps Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95.
2C’. costatus Cope, ibid. 1877, p. 95.
C. mariarwm Giinther, Biol. C.-Americ., Rept. p. 28.
C. sexlineatus var. bocourti Blgr. Cat. Liz, ii, 1885, p. 367.
C. gularis scalaris Cope, Americ, Naturalist, 1891 ,p- 11385; Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 47.
C. gularis semifasciatus Cope, Trans, Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 49.
=’. g. sericeus Cope, op. cit. p. 48.
C. septenwittatus Cope, op. cit. 1893, p. 40.
TESSELLATUS-Group.
Cnemidophorus (Ameiva) tessellatus Say, Long’s Exp. Rocky M. 1.
1823, p. 50.
2G) gracilis Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Philad. 1852,
p. 128.
=C'. tigris*, Baird & Girard, ibid. p. 69.
=, tessellatus multiscutatus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.
1892, p. 38.
C. stejnegert Van Denburgh, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. 1894, p. 300.
C. perplecus Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. N. Sc. Phil. 1852, p. 128.
C. grahami Baird & Girard, ibid. 1852, p. 128.
C. octolineatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255.
C. inornatus Baird & Girard, ibid. 1858, p. 255.
C’. maximus Cope, ibid. 1863, p. 104.
C’. melanostethus Oope, ibid. 1863, p. 104.
=(. tessellatus variolosus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892,
p. 39.
C. labialis Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1889, p. 643.
C. martyris Stejneger, ibid. 1890, p. 407.
=«thiops Cope, Report U.S. Nat. Mus. for 1898, p. 582.
tessellatus rubidus Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 36.
=<
C.
* Peters has remarked that C. tigris B. & G. is “undoubtedly ”=C. sackii
Wiegm. Herpetol. Mexic. 1834, p. 29. I have been able to corroborate this, by
examination of the type-specimen in the Berlin Museum. This synonymy does
not apply to the three specimens collected by Sallé at Oaxaca, determined by Bocourt
as C. sexlineatus var. sackii, Wiegm.
376 ON ABDOMINAL RIBS IN A SKINKE. | Apr. 10,
April 10, 1906.
Hersert Drucr, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. F. EK. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited a partially dissected
specimen of the Scincoid Lizard Z'rachysaurus rugosus, and made
the following remarks :—
The existence of a parasternum (“abdominal ribs”) is more
Text-fig. 84.
Portion of ventral surface of Trachysaurus rugosus.
a, abdominal ribs; c, cut edge of superficial abdominal muscles; 1, ribs.
obvious for purposes of demonstration in this Lizard than
1906.] ON THE SKULL OF A HORSE SHOWING PREORBITALTITs. 377
Tiliqua scincoides, in which species I have recorded * the structure
in question as I believe for the first time; for the elements are
larger and more thoroughly chondrified, and thus more easily
distinguishable from the tendinous intersections of the abdominal
muscles in which they lie than in Z%liqua, as will be seen in the
figure (text-fig. 84). When the outermost layer of the abdominal
musculature is raised from the deeper layer, the abdominal ribs
are raised with the former and can thus be seen to overlie
the true ribs which occur in the deeper layer of the ventral
musculature.
Three pairs of abdominal ribs meet in the middle line and thus
form a series of three chevrons. The first two of these possess a
forwardly-directed process of the triangular plate which forms the
region where the two ribs of the pair are fused. Behind these
comes one pair of abdominal ribs, which does not—but only just
does not—meet in the middleline. A fifth and sixth rudimentary
pair exists; there is a true rudiment on the right side of a
seventh abdominal rib. Behind this only the tendinous inter-
sections of the abdominal muscles are visible. In the region
of the parasternum the true ribs do not reach the middle line as
cartilaginous rods, and, as already mentioned, they are overlapped by
the gristly rods of the parasternum. As Prof. Parker has pointed
out 7, there are five pairs of true ribs attached to the sternum in
Trachysaurus. He does not, however, mention that a pair behind
these also meet and fuse in the middle line a little way behind the
sternum. ‘These true ribs meet and fuse superficially and exactly
resemble the succeeding abdominal ribs, so far as the median region
is concerned. This, however, can invalidate no homology, for the
exposure of a true additional piece of xiphisternum is simply due
to the absence of pectoral muscles; and in any case the remaining
pieces of cartilage so entirely overlap so considerable a portion of
the true ribs that they cannot possibly be regarded as the
equivalent of their median ventral extremities, which, indeed,
themselves reach to within a millimetre or two of the ventral
middle line.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited the skull of a Horse to show
the preorbital pit, and made some remarks upon the occurrence of
this feature in the skulls of extinct and existing Equide, and
commented on its supposed homology to the preorbital pit of
Hipparion and upon the systematic value that has been attached
to it.
The following papers were read :—
* “On the Presence of Parasternum in... Tiliqua, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1904, vol. 11.
p. 154.
+ Monograph on Shoulder-Girdle, Ray Soc. 1868 p. 114.
MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10,
1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad,
based on the collection, notes, and sketches made by
Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tare Reagan,
BA. wise
[Received January 26, 1906.]
(Plates XXI.-XXV.*)
The Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, West Indies,
formed the subject of an important memoir by Dr. Th. Gill f in
1858. The following is a list of the species which he described,
together with the names used to designate them in the present
paper :—
Polycentrus tricolor Gill
Ctenogobius fasciatus Gill
Cychlasoma pulchrum Gil =
ss tenia Benn. =
Crenicichla frenata Gill =
Pimelenotus wilsoni Gill
Callichthys kneri Gil =
Polycentrus schomburgkii.
Gobius fasciatus.
Acara pulchra.
Cichlosoma bimaculatum.
Crenicichla saxatilis.
Pimelodus wilsoni.
Callichthys kneri.
I
Hoplosternum levigatum Val. = a littoralis.
i. stevardii Gull = > thoracatus.
Hoplosoma wneum Gill =
Hypostomus robinii C. § V.
Ancistrus guacharote C. SV.
Macrodon ferox Gil/
Erythrinus cinereus Gill
Pecilurichthys brevoortii Gil/
55 teniurus Gill
44 pulcher Gill
- unilineatus Gill
Corydoras eneus.
Plecostomus guacari.
Ancistrus trinitatis.
Macrodon trahira.
Erythrinus uniteniatus.
Tetragonopterus maculatus.
“4 teniurus.
Chirodon pulcher.
Tetragonopterus unilineatus.
Curimatus argenteus Gill =
Stevardia albipinnis Gil/
Corynopoma riisei Gill
a veedonii Gill
Nematopoma searlesii Gill
In Dr. Giinther’s Catalogue of Fishes (1859-1870) a little
Cyprinodont was described from Trinidad under the name
Girardinus guppyt =, and in 1873 and 1874 the late Prof.
Liitken § published some critical notes on the Siluroid and
Characinid fishes described by Dr. Gill.
The present paper deals with a collection made by Mr. Lechmere
Guppy, Junr., who has followed out a suggestion made by
Mr. Boulenger to such good purpose that he has sent to the
British Museum a series of well-preserved specimens representing
thirty-five species, including all but three of those which have
previously been described from the island. He has also sent
Curimatus argenteus.
= Corynopoma riisii.
*
For explanation of the Plates, see p. 393.
Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. pp. 363-430.
This species was named after Mr. L. Guppy, Senr.
Vid. Medd. Kjobenhavn, 1873, pp. 214-217, and 1874, pp. 220-240.
att
sg
i=
es
ae
|:
4
L. Guppy put.
PY oE
IBOUIOKS) TVA”
a,
oh
2.5 IRUAIP ILO)
NOME WIENS) CIP sal,
1a HEXANE L®
He
1
}. CURIMATUS ARK
i)
Co
SHOWIN SUNTAGUNGL IOS Saat MIN Dy. IL SiORal ell clGQUNiOro yal th LIL by
“+ 2e (Pp TIStlal VNOAONAMOO © SAHOO MaNOGOuIhD < ‘S21 WAEEIOLD SIOUNIGREelyAShS) I
“YALL. OWLOAWay }o"[9p ue9dr) 5 qa Adding «T
WDC Te VIP SIGS Za
AVaASVd SNOUALGMINSEHONVaVd
'
AMY (CHEMO aa 19] jo) WERE Ie and Addny 7
¢
\
TAddns SNUaALlaINaHoOnvanasd
“nscurel A
yyy] Ourouyy) Je Tap w22844)
INCOME ESIC Sal
iret
as)
(@)
3
2
%
G
(S)
»
Cc)
a
0}
|
2
Gq
2
a
i)
SRIGIAIUE.
ME
ea)
(SS
N=.
NT RUS-
i
Ce
VEN
POLYC
IRAN. 72)
f
1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 379
notes on the habits and the life-coloration of these fishes, and a
set of beautifully executed water-colour drawings made by him-
self, some of which have been reproduced by Mr. Green to
illustrate this paper.
Mr. Guppy’s collecting was done in the northern part of the
island, and most of the fish were taken on the Streatham Lodge
Estate in muddy streams draining into the Caroni River, flowing
through narrow ravines in which there is a considerable growth
of rank grass. In times of drought these streams form a series of
almost isolated pools. The Caroni River has a fair current ;
during heavy rains it overflows its banks and the surrounding
country is swamped; floods extending for miles round sometimes
occur in the wet season, the egress of water from the river being
checked by the high tides caused by the quantity of water
poured into the Gulf of Paria by the Orinoco.
Mr. A. J. Pasea, of Streatham Lodge Estate, accompanied Mr.
Guppy on all his expeditions, put his seine nets and trained labour
at his disposal, and gave him the benefit of his experience as to
the best localities to fish in, while Mr. Balfour, of Frederick
Estate, lent him a boat for use on the Caroni. Assistance was
also given in various ways by Dr. Tulloch, Sir C. C. Knollys, the
Hon. 8. W. Knagg, and Sir A. Maloney. To all of these gentle-
men, and especially to Mr. Pasea, Mr. Guppy wishes to express
his gratitude.
I have prepared a key to the fishes which have so far been
recorded from the fresh-waters of Trinidad, and I follow it with
a list arranged in systematic order, with extracts from Mr. Guppy’s
notes, and with full descriptions of those species which are not
well known. Whenever possible I have placed the extracts from
Mr. Guppy’s notes in inverted commas.
Synopsis of the Species of Hresh-water Fishes so far recorded
from Trinidad.
I. Body scaly ; ventral fins present, abdominal; fins without spines.
A. No adipose fin.
1. Mouth small; teeth Nar
Anal fin with 15-17 rays... Liststerseesseserseeeee 20. Haplochilus harti.
Anal fin with 8-9 rays. ........ vivtrscsseereee 26, Girardinus guppyt.
2. Mouth large; teeth esuieall
Dorsal fin with 13-15 eee 38-40 scales in a longitudinal
series ..... Sot ut “Macrodon trahira.
Dorsal fin with 10-11 mays. "32-33 scales in a longitudinal
series ......... Gand bab earicen Ve “Erythrinus uniteniatus.
3. Mouth email Wcoth ibomupreseed! notched or denticulated.
; 3. Corynopoma riisii.
B. An adipose fin.
1. Teeth well developed, compressed, notched or denticulated.
a. Premaxillary teeth in a double series.
a. Lateral line complete.
* Depth of body 3-33 in the length.
Diameter of eye 2 the length of head (in specimens of 60-
65 mm.) ....... . 4, Petragonopterus teniurus.
Diameter of he gu “the Jength of head (in specimens of 65-
GES i091) oncenacc conc. aecibnd ase bdgHaneed bas nnbEobacooce 4a. LAN Heya
380” MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10,
** Depth of body 2-23 in the length 6. 7. maculatus.
3. Lateral line wanting posteriorly ... 7. 7. wnilineatus.
6. Premaxillary teeth in a single series . 8. Chirodon pulcher.
2. Teeth wanting ............sscccesessseeeecomeee 9. Curimatus argenteus.
II. Body Sea says no ventral fins; no dorsal; anal
very long......... Dees . 10. Carapus fasciatus.
III. Body naked or with ‘Tony albttes moutral fins present,
abdominal ; an adipose fin.
A. Body naked ; adipose fin normal.
1. Gill-membranes with free posterior edge, not united to
the isthmus.
a. Adipose fin short.
Teeth on the palate in two small separate patches. 11. Arius spivii.
Teeth on the palate forming a broad continuous band.
12. A. herzbergii.
6. Adipose fin very long ..................... 18. Pimelodus wilsoni.
2. Gill-membranes broadly united to the isthmus.
Caudal fin deeply forked ................ccceccseesseseeee 14, Pseudauchenipterus guppyi.
Caudal fin obliquely truncate ........................... 15. Parauchenipterus pasee.
B. Body covered on each side with 2 series of lamelle,
overlapping on the mid-lateral line; adipose fin with a
movable spine.
1. Two pairs of nuchal plates between parieto-occipital
and basal shield of spine of dorsal fin.
a. Coracoids not exposed on ventral surface.
16. Callichthys kneri.
6. Coracoids exposed ventrally.
A median series of plates extending the whole of the distance
from dorsal to adipose fin ..... 17. C. littoralis.
A median series of plates in front of the adipose fn, not extend-
ing forward to the dorsal.. PA Ue . 18. C. thoracatus.
2. Parieto-occipital ptodunel intoa process which reaches
the basal shield of the spine of dorsal fin.
19. Corydoras encus.
C. Body covered on each side by 4 or 5 series of bony
plates ; adipose fin with a movable spine.
1. Upper surface of snout covered with small granular
plates.
a. Interoperculum little movable, not notably spinate
or bristly.
Eye moderate ; snout ovate .. teestssseeeeeescee 20. Plecostomus guacari.
Hye small ; snout broadly rounded ...-..s.s0.0, 2L. P. robini.
b. Interoperculum freely movable, with a bunch of
slender apines with hooked apices, wh can be
GVeNbed 4 co. senok. cess vescserere 22. Ancistrus trinitatis.
2. Upper sur a of snout naked: bene ing prominent fleshy
tentacles in the males ..................... 23. Menocara cirrhosum.
IV. Body elongate, eel-shaped, naked; no ae. fins; gill-
openings represented by a single ventral slit. 24. Symbranchus marmoratus.
V. Body elongate, enclosed in a series-of bony rings ; no ventral
fins; snout produced, tubiform ............... 27. Doryichthys lineatus.
VI. Body scaly; anterior part of dorsal fin formed of spines
or a separate anterior dorsal formed of spines or of simple
flexible rays.
A. Ventrals separate, each formed of an outer spine and of
five branched rays.
1. A single dorsal fin.
Dorsal XVI-X VIII 7-8. Anal XIJJ-XIV 7-8... 33. Polycentrus schomburgkiz.
Dorsal X VII-XX 13-16, Anal III 8-10 ......... 34. Crenicichla saxutilis.
Dorsal XIITI-XIV 9-11. Anal IIL 7-9 ............ 35. Acara pulehra.
Dorsal XIV-XV 9-11. Anal IV 8-9 ............... 36. Cichlosoma. bimaculatum.
1906.} FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 381
2. [wo dorsal fins.
a. Anterior dorsal of 4 spines.
a. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth.
28. Agonostomus monticola.
B. Jaws with minute ciliiform teeth *; anal fin
usually with III 8 rays; 32 to 36 scales in a
longitudinal series.
Second dorsal witha series of small scales behind each ray, other-
wise naked . veseccceeeeee 29. Mugil brasiliensis.
Second dorsal cov ered with small scales ............ 30. Mf. trichodon.
6. Anterior dorsal of 7 or 8 spines; anal with 8 spines,
the second and third strong.
65-75 scales in a longitudinal series; second and third anal spines
subequal ........ vessseseee OL. Contropomus undecimalis.
50-60 scales in a a longitudinal s series ; ; second anal spine consider-
ably longer than third .. sealnuea lads . 32. C. ensiferus.
c. Anterior dorsal aa 6 or 7 ines flexible spines ;
anal with a single feeble spine f.
Vomer toothed ; lower jaw projecting; scales small.
37. Philypnus dormitator.
Vomer toothless ; jaws equal anteriorly ; scales rather large.
38. Dormitator maculatus.
B. Ventrals united to form a disc.
1. Jaws with bands of small pointed teeth and an outer
series of larger teeth.
32 scales in a longitudinal series........................ 89. Gobius fasciatus.
60-75 scales in a longitudinal series .................. 40. Chonophorus banana.
2. Teeth in the jaws in a single series ...... 41. Evorthodus breviceps.
* Although only UM. brasiliensis and M. trichodon have been actually recorded
from Trinidad, there can be but little doubt that all the species of Mugil which occur
on the Atlantic coasts of America are to be obtained there.
These may be distinguished as follows :-—
I. Second dorsal naked except for a series of small scales behind
each ray ; anal with III 8 rays (varely II 7 or III 9).
38 to 42 scales in a longitudinal series .................. cephalus Li.
32 to 36 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... brasiliensis Ag.
II. Second dorsal covered with small scales.
A. Anal with III 9 rays (rarely II! 8).
42 to 45 scales in a longitudinal series eee eee cieculisy an cocks
36 to 39 scales ina longitudinal series . I eurema C. & V.
B. Anal with III 8 rays (rarely ll 7 or UE 9); 382 to 36
scales in a longitudinal series ..................... trichodon Poey.
+ Probably all the Atlantic species of Centropomus occur in the rivers of Trinidad.
They may be distinguished thus :—
J. Anal with III 7 rays, the second and third spines subequal.
pectinatus Poey..
JJ. Anal with III 6 rays.
A. Second and third anal spine ube 65 to 75 scales
in a longitudinal series.......... wessaseee. Undecimalis Bl.
B. Second anal spine longer ‘han third,
75 to 90 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... parallelus Poey.
50 to 60 scales in a longitudinal series ..................... ensiferus Poey.
t Allied to Philypnus dormitator and certainly to be found in the rivers of
Trinidad are two species which may be distinguished thus :—
Vomer toothless ; lower Jay m Pojechings: ; scales small.
Dorsal with VI, I 8 rays .. btetttsesresseeseseseeees Bleotris pisonis Gm.
Dorsal with VIL, I 10 rays . Reed Seca ssa acca sensees . HE. quavina C. & V.
382 . MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10,
1. MAcropon TRAHIRA Spix.
** Guabin.”
“ Much appreciated as an article of food, although rather bony ;
they are purchased readily by the labouring classes.
* A very small specimen’(30 mm.) was caught at Cumuto ; it was
skimming along the top of the water when captured. Examples
of this size can vibrate the pectoral fins with extreme rapidity ;
they often rest as if asleep, hence the name ‘ Dormeuse.’
“Colour: greenish, a more or less distinct blackish longitudinal
band and irregular cross-bars; vertical fins with series of dark
spots.”
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
2. ERYTHRINUS UNITENIATUS Spix.
“Yarrow.”
‘“‘ Found all over the island in muddy streams.
“Colour ; greenish or olivaceous ; sometimes a dark longitudinal
lateral stripe ; fins pink.”
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
Genus CoRYNOPOMA.
Slevardia Gill, Ann. Lye. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 424,
Corynopoma Gill, t.c. p. 425; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287
(1864).
Nematopoma Gill, t.c. p. 428.
This genus appears to be allied to 7'etragonopterus, from which
it differs in the more posterior position of the dorsal fin, the
absence of an adipose fin, and in the curious sexual characters.
3. CoryNoPoMA RustI. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)
Stevardia albipinnis Gill, Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. 1858, p. 425.
Corynopoma riiset Gill, t.c. p. 426; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 287
(1864); Liitken, Vid. Med. 1874, p. 223.
Corynopoma veedoni Gill, t.c. p. 427; Giinth. l.c.
Nematopoma searlesiz Gill, t.c. p. 429.
Corynopoma albipinnis Giinth. |. ¢.
Corynopoma searlest Giinth. t. c. p. 288; Liitk. l.c. fig.
Body compressed, subfusiform, the depth 3-34 in the length,
the length of head 43-4?. Snout much shorter than eye, the
diameter of which is 23-24 in the length of head and nearly equal
to the interorbital width. Mouth small, very oblique, the maxillary
nearly vertical, just in front of the eye. Teeth compressed, with
strong median cusp and 1 to 3 smaller cusps on.each side, in 2 series
in the upper jaw, | in the lower. Operculum, in the female, with
a short pointed projection ; in the adult male with a long, slender,
curved process terminating in a compressed expansion at the level
of the dorsal fin. Scales 38-44 pat 5 or 6 between lateral line and
root of ventral ; lateral line complete. Dorsal 9-11, commencing
1906. | FRESH- WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 383
above about the seventh anal ray ; when laid back, in the female
not nearly reaching the caudal, in the adult male extending well
beyond the base of caudal. Anal 25-30, commencing at ora little
behind the middle of the length of the fish; last ray, when laid
back, in the female not reaching the caudal, in the adult male
extending well beyond the base of the caudal. Pectorals and
ventrals extending to or nearly to the origin of anal; ventrals
7-rayed, Caudal deeply forked, the lobes equal in the female, the
lower considerably produced in the adult male. Caudal peduncle
12-2 as long as deep. Olivaceous, with silvery reflections; a
blackish stripe along the middle of the side ; fins pale.
14 examples, measuring up to 45 mm. in total length.
The genus Stevardia was founded either on females or on very
young males, with the operculum ending in a short pointed process
and the fins not produced. Corynopoma included males of small
size, with the opereular process short and the fins moderately pro-
duced, whilst Vematopoma was for the fully developed males.
Liitken pointed out that these supposed generic differences were
to be found in examples of the same species, according to the size
of the specimen taken. ‘These changes are now found to be con-
fined to the males, and I see no reason to believe that more than
one species has formed the basis of Dr. Gill’s descriptions. 'This
genus has only been recorded from Trinidad.
“The ‘Swallow-tailed Sardine’ is fairly plentiful in the Tacarigua
River. Some have a peculiar pair of ‘ paddles’ attached to the
gill-covers, whilst others have no trace of them nor do they have
the exaggerated fins which the ones with ‘ paddles’ possess. ‘They
are caught in company: and are, presumably, the same species.
The scales are faintly defined, generally silvery; the back is
translucent greenish.”
4, TETRAGONOPTERUS THNIURUS Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)
Depth of body 3-31 in the length, length of head 4-41. Snout
much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 24 in the
length of head and a little greater than the interorbital width.
Maxillary extending to below the anterior 3 of eye, with a more
é ; (GS
or less evident series of small teeth. Scales 38 3, 5 between
lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete. Dorsal
10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip of snout
than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, nearly as long as
the head. Anal 29-31, with 26 to 28 branched rays. Pectoral
extending beyond base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance
of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal
peduncle as long as, or a little longer than deep. Olivaceous or
greenish above, silvery below; a silvery longitudinal band from
operculum to base of caudal; a more or less distinct dark humeral
spot; a black longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays, edged
with yellow above and below.
Here described from two specimens from Trinidad, 60 and
384 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10,
65 mm. in total length, one received from the Copenhagen
Museum as 7’. trinitatis*. Guill’s description of 7’. taniurus is,
so far as it goes, perfectly applicable to 7’. trinitatis, and there
can be but little doubt of their identity. This species is known
only from Trinidad.
5, TETRAGONOPTERUS GUPPYI, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)
“ Mountain-stream Sardine.”
Depth of body 3-33 in the length, length of head 43-43.
Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3-31 in the
length of head and less than the interorbital width. Maxillary
extending a little beyond the vertical from the anterior margin
of eye, with a series of small teeth. Scales 38-40 a 4 to 63
between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete.
Dorsal 10, with 8 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to tip
of snout than to base of caudal; anterior rays longest, shorter
than the head. Anal 29-32, with 26 to 29 branched rays,
Pectoral extending to or a little beyond the base of ventral ;
ventrals originating in advance of the dorsal, extending nearly to
the anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.
Silvery, back dark greenish; traces of a dark humeral spot; a
blackish longitudinal band on the middle caudal rays; caudal
lobes yellow.
Five specimens, 65-85 mm. in total length.
This species is allied to the preceding and also to 7’. wappi Cuv.
& Val., which has a much larger head.
“Found in clear pebbly brooks with rapid current and plentiful
in the Glenside Estate Stream, at the foot of the Northern Range
of hills.”
6. TETRAGONOPTERUS MACULATUS L.
“« Pink-finned Sardine.”
“By far the commonest of the Sardines; they swarm in the
Maracas River, which is clear and at times very rapid.
“Colour: Silvery, back darker; a dark humeral spot and a
blackish spot at the base of caudal ; fins bright pink.”
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
7. TETRAGONOPTERUS (HEMIGRAMMUS) UNILINEATUS Gill. (Plate
XXII. fig. 5.)
“Sardine Dorée.”
Depth of body 23-2? in the length, length of head 4. Snout
much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length
of head and slightly greater than the interorbital width. Maxillary
extending slightly beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of
eye, with a series of minute teeth. Scales 32-35 ccap 41-51 be-
tween lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line on 9 to 12
* Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1874, p. 234,
1906. ] FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 385
scales only, absent posteriorly. Dorsal 10-11, with 8 or 9 branched
rays, its origin equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal ;
anterior rays longest, nearly as long as the head. Anal 26-30,
with 24 to 27 branched rays, produced anteriorly. Pectoral
extending beyond the base of ventral; ventrals originating in
advance of the dorsal, extending to the anal. Caudal forked.
Caudal peduncle as long, or nearly as long as deep. Olivaceous,
with silvery reflections; an indistinct stripe from operculum to
base of caudal; a blackish spot on the middle of the dorsal fin ;
an oblique blackish stripe from the origin of anal to the extremity
of the third branched ray; dorsal and anal yellowish ; caudal pink,
with a pale margin.
Here described from two specimens, 32 and 36 mm. in total
length, from Trinidad. This species has not been recorded from
other localities.
“Found in drains and ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they
cruise in small shoals.”
8. CHIRODON PULCHER Gill. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)
“ Sardine Dorée.”
Depth of body 23-23 in the length, length of head 43-42.
Snout 4 as long as eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length
of head, interorbital width 21. Maxillary extending to the
vertical from the anterior margin of eye. Scales 32-34 pa 34-43
between lateral line and root of ventral fin; lateral line complete.
Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its origin equidistant from tip
of snout and base of caudal; anterior rays longest, longer than
the head. Anal 23-25, with 21 or 22 branched rays. Pectoral
extending to base of ventral; ventrals originating in advance of
the dorsal, extending to or nearly to the anal. Caudal forked.
Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Olivaceous; sides silvery or a
silvery longitudinal stripe from operculum to base of caudal; an
indistinct dark humeral spot ; a blackish spot at the base of caudal,
posteriorly ending in a point and margined with yellow above and
below ; dorsal and anal pink.
Four specimens, measuring up to 40 mm. in total length.
This species is known from Trinidad only. Found in drainsand
ravines in the high woods, Cumuto ; they cruise in small shoals.
9. CURIMATUS ARGENTEUS Gill. (Plate X XI. fig. 3.)
“ Stout Sardine.”
Depth of body 24 in the length, length of head 33-4. Snout as
long, or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 34-3? in
the length of head, interorbital width 2. Maxillary extending to
below the nostrils. Scales 36 aon © or 5} between lateral line
and root of ventral fin. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays, its
origin nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal; anterior
branched rays longest, about as long as the head. Anal 9, with
7 branched xrays, reaching the base of caudal when laid back.
Pectoral extending } or more than ? of the distance from its base
366° ™ MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10,
to the base of ventral. Ventrals 9-rayed, originating in advance
of the vertical from the middle of the dorsal. Caudal forked.
Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Silvery; a blackish spot on
the caudal peduncle, another on the basal part of the dorsal fin ;
fins pale yellowish.
Three specimens, 70-100 mm. in total length,
There are examples of this species from Dominica in the British
Museum collection, but it has not yet been recorded from other
localities.
“ Plentiful in the Ravines of the Streatham Lodge Estate.”
10. CaRAPUS FASCIATUS Pall.
* Cutlass Fish.”
“ Found in the Bejucal Swamp and Cumuto.
“ Colour: head and back dark olive-green ; sides with alternate
oblique bars of blackish and grey; anal fin blackish; head and
body sprinkled with metallic specks.”
Hab. Paraguay to Guatemala.
11, Artus sprxi Ag.
“ A silver-grey Cat-fish, found in brackish water at the mouth
of the river Caroni, where it attains a large size.”
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
12. Arius HERZBERGI! Bl.
’ Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
13. Pimetopus (RuamprA) WILsonr Gill.
Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 4}—4%.
Head covered with skin, nearly as broad as long. Snout twice as
long as eye, the diameter of which is 6 in the length of head ;
interorbital width 21, Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary barbel
extending to middle, or even beyond the end of adipose fin ; outer
mandibulary barbel about reaching end of pectoral. Occipital
process 24-3 times as long as broad, extending back beneath the
skin, separated posteriorly by a distance about equal to its own
breadth from the basal shield of the dorsal spine. Dorsal I 6;
spine slender; middle branched rays a little more than 3? the
length of head; free edge of the fin convex. Adipose fin com-
mencing a short distance behind the dorsal and extending nearly
to the caudal, its length 24-23 in that of the fish. Anal 11, low
anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, the rays gradually increasing in
length to the eigath or ninth, which is } the length of head.
Caudal forked ; lobes of equal length, the upper pointed, the lower
rounded, Pectoral spine with inner edge finely serrated, about #
as long as the fin, which is + the length of head. Ventrals
extending #-4 of the distance from their base to the origin of
anal,
Back olive-green or grey; sides blackish blue splashed with
whitish ; lower parts white; body sometimes covered with dark
1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. 387
spots; fins dusky, the dorsal with a light band along the basal
part. }
“ Found all over the island, fairly plentiful, sometimes exceeding
a foot in length.” Here described from two specimens of 180 and
200 mm, Known only from Trinidad,
14, PsEUDAUCHENIPTERUS GUPPYI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV.)
“ Yellow Catfish.”
Depth of body 44-42 in the length, length of head 4-42. Snout
not longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4—5 in the length of
head and 2-3 in the interorbital width. Head nearly as broad as
long ; upper surface, excepting the snout, rugose, not covered by
skin ; frontal bones not swollen; profile rising evenly from snout
to dorsal fin. Lower jaw scarcely shorter than upper; maxillary
babel extending to anterior + or middle of pectoral. Dorsal I 6,
spine serrated posteriorly, as long as head. Anal 21; anterior
rays longest, in the male thickened and considerably produced,
Pectoral spine with serrated inner edge, as long as the head.
Ventrals 8-rayed, extending to the origin of anal. Caudal forked.
Upper half of body blackish green, with several vertical series of
small yellowish-white spots; lower parts white, anteriorly with a
dark longitudinal band; fins yellow, the dorsal dark at the base,
the caudal with a blackish margin.
Caroni River.
Two specimens, 145 and 185 mm. in total length.
“Caught in numbers, especially where small streams empty
themselves into the Caroni.”
15. PARAUCHENIPTERUS PASE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.)
‘“¢ Grouper Cat-fish.”
Depth of body 31 in the length, length of head 4. Snout as
long as eye, the diameter of which is 43 in the length of head and
3 in the interorbital width. Head as broad as long ; upper surface
rugose, not covered by skin ; interfrontal fontanel oval, continued
anteriorly as a narrow groove ; parieto-occipital a little longer than
broad, a little longer than its distance from the base of the dorsal
spine ; nuchal shield rounded posteriorly, its length equal to that
of the basal shield of the dorsal spine (measured in the mid-dorsal
line). Lower jaw somewhat projecting; maxillary barbel extending
to anterior + of pectoral; mental barbel extending a little beyond
the base of the post-mental, which reaches the base of the pectoral.
Dorsal I 6; spine smooth except for a median anterior series
of nodules, a little more than } the length of head. Anal 23,
rounded anteriorly and posteriorly, slightly emarginate medianly.
Pectoral spine serrated on both edges, nearly as long as the head;
humeral process extending beyond the middle of the pectoral spine.
Ventrals 6-rayed. Caudal obliquely truncate. Yellowish, spotted
and marbled with blackish ; belly white, with small greyish spots.
Caroni River.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XX VI, 26
388 —® MR. C, TATE REGAN ON | Apr. 10,
A single specimen, 210 mm. in total length.
“‘ Uncommon, only two specimens taken in a large pool near the
Frederick Estate ; they were covered with thick slime, which peeled
off in sheets soon after they were put in spirit.”
16. CALLICHTHYS KNERI Gill.
“ Blat-headed Cascadura.”
Depth of body 4-43 in the length, length of head about 42.
Head broader than long. Snout broad, rounded, its length 34 im
the length of head. Diameter of eye 9 in the length of head,
interorbital width 12. Parieto-occipital broader than long. Inner
barbel longest, extending beyond the middle of the pectoral fin.
Coracoids not exposed on lower surface of body. Scutes a 5 Bi
irregular series of small scutes in front of the adipose fin. Dorsal
8; first ray a short flat spine, second simple, the rest branched, the
middle rays longest, 2 the length of head. Anal 6, when laid back
extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine from more than 3 to
nearly 3 the length of head. Caudalrounded. Brownish or greyish
brown, with obscure darker spots ; fins yellowish, with dark spots.
Here described from two specimens, 115 mm. in total length,
from Trinidad. This fish has not yet been recorded from other
localities.
“‘ Plentiful in the Bejucal Swamp, but found all over the island.
This fish can shuffie along the ground rapidly and grunts faintly
when handled.”
17. CALLICHTHYS LITTORALIS Hancock.
“ Common Cascadura.”
“Very plentiful in muddy swamps and also found in rivers
and in ravines with muddy bottoms. In the dry season they are
caught and sold in thousands, being much appreciated as food.
When the water has subsided in the swamps they are easily
captured by baling out the muddy pools. They can move along
the ground rapidly and can live a long time out of water; when
handled they make a grunting noise. This species constructs a
floating nest on the top of the water, and according to Mr. Pasea
they breed in the wet season in drains which dry up in the dry
season ; they are very savage at this period and will make an
offensive display when the water is disturbed near their nests.”
Hab. South America, from Paraguay to Ecuador.
18. CatiicnutHys THORACATUS C. & V.
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
19. Coryporas £NEUvS Gill.
“ Small Cascadura.”
Depth of body 24-3 in the length, length of head 33. Diameter
of eye 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 2. Profile
evenly convex from snout to origin of dorsal. Lower lip free, with
1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD, 389
a pair of barbels which are shorter than the diameter of eye ;
barbels at the angle of the mouth extending to the base of
pectoral fin. Exposed parts of the coracoids widely separated
22 : A
below. Scutes 5, 2 or 3 unpaired ones in front of the spine of
the adipose fin. Dorsal 17; spine 3-2 the length of head ;
anterior branched rays longest, ? the length of head. Anal I 6,
when laid back extending to base of caudal. Pectoral spine with
serrated inner edge, extending nearly to or a little beyond the
base of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle much deeper
than long. Head and upper part of body dark greenish ; lower
parts abruptly lighter; fins pale yellow, the dorsal and caudal
more or less dusky.
Here described from 5 specimens, 65 mm. in total length, from
Trinidad and Grenada, This fish has not yet been recorded from
other localities.
20. PLecostomus GuACARI Lacep.
Hab, Paraguay to Venezuela,
21. PuEcosromus RoBINI C. & V.
Hab. Montevideo; Trinidad.
22. ANCISTRUS TRINITATIS Gthr.
This little-known species may prove to be allied to A. bachi
Bouleng. Apparently Liitken had a specimen of another species
of this genus from Trinidad, which may be related to A. mega-
cephalus Giinth.
23. XENOCARA CIRRHOSUM C. & V.
“ Bearded Teta.”
Hab. Paraguay to Venezuela.
24, SYMBRANCHUS MARMORATUS Bl.
‘“¢ Hel ” or “ Zangie.”
“They live in holes or under rocks or buried in the mud and
come out in search of prey, especially after heavy vain. They
lie among the dead leaves at the bottom of the pools and grab at
the small fry as they pass. During the wet season they may
often be seen lying perfectly still at the bottom of the pools.
“Colour: greenish or yellowish, spotted with brownish.”
Hab. Tropical America.
25. HapLocuiLus HARTI Blgr. (Plate X XI. fig. 2.)
“¢ Small Guabin.”
Depth of body 43-53 in the length, length of head 33-4.
Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is
34-37 in the length of head, interorbital breadth 12-2. Maxil-
lary not extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly ;
26*
390 MR, C, TATE REGAN ON [ Apr. 10,
bands of small pointed teeth, with an outer series of enlarged
teeth ; on each side of the lower jaw 1 or 2 teeth of the outer series
are stronger than the others, curved, canine-like, 40-42 scales
in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9, rounded, the longest rays
5-2 the length of head. Anal 15-17, commencing at a point
equidistant from tip of snout and extremity of caudal, ending
below the middle or posterior part of the dorsal fin; rays in-
creasing in length posteriorly. Pectoral about 2? the length of
head or of the distance from its base to the base of ventrals.
Ventrals 6-rayed, extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal
rounded or subtruncate, a little shorter than the head ; outer rays
gradually increasing in length, several terminating at the upper
and lower edges and comparatively few at the posterior edge of
the fin. Olivaceous or greenish above; sides with bright green or
blue longitudinal stripes alternating with series of dark red spots
along the rows of scales ; vertical fins usually orange ; dorsal with
3 or 4 series of small dark spots; anal with 2 or 3 series of very
small dark spots on its basal part, often with a narrow dark edge ;
caudal often with a blackish ocellus on the upper part of its base,
sometimes with undulating striz or series of spots, sometimes
with a dark edge.
Here described from 3 specimens, 60-85 mm. in total length,
from Trinidad.
Three much smaller specimens from Trinidad and Venezuela
were described by Dr. Giinther under the name Rivulus micro-
pus. The doubt which he expressed as to their identity with
the Fundulus micropus Steind. of the Rio Negro was well
founded, as these specimens show want of agreement with
Dr. Steindachner’s description in several important respects.
“ Found everywhere and the sole occupants of the large pools
worn out of the solid rock by the rapid descent of the water in a
series of cascades. They are able to reach these mountain pools,
which ave often situated at considerable elevations, through their
powers of leaping. They travel overland during wet weather.
Very active and voracious; a female kept in an aquarium swal-
lowed two good-sized ‘ Belly-fish’ (Gtrardinus guppyt), alive and
entire, one after the other. They always jump out of any
vessel in which they are placed, and if the sides are too high to
clear at one leap they can stick on with their fan-like tails and
leap higher; when about to leap, or to make an attack, they bend
their backs and drop the dorsal fin.”
26. Grrarpinus Guppy! Gthr. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)
“ Belly-fish.”
“This fish receives its name from the fact that the females
usually have the abdomen distended with young. It is very
plentiful, especially in such places as the ‘ Dry River,’ at Belmont,
a suburb of Port-of-Spain, where they swarm in the filthy soapy
water that drains from the yards of the dwellings along the river.
They save a deal of trouble by consuming the mosquito worms.
1906. | FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. ; 391
The male is a very elegant little fish and varies considerably in
colour and marking.
“¢ Colour: Male olivaceous, silvery below ; a dark longitudinal
stripe from eye to middle of side, another on the posterior part of
the body; usually two to four blackish spots, including one at
each end of the posterior stripe; these may be accompanied by
reddish spots. Female olivaceous, silvery below, without spotsior
stripes.”
27. DoryICHTHYS LINEATUS Kaup.
Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America, the
African D, aculeatus being apparently distinct.
98. AGONOSTOMUS MONTICOLA Bancroft.
Hab. Fresh-waters of the West Indies (Jamaica, Barbados,
St. Vincent, Dominica, Trinidad) and of Mexico.
29. MUGIL BRASILIENSIS Ag.
Hab. Cuba to Patagonia.
30. Muait tricHopon Poey.
Hab. Florida to Brazil.
31. CeNnTROPOMUS UNDECIMALIS Bl., and
32. CENTROPOMUS ENSIFERUS Poey.
«These fishes, known as ‘ Broche,’ ‘ Robalo,’ or ‘Snook,’ were
caught in the Caroni River, where they have been taken over
20 pounds in weight. They are marine, but go a long way up:
fresh-water streams in search of food. According to Mr. Pasea,
they can be bred in artificial ponds or in large fresh-water pools
that have no connection with the sea.”
Hab. Atlantic Coasts and Rivers of Tropical America.
33. PontycenTRUS scHomBuRGEII Mull.& Trosch. (Plate XXV.
fig. 2.)
“The ‘King or Black Cascarob’ is a very peculiar little fish,
which, when alarmed, changes almost instantly from black to»
whitish or pinkish white, rapidly vibrates the pectoral fins, and,.
instead of running away, turns on one side and remains for a long
time in a crouching position. They are uncommon, and were:
caught by means of a circular hand-net in the thick rank grass.
which grows at the sides of the ravines.”
Hab. Trinidad; Venezuela; Guiana.
34. CRENICICHLA SAXATILIS LL.
“¢ Name ‘ Mulet’ (pronounced Mil-lay). Head olive or greyish:
ereen; eye with a dark crimson splash; back dull olive and
yellowish green, belly greyish or bluish grey; pale green metallic:
spots on the sides often present, or if they be absent, blackish
cross-bars ; sometimesa blackish longitudiral stripe; fins varying:
392 * ® ON FRESH-WATER FISHES OF TRINIDAD. [Apr. 10, -
from yellowish to blackish blue, sometimes edged with black and
white.
‘“‘ Found singly or in pairs in most streams and pools and take a
hook readily at times.” '
Hab. Rio Grande do Sul to Venezuela.
35. AcARA PuLCHRA Gill. (Plate XXYV. fig. 1.)
‘Small Cascarob.”
“This is a very elegant fish, prettily marked with bright green
and blue spots and with dark cross-bars on the sides. It was
interesting to see one of these beautiful fish in charge of its family
of about one hundred young ones, which he or she was vigorously
defending. These small fry were moving under its body, and when
any other fish made an attempt to snatch one, he or she suapped
viciously at the offender. This species is plentiful everywhere.”
Hab. Colombia; Venezuela; Trinidad.
36. CICHLOSOMA BIMACULATUM L.
* Large Cascarob,.”
‘“‘ Plentiful in muddy rivers, ponds and swamps, but not in the
clear streams.”
Hab. Brazil; Guiana; Venezuela.
37, PHILYPNUS DORMITATOR Lacep.
“Taken in the Caroni River; the specimen was very docile,
allowing us to handle it and making no display of resistance.”
Hab. West Indies and Atlantic Coast streams from Mexico to
Guiana.
38. DorRMITATOR MACULATUS BI.
“Taken at Bejucal Swamp in muddy pools.”
Hab. Atlantic coasts and rivers of Tropical America.
39. Gosius FrascratTus Gill.
Body compressed, elongate, the depth 6 in the length, the
length of head 34-33. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of
which is 4 in the length of head. Interorbital space narrow.
Cleft of mouth slightly oblique, entirely below the level of the
eye; maxillary extending to below anterior part of eye; jaws
with bands of small pointed teeth and anteriorly with an outer
series of larger teeth ; posterior tooth of outer series in lower jaw
a curved canine. Gill-openings vertical, in front of the bases of
the pectorals, not produced forwards below. Head and nape,
thorax and lower part of abdomen naked; scales finely ctenoid,
increasing in size posteriorly, about 32 in a longitudinal series.
Dorsal VI, 12; rays of anterior dorsal, especially the third, pro-
duced as filaments in the male. Anal 13. Pectoral without free
rays above, as long as head, extending to the origin of anal.
Ventrals extending nearly to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded,
rather elongate, 1 the length of the fish. Greenish, with dark
sey MeN
SLA Re
a
© RPG
Se
Lie Via® mS
~
SSS Oe
We Le ee
Sf f
ALS G.
POG D Bom 20, »x0.,...
“gg OPI ITS he! OCP NR GBPS
SSA ae eariy S
P.Z.S.1906, vol. 1. Pl. XXVIL
G. Davidson del. Bale & Danielsson, Lt
ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR
PZ.S: 1906, vor I.. PL. XX Vie
G. DAvIDSON DEL. Cart HENTSCHEL (1906) Lrp.
ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR.
G. DAVIDSON DEL.
DAS QOS, wor. I, Pts XOM<
Cart HENTSCHEL (i906) LTD.
ALCYONARIANS FROM. ZANZIBAR.
IPL GS OG, sells Wh Pl. POO.
Bale & Damelsson, rtd
ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR
G.Daxadson del
PZ SalIO6, vol. liao
G. Davidson del. Bale & Danielsson, Lt?
ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR
1906. ] ON ALCYONARIAN FROM ZANZIBAR. 393
spots; upper part of head and body with irregular spots; an
oblong spot on the lower part of cheek and a triangular spot on
the operculum ; a series of 3 or 4 linear spots along the middle of
the side; a spot at the base of caudal; series of small spots on
the dorsal and caudal fins.
Four specimens, 70 mm. in total length, from Trinidad.
I believe this must be the species described by Dr. Gill as
Ctenogobius fasciatus, although he gives the number of fin-rays as :
Dorsal V, 11; Anal 10.
40, CHONOPHORUS BANANA C, & V.
Hab. Tropical America,
41, EvorrHopDus BREvIcEPsS Gill.
Hab. Trinidad; Surinam.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XXI.
Fig. 1. Tetragonopterus guppyi, p. 384.
2. Haplochilus harti, p. 389.
3. Curimatus argenteus, p. 385,
PLaTEe XXII.
Big. 1. Girardinus guppyi, S. la. 2, p. 390.
2. Chirodon pulcher, p. 385.
3. Corynopoma riisii, 6. 3a. 9, p. 382.
4, Tetragonopterus teniurus, p. 383.
5. Tetragonopterus unilineatus, p. 384.
Puate XXIII.
Parauchenipterus pasee, p. 387.
Pratt XXIV.
Pseudauchenipterus guppyi, p. 387.
Prate XXV.
Fig. 1. Acara pulchra, p. 392.
2. Polycentrus schomburgkii, p. 391.
2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,
from Collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Se.,
B.Z.S., in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Aleyonaria. By
Prof. J. ArraHuR THomson, M.A., University of Aberdeen,
and W. D. Henperson, M.A., B.Se., Carnegie Fellow,
University of Aberdeen.
(Plates XX VI.-XXXI.* and Text-figure 85.)
This report deals with the Alcyonarians in the rich collection
of marine animals made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at Zanzibar in
1901-2. The Alcyonarians are mostly littoral forms, e.g. species
* Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 442.
394 PROF. J, A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10,
of Clavularia, Sympodium, Xenia, Spongodes, Lithophytum, and
Sclerophytum; but there are also some representatives of the
deeper water fauna, e. g., species of Pieroeides and Virgularia. A
few specimens * collected by Mr. Crossland at Cape Verde Islands
have been included in the report. We have been indebted to the
indefatigable collector for some notes on the colours of the living
animals.
List oF SPECIES.
Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson.
Family CoRNULARIIDS.
Clavularia garcie Hickson.
mY ss var. mmermis, Noy.
5, Slava May.
55 gracilis May.
BS reptans Hickson.
5 strumosa Ehrenberg.
3 margaritifere. Thomson & Henderson.
3 crosslandi, sp. ni.
55 repens, Sp. Nn.
NG pulchra, sp. n.
ar zanzibarensis, Sp. n.
ne mollis, sp. n.
és parvula, sp. n.
35 pregnans, sp. 1.
Sympodium punctatum May.
S cerulewm Ehrenberg.
er fuscum, sp. n.
3 splendens, sp. 0.
Family TUBIPORID2.
Tubipora chamissonis Khrenberg.
Order II, ALCYONACEA Verrill (pro parte).
Mamily XENIID#.
Xenia wnbellata Savigny.
» quinqueserta May.
> membranacea Schenk.
» coerulea Ehrenberg.
» ternatana Schenk, var. elongata, noy.
3) 2gida, sp. le
Heteroxenia elisabethe Kolliker.
Cespitularia cerulea May.
Family ALCYONIID2.
Alcyonium pachyclados Klanzinger.
Sinularia brassica May.
3 fungoides, sp. 1.
Sclerophytum polydactylum Dana.
A: querciforme Pratt.
‘ marenzellert Pratt (= Lobophytum marenzelleri).
5 hirtum Pratt.
An viride, sp. N.
Lobophytum pauciflorum Ehrenberg.
* Viz. Clavularia parvuta, sp. n., Lophogorgia crista Mobius, Leptogorgia
ochraced, sp. 0.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 395
Family NEPHTHYID#.
Subfamily SPonGoDIN”.
Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. ni.
x var. mollis, nov.
0 armata, sp. Nn.
Spongodes hemprichii Klunzinger.
crosslandi, sp. Nn.
zanzibarensis, Sp. 1.
sf kiikenthali, sp. n.
[All these species of Spongodes should, according to Kiikenthal, be
named Dendronephthya, but we see no reason to change. |
Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. ni.
Lithophytum elegans (Kik.)=Ammothea elegans May.
viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May.
brassicum (Kitik.)= Ammothea brassica May.
ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard).
thyrsoides (Kiik.)= Ammothea thyrsoides Ehrenberg.
Ms var. durum, nov.
Jlavum May.
Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson.
bb)
29
”
Subfamily SIPHONOGORGINE.
Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. 2.
Order III. PSEUDAXONIA G. von Koch.
Family SCLEROGORGID2.
Suberogorgia killikeri Wright & Studer, var. zanzibarensis, nov.
Family MELITODID &.
Wrightella erythrea Gray =Mopsea erythrea Klunzinger.
5 wvariabilis, sp. n.
Order 1V. AXIFERA G. von Koch.
Family GoRGONIDZ.
Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. un.
Lophogorgia crista MéInus.
litkent Wright & Studer.
99
Order V. STELECHOTOKEA Bourne.
Section A. AsSIPHONACEA.
Family TELESTID&.
Telesto rupicola Hickson & Hiles.
arborea Wright & Studer.
39
Family CeLoGORGIIDZ.
Celogorgia palmosa Wright & Studer.
55 repens, sp. 0.
Section B. PENNATULACEA.
Family VIRGULARIID®.
Virgularia mirabilis amouroux, var. pedunculata Kolliker.
i multicalycina, sp. 0.
Fimily PENNATULIDS.
Subfamily Prrronrpin2.
Pteroeides brachycaulon Kolliker.
rigidum, sp. Ni.
pulchellum, sp. n.
3°
”
~
396 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON oN [ Apr. 10,
GENERAL NOTES.
Before proceeding to the systematic description of species we
may call attention to some facts of general interest :—
(1) The collection includes specimens of over 60 species, of
which 25 are new. But seven of these new forms belong to the
prolific genus Clavularia.
(2) The most interesting new forms in the collection are the
following :—Clavularia pregnans (viviparous), Siphonogorgia
intermedia (which seems an annectent type), Wrightella variabilis
(a Melitodid with great variability of coloration), Celogorgia repens
(with encrusting habit), Virgularia multicalycina, Pteroeides
rigidum, and Pt. pulchellum.
(3) Myr. Crossland’s Zanzibar collection (63 species) and Prof,
Herdman’s Ceylon collection (42 species) have only 3 species in
common, namely :—
Clavularia margaritiferce,
Aena umbellata,
Paraspongodes striata.
Lophogorgia lutkent, here recorded from the Cape Verde Islands,
also occurred in the Ceylon collection.
(4) We have given some illustrations of the great variability of
the species of Clavularia and Xenia, e.g. as to the number of rows
of pinnules, the number of pinnules, the bare streak on the
tentacles, the spicules, and so on.
(5) Vivirarity.—In Clavularia pregnans, sp. n., there are large
embryos which cause a unilateral protuberance on the polyp-tube
a short distance below the mouth. ‘They seem to be liberated by
a rupture of the delicate body-wall. Embryos were also found m
Clavularia parvula, sp.n. Viviparity was recorded by Hickson
in Gorgonia capensis, and it is probably not infrequent in Alcyo-
narians, as we have observed it in Chrysogorgia flewilis (Th. & H.) ;
Ceratoisis gracilis (Th. & H.); Pennatula indica (Th. & H.);
Distichoptilum gracile (Th. & H.); Umbellula elongata (Th. & H.),
and Funiculina gracilis (Th. & H.), all from deep water in the
Indian Ocean. Mr. James J. Simpson has also observed embryos
in Isis hippuris.
Nore oN Locauirires By Mr. CrossiAnpb.
As the Aleyonaria are the most abundant and conspicuous
part of the littoral fauna of East Africa, and as certain species
and genera are characteristic of different localities, topographical
information is of especial importance in connection with their
description. As collections from East Africa have been described
by some investigators who have contented themselves with giving
as locality a small village or islet not to be found on any map, and
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 397
only known to those having special acquaintance with these coasts,
I ene here some notes on the various localities referred to in this
report
Té must be borne in mind that the Island of Zanzrpar has a
length of 60 miles, and is 20 miles wide at the latitude of the
town. It is unfortunate that as the same name refers to both
island and town, the locality ‘Zanzibar’ would include every kind
of habitat, while ‘ Beach near Zanzibar Town’ refers to only one,
or to two, including the special point towards K1runeant which is
referred to later.
Zanzibar Harbour is really an open roadstead, partially protected
by scattered islets to the north and west and by reefs to the
south-west. A considerable amount of my collecting was done on
Prison Island, which is one of these, while the name of another,
Baui (or Bawe), occurs frequently in the reports of Stuhlmann’s
collections.
At low spring-tide the shores of Prison Island are over large
areas literally bright blue with Xenias of that colour, and this
is the case in very many parts of these coasts. Above the level
of low spring-tides very little of anything occurs, the rock-flats
being nearly bare. This applies to every part of these coasts, but
some specimens, referred to in the report, were collected higher
up the shore.
The shore at ZaAnziBar Town is, at low-tide level, muddy, and
Aleyonaria are nearly absent, except at one point towards
KIUNGANI, where a copious salt-spring issues from under the slabs
of conglomerate which form the upper part of the shore. Here
an oasis of wonderful richness occurs in the desert of mud, and
corals and alcyonaria cover the whole shore. Brown Xeniide
and several fleshy Aleyoniide are found here in great abundance,
some colonies of the latter attaining to the size of a yard across.
Dredging just below this level gives ‘ood results, but at depths over
3 fathoms or so most of the eastern part of Zanzibar Channel is
very barren.
CuuakA Bay is a large indentation on the Hast Coast of
Zanzibar Island, physically conspicuous, and so coming to be
marked on good atlases, but of no commercial utility, producing
only a little mangrove timber.
At low spring-tides it presents a great expanse of mud, with
channels of water one or two fathoms deep. ‘The lower parts are
thickly covered with Halimeda sp., and the sides of the channels
with grass-like Zostera. A large bank in the centre of the bay is
covered with large sponges, looking like stones at a little distance.
There is no coral anywhere in this area. Aleyonarians, chiefly
Xenide, abound among and upon these weeds, encrusting forms
on the bases of the Zostera.
* For more detailed AICO see Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. xi. p. 493 & xii.
p. 35 (1902).
398 PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON on [Apr. L0,
Towards the mouth of the Bay, on the north side, there are
three fathoms of water at low tide, and here another marine
Phanerogam is abundant, one with a strong hard rhizome and
stems, a tuft of opposite leaves arising from the top of each of the
latter. On these hard stems great quantities of bright blue
encrusting forms were brought up, and among them quantities of
brown Nephthyide, &. The quantity and variety of these were
most striking, Aleyonarians of one kind or another coming up
literally by the sackful at many hauls. This spot was almost the
richest in Opisthobranchs and other interesting forms that I ever
dredged in.
Kokotoni Harbour is a broad lake-like enclosure between the
Tsland Tumpatvu and the north-western shores of Zanzibar. The
village, now very insignificant, lies at its south-western corner.
A bank in the narrow southern entrance to the channel upon
which corals grow, is a garden of Aleyonarians of wonderful
variety and beauty, but on the whole the shores are rather barren
even of Xeniide. Dredging reveals a current-swept bottom
practically barren of all life over the greater part, but in shallower
water (5 fath. and under) off the north-west shores an area of
great wealth was found, where Pteroeides is common.
On the mainland Mompasa harbour and the reefs in its vicinity
are very barren, even Alcyonaria occurring but sparsely and
corals being absent. Sir Charles Eliot had seen a good deal of
the coast before I arrived and had selected Wasty harbour as
the best collecting-ground, This isa canal-like channel separating
the island of Wasin from the mainland; the Anglo-German
boundary is a few miles south of this. The richness of the shores
was found to extend over the whole bottom of the channel. The
dredge generally filled with Alcyonaria and sponges in a few
minutes, a variety of branched and massive forms occurring in the
inner or western parts about the Government station of Shimoni,
while towards the open sea great quantities of a Zelesto, generally
more or less overgrown with a red sponge, were brought up time
after time, while large colonies of Lophogorgia with commensal
ophiuroids and cirripedes, the latter embedded in the ecenenchyme,
are common.
One expects corals, not Aleyonaria, to be the most conspicuous
and abundant form of animal life in tropical seas, but when it is
considered that large strips of the East African shores are bare of
coral, whereas Aleyonaria occur almost everywhere, and in many
places with the profusion one associates with corals, their claim
to be of first importance is seen to be well established.
The corals are easily first in the Red Sea, where they abound
practically everywhere. Alcyonaria, having the same macroscopic
characters as those of East Africa, are present in magnificent
abundance, but I have not seen numerous Clavulariid, and all
the Xeniidee seemed to be brown or grey, not green or blue.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS. FROM ZANZIBAR. 399
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.
Order I. STOLONIFERA Hickson.
Family CoRNULARIIDS.
Clavularia garcie Hickson.
9 garcwe Hickson, var. inermis, nov.
5 Jlava May.
a gracilis May.
reptans Hickson.
ee strumosa Khrenberg.
ie margaritifere 'Thomson & Henderson.
78 crosslandi, sp. 0.
3 repens, Sp. Ni.
3 pulchra, sp. n.
i sanzibarensis, sp. 0.
vs mollis, sp. n.
3 parvula, sp. 1.
Bi pregnans, sp. i.
Synypodium punctatum May,
ceruleum Khrenberg,
Ms Juscum, sp. n.
a splendens, sp. N.
9?
CLAVULARIA.
Note on the Genus,
The problem of species in this genus is very difficult. The
differences between species are within a narrow range, and many
of the distinctions utilised, e. g. number of rows of pinnules,
number in each row, seem to be too quantitative in character to
be very satisfactory. Moreover, what seem to be well-marked
species are connected by intermediate forms, and even in one
colony there is sometimes considerable diversity. Let us give
some illustrations.
(a) To Clavularia garcie, of which Prof. Hickson had one
specimen, weare inclined to refer several separate colonies. In
some of these the pinnules vary from 13 to 30 on each side, yet
the proportions, the general appearance, and the spicules seem
identical. Some have one distinct row of pinnules, others have one
row with an occasional simulation of two rows, others have two or
three rows. Other specimens agree absolutely with some of these
except that we could find no trace of spicules, though some
members of the same colony showed a few scattered rods.
(5) In specimens which agree well with C. flava May, we found
the pinnules in one row, in three rows, and in four rows; yet
these forms were otherwise alike, showing, for instance, very
minute ovoid spicules 0:02 in length by 0:015 in breadth. In
another quite similar colony the spicules were rod-like—0:02
in length by 0:005 in breadth—and there were also some dises.
>
400 = PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR, W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
(c) To C. gracilis May we have referred a colony with pinnules
in three rows as May described, and to the same species we have
referred another colony with only one row. This seemed at first
unjustifiable till we saw that in the’colony with three rows in the
majority some polyps only showed two rows, while in the colony
with one row in the majority some showed two rows.
(Z) The total number of pinnules seems to us of more diagnostic
importance than the number of rows, but in what we believe to
be C’. garcie we find in one colony a range from 16-30 pairs.
(¢) Comparisons of different colonies of the same species show
that there is little use attaching much importance to the length
and breadth of the bare streak on the tentacles unless one is sure
that the forms compared are similarly preserved and in similar
states of extension.
(f) Cases like that which we have for purposes of convenience
called C. garcie, var. inermis, lead us to agree with Prof. Hickson
that the mere absence of spicules does not make a new species.
Our general conclusion is that further investigation will show
that a number of species of Clavularia should be merged in one,
and that at present attention should be paid to the ‘tout ensemble ’
of characters rather than to any single peculiarity when that is of
a quantitative nature.
These remarks may serve to support our impression that some
of the species of Clavularia are in a state of flux, but they
may also suggest an inquiry as to the justifiability of adding
seven new species to the already lengthy list. The general answer
is supplied by the descriptions given; the characters of the new
species seem to exclude the possibility of referring them to any of
the species known to us from previous memoirs.
It may be useful, however, to indicate briefly some of their
outstanding features :-—
C. crosslandi has characteristic exceedingly minute spicules like
water-worn sand-grains and they are crowded in eight longitudinal
white ridges.
C. repens is like the well-defined C. margaritifere, but has very
different spicules—minute capstans and some quadrangular forms
with an axial cross.
C. pulchra has unusually long polyps, tentacles, and pinnules,
C. zanzibarensis has 6-8 rows of wart-like pinnules practically
covering the short blunt tentacles, and the colour is peculiar.
CO. mollis has grouped polyps, thread-like pinnules almost
covering the tentacles, and an unusual amount of contraction.
C. parvula has very unusual tentacles with only 9 pmnules on
each side, though certainly mature, as the eggs and embryos show.
C. pregnans has short conical pinnules all round the tentacles
and a very large genital expansion with embryos.
We may also call special attention to the viviparity readily
demonstrable in OC. pregnans and also apparent in C. parvula.
Very noteworthy in some of the species is the profuse abun-
dance of zoochlorelle.
1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 401
The beginning of a differentation of calyx and anthocodia in
C. margaritifere may be regarded as a hint of the Sympodium
type; the slight union of the bases of the polyps in C. mollis may
perhaps be regarded as pointing towards the Yenia type.
CLAVULARIA GARCL& Hickson.
Several specimens appear to be referable to this species, if its
diagnosis is made rather more elastic.
The polyps are 10-13 mm. in length, with thin transparent
walls, and show no sign of being able to contract. Mr. Crossland
states that the living forms had very mobile tentacles opening and
closing regularly.
The tentacles are from 6-8 mm. in length and have the pinnules
arranged so as to leave a wide bare space on the oral and a
narrower bare space on the aboral surface. The long pinnules
are in one row and they vary in number from 16 to 30 on each
side, There is occasional simulation of two rows.
The fact that the pinnules vary from 16-30 pairs shows that
the number of pinnules is not in itself a character of much
diagnostic importance. |
Minute, slightly roughened, rod-shaped spicules are abundant
throughout the colony and give ita peculiar glistening appearance;
they are from 0:04-0:05 mm. in length and 0:007 mm. in breadth.
Hickson describes the spicules of C. garcie as scattered and not
crowded ; they are here densely crowded.
Locality. Chuaka, KE. Zanzibar. Previously from Chagos
Archipelago.
In another group of polyps, which we are inclined to refer to
the same species, there are some interesting differences. The
bodies of the polyps are more substantial, but they are more con-
tracted (5-4 mm. in length), The tentacles are about 4 mm. in
length, and while some show two rows of pinnules with perfect.
clearness, others show three rows equally distinct. The number
of pinnules in a row varies from 12-15.
In the body of the polyp and on the tentacles the spicules are
closely packed, thus giving a granular glistening appearance to
the polyp. The spicules are 0:05 mm. in length, and seem to be
identical with those above described.
Locality. Wasin, British East Africa.
CLAVULARIA GARCIH Hickson, var. INERMIS, nov.
The polyps, which rise from a membranous stolon to a height
of 9 mm., are marked by annulations and also by longitudinal
lines. The tentacles are long and pointed, from 3-3-5 mm, in
length by 0°8 mm. in breadth at their proximal end. The pinnules
are arranged in three rows on each side, in the outer row they
may vary from 19-23 in number. They leave a free space on
both the oral and the aboral surface. In some polyps we found no
trace of spicules ; in others we found a few small rods. There are
crowded zoochlorelle.
>
402 PROF. J, A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON oN [ Apr. 10,
CLAVULARIA FLAVA May (non Hickson). (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)
Four small pieces of a ight brown colour appear to be referable
to this species. The basal membrane is soft and about 1 mm.
in thickness, and bears crowded polyps. The polyps are substantial,
marked by annulations and also by longitudinal furrows, 3-4 mm.
in length by 0°75-1 mm. in breadth, with lanceolate tentacles fully
3 mm. in length, with acute ends.
The pinnules are very short and blunt, arranged in four rows
on each side, usually 17 in a row.
The spicules are densely crowded, extremely minute, smooth
oval dises, about 0°02 mm. in length and 0-015 mm. in breadth.
Prof. Hickson speaks of the spicules of C. garcie as the smallest
he had seen, but these are much smaller.
Locality. Zanzibar shore, low tide among coral,
Previously recorded from Zanzibar,
In another clump, growing on a monocotyledonous twig, the
polyps are usually 9 mm. in length by 1-1°5 mm. in breadth and
ave longitudinally ridged. The tentacles are 8-3°2 mm. in length
by 0°8 mm. in breadth, with the pinnules arranged in three rows
on either side of the middle line. The pinnules, many of which
are slightly clavate at the tip, leave a long bare space on the
aboral surface which extends the whole length of the tentacle and
tapers slightly, but on the oral surface the bare space is very
wide at he base, narrows quickly, and becomes almost linear
for the greater part of the length of the tentacle. The pinnules
are from 0:18-0:25 mm. in length by 0°13 mm. in breadth.
Abundant ova were present in the lower part of the polyps.
The spicules are small rod-like bodies 0°02 mm. in length and
0-005 mm. in breadth, and there were also some discs,
In another colony spreading on J/illepora some of the polyps
showed only one row of pinnules on each side, while contracted
forms showed three. The spicules were very minute, smooth,
ovoid discs, 0°02 by 0018 mm.
CLAVULARIA GRACILIS May.
A small colony agrees with this species in having:
(a) polyps of very diverse lengths, up to 20 mm. ;
(6) short and thick pinnules in three irregular rows (some-
times apparently in two rows) ;
(c) no caleareous bodies ;
(d) tentacles about 5 mm, in length.
There is no funnel-like expansion * at the top of the polyp as
was frequently observed by May; the bare streak on each side of
* From what we have seen in C. pregnans, sp. n., we are inclined to suggest
that these expansions, noted by various authors m different species, may be
reproductive enlargements.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 403
the tentacles is broad rather than narrow; there are 20-30
pinnules in each row.
Locality. Chuaka, Zanzibar.
Previously recorded from Mozambique, Tumbatu.
To the same species we refer another colony with a thin basal
membrane, polyps about 12 mm. in length, tentacles 2-5 mm.,
and no calcareous corpuscles.
Jn most of the polyps examined there is most distinctly only
one row of pinnules, whereas in C. gracilis May there are three
irregular rows. We have disregarded this difference because
some of the polyps on our specimen showed two rows. As before
indicated, this does not seem a specific character of much
importance.
Locality. Chuaka.
CLAVULARIA REPTANS Hickson.
A colony spreading over a monocotyledonous leaf seems
referable to the Clavularia reptans of Hickson. The narrow
stolon is from 0-5-1 mm. in breadth and forms a network.
The polyps are distant, separated by an interval of 4mm. <A
common length is 3 mm., the breadth is 1-1-5 mm.
As Prof. Hickson points out, this species is noteworthy i
having the contracted polyps decidedly 1 broader than the onion
which bearsthem. This is also true of C. margaritifere Thomson
& Henderson.
The short tentacles are about 1 mm. in length and bear 12-15
pinnules on each side, each pinnule 0:1-0°15 mm. in length.
There are no spicules.
Locality. Zanzibar shore. Previously from Celebes.
CLAVULARIA stRUMOSA Ehrenberg.
The collection included numerous representatives of this species
growing on twigs. They appear to be very variable.
The ‘polyps are firm and marked with annulations and longi-
tudinal lines; they are often inflated just below the tentacles or
just above the stolon. They vary in length from 4-12 mm. and
in breadth from 1-1-2 mm.
The pinnules are short and blunt, arranged in three rows on
each side of the middle line, leaving a considerable bare streak
on the aboral surface and a fairly wide bare streak on the oral
surface of the short but poimted tentacles. The number of
pinnules in a row varies from 11-14, but 12 is the usual number.
There are numerous calcareous bodies—oval or roundish dises,
length by breadth 0:02 x 0:016—0:018 mim. By transmitted light
they appear yellowish to yellowish brown in colour, but “by
reflected light they appear bluish to bluish green. When the
edge 1s presented to view they appear as oval blunt rods.
The colony comes near C. strumosa, but the calcareous bodies are
Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1906, Vou, I, No. XX VII, 27
404 PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON oN [Apr. 10,
somewhat different, and no rods are present unless the side view
of the discs could be called rods.
In another set of suceucas very like those mentioned above
the polyps vary from 3°6—5 mm. in length. They are marked by
annulations and sometimes by longitudinal lines. The tentacles
are short, but the pinnules are arranged in three rows. ‘The
spicules are small discs 0-01 mm, in diameter, somewhat pitted i in
appearance.
Locality. Zanzibar shore. Previously from Zanzibar, Red Sea.
C{LAVULARIA MARGARITIFER® Thomson & Henderson.
Numerous stiff white polyps rise at right angles to a height of
6-7 mm. from narrow stolons (0°3— 0-4 mm. “across) spreading
over a flattened twig. The strands of the stolon may form a
network, but never ‘coalesce into a membrane. The specimens
agree closely with C. margaritifere, e. g. in the abundance of
interlocked e¢: ypstan-like spicules (dout le clubs and double wheels),
0:04-0:07 by 0:02-0:04, with three or four large tubercles at
each end, in being broader orally than basally (0: 6 at the base,
Teatle3} sania distally), in being often broader than the stolon. -
small portion of the upper end of the polyp is capable of
invagination along with the tentacles; the expanded tentacles are
seen in a few forms as if rising on a narrower neck from within
a broader funnel. There 1s thus the beginning of an interesting
distinction between a calycine portion and an anthocodial portion
which are separated by a slight constriction. This points on to
Sympodium, There is a single row of 8 or 9 short pinnules on
each side of the tentacles ; they are about O°l mm. in length.
The specimen differs from that described as C. margaritifere
in having no spicules on the tentacles. The rest of the surface
has a granular appearance due to the spicules.
Locality. Cluaka.
Previously recorded from Gulf of Manaar.
CLAVULARIA CROSSLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)
The stolon is a membranous plate. The general colour is ight
brown.
The polyps are long and slender, the walls deeply marked by
longitudinal narrow grooves and br oad white ridges. The length
of the polyps: is naan 5 mm., the breadth about 0°75. The
tentacles are 2°5-8 mm. in length. Many of the polyps have a
swelling just below the insertion of the tentacles, 1:2 mm. in width.
The tentacles are flat and lanceolate, with the pinnules arranged
in two rows, but this appearance may be due to the crowding of
the pinnules of one row. They leave a bare space on the oral as
well as on the aboral surface of the tentacles. The pinnules are
very short and bluntly conical, thereby differing very markedly
from C. garcie, which the colour and the lonetediinal grooves at
first suggested. There are several notewor thy features in regard
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 405
to the spicules :—(a) they occur in crowds on the ridges and give
these their white colour, and are also continued up the backs
of the tentacles; () they are irregular ovals like water-worn
sand-grains ; and (c) they are exceedingly minute, 0:01-0:02 in
length by 0:005-0-01 in breadth.
Locality. Zanzibar Channel, low water.
CLAVULARIA REPENS, sp. n.
This colony was found growing along with Hydroids on
submerged stems of the marine phanerogram before mentioned.
Its colour when living was reddish with brown polyps. The
stolon consists of narrow strands.
The polyps are from 4°5-5 mm. in length, with an oral diameter
of 0-9-1 mm. They are narrower at the base.
The tentacles are very short, only 0-4 mm. in length, with
short pinnules arranged in one row on each side of the middle
line. Hach row consists of about 8 pinnules, and the two rows
leave a very wide bare space on the aboral and a slightly narrower
space on the oral surface of the tentacle.
The specimen bears a strong superficial resemblance to C.
margaritifere Thomson & Henderson, but the spicules are entirely
different. Here they consist of a continuous sheet of minute
capstans (about 0-03—-0-05 mm. in height and about 0-02 in breadth).
There are also some quadrangular forms with an axial cross
(0-05 x 0:05).
Locality. Common in Chuaka Bay.
CLAVULARIA PULCHRA, Sp. fn.
A membranous plate gives origin to numerous long polyps
(23°5 x 3mm.) with thin a anspar ent walls. The tentacles, 9 mm.
in length, are transparent and feathery, with the pinnules
arranged in three rows on each side of the middle line, leaving a
bare strip on the oral and also on the aboral surface. The
pinnules are long, cylindrical, and incurved, about 1:5 mm. in
length, usually 30 in a row. There are a few minute rod-like
spicules 0-05 mm. in length and 0-007 mm. in breadth. The colour
in spirit is white.
In some respects this species approaches C’. celebensis Hickson,
e.g. in the large number of the pinnules, and in the long polyps
and tentacles. It differs in having a membranous stolon (as in
May’s specimen), crowded polyps, Sthin polyp-walls (cf. May,
p. 44), much more substantial pinnules, and distinct spicules.
Tn another specimen it is worthy of note that the pinnules are
found in all stages of retraction, from 2 mm. in length to small
wart-like projections.
Locality. Zanzibar shore.
CLAVULARIA ZANZIBARENSIS, Sp. n.
A dense crowd of short polyps arises from an irregular mem-
brane spreading on nullipores. We have been unable to refer it
a7*
406 PROF. J, A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [| Apr. 10,
to any of the known species. The average length of the con-
tracted polyp is 5 mm.
The tentacles are short and blunt, 1°8 mm. in length and 0:7
mm.in breadth. The pinnules practically cover the whole surface ;
they are very small and wart-like, and are arranged in 6-8 rows.
No ealeareous bodies are to be seen, but there are abundant zoo-
chlorelle with a diameter of 0°01 mm. Many of the polyps show
abundant ova. The colour in life was deseribed as “ pinkish
brown with blue tentacles.”
It may be unsatisfactory to establish a new species for speci-
mens which have so few positive characteristics ; 1t seems to us
the most workable way of finally arriving at a knowledge of the
relationships within this prolific genus. It must be left to some
one working on the spot to reduce the number of species by dis-
covering the annectent forms.
Locality. Near Kiungani, Zanzibar.
CLAVULARIA MOLLIS, Sp. Nn.
The polyps of this rather puzzling form arise from a thin semi-
transparent membranous plate, 36 mm. long and 21 mm. in maxi-
mum width; they seem to be crowded on the surface, but when
separated considerable spaces are seen between their rere They
are arranged in small groups of 4—8, which are jomed together
for a short distance from their base by the fusion of their walls.
But each polyp can be traced to its origin, and does not lose itself ina
stalk-like portion asin Yenia. Seattered between the groups small
single polyps may be seen. The polyps are capable of considerable
contraction, as some appear like small teat-shaped papille on the
surface of the basal membrane. ‘The oral opening of the polyps is
small and pore-like, situated on the summit of a teat-lke papilla.
The tentacles are short, with slender pinnules arranged all round.
The stomodeum is shor t, measuring only 0-9 mim. in length by
0-2 mm. in breadth in an adult polyp.
There are numerous ova in most of the polyps.
This species is also represented by a badly-preserved colony
40 mm, in length and 25 mm. in breadth. The stolon is smooth,
flat, and membranous. The polyps are 3 mm. in length, nearly
1:5 mm. in diameter, and are much contracted with numerous
annulations. The tentacles are nearly as long as the polyps
(2:7 mmn.). The slender pinnules almost cover the tentacles, but
there is a bare aboral streak ; a common length is 0°5 mm. ; there
are 6 rows of about 15 in each row. In the basal portions of the
polyps abundant ova are present.
This form approaches in some ways May’s C. flava (non Hick-
son’s C. flava), but the pinnules are thread-like ‘instead of being
blunt, and there is no trace of spicules.
Locality. Ganzibar shore.
CLAVULARIA PARVULA, Sp. Nn.
A colony spreading upon a stone, the individuals united partly
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 407
by narrow stolons but mainly by a coherent membrane. The
polyps may attain a length of 5 mm., not including the tentacles,
which are usually about 3 mm. long. The breadth of a fully-
extended polyp is slightly under a millimetre. Some of the
polyps have their tentacles wholly retracted, and are themselves
contracted into sugar-loaf-like prominences about 3 mm. in height.
There is no evidence of calcareous bodies either in tentacles or
polyps, and the colour of the preserved specimen is translucent
white.
The most characteristic features are presented by the tentacles.
They measure almost half a millimetre at the base, but narrow
somewhat quickly and end in a fine point. They appear to be
slightly convex aborally and slightly concave orally. When fully
expanded they form a circle about 3°25 mm. in diameter. The
pinnules are about nine in number on each side, but the four
nearest the base of the tentacle a are very short, the longest pinnules
being usually numbers 4 and 5 from the Giga end; they are
separated from one another se short intervals; and towards the
base, beginning at the sixth, there is a gradual shunting from a
lateral position on to the oral surface of the tentacle. In shape
the pinnules are cylindrical, and have a somewhat rugose appear-
ance due to contraction.
In another specimen, which had a red colour when living, some
of the polyps attain a length of 10 mm., not including the tentacles,
and are densely packed with eggs and embryos. -In the majority
the tentacles and the cesophageal region are completely retracted
within the smooth-walled calyx. In some parts of the colony the
polyps are connected by narrow stolons about 1 mm. in diameter ;
in others there is a continuous membrane.
Locality. Cape Verde Islands.
CLAVULARIA PREGNANS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)
This interesting form is well marked by two peculiarities. In
the first place, the pinnules occur all round the tentacles. This
unusual arrangement is also seen in C. inflata Schenk, but, apart
from the generic characters, there is little else in common between
the two species. The second peculiarity is that many of the
polyps show a large expansion of the body, containing a large
embryo or as many as three.
There is a thin basal membrane growing over a polyzoon. The
polyps, sometimes marked by pontmaenion! -rings, are about 5 mm.
in length and 1 mm. in breadth, with slender tentacles of 2°5—
3mm. in length by 0°35-0°4 in breadth. No bare streak is
to be seen on the tentacles, which are surrounded by short conical
pinnules with a kind of spiral arrangement. Crowded zoo-
chlorellze produce here and there a glistening appearance, but no
trace of spicules could be seen.
Many of the polyps show at a short distance below the tentacles
a prominent expansion (2°5 mm. in diameter) of the tube con-
taining up to three embryos. As these grow one side of the
408 © PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON oN [ Apr. 10,
expansion becomes thin-walled and is readily ruptured. The
embryos appear as elongated lemon-shaped bodies, 1 mm. in
length by 0°75 in maximum diameter. There are numerous ova
on the mesenteric bands. It may be suggested that the expansions
figured by May in C. longissima and C. strumosa are also repro-
ductive swellings.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
Sympoprum puNcratuM May. (Plate X XIX. fig. 9.)
A specimen spreading over a monocotyledonous leaf agrees on
the whole with the description which May gives of S. punetatwm.
There are two sets of spicules—the upper layer whitish, the lower
layer deep ved. The spicules are about 0°2—0°3 mm. in length; they
are fundamentally of the spindle-type, but bear irregular warty
processes, often with sharply truncate ends. The white spicules he
irregularly in an almost continuous superficial covering ; the
deeper red spicules are partly interlocked by their warty, often
branched projections. ‘The colour scheme is slightly different
from that of May’s specimen, since the red spicules are almost
entirely confined to the basal membrane.
Locality. Chuaka shore, low spring-tide. Previously from
Tumbatu.
SyMpopruM C@RULEUM Khrenberg.
To this species we refer several rather poor specimens “ of a
sea-green colour,” with polyps which can be completely retracted.
The basal membrane is a broad plate, 33 mim. in maximum length
and 16 mm. in maximum width. It is thin at the edges, but
1 mm. in thickness near the middle.
The polyps have short tentacles on which the finger-shaped
pinnules are arranged in one row on each side, about 15 in each
row.
There is no trace of the caleareous bodies which Klunzinger
figures; there are abundant zoochlorelle. The caenenchyma of
the colony is hyaline and non-granular.
Locality. Previously from Tumbatu, Red Sea.
SyMPODIUM FUSCUM, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)
A spreading colony, forming large flexible sheets attached to
basal parts of Zostera. The living specimens were reddish brown
all over, except the tentacles which were drab-brown; the pre-
served specimens are creamy-white.
The stolon is a membranous plate from 2—3 mm. in thickness,
rather thinner at the edges. The polyps are uniformly distri-
buted over the surface, and are capable of complete retraction
into the stolon, thus giving it a porous appearance, somewhat
honeycomb-like. The pores have a diameter of 1 mm., and are
about 0°5 mm. apart. Spicules are numerous in the stolon, and
form a superficial network, in the meshes of which the polyps
il. AU UH Littl.
im. 0-05 mm.
mm. 0015 mm.
mm. |
04-0:05 mm.
8 mm. X
115-0°13 mm.
F mm. X |
‘057—-0'247 mm. |
°703 mm. xX |
'057—-0°075 mm. |
|
0156 mm. xX |
044-0°068 mm. |
m. xX 0°072 mn
m.<0:036 mm.)
1 ee |
am. < 0°08 mm. |
| Cireular discs.
| Ovals.
| Also more elongated | 0°28-0°3 mm. X0°02-
u Ug mii. } UVUU0 mM,
Oval or bean-shaped | 0°018 mm. x 0:008 mm. ||
clear discson pinnules.} and less.
As on polyps, but | As on polyps.
less abundant.
In pinnules.
0:008 mm. in diameter.
0°003 mm. X 0°01 mm. |
9°004.mm. X 0°012 mm.
0075 mm. X 0°61 mm. |
0°085 mm. X0°012 mm.
spicules. 0:03 mm.
In the axis of ten-
tacles, long simple
spicules and smaller
forms as in pinnules.
Abundant. ORR ue aap
0°36 mm. < 0°06 mm.
As in polyps.
Usually without
spicules,
|
|| Trondhj
[To face p. 408.
Ternate (Schenk).
Ternate (Schenk).
North Atlantic,
80° 3’ N., 8° 26’ E.
(Danielssen).
em (Koren 5
Danielssen),
Varanger Fiord.
Trondhjem.
| Ternate (Schenk).
Proc, Zou. Soc, 1906, Vol. 1]
Comparative Taste or Species or Crarcrsrrs.
POLYPS. | SPICULES. |
/
i \ | { | j
Bpectes, Colour: Nature of Stolon. | Disposition. Sice Surface. Tentacles. Pinnules, pa Se |e
: | es | ‘Kinds. ‘Sze | Kinds. Size. | tits:
Clacularia White. Branching threads | Stand vertically at | Height 3 mm-; Smooth. s s
imargaritiferes | forming a network || intervals of 2-25 FN Say) hort. Few, blant. petal poe Baas j Lea ae to (07 | Blongated and carved Length 01 mm. | Peart Banks, Gulf of
(ib. & Hi). O-$ to 08 mm. in| im. Seneyprorinial ae) Teas te, ty, | MEG, breadth OCG | rods longitudinally Manaar (TR. & H.),
1 diameter. i meter 05-065 mm. on | isons 3 mostly
| -
C. australiensia | White, | (a) Sympodial plates. | 2 mm. apart. ra j
(Hickson), (2) Brood and marrove'l 2 pate / Ne ere quple | C14to016mm. long. Coast of Victoria
var. A, strands. SS ee (Hieksoa).
C. austratiensts, | Ditto. Ditto. Ditto. f ‘Ditto. ot eee Ree ae
ruatraltenst, | ito. Ditto, Abn ae
{ (Hickson).
C. ramona | Dirty yellowish. Thin branching | Arise singly 3 mm.| When retracted fan-|8 deep furrows | . 5 5
(Hickson), | white. | strands 073 mm, to | apart. ea Xoisnseatl Mina \iiaped tc mara 4l athe hamdistal Nunes euble 01 f0.015 mm. long.) Fev, clovgated lancet. 1 wm. Yong. Ceast of Victoria
\ 1 mm. in dinnetor. | polyp always at the in diameter at the end. shaped spicules with, | (Hickson),
\ Ramify by bifar. | end of the youngest | distal end, 03 mm, | | prregalanieii dentate }
] cation. branches. at the proximal. prassctions, |
©. flava | Orange. Thin aud ribbon-like, || Few, 4mm. to 6mm. 4-Gmm.lonz,15mm. | Smooth. e 51 i |
(Hickson), | not coalescing into part. | Ger amin Feel Rona densaaras init ic to O15 mm. long. ENA O1 to O15 mm. long. | Shallow ater, sat
| membranous plates. | with tentacles ree | doublet conestenthil Metal tabeclaed| | SEYRES (Hie)
| | tracted. | numerous blunt | |
| | | tubercles. | |
| | | (8) Irregular. | | i
|Thin membranous | Evenly distri | ee |
es Fal anous | Evenly distributed at | 9-10 mm. long. coro 6 mm. long, Hollow, 30 on Verysmall, scatters. 005 mm.%0003 mm.
| Plate 1 “mm. in | short intervals. No each side. Rhombic in shape, |) Ghseos an ante
ickness, sign of retraction, | | with rounded cor- Chagos Archipelaga,
| | ners and with a
i ' number of minute”
i | i thonlike projec: | |
‘ {| | | tions. | i
©. reptana { | Thin strands—1 mm. || Arise on any part, When retract 12 Sh Spats i ~ i i
(icon, | | "ainncle eel te Se ee a omc 61Qa0 tig Tank
like a Canaricnsis gpanasdi7skOnee } | | ENS Celsbes
creeper. > | t | i |
| — i
©. celebensia | Dullolive-brown, | Thinstrands1-3 mm, | In groups. Largest 8 mm. long, Smooth. | Long and point. Numerous, long, | Absent (?) | Absent (?) S water,
(Hickson). tentacles brig
ht | broad sometimes co- i|
maxi-
ed, capable. of | densely crowded:
‘Tnlisso Island, N.
when retracted,
Forma collar at base
of tentacles.
green, | aleseing to form | iameter. No introversion. | In 4 rows an | Celebes (Hick
{ soul plate-like ox | great retraction. | 5X 0-794 mm, | each side (May). | li | oats eon)
| pansions. ouge lbmm. | | | |
|| fay). | —,
©, viridis Olive-brown to Clumps 5 to Ginches Tubular connections | Few very large long | 23 anm, X0*L4 iin. }
(Q. & G,). | Breen. high and 1 foot in between the body- | spindles with nume- j Yenitars (@- ova:
|| diameter, or peal alls of adjacent | 4 inm. long, | Tous small spines. | | lace).
| s colonies polyps. 8mm. in oval din: | | Colebes (Hick:
{| forming a network || t jcKson): | | ickson),
ty CTE moter (Hicksor) | | | Shallow water.
extensive plates. |
| There is a horny | \ |
l _ tkeleton, the pro- | |
| duct of the meso-
glues. | | |
©, conereta | White. ‘Thin basal membrane. Lym. apart. Calicesdinm.x2min, 8 ridges termi- | Short thick spindles | @2 to 0°08 mm, long Spindles, arranged | 0'246 x 00205 mm. | Off Newfoundland
(Studer). i Retractile portion nating in 8 | with spines which) and0'03 toOO2mm.) “en chevron” atthe (Studer).
i | 4mm. long. teeth. re often bifurcated. | broad. extremity.
arg cyaria | White. | Thin busal membrane, | Sometimes axranged to8mn, Corrugated. | Thick spiny spindles Smaller spindles, nas,
tudor). | | | in groups of 2 ord, | hi be Hotrutile | and Sub traight rao Fora,
| part 2 mm. long, or cwrved. 07 to (Studer).
| | | O34 mm. long and
| | 0115 to 0007 min,
| | | thick. ‘They extend
| | to the base of the
| | teutaeles and form
| } |_®eollaret. | |
C. rosea (Studer) Rosy red. Flat basis on stones || Closely | 9-10.mn. high. Tough, rough, Short. | Longitudinally dis- | 03-016 mm. in | iceseeeeeee | ceeeteeenes tere Kerguelen, 120
and shells, | with 8 ridges. posed thorny length. fathoms (Studer),
| | | | spindles.
©. magellanica || Orange-ved, Membranous basis, — |) Far distant. G mm, high, 2 mm. | 8 strong ribs. Spiny spindles, | 7 01-03 ma. in ao Magellan Straits, 42
(Studer). I | broad. |) length. fathoms,
Gltubarla | White. Flattened stolons, _| 17 mm. high, 2 mm, | Ribbed through || Spindtes, warted, also | 0:33 mm, 0067 mm. | Smaller spindles not | 0'1 to 018 mm. long |: ies
(W.&S.). reticulate, 08 to 1°2 | | in diameter at top.| out their entire | warty clubs. ‘There | 0 mn.x0'0H mm. | continued into the | and 007 mu. broad, OnSS.).
am. in breadth, | | Very marked ealyx, | length. || is a collaret wt the | 028 1nm.x016 mm, | pinnw. Flores, Azores
| narrowed at base. ||_ base ofthe tentacles. | 0°82 mm.x013 mm. (Stuer).
C. clout Groyishewhite, [Thin basal membran nly or in gronps, |12 mm. Swollen at | Distinct broad || Spindtes approaching | 0°88 mm.x 0042 mu.| Smaller spindles, | OF mm,<0'33 mm, |) 1000 fathoms off the
| base. 4 mm. in | grooves, Show || elubs with sharp | 0:35 :nm.%0-058 mm, Arores (Wi. §° S.)-
diameter, nn 8erayed star || spines.
|
Yellowish-white. | Bass
| lutively thick.
Arise vertie at)
intervals of 1 to)
25 min, |
Calyces ;| 8 ribs becoming
6mm. high. obliterated at the
base and con-
i ining longitu.
bundles
of apleules
0-43 nn. x 0067 mm.
| 0°16 mm. x 0°05 min,
illes arranged
spiny, straight.
1 chevron,” blunt, |
(02 ym, X0-025 mm. |
018 mm. 005 mm. |
i
100-160 fathoms
OWS 8.).
O, gracilis
(May). on Laminarian |
sponge, and
| Madropore.
lwown,
2 mm.; very lank,
longest’ O46 mm:
at middle,
like ahove. |
Anarrowstreak | on each side,
free on each | shortandthick,
stirfiee, wart-like, | |
C.flara (May). | Basal membrane on |
sponge.
Bright yellow.
Touching basally or |
with slight intervals. |
|
10x] mn.
Je yim, X 1mm.
4 rows on cach
| Lancet - like, | side short, thick,
| nsisfreethrongh- blunt.
out length.
Oval yellow - brown
dises 0-02 x 0012
unin.; very numerous,
C.longissina || Light or bright | Delicate membranous | ‘Touching basally. | 15-64 unm; eylin= 12mm. Cylin- {1 row, long || Absent. || Kokotoni, Zanzibar
(May). Drown. | basis on Madvepore, drical or inflated at drical, pointed. | sausage - like, (lay).
| either end. | curved upwants,
| Light or bright ‘Phin basalinembrive | At intervals of 1 to 1-12 imn.; funnel- | 5 wm. X0'S wm, | 3 irregular yows |) Absont. Mozambique,
‘Tumnbatu (fay).
Zanzibar (Route).
Thick basal
Urane.
CG. frankliniana mem. |
(Route). 1
ar disposi
ot abundant.
Where
contracted
25 mm. high, 4
‘4 to 5 nm. long. | oF 10 on each
side cylindrical, |
| Spindles
| 0-25-0-4 mm. long.
with spines some- |
covered
Spindles covered |
with small spines.
70-200 pt, Franklin Is, (Route),
Yellow, shadin:
reading bands with
towanls brown, an
stellate fusiform
Danielson.
amd clavate spicules.
/Monntiful violet. Stolou-like mem-
| | branons expansion.
|
—EEe
Cy arction Lower portions Thin ribbon-like,
Korn & | brown, etre. expan.
Daniebsen. tilepart yellow, |
O borealia
Kown &
Danielsson,
;
————————
More or Tess distant,
not numerous.
—_—___ re
Mostly isolated, somes 12-15 mm_ posterior — Longitudinal
grooves,
times in groupe o!
two on the margi,
2-3 mom. apart.
san eceupied by
__ the basal verrnca or
calyx portion.
furrows:
verruca
yar foie cal
anterior tell:
Teas oat
krooves.
(7 mm. long; 3-4 8 fairly strong 2mm. long, nich
ribs and deep
in the
and on
et ———
1-12 mam. high, Deeplongitudinal Short, fairly
anterior
retrac-
spicales,
|
ja
| Short, thick:
|
|
|
thick; aboral |
surface densely
tudinal Lancet-shaped. Few in one row. Spindleshay
On verruce or calyces
mostly elliptic
ypinaes i
igher: op) spindles 0-332 mm. x 0072 mm.
snd subvclavates 7 e0qman. xOooS mn.
EE
oO [66 mm. *
Lp oF ae
Warty spindles and
labs,
Some crucifonn,
ean
erer cal
portion.
Abundant.
ee
Oommxot mm. Asin polyp.
|
| Touching basally. & mui. diameter, | | often a long’|| times bi- or tri |
| | spacuseparating || lobed; numerous.
| | the terminal |
| ones, ( | |
©. strunosa Light yollow to Thin basal imembrane,| Almost touching, or 10 ini, 2 mm. of! /10mm.X2 mm.,, | 2 tod vows thick || Small blunt rough | 0033 x 0°08 inm, | As on polyps. Zanribar
(Ehrbg.). | brown At intervals of stalk, and 8 min. of | lanceolate, and blunt. | rods, sometimes (Ehrenberg).
| Simm. broad calyx. | | absent. |
amboinensis | Pato yellow, Network of thin flat | In crowded groups, G6 mm high when | Smooth. delicate, | Cylindrical, None to be seen, |, Absent. Absent. Amboina
(Burehnrdt). Brolane masally nats || rarely singly. half contracted; | translucent. rather blunt, although sexu- (Burchard?)
rower than polyps. 2mm. broad at apes, ally mature. j |
_ narrower at base, | |
©. coronater roy with Ribbon-like stolons, || Singly or grouped. 17 mm. high, 2-3) A crown of S| Abont 13 mm. | About 40 thick | Elongated rods, with | mm.xO'OLmm. | Sparse, translucent, | 0°045mm,x0012mm.|| Amboina
(nrclat), eiites | not close togetlion |e am. ins diameter; broad points | in thickness at | worm-like| pin-|| two points of one, /'66 mum.XO07 mm. | twisted rods. |O-03Smim.x0000mm,| (Burehardt).
| X52 amin. broad, often united by 2-3) below base of base. niles. often | often with twa lobes | Sie
forming angular [_ gross bridges above | tentacles, dif nt one end. | Minuto plates. 0.049 min.x¢0000 mm,
plates if thoy: eross, nse, “= - —— 33 P| 0 4m: 0-000
olive-groy with flue | | || warty needles up to | 07 nim.
white lines. Long | lama. x OL min, (Oval or bean-shaped | 0018 mn. X0008m10,
winety: clubs and ite | and smaller warty cleardiscson pinnules.| and less.
regular spicules. || |\_ spindles. | ; }
pantana | Yellowislegny ‘Thin, membranous | Densely crowded, or Up to 89 mm.; | With § shallow Up to 12mm.in| One irregular | Rods, with sharp as- |0°057mm.X0016mm.| Ax on polyps, but | As on polyps. | Ternate (Schenk).
(Schonk). in spirit. Dusis,or ina y ina variety at inter- | 2-0 mm. uibreadth, ) longitudinal lengt! row of 35-10 | peritics, lying in all | less nbundant.
stolons domin, ||| vals of San, | furrows, breadth. Yel-! on cach side; | directions.
i Vroad, Jow-grey and} 2-3 mm. in| } |
brown. | Tength. | |
‘ byglate Polyps yellowish. Thin, narrow, mem- Not crow i 6-15 mm. long; Quite stiff, with Short, rather | 17-20 long | Long simple, slightly 005-1 mm. Xx | In pinnules. BS Ternate (Schenk).
SS Kt in spirit; branous basis, S-b/ tervals of8-biom, | -Omn, broad. “clea longitu- thick. Has iaitriealoot pinata Ren egureraoot Ketapee Pat eine Garena disce 0:08 nin. in diameter. |
tentacles white. mm, broad. dinallines; up- | nules. cules on calyx. | Ovals. 0:003 mm. 001 mm.
per part like a Lower down, large, 14-13 mi | 004mm. x 0012 mm.
calyx with & warty spindles, | ee mm. 076 X01 mn.
| | deep grooves; closely apposed, 07035 mm. X 0-012 mm.
| the space be- often forkel: Also nore elongated | 028-03 mm.x002-
| teen two | spicules. 0°09 mam.
| grooves ends in In the axis of ten-
a point. tacles, long simple
| spicules and smaller
| | | | formns as in pinnules.
CLuspow | Brown in spirit. | Narra inembraue, 107mm. long; A substantial Straight at base or|098.8 mmx | | Ternate (Schenk).
Rats 7-8 min. broad at — wallof spicules; curved rods ith (7057-0247 mm. |
: | the lase, narrowing median warts in ! ||
| upwards, $-10 rows of 22-30. |
{ | Higher up smaller | ¢-393-0-703 mm.X
| rods with fewer but (057-7075 mm.
| | | relatively thicker |
| | warts.
North Atlantic,
BY N., 8°20 B
(Danielases).
5 T Ke
36 mm. X06 mm. ea eee
é is
ee
e
"»
; ‘
ia
(Piuists~.- [ds ethers ae pend ALON
wo)
pers TA wm Es
‘
: :
?
ri! at? , i y if
y 4
i "i a7 Fi er -
f
Sar , LX
a) ? iat
< e ~ ~ — when ae 1 oe ee le - Oe ee
E ' ia? vin (1etiety a
© hy | 3
4
sai
7 z ": ’
y 7 a
F _ i
nw | ta j :
2
t
.
- - vinta en je -ae yey
i iz
Kokomo: ag ~ - a
. i Y
ct enon ge = ~ . ae
nd
r rc
i “2 «
d fj @o3
i P
ek
; tits
4 6 wu
7
’ 7
‘ =.
4¢ bsé
m ‘
4 s :
gests Partiod = og bees seh ceive yao harion
) .
=i ‘q vi yi
= = weve oh ——w
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 409
stand. Between the larger meshes there are smaller ones on
which young polyps are seen.
The polypsare about 5 mm. in length, with tentacles of 1°5 mm.,
with about 8 short pinnules in a single row on each side. On the
lower part of the polyp-body there are no spicules, but just below
‘the base of the tentacles spicules become abundant, at first
arranged transversely, then in more or less regular converging
double rows running perpendicularly, There are also a few small
irregularly-disposed spicules in the tentacles.
This species closely approaches Sympodium (Aleyonium) fulvoum
Forsk., but differs in that the upper part of the polyp has
no transverse ring of spicules markedly different in size from the
longitudinally- disposed spicules, in the presence of spicules on the
tentacles, and in other features.
Localities. Wasin, Chuaka, Kiungani. Common.
SYMPODIUM SPLENDENS, sp. n. (Plate X XIX. fig. 8.)
A beautiful purplish-crimson colony, spreading around a mon-
axonid sponge. The sponge has a tubular form (probably due to
some foreign axis which has been lost). The basal membrane 1s
about 2 mm. in thickness; the polyps occur irregularly, some-
times almost touching, elsewhere separated by intervals of 4 mm.
or so. <A fully-extended polyp is 3-3°5 mm. in length ; the
tentacles extend for 2—2°3 mm. further; the average breadth of a
polyp is 1°75 mm.
When the polyp is completely retracted we see a blunt conical
calyx (often 2°5 mm. in height), with 8 longitudinal ridges not
very sharply defined, and ending in 8 triangles. The whole is
purplish crimson, except at the summit, where a hint of the
yellowish - white polyp is seen. The fully-expanded polyp is
almost transparent, for the coloured spicules are not continued
beyond the calyx. The flat tentacles have a broad bare streak on
each surface; there are two rows of pinnules on each side, 20-24
in each row. There is great variety in the spicules :—(a@) Straight
and curved spindles with prominent warts, usually few and distant,
sometimes fairly numerous (0°4 x 0:04, 0°35 x 0:03). (0) Irregular
forms: trirvadiate (0°175 x 0°15), quadradiate (0:2 x 0°125). The
great majority are purplish; others are transparent, with a con-
siderable organic residue, a few incline to red.
Locality... Chuaka.
Family TUBIPORID &.
TupreorA CHAMISsONIS Ehrenberg. (= Z'ubipora musica Cha-
misso.)
Locality. Large colonies are abundant wherever coral grows :
é. g., Prison Island and the reefs south of Zanzibar Harbour,
edge of eastern reef of Pemba. Not found at Chuaka, rare at
Wasin.
410 = PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
Order IT. ALCYONACKA, Verrill (pro parte).
Family XENIID4&.
Xema umbellata Savigny.
» quinqueserta May.
5, membranacea Schenk.
» caerulea Khrenberg
5, ternatana Schenk, var. elongata, nov.
rigida, sp. nD.
Heter oxenia elisabethw Kolliker.
C eaten! coerulea May.
Note on the Species of Xenia.
In the genus Xenia, as in the genus Clavularia, the question of
species is a difficult one. All the species are Ww ithin a relatively
narrow range, and the differentiating characters are, when taken
separately, “sane trivial. Even in the same colony there are
sometimes noteworthy differences in the adjacent polyps—differ-
ences which are sometimes as marked as any one of the separate
items which are used to distinguish species. It seems likely that
many of the differences are purely modificational, and referable to
differences in nutrition and the like.
The number of rows of pinnules is a character which has been
much relied upon, but it is apt to lead one astray unless the
tentacles observed are equally extended. Moreover, there may be
3 rows at the proximal end and 4 about halfway up, or 2 at the
proximal end and 8 about halfway up the tentacle. There can be
no confusion between a species with owe row of pinnules on each
side and a species with fowr rows on each side, but to distinguish
two species because one has three rows and the other four
appears to us quite misleading unless this detail is supplemented
by many others. In LY. umbellata we found from 2-4 1 rows, 1
X. quinqueserta 3-5 rows,
Some workers have attached importance to the presence of wart-
like pinnules along with others of the usual elongated type ; but
the presence of a few wart-like pinnules at the proximal end
appears to us to be very common, and may be naturally expected
when a polyp is not fully grown. At the same time, the minute
warts of, for instance, XY. rigida ave diagnostic in contrast to the
long pinnules of .Y. wmbellata.
Another diagnostic feature is the presence or absence of a bare
strip on the surface or surfaces of the tentacle, but this is apt to
be obscured or exaggerated by the degree of contraction. The
bare streak may be present at the proximal end and absent higher
up, or quite distinct along the distal half and quite obscured by
contraction lower down.
XENIA UMBELLATA Savigny.
The length of the stalk is 24°5 mm., with a maximum basal
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 411
diameter of 11 mm.; the polyps are 9-15 mm. in length, 1°2—
2 mm. in breadth, with tentacles 6-5-8 mm. in length and 1°5 mm.
in breadth. A few young polyps are present among the older
polyps, and have an average length of 1:9 mm. and an average
width of 0°5 mm. On their small tentacles, however, from 6—7
pairs of pimnules may be seen.
The tentacles in the older polyps are long and slender, with the
middle line free throughout its entire length on the aboral surface.
The long and slender pinnules are arranged in 2-3 rows on either
side of the middle line. Between 30 and 40 were counted on one
row. There are abundant calcareous corpuscles of minute size.
Numerous zoochlorellz are also present throughout.
X. umbellata appears to be a very variable species if we extend
it to include those forms with not more than 3 rows of very long
and numerous pinnules, with tongue-like flattened free axis.
In another specimen the polyps were from 5-11 mm. in length
by 1-5 mm. in breadth, with thin transparent walls, with spherical
calcareous bodies. The tentacles are long in comparison to the
length of the polyp, for they vary from 6-5-7 mm. in a polyp which
measures 1] mm., and they may be even longer than the polyps.
The long and slender pinnules (1-4 mm. long by 0°15 mm. wide)
are arranged in two or three rows on either side of the middle
line, leaving on both surfaces a free space which runs the whole
length of the tentacle, and giving a fine feather-like appearance
to the tentacle.
In the younger polyps, which measure about 3°3 mm. in height,
the tentacles reach a length of 2°3 mm., and have the pinnules
arranged in 3 rows, in the outermost of which there are from 7—9
pinnules. There are numerous spherical zoochlorelle.
Another set of specimens (from Chuaka, E. Zanzibar) were
characterised by the very long polyps (12-25 mm.), the flatness of
the tentacles, and the delicate triangular pinnules in five rows proxi-
mally and three rows distally with 24-26 in each row.
Auother specimen, which when living was white with yellow-
brown tentacles, was found growing over nullipore branches.
The stalk is firm and has an average length of 11 mm., and an
average breadth at the upper end of 4mm. The polypsare thin-
walled and transparent, thickly placed on the crown, from 5—6 mm.
in length, with an average width of 0°83 mm. The tentacles are
very feathery in appearance, and vary in length from 2—3°2 mm.,
and have a maximum diameter of 1 mm.
The pinnules are arranged in fowr rows on each side of the
middle line, leaving a free space on both the oral and the aboral
surface. In the outer row of pinnules the number varies from
14-18, but 17 is the commonest number.
There are very numerous zoochlorelle with a diameter of
about 0°01 mm., and there are also calcareous corpuscles.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms; previously recorded
from New Britain and from the Red Sea.
412 “PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
XENIA QUINQUESERTA May.
To this species, though its validity seems to us doubtful, we
refer a colony with a smooth cylindrical stalk 15 mm. long by
4 mm. in diameter. The polyps are crowded in a kind of eapi-
tulum, and are, apart from the tentacles, 11 mm. long. The
tentacles are 3°5 mm. in length and bear 3-5 rows of short
conical pinnules on each side of the well-marked bare streak.
There are about 20 pinnules in each row. No calcareous bodies
were seen, but there are abundant zoochlorelle.
It does not seem to us that VY. guinqueserta May is well defined
off from Y. sansibariana May, and we suspect that both may be
varieties of VY. wmbellata Savigny.
Locality. Chuaka. Previously from Tumbatu.
XENIA MEMBRANACEA Schenk.
To this species we refer several small specimens found spread-
ing over the branches of an alga. They agree in having 3-4
rows of pinnules which cover the oral surface of the tentacles
except a small triangular space at the base, and leave a bare
strip up the aboral surface. There are 15-20 slender conical
pinnules in each row. The bodies of the polyps are about 5 mm,
in length, with an average width of 0°75; the tentacles are
4-5 mm. in length. There are small polyps at the bases of the
full-grown individuals.
Locality. Shore, Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Ternate
(Schenk) and New Britain (Ashworth).
XENIA C&RULEA Khrenberg.
To this species we refer a small specimen with two rows of
uniform pinnules on each side of the middle line of the tentacle.
There is a free streak on both surfaces. ‘The pmnules are slender,
eylindrical, and truncate. The body of the polyp was 4 mm. in
length, the tentacles were about the same.
Another specimen is distinguished by the thickness of the
polyps (2°5 mm. to a length of 9), by the long truncate pinnules,
numbering about 24 in each row. In both specimens the colour
in spirit was white.
Locality. Shore, Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Red Sea
(Klunzinger) and Indian Ocean (Bourne).
XENIA TERNATANA Schenk, var. ELONGATA, nov.
To this species we refer a specimen with long slender polyps,
long flat tentacles, and two rows of pinnules on each side. The
pinnules are reduced to warts near the base, but soon become
short cones. There are about two dozen in each row.
It differs from Schenk’s description, (a) in the great length of
the polyps (10-19 mm.); and (4) in having no supporting trunk,
but only a membranous stolon spreading among seaweed, If
emphasis is laid on the nature of the pinnules and the number of
rows, the specimen may be fairly placed beside YX. ternatana.
Locality. Chuaka.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 413
XENIA RIGIDA, Sp. n.
A small colony 15 mm. in height by 12 in breadth, and 8 in
thickness.
The polyps are stiff and substantial, about 3°5 mm. in height,
with a basal breadth of 3 mm.., tapering to 1°75 at the base of the
tentacles.
The tentacles are 2 mm. long and bear three rows of rounded
wart-like pinnules, leaving a triangular bare streak on both
surfaces. There are about a dozen pinnules in each longitudinal
row. The pinnules appear very closely packed in sloping trans-
verse rows of three. The whole surface of polyps and tentacles
is thickly covered by minute rod-like spicules (0:06 x 0°08), which
produce a somewhat glistening frosted appearance. Besides
these there are numerous zoochlorelle.
This form resembles Y. plicata Schenk in having rounded
wart-like pinnules in three rows, but differs in the shape of the
tentacles, the number of the pinnules, and the nature of the
spicules (round or oval dises in XY. plicata).
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fms.
HErEROXENIA ELISABETH Kolliker.
A dense cluster of dimorphic polyps borne on a thick stalk
about 2°5 centims. in height, and 1 centim. in breadth. The
cluster itself has a diameter of 3°5 centims. The living forms
were white and grey in colour, and kept the tentacles continually
and rapidly opening and closing.
The large polyps ave numerous and marked by annulations
which are probably due to contraction. They vary from 15—
22 mm. in length, and from 2-2°5 mm. in breadth, The ten-
tacles in the fully matured polyps are from 5°5—6°5 mm. inlength,
and 0°5 mm. in width.
The pinnules are arranged in four rows on each side of the
middle line, leaving both on the oral and on the aboral surface a
bare strip which stretches the whole length of the tentacle. The
pinnules are 0°6-0°9 mm. in length, and from 0-05—-0°2 mm.
in width. They are all long and slender, with the exception of a
few wart-like pinnules at the proximal end.
Besides the relatively distant large polyps, the crown bears
numerous small individuals which fill up all the gaps. Those on
the margin show tentacles with small wart-like pinnules arranged
in two rows. Ina polyp 2 mm. long the tentacles are 0°38 mm.
in length, and show two rows of pinnules on each side with seven
pinnules in each row, leaving a narrow bare space on the oral
and a broad bare space on the aboral surface. Towards the
centre of the crown the majority of the small polyps show no
trace of tentacles or pinnules, but exhibit only a slight tendency
to be lobed at the margin. These are usually 4°5 mm. in length
and have semitransparent walls.
Locality. Towards Kiungani, just below low tide in a fathom or
so of water. Previously recorded from Zanzibar and Port Denison.
414 *PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
As this seems to be a variable species, we add a few notes in
regard to other specimens :—
(a) The colour of some when alive was blue all over; the colour
of the preserved specimens may show a tint of green or
may be pure white.
(6) The size of the larger zooids is variable, e.g. in length and
breadth in millims, 20 x 2°5, 15 x 2, 7 x 1:5.
(c) No importance need be attached to cases where there seem
to be five pinnules abreast on one side of a tentacle, since
these trivial deviations occur in colonies where the normal
number of four rows is thoroughly dominant.
(7) Another set of specimens was marked by the following
peculiarities :—(1) Somewhat slender stalks, 17-25 mm. in
height, rise from a flat spreading membrane. (2) The
pinnules, which are mostly absent, seem to have been
decidedly shorter than the normal, a deviation which is
also noted by May; but it is difficult to say how much of
this is purely artificial. (8) The-caleareous bodies men-
tioned by Koélliker, but not found by May, are abundant.
They are either spherical or roundish oval in shape and
highly refractive, with a diameter of about 0-001 mm.
Some yellowish spherical zoochlorelle, about 0°36 mm.
in diameter, are also present.
Locality. Ganzibar Harbour, lowest tide-level.
CESPITULARIA C@ERULEA May.
(1) A much-branched colony which was, when alive, of ‘a
brilhant sea-green colour, except the upper faces of the small
zooids which were brown.” It seems to be referable to May’s
Cespitularia coerulea, which is described, however, as “ flesh-
coloured with a tinge of bright blue.”
This specimen agrees with May’s diagnosis in having
(1) One row of pinnules on each side of the tentacles ;
(2) Polyp-bodies about 4 mm. in length ;
(3) Tentacles about 2°5 mm. in length ;
(4) No calcareous bodies.
The mode of branching, on the whole, corresponds with May’s
description ; but there is this noteworthy peculiarity, that one
division of the colony is sometimes connected with the main mass
by a narrow isthmus, e.g. 10 mm. in length by 1 mm. in breadth.
(2) Another colony rises from a flattened base which spreads
over a part of the surface of a shell, the rest being covered by a
sponge. When alive it was described as having “pink stems
with slender brown zooids.” ‘The preserved specimen had at first
a greenish tinge, which was afterwards replaced by the usual
dull creamy white.
The stalk, which soon branches, is fairly firm in texture, but
there are no calcareous corpuscles.
Near the base it gives off a small branch which has spread over
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. A15
a flattened surface, and looks very hke a Clavularia or a Sym-
podium in the arrangements of the polyps on the upper surface.
The principal stalk soon divides into two branches, each of which
divides several times and bears the polyps.
The polyps are about 5 mm. in length, and slightly under
1 mm. in breadth, and have bushy heads, caused by the feather-
like tentacles. The latter are about 3 mm. in length.
The pinnules are arranged in one row (15-18) on each side,
thus leaving on both the oral and the aboral surface a free space
which runs the whole length of the tentacle. The pinnules are
long and slender, often about 1 mm. in length by 0-1 mm. in
diameter at the base and 0:05 mm. in diameter at the tip.
Although this specimen differs from (1) in colour (when living)
and in mode of branching, the polyps are closely alike.
Locality. Off the Zanzibar coast, a few miles south of the town ;
5 fathoms. Previously recorded from Zanzibar and Kokoton1.
3) A third specimen was described in the living state as having
“a pink body with blue-green zooids””; when preserved it had a
clear white colour. The base is formed by the end of the stalk
growing round a piece of coral.
The stalk is firm in texture, dividing at a little distance above
the base into three main branches, each of which divides and re-
divides into the polyp-bearing portions.
The polyps measure 3°D- 4:5 mm, in length with an average
diameter of nearly 0-1 mm. The tentacles often appear blunt and
short, but this is merely the contracted condition, as other parts
of the colony show. Sixteen contracted pinnules were counted on
each side. -
Locality. Kiungani, near Zanzibar town ; lowest tide.
It may be of use to ‘emphasize the point that these three speci-
mens presented when living somewhat different coloration :—
(1) “A brilliant sea-green colour, except the upper faces of
the small zooids, which are brown” ; (2) ‘ pink stems
with slender brown zooids”; (3) “ pink body with
blue-green zooids.” May’s specimens were “ flesh-
coloured with a tinge of bright blue.”
This may be enough to show that the natural colours of Cespi-
tularia are of little specific moment.
(4) Ina fourth specimen the lower end of the stalk spreads over
a piece of calcareous conglomerate. ‘The stalk is firm and marked
by longitudinal ridges and grooves; it divides into branches,
which at some parts bear the polyps themselves, and at others
divide into small polyp-bearing branches. The polyps are, on an
average, 3°5 mm. in length by 1 mm. in breadth. On the
tentacles, which are 1-5 mm. in length, the small pinnules (0-04—
0:045 in length) are arranged in one row on either side of
the middle line, thus leaving on the aboral suriace a broad, and
on the oral a narrow free space which stretches the whole length
of the tentacle.
416 “PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
Family ALCYONIIDA.
Aleyonium pachyclados Klunzinger.
Sinularia brassica May.
. Sungoides, sp. 0.
Sclerophytum polydactylum (Dana).
querciforme Pratt.
9
55 marenzelleri Pratt (= Lobophytum marenzelleri ),
ss hirtum Pratt.
viride, sp. Ni.
Lobophytum pauciflorum Khrenberg.
ALCYONIUM PACHYCLADOS Klunzinger.
This species is represented by several typical, much-lobed, almost
rigid specimens of a greyish-white colour, with a greenish ‘tint in
the surrounding spirit (due to zoochlorell: ve 2), “The colour was
originally like ‘ cocoa-and-inilk” and the expanded polyps were
dark brown.
A short stalk of about 10 mm. rises from a broad base, and
bears several broad lobes, each divided into blunt finger-like
lobules covered with polyps. The surface of the conenchyma
exposed when some of the polyps are removed is granular with
numerous small elliptical spicules, The tentacles are not dark in
colour, as in Klunzinger’s specimens; they bear on their oral
surface 80-40 short pinnules, usually in four rows, but some more
fully expanded showed only two rows, one on each side. The
superficial spicules are small ellipses and figure-8 forms ; the deeper
spicules are for the most part relatively large, spinose, double clubs
and double spheres. The following measurements were taken of
leneth and breadth im millims. :—0:09 x 0:05 ; 0:075 x 0:045 ;
0:07 x 0:04 ; 0°06 x 0:02; 0°05 x 0°015. We find more variety in
size than Klunzinger indicates, and some of the shapes are exactly
like those seen in adjacent species, such as A. brachyclados, A. digi-
tulatum, A. spherophorum. It seems to us that there is very little
difference between the members of this group of species.
Numerous ova occur in the lower parts of the polyps.
Locality. Covering the shore at one place near Wasin ; also at
Kiungani, Zanzibar. Previously recorded from the Red Sea,
Luzon, Zanzibar.
SINULARIA BRASSICA May.
This species is represented by a complete specimen, which
is about 50 mm. in height and 38 mm. in width across the capi-
tulum. The stalk of the colony is firm and erect, the surface
granular, The capitulum is divided into three branches or lobes,
each of which breaks up into a large number of small knob-like
bodies.
The autozooids are abundant, but are either completely with-
drawn or just show the tentacles above the general surface.
Numerous small spicules are found in the autozooids when they
are dissected out,
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 417
A young colony, with similar spicules and autozooids, is mush-
room-shaped with a small capitulum, on which the autozooids are
more numerous at the margin than in the centre. The capitulum
is somewhat oval in shape, 9 mm. in length by 7 mm. in breadth.
The stalk is long and irregular in shape.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms. Previously from
Tumbatu.
SINULARIA FUNGOIDES, sp. n. (Text-fig. 85.)
This species is represented by a large brownish colony, which is
tough in texture, rigid, and erect.
Text-fig. 85.
Sinularia fungoides, sp. n.
On the outer surface of the much-wrinkled trunk there is a
418 — PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
thick coating of large spicules, either lying on, or protruding from,
the surface, many reaching a length of 6 mm.
On the capitulum, which is thin with incurved edges, the auto-
zooids appear usually in small groups of twos or threes. Each
group is generally elevated on a small protuberance, or each auto-
zooid may have a slight elevation of its own. On the edge of the
capitulum the autozooids are more numerous, and they do not
occur in groups nor are they raised above the general surface.
The spicules are of two distinct types—(1) large spindles, either
straight or slightly curved, closely covered with small, rough,
wart- like projections ; and (2) small spicules which vary fro om.
spindles to rods, with rough prominent projections, which often
cluster more closely at one end, thus giving a club-shaped
appearance. Then measurements are as follows :-—
(1) Length varies from 1—4°6 mm. and the breadth from 0:15-
0°55 mm.
(2) Length varies from 0:1-0°5 mm. and breadth from 0:03-
0-075 mm.
Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms.
SCLEROPHYTUM POLYDACTYLUM Dana. (Plate XX XT. fig. 2.)
A complete specimen 75°5 mm. in height. The lower part of
the stalk is very rigid, with spicules readily visible to the naked
eye. The upper part is marked by longitudinal grooves and folds,
and is devoid of the larger spicules which are present in the lower
part.
The capitulum is divided into a large number of small, blunt,
finger-like lobes, on which the autozooids seem to bealmost equally
distributed.
The numerous small autozooids are almost all completely
retracted, a few can be seen with the tentacles appearing above
the surface. The tentacles are short (0°6 mm.) and thick, with
the pinnules arranged in one row on either side of the middle line
of the oral surface. The eleven pairs of pinnules are small, cylin-
drical, and rather blunt.
The spicules :
I. Of the upper part of stem :—
(a) Large straight or curved spindles covered with many rough
tubercles, varying from 0°6-2°7 mm. in length and from
0:15—0°5 mm. in breadth.
(6) Small straight or irregularly-shaped spicules with large rough
spines, varying in length from 0°1—0°35 mm. and in width
from 0:02-0:09 mm.
(c) Straight spicules with very few smooth spines, varying in
length from 0°2—0-7 mm. and in width from 0-075—0:15 mm.
They often show slight traces of four rays, and these show
a X-marking at the junction of the rays.
II. Of the lower part of the stalk :—
The same types of spicules are present, but there is a marked
predominance of (a). They are more varied here and often show
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 419
branches or projections. (6) and (c) are also present, but in both
cases there is more variation in the size and shape. The X-shaped
marking is more frequent.
JIT. In the capitulum :—
The second type (4) is predominant. They are often branched
and the 4-radiate forms are common. In many of them the rough
spine-like processes are restricted to one end, and the other end
tapers to a point and is free from spines.
Locality. Zanzibar. Previously from Red Sea, China Straits,
British New Guinea, Maldives, Gulf of Manaar.
SCLEROPHYLIUM QUERCIFORME Pratt.
This species is represented by two fragments.
The stalk is firm and rigid, with the core packed with large
spicules. The outer surface of the stalk is granular. From the
broken lower end of both fragments large spicules project.
The capitulum is divided into large lobes, which are in their
turn divided into very numerous smaller lobes. The polyps are
borne principally on the smaller lobes, but many are present on
the sides of the larger lobes and on the continuation of the stalk.
The stem-spicules are thick spindles with numerous rough
wart-like spines, and slender spindles with numerous rough spines.
They vary in length from 0:18-0:23 mm. and in width from 0:03
—0:05 mm.
The polyp-spicules are slender spiny spindles, varying in length
from 0°12—0:4 mm.
Clubs 0°2—0°25 x 0-1 mm.
Previously from Maldives and Gulf of Manaar.
SCLEROPHYTUM MARENZELLERI Pratt.
A small complete colony, firm and rigid with a much _ plicated
crown. It is 16 mm. in height, and the crown has a breadth of
29mm. The autozooids appear to be restricted to the top of the
folds on the crown and to the margin. The surface has a granular
appearance due apparently to the numerous minute siphonozooids.
In the crown large white spicules covered with numerous small
tubercles are seen projecting often to a distance of 3 mm.
SCLEROPHYTUM HIRTUM Pratt.
A specimen firm and tough in texture, with a total height of
16°5 mm. and a maximum coronal breadth of 20°5 mm. The
crown has a large number of small lobes. The autozooids are
completely retracted and the lobes have a warty appearance.
From the broken base of the specimen numerous large spicules
project. They are spindle-shaped, straight or curved, thickly
covered with numerous rough warts, and often show a tendency
to divide into several branches. The following measurements
were taken of length and breadth in millims.:—3°3 x °5; 2°6 x °35;
3°35 X °55.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXVIII, 28
420 © PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
A vertical section of the specimen showed numerous yellow ova,
with a diameter of 0°7 mm.
ScLEROPHYTUM VIRIDE, sp. n. (Plate X XIX. figs. 2 & 3.)
(1) This species is represented by numerous portions of
very large colonies. Some of the colonies were a yard across !
In the living forms the general colour was bright green, the
polyps were brown, the tentacles green. The stalk in one
specimen is 34°5 mm. in height and in the other 30 mm, The
portion of the crown is greatly folded and lobed, each of the
larger lobes dividing into smaller lobes.
In the majority the autozooids are completely retracted within
the general ccenenchyma, but they are very numerous, especially
towards the edge of the marginal lobe. The pores left by the
retracted autozooids are variable in size, some 0°15 mm. x 0°1 mm.,
others 0:075 mm. x 0°075 mm., and others 0°1 x0:075 mm. Their
shape also varies from a circular opening to a somewhat oval-
shaped pore.
Between the openings of the autozooids he the numerous very
minute openings of the siphonozooids, becoming more numerous
in proportion to the autozooids towards the central portion of the
crown.
The spicules are of three types :—
(a) Long slender spindles with few rough wart-like tubercles,
in Jength and breadth in millims. as follows :—0-45 x 0:06;
0:3 x 0°03; 0°2 x 0:025
(6) Short, thick, double clubs with a very short median waist
and with whorls of rough wart-like tubercles which carry
a number of small spmes. They vary in length from
0:25-0°3 mm. and in breadth from 0-12—0°2 mm.
(c) Small oval- shaped spicules with many tubercles as in (0),
varying in length from 0:25-0:39 mm. and in breadth
from 0:1—0°2 mm.
The last type (¢) may be a modification of (4) in which the free
central portion has become obliterated. Among the first type (a)
several show bifurcations at the ends.
(2) In some other less contracted specimens the autozooids are
numerous, up to 7 mm. in length including the tentacles, and
are all marked by transverse annulations. On the tentacles the
pinnules are arranged in one row on either side of the middle
line on the oral surface; the number in a row varies from 10-14.
The tentacles are short (about 1 mm.) in comparison to the
polyps. The stomodeeum, which is greatly wrinkled, is 1-6 mm.
in length.
The siphonozooids are very numerous and small, giving the
surface a pitted or dotted appearance.
The spicules are of three types :—
(a) Long slender spindles with very few and wart-like tubercles,
from 0-2—0°3 mm. in leneth and from 0:025—0-03 mm, in
width.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 491
(6) Thicker double clubs with whorls of rough wart-like tubercles,
from 0:15-0:3 mm. in length and from 0:035-0:08 mm. in
width. In some there is so little waist that the appearance
is almost spindle-shaped.
(c) Thicker and blunter rod-shaped spicules with large and very
rough wart-like tubercles, length and breadth in millims. :—
O:225< One 0230155 0 2><0A16:
Of the last set (c) some are almost globular in form, owing to
the strong development of the wart-like tubercles. Among them
there are also a few six-sided flat plate-like scales which have a
maximum length of 0:14 mm. and a maximum breadth of
0-11 mm.
Locality. Kiungani, near Zanzibar, and wherever coral abounds.
LospopHytum PAuCcIFLoRUM Ehrenberg.
Large brown specimens of this widely distributed species were
found at Stations 13 and 16.
Family 3. NEPHTHYID4&,
Subfamily SPoNGoDIN”.
Nephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 1.
% a: var. mollis, nov.
AO armata, Sp. 1.
Spongodes hemprichii Klunzinger.
pe crosslandi, sp. 0.
an zanzibarensis, Sp. 0.
is kiikenthali, sp. 0.
Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp. 0.
Lithophytum elegans (Kiik.) = Ammothea elegans May.
eS viride (Kiik.) = Ammothea viridis May.
x brassicum (Kiik.) = Ammothea brassica May.
a ramosum (Quoy et Gaimard).
Be thyrsoides (Kiik.) = Ammothea thyrsoides
Ehrenberg.
bi thrysoides (Kiik.), var. dwrwm, nov.
flavum (May).
Paraspongodes striata Thomson & Henderson,
Subfamily SrpPHonoGoRGIN#.
Siphonogorgia intermedia, sp. 0.
Subfamily SPONGODINA.
NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XX VII. fig. 3.)
Two yellowish-white colonies, one attached to a monocotyle-
donous twig, the other to a leaf. They are respectively in height
and breadth, 4 by 3, and 5:5 by 4 centims. The whole colony
in its preserved state is flaccid, but 1s densely covered by a layer
of small white spindles with numerous larger ones distributed
irregularly over them.
28*
422 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10,
The main stem gives off elongated conical branches, and these
bear, especially on their lateral surfaces, numerous finger-shaped
lappets covered with polyps.
The Stiitzbiindel consists of 5, 6, or 7 straight warty spindles ;
the polyp-stalk is covered by regularly arranged closely-fitting
small spindles; the anthocodiz are at right angles to the Stiitz-
biindel and are directed inwards towards the general surface of
the colony. On the anthocodia there are eight double rows of
ten to twelve spindles in each row; the opposite spindles in the
double row converge and the whole double row teuds to stand out
like a ridge on the surface. There is no sign of spicules on the
tentacles.
This species resembles V. cupressiformis Kikenthal in general
appearance, but the polyp-bearing lobes are more finger-like, and
both the general spiculation and the architecture of the antho-
codiz are quite different.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
NEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, var. MOLLIS, nov. (Plate XX VII.
fig. 5.)
A somewhat flattened whitish-grey colony, 7 centims. in height
by 3:5 centims. in maximum breadth and about I centim. in
thickness. Ata short distance from the base it gives off a strong
side branch, and both it and the main stem bear numerous elon-
gated finger- like lobes or secondary branches bearing these.
Almost all the branches and lobes are dev eloped to the sides.
The colony is soft and flaccid, but the general ccenenchyma is
covered with a feltwork of transversely-disposed colourless spiny
spindles (0°2 to 0-9 mm. in length) which give it an almost
striated appearance. No other type of spicule + was to be found in
the colony.
The polyps stand almost at right angles to their short stalks ;
the Stiitzbiindel is composed of about four to six straight spindles
(0:75 and 1:25 mm. in length), one of which projects for about
0:25 mm. The anthocodia is supported by eight double rows of
about ten spicules in each row.
This form is characterised by the absence of the irregular
superficial layer of spicules and by its darker colour, so that we
feel justified in making it a new variety.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
NEPHTHYA ARMATA, sp.n. (Plate XXVIT. fig. 4.)
A stiff colony of a drab-grey colour, 3°5 centims. in height,
3°5 centims. in maximum breadth, and 2 centims. in thickness.
A short trunk bears five main branches, from which arise numerous
blunt and short finger-like lobes.
The polyps are not densely crowded, but form an irregular spiral
on the lobes. In every case the mouth is turned inwards. There
is a well-developed Stiitzbiindel, often with four strong spindles and
sometimes projecting for about 0-5 mm. The Stiitzbiindel spicules
1906. } ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 423
vary from 0:8 to 1 mm. in length and have an average diameter
of Ol mm. They are straight warty spindles. Covering the
anthocodiz there are numerous small spindles arranged in double
rows ; the average dimensions are 0°5 mm. in length and 0°06 mm.
in breadth. There are also minute spicules on the tentacles,
horizontally disposed in two rows.
A prominent feature is that the general ceenenchyma bears very
large transversely-disposed spindles, which give it a wrinkled
appearance. ‘The following measurements in millims, were taken :-—
2°6 x 0:2, 2°4 x 0°19, 1:6 x 0°16, and 1:-4x0-15. No other forms
of spicules were to be found in the colony.
This species should be referred to a position near WV, digitata
Kukenthal.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
SPONGODES HEMPRICHIE Klunzinger.
A form closely resembling this species, but the spicules are not
red. The trunk has a leathery and rigid character and is rough
in appearance, the larger spicules being easily seen. At its lower
end it gives off a number of rhizoid-like offshoots, by means of
which it is anchored in the sand. The colour in spirits is
yellowish white, but in the living colony was a weak chocolate.
One colony is 7 centims. in height, 6 in breadth, and 2°5 in
thickness, while the corresponding measurements for another are
5, 7, and 3°5 centims. The stem divides almost immediately into
three chief divisions, which bear numerous conical lobes densely
covered with polyps.
In architecture the polyps agree closely with the description given
by Ktkenthal of S. (Dendronephthya) hemprichii. Kach double
row of spicules on the anthocodia consists of four to six pairs, but
five seems to be the commonest number. We cannot attach much
importance to the fact that the spicules are not red as they are in
the type, for the colour of the spicules in Spongodes is often
variable. In S. kiikenthali, sp. n., we found red, yellow, orange,
and colourless spicules. The spicules are long spindles, either
straight or curved, and covered with numerous rough spines which
are often branched. Their measurements, length by breadth in
millims., are as follows :—
Stiitzbiindel spicules: 2°2x 0-14; 2°4x 0°15.
Other spicules: 2°6 x 0:18; 2°2x0:14; 2°3x015; 0°3 x 0:03.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms; very common at lowest
tides and below. Previously recorded from the Red Sea.
SPONGODES CROSSLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)
A complete small colony of apparently divaricate type, 13 mm.
in height by 12 mm. in breadth and 7 mm. in thickness. A short
trunk gives off three main branches, which redivide and finally
bear the polyps in bundles of 6-10, though a few also occur
singly. The general colour of the surface is warm orange, but the
anthocodiz and tentacles are covered with chalky-white spicules.
424 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
Almost all the polyps are directed towards one of the two flattened
surfaces.
The polyp-stalk is about 1°5 mm. in length, and is loosely
covered with longitudinally disposed spicules. On the anthocodize
there are eight double rows of spicules with about eight in
each row. ‘Two or three pairs at the top of each row are longer
than the others and converge into a triangular projecting point.
The orange-coloured Sttitzbiindel spicule projects shghtly beyond
the anthocodia for about 0°5 mm. The anthocodia has a rounded
cauliflower-like form, and the tentacles are neatly incurved on the
oral surface, exposing aboral rows of white spicules transversely
arranged. The armature of the polyp is the distinctive feature
of this species.
Locality. Mouth of Wasin Harbour, 10 fathoms.
SPONGODES ZANZIBARENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)
An incomplete specimen of a beautiful colony, predominantly
of a canary-yellow with pink polyps. It belongs to the divaricate
section of the genus, and as the contour is irregular and the
polyparium flattened it should be referred to Kiikenthal’s
cervicornis group. The dimensions are 2°5 centims. in height,
2°5 centims. in maximum breadth, 0°8 centim. in thickness.
The polyps are by no means crowded, and occur singly or in
bundles up to seven in number. Their stalks are short, about
1 millim. in length; their mouths are directed inwards and
downwards: the Stiitzbiindel has a pair of projecting pink or
yellow spicules extending for about 0°5 mm, beyond the anthocodia.
On the wall of the anthocodia there are eight double rows of about
ten pink spicules in each row; those on opposite sides converge,
and each row ends in a triangular point. The tentacles bear a
transverse series of yellowish spicules. Over the general surface
there is a loose network of large, curved, yellow spindles, below
which there is a crowded stratum of small semitransparent forms.
All the spicules are spindles with numerous small spines. The
following measurements of spicules were taken :—(a) Stiitzbiindel
383x015; (6) superficial spindles 2°5x0:12; (c) pink spindles
of anthocodize 0:90:08; (d) subjacent ccnenchyma. spicules
0:2 x 0:03.
This form does not agree with any of the short-stalked species
in the cervicornis group.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
SPONGODES KUKENTHALI, sp. n. (Plate XX XI. fig. 5.)
A very beautiful species which seems to be referable to a
position near S. (Dendronephthya) coronata. It belongs to the
umbellate type, is slightly flattened, and has an approximately
regular outline. Its dimensions are 6 centims. in height, 6°5 in
breadth, and 3°75 in thickness. The stem and branches are very
rigid; five of the lower branches are foliate and nearly encircle
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 425
the stem; the stem gives off a large number of primary branches
which break up into secondaries and these bear the twigs with
umbels of polyps. The trunk and base are wanting. ‘The spicules
on the surface of the general ceenenchyma are transparent near
the base and pale yellow higher up. Just below the polyp-bearing
twigs some of the yellow spicules show a red core, and there is
thus a gradual transition to the crimson-red spicules of the polyp-
stalk, anthocodia, and tentacles.
The polyps are arranged in small clusters of 7-10; and these
are again grouped into larger umbels. Though there is no
er owding, the polyps form a fair ly continuous covering, A polyp is
usually about 1-5 mim. in length and is covered by longitudinally
disposed spindles. Three large ones form a strong Stiitzbiindel
which projects beyond the anthocodia for about 1 mm. The
anthocodia stands almost at right angles to the polyp-stallk, and is
supported by red spindles in 8 double rows, about 7 pairs in each
row. A distinctive feature is that the topmost spicules of each
double row project in triangular poimts beyond the bases of the
tentacles. The tentacles are white, but bear numerous small red
spicules arranged transversely, so that a fine tentacular operculum
is formed over the contracted polyp.
The spicules ave spindles with fine warts or short blunt spines,
and show a great range of colour. Some are red, some are yellow,
some are combinations of these colours, and others are transparent.
The largest are those of the Stiitzbiindel, about 4 mm. in length
by 0-2 in breadth, and some of those on the polyp-stalk are about
3°5 mm. in length. Those of the general surface of the
cenenchyma are: 2X0'15mm.; 1:8x015; 15x01; 1:35x0:1;
0°38 x01; 0°35 x 0:04; 0°3 x 0:03.
The red spicules of the anthocodiz are mostly about 0°6 x 0:04 ;
a projecting one had a length of 1:2 x 0:06.
Locality. Wasin.
STEREONEPHTHYA ZANZIBARENSIS, Sp.n. (Plate XXXIJ. figs. 3
& 4.)
A small but complete colony of a yellowish tint, 10 mm. in
height and 8°5 in breadth. The trunk of the colony is imp, but
the main polyp-bearing part is stiff and brittle. The polyps have
short stalks about 1 mm. in length; some arise from the trunk,
but most are borne on the branches. They occur close together,
but ave not united into bundles. The anthocodia stands at right
angles to the stalk and has its oral opening directed towards the
branch. The Stiitzbiindel has one main projecting spicule
(1:2 x 07125 mm.) supported by 2 or 3 bent spindles on either
side; below these there are a few in the direct line of the
projecting spicule, passing continuously into the superficial spicules
of the ccenenchyma (0°6, 0°4, and 0:25 mm. in length). On the
anthocodiz there are eight double rows of spindles, each row
consisting of 15-20. The opposite members of a double row slope
towards one another at an acute angle, which widens towards the
426 ~ PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10,
base. On the tentacles there are transverse rows of spicules.
All the spicules are warty spindles.
As there is no sign of the union of the polyps into bundles, this
form cannot be referred to the genus Spongodes (Kiikenthal’s
Dendronephthya). \t falls vather into the old genus Spongodia,
one of the features of which was the occurrence of isolated polyps.
This is now termed iat as | by Kikenthal, and defined
as follows :—
Very stiff Nephthyidee, whose polyps are not disposed in lappets
or bundles, but occur singly or in small groups directly on the
stem or on the main branches, which have few twigs or none.
Polyps with Stiitzbiindel.
The spiculation of the anthocodia (15-20 pairs of spicules in each
double row) is one of the well-defined diagnostic features
distinguishing this form from the eight species recognised by
Kiikenthal.
Locality. Ganzibar, Chuaka.
LItHoPHYTUM ELEGANS (Kiikenthal)= AMMOTHEA ELEGANS May.
In this specimen the polyps vary from 1:1—-1:25 in length and
have a diameter of 0°7 mm. 'The polyp-spicules vary from 0°16—
0-17 mm. in length with a diameter of 0-01 mm.; the stem-
spicules vary in length from 0-3—0°4 mm., and in breadth from
0-01—0°02 mm. The colour of the specimen when living was pink
with brown zooids.
Locality, Ganzibar Channel, 10 fathoms, also Chuaka Bay,
Kast Coast of Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Tumbatu, an
islet near Zanzibar.
LITHOPHYTUM VIRIDE (Kiikenthal) = AmMoruna viripis May.
This species is represented by several specimens, which agree in
every detail with the description given. The polyp- spicules vary
in length from 0°1—0°24 mm., and in breadth from 0:015-0-03 mm.
The stem- spicules vary from 0:08-0:18 mm. in length and from
0:04-0:06 mm. in breadth. The spicules in the inner canal-walls
of the stem are in length and breadth, in millims. :—0:54 x 0:12;
0-3 x 0°067 ; 0°4 x -07.
Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from Baui
and Muembha.
LiIrHOPHYTUM BRASSICUM (Kiikenthal) = AMMOTHEA BRASSICA
May.
This species is represented by one specimen, which agrees very
closely with the type. The polyps vary from 1—-1:2mm. in length
and from 0°6—0°7 mim. in breadth. The polyp-spicules vary from
0'12—0°34 mm. in length, and in breadth from 0:016—-0:02 mm. ;
the stem-spicules, which are slender with few wart-like spines,
vary in length from 0°14—0-4 mm. and in breadth from 0-02—
0-03 mm. Mr. Crossland describes the colour of the living
specimens as “‘ weak cocoa.”
1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 4907
Locality. Zanzibar; very common among Zostera at low spring-
tide. Previously recorded from Baui, an islet mm Zanzibar
Harbour.
LitHoPHYTUM RAMOSUM Quoy et Gaimard.
A well-preserved specimen of this species showed no trace
of any spicules even in the canal-walls. The colour of the
preserved specimen is yellow-grey.
Previously recorded from Zanzibar and New Guinea.
LITHOPHYTUM THYRSOIDES (Kukenthal)= AMMoTHEA THY RSOLDES
Ehrenberg.
Several fine specimens of this common species, all belonging to
what Kiikenthal calls the asparagus-like variety—that 1s to say,
with cylindrical stalks rising parallel to one another and united
by a common basis. The colour of the preserved specimens is
yellowish white, in life it was brownish. One of the distinctive
features of this species is that the polyps arise directly from the
ends of the stalks. The polyps are from 2-3°5 mm. in length by
1-1-2 mm. in breadth.
The spicules of the stalks and polyps are very slender spindles
with few warts. The following measurements were taken of
length and breadth in millims. :—(@) polyp-spicules: 0°09 x 0-01,
0:12 x 0:012, 0°18 x 0:016, 0-2 x 0-017, 0°25 x 0-016, 0°28 x 0-016 ;
(6) stem-spicules: 0°12 x 0:016, 0°16 x 0-016, 0°3 x 0°02, 0°35 x 0-02,
0:4 x 0°02.
Locality. Zanzibar. Previously recorded from Tumbatu Is-
land, on the N.W. coast of Zanzibar, and from the Red Sea.
Liraopuytum tHyrsorpeEs (Kiikenthal), var. DURUM, nov.
From a flat spreading base a large number of almost hemi-
spherical lobes arise. Each lobe is closely covered by the pro-
jecting calycine portions of the polyps. The colour of the colony
is pale orange. The cceenenchyma has a gritty structure, with
fairly abundant spicules. The spicules of the ccenenchyma are
long slender spindles, either straight or slightly curved, with
small spines arranged irregularly or in whorls. Their length varies
from 0:15—0°4 mm., and their width from 0:02—0-03 mm.
Locality. Zanzibar, among coral, low tide.
LirrHopuytumM FLAvuM (May).
The species Lithophytum africanum, L. flabellum, and L, flavum
seem to form a close group connected by intermediate forms.
There are several specimens in the collection which closely approach
L. flavum, but differ from it in being far from rigid and in having
few spines on the spicules. We see no reason to emphasise this
quantitative distinction, especially as the boundaries of the three
species referred to are somewhat elastic. Their common features
are that several cylindrical stalks spring from a common base,
that the polyps are borne on short twigs springing from the ends
> =
428 PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON | Apr. 10,
of the stalks, that the stalks are united with one another for
a variable distance, and that the polyps are restricted to the upper
regions.
In representative specimens theré are several upright branches
dividing into finger-shaped ends, which bear numerous polyps
not densely disposed. One colony is 6°5 centims. m height and
5 centims. in breadth at the top. The whole colony is soft
and compressible, with longitudinal grooves corresponding to the
canals. The preserved specimens are whitish yellow.
The spicules are long slender spindles with very few small and
distant spines. The polyp-spicules vary from 0:12-0°3 mm. in
length and from 0:01—0°02 mm. in breadth; those of the stem
from 0°16—0°3 mm. in length and 0:016—0-02 mm. in breadth.
Locality. Zanzibar. - Previously recorded from Tumbatu Island,
off Zanzibar.
PARASPONGODES sTRIATA Thomson & Henderson.
A very fine specimen, 15 centims. in height by 12 centims. in
maximum breadth. In its preserved state it is quite flaccid and
has an umber-brown colour. The polyps are borne in bundles of
9-21; all the polyps in a bundle reach nearly the same level. They
ave about 1 mm. in length and 0°75—0°9 mm. in breadth.
The polyp-spicules are slender spindles, usually straight and
covered with few warts. They are from 0°16—0:4 mm. in length
and from 0:015—0°04 mm. in breadth. The stem-spicules may be
divided into three groups :—(a) long slender spicules with few
spines, from 0°3-0°9 mim, in length and from 0:02-0-035 mm. in
width; (6) ball-like spicules with many prominent spines ; and
(c) small irregular X-shaped spicules, very rough and with pro-
minent spines. The two last types vary in length from 0:06—
0-2 mm. and in breadth from 0:04-0°12 mm.
Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from the
Gulf of Manaar.
Subfamily SrPHONOGORGIN2.
SIPHONOGORGIA INTERMEDIA, sp.n. (Plate XXX. figs. 1 & 2.)
The most puzzling specimen in the collection is a small cream-
coloured colony, with four finger-shaped lobes on a short trunk.
On each lobe there are a few relatively distant polyps occurring
all round. Most are well-expanded, but some are all but com-
pletely retracted into the conenchyma.
At first sight the colony suggested a small Aleyoniwm ; but the
polyps have a well-developed anthocodial armature, and the walls
of the stem-canals are supported by numerous spicules, some very
large. Moreover, the whole somewhat granular surface is covered
with a delicate but coherent layer of small spicules.
The anthocodial part of the polyp is supported by eight triangles
of sloping spindles, which diverge into a brush-like apex at ‘the
base of each tentacle. In some there were 4-5 distinct pairs of
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 429
spicules in the triangular sheaf. The triangles rise from a
transverse ring of about three rows of spindles.
The cortical spicules are slender spindles with a few rough
warts. A common size was 0°8 mm. in length by 0-06 mm. in
breadth. The inner spicules of the stem are strong spindles
closely covered with rough warts. They vary greatly in size and
in the number of warts ; some bear fine spines, and some are bifid
or slightly branched at one end. A common size is 2°6 mm. by
0-175 mm.
Probably the specimen is a young form, and we found no trace
of ova. It seems to us undoubtedly a Siphonogorgid, perhaps
intermediate between Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya ; but it is
quite unlike any form known to us. With much hesitation
we have, for convenience of reference, named it Siphonogorgia
intermedia.
Locality. Zanzibar shore.
Order III]. PSEUDAXONIA G. von Koch.
Family SCLEROGORGID &.
Suberogorgia killikert Wright & Studer, var. zanzibarensis, n.
Family MrELITODIDsA
Wrightella erythrea Gray = Mopsea erythrea Klunzinger.
4, variabilis, sp. Nn.
Family SCLEROGORGID 4.
SUBEROGORGIA KOLLIKERI Wright & Studer, var. ZANZIBARENSIS, 0.
(Plate X XIX. fig. 4.)
(A.)—A small fragment consisting of a part of a stem or branch
from which two lateral branches are given off on the same side.
The stem or branch and the lateral branches ave all compressed in
the plane of branching. The branches come off at an angle which
approaches 90°, and then turn upwards and run roughly parallel
to the main stem or branch. On both surfaces of the main and
lateral branches there is an irregular groove which in some parts
almost disappears, being marked only by a narrow strip of
colourless spicules. The verruce aie arranged in a single row on
each of the lateral surfaces ; they are disposed alternately, though
at some places they are almost opposite; they are small, and
appear as low rounded swellings on the sides.
The polyps are completely retractile, and are white in colour.
In the tentacles, which are short, there are small rod- or spindle-
shaped spinose spicules which are from 0-08—0-12 mm. in length
and have an average diameter of 0°02 mm.
The spicules of the body of the polyp are flattened sword-
shaped bodies with rough warts or teeth on the edges, and may be
either straight or slightly curved.
430 ‘PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
The spicules of the general ccenenchyma are all of one type—
spindles covered with rough warts, which are arranged in regular
whorls, and often blunt at, both ends. Some of the spicules are
yellowish-amber colour, often almost colourless at the tips ; others
are quite colourless. Their measurements, length by breadth in
millims., are as follows :—
Coloured: 0°2x0:05; 0:12x0°06; 0°16x0°05; 0:16x0°04;
0-14 x 0°05,
Colourless : 0:06 x 0:03 ; 0°08 x 0:04; 0°12 x 0:05; 0:14 x 0°05 ;
O-l x 0-04.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
(B.)—Another colony forms a thin encrustation on a piece of
bivalve shell, about 25 mm. by 30 mm., with nine stems rising at
various angles. Three of the stems le on the under concave
surface of the shell and keep close to it; the four longest on the
other side extend to 65-80 mm. from the shell. Two have a
single branch. The greatest breadth is about 2 mm. There is
a shght flattening in the plane in which the polyps for the most
part avise. The general colour is a quiet orange. ‘The verrucz
are inconspicuous and for the most part lateral; some of them
show eight distinct. marginal lobes. The polyps are pure white.
A longitudinal groove is distinct for a short distance from the
base. The spicules are spindles with warts in whorls 0°12 x 0:04,
0-14 0°04 mm.; and double spindles 0°13 x 0:06, 0°12 x 0:05;
and a few small almost orbicular forms.
This form approaches S. kollikeri Wright & Studer, but differs
from it in the size and prominence of the verruce and in the size
of the spicules, but it is connected to that species by Suberogorgia
kollikert, var. ceylonensis. But the Zanzibar form has smaller
verruce and spicules than the Ceylonese variety, and the series
may be regarded as illustrating progressive variation.
Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, Zanzibar West, 5 fathoms.
Family MELITODID.
WRIGHTELLA ERYTHRHA Gray = MopskA ERYTHR#A Klunzinger.
(Plate XXVIII. fig. 10.)
Small, irregularly branched, rose-red colonies, fixed to coral.
The branches are not always confined to one plane. The following
measurements were taken of height and breadth in millims. :—
15x23; 23x8; 15x8. The specimens agree well with Klun-
zinger’s description of dJopsea erythrea, e.g. in the presence of a
single red spicule at the base of each tentacle and in the dimensions
of the spicules generally.
Localities. Wasin, low tide, growing on coral; Prison Island,
Zanzibar Harbour. Previously recorded from the Red Sea.
In the Aberdeen University Museum there is a specimen
from Samoa which is superficially identical with these. It is
labelled Mopsea erythrea.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 431
WRIGHTELLA VARIABILIS, Sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 3-9.)
The collection included a considerable number of small delicate
Melitodidee, of beautiful and apparently variable coloration, The
branches tend to be compressed ; they lie for the most part in one
plane ; the verruce are for the most part lateral; the spicules are
warty spindles, straight and curved, sometimes kneed, and clubs
with warty expanded ends which are not foliate enough to be
called “Blattkeulen.” At the same time, the specimens seem
nearer the genus Wrightella than any other, and till a large
number of specimens is available it seems convenient to combine
the various specimens in this collection under the common title
W. variabilis. They differ not only in colour, but in respect
to the proportions and warts of their spindles and clubs. Some
of the colour-schemes of these closely-related forms are shown in
Plate XXVIII. We may readily distinguish: (a) a form with
a variable combination of red and colourless spicules, with more
substantial and shorter branches than the others and a closer
approach to IV. erythrea; (6) a form with yellow internodes and
the usual brown nodes appearing as red; (¢c) a salmon-coloured
form ; (¢@) a crimson form with yellow verruce; and (e) a reddish-
brown form with red verruce.
Locality. Wasin, among coral, low tide.
Order IV. AXITFERA G. von Koch.
Family GoRGONID&.
Leptogorgia ochracea, sp. 0.
Lophogorgia crista Mobius.
ie luthkent Wright & Studer.
Family GoRGONID&.
LeproGorGiA OCHRACEA, sp.n. (Plate X XIX. fig. 1.)
This apparently new species of Leptogorgia is represented by
a beautiful dry specimen, 18°5 centims. in height by 15 in
maximum breadth. It has a bright ochreous-yellow colour and
expands for the most part in one plane with several anastomoses.
The dise of attachment has been separated from the substratum
and has been overgrown almost entirely by the canenchyma and
a Polyzoon.
From the basal expansion, about 22 mm. in diameter and
9 mm. in height, there rises a main stem, 4 mm. in _ basal
diameter, which gives off numerous branches. Just at the base
a large branch is given off, so nearly equal to the main stem in
diameter (3 mm.) that it might be regarded as of equal im-
portance. The main stem is at first circular, but soon becomes
flattened in the plane of expansion ; the larger branches are also
flattened, but the twigs are cylindrical. There i is no particular
arrangement of branches, but the tendency to arise on one side,
z.e, towards vacant space, is well-marked. The tips of the
432 “PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
branches end in short sharp-pointed cones, as seen, for instance,
in Leptogor gia australiensis. On the older branches the ccenen-
chyma is thin and shows distinct longitudinal grooves, which can
be traced up into some of the twigs where the canenc hyma is
much thicker. Under a lens the general texture of the surface
is granular, As to the polyps, many show wart-like protruding
verruce, about 0°5 mm. in height, 0°75 in breadth, and 1 mm. in
length, the elongation being in the plane of the branch. In
many cases, however, the contraction is complete, and only slit-
like apertures indicate the position of the polyps. They may
occur at any point, but on the main stem and larger branches
they tend to be lateral.
The transparent pale yellow spicules of the coenenchyma are
warty spindles, while some approach a club-shaped form. ‘They
have the following measurements, length by breadth, in millims, :—
(a) Spindles with warts in whorls: 0°18 x 0:04; 0:16 x 0:05 ;
0-18 0:05; 0:2 x 0-04.
b) Spindles with irregularly-placed warts : 0°16 x 0-06; 0-18
x 0°05; 0-18 x 0:06.
(c) Small irregularly-warted spindles: 0°08 x 0-04; O-1 x 0:04 ;
0-09 x 0:045.
Locality. Cape Verde Islands.
LopnogoreiaA crista Mobius. (Plate X XIX. figs. 5-7.)
Two plume-like brownish-red colonies resemble Lophogorgia
cristata Mobius in the following features :—(1) the general habit of
the colony ; (2) the flattening of the larger branches in the iy
of ramification; (3) the nature and thickness of the ccenenchyma
(4) the hint of striations; and (5) the spiculations near the base.
The two colonies measure 34 and 35 centims. m length, 6 and
10 centims, in breadth; the basal (broken) ends 7 and 6 mm. in
one diameter and 3°25 and 5:4 mm. in the other.
The spicules from the lower end of the colony are warty
spindles, with the warts in 2-4 whorls. They are beautifully
coloured, with the spindle-core red and the projecting warts
of a pale translucent yellow. The following measurements were
taken (in millims.):—
(a) Of spindles with two whorls of warts: 0°09 x 0:05; O-1lx
0-06.
(6) Of spindles with three whorls of warts: 0:09 x 0-05;
0-1 x 0°06.
(c) Of spindles with four whorls of warts: 0:1 x 0°04; 0:12 x
0-06.
Spicules taken from the tips of the branches are slightly
different from those at the base. Many of them are longer,
more slender spindles with up to 10 whorls of warts. The
following measurements were taken of length and breadth in
millims. :—0°18x 0°04; 0°19x0:04; 0:16x0:06; 0:13 0-06.
The majority are coloured like those at. the base, but there
are also some wholly yellow forms with warts either regularly or
irregularly disposed.
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 433
These specimens differ essentially from ZL. liithent Wright &
Studer in the following particulars :—
(1) There is no distinet “ irregular wavy line” on the branches.
(2) The polyps are distributed all over the ccenenchyma.
(3) The spicules never exceed 0°19 mm. in length (in L, liithent
up to 0°54 mm.).
(4) The colour of LZ. liithent is a dull yellowish red.
From Z. crista Mobius they also differ in a few details :—
(1) In ZL. crista there are numerous striations on the conen-
chyma especially near the base, but these diminish in number
in the younger branches; in our specimen the striations are
very faint.
(2) The figures of spicules given by Mobius are not quite like
those in our specimen, but the variation in the size and form of
the spicules in the different parts of the colony which we have
noted in detail has led us to disregard the minor differences.
It may be that the spicules described and figured by Mobius
were taken from the cenenchyma near the base.
(3) The colour, both of the specimens themselves and of the
spicules, shows a marked difference, but this does not justify their
separation from L. crista.
Locality. Cape Verde Islands. Previously recorded from Algoa
Bay.
Lopnocoreta Lirkent Wiight & Studer.
This species is represented by a piece of a colony 295 mm. in
maximum height and 105 mm. in width. It is branched in one
plane, with the branches flattened in the plane of branching and
marked by a distinct groove along both the flattened faces. The
polyps are confined to the lateral surfaces of the branches and
twigs; their verruce are reduced to slight elevations of the
general cenenchyma. The species 1s practically identical with
the forms which we referred to Z. liitkeni Wright & Studer
(Ceylon Pearl-Oyster Fisheries Reports), and shows the same
minor divergences from the type.
Locality. Wasin, British Kast Africa, 10 fathoms. Previously
recorded from Cheval Paar, Gulf of Manaar.
Order V. STELECHOTOKEA.
Section A. Asiphonacea.
Family TELESTID 4.
Telesto rupicola Miller.
» arborea Wright & Studer.
Family C@LOGORGIID#.
Celogorgia palmosa Wright & Studer.
e repens, Sp. Ni.
434 "PROF, J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
Family TELESTID &.
TELESTO RUPICOLA Miiller.
Under this species we have ranked three somewhat different
specimens. ‘The first consists of a single axial polyp 141 mm. in
length, the lowest part of which is covered by a monaxonial
sponge through which the lateral polyps protrude. The colour
of the living specimen was yellowish with white zooids,
The axial polyp is 1°5 mm. in thickness near the point where
it emerges from the surrounding sponge, but at the tip it is only
0-75 mm. The lateral polyps stand at regular intervals of about
6°5 mm. on all sides of the axial polyp; their height varies from
4-4-5 mm. and their basal diameter is 1'l1 mm. In the lateral
polyps the tentacles are 1-2 mm. in length and about 0°5 mm. in
breadth, with numerous pinnules, which have an annulated
appearance. On both sides of the base of each tentacle there
are two bands of spicules which extend down the anthocodial
part and join the spicules of the calyx. On the axial polyp and
on the lateral polyps there are eight prominent ridges.
This specimen approaches 7'elesto rupicola of Hickson & Hiles,
but there are some differences :-—
(1) The tentacles of our specimen are longer.
(2) The arrangement of the lateral polyps is more regular.
3) It does not very closely resemble Hickson’s figure (Willey’s
Results, pl. |. fig. 1).
We note, however, the variability of 7elesto rupicola as men-
tioned in Hickson’s ‘ Aleyonaria of the Maldives,’ pt. i. p. 482,
and also in the ‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxxi. p. 262.
In the second specimen the axial polyp is 2 mm. in thickness,
growing gradually less as it rises higher, and becoming 1:5 mm,
near the tip. After treatment with caustic potash the hollow axis
is seen to be composed of two types of spicules, some long and
slender with few and slight projections, the others short and
stout with numerous strong projections. The first type varies
from 0°45-0°63 mm, in length and from 0-02 to 0-028 mm. in
width ; and the second from 0°15—-0°2 mm. in length and from
0-02—0°028 mm. in width.
The third specimen differs shghtly from both the others, but it
also seems referable to 7’. rupicola.
Locality. Ma. Crossland notes: ‘ By the kindness of Captain
Agnew, R.N.R., [ accompanied the steamer sent to overhaul the
buoys and chains and found these specimens on the chains of
the buoy nearest Zanzibar to the south,”
TELESTO ARBOREA Wright & Studer.
One of the specimens is dark in colour and consists of a few
axial polyps. From the axial polyps lateral polyps arise, and
among these there are some decidedly larger than the others,
which may be the beginnings of axial polyps of the second order.
1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR, 435
The tentacles were measured in two specimens and were found
to vary from 2°95-3 mm. in length. The surface spicules
(0°5 x 0°05) are longer than the spicules of any of the other
specimens. The axial polyps vary from 57-59 mm. in length
and from 1:2-1:3 mm. in diameter... The average length of the
lateral polyps is 4 mm.
The axial polyp treated with boiling caustic potash showed a
firm compact tube marked by longitudinal ridges, and formed of
two layers of spicules, an outer layer of stouter spicules, an inner
of more slender forms.
Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms.
In another specimen there is a rhizoid-like attachment. The
primary axial polyp has been broken, but it is still 67 mm. in
length. The complete secondary axial polyps are 95 mm. and
72 mm. in length. The lateral polyps are arranged irregularly
on the axial polyps. On the lower part of the secondary axials
they are 3 mm. by 3 mm., while on the upper part they are
2°6-3 mm. by 1°6 mm.
The axial polyp treated with boiling caustic potash shows a
coherent tubular axis formed of two layers of spicules, an outer
layer of stouter spicules with more prominent spines and an inner
of longer, more slender spicules with few spines.
Locality. Wasin, 10 fathoms.
In another specimen the colour was light brown, the lateral
polyps were about 3 mm. in length, and the longitudinal grooves
were much less marked than in those above described. The
spicules are transparent spindles with long, irregular, sometimes
branching spines. The following measurements were taken of
length and breadth in millims. :—0:12x0:04; 0140-05 ;
0-18 x 0:05; 0:2 x 0-06.
Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, Zanzibar West, 5 fathoms; Wasin
Channel, 10 fathoms. Previously recorded from Arafura Sea,
49 fathoms.
Family C@LOGORGTIDS.
Ca@LocorerA PALMosA Wright & Studer.
A number of fragments which are evidently the portions of a
large colony. In some of the larger fragments the axial polyp of
the first (?) order attains a diameter of 5 mm.
The specimen agrees closely with the description given by
Wright & Studer, except that in the tentacles, which are short
and stumpy, there are four rows of pinnules on the oral surface,
and in the outer row there are usually ten pinnules, not eight as
stated in the ‘Challenger’ Report. The colour of the colony
when preserved in spirit is a very pale green, but when dried it
is almost white. The green colouring-matter is very soluble in
spirit.
rithe present specimen also shows a greater degree of elasticity
than that ascribed to the ‘Challenger’ specimen; when dried,
however, it is very brittle and hard.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXIX., 29
436 © PROF, J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D, HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
Locality. Station 12.
Previously recorded from Zanzibar (Rousseau); Nossi Bé in the
Mozambique Channel, 10-12 fathoms (Keller).
CLOGORGIA REPENS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)
Several spreading colonies hardly exceeding 6 mm. in height.
There are numerous polyps, in some groups of which it is
impossible to distinguish the primary axial polyp from the
others. The smallest polyps are mere papille 1:5 mm. in height,
rising from a basal membrane; the longest project freely for
6-8 mm. An average breadth is about 1 mm. ‘The surface is
glistening white, and even to the naked eye appears rough and
spicular. It is continuously covered with longitudinally disposed
spindles.
On the upper part of the polyps there are eight longitudinal
ridges ending in triangular points, which bend inwards to form a
kind of operculum over the inturned tentacles. Each ridge is
composed of a double row of spicules, and the components of each
row overlap so that there may be three abreast at any one place.
In the lower part of the polyp the grooves between the ridges are
sometimes prominent and bordered by pairs of spicules from the
two adjacent ridges meeting like the letter V with the point
downwards. In other cases the lower part of the polyp seems to
be uniformly covered.
The short and broad tentacles are completely inturned ; they
bear about 6-8 rows of short conical pinnules (13-16 in a row)
covering the whole of the oral surface. On the aboral surface
there are numerous minute spicules arranged in chevron, The
spicules of the general surface are spindles with irregular spines
and warts. The following measurements were taken of length
and breadth in millims. :—0°75 x 0:08; 0°7 x 0°05; 0°4 x 0°04.
There can be but little doubt that these specimens represent
young stages of colonies which have assumed an encrusting habit.
They differ conspicuously from C. palmosa not only in the habit
of growth, but in being rough and in having much larger spicules.
Locality. Wasin.
Section B. Pennatulacea.
Family VIRGULARIIDA.
Virgularia mirabilis Lamouroux, var. pedunculata Kolliker.
‘8 multicalycina, sp. 0.
Family PENNATULIDA,
Subfamily PrEROEIDINA,
Pieroeides brachycaulon Wolliker.
rigidum, sp. Nn.
a, pulchellum, sp. 0.
1906. ] ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 437
Family VIRGULARIID &.
VIRGULARIA MIRABILIS Lamouroux, var. PEDUNCULATA Kolliker.
The rachis is 172 mm. in length, but the upper part (for
51 mm.) consists of nothing but the axis, which tapers to a fine
thread. The axis is 0°42 mm. in diameter, brownish in colour,
and marked by a large number of parallel transverse strie.
Towards the upper end of the unweathered part of the rachis
the transparent pinnules are very closely packed together and
smaller than those on the lower part of the rachis. They are
separated from one another by intervals of 6°8 mm., and vary in
breadth from 0°9-1:05 mm. and in height from 0-6—0°7 mm.
On each pinnule there are six or seven polyps in a single row.
There is a clear streak on both rachidial surfaces of the rachis,
but that on the prorachidial surface is slightly wider and has a
groove running up the middle. The ceenenchyna is thin and
transparent, allowing the axis to shine through on both surfaces.
Locality. Kokotoni, Zanzibar Island. In the mud at ordinary
low-tide level. Previously recorded from Scandinavia, Denmark,
Iceland, and Gulf of St. Lawrence.
VIRGULARIA MULTICALYCINA, sp.n. (Plate X XVI. figs. 4 & 5.)
A well-preserved portion of a colony, probably near the tip.
It has a light brown colour, and was described when living as
“black and light drab.” In a length of 22 millims. there are on
each side 11 pinnules, each about 2°25 mm. in height, and bearing
about 66 polyps in 2-4 rows. The breadth of the vane is 8 mm.,
that of the axis 1°35. On the prorachidial surface there is a bare
streak 2°5 mm. in breadth, with a median longitudinal groove.
At the insertion of each pinnule there is a superficial ramification
of the nutritive canal, forming a characteristic pattern. The
metarachidial surface has also a bare streak, but this is entirely
hidden by the interlocking of the pinnules, which form a quite
continuous covering over the whole of that surface.
Very characteristic is the undulatory curvature of the margin
of the pinnule; the ends of the insertion are on about the same
level on the prorachidial and metarachidial surfaces. The calices
are very distinct, barrel-shaped with narrowed mouths and longi-
tudinal ridges. A polyp with expanded tentacles is 1°25 mm. in
length, the calyx occupying about 0°9 mm.
On the prorachidial surface numerous minute zooids are to be
seen, but no definite arrangement is recognisable. ‘The shape of
the axis is peculiar. The cross-section shows an irregular quadri-
lateral figure; the longest (metarachidial) side is 1°35 mm, in
length and is slightly concave, the prorachidial side is 0°75 mm.,
and the two parachidial sides are slightly convex and about
0°75 mm. in length. On the surface of the axis there are longi-
tudinally elongated elevations like interrupted ridges.
This species resembles V. rwmphii Kolliker in the close-set
pinnules, in the crowded polyps, in the branching of the nutritive
ug
428 © PROF. J. A, THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [ Apr. 10,
canals, and in having a slightly flattened axis. It differs from it
in having 66 polyps on a pinnule instead of 40—44, in having
2-4 rows of polyps instead of one row twisted so as to appear
like two, and in having a different,disposition of zooids.
Locality. Chuaka Bay, shore, lowest tide.
Family PENNATULIDA.
Subfamily Preronipin”.
PTEROEIDES BRACHYCAULON Kolliker. (Plate X XVI. fig. 3.)
Belonging to this species there are several large specimens witha
short rachis and a large spindle-shaped enlargement on the stalk.
millims.
Length of pinnule-bearing portion ..................605 170
Breadth of pinnule-bearing portion .................. 80
Leneth of stale. melas scat Bsns itaboe nisstae'ssomeauabionas 50
On the rachis there is a broad bare space on the prorachidial
surface; the corresponding part on the metarachidial aspect is
hidden by the edges of the pinnules.
The colour is creamy with irregular patches and streaks of a
purplish-blue.
The pinnules are 34 in number on each si le, with two or three
rudimentary forms at the lower end of the rachis. A well-
developed pinnule has a breadth of 44 mm. and a height of
31 mm., and is supported by 16-18 rays.
The zooid-plate is median, leaving a crescent free from polyps
at the basal insertion.
Locality. Kokotoni Harbour, West Coast of Zanzibar, 5 fathoms.
Previously recorded from the Philippines.
PTEROEIDES RIGIDUM, sp. n. (Plate XX VI. figs. 1 & 2.)
Two specimens of a stiff colony very long in proportion to its
breadth, apparently of a bluish-brown colour. As the zooid-
plate is large and basal and the length of the rachis is at least
eight times its breadth, the position of this species should be in
Kolliker’s group Pt. argenteum, but it does not agree with any of
the forms there described,
The following measurements were taken from the stronger of
the two specimens :—
millims.
Total length ob COlMy i060 ccc sesso heeaesuan eee 230
Length of pinnule-bearing part ..................2-000+ 137
Hiength of stalks. steel ccaeseie ses otee a deco s oayse nacre 93
Maximum breadth of pinnule-bearing part ......... 17)
‘ Breadth of the middle of the stalk ..................... 8
Breadth of the swelling at the top of the stalk...... 10
Length of the swelling at the top of the stalk ...... 15
Breadth of the pinnule halfway up .................. 8
Height of the pinnule halfway up ..................64. D
Distance between pinnules .................ceeceeeeeeens 15-45
Breadth of the axis near the base ...........-....ce.ce 4
1906. | ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 439
The stalk has a plump smooth appearance, but there are
numerous small spicules in the cortical layer. The number of
pinnules on each side is 46, but of these five on one side and seven
on the other, situated at the top of the stalk, are rudimentary.
The metarachidial surface shows a bare streak 3-4 mm. in
breadth, loosely overlapped by the pinnules in its middle region.
There is no visible zooid streak, but the surface is not very well
preserved. ‘The prorachidial surface is smooth, and seems more
deeply coloured than the rest; it varies in breadth from 3°5—
10mm. The rachis ends bluntly in a small bare area. In the
other specimen the axis is exposed; it tapers rapidly to a fine
point, and is soft and coiled for the last 14 mm.
The pinnules are somewhat reniform, with a narrow insertion.
Thus, on one of the largest pinnules the insertion-line is only
4°5 mm. in length, but the outer margin is at least double.
There seems to be some irregularity in the number of the sup-
porting calcareous rays, but in some of the pinnules 4-6 are very
distinct and project for about 155mm. The specimen seems to
have been somewhat battered, and no importance can be attaclied
to the absence of rays in many of the pinnules,
The zooid-plate is basal and strongly developed. It extends in
some about halfway up the pinnule; it is ridged and has an
undulatory upper margin.
The polyps occur in three or four rows on each side of the margin
of the pinnule, occupying a zone about 1:75 mm. in breadth.
The spicules of the cortical layer of the stalk consist of small
rods and irregularly-branched forms. The following measure-
ments in millims. were taken :-—
Rods :—0:2 x 0:08.
Branched forms :—0°:25 x 0:175; 0:3 x 07175.
Locality. Wasin Channel, 8 fathoms.
PTEROEIDES PULCHELLUM, sp.n. (Plate XX VII. figs. 1 & 2.)
A beautiful finely-preserved colony, 37 mm. in total length
and 13 mm. in breadth. The stalk is 16 mm. in length and
2°05 mm. in average breadth.
There are 15 (and 16) pinnules, of which 4 (and 5) at the
base are very small. Each pimnule is supported by four rays
of spicules, which may project about 2 mm. There are about
30 polyps arranged on the margin in a sinuous line, occasionally
with young forms a little way down on either surface. The
contracted polyps are barrel-shaped, with distinct longitudinal
ridges, and the densely-crowded calices seem to differ much as to
the depth of the indentation between them. A common height
of calyx is 1 mm.; the expanded tentacles are 0°75 mm. in length
and their tips enclose a circle about 1 mm. in diameter. There
1s a prominent oral cone and a circular mouth-aperture. ;
‘In some polyps the tentacles are pure white; in others they
are backed by a chocolate-brown colour with a hint of blue.
This colour is also seen in the calices and on the rachis, especially
on its upper region.
440 © PROF. J. A. THOMSON AND MR. W. D. HENDERSON ON [Apr. 10,
The stalk is uncoloured and covered by irregular longitudinal
ridges. There is evidence of a slight basal expansion, but this
may be partly due to a contraction of the basal ccenenchyma,
through which the end of the axis has been thrust. There is a
slight swelling at the top of the stalk. The central axis (almost
1 mm. in diameter) tapers markedly for the last 4 millims., and
ends in a twisted coil.
The metarachidial surface shows (1) an almost bare streak
about 1°75 mm. in breadth, with a few (seven) zooids in a single
row towards the upper end; (2) a deep median furrow which is
evaginated as a ridge towards the base, doubtless a post-mortem
result ; (3) fine, close-set, longitudinal striations, about 12 on
each side of the middle line; (4) scattered superficial spicules.
The median zooids have a diameter of about 0°25 mm., and show
no trace of tentacles.
The prorachidial surface has a bare space about 2 millims. in
diameter ; it shows a deep median groove, longitudinal striations
less marked than on the other side, and a few irregularly-
scattered spicules. The end of the prorachidial insertion of the
pinnule is almost on a level with the metarachidial insertion.
The zooids occur on the inferior surface of the pinnules, and
their insertion is what is termed median. Beginning with a
cluster at the prorachidial insertion of the pinnule, they rise in a
narrow crescent away from the base and descend gradually to the
metarachidial insertion. They are white in colour and stand out
like little octoradiate stars.
This species falls into Kolliker’s second section with median
zooid-plates and into the group Pt. pellucidum. It comes nearest
Pt. gracile, but differs from it in many features, e. g. in having
four main rays instead of 7—9,in having one row of marginal
polyps instead of two, in having a very short zooid streak instead
of a very long one (25 millims.).
Locality. Wasin Channel, 10 fathoms.
LITERATURE REFERRED TO.
1900. Asnworru, J. H.—‘‘ The Xeniide.” Willey’s Zoological
Results, part iv.
1834. EKurenpere, C. G.—Die Corallenthiere des Rothen Meeres.
1870. Gray, J. Kh.—Catalogue of the Lithophytes or Stony Corals
in the British Museum.
1887, Grine, J. A.—<‘ Bidrag til de Norske Alcyonarier,” in Ber-
gens Museum Aarsberetning.
Herxuorts, J. A.—Notices : Polypiers nageurs ou Penna-
tulides.
1894. Eucxson, 8. J.—‘‘ A Review of the Genera of the Alcyo-
naria Stolonifera.” Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xiii.
1900. Tbid.—* The Aleyonaria and Hydrocoralline of the Cape
of Good Hope.” Marine Investigations in South Africa,
vol, 1,
ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. 44]
. Hickson, 8. J.—‘ Southern Cross’ Reports, p. 293.
. Ibid.—‘ The Alcyonaria of the Cape of Good Hope.” Marine
Investigations in South Africa, vol. ii. part ii.
. Ibid—Fauna of the Maldives, vol. ii. part i.
Ibid.—Loe. cit. vol. 11. part iv.
. Hickson, 8. J., & Hiss, Isa L.—‘ The Stolonifera and
Aleyonacea collected by Dr. Willey in New Britain.”
Willey’s Zoological Results, part iv.
. Hoim.— Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Alcyonidengattung
Spongodes.” Zool. Jahrb. viii. (Syst.).
. JUNGERSEN, H. F. E.—“‘ Pennatulida.” The Danish ‘Ingolf’
Expedition, vol. iv. part i.
. Kuunzincer, C. B.—Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres.
5, Kouuiker, A.—Icones Histiologice, pp. 131-142.
. Ibid.—Die Pennatulide Umbellula und zwei neue Typen der
Alcyonarien.
Ibid.—Pennatulida of ‘Challenger.’ ‘Challenger’ Re-
ports, vol. 1.
. KtKentHat, W.—“ Alcyonaceen von Ternate.” Abhand].
Senckenberg. nat. Ges., Band xxiii.
. [bid.—“ Versuch emer Revision der Alcyonarien. I. Die
Familie der Xeniiden.” Zool. Jahrb. xv. (Syst.) pp. 635—
662.
. Ibid.—L]. ** Die Familie der Nephthyiden.” Zool. Jahrb.
xix. (Syst.) pp. 99-172.
. MARENZELLER, EK. V.—“ Ueber die Sarcophytum bekannten
Aleyoniden.” Zool. Jahrb. Bd. 1.
4. Marsuatit, M.—“ Report on the Pennatulida dredged by
H.M.S. ‘Triton’.” Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. xxxii. part 1.
. May, W.—“ Beitrage zur Syst. und Chorologie der Aleyo-
naceen.” Jenaische Zeitsch. fiir Naturwiss. vol. xxiii.
. Moxsius, K.—‘‘ Neue Gorgoniden d. naturhist. Museums
zur Hamburg.” Nov. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. t. xxix.
. Mororr, Ta.—“ Hinige neue Pennatuliden [ u. Gorgoniaceen |
in der Miinchener Sammlung.” Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxv.
pp. 579 & 582.
Pratt, EH. M.—The Alcyonaria of the Maldives, vol. ii.
part 1.
. Purrer, A.—‘‘ Alcyonaceen des Breslaur Museums.” Zool.
Jahrb. Bd. xi. (Syst.) Heft 5.
. Ripuey, 8. O.—‘ Contributions to our Knowledge of the
Aleyonaria.” Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. pp. 125-133.
. Ibid.—Loe. cit. ix. pp. 184-193.
. Ibid.—Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 231.
. Ibid.— The Coral-fauna of Ceylon with new Species.”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xi. pp. 250-254.
. Ibid.—‘‘ Report on the Aleyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria
of the Mergui Archipelago.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.
XX1. pp. 223-247,
. Ibid.— Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘Alert’: Aleyonaria.
442
1902.
1896.
1878.
1887.
1888.
1889.
1901.
1905.
1906.
1864.
1868.
1897.
1889.
Fig. 1
He Co bo
ON ALCYONARIANS FROM ZANZIBAR. [Apr. 10,
Rous, L.—Report on the ‘Southern Cross’ Collections:
Aleyonaria.
ScuEenck, A.—‘ Clavulariiden, Xeniiden und Alcyoniiden
von Ternate.” Abhandl., Senck. nat. Ges., Bd. xxiii.
Heft 1.
Struper, T'a.—* Uebersicht der Anthozoa Alceyonaria der
‘Gazelle.”” Monats. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin.
Ibid.—“ Versuch eines Systems der Aleyonaria.” Arch.
fiir Naturg. 53 Jahrb. vol. i. fase. i.
Tbid.—‘** On some new Species of the Genus Spongedes from
the Philippine Is. and the Japanese Seas.” Ann. Mag.,.
Nat. Hist. (6) i.
Ibid.—Supplementary Report on Aleyonaria of the ‘ Chal-
lenger,’ vol. xxxii.
Ibid.—** Aleyonaires provenant des Campagnes de |’ Hiron-
delle.” Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques du Prince
de Monaco,
Tuomson, J. A., & Henperson, W. D.—‘“ Ceylon Pearl-
Oyster Fisheries Reports—Alecyonaria,” No. xx. Roy.
Soc. Lond.
Tuomson, J. A.—Appendix to ditto.
VERRILL.— List of Polyps and Corals, with Annotations.”
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, vol.i. p. 29.
Ibid.—* Critical remarks on Halcyonoid Corals.” Amer.
Journ. Sci. & Arts, ser, 2, vol. xlv. pp. 411-416.
W uirELecce.—‘ The Alcyonaria of Funafuti: Part 11.”
Mem. Austr. Mus. i. part 5.
Wricnur & StupEr.— Report on the Scientific Results of
the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ — Alcyonaria,
vol. xxx1.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXVI.
Pteroeides rigidum, sp. n. Seen from the prorachidial side. About nat.
size. p. 438.
. Pterocides rigidum, sp.n. Seen from the metarachidial side. About nat.
2
3.
4
size. p. 438.
Pteroeides brachycaulon Kélliker. A single pinnule, showing median zooid-
plate and 18 calcareous rays. X 2. p. 438.
. Virgularia multicalycina, sp.n. Portion of metarachidial surface covered
with polyps. xX 12. p. 487.
. Virgularia multicalycina, sp. n. Portion of prorachidial surface, with
ramifying nutritive canals. X 12. p. 437.
PLATE XXVIII.
. Pteroeides pulchellum, sp.n. A single pinnule, showing polyps, median
zooid-plate, and four rays. X 8. p. 439.
. Pteroeides pulchellum, sp.n. Metarachidial aspect. X 2. p. 439.
. Nephthya zanzibarensis,sp.n. A few polyps. X 1d. p. 421.
. Nephthya armata, sp.n. <A terminal cluster of polyps. X 14. p. 422.
. Nephthya zanzibarensis, var. mollis n. Note the absence of the large
cortical spindles. X 20. p. 422.
=o
PZ S 1906, vol. 1. El ae
SON ZC Pee
Sse <--—-R. Inf.
2
;
B
2) %y a
A, .\ C 7” 0
Moa’ 7 28,20 .0 05 ° b
i
Cass
Bale & Daniels epyaniuisl ith.
J.E.G. del.
CYCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES.
1906. ] ON CYCLOPIA IN GSSHOUS FISHES.
Prarr XXVILI.
Fig. 1. Spongodes zanzibarensis, sp.n. End ofa branch. xX 20. p. 424.
2. Spongodes crosslandi, sp.n. X 20. p. 423.
443
Figs. 3-9. Wrightella variabilis, sp.n. To showvariations incolour. x 1°5. p. 431.
Fig. 10. Wrightella erythrea Gray. X15. p. 430.
PATE XSXCDXE
Fig. 1, Leptogorgia ochracea, sp.n. p. 431.
2. Sclerophytum viride, sp.n. Nat. size. p. 420.
3. 3 3 Group of polyps. x 8.
4. Suberogorgia kéllikeri, var. zanzibarensis, n. X 1%. p- 429.
Figs. 5-7. Lophogorgia crista Mobius. X 2. p. 432.
Vig. 8. Sympodium splendens, sp.n. X12. p. 409.
9. Sympodium punctatum May. X 2. p. 408.
PratE XXX.
. Stphonogorgia intermedia, sp.n. One polyp. X 14. p. 428.
5 3 Four branches. x 2.
. Clavularia pregnans, sp.n. X 12. p. 407.
. Clavularia flava May. X10. p. 402.
. Sympodium fuscum, sp.n. p. 403.
. Clavularia crosslandi, sp.u. X10. p. 404.
Oe oo bo
Pratt XXXI.
(a) (0) (c). Celogorgia repens, sp.n. Nat. size. p. 436.
(d). os bs Enlarged portion. > 12.
. Sclerophytum polydactylum Dana. X 3. p. 418.
. Stereonephthya zanzibarensis, sp.n. Colony. Nat. size. p. 425.
A e Portion enlarged. x 16.
. Spongodes kuikenthali, sp.n. 16. p. 424.
Fig.
=
ee A)
3. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes.
By James I. Gumuitt, M.A., M.D.
[Received February 20, 1906. }
(Plate XX XII.*)
I. Description; p. 443.
II. Summary of Anatomical Details: p. 447.
III. Causation: p. 447.
IV. Comparison with Cyclopia in Mammals; p. 448.
I. DeEscRIprion.
Some time ago I obtained from the Lochwinnoch Trout hatchery
four young Trout just escaped from their egg-membranes, which
exhibited the condition of cyclopia.
As I could not find that the anatomy of this very interesting
abnormality had previously been described in the case of any of
the lower vertebrates, I examined the specimens carefully in the
hope that some light might be thrown on cyclopia in the higher
forms.
Classification.—The condition of the central nervous system
* For explanation of the Pate, sce p, 449.
]
444° DR. J. F, GEMMILL ON [ Apr. 10,
may best be taken as the basis of classification, and my specimens
belong to two types. The first is characterised by fusion, more or
less complete, of the cerebral lobes (one specimen); the second by
fusion of certain structures in the mid-brain as well as of the
cerebral lobes.
(A) Cyclopia with Fusion of the Cerebral Lobes (one specimen).
The external appearance of this specimen is illustrated by
Pl. XXXII. fig. 1. The front of the head is wedge-shaped, its
size being reduced in the transverse and increased in the vertical
line. The large median eye is overarched by a mesial frontal
process carrying a pair of small closely approximated olfactory
pits (fig. 2). Upper and lower jaw arches are present. The
posterior part of the head and the body are normal.
Oranial Skeleton—The skeleton is greatly modified in front of
the pituitary region. The trabecule cranti pass downwards so as
to lie below the median eye (fig. 4). ‘They are widely separated
from the base of the brain and they take no part in the formation
of an olfactory capsular cartilage. Anteriorly they articulate
with short palato-quadrate bars. In the normal Trout embryo at
a corresponding stage the trabecule, though united, still show
evidence of their double origin. But in all my cyclopean specimens
the trabecule form an absolutely single piece right back to the
pituitary space.
A rudimentary olfactory capsule is derived from the united
anterior ends of the supra-orbital bars. This united portion lies
in the frontal process and is perforated by the two small olfactory
nerves. Posteriorly the supra-orbital bars separate and pass
along the dorso-lateral aspects of the brain to join the auditory
cartilages, as in the normal condition. Near their place of
separation each gives origin to an obliquus oculi superior muscle.
The mandibular, hyoid, and palato-quadrate bars are appreciably
shortened in accordance with the small transverse measurement
of the mouth.
Brain.—The cerebral lobes are slightly smaller than normal,
and are in great part united along the inner faces. The longi-
tudinal fissure penetrates for only a third of their depth in front
at the place of origin of the olfactory nerves, while posteriorly
close to the third ventricle the fissure in question appears simply
as a shallow groove (fig. 3). The third ventricle and the optic
lobe regions are well developed, pineal diverticula, optic recess,
hypophysis, and hypoaria being present as in the normal condition.
There is no dropsy of the central cavity of the brain or of the
meninges. The cranial nerves are all present and are normal,
with the exception of the first two pairs, the olfactories being
small and closely approximated, while the optic tracts unite at the
chiasma to form a single optic nerve.
Eye.—Vhe globe is large and has its transverse diameter
1906. | CYCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. 445
increased as also has the lens. The lens-cavity is not completely
occupied by fibres, a space being left anteriorly which is filled by
small round cells. Retina, choroid, cornea, vitreous humour, and
sclerotic are well developed. The single choroidal fissure leads
back to a large optic nerve formed, as above stated, by the union
of the two optic tracts (fig. 4). There are two choroidal glands,
one on either side of the optic pore. They are supplied, as usual,
by choroidal arteries coming from the pseudobranchs. The fol-
lowing eye-muscles are present :—two superior obliques, arising
from the supra-orbital bars; two superior recti, arising along with
two inferior recti from the fibrous capsule of the brain in front of
the hypophysis; two external recti, which are normal in origin and
are inserted into the right and left sides respectively of the eyeball.
The inferior recti are united close to their insertion into the
eyeball. Inferior obliqui and internal recti are absent.
(B) Cyclopia with Fusion of Structures in the Mid-brain and
of the Cerebral Lobes.
Three of my specimens exhibit this condition, two of them
possessing a single median eye, while the third, although showing
the other essential features of cyclopia, has a pair of small closely-
approximated eyes.
1. The specimen which has a single eye resembles type A in
general appearance, except as regards its mouth-parts. In place
of the lower jaw there is a membranous flap on either side
projecting downwards and forwards from below the eye. In
place of the lower jaw arcade there is a narrow mesial process
projecting forwards to end just between the flaps. Microscopic
examination of the flaps shows that they contain externally a
number of young teeth and internally a commencing membranous
ossification. They are probably to be compared with ununited
maxillary processes, and in this respect they resemble the horn-
like structures found by Paolucci* in his cyclopean Skate.
The mesial process above mentioned contains a much elongated
symphysis of the lower jaw, the Meckel’s bars of which diverge
little from one another and articulate with suspensoria which are
similarly approximated.
Skeleton.—The trabecule cranii are represented by a single
exceedingly short bar projecting downwards and forwards towards
the wall of the pharynx. Quite separate from this are the palato-
quadrates, the anterior ends of which, uniting below the eye, form
a mesial plate replacing the defective trabecule. The supra-
orbitals are different in the two specimens: in one they unite
anteriorly in the frontal process, giving rise to a small olfactory
capsule; in the other they are short and extend no further
forward than the middle of the fore-brain. In this latter case
* Atti della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, vol. xvii. 1874,
446° * DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON [ Apr. 10,
the olfactory region is destitute of cartilage and there is no tegmen
over the third ventricle. In both specimens the supra-orbitals
are displaced downwards so as to be ventro-lateral to the brain.
The auditory cartilages are displaced similarly but to a slighter
degree.
Brain.—The cerebral lobes are markedly reduced in size and
are fused together, the longitudinal fissure being almost entirely
absent. ‘The central cavity is slightly enlarged and extends
downwards on the outer sides of the lobes further than in the
normal condition. The pineal diverticula are small unstalked
pouches. The optic lobes are of considerable size and are normal
as regards their dorsal parts, but internally the meal furrow of
the central canal is only slightly marked (fig. 5) and there is
absence alike ot the optic recess, of the hypophysis, and of the
hypoaria. Optic tracts and nerves are absent. As in type A,
the olfactory nerves are small and closely approximated.
Eye.—The single small deeply embedded eyeball has no choroidal
fissure, vitreous humour, or optic nerve. The lens and the retina
are, however, fairly well developed and there are two choroidal
glands. The position of the optic pore is marked inside the eye-
ball by an interruption of the retina exhibiting a few nerve-fibres,
which, however, fail to pierce the hexagonal pigment-layer on the
sclerotic (fig. 6). Two external and two superior rectus muscles
are present. The other eye-muscles are wanting, with the exception
of a pair of small superior obliques found in the specimen men-
tioned as having its supra-orbital bars extending forward into the
frontal process. ‘
Mouth.—The mouth-opening is represented by a minute canal,
beginning at the bottom of the groove between the maxillary flaps
and extending backwards above the symphysis of the lower jaw.
In one case this canal ends blindly, in another it joins the
pharynx.
2. The specimen which had two small eyes closely approximated
but ununited shows the following characters :—cerebral lobes
well developed, deeply cleft anteriorly, but united posteriorly ;
pineal diverticula small; third ventricle almost obliterated ;
fusion of structures in the floor of the optic lobes; rudimentary
hypophysis and hypoaria; optic tracts and nerves absent;
eyes small, embedded, almost touching one another, without
choroidal fissure, vitreous humour, or optic nerve, but with
well-developed lens, retina, and retinal pigment-layer; superior
obliqui, superior and external rectus present for each eye,
inferior recti and obliqui wanting; no mouth, the upper and
lower jaws being sealed together; trabecule cranii extremely
short, forming a single bar projecting downwards and forwards
into wall of pharynx; olfactory capsules absent; supra-orbital
bars ending separately in front, the tip of each giving origin to an
obliquus oculi superior ; olfactory pits approximated and supplied
by small olfactory nerves,
1906. | €YCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. 447
Il. SUMMARY OF CHIEF ANATOMICAL DETAILS.
Olfactory Organs.—Oltactory nerves and pits, reduced in size,
are present in all my specimens. The olfactory pits he close
together on the inferior aspect of the mesial frontal process.
Brain.—Fusion of the posterior parts of the cerebral lobes is
found in all my specimens. By itself, as in type A, this condition
is compatible with the presence of a well-developed cyclopean eye
possessing vitreous humour and an optic nerve, as well as with
the presence of pineal diverticula, hypophysis, and hypoaria, and of
optic tracts and optic recess.
Fusion of the basal structures in the mid-brain, as in type B,
is associated with greater defects—viz., reduction in the size of
the eyeball, absence of choroidal fissure, optic nerve and optic
tracts, and absence or rudimentary condition of hypophysis and
hypoaria.
Dropsy of the central cavity of the brain is conspicuous by its
absence.
Eye.—As seen in type A, the eye may be remarkably well-
developed, possessing lens, retina, vitreous humour, retinal pigment,
and optic nerve. A double set of normal eye-muscles, excepting
only the internal recti, may be present. Paired superior and
external recti are constant, while the superior obliqui and the
inferior recti are variable. The remarkable set of conditions which
accompanies fusion of mid-brain structures has been mentioned
above in connection with the brain.
Skeleton.—The trabecule cranii always appear as an absolutely
single bar of cartilage underlying the median eye. Hither they
formed a single structure from the first, and this seems to me most
probable, or their fusion was remarkably early and complete.
Olfactory capsular cartilages may be present or absent; when
present they are developed in connection with the anterior ends
of the supra-orbital bars. The palato-quadrate, the mandibular
and the hyoid bars tend to be shortened, in correspondence with
the general transverse narrowing of the mouth-parts.
Til. Causation.
My specimens are not young enough to afford direct evidence
regarding the mode of origin of the cyclopic condition. Probably
pressure is the causal factor in most instances. It will be remem-
bered that the egg-membrane of the Trout is tough and strong, and
that the cavities of the optic bulb and stalk and even of the central
nervous system are developed secondarily in solid masses of cells.
It may be supposed that undue lateral pressure (from whatever
cause arising, e. g. partial solidity or coagulation of the yolk) might
bring the optic buds together, and cause them to unite during
their outgrowth. If only moderate in degree, this. pressure might
by-and-by allow a central cavity to form in the now single optic
448 * ON CYCLOPIA IN OSSEOUS FISHES. [ Apr. 10,
bulb and stalk. Such a central cavity would permit - the develop-
ment of the secondary optic vesicle with its choroidal fissure. The
choroidal fissure would enable mesenchymal cells to pass into the
interior of the eyeball and form a vitreous body, and would enable
also nerve-fibres growing from the retina to escape from the eye-
ball, pass along the optic stalk, and form an optic nerve and tracts
such as are actually found in type A. The effect of moderate
pressure on the brain may perhaps be recognised in the fusion of
the posterior parts of the cerebral lobes characteristic of this same
type.
A greater amount of lateral pressure might lead to such further
degrees of fusion affecting the third ventricle and the mid-brain
as are illustrated in type B. In the eye it might greatly hinder
the formation of a central cavity in the primary optic vesicle and
stalk. This condition might prevent the formation of a choroidal
fissure by the usual method of ventral cupping. In the absence of
a choroidal fissure, mesenchyma could not enter behind the lens to
form a vitreous humour, and nerve-fibres formed in the retina
would have no exit from eyeball to stalk, and the stalk itself
pees degenerate. The condition in type B might then be realised,
/, €. an eye, reduced in size, with choroidal fissure, vitreous humour,
or optic nerve.
Analogous conditions, almost certainly due to pressure, are
sometimes seen in double Trout monstrosities. One or both of the
twin heads may show lateral compression, the eyes and the olfactory
pits being approximated, the mouth narrowed, and the trabecule
cranil ventrally displaced. In extreme cases the whole anterior
part of the head may be atrophied, the mouth being deficient, the
brain profoundly malformed, and eyes absent or represented only
by a lens.
LV. ComMPpARIson wirH CycLoprA In MAMMALS.
1. While olfactory nerves do not seem to have been demonstrated
in any mammalian cyclops, they are present in all my Trout speci-
mens, being traceable from the cerebral lobes to the small olfactory
pits on the under surface of the frontal process. I, as seems certain,
this process represents the ‘‘ proboscis” of a cyclopean mammal,
the ‘ proboscis” can have no relation with parts of the brain
behind the cerebral lobes and in particular none with the
hypophysis.
2. Dropsy of the central cavity of the brain is not characteristic
of cyclopia in fishes. This may be contrasted with.the usually
saccular condition of the cerebral lobes in cyclopean mammals.
3. The relatively good development of all parts of the brain,
particularly in type A, isremarkable. Indeed there seems to be no
reason why a specimen of this kind should not be able to survive
and obtain food for itself, as in the apparently unique case recorded
by Paolucci.
P 25.1906, vel. lL PE ee
Bale & Danielsson [4 lith
J E.G. del.
SUPERNUMERARY EYES AND ABSENCE OF NOTOCHORD IN TROUT
i
1906. | ON ABNORMAL TROUT EMBRYOS. 449
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.
Fig. 1. Cyclopean Trout of type A, seen from left side.
Fig. 2. Transverse section through frontal process of the same cyclopean Trout,
showing the small approximated olfactory pits (O.) and the reduced olfactory
capsular cartilage (C.).
Fig. 3. Transverse section through posterior part of cerebral lobes of same. showing
the cerebral lobes (#.B.) intimately united along their inner surfaces, and
the pineal body Pin. The central cavity of the brain (C.F. B.)is not dropsical,
and the cerebral lobes are almost normal in size.
Fig. 4. Section passing through mid-brain, posterior part of eye, and mouth of
same :—
O.L. Optic lobes. M. Mouth.
O.N. 4, nerve. T. Tongue.
IRGGs op RAGASS, CO. So. Supra-orbital cartilages.
R. swp. Rectus superior. Tr. Cr. Trabecule crann.
Rinf. 5, | inferior: Pl. qt. Palato-quadrate.
GL. Ch. Choroidal gland. Meck. Symphysis of lower jaw.
Ret. Retina. LZ. Lymph space.
Fig. 5. Section through mid-brain of embryo belonging to type B, showing obli-
teration of the ventral groove which should pass down into the stalk of the
infundibulum.
Fig. 6. Section through retina of eye described on page 446, showing failure of deve-
lopment of the optic nerve and of the choroidal fissure. Pg., pigment layer ;
Ret., retina ; f., a few fibres, which do not, however, pierce the sclerotic.
4. Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, and Loeal Deficiency and
Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos. By
James I’, Gemuityt, M.A., M.D.
[Received February 20, 1906.]
(Plate XX XIII. *)
(A) Supernumerary Eyes in Trout Hmbyros (two specimens).
The first specimen is in some respects unique in vertebrate
teratology. My attention was directed to it by the presence of
an interruption or cleft in the right upper jaw, producing the
appearance of a right-sided harelip in what seemed to be, in other
respects, a normal newly-hatched Trout embryo. On cutting serial
sections, I found that a small additional eye lay at the bottom of
this cleft, in the roof of the mouth, to the right side of the middle
line, in the same transverse plane as the normal eyes. The
additional eye is embedded in confused muscular tissue, has a
well-developed lens, a small retina, no choroidal fissure and no
choroidal gland, Its optic nerve is represented by a small bundle
of fibres which sweep over the edge of the retina to join the right
normal optic nerve (fig. 1, Pl. XXXITI.). The retina is small
and elongated antero-posteriorly. The pigment-layer is present
as such only in the posterior half of the retina. Anteriorly, the
* Por explanation of the Plate, see p. 452.
ABO « DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON | Apr. 10,
corresponding layer is non-pigmented, richly cellular, and becomes
continuous with the brain-wall just in front of the optic recess,
in such a way that the central cavity of the brain is prolonged
into the space between the retina and the pigment-layer. An
optic stalk, embryonic in condition, is thus present.
Two deep grooves are found in the floor of the third ventricle
and the mid-brain, each leading down into a separate infundibulum
and hypophysis. The grooves are separated by a considerable
ridge of brain-tissue. The right hypophysis and its hypoaria are
somewhat compressed; the rest of the brain is normal. The
right palato-quadrate bar is absent and the trabecule cranii are
displaced to the left (fig. 1, Pl. XX XIIT.).
Taken by itself, the supernumerary eye might seem to be simply
a case of repetition, since its nerve is derived from the right optic
nerve. But the persistence of an embryonic optic stalk, together
with the presence of a double hypophysis in the brain, indicates
rather that the explanation is to be found in an extremely local
degree of axial duplicity which has become obscured by the growth
of the predominant twin head. A somewhat analogous case is
described by Gurlt (‘Lehrbuch der pathologischen Anatomie,’ ii.
Theil, p. 221: Berlin, 1832). The right ramus of the lower jaw
in a Lamb has an accessory ramus on its inner side with an accessory
set of molar teeth. The tongue is double anteriorly. There are
two pituitary glands and two infundibula arising from a single
large tuber cinereum, two pineal glands, three pairs of corpora
quadrigemina, and two aqueducts of Silvius. Three accessory
nerves, arising from the mid-ventral line of the brain, go to an
“ocular rudiment in the sphenoid.” This account is quoted from
Taruffi (‘Storia della Teratologia,’ vol. ii. p. 155). For other
examples of duplicity of the hypophysis see Ahlfeld (‘Die Miss-
bildungen der Menschen,’ p. 73: Leipzig, 1880) and Bland Sutton
(‘ Transactions of the Odontological Society,’ 1888).
The second specimen was quite normal in appearance, except
for the presence of a tiny refractive knob behind the left eye.
Examination of serial sections showed the knob to contain a lens
of considerable size, enveloped in muscle-fibre, but unaccompanied
by any other eye-structure, lying in front of an exceedingly
minute fore-brain and third ventricle. The cavity of this third
ventricle communicates with the mid-brain cavity of the normal
head (Plate XX XIII. fig. 2). The embryo was quite lively when
obtained, and its chances of survival would probably not have been
appreciably diminished by the small tumour in question. It will
be seen from fig. 2 that the functional eyes and fore-brain belong
to a predominant right twin head, as also do the olfactory organs,
the mouth, and the anterior cranial cartilages generally. The
back part of the brain and the whole of the body are, however,
composite, since the left moiety of them represents structures
which are continuous with the left side of the left (aborted)
twin, while their right side is a continuation backwards of the
1906. ] ABNORMAL TROUT EMBRYOS. 451
right side of the right twin. This gives an even more complex
mixture of “individualities” than is found in ordinary cases of
symmetrical double monstrosity.
In this case of aborted twin head the lens alone of all the
eye-structures has survived. This is by no means infrequent,
even in cases of atrophy of the head uncomplicated by duplicity.
A good example is shown in fig. 3, which illustrates a transveise
section of a single atrophic head. The mouth, the lower jaw, the
trabecule, and the palato-quadrates are absent. One large lens,
clothed with muscle-fibres, is present on the right side ventrally
and compresses the lower part of the brain. A second smaller
hour glass-shaped lens les beside it, all other ocular structures
being deficient (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3).
(B) Local Deficiency or Reduplication of the Notochord
in Trout Hmbryos.
While examining a number of Trout embryos in serial section
I came across three cases of local reduplication of the notochord.
In two of them the notocl ord is bifid at its anterior extremity,
becoming single while still in the intra-cranial region. The para-
chordal cartilages are broad in front and enclose both ends of the
notochord. There is no duplicity of any other structure. It is
perhaps remarkable that one of these embryos was a cyclops of
type B.
The third example of reduplication of the notochord was found
in a set of sections which had been cut from an apparently normal
embryo for the purpose of serving as a typical series. In the
middle abdominal region the notochord is observed to divide into
two limbs which le adjacent to, but quite separate from, one
another for four or five segments, and then unite again. Where
they are widest apart each has a separate sheath and separate sets
of neural and hemal arch cartilages. The adjacent cartilages are
disposed, exactly as in double monstrosities, at the region of
transition from the double to the single condition. These cases
seem to be examples of local fission affecting a single axial organ,
rather than examples of true axial duplicity.
Local deficiency of the notochord occurred in one specimen.
Here the notochord, which is normal in the cranial and cervical
regions, ceases abruptly just behind the level of the pectoral fins.
After being absent for six somites, it reappears and runs back-
wards normally along the rest of the trunk. Plate XX XIII. fig. 4
illustrates the appearance of a transverse section in the defective
region. The neural and hemal arch cartilages have fused
together to form a series of half-rings below the cord. Ventral
to these the lateral muscle-masses meet one another in a mesial
raphe above the dorsal aorta, forming a strong support and sling
for the vertebral column and the cord.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXX. 30
452 MR. PERCY I, LATHY ON [Apr. 10,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.
Fig. 1. Transverse section of head of Trout embryo with supernumerary eye.
ZL. Lens of supernumerary eye. Tr. Trabecule cranii displaced towards
R. Retina ” 2 left.
R.O. Right normal eye. | PL. Palato-quadrate bar on left side;
N. Right optic nerve receiving fibres the right bar is absent.
from retina of supernumerary eye. —-S.o. Supra-orbita] bar.
C. Central cavity of brain with twodeep Aw. Anterior corner of auditory capsular
grooves in its floor, each of which cartilage.
leads downwards into an infun-
dibulum and a hypophysis.
Fig. 2. Horizontal section of head of Trout embryo with supernumerary eye.
L. Lens belonging to the left (aborted) O. Functional left eye.
twin head. CL. Functional cerebral lobes.
CL’. Cerebral lobes belonging to ditto. CO. Cavity of optic lobes.
3rd V. 3rd ventricle belonging to ditto. OL. Optic lobes.
C. Cranial cartilages belonging to Au. Auditory cartilage.
ditto.
Fig. 3. Transverse section of the atrophied single head described above.
LZ. The larger lens surrounded by | JZ’. Thesmaller hourglass-shaped lens.
muscle-fibres, VW. | P. Pineal body.
C.L. Cerebral lobes. | T. Tegminal cartilage.
Fig. 4. Transverse section through body of Trout embryo showing local deficiency of
the notochord.
Sp.c. Spinal cord. Ao. Dorsal aorta.
N.c. H.c. Neural and hemal arch carti- @s,. (Esophagus.
lages fused together. | Be. Body-cavity.
M,, M,,M,. Divisions of the muscle-
masses.
5. On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.
By Prroy I. Latuy, F.Z.8., F.H.S.
[Received April 10, 1906. }
(Plate XXXIV.)
HELICONIUS PASITHOE Cram., FULVESCENS, var. n. (Plate
XXXIV. fig. 1.)
Q. Upper side. Fore wing black, with white markings as in
typical pasithoé Cram., but the area between discal white markings
and base chiefly fulvous. Hind wing black, with a long, narrow,
fulvous fascia below subcostal nervure, two obscure whitish spots
near apex.
Under side. Fore wing similar to upper side, but fulvous
markings paler and discal white markings slightly tinged with
yellow. Hind wing similar to typical pasithoé with exception of
following fulvous markings: a streak along costa as above but
slightly wider and paler, and a short, wide fascia from anal angle.
Antenne fulvous with basal half black.
Hab. Demerara. Coll. H. J. Adams.
One example of this remarkable form was obtained. I am
PuZS.1QO'S, voll. 1. Pll, SOOM,
Bale & Danielsson, Lt? Hth
NEW FORMS OF HELICONIUS
1906. ] NEW FORMS OF BUTTERFLY. 453
inclined to think it may be a hybrid between H. pasithoé Cram.
and H. vetustus Butl.
HELICONIUS XENOCLEA Hew., SUPERBA, var.n. (Plate XXXIV.
fig. 2.)
3. Upper side. Fore wing black, with large discal yellow patch
edged with scarlet near anal angle, a subapical scarlet patch
inwardly edged with yellow. Hind wing black, costal area widely
greyish brown.
Under side. Fore wing blackish brown, with markings as on
upper side but yellowish white and pale pink in colour; below
submedian nervure shining greyish brown; a short scarlet streak
at base of costa. Hind wing blackish brown, a yellow streak along
basal half of costa; four basal scarlet spots, of which the upper
two are minute.
Hab. Rio Colorado, Peru, 2500 ft. Coll. H. J. Adams.
This most beautiful specimen was captured by Messrs. Watkins
and Tomlinson in September 1903, and is, I believe, unique.
HELICONIUS XENOCLEA Hew., CONFLUENS, var. n. (Plate
XXXIV. fig. 3.)
3. Upper side. Fore wing black, with the whole of the discal
area scarlet. Hind wing black, with area above costa shining
greyish brown.
Under side. Fore wing blackish brown, scarlet area restricted
and replaced by pale pink; below submedian nervure shining
greyish brown; a short scarlet streak at base of costa. Hind
wing blackish. brown, a yellow streak along basal half of costa,
three scarlet spots at base, and an obscure dull red streak along
upper part of cell.
2. Upper side. Fore wing similar tomale. Hind wing similar
to male, but with faint scarlet streaks in and beyond cell and
without shining greyish-brown costal area.
Under side. Fore wing similar to male, but pink area edged
with pale red especially on lower margin, shining greyish-brown
area absent. Hind wing similar to male. Ventral surface of
abdomen greyish white in male, yellow in female.
Hab. Pichis Road, Peru, 3000 ft. ; Rio Colorado, Peru, 2500 ft.
Coll. H. J. Adams.
One example of each sex obtained ; in typical wenoclea Hew.
the patches are separated as in var. swperba.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.
Fig. 1. Heliconius pasithoé fulvescens, var. n., p. 452.
ee wenoclea superba, var. n., p. 453.
3 ms 5) confiluens, var. n., p. 453.
P. Z.S. 1906, pp. 1-178,
were published on June 7th.
Abraxas
grossulariata, 129-133.
— flavofasciata, 129.
— lacticolor, 129-153.
Acanthidositta, 142, 157,
59:
chloris, 159.
Acara
pulchra, 378, 380, 392,
393
Acaulis, 100.
Acharadria, 100.
Acomys
selousi, 164.
subspinosus, 164.
/Etheria
elliptica, 186.
Agonostowus
monticola, 881, 391.
Aleyonium
brachyclados, 416.
digitulatum, 416.
pachyclados, 394, 416.
spherophorum, 416.
Alluroides, 217.
pordagei, 216, 217,
218.
tanganyike, 206, 215,
216, 218.
Aimblysomus ;
corri@, 160, 163, 166.
Ameiva, 307, 354.
Ammothea
brassica, 395, 421, 426.
elegans, 395, 421, 426.
thyrsordes durum, 398,
421, 427.
viridis, 395, 421, 426.
Amphidasis
betularia, 129.
— doubledayaria, 129.
Amphisbena, 20, 22, 24,
27, 28, 43.
fuliginosa, 43.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1906, Vou. I. No. XXXII.
INDEX.
Ampullaria
ovata, 184.
Anceya, 180, 181.
giraudi, 183.
rufocincta, 183, 186.
Ancistrodon
piscivorus, 36, 41.
Ancistrus
bachi, 389.
guacharote, 378.
megacephalus, 389.
trinttatis, 378, 380,
389.
Ancylus, 181.
parallelus, 184.
stuhlmannt, 184.
tanganyicensis, 184,
186.
Angerona
prunaria, 125-128,
— sordiata, 125-128,
133.
Autilope
acuticornis, 168.
Apatolestes, 97.
Apis
dorsata, 97, 98.
mellifera, 98.
Aprosmictus
cyanopygius, 230.
Arius
herzbergt, 380, 386.
spixii, 380, 386.
| Arvicanthis
pumilio, 111, 160, 164.
— bechuane, 111.
— grique, \\1.
Atya, 201, 203, 204.
Atyaéphyra, 204.
Atyella, gen. nov., 187,
201, 203, 204.
brevirostris, 187, 201,
202, 206.
Atyella
longirostris, 187, 202,
one
Atyoida, 201.
potumirim, 201.
Aulia, 148.
Batara, 1388, 141, 144,
152.
cinerea, 136, 140.
Bathanalia
howest, 181.
Bathyergus
sutllus, 165.
Bematiscus
trevelyant, 163.
villosus, 163.
Bithynis, 188.
Bitis
nasicornis, 34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 40, 41, 44.
Blastothela, 100.
Boa, 15, 19, 37.
madagascariensis, 30.
Borhyena, 45, 55, 56,
Ole
Brazzeea
anceyt, 185.
Burtonia
tanganyicensis, 184.
Bythoceras, 181.
tridescens, 180, 182,
186.
minor, 182, 186.
Callichthys
kneri, 378, 380, 388.
littoralis, 378, 380, 388.
thoracatus, 878, 38,
388.
Calotes
versicolor, 227.
Ol
456 = *
Calotragus, 168.
tragulus, 168.
Calyptomena, 143.
Calyptops, 237.
granosus, 237.
Canis
Sos
occidentalis, 73.
Carapus
fasciatus, 380, 386.
Caridella, gen. nov., 187,
198, 201.
cunningtoni, 187, 198,
199, 206.
minuta, 187, 199, 200,
206.
Caridina, 201, 203, 204.
longirostris, 189, 190.
qilotica, 189, 190.
— gracilipes, 187, 189,
190.
— minahasse, 190.
paucipara, 191.
wyckti, 189, 190, 191.
— gracilipes, 189, 191.
— paucipara, 191.
Causus
rhombeatus, 36, 41.
Centropomus
ensiferus, 381, 391.
parallelus, 381.
pectinatus, 381.
undecimatis, 381, 391.
Cephalophus
jmonticola, 167.
Ceratodus, 20, 44.
forsteri, 168-178.
Ceratoisis
gracilis, 396.
Cercopithecus
crossi, 1.
putas, 253.
pugerythrus, 160.
Cespitularia
cerulea, 394, 410, 414.
Chalina
oculata, 920.
Chameeleo, 39.
Chasmorhynchus, 145.
Chirodon
pulcher, 378, 380, 385,
393.
Chiroxiphia, 146.
Chlamydoselachus, 170.
Chonophorus
banana, 381, 393.
Chrysogorgia
flexilis, 396.
Chrysopelea
chrysochlora, 228.
ornatd, 228, 229.
Chrysospalax, 163.
Chytra
Cichlosoma
Cincloces, 185, 146, 147,
Clavularia
Cleopatra, 181.
Celogorgia
Coluber
Cnemidophorus
INDEX.
kirkii, 181.
bimaculatuny 378, 380,
392.
148.
crosslandi, 394, 399,
400, 404, 443.
flava, 894, 399, 402,
406, 443.
garcia, 394, 399, 400,
404.
— inermis, 394, 399,
400, 401.
gracilis, 394, 399, 400,
401, 402, 403.
inflata, 407.
longissima, 408.
margaritifere, 394,
396, 399, 400, 401,
403, 404.
mollis, 394, 399, 400,
401, 406.
parvula, 394, 396, 399,
400, 406.
pregnans, 394, 396,
599, 400, 402, 407,
443.
pulchra, 894, 399, 400,
405,
repens, o94, 599, 400,
405.
reptans, 894, 399, 405.
strumosa, 394, 399,403,
408.
zanzibarensis, 394, 399.
400, 405.
palmosa, 395, 453, 439,
436.
repens, 395, 396, 433,
436, 448.
esculapii, 41.
ethiops,
375.
alfaronis, 374.
amivoides, 301.
angusticeps,
375.
arubensis, 301.
australis, 281.
beldingi, 307, 308.
bocourti, 278, 285, 294, |
368, 373,
302,
329, 338, 342, 354,
BOO, 807, 308.
Cnemidophorus
communis. 277, 282,
285, 290, 292, 293,
294, 295, 297, 328,
305, 31, 309; ot,
342, 348, 345, 346,
347, 300) 8D), od08
357, 363, 365.
— australis, 277, 288,
284, 293, 328, 329,
347, 348, 351, 352,
She, coon foue:
360.
— balsas, 345.
— bocourti, 277, 328,
349, 356.
— copei, 277, 293, 328.
329, 343, 346, 347,
348, 349, 350, 351,
352, 358.
— occidentalis, 2777,
293, 297, 298, 328,
829, 339, 340, 344,
346, 347, 352, 353,
354, 355, 358, 360,
363.
costatus, 375.
decemlineatus, 374.
deppei, 277, 278, 280,
282, 284, 285, 287,
288, 289, 290, 293,
294, 295, 303, 304,
306, 307, 308,
315, 316, 317, 318,
319, 320, 321, 324,
326, 327, 307, dol,
852, 360, 363, 374.
— cozumela, 277,
316.
espeuti, 301.
gracilis, 370, 375.
grahami, 369, 375.
gularis, 277, 289, 290,
292, 293, 300, 304,
305, 306, 328, 329,
330, 331, 338, 341,
342, 350, 358, 363,
3738, 375,
— communis, 338,
339, 345, 350, 356,
ayo)
— gularis, 330, 331,
332, 334.
— mariarum, 371.
— mecki, 332, 334,
335.
— mexicanus, 339.
— ohsoletus, 330.
—- scalaris, 375.
— sericeus, 334, 379.
— semifasciatus, 375.
INDEX. AbZ
Cnemidophorus Cnemidophorus Corbicula
guittatus, 280, 283, 285, nurinus, 3801. radiata, 186.
987, 288, 289, 291, nigricolor, 301. Corydoras
293, 294, 306, 307, ocellifer, 300, 301. eneus, 378, 380, 388.
320; 321, 324, 325, octolineatus, 277, 368, | Corymorpha, 100, LOI.
B2i, 352) 354, 3D; 373, 374, 3795. nutans, 100.
356, 357, 358, 370, perplexus, 277, 367, Corynopoma, 382, 383.
373, 374, 375. 368, 369, 375. albipinnis, 382.
— guttatus, 277, 287, peruanus, 301. riiset, 378, 379, 382,
309. rubidus, 277, 298, 294, 393.
— immutabilis, 277, 308; OU V oul) ) searlesii, 382.
287, 309. sackit, 375. veedonit, 378, 382.
— striata, 326, 374. scalaris, 277, 291, 328, | Crenicichla
heterolepis, 301, 307. 329) 33D) (336) 807, JSrenata, 378.
hyperythrus, 277, 294, 390, 373. | saxatilis, 378, 330,
300, 307, 308. semifasciatus, 277, 328, 391.
imnutabilis, 278, 280, 329, 334, 335, 3874. | Crocidura
281, 282, 284, 285, septemvittatus, 277, | argentata, 102, 103.
287, 288, 291, 294, 328, 329, 335, 375. deserti, 102, 103.
298, 306, 312, 316, sericeus, 335, 308, 374. jflavescens, 163.
39, 320) 321) 323, sexlineatus,. 277, 281, | Crotalus, 36.
324, 326, 338, 351, | 284, 285, 288, 289, | Crotaphytus
356, 359, 373, 374. | 293, 294, 302, 303, wislicent, 370.
— guttata, 287. 304, 305, 306, 807, | Cryptobranchus, 174.
tnornatus, 277, 301, | 308, 315, 319, 331, | Ctenogobius
368, 378, 374, 375. | 359, 3860, 369, 374. fasciatus, 378, 393.
labialis, 277, 294, 300, | — bocourti, 375. | Curculio
368, 374, 375. — sackti, 375. griseus, 236.
lacertoides, 301. | steynegert, 367, 368, pullus, 259.
leachi, 300, 301. | 369, 375. tottus, 236, 265.
lemniscatus, 300, 301. | tessellatus, 277, 283, Curimatus
lentiginosus, 301. 293, 294, 300, 367, argenteus, 378, 3880,
lineatissimus, 316, 374. | 368, 370, 371, 372, 385, 393.
longicauda, 300, 301. BYiay Cychlasoma
mariarum, 277, 328, | — multiscutatus, 371, pulchrum, 378.
329, 375. | 375. ‘aun, BIS
martyris, 277, 294, | — rubidus, 871, 375. Cynictis
301, 368, 373, 374, | — variolosus, 375. leptura, 104.
375. | tigris, 370, 3795. ogilbyi, 104.
maximus, 277, 294, tottus, 238, 239, 242, penicillata intensa,
367, 371, 375. 265, 266, 276. 104.
melanostethus, 277, unicolor, 374, — leptura, 104.
335, 367, 368, 372, variolosus, 367, 368, — pallidior, 104.
373, 300: 372. steedmannt, 104.
mexicanus, 277, 280, varius, 259, 260, 276. Cynocephalus
282, 283, 285, 289) vidwus, 238, 242, 264, porcarius, 234.
292, 294, 295, 297, 276. Cynodictis, 56, 57.
319, 328, 329, 338, viridis, 238, 239, 242,
339, 341, 351, 352, 269, 270, 271, 276.
354, 355, 356, 358, vittatus, 238, 242, 271, | Dasyurus, 48, 49, 50.
362, 368, 379. 276, 301. Dendrelaphis
= balsas, 277, 278, wahlbergi, 238, 240, caudolineatus, 230,
284, 318, 345, 358, 242, 273, 276. | Dendrocolaptes, 152,
359, 363, 364, 365, (Ameiva) tessellatus, | 154, 155.
366. 379d. picumnus, 136, 140.
— typica, 358, 3859, | Conopophaga, 147, 148, | Dendronephthya, 395.
360, 361, 362. TB, Way, Wf), Dendrophis
microlepidopus, S74. Corallus Sormosus, 230,
mulilineatus, 301... | madagascariensis, 1. pictus, 228, 229, 230,
multiscutatus, 367,370, | Corbicula, 181, 185. Desmodillus
Sie cunningtont, 186. auricularis, 106,
Didynictis, 56, 57.
Distichoptilum
gracile, 396.
Dolichotis
magellanicus centricola,
97.
patagonica, 97.
salinicola, 96, 97, 123.
Dorcatherium
aquaticum, 118,
— batesi, 113.
— cottoni, 113.
— typicum, 118.
Dormitator
maculatus, 381, 392.
Doryichthys
aculeatus, 391.
lineatus, 380, 391.
Edgaria, 180, 181.
nassa, 182, 186.
paucicostata, 182.
Eleotris
guavina, 381.
pisonis, 381.
Ephydatia
blembingia, 227.
multidentata, 227.
plumosa, 218, 227.
— brouni, 219, 226, |
227.
— palmeri, 226.
Erythrinus
cinereus, 378.
uniteniatus, 378, 379,
382
Eryx, 14, 27, 30, 31, 82.
conicus, 27.
jaculus, 27, 29, 31.
Eudriloides, 210, 211,
212.
durbanensis, 212.
Hudrilus, 211, 212, 215.
Eunectes, 12-39.
murinus, 12-29.
noteus, 12-29, 35.
Euspongilla
lacustris, 220.
Evorthodus
breviceps, 381, 393.
Felis
li ye, 66, 68, 69,
eh
— bor ea 68, 69, 70,
Ga
onca, a
uncia, 123.
Formicivora, 157.
| Hatteria, 20, 24, 41, 43,
44.
INDEX.
| Funambulus
insignis, 8.
— castaneus, 8.
— diversus, 8.
— jalorensis, 8.
— niobe, 8.
— obscurus, 8.
— peninsule, 7, 8.
— rostratus, 8.
— typicus, 8.
peninsule, 7.
Fundulus
micropus, 390.
Funiculina
gracilis, 396.
Galago
sp., 2.
Galictis, 112.
Genetta
tigrina, 163.
| Georychus
Syohy Lala
cecutiens, 166.
capensis, 165.
— canescens, 165.
holosericeus, 166.
hottentottus, 166,
167.
— talpoides, 166.
ludwigi, 166.
lugardi, 111.
Gerbillus
peba, 106.
— schinzi, 106.
tenuis, 106.
Gerrhosaurus, 44.
Girardinus
IMPPYt 378, 379, 390,
bene 180, 181.
horez, 183, 186.
preclara, 183, 186.
Gobius
fasciatus, 378,
392.
381,
_ Gordiodrilus, 213.
Gorgonia
capensis, 396.
| Graphiurus
griselda, 105,
murinus, 105, 106.
nanus, 105, 106.
smithii, 106.
Hadrostomus, 143,
| Halocordyle, 100.
Haplochilus
harti, 379, 389, 393.
Heliconius
pasithoé, 452.
— fulvescens, 452, 468.
vetustus, 453.
xenoclea, 453.
— confluens, 453.
— superba, 455.
Hemitragus
Jemlaicus, 234.
Herpestes
cafer, 168.
galera, 103, 163.
pulverulentus, 163.
Heterodon
platyrrhinos, 43.
Heterostephanus, 100.
Heteroxenia
elisabethe, 394,410,413.
Hipparion, 377.
Homorus, 186, 137, 152,
154, 155.
Hoplosoma
enewm, 378.
Hoplosternum
levigatum, 378.
stevardii, 378.
Hyena, 50, 51, 54.
Hyznodon, 43, 52, 53,
54, 57.
Hylactes, 185, 142, 147,
148, 149, 153, 154.
megapodius, 136, 140,
145.
Hylambates
brevirostris, 179.
rufus, 179.
Hylobates
agilis, 1
Hylocherus
meinertzhagent, 3.
rimator, 2, 3.
Hypostomus
robini, 378.
Hypsiprymnus, 48.
Hyrax, 47.
Hystrix
africe-australis, 167.
Tanthocincla
rufigularis, 230,
Teuanodon
bernissartensis, 121.
Ilyogenia
cunningtoni, 206.
Tlysia, 31-34, 42.
scytale, 31-34.
Tsaniris, 237.
Isis -
hippuris, 396.
| Kerria, 214.
Lacerta, 18, 43.
Lachesis
gramineus, 36.
Lanistes, 185.
Lathria, 143.
Lavigeria, 181.
grandis, 182, 186.
Legeada
minutoides, 110, 165.
Lemur
catta, 124.
Leptogorgia
australiensis, 432.
ochracea, 394, 395, 451,
443.
Lepus
saxatilis, 167.
Linnea
natalensis, 184.
Limnocaridina
latipes, 187, 191, 192,
196, 208.
parvula, 187, 191, 192,
193, 200, 205.
retiartus, 187, 191, 192,
194, 205.
similis, 187, 191, 192,
195, 205.
socius, 187, 191, 192,
195, 196, 205.
spinipes, 187, 191, 192,
197, 206.
tanganyike, 187, 191,
192, 194, 195.
Limnocnida
tanganice, 179.
Limnotrochus, 181.
thomsont, 181.
Lioheterodon, 42.
Lithophytum
africanum, 427.
brassicum, 395, 421,
426.
elegans, 395, 421, 426.
flabellum, 427.
flavuin, 395, 421, 427.
ramosuin, 89d, 421,
427.
thyrsoides, 395, 421,
427
— durwin, 421, 427.
viride, 395, 421, 426.
Lobophytum
marenzelleri, 394, 416.
pauciflorum, 394, 421.
Lophogorgia
crista, »94, 395, 451,
432, 433.
liitkeni, 895, 396, 431,
433.
Lybiodrilus, 210.
INDEX.
Macrodon
Serox, 378.
trahira, 378, 379, 382.
Melania, 185.
tuberculuta, 185.
Melissomorpha, gen.
nov., 97.
indiana, 98.
Mellivora
cottont, 112, 113.
Mesonyx, 53, 57.
Metschaina
suctoria, 210, 212.
tanganyike, 206, 209,
212.
Midas
rufimanus, 230.
Miniopterus
dasythrix, 161, 162.
Sraterculus, 162.
natalensis, 161.
schreibersi, 102.
Mitophorus, 237.
Meeritherium, 73.
Mopsea
erythrea, 395, 429,
430.
Mugil
brasiliensis, 381, 391.
cephalus, 381.
curema, 381.
incilis, 381.
trichodon, 381, 391.
Mus .
sp., 109.
auricomis, 107.
— centralis, 107.
bowerst, 10.
colonus, 109.
concolor, 11.
coucha, 107, 109.
decumanus, 11.
griseiventer, 11.
anas, 9, 11.
jatorensis, 10, 11.
jarak, 10, 11.
Jerdont, 8, 10.
klossi, 9, 11.
maritimus, 165.
muelleri, 10.
musculus, 11.
norvegicus, 11, 164.
ochraceiventer, 4, 9.
rattus, 11, 109, 164.
sabanus, 8.
swillus, 165.
surifer, 9.
validus, 10.
verreauxt, 164.
vociferans, 8.
whiteheadi, 4, 9, 10.
Mus
woosnamt, 102, 108,
u.
Myosorex
varius, 162.
Nannodrilus, 214.
Nectophryne
afra, 59, 64.
everett?, 61, 65.
exigua, 59, 62.
guentheri, 62, 65.
hosit, 59, 61, 65.
macrotis, 63. 65.
maculata, 63, 65.
miesera, 59, 64.
parvipalmata, 61, 65.
signata, 63, 65.
sundana, 64.
torniert, 63, 64, 65.
tuberculosa, 61, 65.
Necturus, 170, 175.
Nematopoma, 382, 383.
searlesit, 378, 382.
Neothauma, 185.
tanganyicense,
184, 220, 221.
Nephthya
armata, 395, 421, 422,
442.
180,
cupressiformis, 422.
zanzibarensis, 395, 421,
442,
— mollis, 395, 421,
422, 442.
Notoryctes, 58.
Nototragus
melanotis, 1, 168.
Nyctea
scandiaca, 1.
Nycteris
thebaica, 102.
Nyctinomus
bocagei, 103.
Ocnerodrilus, 214, 215.
(Llyogenia) cunning-
tont, 212, 215.
Ophisaurus, 24,
Ortmannia, 201,
204.
Otomys
trroratus, 107, 164.
Oxyzena, 04, 57.
203,
Pavhyena, 45, 54, 57.
Palzemon
alcocki, 189.
mooret, 187, 188, 189,
203, 205.
niloticus, 189.
460 *
Palemon
scabriculus, 189.
superdus, 189.
trompt, 189.
Paleomastodon, 73.
Papio
porcarius, 160.
Paramelania, 181.
crassigranuata,
186.
damon, 182, 186.
— imperialis, 182.
Paraspongodes
striata, 395, 396, 421,
428.
Parauchenipterus
pase@, 380, 387, 393.
Pedetes
caffer, 105.
Pennaria, 100, 101.
tiarella, 101.
Pennatula
indica, 306.
Philepitta, 143, 145, 149,
HONS as:
gala, 140.
Philypnus
dormitator, 381, 392.
Phlyctinus, 279.
callosus, 237, 272
182
=n
Pimelenotus
wilsoni, 378
Pimelodus
wilsont, 378, 380, 386.
Pipistrellus
kuhlii Juscatus, 161.
Pipra, 157, 146.
Pitta, 135, 137, 145, 146,
147, 148, 151.
Planorbis, 181.
crawfordi, 185.
sudanicus, 184.
— minor, 185.
Platydrilus, 211.
Plecostomus
guacari, 378, 380, 389.
robini, 380, 3889.
Pleiodon
spekei, 184.
Pecilogale, 112.
Pecilurichthys
brevoortit, 378.
pulcher, 378
teniurus, 378.
unilineatus, 378.
Polycentrus
schomburgkti, 378, 380,
391, 393.
tricolor, 378.
Potamolepis
welineri, 218, 222, 223, |
INDEX.
Procavia
capensis, 111, 167.
Proteles
cristatus, 123.
Protopterus, »169,
172, 176.
Pseudauchenipterus
guppyi, 880, 387, 393.
Pseudocolaptes, 135, 140,
V4); d42, 152) lo:
155.
boissineauti, 136, 140.
Pseudosisura, 137.
Pteroeides
argentewm, 438.
brachycaulon, 395, 436,
438, 442.
gracile, 440.
pellucidum, 440.
pulchellum, 395,
435, 489, 442.
rigidum, 399, 396, 46,
438, 442.
Pteroptochus,
154, 157.
Pyrrhulopsis
personata, 230.
171,
396,
148, 15s,
Python, 19; 26, 29; 30,
34.
bivittatus, 26.
sebe, 27-51.
sptlotes, 27,
Rana
goltath, \79.
Raphicerus, 168.
campestris, 168.
Ratufa
gi 4, 5.
— typica, 5.
epithe 5.
— pyrsonota, 5.
pyrsonota, 5.
Rhinoderma
darwini, 179.
Rhinolophus
augur, 102, 161, 162.
denti, 102.
Rhynchosaurus
articeps, 125.
Rivulus
micropus, 390.
Rousettus
collaris, 161, 162.
Rumella, 185.
Saccostomus
anderssoni, 110.
campestris, 110.
Suscus, 110.
hilde. 110.
Saccostomus
lapidarius, 110.
mashoneé, 110.
Sciobius, 236, 2387.
aciculatifrons, 238, 241,
256, 258, 276.
angustus, 238, 242, 267,
276.
arrowt, 238, 242, 272,
276.
barkeri, 238, 239,
257, 276.
bistrigicollis, 258, 259,
241, 251, 268, 276.
brevicollis, 238, 239,
241, 249, 251, a
cinclus, aoe 260, 2
cinereus, 238, 239, ei
244, 276
cognatus, 238. 240, 241,
247, 248, 276.
cultratus, 238, 289, 240,
241,
243, 245, 276.
curtus, 269.
dealbatus, 238, 239,
240, 246, 248. 276.
deplanatus, 252; (253,
276.
geniculatus, 237.
granipennis, 238,
252, oF 76.
JES 238, 239,
243, 276.
griseus, “238, 239, 258,
276
horni, 238, 239, 240,
242, 272, 276.
Us: ollis, 238, 241,
249, 276.
lateralis, 238, 254, 276.
latipennis, 238, 241,
25527165
marginatus, 238, 239,
242, 261, 264, 267,
276.
muricatus, 238, 266,
276:
nanus, 238, 242, 270,
ZOE
obesus, 238, 240, 241,
245, 276.
oneili, 238, 241, 252,
276.
opalinus, 238, 239, 240,
241, 248, 267.
paivanus, 236, 237, 275,
276.
panzanus, 238, 242.
268, 276.
péringueyi, 238, 242,
263, 276.
Sciobius
planipennis, 238, 241,
253, 255, 276.
pollinosus, 238, 259,
242, 260, 273, 276.
pondo, 238, 239, 242,
264, 276.
porcatus, 236, 254, 260,
266, 276.
prasinus, 238, 240, 242,
270, 276.
pullus, 256, 238, 242,
209) 276:
scapularis, 238, 239,
240, 241, 258, 276.
schonlandi, 238, 242,
268, 276.
spatulatus, 238, 242,
262, 276.
_squamulosus, 238, 242,
274, 276.
swhnodosus, 237.
tenwicornis, 238, 241,
255, 276.
Sciurus
affinis, 4.
bilimitatus, 7.
Jinlaysoni, 7.
mimatus, 6, 7.
nigrovittatus, 7.
— bilimitatus, 7.
notatus miniatus, 5.
peninsularis, 5, 6, 7.
tenuis, 5.
— surdus, 5.
vittatus, 5, 6, 7.
— miniatus, 6.
Selerophytum
hirtum, 394, 416, 419.
marenzelleri, 394, 416,
419.
polydactylum, 394, 416,
418, 443.
querciforme, 394, 416,
419,
viride, 394, 416, 420,
445. :
Scytalopus, 157.
Sinopa, 55, 57.
Sinularia
brassica, 394, 416.
fungoides, 394, 416,
417.
Siphonogorgia
intermedia, 395, 396,
421, 428, 429, 443.
Siptornis, 145, 152.
Siteutes
albicinctus, 237.
Spekia
. conata, 183.
{
|
INDEX,
Spherivin, 181.
nyanze, 186.
victorie, 186.
| Sphenodon, 125.
Sphrigodes
margaritaceus, 237.
Spongilla
biseriata, 218, 219, 223,
224,
bohmit, 219, 222, 223,
225.
carter, 218, 219, 227.
cunningtont, 218, 219,
220, 221, 227.
Sriabilis, 219.
lacustris multiforis,
225,
loricata, 225.
moore, 218, 219, 221,
227.
multiforis, 225.
nitens, 219, 222, 225.
permenta, 222, 224.
rousseletiz, 219, 223,
227.
sumatrand, 224.
tanganyike, 218, 219,
221, 222, 2277.
zambesiana, 219, 225
227.
Spongodes
crosslandi, 395, 42},
423, 443.
hemprichii, 395, 421,
423,
kiikenthali, 395, 421,
423, 424, 448.
zanzibarensis, 895, 421,
494, 448.
(Dendronephthya) co-
ronata, 424.
(—) hemprichii, 423.
| Stauridium, 100.
Stereonephthya
zanztbarensis, 395, 421,
425, 448.
Stevardia, 382, 383.
albipinnis, 378, 382.
Stuhlmannia, 211, 215.
asymmetrica, 209.
gracilis, 208.
inermis, 206, 207, 208,
209.
michaelseni, 208.
variabilis, 207, 208,
209.
Suberogorgia
kollikert, 430.
— ceylonensis, 430.
— canzibarensis, 395,
429 443.
461
| Sus
| dongirostris, 119.
Symbranchus
marmoratus, 330), 389.
Sympodium
cerulewm, 394, 399,
408.
Juscum, 394, 369, 408,
443,
punctatum, 394, 399,
408, 443.
splendens, 2894, 399,
409, 448.
(Aleyenium) /ulvum,
409.
| Synallaxis, 135, 138, 144,
146, 152.
| Systates, 237, 275.
Tanganyicia
rufofilosa, 183.
| Tatera
lobengule, 106.
Telesto
arborea, 395, 4338, 434.
rupicola, 3895, 488,
434,
Tetragonopterus, 382.
guppyt, 379, 884, 395.
maculatus, 378, 380,
384.
teniurus, 378, 379,
383, 884, 393.
trinitatis, 384.
unilineatus, 378, 380,
384, 593.
wappr, 384.
Thamnophilus, 138, 141,
143.
| Thylacinus, 48, 49, 50.
| Tiliqua
scincoides, 377.
| Tiphobia, 181.
horei, 181.
lanka
Trachysaurus
rugosus, 376.
Tragulus
javanicus, 119.
| Trichorhiza, 99.
brunnea, 99, 100, 101.
| Tropidonotus, 18, 41.
maculatus, 228, 229.
natrix, 41.
| Tubipora
chamissonis, 394, 409.
musica, 409.
| Tupaia
Jerruginea, 4.
— belangeri, 4.
malaccana, 4.
462 *
Umbellula
elongata, 396.
Ungalia, 34, 42.
Unio, 185.
burtoni, 184.
lourdeli, 186.
Ursus
arctos, 231.
— shanorum, 231, 232.
— yesoensis, 251, 232.
Uruguaya, 222, 225.
Varanus, 28, 45.
Verticaria, 289.
Vespertilio
capensis, 102.
dasythrix, 161.
Vipera
berus, 35.
Virgularia
mirabilis pedunculata,
3895, 436, 437.
INDFX.
Virgularia
multicalycina, 395, 396,
436, 487, 442.
rumphii, 437.
Vivipara, 181,185.
constricta, 185.
Vorticlava, 100.
Wrightella
erythrea, 395, 429,
430, 431, 443.
variabilis, 395, 396,
429, 431, 443.
Xenia
cerulea, 394, 410, 412.
membranacea, 394, 410,
412.
plicata, 413.
quinqueserta, 410, 412,
rigida, 394, 410, 418.
THE END.
Xenia
sansibariana, 412.
ternatana elongata, 394,
410, 412.
wmbellata,
410, 411.
Xenicus, 157.
Xenocara
cirrhosum, 380, 389.
Xiphocaris, 204.
Xiphocolaptes, 135, 136,
146.
394, 396,
albicollis, 139.
Xiphorhynchus, 137, 158,
139, 143, 144, 146,
152, 154, 155.
trochilirostris, 140.
Zamenis
gemonensis, 28.
Zorilla, 112.
Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
No. 25.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
January 16th, 1906.
Howarb SAunvErS, Hsq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of December
1905.
The Secretary also exhibited a series of photographs of the
Red Deer illustrating the growth of the antlers, which had been
presented to the Society by Mr. Walter Winans, F.Z.S.
~ Prof. E. A. Mincury, F.Z.S., exhibited a living specimen of a
Lemur (Galago) which he had brought home with him from
Entebbe, Uganda.
Dr. F. G. D. Drewirr, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks
upon, a white variety of the Common Mole.
Mr. OxnprietD T'HomAs, F.R.S., exhibited a skull of a Forest-
Pig (Hylocherus) sent by Mr. G. L. Bates from the Cameroons,
thus confirming the report, already published, that Hylocherus
occurred near the West Coast. The species, however, appeared
to be different from H. meimertzhagent, and was diagnosed as
follows :—
HyYLOCHGRUS RIMATOR, sp. n.
General characters of skull as in H. meinertzhageni, but the
teeth, and especially the last molars, conspicuously narrower and
lighter, both above and below.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It wil]
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sir
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
: 2
Basal length 325 mm.; last upper molar 42°3 x 17:5; last
lower molar 48°2 x 16.
Hab. Ja River, Cameroons.
Type. Old female skull. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.
Mr. W. Srorrs Fox, F.Z.8., read a paper on some bones of the
Lynx (felix lynx) found in a limestone cavern in Cales Dale,
Derbyshire. This was only the third record of remains of this
species having been met with in the British Islands.
Mr. J. L. Bonnore, F.Z.8., communicated a paper dealing with
a collection of Mammals recently collected in the Malay Peninsula
by Mr. C. B. Kloss, and presented to the National Museum.
The collection contained examples of 17 species, chiefly Rodents,
of which two, representing well-known Bornean species, were
described as new. There was alsoa series of Mus jarak, a species
hitherto known from one specimen only and recently described
by the author.
Mr. Cuartes 8. Tomes, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., read a paper on the
minute structure of the teeth of the Creodonts. The author
stated that suggestions which had been made as to a_ possible
relationship between the Creodonts and the Polyprotodont Mar-
supials had rendered it interesting to see how far the structure
of their teeth either supported or tended to disprove such specu-
lations. Marsupial teeth possessed in the structure of their
enamel a well-marked peculiarity, namely, the free penetration of
the epiblastic enamel by tubes continuous with those of the
mesoblastic dentine, and it happened that recent Carnivora, the
descendants, more or less direct, of the Creodonts, also presented
a disposition of the prisms of their enamel somewhat unusual
amongst Mammalia. ‘Teeth of HWyenodon, Sinopa, Oxyena,
Pachyena, Borhyena, Didynictis, and Cynodictis had been
examined, and in none of them were marsupial characters ob-
served; on the contrary, in most of them characteristic car-
nivorous patterns were found, so that in Oligocene and Eocene
times their enamel had already attained to its full specialisations,
Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a paper entitled “ Contri-
butions to the Anatomy of the Ophidia.”
Dr. JEAN Roux, the Curator of the Basle Museum of Natural
History, communicated a paper containing a synopsis of the Toads
of the genus Nectophryne, with special remarks on some known
species ‘and description of a new species from German East Africa,
3
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 6th February, 1906, at half-past Hight
o'clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :—
1. Mr. E. 8. Russern.—On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus.
2. Dr. J. W. JENkrinson.—Notes on the Histology and Phy-
siology of the Placenta in Ungulata.
3. Miss GerrruDE Ricarpo.—Description of a new Fly of the
Family Zadanide.
4. Mr. Harotp Scuwann, F.Z.8.—A List of the Mammals
obtained by Messrs. R. B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent in Bechuana-
land.
The following Papers have been received :—
1. Mr. Basurorp Dean.—Notes on the Living Specimens of
the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) in the Zoological
Society's Collection.
2. Mr. Percy I. Latuy, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of
Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.
3. Mr. G. F. Spurrety.—On the Angle of the Jaw.
4. Mr. Guy A. K. Marsnatn, F.Z.S.—A Monograph of the
Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius.
5. Mr. L. Doncaster, F.Z.S8., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor.—
On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera.
6. Mr. W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8.—Contributions to the Osteology
of Birds.—Part VIII. The Tracheophone Passeres, with Remark s
on Families allied thereto.
7. Mr. R. LyprexKer.—On a Central-African Ratel and Water-
Chevrotain.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGicaAL Society oF Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
23rd January, 1906.
Print) mbes Wee,
vied Nt ase ah my ak 8G
ac) Wain 7
ee > we Wie - pe Ret ee a fe act mag
aliens! «eww eS. aa nvaeiia
ermal ahh e bed aa Sb Teepe ny t& inat yei ‘
borin’ fat ores einaglep aris bie
J >
We. bei ele ith 1 ath? 4 «ate “7 ad ory (rR reat it ‘4
oalcah, GA) dx’ Teele Hie) (bya anlar
‘ (ee . © ’ me all A.
gt Sar oe AY ohs fy ibct eae
Sadun Ae resale i wee) =
Peak ier Fy often. sgl oth Wien” ie a wy zh.
SAS Righetti RENE haart tile Saleh ie
a2 Pe > eee aha, Mitel hd Bid
y
pes ey ee i)
sai by ‘fa! ia nwa ace! ea
Sibi 5 1 0 Dow Pee oars ont _
ei ate. us IY por lee tae taeda ef af) oak ont,
ot ee DP ae
par rv, Bia 4 af naeunt ke hres Rf ie) . alae, 4 x 2
MW : np ih ie
; i 7th ¥ A r
wr | oa EE a Terie ae gry Sle
4 : ad ,
¥4 -_
ati 20 eyalisr if Matar TL mn Ly ea rhiiad ni )o wie
& ot. bomotiba of tedia tga TO PRIOR Ree
‘‘ fi
Meuseamie jain wild ey ids a “un
We gs ee ro. we
aU &. hari wi? ;
No. 26.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.”
February 6th, 1906.
G. A. Boutenerr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Frepertck Ginuerr, F.Z.S., exhibited a case of mounted
cubs of the Timber-Wolf (Canis occidentalis) which he had
obtained in the Province of Keewatin, Canada. He remarked
that this wolf was scarce in that district, being seen only
occasionally in the winter and scarcely ever in the summer.
Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon
some restored models of the skulls and mandibles of Maritheriwm
and Paleomastodon. The models were prepared by Mr. F. O.
Barlow from the original specimens collected from the Upper and
Middle Eocene beds of the Fayim, Egypt, and now preserved in
the British Museum and the Geological Museum, Cairo.
Dr. Water Kipp, F.Z.8., exhibited lantern-slides of sections
of skin from the palmar and plantar surfaces of twenty-four
species of Mammals, and the plantar surfaces of seven species of
Birds. The functions of the papillary ridges and the papillary
layer of the corium in connection with the sense of touch were
alluded to.
Dr. J. W. Jenkinson read a paper on the Histology and
Physiology of the Placenta in the Ungulata, and made the
following remarks :—
A recent examination of the histological structure of the
placenta in the Sheep and Cow has shown :
(1) That in the formation of the accessory cotyledons of the Cow
the epithelium lining the cotyledonary crypts arises by
simple modification of the uterine epithelium.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at’ the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sir
Shillings per annum, payable in advance,
6
(2) That in the fully formed principal cotyledons of both Cow
and Sheep there is complete continuity of the intra- with
the extra-cotyledonary uterine epithelium.
(3) That the greenish-brown pigment so abundantly present
in the trophoblast-cells is’a derivative of the hemoglobin
of the maternal corpuscles which those cells have ingested,
The pigment—which contains no iron—is of two kinds, one of
which has a definite absorption-spectrum resembling closely that
of oxyhemoglobin. In acid solution the spectrum approaches
that of acid heematoporphyrin.
Sir Epmunp Loper, Bt., F.Z.8., exhibited a living specimen of
a dwarf species of Cavy, probably the Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis
salinicola), and remarked that, owing to Burmeister (the original
describer of the animal) being under the erreneous impression
that he had founded the species on young specimens and the fact
that two distinct species occurred in the same district, some
considerable confusion had been caused as to the status of the
different forms of Dolichotis. He pointed out that the common
Patagonian Cavy (D. patagonicus) differed from the dwarf
D, salinicola and the larger D. magellanicus centricola (the two
species found together) in having a broad dark band above the
white rump-patch.
A communication from Mr. E. 8. Russeiu contained a descrip-
tion of 7'richorhiza, a new Hydroid genus, of which the diagnosis
was as follows :—‘ Hydranth solitary, attached loosely by the
hydrorhiza, which was filiform and branched. Invested by
perisare, which formed a protective cup into which the hydranth
was partly retractile.” The genus had been founded for a single
species, 7’. brunnea, the type specimen of which was discovered
clinging to the tentacles of a Corymorpha dredged in the Clyde.
Reproduction in 7’. brunnea was by meduse, Trichorhiza
belonged to the family Pennaride,
Miss GertruDE Ricarpo communicated a description of the
new genus Melissomorpha, formed for the reception of a Horse-fly
of the Pangonine division of the family Zabanide, discovered
by Col. C. T. Bingham in Sikkim. The insect closely mimicked
the Indian bee Apis dorsata L., having the flattened wide tibiz
characteristic of the hive-bee, the general resemblance between
the bee and the fly being very striking.
Mr. Haroup Scuwann, F.Z.S., read a paper on the Mammals
collected at Kuruman and Molopo in Bechuanaland by Messrs. R.
B. Woosnam and R. E. Dent. The specimens, numbering about
120 and belonging to 26 species, were of great interest as being
topotypes of several species described by Sir Andrew Smith in his
expedition to Kuruman and the interior of South Africa,
7
A communication from Mr. R. Lyprxxsr, F.R.S., contained a
description of a new species of Ratel (dJellivora) from Central
Africa, also notice of the occurrence of a new subspecies of
Chevrotain (Dorcatherium) in that district. The author proposed
to divide the genus into three geographical races, viz. the typical
form from the Gambia, Bates’s Chevrotain from the Cameroons,
and the present—Cotton’s Chevrotain—from the Ituri Forest.
Mr. H.G. F. Spurrewt read a paper entitled “The Articulation
of the Vertebrate Jaw,” and made the following remarks :—
The object of this paper is to draw attention to the existence of
two types of mouth in Vertebrates. In one type the articulation
is in the plane in which the teeth meet; in the other type it is
not in the plane in which the teeth meet, but in Mammals above,
in Reptiles below that level. This alteration in level is attained
in Mammals by an ascending ramus of the jaw, in Reptiles by a
long quadrate bone. ‘The first type is best seen in carnivorous
Mammals. It allows of a wide gape and a successive play of the
edges of the carnassial teeth from back to front as in the blades
of scissors, and is incompatible with lateral movements of the
jaw. The second type admits of comparatively slight separation
of the teeth ; it allows all the teeth to meet simultaneously ; and
in Mammals it allows of lateral movements of the jaw for tri-
turating vegetable food. In the modifications of this type are
considered the angle which the ramus forms with the dentary
portion of the mandible, the eminentia articularis, and the
prolongation forward of the jaws separating the incisor from
the molar teeth. These aré factors in obtaining the requisite
movements of the jaw, especially a greater separation of the
incisor teeth, than is required for the molars.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 20th February, 1906, at half-past Hight
o'clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :—
1. Mr. L. Doncaster, F.Z.S., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor. —
On Breeding Experiments with Lepidoptera.
2. Mr. W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.S.—Contributions to the Osteology
of Birds.—Part VIII. The Tracheophone Passeres, with Remarks
on Families allied thereto.
3. Messrs. OLprienD THomas, F.R.S., and Haroirp Scuwann,
F.Z.8.—The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—IV, List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Knysna.
4. Mr. Basurorp Dran.—Notes on the Living Specimens of
the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) in the Zoological
Society's Collection,
8
The following Papers have been received :—
1. Mr. Percy I. Larsy, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of
Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.
2. Mr. Guy A. K. Marswauy, F.Z.S.—A Monograph of the
Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius.
3. Mr. C. Tare Regan, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the
Island of Trinidad, based on Notes and Sketches made by
Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun.
4. Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.—Fourth Contribution to the
Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection
of Fishes made by Mr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third
Tanganyika Expedition, 1904-05.
5. Dr. W. T. Cauman, F.Z.S8.—Zoological Results of the Third
Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-05. Report on the Macrurous Crustacea.
6. Mr. Epear A. Suiru, F.Z.S.—Zoological Results of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun-
nington, 1904-05. Report on the Mollusca.
7. Mr. R. Kirxparricnk, F.Z.8S.—Zoological Results of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun-
nington, 1904-05. Report on the Porifera, with Notes on
Species from the Nile and Zambesi,
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGicaAL Sociery oF Lonpon should be addressed to
P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
3 HANovER Square, Lonpon, W.
13th February, 1906,
INOne a:
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
February 20th, 1906.
G. A. Bounenesr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read a Report on the additions that had been
made to the Menagerie during the month of January 1906, and
called special attention to a Snow-Leopard (/elis wncia) presented
by Major A. H. Hussey, R.H.A., an Aard Wolf (Proteles
cristatus), purchased, and a Salt-Marsh Cavy (Dolichotis salinicola),
received on deposit.
The Secrerary also read a letter from Maj.-Gen. Sir Reginald
Talbot, K.C.B., Governor of Victoria, giving an account of the
supposed breeding of a mule. An illustration of the dam and
foal from ‘The Australasian ’ accompanied the letter.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, the Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited
a photograph or a Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta) carrying its
young on its back.
Dr. A. SmirH Wcoopwarp, F.R.S8., F.Z.8., exhibited a new
drawing of the skeleton of the Triassic Rhynchocephalian, Rhyncho-
saurus articeps, from the Keuper Sandstone of Shropshire. He
pointed out the differences between this ancient reptile and the
modern Sphenodon, especially noting the great expansion of its
coracoids and ischia, and the probably diminutive size of its
sternum. He inferred from the everted rims of the upwardly-
turned orbits, and from the sigmoidal bend of the femur, that
Rhynchosaurus was to a great degree aquatic in habit.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free for the sum of Sie
Shillings per aunum, payable in advance.
10
Mr. L. Doncaster, M.A., F.Z.S., and the Rev. G. H. Raynor,
M.A., communicated a paper on Breeding Experiments they had
made with Lepidoptera.
The species used were Angerona prunaria and its var. sordiata,
and Abraxas grossulariata and its var. lacticolor.
In A. prunaria the banding of the var. sordiata was dominant
over its absence in the type, but the speckling characteristic of the
type appeared in the heterozygote, so that the latter was both
banded and speckled. The characters appeared to segregate in
the typical Mendelian manner, but in several families there was
an excess of prunaria over sordiata. In A. grossulariata the
var. lacticolor was a Mendelian recessive, but was normally found
only in the female. By pairing a heterozygous male with a
lacticolor female, lacticolor males and females were obtained.
Lacticolor male x female gave only lacticolor; lacticolor males
by heterozygote females had « given all males of the type, all females
lacticolor.
Several typical families of each species were exhibited.
Mr. W. P. Pycrarr, F.Z.S., read a paper on the “ Tracheophone
Passeres,” which he described as a group differing frem all the
remaining Passeres in the formation of the syrinx, which was
tracheal—instead of tyracheo-bronchial—and peculiar among
syringes of the tracheal type in the development of a cartila-
ginous pillar for the insertion of the intrinsic muscles. The
group was divisible into three sections: (@) having holorhinal
nares and a single-notched sternum, (6) with schizorhinal nares
and a single-notched sternum, and (c) with holorhinal nares and a
doubly- notched sternum.
He proposed to make the Tracheophone Passeres one of four
great divisions of the Passerine stem. The most primitive of the
divisions would contain the Eurylemide, Cotingide, and Phile-
pitta. 'The second would be represented by the Tracheophone,
the third by the Tyrannide and Pittide, and the fourth by the
rest of the Passeres.
A paper by Messrs. OLprreLp Tnomas, F.R.S., and HAronp
ScHuwann, F.Z.S., was read, giving an account of a collection of
Mammals made by Mr. C. H. B. Grant at Knysna, and presented
to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. The collection
consisted of about 150 specimens, belonging to 31 species or
subspecies, of which the most noticeable was “Mrs. Rudd’s Golden
Mole (Amblysomus corrie), the description of which had already
been laid before the Society.
A new generic name, Vototragus, was applied to the Grysbok,
which differed from the other members of Raphicerus by its
possession of supplementary hoofs.
A communication from Prof. Basurorp DraNn contained an
account of the habits of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratedus
Jorstert) as observed by him in the Society's Menagerie.
11
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 6th March, 1906, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :-—
1. Mr. G. A. Bovutencur, F.R.S.—Fourth Contribution to
the Ichthyology of Lake Tanganyika. Report on the Collection
of Fishes made by Mr. W. A. Cunnington during the Third
Tanganyika Expedition, 1904—05.
2. Dr. W. 'T. Catan, F.Z.S.—Zoological Results of the Third
Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-05. Report on the Macrurous Crustacea.
3. Mr. Enegar A. Smrru, F.Z.8.—Zoological Results of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun-
nington, 1904-05. Report on the Mollusca.
4. Mr. R. Kirxparricx, F.Z.8.—Zoological Results of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun-
nington, 1904-05. Report on the Porifera, with Notes on
Species from the Nile and Zambesi.
5. Mr. F. E. Brpparp, F.R.S8.—Zoological Results of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cun-
nington, 1904-05. Report on the Oligocheta.
The following Papers have been received :—
1. Mr. Percy I. Laray, F.Z.S.—On Three new Forms of
Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.
2. Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuaui, F.Z.8.—A Monograph of the
Joleoptera of the Genus Sciobius.
3. Mr. C. Tare Recan, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the
Island of Trimidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and
Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun.
4. Prof. J. ARtHuR THomson and Mr. W. D. HenpEerson.—The
Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa from Collections
made by Cyzil Crossland in the Years 1901-02. Aleyonaria.
5. Dr. J. F. Gemmitu.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes.
6. Dr. J. F. Gemminy.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local
Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL Socrery oF Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
0 HANOVER SQUARE, Lonpon, W.
21th February, 1906.
y" Pele wh, ware ae
ED thie aati etek ce
4 has | " coe LUGS ne
Ge PROT welt cus Phat A
ma tT ANE Pied “fk Wiig be
"7 : nin ‘ipl i Ms #! way ty iW va hi, fda ay Pe
ee Sa lle hehhaliat 4 Bsa a ee ;
re We Aes Me i, rdunv aaa iis Pe Lutes Adie MV aac
“D AEE, ahah tnt 3, om
vied fen: altisls Lap palin FOAM ca learnt Se
bi abs ahh abe 0 Safeco Lv rea ven ph aT pes Ph OF ba inSetl
i ube es Ft ui) ti 1) wtih PHD, ie ‘eM init
™»,
if
4
oh A ae vind sieeve hd ifiyyh
nL LF ’ ints not ; ary its hi da a al Ath Ved | Ne - fo ier
~ le —- f Wi iu Th lvaPashlinacs iv nhdengna tal CCU A bs re
i - » ; y : > I #
| ; hin, on, TIT) esak ata he opted: tay WR
ne
4 ry r| a on m A
bt Pat cad Ne Vad etal NS ued i fowp ih jal eek
f WRC. Ve cece Cl ake KRY oy corm ud ee
# ) Weare in Rae WP Ye
ww, DLE Ts Pm aries Tai Mle YRS MY la ee aE oe re
; , 4 °F Gok iele rere ate ae ~/q xe f
ER Te SARI ihe. A ESR SO I tee vs OLY:
DCO WORE aes ce ATO ent Te eeied big bg
a Wie WOR ea ie, Pe ae *) Nd i ly est |
‘VL ae ewes | De le) aed fe Muar i awe sds toch
ay Aint ciiceal ATTA AA Onset Tait tadle ata tin rete a
wih add A el ef) 135 . Lives ted: Rit zy Wise) HERD
Ry aWichn Tweed ep N PD: ha proty ah L0y3 r
Livat POE Hirer oirinnr ey RL Wi Be Ae
on ace Sa Say Pet feet ie ‘hb Ap! AA Wy, ath
,, y wie Ag Wa ie . Sf
eed Te apatite > ‘eipiegel alt an belong IE ey
nea anodes ie Mie ed Ww) Tealan ;
rel ‘ a tee
ca area who nie Oe MHA LR!
ie Treen, ODMR Seed NS Baa allt ,
a . ‘ : f Pau r) WT aus ey . i“
{ nny ; eee ey) PO meee
* wy :
a
a i
ae >
|
Na
ai as ‘
Be
By RY i jie
No. 28.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
March 6th, 1908.
Cuar.es 8. Tomes, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair,
Mr. G. A. Bovutencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., exhibited a specimen
of Rana goliath, obtained by Mr. G. L. Bates at Efulen in South
Cameroon. This frog measured 10 inches from snout to vent and
was much larger than any frog hitherto known.
Mr. R. Suetrorp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., read a note on “ flying”
snakes, and made the following remarks :—The power of “ flying”
has been recorded by natives to be possessed by three species of
snakes in Borneo, viz. Chrysopelea ornata, C. chrysochlora (Opis-
thoglypha), and Dendrophis pictus (Aglypha). All three species
have the ventral scales with a suture or hinge-line on each side;
by means of a muscular contraction these scales can be drawn
inwards, so that the whole ventral surface of the snake becomes
quite concave and the snake itself may be compared toa rod of
bamboo bisected longitudinally. By experiments on C, ornata it
was seen that the snake when falling from a height descended
not in writhing coils, but with the body held stiff and rigid, and
that the line of the fall was at an angle to a straight line from the
point of departure to the ground. It is highly probable that
the concave ventral surface of the snake helps to buoy it up
in its fall; it can readily be shown that a longitudinally bisected
rod of bamboo falls more slowly than an undivided rod of equal
weight.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
‘W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to tle Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day ef publication
at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siv
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
14
A series of Reports on the Zoological Results of the Third
Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington in
1904-05, was read.
The Report on the Fishes was by Mr. G. A. BouLenaer, F.R.S.,
who stated that the collection consisted of 300 specimens referable
to 84 species, 28 of which were new.
Of Crustacea, reported upon by Dr. W. T. Carman, in addition
to the two species already known from Lake Tanganyika, no
fewer than ten specimens of new species belonging to the
family Atyide, including the representatives of two new genera,
were obtained. From Lakes Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza only a
single species was got, the widely-distributed Caridina nilotica
(C. wyckii). The absence of this common species from the
gatherings made in Tanganyika emphasised the isolated character
of the Macruran fauna of that lake. All the species found in
Tanganyika and all but one of the genera were peculiar to the lake.
There was no ground for regarding the Macrura of Tanganyika as
having any specially “ marine” affinities. The other members of
the groups to which they belonged, the genus Palemon and the
family Atyide, were characteristically and all but exclusively fresh-
water aninals.
The collection of Mollusca, reported upon by Mr. Encar A.
Smrru, 1.8.0., contained examples of 35 species, one of which was
new.
Mr. R. Kirkpatrick reported on the Freshwater Sponges
obtained from Lakes Victoria Nyanza, Tanganyika, and Nyasa.
The collection comprised eleven specimens representing five
species, one from Tanganyika being new to science, two others
from Tanganyika (Spongilla moorei Evans and S. tanganyike
Evans) having already been recorded from that locality. Small
specimens of a fourth species, viz. Spongilla carteri Bowerbank,
were obtained from the Victoria Nyanza, and a fairly large
specimen of a fifth, viz. Spongilla biseriata Weltner, was collected
in a swamp bordering Lake Nyasa.
Included in Mr. Kirkpatrick’s report were descriptions of two
new species and a new variety of Freshwater Sponges, based on
material obtained from the White Nile.
The Oligochete Worms were reported upon by Mr. F. E,
Bepparb, F.R.S. They comprised examples of four new species.
Mr. R. T. Gwunruer exhibited and made remarks on the
Meduse of the genus Zimnocenida obtained during the Expe-
dition.
15
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 20th March, 1906, at half-past Hight
o'clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :—
1. Mr. G. A. K. Marsnatt, F.Z.8.—A Monograph of the
Coleoptera of the Genus Seciobius.
2. Dr. Hans Gapow, F.R.S.—A Contribution to the Study of
Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Onenidophorus.
3. Mr. Percy I. Lary, F.Z.8.—On Three new Forms of
Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius.
The following Papers have been received :—
1. Mr. C. Tare Reean, F.Z.8.—The Freshwater Fishes of the
Island of Trinidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and
Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun.
2. Prof. J. AntHUR THomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson.—The
Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Kast Africa from Collections
made by Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901-2. Aleyonaria.
3. Dr. J. F. Gemmiin.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes.
4. Dr. J. F. Gemmrii.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local
Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos,
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGicAL Socrety of Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
* 3 Hanover Square, Lonpnon, W.
13th March, 1906.
ete © We ty ee Te
ovr 7 ary y View ae
_*
ty @ “SOs FE aha ne “At el i a “Bietea le init
AOE ey Ua de Oi RR aah 0 Lite 1 ahs
=< aie ook 1 bit i at
5 og he es "
| “aby fin fete Rares © Awe a oA )8
wee iy TY al |
ty Vi Pay ah Ae eae md thin if a
‘t FE vii WH. 4 ¥ ae ee ss 2, de oy?’ A=
i Wen: Woe aond la b s ti ites _" Hie
Je at ie bea
- - : “ ‘
= , : <<
tie f mye a nw h4 iyi
e, «i
7 \ »! “wT ft 7 aA wit a Ae y
- | j af y by \
¢ at 7 i { MNT) ar ¢
P et ¢ wa hid bg yee
‘ % ~~ i n
4 pear ij PNM Fea ome T hee 1, ae
on ’ , mi Tie | . iio" We ove
. 7 a. a * 1 a, ‘9s
pet Sree ) Abe egies >< Beh
" ‘9 : GQ * i PS
y ‘i by 7 : a a , ;
Ss
: 3 t i & - | —¢0n
t d ih may '
- - T—
= uJ + LI, wt, i 7 - ro +
or
PAL ris “us 347 > 479 a
wei wat @i z ry
. 7
si
= ‘ =.
os ihe
: %)
a
*
3 ; :
No. 29.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON”
March 20th, 1905.
Dr. Henry Woopwarpd, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February
1906.
The Sxcrerary exhibited a paper cutting representing the
print of the fore foot of a large wild Indian Elephant, which
had been taken from an impression left in the soil, by Mr. C. A.
Sherring, Deputy Commissioner at Almora, India. The circum-
ference of the print was 66 inches.
The Srecrerary also exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Joun Bowes,
F.Z.S., a tooth of the Mammoth from the sand in the estuary of
the East Swale, about three miles west of Herne Bay.
Mr. Ou_prietD THomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited a Brown Bear
from the Shan States, which appeared to represent a new form
of the A. arctos group. It was diagnosed as follows :—
URSUS ARCTOS SHANORUM, subsp. n.
Most nearly allied to U. a. yesoensis Lyd., but smaller and with
much shorter, broader teeth.
Basal length of skull 295 mm.; last upper premolar 17 x 15.
fab, Shan States.
Type. Male. B.M. No. 6.3.16.1. Received in exchange from
the Caleutta Museum, to whom it had been presented by the late
Mr. Rutledge.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sic
Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.
18
Mr. R. E. Houprye exhibited, and made some remarks on,
specimens illustrating anomalies and variations in the teeth of
animals.
Dr. Watrer Kipp, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made remarks upon,
a second series of lantern-slides of sections of the skin from the
palmar and plantar surfaces of Mammals.
Dr. C. G. Seticmann, the Society’s Pathologist, read a paper
which contained, in tabulated form, the causes of deaths that
had occurred amongst the mammals and birds in the Menagerie
during the year 1905,
A communication from Mr. Guy A. K. MarsHatt, F.ZS.,
contained descriptions of the species of the Coleopterous genus
Sciobius. The genus comprised 41 species, of which 22 were
described as new by Mr. Marshall.
Dr. Hans Gapvow, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a paper entitled ‘“ A
Contribution to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican
Species of Cremidophorus.” The main object of the paper was to
trace the correlation of certain variations exhibited by the lizards
of this genus, and the environmental, bionomic conditions. To do
this a revision of the numerous species of the genus had been
necessary, most of the ample material for which had been collected
by the author himself. Especial attention had to be paid to an
exhaustive study of the surprisingly great variability of certain
characters, in particular the changes of the colour-pattern and
the scutellation of the collar and of the limbs. The distribution
of the many races, into which some of the species seemed to have
recently differentiated themselves, was likewise followed up in
detail.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 10th April, 1906, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—
1. Mr. C. Tart Reaan, F.Z.8S.—The Freshwater Fishes of the
Island of Trinidad, based on the Collection, and Notes and
Sketches, made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, jun.
2. Prof. J. ArrHuR THomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson.—The
Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa from Collee-
tions made by Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901-2. Aleyonaria.
3. Dr. J. F. Gemmiiyi.—Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes.
4, Dr. J. F. Gemmitit.—Notes on Supernumerary Eyes, Local
Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord in Trout Embryos,
hg
The following Papers have been received :—
1. Mr. OtpFreLpD Tuomas, F.R.S.—On Mammals collected in
South-west Australia for Mr. W. E. Balston.
2. Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Know-
ledge of the Vascular and Respiratory Systems in the Ophidia,
and to the Anatomy of the Genera Boa and Corallus.
3. Mr. J. N. Hatperr.—Zoological Results of the Third
Tanganyika Hxpedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-05. Report on the Hydrachnide.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGicaL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
3 HaNovER Square, Lonpon, W.
27th March, 1906.
a
cP PeetialGgy. eat cahe ‘and mbes ee oth
rth ahh WE palertiar sd, 1
- c is ss! 7 bee's a dalled ;? ae # .. 7 im
while? wilh ae edie aoe ial aale in Valea tae oa Oh
we Miv = yf, mh rh | af revi) Bo | + Rie nits “ id
“un ‘; oe a re if factyolendy pear et " a
gen: mate LF re a Vis resi oF Pals ae f
Pe ivattng hu nid we tw Pie
rd 7
7 ‘ Maal Grrrtivas Ste Sat Ieee rat tht tei
Pyeetilgie AERC Fl et ATW. Oia
wa ’ LE A ie ral y : (
AP Aa ,f We cio
7 o) an i A weit
SS
*
/
, !
7 R by
a
. . hee
% e rT 4 i ia -
No. 30.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
April 10th, 1906.
Hursert Druce, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., exhibited a partially dissected
specimen of the Scincoid Lizard, Trachysaurus rugosus, to show
the existence in that species of abdominal ribs.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8., exhibited the skull of a Horse
showing pre-orbital pits.
Mr. C. Tare Rucay, B.A., F.Z.S., read a paper dealing with
the Freshwater Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, chiefly based on a
collection made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Jun., and presented by
him to the British Museum. The collection was accompanied by
natural history notes and by a series of beautifully executed
water-colour drawings. Forty species of Freshwater Fishes were
now known from the island; these were enumerated in the paper
and four of them described as new to science.
The Secrerary read a communication from Prof, J. ARTHUR
Tomson and Mr. W. D. Henperson, which contained an account
of the collection of Aleyonarians made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at
Zanzibar in 1901-02. Specimens of sixty-five species or varieties
were contained in the collection, of which twenty-seven were
described as new.
A paper from Dr. J. F. Gemmint treated of Cyclopia in Osseous
Fishes, as observed by him in several advanced Trout embryos.
A detailed account of the anatomy of the specimens was given and
a comparison made with Cyclopia in Mammals. The author’s
views were also put forward regarding the mode of origin of this
condition in Fishes.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sirpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siv
Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.
' 22
A second paper by Dr. GrmMiLt contained descriptions of cases
of supernumerary eyes, and local deficiency and reduplication of
the notochord, in Trout embryos.
A communication from Mr. Percy I. Larry, F.Z.S., contained
descriptions of three new varieties of Butterflies of the genus
Heliconius.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the Ist May, 1906, at half-past Eight o’clock
p.M., when the following communications will be made :—
1. The Hon. Watrer RoruscHiLp, M.P., F.Z.8.—Additional
Notes on Anthropoid Apes, with exhibition of specimens.
2. Mr. Otprirtp Tromas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.—On Mammals col-
lected in South-west Australia by Mr. W. E. Balston.
3. Mr. H. J. Ewes, F.R.S., F.Z.S.,and Sir Grorcr HAmpson,
Bt., F.Z.8S.—On the Lepidoptera collected during the recent
Expedition to Tibet.
The following Papers have been received :
1. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Know-
ledge of the Vascular and Respiratory Systems in the Ophidia,
and to the Anatomy of the Genera Boa and Corallus.
2. Mr. J. N. Harserr.—Zoological Results of the Third
Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Mr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-05. Report on the Hydrachnide.
3. Mr. OLDFIELD ''nomas, F.R.S.—On Mammals from Northern
Australia presented to the National Museum by Sir William
Ingram and the Hon. John Forrest.
4, Prof. W. B. Bennam, D.Sc., and Mr. W. J. DunBar.—On
the Skull of a young Specimen of the Ribbon Fish (Regalecus).
5. Mr. Anwin K. Haacner, F.Z.8.-—A List of the Mammals of
Modderfontein, Transvaal, with Notes on their Habits.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL SoctEry oF Lonpon should be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.
3 HANover Square, Lonpox, W.
17th April, 1906.
JHE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrtes,
Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Viegors, and other eminent Naturalists,
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,
and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
COUNCIL.
HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.
Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br.
Jon Rose BrapForp, Kse., M.D.,
D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Mason THe Hon. Wituram E.
CaviNDISH.
F. Dawrrey Drewitr, Ese.,
M.A., M.D.
Caartes Drummonp, KEse.,
Treasurer.
Sir Epwarp Dovranp, Br., C.B.
Freperick Ginterr, Kse., Vice- ||
| Davin Seru-Suira, Esa.
President.
W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, Esa.
Mason Tue Marauis oF
Hamitron, M.P.
JosEpH Jackson Lisrrer, Esa.,
M.A., F.RS.
Srr Epuunp Gites Lover, Br.,
Vice-President.
K. G. B. Meapz-Watpo, Ese.
P. Coatmers MircHett, Esa,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
K. Lorr Purnties, Ese.
Toe Hon. Water RoruscHiip
M.P., Pa.D.
Howarp Saunpurs, Esa., Vice-
President.
| OxtprreLtD THomas, Esa., F.R.S.
Cuartzes 8. Towns, Ese., M.A,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Heyry Woopwarp, Ksa., LE.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset. ‘The Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, are open from Ten
till Five, except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o'clock P.™.
The Library is closed for cleaning purposes during the month of
September in each year.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four P.M.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month, except in July, August, September, and October, at half-
past Hight o’clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, or the
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.
The dates of the General Meetings are now posted with the
annual supply of tickets to all Fellows of the Society on or before
January 1st in each year.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frrtows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in leu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
No person can become a Frrrow until the Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.
Fetiows elected after the 3lst of August are not liable for the
Subscription for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
The Wire or Husnanp of a FeLtow can exercise these privileges
in the absence of the Fellow.
3
The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frttow on the
1st of January in eve ry year, upon filling up and returning the form
of Standing Order supplied to Fellows.
Hvery Frtnow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green
Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply
will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards
may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each
Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders
may also be obtained in lieu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card
may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children
under 12 years of age.
It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket
before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned Tickets are not
available.
Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year,
but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult
Ticket, or an Adult admitted with two Children’s Tickets.
Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written
Order or on presentation of their Visiting Cards.
Frettows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting,
Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens.
Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary
Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional
Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the
Ist of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frntows are likewise
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than
the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.
Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of
One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of the volume can
also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can be had
on application to the Secretary.
* The Saturday Orders are not available if the Fellow introduces friends
personally on that day.
. +
Frettows may obtain a TRansrERABLE Tvory Trckrr admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum, A second similar Ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Ten Pounds upon
the recommendation of the Council.
Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
the annual contribution during such absence.
Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the
Secretary.
Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with the undersigned.
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., F.B.S.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.,
August, 1906.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENT LEI} SU SINESS:
(AT 8 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
19006.
Tunspay, November 13 and 27 | Turspay, Decemser 11
1907.
Turspay, January 15 Turspay, APRIL .. 9 and 23
- Fresruary 5 and 19 i May’...7 1 Qamdyas
a Marck .. 5, 5 19 45 JuNE.... 18
The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o’clock in the Evening
precisely.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at snch meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illus¢rations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
Apri, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901
they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.
The ‘‘ Transactions”? contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the
Society’s Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s.
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.
[ August, 1906. ]
TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
4to. 16 vols. and Index.
Price to
Price to the
Fellows. Public.
Vel. I:, containing 59 Plates.... (1833- =o0) ssan £0 139° °6 .. 0. ee lon
, ee i9 (i ss wet (eo ..., 4 0° 0...5- 5 em
5) ae = G3 4, Otc. be Bod. 4 11> OF
> eV * A, ie LEO -OAy uae 6 2-0, “8 2 Ge
“ M;, if SY ger or be UISO2-—BO) near Oo 42° 3. 619 0
Pee RIS. 5 02 25 eee ULSb GOO) es kt) 5. 20.3 15 OG
eae ay 7 Ca oe s« (1QB9—(59; 10 4 0)... 18 ee
sc ie - Sons i: (IST2=74): o.5. “OS 3)... 12a
5 5 Se — OO ea enn (MOCO ta \is ite a ale GB 16 28
5 ee E 25. 3; Ba (0c) ane siren lO Mart 8 Tal 18 7 @
Tyidaxs Vols: LAX... chit atosreetee (1835=79) e293 O° S86. ee) OS
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates... (1880-85) .... .9 12 0.... 12 16°90
4 Xl, 9) PD Tela iy (LOCO OO Wana Ocoee 7 400
7 5 OR, cn CEUI-OOy een, 2 Sosa S11
ae. ae » 4f 4 «+. (1896=98) 5: sor0ns TDs A)
pee Ee yo OL Gage (ancl Gee 1901). BD Los terme 714 0
ee Gat: iy OS” yy a ree el COT AIG) ot aD ee ae 7 40
CN Vid uP ile 5, Dy oy Sen, Ace: OOS) A Oa 140-0
_ “RViL. ey aes QO. hp a (CAMO IOOR) Oe eee 018 0
VIL Feo a AB 5) een, WaCd) ea ete 110° 0
OVE a Br teas... (eR TII0S) ae Lae oe 110 0
jo: WLU cies Ap cr thay wo hataeneeen (Dee. 1905) 0-15; 10% 1 Ore
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).
Part 1.
100
”
1830-351.
1882.
1 vol. 8yo.
”
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie.
cpa uevanreorshate tiers 4s. 6d. 6s.
wubb us icte larelecie set encaiee 4s, 6d. 6s.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index.
Price to Price to the
(First Series.)
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. Gs.
5 ot. 1834. + AS A0Me ts) OS: a X. 1842. a 4s, 6d. .. 6s.
5» LE. 1830: 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 4 XI. 1843. 9 4s. 6d... Gat
53 SL S36. + 4s. 6d. .. 6s. jg il 1844. ” 4s. 6d... 6s.
=) Vs ABST. y 4s. 6d. .... 6s. 9 NL 1845, 5 43: Gd. 5 Was
> NI TESS; oy Ae. (Ci, 5 OR gf) LV Lea. . 4s, Od, .. 68.F
3 VL. LS3a0: 9) 4s. 6d. .. 68.7 XV. 1847, ns 4s. 6d... 6s.
5 MLL 1840; “5 4s, 6d. ., 68. Index 1830-1847, * 4s, Gd. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Pul lie. Fellows. Public.
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ORS, caters oo yshe tt £1 0 8 815
% AVIT. 1849) “3 4s. 6d. CiBn Caine vit) Secs Lt Ors LZ 408
. oe VEE 1850; % 4s 6d. OSe- Wyk egerereteis 1, KS 118 OF
53 XIX. 1841. 4s. 6d. Gai y Gohan ata O W159 1 2 30
XX, 1852. 5 4s. Gd. OS.) rate cae a ak Oleg lL oo Gy
» XXI. 1853, oF 4s. 6d. LS Ae aie eee O18 710 1 4307
‘3 XXII. 1854, A 4s, 6d. OBIS orate pscaselne Oasis 1 6 30+
5 XXIII. 1855. ‘) 4s, Gd. OSS Ge aire Ll 856 128 0
» XKILV,TS56: a 4s. 6d. Gate P tepeata seh POT Ee is:
- XXV. 1857. ~ 4s, Gd. (SS eee ee ote 1.20 88 lt BF
OVA ss? s 4s, 6d. Gai. Bee tenareys Lee 2 2 OF
» AXVII. 1859. ye As. 6d. LS Fe ere terete St Leh 4G 2 ar
5 ee VIEL, SEO; 4s. 6d. OSame rein cal 1 eG 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. fe 4s. 6d. Gs,
ii Out of print.
* In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is
now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £80, sets from Vol. v.—xvi. inclusive, and
separate papers at about one-fourth their published price.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE SCIENTIFIC
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Letterpress only.
With Plates uneoloured.
MEETINGS OF THE
8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.
With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. ublic.
MSG AshaGdie os 6sue oe, Ys. pee le Seba ene Bas, Beh soos 45s.
MSs: Gd. hn OSH kan. 9s. PAS ola tie Ba, Cee soos 458.7
GOS 55 4485 GE oes G8 wou nos 9s NDS.» 5 BES Oh coor 45s,
1864 .. 4s. Gd. HNO Sek hare 9s, DDS ea reacties BRS, OWh soos 453.7
USES. 59 4, Gh Sic o GS osccde 9s. 1D see Bo, Be sono 2459;
IETS o 6 4a, Ge So a5c OSBea ants 9s. Bei shatveny By We coo o ZDS
SCM eo ee ites eat owe 9s, 5 NDB E3, 3 BS, BN cave GS:
WSOSM eran sas cee weno 9s. net Uae Ne tie BOS, Bi, sooc 45s.
HS COMP Rta race sh ccieo nw sca howe 9s, AED Shean ae be BE Oh cacao os:
USO | os ates eu eee te aR 9s. Fpuled Simeone B35, Bh sooo GR
ImdexliS6I-V870 66. leas ence als (Bh ooo 0 6s.
NSP ee oe Sea ee ane 9s. , 12s.* oem B80 soos 45s,
STD we:SiG 8 Agate ene ea a rao 9s, ; Wee. odo wo Ba Oh, soos 45s.t
WSTB. co eG eI Ren ena 9s, : 1 ee ek ie SI Bh ooao 44,
BISWA eth Bec ee Bek ie 9s. , 128+ 36s. 48s.+
SOM ea mnt a R Ruee ee Qs. ? TS reree ae 36s. 48s.
TSB 5 abies Betts Blew ale Ca uae 9s. : 12s. 36s. 48s.
ISTT oSolee cee eee ee aes 9s. Ae Ges Ta ie Benes 36s, 48s.
USS. ‘olo5'b pO RO Aree are 9s. Alii el oa laa ati 36s. 48s.
USS 5-6 he dia eae eee 9s. siete come Gee me aan aa 36s. 48s,
TKO) 5 5 36.05 Cae eee IA ee ae 9s, p AED) ores Se 36s. 48s,
indexslS@1-V880) 20. ecb ees ASG sooo 6s.
SSI 6 é pb oer Os f 2s: 36s. 48s,
LISD 6 S:0- 5 A Ee ee 9s. ND Sher NN ae 36s. 48s.
ICES 5 ole ak RO Ne ree 9s. 12s. 36s. 48s.
BS SAR eee rc iehisa ae cre vecla gia rere 9s. a Sarg 36s. A8s.
SS ME Ie rc eo ee ege 9s. ble Gere Steet 36s. 48s.
USS Ge ep tte es Pane wats 9s. 5 LBs 36s. 48s,
TCS : ios oBton eee eee ae ae 9s. bi coeed OO ESaIe an es yon 36s. 4 48s,
SSS 6 6 poo ho Gane 9s. eran DSH 228 che 36s. 48s.
ESO 5 oo Se ae OC eee eee 9s. Bie Spa DSH wad cad 36s. A8s,
WSS OMAP rere area issccectesuansianncs 9s. Bee LOSh lee 86s. 48s.
lindexeslISSINSSOM et ances 4S. Ooh ooo c 6s.
eT 4 99 6 bib1 DLO E eb CARO NDE RESIN 62S ae en ae 386s. 48s.
ES MR EE rae? oir a its cared cate bute: Sowcdass lig aoe ouaviedsiie. 6 36s. 48s.
WDB ~ “9.0.0 Sea wil gro iosoets a EreArae EEN SUE ee ae en 36s. 48s,
ee 50.8 oie G5 8 Gee IO OIE Ce NERCT CHE CaS Ui nto na ee Po 36s. 48s,
LES a5 ibid. Gio Sey Bete GOERS en Re yp earner et ee 36s. 48s.
WENS 5.6 0:0:9-0-5:6:6 SiO too, DLS Oe aa ar a 36s. 48s,
NGOY .c0ds'6 SRO Ra OCS e en ar ete ee a 36s. 48s,
LESS SMC PY ele ie ohtldits ad ive ace sated algae guaulals 36s. 48s,
OD 9 ob 000.06 OS ALES ELS eee ene emer ae 36s. 48s.
UNOD 9 6.00 0.60 Bu Oe Oe 8 RS a ee ne he earn Un 36s, 48s.
nidext SOI N900; Fee... 5 als, Behinoco OS
* No perfect copies in stock.
t Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or THE GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tar ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 11 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
1901, Vol. Tice ia awalae sks .a eee Re ei atanmen ile TGS: ais oaks 24s.
_ 5p line caw tag clad cabeasisin CRE oe eRe eee ete iC Seeerngic.: 24s.
AGO. 45 aDlas tees Sih le Aha cotacerale ee eee eRe Pe tenieeorea everenee SS. Peasveterte 24s,
& Pat | Rae OR CRT aris area i ot eet 24s.
TOOB oj ak citi ca ain y me eet meme Gree Steere Rise ee ek ta tee | ot PRPC ee
PP ip Ls ORNL tenes a cls Tear hia haat See RE Saat RS Ss reeteees aes
W904 Sr Meee aietite tec k cei ei deie va shea eM ERO AERO CCT eee 18a; ah eee 24s.
a hy Me hs. Siatety cca tin Blaverate ene Nia de Siero aE eee ate eR LSS Araketen 24s,
NOOB Oi SIL cane aie cts a5 & Wm e's ele eteeie yarn te Reread te ve gore 183:-.538aee 24s,
Pa 5, WL tee STOW 6 ORE GF NTS icles eae OREM EU Soner as femme 18s; Sees 24s,
1906; ppy VSAG2 | 4. a ctawersia rere eye wise Rpoaratere Sie ed «eee ror 183. % ss npeeneaeene
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrrry’s OFFICE
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E£.C.), or through any bookseller.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
———-05900-—_—_.
\HE object of the Zoonocican Recorp is to give, by means of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its
value for the Student in future years.
The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published by the Society at the price
of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the Zoological Society of
London have the privilege of receiving it, including the cost of
delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
Ist of December following.
The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The
thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the
Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15
net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of
any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vols. 4 and 6)
can likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.
The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)
is 20s., to Fellows 18s.
Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
‘supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.
Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.
The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record,’ commencing with
Vol. 39, may be obtained separately as shown on the next page.
SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
At present each Volume of the Zootocican Recorp consists of
20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately,
in paper covers, stitched and lettered.
The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—
List of abbreviations of journals, etc.
Special Records, viz. :—
I.
Il.
Ill.
PY.
. Pisces
. Tunicata
. Mollusca
. Brachiopoda ..
. Bryozoa
. Crustacea
. Arachnida
. Myriopoda
. Insecta .
. Echinoderma
. Vermes ..
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
General Subjects ..
Mammalia
Aves oh cae mains
Reptilia and Batrachia. .
Coelenterata ..
Spongize
Protozoa
Index of new names of genera and subgenera
—
bo NNFWWDHDRPNYONYHE HE BE DOH aNY Dw
d.
0
tao) SCOHPOSEOMDSBOADSSOCQARCo®
On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon
as ready.
These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological
Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from Messrs. Fried-
lander & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin. Cheques and Post-Office
Orders should be made payable to “The Zoological Society,” and
crossed ‘‘ Drummond’s.”’
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
August, 1906.
Zoouoaicat Sociuty or Lonpon,
3 Hanover Square, W.
LIST OF VOLUMES or vax ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1866, Vols. 1.-111.,
and 1868, Vol. v. Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Ginruzr, M.A.,
M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. (1867,
Vol. rv., supplied with sets only.)
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Vol. v1. Edited by
Apert C. L. G. Gtintner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
London, 1870. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vit.-1x. Edited
by Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., &c. Price 10s.
each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols, x.-xx. Edited by
Epwarp Catpwett Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xx11. Edited
by F. Jurrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xxi11.-xxvu.
Edited by Franx EK. Bzepparp, M.A., F.Z.8S. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record: for 1891-1899, Vols. xxvi1I.-xxxvl.
Edited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1901. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901,
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8S. Pace, Albert
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for
the Zcological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,, F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By
D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcoek. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davin Swarr, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., &.
London, 1903. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davi Suarp, M.A., F.RS., F.ZS., &e.
London, 1904. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Forty-first ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1904. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. Silvestri,
E. Simon, F. A. Bather, W. Woodland, and H. M. Woodcock.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1905. Price 40s.
Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuartes Owen
WaxernHousE and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological
Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFFICE
(8 Hanover Square, W.).
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp RaFrtes,
Mr. J. Sasine, Mr. N. A. Vreors, and other eminent Naturalists,
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,
and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
COUNCIL.
HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.
Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br.
Ksa.,
Vice-
JoHN Rose Braprorp,
WED so IDES, JaaSks
President.
Mayor Tae Hon. Writtiam EK.
CaviNDISH.
F, Dawrrey Drewirttr, Esa,
M.A., M.D.
Caartes Drummonp, Ksa.,
Treasurer.
Siz Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B.
Frepverick Ginterr, Kse., Vice-
President.
W. R. Oeinvie-Grant, Esa.
Mason Tue Marauis oF
Hamitrton, M.P.
JosEPH Jackson Lisrer, Ksa.,
M.A., F.R.S.
Str Epmunp Gites Lover, Br.,
Vice-President.
E. G. B. Mrapz-Watpo, Esa.
P. Caatmers Mivcnett, Esa,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
EK. Lort Parzries, Esa.
Howarp Saunpers, Ese., Vice-
President.
Davin Seru-Suita, Ese.
OxtprietD Tomas, Esa., F.R.S.
Cuartes 8. Tomes, Hse., M.A.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Aveustus F. Wrenzr, Esa.
Henry Woopwarp, Hse., LL.D.
F.R.S., Vice-President.
2
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.
The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset. The Offices and Library (8 Hanover Square, W.),
where all communications should be addressed, are open from Ten
till Five, except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o’eclock P.M.
The Library is closed for cleaning purposes during the month of
September in each year.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month, except in July, August, September, and October, at half-
past Light o'clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, or the
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m,
The dates of the General Meetings are now posted with the
annual supply of tickets to all Fellows of the Society on or before
January Ist in each year.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Fritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.
No person can become a Fertow until the Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.
Frtiows elected after the 31st of August are not liable for the
Subscription for the year in which they are elected.
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.
The Wire or Huszanp of a F'e.iow can exercise these privileges
in the absence of the Fellow.
3
The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the
1st of January in eve ry year, upon filling up and returning the form
of Standing Order supplied to Fellows.
Every Fettow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green
Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply
will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards
may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each
Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders
may also be obtained in lieu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card
may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children
under 12 years of age.
It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket
before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned ‘Tickets are not
available.
Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year,
but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult
Ticket, or an Adult admitted with two Children’s Tickets.
Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written
Order or on presentation of their Visiting Cards.
Frttows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting,
Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens,
Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary
Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional
Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the
1st of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frtrows are likewise
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than
the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.
Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of ‘The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of
One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of the volume can
also be supplied. Fuil particulars of these publications can be had
on application to the Secretary.
* The Saturday Orders are not ayailable if the Fellow introduces friends
personally on that day.
+
Frrtows may obtain a TRANsFERABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar Ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Ten Pounds upon
the recommendation of the Council.
Any Fetitow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the
“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
the annual contribution during such absence.
Any Fetrow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the
Secretary.
Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with the undersigned.
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,
Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.,
June, 1906.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)
1906.
Turspay, JANUARY 16 Turspay, Aprm .. 10
5 Frsrvary 6 and 20 hf May .... 1,15 and 29
is Marner 2251655) 920 Pe JUNE... 19
The Chair will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.
LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.
The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the mouths of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901
they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.
The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the
Society’s Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 80s.
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.
[ June, 1906.
TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
4to. 16 vols. and Index. eerie te Price to the
ellows. Public.
Vol. _1., Gontaining 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 138 6 .... £418 Of
is ue x Vl o%, — Seaueileaoet rnd 40 10%. 5 6 GF
» JEL, 59 63° 0 Sh. ee et 1S 8: 411 Ot
55 cola 55 TT sy asco KLSOL=B2) eo. 6. 2-20. , 8.2 165
3 Wir io 67 4, “sos ULSE22DO Geer eO 64: 35 5 619 0
ee a ule 92) 5, 0, G@SGCLagy ee taal 252 027, 100mm
6. - 13) 33) tees. (AS0OR2 Ne. eel OO): 7. Lo ae
5 ALTE. fs Bo Oe cs CLSie- ae) eee Ome mae 12 11 7G
as 0.95 4 O95 enn (ESLO=0 1) Gree elo): 16 250
XS, 95. jpn cate (CLELTRAM9) Ay. HOO 13 728
Index, Vole ke oe ier e8 (1833-79): 25% Of 7 Oh OOD
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0....1216 O
is olde syle: wOD Igy. sas (CLBBG-90), Site er Seale 7 4A 0
yy RE, iy. JOD. ogy © we (LSOE-OD) 3 Sea Sto
SIN eg teal (iso8osy ap ae Oe 7 00
1 Ney 0) 65B (18981901)), 5 15) 6) ee
5 si Sp OOin 24, ce et LOO =O 08) 22 sor aS nee 7 4-90
NLL Pt a, Bis cea ean CAEL OOS. )o%, de ale a aes 1100
"XV, 2, 8. Gy as (Ams, 1008)... 0.18 -6 ee
RYT get ey damma te. Octal yan. mln teas 110 0
Begs fae tao Boe, he (Oct MQ05) es ID Ose 1100
SPORONALL ie AON Wig. © actor etn (Dee. 1905) O15 10% 1/0030
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). rice te Price ee
Fellows.
emis Ji, IR BOSR Ibo hyOs ScocbGaogeoude As (Gd. |v. svn OS ah
oy . Se2. Tp te OEsuguosn aig 5 AS. (OAs: ale wee
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public.
Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6a-7
Pn ese as ved aos yo 1842." | Seas
Pe INT es5,0 9 0 9 ds. /ed, ee es . X1-1848, 7), 9 4S eae
2 TV a886) 4,9 4a, <\., Ge: XU 1844.5, 2 4ss6qeueee
Be VE VSS temete qi i4e sod eee. , Xt, 1846. 4, .. 4a,Gaaam
rw dese, ge a Sasa ee » XIV.1846. ,, 48.60, .. Oat
pe yiremieso) Sie Te Aatied eter XV. 1847. | Aaegaaieene ee
» VII. 1840. + Ass Gd. OSs; Index 1830-1847. “f 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
8vo. 13 vols. ond Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public.
Part XV Sete sali ola Svi0.-48.6d.0e 2 QenOSt. Beane alee £1...0.-8: , ,.. en
9 XVII. 1849. 5 AS Od. Gey (OSi ceteris os 1 0 8 2.” Sein
o SSCV MIUBGOM ey sted! ne MOMeerdakc ale 1 196 118 Of+
a XIX. 1851. ay ASHOG ss Pe FOS ee io @ ils Or
4 XX. 1852. c6) ASSOG!. ova IOS Saayactrcuia OSES 1 OF
56 X XI. 1853. p AS AGG wm tots ie OS Saar e Rene Baca O iisy (0) LAO
Geen © Cit wee ha a RE SURO AY i 019 6 1 6 OF
a XXIII. 1855. oa Als AGL werstn MOStm Meisior ices ts it aks; (Oy;
+ XXIV. 1856. op 45460.) Fh Os, setae LORS aor
Ah XXV. 1857. As Gas BP: OSS hey tcterkes: OS We ete Sir
“7 XXVI. 1858. op Bis GOs” hig SG8ie. eeedneteivens Phy -@ 2. 210%
BSR XVIL 1850, . 4,7 12 aca! eee mien ae Tee 6 2 2 OF
oR KV ITL. 1800, 1 goo!) Slang ec eens ee 1 ee 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. o 4s. 6d. 6s.
t Out of print.
* In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘ ‘Transactions,’ the Society is
now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets from Vol. y.—xvi. inclusive, and
separate papers at about one-fourth their published price.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows, Publie, Fellows. Public.
USGL. oo 4 Geb o550 OS ooscon 9s. ster euelg MUO Sh ee tere tae SB BW ooo AESNF
WSO 55 44s Gah bose OSs ase e aie 9s. Tyaeriya eS eee BI Bh oace 458.7
SOB op 41. Gh S506 OS sence 9s. Sei Osta ee Ae eh B85 nooo CDS
UGE o 4 219. Qe ooo5 CRE boone 9s, eatery ule at spans CO, BW soon GHD
MSGS 65 21 Gh sooo Oise he once 9s. ioe Sener OOS IO Cae acne ose
UGGS 0.6 AY Gh ols oOo sons 9s. Rn al Saten anwar Sikh 8h cooe Zkas,
SC epraeera cree tar etn eke eye es 9s. 5000 JOE os acne Goh Mh soos 45s.
MSG Siena conten sey at scan eeees 9s. Sits eee es tae B35 Veh ooo. ZR
TCKOS): SSRs eres eee ce eres 9s. LARS UN var OOS ROC eee ge
TSO) cece ents eae es ett hak 9s. Sooo LAB ob 5060 bot OG coon CER
Innclesc, UIGMANSO “Sosboosbooun AS GG ana 6s.
BS Ulnar ne Set ay ek aiae cc mee ihewe 9s. Woes eee ee Say Ch soon CG
WS Become cece isc yA otros TaN RN te 9s. Beat LES RRR ete BG Qh sooo Zigar
SB \ pee eae te ee Sera 9s. ee OSes ape a Ba, Bh coon tie
JUS (2S aia nae ak oe Re GI 9s. relat anne ces OS? ee losat
LSS) waren Beer aatice, Aa phe area 9s. Bethe LD Gy aR canoes 36s. sooo 4s
SOB apes stet \esmaacaeas ote Lene ec cn 9s. Hea enal Day te Be ee 36s. Sooo Ze.
ISH iierne es eu runt tase eels erie nae 9s. Rie Ooi meee 36s, do06, 2483
JUSYAGS.. oR NASIR SAR ae RCI IEE 9s. Fen Sekar incre tes 36s. 5000. CHR
ISN) 5: Soctch eats ERROR ROM EE arte eee 9s, Ne Ae GS. e parcels 36s. so00 Ee
USSSA Ne 9s. Lan LOS ape teeta OSS oc00 UkeK,
Ihaglese, ICVEMGSON Gren sige sone: 1 4S th cos 6s.
SST 5 is SES RAD ini a et a Qs: See sRe apse OS cee 488:
SSO BeMee Marne tare cin ves tabs Seine: 9s. SR Sia ta ies ws OS: ao00- 24%
WS So eure a ch ga euler al ering 9s. apes cetenw cat. ROS: aos:
NS Steer weer aitvatnatne have shes Saas 9s. Spt dey ShMma ye es sre 36s. so00 4485,
IUSIRD “ay Si TO ee Eee rns 9s. Hof ood PASO VS Hi eR OCR sooo Les
SSC Mee ets a Oars tint cl hae 9s, MT ol Sue GSS Ad Se
SOY sso bela oe a a eee 9s. Lipase Shey sa aie 3@s. 60.00. CAs
USS Sieben ie cvacuels devas nlewiaNe 9s. MOSM eee OSs sooo “ks,
MSS OR ne a aiecye ua amis 9s. Baie ce ioe is wien 36s. od00 Chee,
ISO OR nr Rates tai) weatvac ee elie 9s. Palsaciaey al WPA dea etal nes) OX ao04 CS,
Ingles, JUSSI USO Sogeoooooecd 4s. Gd. .... 6s.
tO LO Geka oer RRL SORA STON CHOC) O SICTONECCOr OL CRSTE GSE eres 36s. sooo Gkee.
LUCIE 5 dis 8 OREO Cl ROPE OS RELA In al 36s. ooo. GksS,
ISIS ~ aa He ane Ae CICS OIC a IRE ERT NAT CSS a Ue aR 36s. so00 GSR,
WS Ate ret earth ee sics att apse ol em cence mene RMN ho ad oe 36s, sooo Chess
LEED ic oS GuG ee EE ara a ae: aE ae Ce at RADE Rg eR 36s 48s
BRS) Barrer e ed aera ven ei scL sae us eh os acy leash suave Wivasa: fea Sele als 36s 48s
USM 5° 5 56.05 Cito RS OG CE eae eer ee .. 368 48s
LES — Sy oG.oc6 Bo CU CON HOS AIEEE een aan nn nea 36s 48s
MSO iarateuma aa ace ea. NA SPH Reis are N LA ar coals ak mrevarabonal sualtabneiaiel des 36s 48s
UQOO oo obocon toh be HHinS EO GE RAG ee ea Ree ene 36s. 48s
index SOT SNO0OR ye. AG, (Gah oboo (OS
* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or toe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 10 vols.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
TOOL, vol. Moca: piss shes dando Ee De tee ce Moe ee eae ee TS86 wigs. 05 a8.
» LM ao eee ste avtak coh qd eegesel ole ceil ios leks TNs eT eee eI AS sheets ete 24s
ho) ee ot rere iron ERNE nIAT Acar chte oom nian co 5b b INSK em era sine bo
h OULD ie SK Cd See GOP SR ie hates oy eee MSs so08 24s
DDO Se pgs Uae ete eS Ahe id crcscxs GAA WG ohne thal ater Se eeoeae a, SER WSs Swe bcos 24s.
es Pig) UP eee ar a ee a eanen Sch MRA Cr A NSS e ee eos:
TOGA re el eee as eis cideciate Werte eh betehetale eee NUE eame Tome LSso0 ess
- sos HMM. Maver dete oth t-at Aeceuat ete Tarek heen egcl eee ee eats Raber es © Ss eee ae 24s
DOOD + sep os eae SA eset chatilanerscd otal otele"s una ome aesstohetan ake & 18s. eee 24s,
os US SA cure ea SR etn ing are Th on ie a L88. ie wee 24s
DOOG,“PpeleaMS sratike ask oe WevalaPste uhelel NerMereasatens ete tetalts % Sanieavele 98.60 cea Wee
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Kighth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d,
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.
Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s OFrrice
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Low,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.
THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
009300 —
MNHE object of the Zootogrcan Record is to give, by means of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its
value for the Student in future years.
The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published by the Society at the price
of 40s. per volume. But all Members of the Zoological Society of
London have the privilege of receiving it, including the cost of
delivery, at a subscription price of 30s. per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the ameunt be paid before the
Ist of December following.
The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of
the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The
thirty-seven Volumes tc the end of the nineteenth century, and the
Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supphed for £15
net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of
any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vols. 4 and 6)
can lkewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.
The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)
is 20s., to Fellows 18s.
Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the * Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Ferm is also
supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration; it will then be sent to the Agents named thercin.
Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society.
The divisions of the ‘Zoological Record,’ commencing with
Vol. 39, may be obtained separately as shown on the next page.
SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.
At present each Volume of the Zootogican Recorp consists of
20 separately paged Divisions. These may be obtained separately,
in paper covers, stitched and lettered.
The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—
List of abbreviations of journals, ete.
Special Records, viz. :—
I.
1a
10k
Vs
. Pisces
. Tunicata
. Moilusea
. Brachiopoda ..
. Bryozoa
. Crustacea
. Arachnida
. Myriopoda
. Insecta ..
. Echinoderma
. Vermes ..
XVI.
Ove:
XVIII.
General Subjects ..
Mammalia
Aves Se aren ee
Reptilia and Batrachia..
Ceelenterata ..
Spongive
Protozoa
Index of new names of genera and subgenera
eI
NHNHrF WWD Fr DDH eH BH Do bw Dw
bo
d.
0
SC OSCSFSCPMWOGGCASCITOC AQ asCaOD
On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon
as ready.
These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological
Society, 3 Hanover Square, London, and also from Messrs. Fried-
liinder & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin. Cheques and Post-Office
Orders should be made payable to ‘“‘The Zoological Society,” and
crossed ‘* Drummond’s,”
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
June, 1906.
Zoouoaicau Society or Loxpon,
3 Hanover Square, W.
LIST OF VOLUMES or tue “ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1866, Vols. 1.-111.,
and 1868, Vol. v. Hdited by Axnsrrr C. L. G. Gunruer, M.A.,
M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &. Price 10s. each Volume. Net. (1867,
Vol. 1v., supplied with sets only.)
The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869, Vol. v1. Edited by
Assert C. L. G. GinrHEer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.
London, 1870. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.x. Hdited
by Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. Price 10s.
each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x.-xx. Edited by
Epwarp Canpwett Ry, F.Z.8., M.E.8. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xx1r. Edited
by F. Jerrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xx1.—xxvi.
Edited by Franx E. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record for 1891-1899, Vols. xxvitI.-xxxv1.
Edited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. Price 10s. each
Volume. Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin SzHarp,
MGAG, HOR Ss E:Z:S:, &c london, 190i, Price 30s:
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being
tecords of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
Alice L. Embleton, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for
the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.
The Z oological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By
D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
E. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcoek. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., &e.
London, 1903. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Fortieth; being Records cf
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1903. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,
FE. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological
Society of London) by Davip Swarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.ZS., &e.
London, 1904. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Forty-first; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1904. By D.
Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.
Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. Silvestri,
E. Simon, F. A. Bather, W. Woodland, and H. M. Woodcock.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1905. Price 40s.
Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuarrus Owen
Warernousr and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological
Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice
(3 Hanover Square, IV.).
- Contenns (continued).
" Mareh 20, 1906 ohana.
Page
Dr. ‘Walter Kidd, BR Z.S8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of sections of skin ge the palmar
MOE Aaa iy SPEC CRN OE WAIN ALS viata oe, wd oe «xe Soa nial Clo diets op Minie daibinn fad ose 231 |
AS TN
Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Description ofa new subspecies of Bear, Ursus arctos shanorum. 281
Mr. R. E. Holding, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens illustrating anomalies
and variations DRUG UMMM mre rapes ciate nay siezs wrelo.! Vie ons sp ctc cio técta tate aeee te eiae LEE ats - 233
1, Note on Deaths occurring in the Pogiety s Gardens during 1905. By C. G. Sutiemann,
Per OLE. 5). bs ae wlelclesia eles ie OCP ACICREDIS, CESARE LER separ een GTP pipe 234
2. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Sciobius Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A.
he MASH AnT, BZ.S. . (Platesex VIET GX UX lees cewek cee or lye endeacetata 236
eon A Conuabation to the Study of Evolution based upon the Mexican Species of Cnemido-
meena by banc GAnOW, E't.p.3 84.0. (Plate XX). oe fea os ewe ba wees 277
April 10, 1906.
My. F. H. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a dissected specimen of the
Lizard Trachysaurus rugosus showing abdominal ribs ..... Maire, Sone) op eg Meee me ator eestor 376
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skull of a Horse showing preorbital pits .... 377
1. On the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Trinidad, based on the collection, notes,
and sketches made by Mr. Lechmere Guppy, Junr. By C. Tarn Ragan, B.A., F.Z.8.
Reema PSE ANNOY (1) 58 2 ere ney Laieta ve tant klate ckisiaYy ence rato a oe Guin tle blew ane belewia® 378
2. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa, from Collections made by
Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., in the years 1901 and 1902.—Alcyonaria. By
Prof. J. Arruur Tuomson, M.A., University of Aberdeen, and W. A. Henperson,
M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Fellow, University of Aberdeen: (Plates XXVI.-XXXI.) .... 393
8. On Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes. By Jamus F. Geumitt, M.A.. M.D. (Plate XXXIL). 443
4. Notes on Supernumerary Hyes, and Local Deficiency and Reduplication of the Notochord
in Trout Embryos. By Jamas F. Gaui, M.A. M.D. (Plate XXXIIL) ........ 449
Bee On Three New Forms of Butterfly of the Genus Heliconius. By Purcy I. Larny, F.Z.S.,
Halim alee Let NN EV) if ae Mareen e aie sib; shese ay's(aila dats sje /elaiaheie wimlel eli © ween tet ee ee es 452
nse RMP RMOM Neate SICA), Cecile Vieete viele, wel aise elaieietis. Sie a.sib eel ed efuaie e's, e'els alley 455
eee ay SIE ias «= oie, ow Mitel oltinin wlohe kein olu:'s a(n Stairs wine) o/m aie) 2a y auchalto/ ol Shalehg i
Hirer arene Connie H Le eg NCL OTE COTIS (acl ieee soe) ane) Gs a synod ole we she son's) ate. sinks) wajijove is s).eluial ere faietuelan els e
Penn WOmneHts Maco. 6). ove es se nena RE ie Sea ee NR Os Va 8 a iil
Peete Bene BOE GE OORT TDUILOTA 6 «cise sare's/si ace vis oe n\n, «:0i'e'0, ohne a,6 Soalgial @apa'ei ale ald aval’ w/a alee 1x
Thivsie Gi TEI es el cole GS BIA en gy oi en RUE XVil
UNS TH Ege abr Ue ie yA 0A RR Ra ea a Sas RRC DU ya Ney en aOR xix
¥ ‘LIST OF PLATE me
J
_ Plate
7 X. Mollusca from Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria .......
XI. 1-la. Palemon moorei. 2-8. Limnocaridina —
a By L. parvula. Steet eset ttt eect ee ee
eis ici ica |
XIII. 38-44. Limnocaridina spinipes. 45-52. Caridella ¢
tont. 58-56. 10. mina s abs ee eo eee
XIV. 57-64. Atyella brevirostris, 65-72. A. longirostris ..
VF | ation Freshwater Sponges .... 22-01. ..00++ ne
XIX, ‘| Coleoptera of the Genus ‘Grobies we bee eases aoe ve
XX. Distribution of Cnemidophorus in Mexico ..........
XXI. Tetragonopterus guppyi. 2. Haplochilus harti, 3. Ct
argenteus we winaje! odhaions'c) ble’ ajeliele' els) mape acne te eae
XXII. Girardinus guppyi, 3. 14a. Q. 2. Chirodon snlche
3. Corynopoma riistt, gd. 3a. 2. 4, By agonopte
teniurus. 5. T. wnilineatus teen eee tee eee ences
XXIII. Parauchenipterus pase@ ..++.0..ceccsecsteeces tetas are
XXIV. Pseudauchenipterus guppyi....++secseesscccsercnvenenee |
XXV. 1. Acara pulchra. 2. Pomeah tens schomburghii 1.6.2
* $ Aleyonarians from Zanzibar .... 2.0.2... -eesseneeree
Coe )
XXXII. Cyclopia in Osseous Fishes ............++-.
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two
as follows:—
Papers read in January and February, in June.
af » March and April, in August.
us »» May and June, in October.
November and December, in April.
n” ”
The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Mee 5
March and April ane gee in this Part. 4
: 442 4!
1B N12
ur ae
i
hoy
be
HUAI
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11